Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 Registration No. 333-138389

 


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO

FORM S-1

 


REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

(exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   6035   Pending

(state or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  (IRS Employer Identification No.)

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

(203) 338-7171

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 


John A. Klein

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

People’s United Financial, Inc.

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

(203) 338-7171

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of agent for service)

 


Copies to:

 

V. Gerard Comizio

Matthew Dyckman

Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP

1700 Pennsylvania Ave, N.W., Suite 800

Washington, D.C. 20006

(202) 347-8400

  

Raymond B. Check

Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP

One Liberty Plaza

New York, NY 10006

(212) 225-2000

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box   x

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 
Title of each Class of Securities to be Registered    Amount
to be
Registered(1)
   Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share
   Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(2)
   Amount of
Registration
Fee(3)

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

   371,606,207    $20.00    $7,432,124,140    $795,238
 

 

(1) Includes the maximum number of shares that may be issued in connection with this offering.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(3) Registration fee of $740,054.22 previously paid with the filing of the initial registration statement on November 2, 2006.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION – DATED FEBRUARY 2, 2007

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

Up to 185,437,500 Shares of Common Stock

(subject to increase to up to 213,253,125 shares)

People’s United Financial, Inc. is offering up to 185,437,500 shares of its common stock for sale in connection with the conversion of People’s Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure. We may increase the maximum number of shares that we sell in the offering, without notice to persons who have subscribed for shares, by up to 15%, to 213,253,125 shares, as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets. The shares of People’s United Financial common stock are being offered for sale at a price of $20.00 per share. People’s Bank common stock is currently listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “PBCT.” We expect People’s United Financial common stock to trade on that market under the symbol “PBCTD” for a period of 20 trading days after completion of the offering. Thereafter, People’s United Financial’s trading symbol will revert to “PBCT.” Concurrent with the completion of the offering, shares of People’s Bank common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for shares of People’s United Financial common stock so that People’s Bank’s existing public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of People’s United Financial common stock as they owned of People’s Bank’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion. In connection with the conversion, we also intend to form The People’s Community Foundation and contribute to it 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the offering proceeds.

We are offering our shares of common stock for sale on a priority basis to People’s Bank depositors in a subscription offering. Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. will assist us in selling the common stock in the subscription offering on a best efforts basis. In order to complete the subscription offering and the syndicated offering described below, we must sell, in the aggregate, a minimum of 137,062,500 shares. The minimum purchase is 25 shares. The subscription offering is expected to expire at 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on [Expiration Date], 2007. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [Extension Date 1]. Once submitted, subscription orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or extended beyond [Extension Date 1] or the number of shares of common stock to be sold increases above 213,253,125 shares or decreases below 137,062,500 shares. Funds received in the subscription offering will be held in an escrow account at People’s Bank or, at our discretion, another insured depository institution, and will earn interest at our passbook savings rate. If we extend the offering beyond [Extension Date 1], we will promptly return your funds with interest unless you confirm your subscription. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return your funds with interest. The offering must be completed no later than 24 months after People’s Bank’s depositors approve the plan of conversion. After that, the offering may not be extended by us or by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

We are also offering any shares of our common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering for sale to the general public in a syndicated offering through a syndicate of selected dealers. We may begin the syndicated offering at any time following the commencement of the subscription offering. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is acting as sole book-running manager, and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. is acting as joint lead manager for the syndicated offering, which is being conducted on a best efforts basis. None of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. or any other member of the syndicate is required to purchase any shares in the subscription or syndicated offering. Alternatively, we may sell any remaining shares in an underwritten public offering, which would be conducted on a firm commitment basis.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. Please read the Risk Factors beginning on page [      ].

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $20.00 per share

 

     Minimum    Maximum    Adjusted
Maximum

Number of shares

     137,062,500      185,437,500      213,253,125

Gross offering proceeds

   $ 2,741,250,000    $ 3,708,750,000    $ 4,265,062,500

Estimated offering expenses (1)

   $ 83,572,500    $ 122,272,500    $ 144,525,000

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 2,657,677,500    $ 3,586,477,500    $ 4,120,537,500

Estimated net proceeds per share

   $ 19.39    $ 19.34    $ 19.32

(1) Includes: (1) selling commissions payable by us to Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. in connection with the subscription offering equal to the lesser of 1% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the subscription offering or $12.0 million; (2) fees and selling commissions payable by us to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. and the other syndicate members participating in the syndicated offering equal to 4% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated offering; and (3) other expenses of the offering estimated to be $10.0 million. Does not include an advisory fee in the amount of $5.0 million payable to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated in the event gross proceeds from the subscription offering equal or exceed $1.75 billion. Also does not include an additional advisory fee in the amount of $2.5 million payable, in People’s Bank’s sole discretion, to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated in the event gross proceeds from the subscription offering equal or exceed $2.5 billion. For information regarding compensation to be received by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. and the other syndicate members that may participate in the syndicated offering, including the assumptions regarding the number of shares that may be sold in the subscription offering and the syndicated offering to determine the estimated offering expenses, see “ Pro Forma Data ” on page [      ] and “ The Conversion and Offering—Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent Compensation ” on page [      ].

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

RYAN BECK & CO.

For assistance, contact the Stock Information Center, toll-free, at (800) 867-5295.

The date of this prospectus is                      , 2007


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

FAIRFIELD COUNTY

 

BETHEL

293 Greenwood Avenue

Bethel, CT 06801

 

MADISON AVENUE SUPER STOP & SHOP

2600 Madison Avenue

Bridgeport, CT 06606

 

BROOKSIDE SUPER STOP & SHOP

4531 Main Street

Bridgeport, CT 06606

 

BARNUM AVENUE

1450 Barnum Avenue

Bridgeport, CT 06610

 

BOSTON AVENUE

58 Boston Avenue

Bridgeport, CT 06610

 

* BRIDGEPORT CENTER OFFICE

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, CT 06604

 

FAIRFIELD AVENUE SUPER STOP & SHOP

2145 Fairfield Avenue

Bridgeport, CT 06605

 

NORTH & PARK

1728 Park Avenue

Bridgeport, CT 06604

 

NORTH MAIN STREET

3969 Main Street

Bridgeport, CT 06606

 

3030 PARK

3030 Park Avenue

Bridgeport, CT 06606

 

BROOKFIELD

143 Federal Road, Route 7

Brookfield, CT 06804

 

COS COB

119 East Putnam Avenue

Cos Cob, CT 06807

 

MILL PLAIN SUPER STOP & SHOP

44 Lake Ave Ext.

Danbury, CT 06811

 

NUTMEG SQUARE SUPER STOP & SHOP

72 Newtown Road

Danbury, CT 06810

 

DARIEN

25 Old Kings Highway North

Darien, CT 06820

 

NOROTON HEIGHTS

72 Edgerton Street

Darien, CT 06820

 

FAIRFIELD SUPER STOP & SHOP

1160 Kings Highway Cut-Off

Fairfield, CT 06824

 

LOGO

 

 

DUNCASTER

40 Loeffler Road

Bloomfield, CT 06002

 

SEABURY

200 Seabury Drive

Bloomfield, CT 06002

 

BRISTOL SUPER STOP & SHOP

603 Farmington Avenue, Route 6

Bristol, CT 06010

 

FORESTVILLE SUPER STOP & SHOP

747 Pine Street

Bristol, CT 06010

 

EAST HARTFORD SUPER STOP & SHOP

940 Silver Lane

East Hartford, CT 06118

 

ENFIELD SUPER STOP & SHOP

54 Hazard Avenue

Enfield, CT 06082

 

ENFIELD MALL

25 Hazard Avenue

Enfield, CT 06082

 

FARMINGTON

188-210 Main Street

Farmington, CT 06032

 

GLASTONBURY SUPER STOP & SHOP

215 Glastonbury Boulevard

Glastonbury, CT 06033

 

OAK STREET SUPER STOP & SHOP

55 Oak Street

Glastonbury, CT 06033

 

GLASTONBURY FINANCIAL CENTER

Three Welles Street

Glastonbury, CT 06033

 

GRANBY SUPER STOP & SHOP

124 Salmon Brook Street

Granby, CT 06035

 

HARTFORD SUPER STOP & SHOP

150 New Park Avenue

Hartford, CT 06106

 

FINANCIAL PLAZA

One Financial Plaza

Hartford, CT 06103

 

FRANKLIN AVENUE

290 Franklin Avenue

Hartford, CT 06114

 

MANCHESTER SUPER STOP & SHOP

286 Broad Street

Manchester, CT 06040

 

NEW BRITAIN SUPER STOP & SHOP

677 West Main Street

New Britain, CT 06053

 

 

VILLA AVENUE SUPER STOP & SHOP

766 Villa Avenue

Fairfield, CT 06825

 

BLACK ROCK TURNPIKE

1940 Black Rock Turnpike

Fairfield, CT 06824

 

FAIRFIELD

1055 Post Road

Fairfield, CT 06824

 

STRATFIELD

1237 Stratfield Road

Fairfield, CT 06825

 

GREENWICH

410 Greenwich Avenue

Greenwich, CT 06830

 

PICKWICK PLAZA

3 Pickwick Plaza

Greenwich, CT 06830

 

MONROE FINANCIAL CENTER

Route 111, Village Square Shopping Center

Monroe, CT 06468

 

STEPNEY

435 Main Street

Monroe, CT 06468

 

NEW CANAAN

95 Main Street

New Canaan, CT 06840

 

SAND HILL PLAZA SUPER STOP & SHOP

228 South Main Street

Newtown, CT 06470

 

NEWTOWN

6 Queen Street

Newtown, CT 06470

 

CONNECTICUT AVENUE SUPER STOP & SHOP

385 Connecticut Avenue

Norwalk, CT 06854

 

NORWALK SUPER STOP & SHOP

380 Main Avenue, Route 7

Norwalk, CT 06851

 

NORWALK FINANCIAL CENTER

295 Westport Avenue

Norwalk, CT 06851

 

BELDEN AVENUE

11 Belden Avenue

Norwalk, CT 06850

 

OLD GREENWICH

146 Sound Beach Avenue

Old Greenwich, CT 06870

 

RIDGEFIELD SUPER STOP & SHOP

125 Danbury Road

Ridgefield, CT 06877

 

RIDGEFIELD

66 Danbury Road

Ridgefield, CT 06877

 

RIVERSIDE

1155 E. Putnam Avenue

Riverside, CT 06878

 

SHELTON SUPER STOP & SHOP

898 Bridgeport Avenue

Shelton, CT 06484

 

SHELTON FINANCIAL CENTER

1000 Bridgeport Avenue

Shelton, CT 06484

 

ENTERPRISE TOWER

1 Corporate Drive

Shelton, CT 06484

 

SOUTHPORT

411 Old Post Road

Southport, CT 06890

 

SOUTHPORT TRUST

226 Main Street

Southport, CT 06890

 

STAMFORD SUPER STOP & SHOP

2200 Bedford Street

Stamford, CT 06905

 

STAMFORD WEST SUPER STOP & SHOP

1937 West Main Street

Stamford, CT 06902

 

BEDFORD STREET

350 Bedford Street

Stamford, CT 06901

 

HIGH RIDGE ROAD

1022 High Ridge Road

Stamford, CT 06905

 

HOPE STREET

346 Hope Street

Stamford, CT 06906

 

SHIPPAN AVENUE

328 Shippan Avenue

Stamford, CT 06902

 

SUMMER STREET

2586 Summer Street

Stamford, CT 06905

 

EDGEHILL

122 Palmers Hill Road

Stamford, CT 06902

 

THE DOCK SUPER STOP & SHOP

200 East Main Street

Stratford, CT 06614

 

PARADISE GREEN

3395 Main Street

Stratford, CT 06614

 

RYDER’S LANDING

88 Ryder’s Lane

Stratford, CT 06614

 

STRATFORD

2772 Main Street

Stratford, CT 06615

 

TRUMBULL SUPER STOP & SHOP

100 Quality Street

Trumbull, CT 06611

 

HAWLEY LANE

100 Hawley Lane

Trumbull, CT 06611

 

NORTH MADISON AVENUE

4180 Madison Avenue

Trumbull, CT 06611

 

TRUMBULL FINANCIAL CENTER

40 Quality Street

Trumbull, CT 06611

 

WHITE PLAINS ROAD

888 White Plains Road

Trumbull, CT 06611

 

GREEN FARMS SUPER STOP & SHOP

1790 Post Road East

Westport, CT 06880

 

GREEN FARMS

1800 Post Road

Westport, CT 06880

 

WESTPORT

371 Post Road East

Westport, CT 06880

 

WHITE BIRCH PLAZA

361 Post Road West

Westport, CT 06880

 

WILTON CENTER SUPER STOP & SHOP

5 River Road

Wilton, CT 06897

 

WILTON

31 Danbury Road

Wilton, CT 06897

 

HARTFORD COUNTY

 

AVON FINANCIAL CENTER

27 East Main Street

Avon, CT 06001

 

BERLIN SUPER STOP & SHOP

1135 Farmington Avenue

Berlin, CT 06037

 

BLOOMFIELD SUPER STOP & SHOP

315 Cottage Grove Road

Bloomfield, CT 06002

 


Table of Contents

NEWINGTON SUPER STOP & SHOP

44 Fenn Road

Newington, CT 06111

 

NEWINGTON

135 Lowrey Place

Newington, CT 06111

 

ROCKY HILL SUPER STOP & SHOP

80 Town Line Road

Rocky Hill, CT 06067

 

SIMSBURY SUPER STOP & SHOP

530 Bushy Hill Road

Simsbury, CT 06070

 

SOUTH WINDSOR SUPER STOP & SHOP

1739 Ellington Road

South Windsor, CT 06074

 

SOUTHINGTON SUPER STOP & SHOP

505 North Main Street

Southington, CT 06489

 

SOUTHINGTON

812 Queen Street

Southington, CT 06489

 

BISHOP’S CORNER

714 North Main Street

West Hartford, CT 06117

 

McAULEY

275 Steele Road

West Hartford, CT 06117

 

WEST HARTFORD CENTER

1013 Farmington Avenue

West Hartford, CT 06107

 

WEST HARTFORD/ FARMINGTON

1232 Farmington Avenue

West Hartford, CT 06107

 

WETHERSFIELD SUPER STOP & SHOP

1380 Berlin Turnpike

Wethersfield, CT 06109

 

WETHERSFIELD

1310 Silas Deane Highway

Wethersfield, CT 06109

 

LITCHFIELD COUNTY

 

NEW MILFORD SUPER STOP & SHOP

180 Danbury Road

New Milford, CT 06776

 

NORTH CANAAN SUPER STOP & SHOP

11 East Main Street

North Canaan, CT 06018

 

TORRINGTON SUPER STOP & SHOP

211 High Street

Torrington, CT 06790

 

 

TORRINGTON FINANCIAL CENTER

1692 East Main Street

Torrington, CT 06790

 

WATERTOWN SUPER STOP & SHOP

757 Straits Turnpike

Watertown, CT 06795

 

WINSTED SUPER STOP & SHOP

200 New Hartford Road,
Route 44

Winsted, CT 06098

 

MIDDLESEX COUNTY

 

CLINTON SUPER STOP & SHOP

215 East Main Street

Clinton, CT 06413

 

CROMWELL SUPER STOP & SHOP

195 West Street

Cromwell, CT 06416

 

MIDDLETOWN SUPER STOP & SHOP

416 East Main Street

Middletown, CT 06457

 

OLD SAYBROOK SUPER STOP & SHOP

105 Elm Street

Old Saybrook, CT 06475

 

NEW HAVEN COUNTY

 

ANSONIA SUPER

STOP & SHOP

100 Division Street

Ansonia, CT 06401

 

LEETES ISLAND SUPER

STOP & SHOP

22 Leetes Island Road

Branford, CT 06405

 

BRANFORD

500 East Main Street

Branford, CT 06405

 

CHESHIRE SUPER

STOP & SHOP

275 Highland Avenue

Cheshire, CT 06410

 

TROLLEY SQUARE SUPER STOP & SHOP

370 Hemingway Avenue

East Haven, CT 06512

 

HAMDEN SUPER STOP & SHOP

2331 Dixwell Avenue

Hamden, CT 06514

 

PUTNAM PLACE SUPER STOP & SHOP

1245 Dixwell Avenue

Hamden, CT 06514

 

HAMDEN

2165 Dixwell Avenue

Hamden, CT 06514

 

 

WESTWOODS

3496 Whitney Avenue

Hamden, CT 06518

 

MADISON SUPER STOP & SHOP

128 Samson Rock Drive

Madison, CT 06443

 

MADISON CENTER

752 Boston Post Road

Madison, CT 06443

 

MERIDEN SUPER STOP & SHOP

485 Broad Street

Meriden, CT 06450

 

MERIDEN WEST SUPER STOP & SHOP

580 West Main Street

Meriden, CT 06451

 

MILFORD SUPER STOP & SHOP

1364 East Town Road

Milford, CT 06460

 

SILVER SANDS PLAZA SUPER STOP & SHOP

855 Bridgeport Avenue

Milford, CT 06460

 

MILFORD

190 South Broad Street

Milford, CT 06460

 

NAUGATUCK SUPER STOP & SHOP

727 Rubber Avenue

Naugatuck, CT 06770

 

AMITY SUPER STOP & SHOP

112 Amity Road

New Haven, CT 06515

 

CENTURY TOWER

265 Church Street, One Century Tower

New Haven, CT 06510

 

NORTH HAVEN SUPER STOP & SHOP

79 Washington Avenue

North Haven, CT 06473

 

ORANGE SUPER STOP & SHOP

259 Bull Hill Lane

Orange, CT 06477

 

ORANGE

653 Orange Center Road

Orange, CT 06477

 

SEYMOUR SUPER

STOP & SHOP

12 Franklin Street

Seymour, CT 06483

 

SOUTHBURY SUPER STOP & SHOP

100 Main Street North

Southbury, CT 06488

 

SOUTHBURY

61 Southbury Plaza

Southbury, CT 06488

 

 

WALLINGFORD SUPER STOP & SHOP

930 North Colony Road

Wallingford, CT 06492

 

REIDVILLE DRIVE SUPER

STOP & SHOP

410 Reidville Drive

Waterbury, CT 06705

 

CHASE AVENUE SUPER STOP & SHOP

240 Chase Avenue

Waterbury, CT 06704

 

NAUGATUCK VALLEY SUPER STOP & SHOP

920 Wolcott Road

Waterbury, CT 06705

 

WATERBURY

255 Bank Street

Waterbury, CT 06702

 

WEST HAVEN SUPER STOP & SHOP

460 Elm Street

West Haven, CT 06516

 

SAVIN ROCK

220 Captain Thomas Boulevard

West Haven, CT 06516

 

WOODBRIDGE

198 Amity Road

Woodbridge, CT 06525

 

NEW LONDON  COUNTY

 

COLCHESTER

139 South Main Street

Colchester, CT 06415

 

EAST LYME SUPER STOP & SHOP

248 Flanders Road

Niantic, CT 06357

 

GROTON SUPER STOP & SHOP

220 Groton Square,

Route 12

Groton, CT 06340

 

MONTVILLE

563 Norwich-New London Turnpike

Uncasville, CT 06382

 

MYSTIC PACKER

12 Roosevelt Avenue

Mystic, CT 06355

 

NORWICH SUPER STOP & SHOP

42 Town Street

Norwich, CT 06360

 

NORWICH

4 Broadway

Norwich, CT 06360

 

NORWICHTOWN FINANCIAL CENTER

45 Town Street

Norwich, CT 06360

 

 

WEST MAIN

624 West Main Street

Norwich, CT 06360

 

WATERFORD SUPER STOP & SHOP

117 Boston Post Road,

Route 1

Waterford, CT 06385

 

WATERFORD

716 Broad Street Ext.

Waterford, CT 06385

 

TOLLAND COUNTY

 

MANSFIELD

155 Storrs Road, Route 195

Mansfield Center,

CT 06250

 

STORRS

1244 Storrs Road

Storrs, CT 06268

 

UCONN CO-OP

2075 Hillside Road

Storrs, CT 06269

 

VERNON SUPER STOP & SHOP

10 Pitkin Road

Vernon, CT 06066

 

VERNON CIRCLE

35 Talcottville Road,

Tri City Plaza

Vernon, CT 06066

 

WINDHAM COUNTY

 

PUTNAM SUPER STOP & SHOP

60 Providence Pike

Putnam, CT 06260

 

WILLIMANTIC SUPER STOP & SHOP

1391 Main Street

Willimantic, CT 06226


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation would be unlawful. The affairs of People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s United Financial, People’s Bank and their subsidiaries may change after the date of this prospectus. Delivery of this prospectus and the sales of shares of our common stock made hereunder does not mean otherwise.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   1

RISK FACTORS

   26

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   35

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

   37

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

   40

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RECONCILIATION TO GAAP

   45

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

   51

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

   53

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

   54

BANK REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

   55

CAPITALIZATION

   57

PRO FORMA DATA

   59

COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

   67

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   68

BUSINESS OF PEOPLE’S BANK

   106

BUSINESS OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

   138

REGULATION OF PEOPLE’S BANK AND PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

   139

TAXATION

   151

PROPERTIES

   153

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   153

MANAGEMENT OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

   154

MANAGEMENT OF PEOPLE’S BANK

   158

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

   215

PROPOSED PURCHASES OF COMMON STOCK BY MANAGEMENT

   218

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

   220

THE PEOPLE’S COMMUNITY FOUNDATION

   251

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL AND PEOPLE’S BANK

   255

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

   260

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

   262

LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS

   262

EXPERTS

   262

REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

   262

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   262

PEOPLE’S BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   F-2


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights the material information from this prospectus and may not contain all the information that is important to you. You should read this entire document carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “The Conversion and Offering” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements, before making a decision to invest in our common stock.

The Companies

People’s United Financial, Inc. People’s United Financial is a newly-formed Delaware corporation and currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s Bank. People’s United Financial was formed for the purpose of effectuating the conversion and offering described in this prospectus. In connection with those transactions, People’s United Financial is registering shares of its common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission and will be selling shares of its common stock to new stockholders and, as described in this prospectus, issuing shares of its common stock to existing stockholders of People’s Bank in exchange for their shares of People’s Bank common stock. People’s United Financial currently does not have significant assets, but as a result of the conversion and offering, it will become the holding company of People’s Bank.

People’s Bank. People’s Bank is a federal stock savings bank and as a result of the conversion and offering will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial. People’s Bank was organized in 1842 as a Connecticut mutual savings bank. In 1988, People’s Bank reorganized into the mutual holding company structure, converted to a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank and became the majority-owned subsidiary of People’s Mutual Holdings, a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company. Effective August 18, 2006, People’s Bank converted to a federal stock savings bank regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision. At September 30, 2006, People’s Bank had total assets of $10.6 billion, total deposits of $9.0 billion and total stockholders’ equity of $1.4 billion.

People’s Mutual Holdings . People’s Mutual Holdings is the federally-chartered mutual holding company of People’s Bank. Its principal business is to own a majority of People’s Bank’s outstanding shares of common stock. As of September 30, 2006, People’s Mutual Holdings owned 82,012,500 shares, equivalent to approximately 57.7%, of People’s Bank common stock. At September 30, 2006, People’s Mutual Holdings had $8.5 million of net assets, excluding the shares of People’s Bank. As part of the conversion, People’s Mutual Holdings will cease to exist as a separate entity.

Our Business

People’s Bank offers a full range of financial services, primarily in the state of Connecticut, to individual, corporate, municipal and institutional customers. Its traditional banking activities include extending secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans, originating mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial properties and accepting consumer, commercial and municipal deposits. In addition to traditional banking activities, People’s Bank provides specialized services tailored to specific markets. Its operations are divided into two primary business lines that represent its core businesses:

 

    Commercial Banking. Commercial banking consists principally of commercial lending, commercial real estate lending and commercial deposit gathering activities. This business line also includes the equipment financing operations of People’s Capital and Leasing Corp., People’s Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, as well as cash management, correspondent banking and municipal banking and finance.

 

   

Retail Banking. Retail banking includes consumer deposit gathering activities, residential mortgage lending and home equity and other consumer lending. In addition to trust services, this business line also includes brokerage, financial advisory services,

 


Table of Contents
 

investment management services and life insurance provided by People’s Securities, Inc. and other insurance services provided by R.C. Knox and Company, Inc., both wholly-owned subsidiaries of People’s Bank.

People’s Bank’s business model and broad product offerings allow it to meet the needs of a diverse customer base with varying demographic characteristics. People’s Bank delivers its products and services through a network of 75 traditional branches, 73 branches located in Stop & Shop supermarkets, eight limited-service branches, 23 investment and brokerage offices (22 of which are located within branch offices), five wealth management and trust offices, nine People’s Capital and Leasing offices (eight of which are located outside of Connecticut), seven commercial lending offices, and over 250 ATMs located in the state of Connecticut. People’s Bank also originates residential mortgage and home equity loans in Connecticut and the contiguous markets of New York and Massachusetts. In addition, People’s Bank maintains a loan production office in Massachusetts to support its commercial real estate lending initiatives in that state. Its distribution network includes fully integrated online banking and investment trading, a 24-hour telephone banking service and participation in a worldwide ATM network.

During 2005, People’s Bank opened seven new branches, three of which are traditional branches and four of which are located in Stop & Shop supermarkets. For the first nine months of 2006, People’s Bank opened three new Stop & Shop branches.

Our Market Area And Customer Base

Connecticut is one of the most attractive banking markets in the United States with a total population of approximately 3.5 million and a median household income of $66,018 as of June 30, 2006, ranking second in the United States and well above the U.S. median household income of $51,546, according to estimates from SNL Securities. Fairfield County, where People’s Bank is headquartered, is the wealthiest county in Connecticut, with a June 30, 2006 median household income of $81,678 according to estimates from SNL Securities.

While People’s Bank’s primary market area is in the state of Connecticut, substantially all of the equipment financing activities of People’s Capital and Leasing involve customers outside of Connecticut. In addition, People’s Bank participates in certain loans that aggregate $20 million or more and are shared by three or more supervised financial institutions. These loans are generally referred to as “shared national credits.” People’s Bank’s shared national credits portfolio totaled $542 million at September 30, 2006, approximately 90% of which involved borrowers outside of Connecticut. People’s Bank competes for deposits, loans and other services with commercial banks, savings institutions, commercial and consumer finance companies, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, credit unions, and a variety of other institutional lenders and securities firms.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following strengths give us a competitive advantage in our markets:

 

    Market Position in Connecticut. As of September 30, 2006, People’s Bank had 156 branches throughout the state of Connecticut. At June 30, 2006, People’s Bank ranked third in deposit market share in Connecticut and first in Fairfield County, according to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

   

Stop & Shop Relationship. People’s Bank has exclusive branching rights in Stop & Shop supermarkets in the state of Connecticut. Stop & Shop is the leading grocery store chain in Connecticut, with nearly twice the market share of its closest competitor, according to Modern Grocer. We believe that the Connecticut market area, with its compact geographical size and high population density, presents a unique opportunity to

 

 

2


Table of Contents
 

operate successful supermarket bank branches that complement our traditional branches. Unlike many other supermarket bank branches, People’s Bank’s Stop & Shop branches are full-service facilities that provide our customers with the convenience of seven-day-a-week banking. During 2005, these branches originated 27% of People’s Bank’s home equity loans, 47% of its retail checking and savings accounts, and 34% of its commercial checking accounts. Approximately 40% of People’s Bank’s total branch transactions originate in its Stop & Shop branches. People’s Bank generally is required to open a branch in each new Connecticut Stop & Shop supermarket that meets projected size and customer criteria until 2012, and has the option to extend its exclusive right to open branches in Connecticut Stop & Shop supermarkets until 2022.

 

    Strong Credit Culture. People’s Bank’s experienced credit risk professionals and conservative credit culture, combined with centralized processes and consistent underwriting standards across all business lines, have allowed it to maintain a high level of asset quality. Over the last eight quarters through September 30, 2006, People’s Bank’s net charge-offs to average loans ratio has averaged 0.08%, compared to 0.22% for the top 50 U.S. banks and thrifts, according to SNL Securities.

 

    Highly Experienced Management Team with a Proven Track Record. As a group, our executive officers have an average of 24 years of experience in the banking industry and have successfully operated through various industry economic cycles. In addition, our management team has significant experience operating publicly-traded banking companies. A number of our executive officers, including our president and chief executive officer, have been members of our management team since our conversion from the mutual form of ownership and initial public offering in 1988.

Our Business Strategy

Our business strategy is to focus on those businesses in which we have proven competencies. We believe that this clear focus will enable us to continue to grow our franchise, both inside and outside of the state of Connecticut, while maintaining our commitment to the quality of our business, assets and customer service. The following are the key elements of our business strategy:

 

    Expand Our Geographic Reach. Our plans for geographic expansion are based upon both de novo branching and acquisitions of financial institutions and other businesses related to banking that are complementary to our current lines of business.

 

    De Novo Branching. As part of its strategy to broaden its footprint by entering markets similar to Connecticut, People’s Bank plans to expand into the state of New York by opening at least 15 new branches in Westchester County over the next three years. People’s Bank expects to open seven of these branches by the end of 2007. Westchester County is a contiguous market with comparable demographics to Fairfield County, Connecticut. As of June 30, 2006, the median household income in Westchester County was $80,686. The branches People’s Bank opens in Westchester County will be traditional branches.

 

    Complementary Acquisitions. We believe that acquisition opportunities exist both inside and outside of our current market area. We will consider acquiring select banking and banking-related businesses initially in contiguous or near contiguous market areas that will afford us the opportunity to add complementary products to our existing business or to expand our franchise geographically.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
    Optimize Our Balance Sheet Management and Net Interest Margin. People’s Bank strives to maintain a balance between loan portfolio growth and core deposit funding. Approximately 95% of its assets are funded by low-cost core deposits and stockholders’ equity. People’s Bank believes that, other than for deployment of excess core deposits or excess equity, a large securities portfolio provides limited economic value. During the third quarter of 2006, People’s Bank sold approximately $810 million of debt securities and used a portion of the proceeds to pay down short-term borrowings and fund additional loan growth. These transactions were undertaken to better position People’s Bank’s balance sheet for the then current interest rate environment. At September 30, 2006, People’s Bank had a securities portfolio of $202 million, or 2% of its assets, and wholesale borrowings of $14 million, or 0.1% of assets, ratios well below industry averages. This focused balance sheet management strategy has allowed People’s Bank to increase its net interest margin by 42 basis points from 3.47% to 3.89% since the third quarter of 2004, compared to an average decline of 20 basis points for the top 50 U.S. banks and thrifts over the same time period, according to SNL Securities.

 

    Maintain a Diversified Loan Portfolio . People’s Bank’s loan portfolio is highly diversified with a balance of commercial, residential lending and consumer assets. As of September 30, 2006, 44% of its loan portfolio was comprised of commercial banking loans and 42% was comprised of residential mortgage loans while consumer loans, primarily home equity loans and lines of credit, made up the remainder. In addition, the commercial loan portfolio is diversified across many industries. Loans to the manufacturing industry, which constitute approximately 41% of People’s Bank’s commercial loan portfolio, are divided among more than 20 manufacturing industry segments. No single borrower or group of related borrowers represents more than 1% of People’s Bank’s loan portfolio.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Selected Risk Factors

You should consider carefully the following selected risk factors, as well as the full list of Risk Factors beginning on page [__], before deciding whether to invest in our common stock.

 

    Changes in Interest Rates. People’s Bank makes most of its earnings based on the difference between interest it earns on assets such as loans compared to interest it pays on liabilities such as deposits. This difference is called the “interest spread.” People’s Bank’s interest spread may be lower if the timing of interest rate changes is very different for its interest-earning assets compared to its interest-bearing liabilities. People’s Bank tries to manage this risk using many different techniques. If People’s Bank is not successful in managing this risk, it will probably be less profitable.

 

    Asset Quality . Asset quality measures the performance of a borrower in repaying a loan, with interest, on time. It is unlikely that our asset quality will stay as strong as it has been for the past several years, particularly if the economy deteriorates.

 

    Plans for Growth. Our profitability may suffer if we do not continue to experience the type of growth that we have in the past, if we do not adequately and profitably implement our plans for growth or if we incur additional expenditures beyond current projections.

 

    Stop & Shop Branches. A drop in Stop & Shop’s market share of the grocery market, a decrease in the number of Stop & Shop locations or customers, or a decline in the overall quality of Stop & Shop supermarkets could result in decreased business for People’s Bank’s Stop & Shop branches.

 

    Executive Officers and Key Personnel. Although we have an employment agreement with our president and chief executive officer, the loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers and key personnel could impair our ability to continue to develop and execute our business strategy.

Our Corporate Information .

The executive offices of People’s Bank, People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s United Financial are located at 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604. The telephone number at this address is (203) 338-7171.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial And Other Data

The summary information presented below under “Summary Financial Condition Data,” “Summary Operating Data,” “Per Common Share Data,” and “Ratios” at each of the dates or for each of the periods presented, except for the information at or for the periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 (which has not been audited), is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements of People’s Bank. The following information is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with People’s Bank’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1. All share, per share and dividend information reflects the three-for-two stock splits effected by People’s Bank on May 15, 2004 and May 15, 2005.

 

     At September 30,
2006
   At December 31,
        2005    2004    2003    2002    2001
     (In millions)

Summary Financial Condition Data:

                 

Total assets

   $ 10,612    $ 10,933    $ 10,718    $ 11,672    $ 12,261    $ 11,891

Loans

     9,185      8,573      7,933      7,105      6,675      6,374

Securities, net

     202      1,363      2,071      2,405      3,230      2,900

Allowance for loan losses

     74      75      73      71      69      74

Deposits

     8,979      9,083      8,862      8,714      8,426      7,983

Core deposits (1)

     8,843      8,873      8,681      8,433      8,102      7,709

Borrowings

     14      295      341      1,516      2,437      2,542

Stockholders’ equity

     1,351      1,289      1,200      1,002      940      935

 

     For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
     (In millions)  

Summary Operating Data:

              

Net interest income (2)

   $ 286.3     $ 276.7     $ 370.0     $ 327.4     $ 284.3     $ 318.5     $ 319.5  

Provision for loan losses

     2.0       3.3       8.6       13.3       16.7       22.2       45.3  

Fee based revenues

     113.5       111.7       151.5       142.9       143.0       136.2       113.9  

Net security losses

     (27.2 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (4.7 )     (0.6 )     (3.3 )     (18.5 )

All other non-interest income (3)

     15.8       9.5       21.9       13.5       23.9       16.3       38.2  

Non-interest expense (4)

     261.3       253.8       344.4       479.7       346.0       341.5       343.5  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     83.0       91.6       125.9       (5.6 )     62.7       67.7       38.9  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations (5)

     1.7       10.3       11.2       205.3       1.1       (12.3 )     36.9  

Net income

     84.7       101.9       137.1       199.7       63.8       55.4       75.8  

Adjusted net income (1)

     83.0       93.6       122.6       81.1       62.7       67.7       25.9  

(1) See “ Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP ” for a reconciliation of deposits to core deposits, and net income to adjusted net income.
(2) Fully taxable equivalent basis.
(3) Includes $8.1 million and $20.0 million in gains on asset sales for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2001, respectively.
(4) Includes liability restructuring costs totaling $2.7 million, $133.4 million, $1.2 million and $16.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2001, respectively.
(5) Includes an after-tax gain on sale of $6.2 million for both the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and the year ended December 31, 2005 and $198.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 related to the sale of the credit card business in March 2004.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
     At or For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
    At or For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  

Per Common Share Data:

              

Basic earnings per share

   $ 0.60     $ 0.72     $ 0.97     $ 1.43     $ 0.46     $ 0.40     $ 0.55  

Diluted earnings per share

     0.59       0.72       0.97       1.42       0.46       0.40       0.55  

Cash dividends paid per share (1)

     0.72       0.63       0.85       0.75       0.68       0.63       0.59  

Book value (end of period)

     9.51       8.95       9.10       8.52       7.18       6.77       6.76  

Tangible book value (end of period)

     8.77       8.20       8.35       7.74       6.37       5.95       5.92  

Ratios:

              

Net interest margin (2)

     3.83 %     3.66 %     3.68 %     3.33 %     2.89 %     3.24 %     3.40 %

Efficiency ratio (3)

     61.9       62.8       62.8       69.2       76.4       71.3       73.9  

Return on average assets (4)

     1.04       1.26       1.27       1.86       0.54       0.47       0.68  

Return on average stockholders’ equity (4)

     8.6       11.1       11.1       17.6       6.6       5.9       8.2  

Non-performing assets to total loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets

     0.25       0.24       0.26       0.36       0.48       0.53       0.48  

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.22       0.18       0.20       0.27       0.29       0.29       0.26  

Net loan charge-offs to average loans (2)

     0.05       0.05       0.07       0.15       0.22       0.42       0.62  

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     0.81       0.87       0.87       0.91       0.99       1.04       1.16  

Stockholders’ equity to total assets

     12.7       11.6       11.8       11.2       8.6       7.7       7.9  

Tangible stockholders’ equity to total tangible assets

     11.9       10.8       10.9       10.3       7.7       6.8       7.0  

Tier 1 capital (5)

     14.7       14.9       14.8       14.6       9.9       9.1       8.8  

Total risk-based capital (5)

     16.2       17.0       16.4       16.7       13.1       12.5       12.3  

Other Information:

              

Number of branches

     156       152       153       155       154       155       148  

Full-time equivalent employees (6)

     2,617       2,679       2,655       2,689       2,791       2,948       2,907  

(1) Reflects the waiver of dividends on the substantial majority of the common shares owned by People’s Mutual Holdings.
(2) Nine month ratios are presented on an annualized basis.
(3) See “ Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP ” for a reconciliation of the efficiency ratio to banking regulatory definitions.
(4) Calculated based on net income for all periods. Nine month ratios are presented on an annualized basis.
(5) Calculated in accordance with Office of Thrift Supervision regulations as of September 30, 2006 and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations for all prior period ends.
(6) Excluded from 2003, 2002 and 2001 are the employees of People’s Bank’s credit card division that was sold in March 2004.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Recent Developments—Unaudited 2006 Results

For the year ended December 31, 2006, People’s Bank reported net income of $124.0 million, or $0.87 per diluted share, compared to $137.1 million, or $0.97 per diluted share, for the year-ago period. Income from continuing operations totaled $121.7 million, or $0.85 per diluted share, compared to $125.9 million, or $0.89 per diluted share, for the year-ago period. Net interest income increased $12.7 million, or 3%, from the year ended December 31, 2005, and the net interest margin improved 19 basis points to 3.87%. Total assets at December 31, 2006 were $10.7 billion, a decrease of $246 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2005. Total securities declined by $1.3 billion and total loans increased by $799 million compared with year-end 2005. See “ Recent Developments ” for more detail on People’s Bank’s results for the three-month and one-year periods ended December 31, 2006 and its financial condition as of that date.

Our Conversion And Offering

We are converting from the mutual holding company structure, where People’s Bank is 42.3% owned by public stockholders, to a stock holding company, which will be 100% owned by public stockholders. This is commonly referred to as a “second-step” conversion. As part of the conversion, People’s Mutual Holdings will convert into a federal stock savings bank, which will merge with and into People’s Bank, with People’s Bank as the surviving entity. As a result, People’s Mutual Holdings will cease to exist as a separate entity. Voting rights in People’s United Financial will be vested solely in the public stockholders immediately following the conversion.

In connection with the conversion, the shares of common stock of People’s Bank owned by People’s Mutual Holdings will be canceled and new shares of common stock representing the 57.7% ownership interest of People’s Mutual Holdings will be offered for sale by People’s United Financial in the offering. In addition, the net assets of People’s Mutual Holdings will be added to People’s Bank as a capital contribution. At September 30, 2006, People’s Mutual Holdings’ net assets, excluding its ownership of shares of People’s Bank common stock, totaled $8.5 million. At the conclusion of the conversion and offering, existing public stockholders of People’s Bank will receive shares of common stock of People’s United Financial for each share of People’s Bank common stock they own at that date, based on an exchange ratio as described in “ The Conversion and Offering—The Share Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock for People’s United Financial Common Stock. ” As a result, People’s Bank’s existing public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of People’s United Financial common stock as they owned of People’s Bank common stock immediately prior to the conversion.

In addition, in connection with and immediately following the conversion, we intend to contribute 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the offering proceeds to The People’s Community Foundation, a charitable foundation to be established in connection with the conversion and offering. The shares of common stock contributed to the charitable foundation will be in addition to the shares being offered for sale. For a further discussion of the charitable foundation, see “ The People’s Community Foundation.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

This chart shows our structure before the conversion and offering:

LOGO

This chart shows our new structure after the conversion and offering:

LOGO

 

9


Table of Contents

Terms Of The Offering

We are offering between 137,062,500 and 185,437,500 shares of our common stock to our depositors and to the public in subscription and syndicated offerings (which we refer to in this document collectively as the offering). We may increase the maximum number of shares that we sell in the offering by up to 15% to 213,253,125 shares as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets. The offering price is $20.00 per share. All new investors will pay the same purchase price per share. No commission will be charged to purchasers in the offering.

The shares of common stock are being offered on a priority basis to depositors of People’s Bank in a subscription offering. Ryan Beck & Co., Inc., our financial advisor and selling agent in connection with the subscription offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling our common stock in the subscription offering. Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the subscription offering.

We are also offering for sale to the general public in a syndicated offering through a syndicate of selected dealers shares of our common stock not subscribed for by our depositors in the subscription offering. We may begin the syndicated offering at any time following the commencement of the subscription offering. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is acting as sole book-running manager and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. is acting as joint lead manager for the syndicated offering, which is also being conducted on a best efforts basis. None of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. or any other member of the syndicate is required to purchase any shares in the syndicated offering. Alternatively, we may sell remaining shares in an underwritten public offering, which would be conducted on a firm commitment basis.

Reasons For The Conversion And Offering

The conversion and offering are intended to provide us with substantially greater access to capital than is currently available to us under the mutual holding company structure and are expected to significantly increase the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, the stock holding company structure will provide us with more flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions. The net proceeds raised in the offering will allow us and People’s Bank to:

 

  finance de novo expansion and support organic growth both inside and outside of the state of Connecticut;

 

  acquire other financial institutions, businesses related to banking or branches, although there is no specific agreement with any institution or business at this time;

 

  increase lending to support continued growth in our commercial banking loan portfolios;

 

  form a charitable foundation to benefit the communities we serve; and

 

  use the additional capital for other general corporate purposes.

See “ How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering ” for a detailed description of how we plan to use the net proceeds we raise in the offering.

After considering the relative merits of the conversion and offering, as well as applicable fiduciary duties, the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings and the Board of Directors of People’s Bank approved the plan of conversion as being in the best interests of each such institution, the

 

 

10


Table of Contents

communities they serve and the depositors, stockholders and employees of People’s Bank. The completion of the conversion and offering is subject to the approval of stockholders and depositors of People’s Bank who are being asked to vote on the plan of conversion.

How We Determined The Offering Range And The Exchange Ratio

The offering range and the exchange ratio are based on an independent appraisal of the market value of the common stock to be issued both in the offering and in exchange for shares of People’s Bank common stock. RP Financial, LC., an appraisal firm experienced in appraisals of financial institutions, has advised us that, as of January 18, 2007, the estimated pro forma market value of our common stock, including offering shares, exchange shares and shares issued to the charitable foundation, ranges from a minimum of $4.791 billion to a maximum of $6.468 billion, with a midpoint of $5.630 billion. Based on this valuation range, the percentage of People’s Bank common stock owned by People’s Mutual Holdings, the shares issued to the charitable foundation and the $20.00 price per share, the Board of Directors of People’s Bank and the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings determined to offer shares of People’s United Financial common stock ranging from a minimum of 137,062,500 shares to a maximum of 185,437,500 shares, with a midpoint of 161,250,000 shares. The exchange ratio ranges from a minimum of 1.6712 to 2.2611 shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of People’s Bank common stock. Under certain circumstances, the pro forma market value can be adjusted upward to reflect changes in market conditions, and, at the adjusted maximum, the estimated pro forma market value of People’s United Financial’s common stock would be $7.432 billion, the number of shares offered would equal 213,253,125 shares and the exchange ratio would be 2.6003.

The independent appraisal was based in part on our financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma impact of the additional capital raised by the sale of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of companies that RP Financial considered comparable to us. RP Financial also considered that we intend to contribute cash and issue shares of People’s United Financial common stock to The People’s Community Foundation, a charitable foundation that will be established in connection with the conversion. The intended contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation has the effect of reducing the number of shares that may be offered in the offering. See “ Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation .” RP Financial’s independent valuation will be updated before we complete our offering.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the companies comprising the peer group used by RP Financial in its independent appraisal report dated January 18, 2007 and the pro forma pricing ratios for us, as calculated in the table on page [      ] in the section of this prospectus entitled “ Pro Forma Data .” Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a premium of 88% on a price-to-earnings basis and discounts of 34% on a price-to-book value basis and 45% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. The estimated appraised value and the resulting premiums and discounts took into consideration the potential financial impact of the conversion and offering and RP Financial’s analysis of the results of operations and financial condition of People’s United Financial compared to the peer group.

 

 

11


Table of Contents
    

Price-to-

earnings
multiple (1)

  

Price-to-

book value
ratio

   

Price-to-

tangible book
value ratio

 

People’s United Financial (pro forma) ( 2) :

       

Minimum of offering range

   27.27x    128.12 %   131.84 %

Midpoint of offering range

   30.00x    135.50 %   138.99 %

Maximum of offering range

   32.61x    141.44 %   144.82 %

Maximum of offering range, as adjusted

   35.71x    147.17 %   150.26 %

Valuation of peer group companies as of January 18, 2007 ( 3) :

       

Average

   17.53x    209.12 %   269.15 %

Median

   15.96x    205.31 %   250.45 %

(1) Multiples calculated by RP Financial in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of core, or recurring, earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, total pro forma outstanding shares of common stock, including all shares owned by our employee stock ownership plan, whether or not allocated to participants, and including shares issued to the charitable foundation, and equal 24.86x, 27.75x, 30.38x and 33.10x, respectively, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range. Because this is a different method than used by us in calculating the numbers included in this table and in the pro forma information included under “ Pro Forma Data ,” the pro forma price-to-earnings multiples in the table do not correspond to the multiples in the independent appraisal. See note 2 to the pro forma information included under “ Pro Forma Data ” for more information on our treatment of shares owned by our employee stock ownership plan for purposes of this calculation.
(2) Based on People’s Bank’s financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Price-to-earnings multiples for People’s United Financial are shown on an annualized basis.
(3) Reflects earnings for the most recent 12-month period for which data were publicly available.

The independent appraisal is not necessarily indicative of post-offering trading value. You should not assume or expect that the valuation of People’s United Financial as indicated above means that the common stock will trade at or above the $20.00 purchase price after the offering is completed.

On [                      ], 2007, we received authorization from the Office of Thrift Supervision to conduct the offering. The independent appraisal must be updated before we can complete the offering. The updated appraisal will be subject to the further approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

After-Market Performance Information Provided By The Independent Appraiser

The following table, prepared by our independent appraiser, presents for all “second-step” conversions that began trading from January 1, 2004 to January 18, 2007, the percentage change in the trading price from the initial trading date of the offering to the dates shown in the table. The table also presents the average and median trading prices and percentage change in trading prices for the same dates. This information relates to stock performance experienced by other companies that may have no similarities to us with regard to market capitalization, offering size, earnings quality and growth potential, among other factors. Most of the institutions listed in the table are significantly smaller than we are in terms of asset size. In addition, gross proceeds raised in most of the offerings listed in the table are significantly less than the amount of gross proceeds we expect to raise in the offering. Also, two of the three largest offerings listed in the table involved a simultaneous acquisition of another financial institution.

The table is not intended to indicate how our common stock may perform. Data represented in the table reflects a small number of transactions and is not indicative of general stock market performance trends or of price performance trends of companies that undergo “second-step” conversions. Furthermore, this table presents only short-term price performance and may not be indicative of the longer-term stock price performance of these companies. There can be no assurance that our stock price will appreciate or that our stock price will not trade below $20.00 per share. The movement of any particular company’s stock price is subject to various factors, including, but not limited to, the amount of proceeds a company raises, the company’s historical and anticipated operating results, the nature and quality of the company’s assets, the company’s market area and the quality of management and management’s ability to deploy proceeds (such as through loans and investments, the acquisition of other financial institutions or other businesses, the payment of dividends and common stock repurchases). In addition, stock prices may be affected by general market and economic conditions, the interest rate environment, the market for financial institutions and merger or takeover transactions and the presence of professional and other investors who purchase stock on speculation, as well as other unforeseeable events not in the control of management. Before you make an investment decision, please carefully read this prospectus, including “ Risk Factors .”

 

 

13


Table of Contents

After Market Trading Activity

Second Step Offerings

Completed Closing Dates between January 1, 2004 and January 18, 2007

 

Transaction

  

Closing
Date

  

Gross
Proceeds

   Price Performance from Initial Trading
Date
 
         1 Day     1 Week     1 Month     Through
January 18,
2007
 
          (In millions)                         

Osage Bancshares, Inc.

   1/18/07    $ 25.1    -0.5 %   N/A     N/A     -0.5 %

New Westfield Financial, Inc.

   1/4/07    $ 184.0    7.0 %   7.5 %   N/A     8.8 %

Citizens Community Bancorp, Inc.

   11/1/06    $ 52.9    -2.5 %   -1.0 %   -3.3 %   -2.9 %

Liberty Bancorp, Inc.

   7/24/06    $ 28.1    2.5 %   1.0 %   1.5 %   5.5 %

First Clover Leaf Financial Corp. (1)

   7/11/06    $ 41.7    3.9 %   6.0 %   11.2 %   15.0 %

Monadnock Bancorp, Inc.

   6/29/06    $ 5.7    0.0 %   -5.0 %   -13.8 %   -16.3 %

NEBS Bancshares, Inc.

   12/29/05    $ 30.8    6.6 %   7.0 %   7.0 %   31.0 %

American Bancorp, Inc.

   10/6/05    $ 99.2    1.6 %   -2.5 %   1.6 %   17.7 %

Hudson City Bancorp, Inc.

   6/7/05    $ 3,929.8    9.6 %   10.8 %   15.9 %   39.7 %

First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp, Inc.

   4/4/05    $ 17.0    -5.1 %   -8.0 %   -16.0 %   -8.5 %

Rome Bancorp, Inc.

   3/31/05    $ 59.0    0.5 %   -2.5 %   -5.6 %   24.6 %

Roebling Financial Corp.

   10/1/04    $ 9.1    -1.0 %   -0.5 %   -8.0 %   22.5 %

DSA Financial Corporation

   7/30/04    $ 8.5    -2.0 %   -5.0 %   -7.0 %   30.0 %

Partners Trust Financial Group, Inc. (1)

   7/15/04    $ 148.8    -0.1 %   -0.2 %   -1.9 %   13.5 %

Synergy Financial Group, Inc.

   1/21/04    $ 70.4    8.1 %   8.0 %   7.9 %   61.8 %

Provident Bancorp, Inc. (1)

   1/15/04    $ 195.7    15.0 %   11.5 %   15.1 %   45.4 %

Average

         2.7 %   1.8 %   0.3 %   18.0 %

Median

         1.1 %   -0.2 %   0.2 %   16.4 %

(1) Included a simultaneous acquisition.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Public Stockholders Will Receive Shares Through The Exchange Of People’s Bank Common Stock

Shares of People’s Bank common stock held by stockholders as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering will be canceled and exchanged for new shares of People’s United Financial common stock. The number of shares received will be based on an exchange ratio which will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering and will be based on the percentage of People’s Bank common stock held by the public prior to the conversion, the final independent appraisal of People’s United Financial common stock prepared by RP Financial and the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. The exchange ratio will ensure that existing public stockholders of People’s Bank common stock will own approximately the same percentage of People’s United Financial common stock after the conversion and offering as they owned of People’s Bank common stock immediately prior to completion of the conversion and offering, exclusive of the effect of their purchase of additional shares in the offering and the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares. The exchange ratio will not depend on the market price of People’s Bank common stock.

The following table shows how many shares a hypothetical owner of People’s Bank common stock would receive in the share exchange, based on the number of shares sold in the offering.

 

    

Shares to be sold in

this offering

   

Shares to be

exchanged for

shares

of People’s Bank
common stock

   

Shares to be

issued

to the foundation

    Total shares
of common
stock to be
outstanding
after the
conversion
   Exchange
ratio
   Equivalent
per share
current
market
price (1)
   Shares that
would be
exchanged
per 100
shares of
People’s
Bank
common
stock
     Amount    Percent     Amount    Percent     Amount    Percent             

Minimum

   137,062,500    57.22 %   100,491,584    41.95 %   2,000,000    0.83 %   239,554,084    1.6712    $ 33.42    167

Midpoint

   161,250,000    57.29 %   118,225,393    42.00 %   2,000,000    0.71 %   281,475,393    1.9662    $ 39.32    196

Maximum

   185,437,500    57.34 %   135,959,202    42.04 %   2,000,000    0.62 %   323,396,702    2.2611    $ 45.22    226

Maximum, as adjusted

   213,253,125    57.39 %   156,353,083    42.07 %   2,000,000    0.54 %   371,606,208    2.6003    $ 52.01    260

(1) Represents the value of shares of People’s United Financial common stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares received in the share exchange by a holder of one share of People’s Bank common stock at the exchange ratio, assuming a market price of $20.00 per share.

At the midpoint shown in the preceding table, a stockholder owning 100 shares of People’s Bank common stock would receive 196 shares of People’s United Financial common stock plus $12.40 in cash.

No fractional shares of our common stock will be issued in the exchange. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued, we will remit an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would otherwise be entitled by the $20.00 per share purchase price.

We also will convert options previously awarded under the People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan into options to purchase People’s United Financial common stock. At September 30, 2006, there were outstanding options to purchase 1,435,055 shares of People’s Bank common stock. The number of outstanding options and related per share exercise prices will be adjusted based on the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, term and vesting period of the outstanding options will remain unchanged. If any options are exercised before we complete the offering, the number of shares of People’s Bank common stock outstanding will increase and the exchange ratio could be adjusted. If all

 

 

15


Table of Contents

currently outstanding options are exercised, stockholders will experience dilution of approximately 1.00% in their ownership interest in People’s Bank common stock.

Dividend Policy

The amount of dividends that People’s United Financial initially intends to pay to stockholders following the conversion and offering is intended to approximate the per share dividend amount, adjusted to reflect the share exchange, that People’s Bank’s stockholders currently receive on their shares of People’s Bank common stock. For a detailed description of our dividend policy, see “ Our Policy Regarding Dividends .”

Ownership By Officers And Directors

Collectively, our directors and executive officers and their associates expect to purchase a total of 387,500 shares, or approximately 0.2% of the shares of common stock available for sale in the offering plus the shares to be issued to the charitable foundation (assuming the midpoint of the offering range). These shares do not include shares that may be awarded or issued in the future under any of our stock benefit plans. The shares purchased by our directors and executive officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the minimum number of shares necessary to close the offering has been sold. See “ Proposed Purchases of Common Stock by Management .”

After the offering and the exchange of existing shares of People’s Bank common stock, including stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2006, our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to beneficially own approximately 3,928,237 shares of our common stock, or 1.40% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock, including shares to be issued to the charitable foundation, based upon the midpoint of the offering range.

Future Benefit Plans

We intend to implement a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan in connection with the offering which we expect will purchase an amount of common stock equal to up to 6% of the sum of the shares of common stock that we sell in the offering and those we issue to the charitable foundation, or 11,246,250 shares of common stock, assuming we sell 185,437,500 shares, the maximum of the offering range. We expect that this employee stock ownership plan will, with prior Office of Thrift Supervision approval, purchase these shares in the open market following the offering using funds borrowed from us. However, as a tax-qualified employee benefit plan, this plan may instead purchase shares in the subscription offering consistent with its subscription priority. The plan is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of all employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Assuming the employee stock ownership plan purchases 11,246,250 shares, we will recognize additional compensation expense of $224.9 million (or approximately $148.4 million after tax) over a 30-year period, assuming the shares of common stock have a fair market value of $20.00 per share for the full 30-year period. If, in the future, the shares of common stock have a fair market value greater or less than $20.00, the compensation expense will increase or decrease accordingly.

Because investment decisions for our employee stock ownership plan are subject to the discretion of an independent fiduciary, we can offer no assurance as to the amount, timing or other terms of stock purchases by this plan.

We also intend to implement a stock option plan, providing for grants of stock options, and a recognition and retention plan, providing for awards of restricted stock to our key employees, officers and directors. If these stock-based incentive plans are implemented and approved by stockholders within one

 

 

16


Table of Contents

year of the completion of our conversion, the number of options granted or shares of restricted stock awarded under these stock-based incentive plans may not exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. We expect that any shares required for restricted stock awards would be purchased in the open market or privately negotiated transactions following stockholder approval of the plan. Funds necessary for stock purchases would be provided by People’s United Financial. We anticipate that awards under the stock option plan and recognition and retention plan would vest over a five-year period measured from the award date and that compensation expense would be recognized over the vesting period. Both the stock option plan and recognition and retention plan cannot be adopted sooner than six months after the completion of our conversion and will be contingent on approval of People’s United Financial stockholders.

The following table summarizes the number of shares and aggregate dollar value of awards available for grant that are expected under the stock option and recognition and retention plans, if adopted as expected after the offering. A portion of the available stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-executive employees.

 

     Number of new shares or
options to be granted
   

Maximum
dilution
resulting
from
issuance of
shares for
stock benefit
plans(2)

    Value of new
available grants(1)
    

At

minimum

of offering
range

  

At
maximum

of offering
range

   As a
percentage
of common
stock to be
sold in the
offering
and issued
to the
foundation
      At minimum of
offering range
   At maximum of
offering range

Recognition and retention plan

   5,562,500    7,497,500    4.00 %   2.27 %   $ 111,250,000    $ 149,950,000

Stock option plan

   13,906,250    18,743,750    10.00 %   5.49 %     46,029,688      62,041,813
                                   

Total

   19,468,750    26,241,250    14.00 %   7.52 %   $ 157,279,688    $ 211,991,813
                                   

(1) The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value as of the date that grants are made. For purposes of this table, the fair value of the restricted stock grants is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $20.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.31 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $20.00; dividend yield of 3.0%; expected option life of 10 years; risk-free interest rate of 4.64%; and volatility rate of 11.3% based on an index of publicly-traded thrifts. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the option, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model.
(2) Assumes shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares and dilution is calculated at the maximum of the offering range.

In addition to shares of common stock that could be issued under the future stock option and recognition and retention plans, additional shares can be issued under stock benefit plans currently maintained by People’s Bank. At September 30, 2006, a total of 9,157,471 shares could be issued under existing stock benefit plans after applying the exchange ratio at the minimum of the offering range, and 12,389,874 shares could be issued under existing stock benefit plans after applying the exchange ratio at the maximum of the offering range. These totals represent shares that would be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options and shares that would be issued because of future grants under existing benefit

 

 

17


Table of Contents

plans. The issuance of all of these shares would cause additional dilution of 3.69% at the maximum of the offering range.

Unless a waiver is obtained from the Office of Thrift Supervision, the following additional Office of Thrift Supervision restrictions would apply to the stock option plan and the recognition and retention plan:

 

  non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

  any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

  any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

  the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plans; and

 

  accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of People’s Bank or People’s United Financial.

In the event the Office of Thrift Supervision changes its regulations or policies regarding stock-based incentive plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable. Also, these restrictions will not apply to stock-based compensation plans currently maintained by People’s Bank (the People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan and the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan), which will continue in effect after the conversion.

The following table presents information regarding the eligible participants in our contemplated employee stock ownership plan and our contemplated stock-based incentive plans, the percentage of outstanding shares of common stock after the offering assuming shares are sold at the maximum of the offering range and the dollar value of the common stock available for issuance or allocation under these plans.

 

 

18


Table of Contents
    

Individuals Eligible
to Participate

   Number of
Shares at the
Maximum of
Offering Range
   Percentage of
Total Shares
Outstanding
(including shares
issued to the
charitable
foundation)
   

Percentage of
Shares Sold in the

Offering
(including shares
issued to the
charitable
foundation)

    Estimated
Value of Shares
at the
Maximum of
the Offering
Range(1)

Employee stock ownership plan

   Officers and Employees    11,246,250    3.48 %   6.0 %   $ 224,925,000

Stock option plan

   Directors, Officers and Employees    18,743,750    5.80 %   10.0 %   $ 62,041,813

Recognition and retention plan

   Directors, Officers and Employees    7,497,500    2.32 %   4.0 %   $ 149,950,000

(1) The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value as of the date that grants are made. For purposes of this table, the fair value of the restricted stock grants is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $20.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.31 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $20.00; dividend yield of 3.0%; expected option life of 10 years; risk free interest rate of 4.64%; and a volatility rate of 11.3% based on an index of publicly-traded thrifts. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the option, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model.

For a detailed description of these potential plans and their applicable limitations see “ Management of People’s Bank – Future Benefit Plans .” For a detailed description of the benefit plans we currently have in place, see “ Management of People’s Bank – Director Compensation ” and “ Management of People’s Bank – Executive Officer Compensation .”

Limits On Purchases Of Common Stock

Limitations on the purchase of common stock in the offering have been set by the plan of conversion adopted by the People’s Bank Board of Directors and the People’s Mutual Holdings Board of Trustees. These limitations include the following:

 

  You may not purchase fewer than 25 shares ($500).

 

  You may not purchase more than $2 million of common stock (100,000 shares). If you are purchasing in the subscription offering, this limit applies to you, together with any persons with whom you are exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying deposit account held jointly.

 

  You, together with any of the following persons (referred to as associates) or persons who may be acting in concert with you, may not purchase more than $2 million of common stock (100,000 shares) in all categories of the offering combined, including the syndicated offering:

 

  your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house; or

 

 

19


Table of Contents
  companies, trusts or other entities in which you have an ownership or financial interest or hold a senior position.

If you are currently a People’s Bank stockholder, in addition to the above purchase limitations, there is an additional ownership limitation for you. Shares of common stock that you purchase in the offering individually, and together with associates or persons acting in concert, plus any shares of People’s United Financial common stock you and they receive in the share exchange, may not exceed 5% of the total shares of People’s United Financial common stock issued and outstanding at the completion of the conversion and offering.

Subject to the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, we may increase or decrease the purchase and ownership limitations at any time. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who order the maximum amount of shares and so indicate on their stock order forms will be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the new limit. For a detailed description of purchase limitations, see “ Limitations on Common Stock Purchases .”

Conditions To Completing The Conversion And Offering

We are conducting the conversion and offering pursuant to the terms of our plan of conversion. We cannot complete the conversion and offering unless:

 

  the plan of conversion is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by depositors of People’s Bank;

 

  the plan of conversion is approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders of People’s Bank (because People’s Mutual Holdings owns more than 50% of People’s Bank’s outstanding shares, we expect that People’s Mutual Holdings will control the outcome of this vote);

 

  the plan of conversion is approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock held by the stockholders of People’s Bank, excluding People’s Mutual Holdings;

 

  we sell at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered; and

 

  we receive approval from the Office of Thrift Supervision to complete the conversion and offering.

In order to establish and fund the charitable foundation, we must receive regulatory, public stockholder and depositor approvals, similar to those described above.

People’s Mutual Holdings intends to vote its ownership interest in favor of the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. At September 30, 2006, it owned 57.7% of the outstanding common stock of People’s Bank. As of September 30, 2006, the directors and executive officers of People’s Bank and their associates beneficially owned 1,800,802 shares of People’s Bank common stock (including options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2006), or 1.26% of the outstanding shares of common stock. They intend to vote their shares in favor of the plan of conversion and establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Market For Our Common Stock

People’s Bank’s common stock is currently listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “PBCT.” Upon completion of the offering, the new shares of People’s United Financial will replace existing shares and will be traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. For a period of 20 trading days following completion of the offering, our symbol will be “PBCTD.” Thereafter, our trading symbol will revert to “PBCT.” See “ Market for the Common Stock .”

Tax Aspects of the Conversion

As a general matter, the conversion and offering will not be taxable transactions for federal or state income tax purposes to People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s Bank, People’s United Financial, persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering or existing stockholders of People’s Bank. Existing stockholders of People’s Bank who receive cash in lieu of a fractional share of People’s United Financial common stock in the share exchange will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the tax basis of such fractional share. Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP has issued an opinion to us to the effect that consummation of the transactions contemplated by the conversion and offering qualifies as a tax-free transaction for federal income tax purposes and will not result in any adverse federal tax consequences to People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s Bank, People’s United Financial, persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering or existing stockholders of People’s Bank before or after the conversion. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has issued an opinion to us to the effect that consummation of the transactions contemplated by the conversion and offering should qualify as a tax-free transaction for Connecticut state income tax purposes and should not result in any adverse Connecticut state tax consequences to People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s Bank, People’s United Financial, persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering or existing stockholders of People’s Bank before or after the conversion. See “ The Conversion and Offering — Tax Aspects.”

The Subscription Offering

Persons Who May Order Stock in the Subscription Offering.

We are offering shares of People’s United Financial common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:

 

  (1) Depositors with accounts at People’s Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 on June 30, 2005;

 

  (2) Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans;

 

  (3) Depositors with accounts at People’s Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 on December 31, 2006; and

 

  (4) People’s Bank depositors on [                      ], 2007.

If you qualify under one of these categories, you will have priority subscription rights and the following provisions will apply to you.

How You May Purchase Common Stock in the Subscription Offering.

To purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you must deliver a properly signed and completed original stock order form, accompanied by full payment or a deposit account

 

 

21


Table of Contents

withdrawal authorization as described below, so that it is received by us (not postmarked) by 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on [                      ], 2007. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the return envelope provided, by overnight delivery to the address indicated on the front of the stock order form or by hand, to a secure drop box located in the lobby of People’s Bank’s headquarters, 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut. Mail or delivery of stock order forms to banking or other offices of People’s Bank will not be accepted. We are not required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled stock order forms.

You may pay for your shares by:

 

  Personal check, bank check or money order . The check or money order must be made payable directly to “People’s United Financial, Inc.” Cash, wire transfers, third party checks, People’s Bank equity line of credit checks and funds drawn from People’s Bank personal lines of credit may not be remitted as payment for your purchase; or

 

  Authorized deposit account withdrawal . The stock order form includes instructions on how you can authorize direct withdrawals from certain types of People’s Bank deposit accounts. The funds you designate must be in your account at the time your stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds making them unavailable to you for any reason. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until the conversion is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. You may authorize withdrawal from a People’s Bank certificate of deposit account without incurring an early withdrawal penalty if the withdrawal is authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering.

You may not authorize withdrawals from People’s Bank retirement accounts (IRAs, Keogh) or People’s Bank accounts with check-writing privileges. If you wish to use funds from an account with check-writing privileges, please make payment by a check drawn on such account. You may not purchase shares of People’s United Financial common stock in your People’s Bank retirement account. If you wish to use any of the funds that are currently in a People’s Bank retirement account, the funds must be transferred to a self-directed retirement account maintained by a brokerage firm or other type of independent trustee other than People’s Securities, Inc., before your order is placed. If you are interested in using funds in a retirement account at People’s Bank or elsewhere to purchase common stock, you should contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible for assistance, preferably at least two weeks before the [                      ], 2007 end of the offering period, because processing such transactions takes additional time. Your ability to use such funds for the purchasing of shares of common stock in the offering may depend on time constraints as well as limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

Once we receive your properly completed stock order form, you may not change or rescind your order unless the number of shares of common stock to be issued is increased to more than 213,253,125 or decreased below 137,062,500, or the offering is not completed by [      ], 2007. We are not required to notify you of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms. We have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms, but do not represent that we will do so.

We may not lend funds, guarantee loans or otherwise extend credit to any person other than our tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

Funds received in the subscription offering will be held in a segregated escrow account at People’s Bank established to hold funds received as payment for shares. We will pay interest on these

 

 

22


Table of Contents

funds at People’s Bank’s passbook savings rate from the date payment is received until completion or termination of the conversion and offering. We may, at our discretion, determine during the offering that it is in the best interest of People’s Bank to hold subscription funds in a segregated escrow account at another insured financial institution instead of People’s Bank.

Deadline for Ordering Stock in the Subscription Offering.

The subscription offering will expire at 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on [                      ], 2007. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you up to 45 days until [                      ], 2007, but in no event may the offering extend beyond [                              ], unless the Office of Thrift Supervision approves a later date. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. If we extend the offering beyond [Extension Date 1], we will promptly return your funds with interest unless you confirm your subscription.

Steps We May Take if We Do Not Sell the Minimum Number of Shares.

We will not complete the subscription and syndicated offerings until at least the minimum number of shares of common stock have been sold. If at least 137,062,500 shares have not been sold by [                      ], 2007 and the Office of Thrift Supervision has not consented to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest at People’s Bank’s passbook savings rate and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond [      ], 2007 is granted by the Office of Thrift Supervision, we will notify each person who subscribed for common stock in the subscription offering, indicating that each such person who subscribed for common stock may increase, decrease, or rescind their subscription within the resolicitation period.

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel all deposit account withdrawal authorizations and will return by check all funds submitted in the subscription offering, plus interest at People’s Bank’s passbook savings rate calculated from the date of receipt of the stock order.

Delivery of Shares.

Subscribers who purchase shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the subscription offering will receive stock certificates representing those shares. Certificates will be mailed to the persons entitled to the certificates at the certificate registration address noted by them on the stock order form as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering and receipt of all regulatory approvals. Until certificates for the common stock are delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock which they ordered, even though the common stock will have commenced trading.

If you are currently a stockholder of People’s Bank, see “ —Public Stockholders Will Receive Shares Through The Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock .”

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights.

Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. Your subscription rights may only be exercised by you for your own account. Common stock may also be registered to you or in the name of a trust for which you are the sole beneficiary or sole income beneficiary. For this purpose, an individual retirement account that is held as a custodial account is

 

 

23


Table of Contents

deemed to be a trust. When completing your stock order form, you should not add the name(s) of persons who do not have subscription rights or who qualify in a lower subscription priority than you do. If you do so, you will lose your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to certify on the stock order form that you are purchasing shares solely for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights. We will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights. In addition, if you attempt to sell or otherwise transfer your subscription rights, you may be subject to criminal prosecution and/or other sanctions.

Stock Information Center.

If you have any questions regarding the offering or the conversion, please call our Stock Information Center, toll-free, at (800) 867-5295, from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, Monday through Friday. The Stock Information Center is closed on weekends and bank holidays. Our banking and other offices will not have offering materials and cannot accept completed stock order forms or proxy cards.

To ensure that you receive a prospectus at least 48 hours before the offering deadline, we may not mail prospectuses any later than five days prior to the offering deadline or hand-deliver any prospectus later than two days prior to the offering deadline. Stock order forms may only be distributed with or preceded by a prospectus.

By signing the stock order form, you are acknowledging your receipt of a prospectus and your understanding that the shares are not a deposit account and are not insured or guaranteed by People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s United Financial, People’s Bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other federal or state governmental agency.

We will make reasonable attempts to provide a prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights. The subscription offering and all subscription rights are expected to expire at 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on [                      ] 2007, whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

The Syndicated Offering

We are also offering any shares of our common stock not subscribed for by our depositors in the subscription offering for sale to the general public in a syndicated offering through a syndicate of selected dealers. We may begin the syndicated offering at any time following the commencement of the subscription offering. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is acting as sole book-running manager and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. is acting as joint lead manager for the syndicated offering, which is being conducted on a best efforts basis. The syndicated offering will terminate no later than 45 days after the expiration of the subscription offering, unless extended by us with approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. None of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. or any other member of the syndicate is required to purchase any shares in the syndicated offering. Alternatively, we may sell any remaining shares in an underwritten public offering, which would be conducted on a firm commitment basis. For further information on the syndicated offering and any underwritten public offering, see “ The Conversion and Offering—Syndicated Offering/Underwritten Public Offering .”

 

 

24


Table of Contents

The People’s Community Foundation

To continue our long-standing commitment to our local communities, we intend to establish a charitable foundation, The People’s Community Foundation, as a non-stock Delaware corporation in connection with the conversion. We will fund the charitable foundation with 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the net offering proceeds. The shares of common stock contributed to the charitable foundation will be issued in addition to the shares being offered for sale in the offering and will not be included in determining whether the minimum number of shares of common stock has been sold in order to complete the offering. Our contribution to the charitable foundation would reduce net earnings by approximately $39.6 million, after tax, in 2007.

Currently, there are no plans to make further contributions to the charitable foundation in the future. The amount of common stock that we offer for sale in the offering would be greater if the offering were to be completed without the contribution to The People’s Community Foundation. The establishment and funding of the charitable foundation requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by People’s Bank’s depositors and the affirmative vote of a majority of the stockholders of People’s Bank, excluding People’s Mutual Holdings. If these approvals are not obtained, the foundation will not be established and the shares of People’s United Financial common stock we intend to issue to the foundation will remain unissued. The charitable foundation will be required to vote its shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the same ratio as all other shares of the common stock on all proposals considered by People’s United Financial’s stockholders.

Issuing shares of common stock to the charitable foundation will:

 

  dilute the ownership interests of holders of People’s United Financial common stock; and

 

  result in an expense, and a reduction in earnings, during the year in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit.

For a further discussion of the financial impact of the charitable foundation, including its effect on those who purchase shares in the offering, see “ Risk Factors—The Contribution To The People’s Community Foundation Will Hurt Our Profits For 2007 And Dilute Your Ownership Interest ,” “ Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation ” and “ The People’s Community Foundation .”

 

 

25


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

You should consider carefully the following risk factors before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Our business could be harmed by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

Risks Related To Our Business

Changes in Interest Rates Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition . People’s Bank makes most of its earnings based on the difference between interest it earns compared to interest it pays. This difference is called the “interest spread.” People’s Bank earns interest on loans and to a much lesser extent on securities and short-term investments. These are called “interest-earning assets.” People’s Bank pays interest on some forms of deposits and on funds it borrows from other sources. These are called “interest-bearing liabilities.”

People’s Bank’s interest spread can change depending on when interest rates earned on interest-earning assets change, compared to when interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities change. Some rate changes occur while these assets or liabilities are still on People’s Bank’s books. Other rate changes occur when these assets or liabilities mature and are replaced by new interest-earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities at different rates. It may be difficult to replace interest-earning assets quickly, since customers may not want to borrow money when interest rates are high, or People’s Bank may not be able to make loans that meet its lending standards. People’s Bank’s interest spread may also change based on the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

People’s Bank’s interest spread may be lower if the timing of interest rate changes is different for its interest-earning assets compared to its interest-bearing liabilities. For example, if interest rates go down, People’s Bank may earn less on its interest-earning assets while it is still locked in to paying higher rates on its interest-bearing liabilities. On the other hand, if interest rates go up, People’s Bank might have to pay more on its interest-bearing liabilities while it is still locked in to receiving lower rates on its interest-earning assets.

People’s Bank manages this risk using many different techniques. If it is not successful in managing this risk, People’s Bank will probably be less profitable.

Changes in Our Asset Quality Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition . Asset quality measures the performance of a borrower in repaying a loan, with interest, on time. It is unlikely that our asset quality will stay as strong as it has been for the past several years, particularly if the economy deteriorates.

We May Not Be Able to Successfully Implement Our Plans for Growth. Since our conversion to the mutual holding company form of organization in 1988, we have experienced significant growth. We will be raising a significant amount of capital from the offering, which we plan to use to continue implementing our growth strategy, primarily by building our core banking business through internal growth and increased de novo branching and acquisitions. During 2005, People’s Bank opened seven new branches, three of which are traditional branches and four of which are located in Stop & Shop supermarkets. During the first nine months of 2006, People’s Bank opened three new Stop & Shop branches. People’s Bank also plans to expand into New York State by opening at least 15 new traditional branches in Westchester County over the next three years. Seven of these branches are expected to be

 

26


Table of Contents

open by the end of 2007. People’s Bank also plans to continue its branch expansion in Connecticut by opening new traditional and Stop & Shop branches. In addition, we will consider expansion opportunities such as the acquisition of branches and other financial institutions, although we do not have any current understandings, agreements or arrangements for expansion by the acquisition of any branches or other financial institutions. Significant changes in interest rates or the competition we face may make it difficult to attract the level of customer deposits needed to fund our internal growth at projected levels. In addition, People’s Bank may have difficulty finding suitable sites for de novo branches. Our expansion plans may result in People’s Bank opening branches in geographic markets in which it has no previous experience. Our ability to grow effectively in those markets will be dependent on our ability to identify and retain personnel familiar with the new markets. Any future acquisitions of branches or of other financial institutions would present many challenges associated with integrating merged institutions and expanding operations. Our profitability may suffer if we do not continue to experience the type of growth that we have in the past, if we do not adequately and profitably implement our plans for growth or if we incur additional expenditures beyond current projections to support our growth.

The Success of Our Stop & Shop Branches Depends on the Success of the Stop & Shop Brand. One element of our strategy is to focus on increasing deposits by providing a wide range of convenient services to our customers. An integral component of this strategy is People’s Bank’s supermarket banking initiative, pursuant to which, as of September 30, 2006, People’s Bank has established 73 full-service Stop & Shop branches that provide customers with the convenience of seven-day-a-week banking. At September 30, 2006, 47% of People’s Bank’s branches were located in Stop & Shop supermarkets. During 2005, the Stop & Shop branches originated 27% of People’s Bank’s home equity loans, 47% of retail checking and savings accounts, and 34% of commercial checking accounts. Approximately 40% of People’s Bank’s branch transactions originate in Stop & Shop branches.

People’s Bank currently has exclusive branching rights in Stop & Shop supermarkets in the state of Connecticut, in the form of a license agreement between The Stop & Shop Supermarket Company and People’s Bank, which provides for the leasing of space to People’s Bank within Stop & Shop supermarkets for branch use. Under the terms of the license agreement, People’s Bank generally is required to open a branch in each new Connecticut Stop & Shop supermarket (up to a maximum of 120 supermarkets) that has either (1) a total square footage of greater than 45,000 square feet or (2) if less than 45,000 square feet in size, the store has projected customers of at least 15,000 per week. People’s Bank has the exclusive right to branch in these supermarkets until 2012, provided that People’s Bank does not default on its obligations under the licensing agreement. People’s Bank has the option to extend the license agreement until 2022.

Stop & Shop is currently the leading grocery store in Connecticut, with nearly twice the market share of its closest competitor, according to Modern Grocer. The success of People’s Bank’s supermarket branches is dependent, in part, on the success of the Stop & Shop supermarkets in which they are located. A drop in Stop & Shop’s market share, a decrease in the number of Stop & Shop locations or customers, or a decline in the overall quality of Stop & Shop supermarkets could result in decreased business for the Stop & Shop branches, in the form of fewer loan originations, lower deposit generation and fewer overall branch transactions, and could influence market perception of People’s Bank’s Stop & Shop supermarket branches as convenient banking locations. Under the terms of the license agreement, People’s Bank has the obligation to open branches in new Connecticut Stop & Shop locations through 2012, even if Stop & Shop’s market share declines or the value of the Stop & Shop brand is diminished.

In addition, People’s Bank may not be able to renew or renegotiate the license agreement with Stop & Shop beyond 2022. If renewal or renegotiation of the license agreement were unsuccessful, People’s Bank would be forced to find new locations for and relocate the Stop & Shop branches, or to

 

27


Table of Contents

close those branches and transfer the affected customer accounts to other People’s Bank branches, either of which would involve significant expense and the possible loss of customer relationships.

We Depend on Our Executive Officers and Key Personnel to Continue the Implementation of Our Long-Term Business Strategy and Could Be Harmed by the Loss of Their Services. We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part upon the skills of our management team. The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and the loss of our key personnel or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect our business. Although People’s Bank has an employment agreement with its president and chief executive officer, the loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers and key personnel could impair our ability to continue to develop and execute our business strategy.

Our Business Is Affected by the International, National, Regional and Local Economy Generally, and the Geographic Concentration of Our Loan Portfolio and Lending Activities Makes Us Vulnerable to a Downturn in the Local Economy . Changes in international, national, regional and local economic conditions affect our business. If economic conditions change significantly or quickly, our business operations could suffer, and we could become weaker financially as a result.

At September 30, 2006, approximately 77% of People’s Bank’s loans by outstanding principal amount were to people and businesses located in the state of Connecticut, or involved property located here. All of People’s Bank’s branches are currently in Connecticut. How well we perform depends very much on the health of the Connecticut economy, and we expect that to remain true for the foreseeable future.

As of June 30, 2006, the median household income in Connecticut was $66,018, ranking second in the United States and well above the U.S. median household income of $51,546. Our state unemployment rate as of June 2006 was 4.1%, slightly lower than the national rate of 4.6%. A low unemployment rate usually means that businesses have a hard time finding qualified workers, and will have to pay them more if they can find them. Businesses that cannot find qualified workers or that have to pay higher wages might decide not to stay in Connecticut, or to send work outside the state. Someone deciding where to locate a new business or to expand an existing business might decide to go somewhere outside Connecticut.

If the general economic situation deteriorates, or there are negative trends in the stock market, the Connecticut economy could suffer more than the national economy. This would be especially likely in Fairfield County, where People’s Bank has many of its branches and where many of its customers reside, because of the large number of Fairfield County residents who are professionals in the financial services industry.

People’s Bank could experience losses in its real estate-related loan portfolios if the prices for housing and other kinds of real estate decreased significantly in Connecticut. Even though Connecticut (especially Fairfield County) has some of the highest housing prices in the country, property values can decrease. This has happened before (as recently as the early 1990s), and can happen again.

In Response to Competitive Pressures, Our Costs Could Increase if We Were Required to Increase Our Service and Convenience Levels or Our Margins Could Decrease if We Were Required to Increase Deposit Rates or Lower Interest Rates on Loans . People’s Bank faces significant competition for deposits and loans. In deciding where to deposit their money, many people look first at the interest rate they will earn. They also might think about whether the bank offers other kinds of services they might need and, if they have ever been a customer of the bank before, what their experience was like.

 

28


Table of Contents

People also like convenience, so the number of offices and banking hours may be important. Some people also think that on-line services are important.

People’s Bank competes with other banks, credit unions, brokerage firms and money market funds for deposits. Some people may decide to buy bonds or similar kinds of investments issued by companies or by the U.S., state and local governments and agencies, instead of opening a deposit account.

In making decisions about loans, many people look first at the interest rate they will have to pay. They also think about any extra fees they might have to pay in order to get the loan. Some people also think about whether the bank offers other kinds of services they might need and, if they have ever been a customer of the bank before, what their experience was like. Many business loans are more complicated because there may not be a standard kind of loan that meets all of the customer’s needs. Business borrowers look at many different factors that are not all financial in nature. Examples include the kind and amount of security the lender wants and other terms of the loan that do not involve the interest rate.

People’s Bank competes with other banks, credit unions, credit card issuers, finance companies, mortgage lenders and mortgage brokers for loans. Insurance companies also compete with People’s Bank for some kinds of commercial loans.

Many of People’s Bank’s competitors have branches in the same market area as it does. Some of them are much larger than it is. Connecticut, and especially Fairfield County, is an attractive banking market. Many locally-based banks have been acquired by large regional and national companies in the last several years. We expect this trend to continue. This means that there are not as many competitors in our market as there used to be, but the ones that are left are usually bigger and have more resources than the ones they acquired.

People’s Bank also has competition from outside its own market area. A bank that does not have any branches in Connecticut can still have customers here by providing banking services on-line. It costs money to set up and maintain a branch system. Banks that do not spend as much money as People’s Bank does on branches might be more profitable than it is, even if they pay higher interest on deposits and charge lower interest on loans.

Changes in Federal and State Regulation Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition . The banking business is heavily regulated by the federal and state governments. Banking laws and rules are for the most part intended to protect depositors, not stockholders.

Banking laws and rules can change at any time. The government agencies responsible for supervising People’s Bank’s business can also change the way they interpret these laws and rules, even if the rules themselves do not change. We need to make sure that our business activities comply with any changes in these rules or the interpretation of the rules. We might be less profitable if we have to change the way we conduct business in order to comply. Our business might suffer in other ways as well.

Changes in state and federal tax laws can make our business less profitable. Changes in the accounting rules we are required to follow may also make us less profitable. Changes in the government’s economic and monetary policies may hurt our ability to compete for deposits and loans. Changes in these policies can also make it more expensive for us to do business.

The government agencies responsible for supervising our business can take drastic action if they think we are not conducting business safely or are too weak financially. They can force People’s Bank to hold additional capital, pay higher deposit insurance premiums, stop paying dividends, stop making

 

29


Table of Contents

certain kinds of loans or stop offering certain kinds of deposits. If the agencies took any of these steps or other similar steps, it would probably make our business less profitable.

The Office of Thrift Supervision letter dated July 3, 2006 approving, among other things, People’s Bank’s conversion from a Connecticut savings bank to a federal savings bank, granted People’s Bank (1) a phase-in period of three years from the date of its conversion to a federal savings bank, August 18, 2006, to comply with the Home Owners’ Loan Act’s commercial loan limits, with the ability to seek an additional one-year extension if necessary; and (2) an exception from the Qualified Thrift Lender test for a period of four years from the date of conversion. The manner in which the Office of Thrift Supervision interprets or applies its phase-in period can also make it more expensive for us to do business, make our business less profitable and limit our strategic flexibility. See “ Regulation of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial – Federally Chartered Savings Bank Regulation ” and “ Regulation of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial – Qualified Thrift Lender Test.

If People’s Bank Is Not Permitted to Pay Dividends to Us, We May Not Be Able to Fully Fund Our Operations, Pay Dividends or Make Acquisitions. People’s United Financial will fund its operations and pay dividends to its stockholders through the net offering proceeds it retains, cash and cash equivalents held by People’s United Financial, dividends paid by People’s Bank to People’s United Financial, and borrowings. Dividends may be paid by People’s Bank only out of current or retained net profits, and prior Office of Thrift Supervision approval is required if dividends for the current year would exceed net income for the current year plus retained net income for the preceding two years. People’s Bank will also be prohibited from paying cash dividends to People’s United Financial to the extent that any such payment would reduce People’s Bank’s capital below required capital levels, would impair the liquidation account to be established for the benefit of the People’s Bank’s eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders at the time of the conversion and offering, or if the Office of Thrift Supervision notified People’s Bank that it was in need of more than normal supervision. Payment of dividends by People’s Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the Office of Thrift Supervision if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

If People’s Bank’s Allowance for Loan Losses Is Not Sufficient to Cover Actual Loan Losses, Our Earnings Could Decrease. People’s Bank is exposed to the risk that customers will not be able to repay their loans. This risk is inherent in the lending business. There is also the risk that the customer’s collateral will not be sufficient to cover the balance of their loan, as underlying collateral values fluctuate with market changes. People’s Bank records an allowance for loan losses to cover probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to provision expense or to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized.

People’s Bank maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that it believes is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: its historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate finance, commercial and People’s Capital and Leasing loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by its independent loan review function; an evaluation of non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions. While People’s Bank seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, and at September 30, 2006, management believed that the allowance for loan losses was adequate to cover probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, it is possible that borrower defaults could exceed the current estimates for loan losses, which would reduce earnings. In addition, future increases to the allowance for

 

30


Table of Contents

loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, increasing charge-offs of existing problem loans, or the identification of additional problem loans and other factors, which would also reduce earnings.

Our Stock Benefit Plans Will Increase Our Costs, Which Will Reduce Our Profitability and Stockholders’ Equity. We anticipate that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase an amount of common stock equal to up to 6% of the sum of the common stock that is sold in the offering and that is issued to the charitable foundation. The cost of acquiring the employee stock ownership plan shares will be between $166.9 million at the minimum of the offering range and $224.9 million at the maximum of the offering range, or $258.3 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming a purchase price of $20.00 per share. Under current accounting standards, we will record annual employee stock ownership plan expenses in an amount equal to the fair market value of shares committed to be released to employees for that year. If our common stock appreciates in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan will increase.

We intend to adopt a stock option plan that will provide for grants to key employees, officers, and directors of options to purchase an amount of common stock equal to up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. We also intend to adopt a recognition and retention plan that will provide for awards of common stock to key employees, officers, and directors in an amount of up to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. We will fund these plans through either open market purchases, if permitted, or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares. These plans will increase our future costs of compensating our key employees, officers and directors, thereby reducing our earnings. In addition, at the maximum of our offering range, stockholders will experience a 2.27% reduction or dilution in ownership interest in the event authorized but unissued shares are used to fund restricted stock awards and a 5.48% reduction or dilution in ownership interest in the event authorized but unissued shares are used to fund the stock options. Under current accounting standards, we will expense the grant-date fair value of stock options granted to key employees, officers and directors over the vesting period of such awards. Similarly, under current accounting standards, as the restricted stock shares are awarded under the recognition and retention plan, we will recognize compensation expense equal to the fair market value of such shares at grant over the vesting period. Recognizing an expense equal to the grant-date fair value of stock options or shares of restricted stock will increase our compensation costs over the vesting period of the options or shares of restricted stock.

Risks Related To The Offering

After the Offering, Our Return on Average Equity Will Be Low Compared to Other Companies. This Could Negatively Impact the Price of Our Common Stock. The net proceeds from the offering will substantially increase our equity capital. It may take a significant period of time to prudently invest this capital. Our ability to leverage our new capital and grow our balance sheet profitably will be significantly affected by industry competition for loans and deposits. The net proceeds will be invested initially in short-term investments, government securities or government-sponsored agency securities. These investments have lower average yields than a significant portion of our existing interest-earning assets. This excess capital will result in a significantly lower return on equity, which is the ratio of our earnings divided by our average stockholders’ equity, than we have experienced previously. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005, our return on average equity was 8.6% and 11.1%, respectively. On a pro forma basis assuming that 185,437,500 shares had been sold at the beginning of the year, the maximum of the offering range, and the net proceeds had been invested at an average yield of 5.25%, our return on pro forma equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005 would have been approximately 4.2% and 4.3%,

 

31


Table of Contents

respectively. As a result of the offering, our return on equity will be lower than that of our peers. To the extent that the stock market values a company based in part on its return on equity, our low return on equity relative to our peers could negatively affect the trading price of our common stock.

We Have Broad Discretion in Allocating the Proceeds of the Offering. Our Failure to Effectively Utilize the Proceeds Could Significantly Reduce Our Profitability. People’s United Financial intends to contribute approximately 50% of the net proceeds of the offering to People’s Bank. People’s United Financial may use the remaining net proceeds to purchase investment securities, finance the acquisition of other financial institutions or other businesses that are related to banking or for other general corporate purposes, including repurchases of common stock and the payment of cash dividends. People’s United Financial expects to use a portion of the net proceeds to fund the purchase by People’s Bank’s employee stock ownership plan of shares of People’s United Financial common stock. We also intend to contribute 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash to The People’s Community Foundation. People’s Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to make acquisitions, fund new loans, purchase investment securities, establish or acquire new branches, acquire financial institutions or other businesses that are related to banking, pay dividends to People’s United Financial or for general corporate purposes. Although the net proceeds of the offering are expected to be invested initially in short-term investments, government securities or government-sponsored agency securities, People’s United Financial and People’s Bank will have significant flexibility in determining how much of the net proceeds to apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. The failure by us or People’s Bank to utilize these funds effectively could significantly reduce our profitability.

Stock Market Volatility May Affect the Price of Our Common Stock. Publicly traded stocks can experience substantial market price volatility that may be unrelated to the operating performance of the particular companies. The final number of shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The valuation is based on estimates and projections of a number of factors, all of which are subject to change. After the shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and will be influenced not only by our results of operations and financial condition but also by many factors outside of our control, including prevailing interest rates, investor perceptions of us, our performance relative to our peers, research analysts ratings, and general industry and economic conditions. Consequently, if you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $20.00 per share purchase price.

The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of People’s United Financial and Certain Laws and Regulations May Prevent or Make More Difficult Certain Transactions, Including a Sale or Merger of People’s United Financial. Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of People’s United Financial, federal regulations and various other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of People’s United Financial. The factors that may discourage takeover attempts or make them more difficult include:

 

    Office of Thrift Supervision regulations . Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit, for three years following the completion of a mutual-to-stock conversion, the offer to acquire or the acquisition of more than 10% of any class of equity security of a converted institution without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

 

   

Certificate of Incorporation and statutory provisions . Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of People’s United Financial and of Delaware law may make it more difficult and expensive to pursue a takeover attempt that the Board of Directors

 

32


Table of Contents

opposes. These provisions also make more difficult the removal of current directors or management, or the election of new directors. These provisions include:

 

    limitations on voting rights of the beneficial owners of more than 10% of People’s United Financial common stock;

 

    supermajority voting requirements for certain business combinations and changes to some provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws;

 

    the election of directors to staggered terms of three years;

 

    provisions regarding the timing and content of stockholder proposals and nominations;

 

    provisions restricting the calling of special meetings of stockholders;

 

    the absence of cumulative voting by stockholders in the election of directors; and

 

    limitations imposed by Delaware law on business transactions with certain significant stockholders.

 

    Significant ownership by our directors, executive officers and stock benefit plans . Following the conversion and offering, the directors, executive officers and stock benefit plans of People’s United Financial are expected to own in the aggregate approximately 7.40% of People’s United Financial common stock to be outstanding based upon the midpoint of the offering range. This significant percentage ownership by directors, executive officers and stock benefit plans could make it more difficult to obtain the required vote for a takeover or merger that management opposes.

You May Not Revoke Your Decision to Purchase People’s United Financial Common Stock in the Subscription Offering After You Send Us Your Subscription. Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with a purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription offering will be held by us until the completion or termination of the conversion and offering, including any extension of the expiration date. Because completion of the conversion and offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, among other factors, there may be one or more delays in the completion of the conversion and offering. Orders submitted in the subscription offering are irrevocable, and subscribers will have no access to subscription funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond [__], or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 213,253,125 shares or decreased to less than 137,062,500 shares.

Risks Related to the Formation of Our Charitable Foundation

Our Contribution to The People’s Community Foundation Will Hurt Our 2007 Profits and Dilute Your Ownership Interest. We intend to contribute 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the net offering proceeds to The People’s Community Foundation. This contribution of common stock and cash will be an additional operating expense and will reduce net income during the fiscal year in which The People’s Community Foundation is established, which is expected to be the year ending December 31, 2007. Based on the pro forma assumptions, the contribution to The People’s Community Foundation would reduce net earnings by approximately $39.6 million, after tax, in 2007. In addition, at the midpoint of the offering range, purchasers of shares in the offering and current People’s Bank stockholders will have their ownership

 

33


Table of Contents

interests diluted by 0.71% at the close of the offering, when we contribute the shares of our common stock to The People’s Community Foundation from authorized but unissued shares of common stock. For a further discussion regarding the effect of the contribution to the charitable foundation, see “ Pro Forma Data ” and “ Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.

Our Contribution to The People’s Community Foundation May Not Be Tax Deductible, Which Could Hurt Our Profits. We believe that our $60 million pre-tax contribution in cash and shares of our common stock to The People’s Community Foundation will be deductible for federal income tax purposes. However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. If the contribution is not deductible, we would not receive any tax benefit from the contribution. In addition, even if the contribution is tax deductible, we may not have sufficient profits to be able to use the deduction fully.

 

34


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements,” which may be identified by the use of such words as “may,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “plan,” “estimate,” “predict,” “continue” and “potential” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, estimates with respect to our financial condition, results of operations and business that are subject to various factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from these estimates. These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

    our business is affected by the international, national, regional and local economy generally, and the geographic concentration of our loan portfolio and lending activities makes us vulnerable to a downturn in the local economy;

 

    in response to competitive pressures, our costs could increase if we were required to increase our service and convenience levels or our margins could decrease if we were required to increase deposit rates or lower interest rates on loans;

 

    changes in our asset quality could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition;

 

    changes in federal and state regulation could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition;

 

    changes in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition;

 

    we have broad discretion in allocating the net proceeds of the offering; our failure to effectively utilize the net proceeds could significantly reduce our profitability;

 

    our stock benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our profitability and stockholders’ equity;

 

    after the offering, our return on average equity will be low compared to other companies; this could negatively impact the price of our common stock;

 

    stock market volatility may affect the price of our common stock;

 

    our contribution to The People’s Community Foundation will hurt our profits for 2007 and dilute your ownership interest;

 

    our contribution to The People’s Community Foundation may not be tax deductible, which could hurt our profits;

 

    applicable technological changes may be more difficult or expensive than we anticipate;

 

    success or consummation of new business initiatives may be more difficult or expensive than we anticipate; and

 

    litigation or matters before regulatory agencies, whether currently existing or commencing in the future, may delay the occurrence or non-occurrence of events longer than we anticipate.

 

35


Table of Contents

Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this prospectus and in any other public statements we make may turn out to be wrong. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions we might make or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. We do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results.

 

36


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The summary information presented below under “Selected Financial Condition Data,” “Selected Operating Data,” and “Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data” at each of the dates or for each of the periods presented, except for the information at or for the periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 (which has not been audited), is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements of People’s Bank. The following information is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with People’s Bank’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1. All share, per share and dividend information reflects the three-for-two stock splits effected by People’s Bank on May 15, 2004 and May 15, 2005.

 

     At September 30,
2006
   At December 31,
      2005    2004    2003    2002    2001
     (In millions)
Selected Financial Condition Data:                  

Total assets

   $ 10,612    $ 10,933    $ 10,718    $ 11,672    $ 12,261    $ 11,891

Loans

     9,185      8,573      7,933      7,105      6,675      6,374

Securities, net

     202      1,363      2,071      2,405      3,230      2,900

Allowance for loan losses

     74      75      73      71      69      74

Deposits

     8,979      9,083      8,862      8,714      8,426      7,983

Core deposits (1)

     8,843      8,873      8,681      8,433      8,102      7,709

Borrowings

     14      295      341      1,516      2,437      2,542

Subordinated notes

     109      109      122      253      252      252

Stockholders’ equity

     1,351      1,289      1,200      1,002      940      935

Non-performing assets

     23      22      29      34      36      31

 

     For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
   2006     2005     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
     (In millions)  
Selected Operating Data:               

Net interest income (2)

   $ 286.3     $ 276.7     $ 370.0     $ 327.4     $ 284.3     $ 318.5     $ 319.5  

Provision for loan losses

     2.0       3.3       8.6       13.3       16.7       22.2       45.3  

Fee based revenues

     113.5       111.7       151.5       142.9       143.0       136.2       113.9  

Net security losses

     (27.2 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (4.7 )     (0.6 )     (3.3 )     (18.5 )

All other non-interest income (3)

     15.8       9.5       21.9       13.5       23.9       16.3       38.2  

Non-interest expense (4)

     261.3       253.8       344.4       479.7       346.0       341.5       343.5  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     83.0       91.6       125.9       (5.6 )     62.7       67.7       38.9  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations (5)

     1.7       10.3       11.2       205.3       1.1       (12.3 )     36.9  

Net income

     84.7       101.9       137.1       199.7       63.8       55.4       75.8  

Adjusted net income (1)

     83.0       93.6       122.6       81.1       62.7       67.7       25.9  

(1) See “ Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP ” for a reconciliation of deposits to core deposits, and net income to adjusted net income.
(2) Fully taxable equivalent basis.
(3) Includes $8.1 million and $20.0 million in gains on asset sales for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2001, respectively.
(4) Includes liability restructuring costs totaling $2.7 million, $133.4 million, $1.2 million and $16.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2001, respectively.
(5) Includes an after-tax gain on sale of $6.2 million for both the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and the year ended December 31, 2005 and $198.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 related to the sale of the credit card business in March 2004.

 

37


Table of Contents
     At or For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
    At or For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
Selected Financial Ratios And Other Data:               
Performance Ratios:               

Return on average assets (1)

     1.04 %     1.26 %     1.27 %     1.86 %     0.54 %     0.47 %     0.68 %

Return on average stockholders’ equity (1)

     8.6       11.1       11.1       17.6       6.6       5.9       8.2  

Net interest margin (2)

     3.83       3.66       3.68       3.33       2.89       3.24       3.40  

Net interest rate spread

     3.71       3.57       3.59       3.25       2.84       3.28       3.38  

Efficiency ratio (3)

     61.9       62.8       62.8       69.2       76.4       71.3       73.9  

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     138.6       140.3       140.1       139.5       130.5       120.0       121.5  

Per Common Share Data:

              

Basic earnings per share

   $ 0.60     $ 0.72     $ 0.97     $ 1.43     $ 0.46     $ 0.40     $ 0.55  

Diluted earnings per share

     0.59       0.72       0.97       1.42       0.46       0.40       0.55  

Cash dividends paid per share (4)

     0.72       0.63       0.85       0.75       0.68       0.63       0.59  

Book value (end of period)

     9.51       8.95       9.10       8.52       7.18       6.77       6.76  

Tangible book value (end of period)

     8.77       8.20       8.35       7.74       6.37       5.95       5.92  

Total dividend pay-out ratio (4)

     52.5 %     38.2 %     38.3 %     22.9 %     63.7 %     67.4 %     49.4 %

Capital Ratios:

              

Average stockholders’ equity to average assets

     12.1       11.4       11.5       10.6       8.2       8.0       8.2  

Stockholders’ equity to total assets

     12.7       11.6       11.8       11.2       8.6       7.7       7.9  

Tangible stockholders’ equity to total assets

     11.7       10.7       10.8       10.2       7.6       6.7       6.9  

Regulatory Capital Ratios (5) :

              

Tier 1 capital

     14.7       14.9       14.8       14.6       9.9       9.1       8.8  

Leverage capital

     11.8       11.0       11.2       10.5       8.0       7.4       7.7  

Total risk-based capital

     16.2       17.0       16.4       16.7       13.1       12.5       12.3  

Asset Quality Ratios:

              

Non-performing loans to total loans

     0.23       0.23       0.25       0.35       0.48       0.52       0.46  

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.22       0.18       0.20       0.27       0.29       0.29       0.26  

Non-performing assets to total loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets

     0.25       0.24       0.26       0.36       0.48       0.53       0.48  

Net loan charge-offs to average loans (2)

     0.05       0.05       0.07       0.15       0.22       0.42       0.62  

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

     354.9       379.6       352.5       264.6       208.4       198.2       253.3  

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     0.81       0.87       0.87       0.91       0.99       1.04       1.16  

Other Information:

              

Number of branches

     156       152       153       155       154       155       148  

Full-time equivalent employees (6)

     2,617       2,679       2,655       2,689       2,791       2,948       2,907  

(1) Calculated based on net income for all periods. Nine month ratios are presented on an annualized basis.
(2) Nine month ratios are presented on an annualized basis.
(3) See “ Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP ” for a reconciliation of the efficiency ratio to banking regulatory definitions.

 

38


Table of Contents
(4) Reflects the waiver of dividends on the substantial majority of the common shares owned by People’s Mutual Holdings.
(5) Calculated in accordance with Office of Thrift Supervision regulations as of September 30, 2006 and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations for all prior period ends.
(6) Excluded from 2003, 2002 and 2001 are the employees of People’s Bank’s credit card division that was sold in March 2004.

 

39


Table of Contents

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

The summary information presented below under “Selected Financial Condition Data,” “Selected Operating Data,” and “Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data” at December 31, 2005 and for the three months and year ended December 31, 2005 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements of People’s Bank. The information at December 31, 2006 and for the three months and year ended December 31, 2006 is derived from unaudited financial data. In the opinion of management, this unaudited financial data has been prepared to reflect all normal recurring accruals necessary to present fairly the financial data for the periods shown. The results for the three months and year ended December 31, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim or full-year period.

This discussion and analysis reflects People’s Bank’s consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The following information is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with People’s Bank’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1.

 

     At December 31,
     2006    2005
     (In millions)

Selected Financial Condition Data:

     

Total assets

   $ 10,687    $ 10,933

Loans

     9,372      8,573

Securities, net

     77      1,363

Allowance for loan losses

     74      75

Deposits

     9,083      9,083

Core deposits (1)

     8,958      8,873

Borrowings

     4      295

Subordinated notes

     65      109

Stockholders’ equity

     1,340      1,289

Non-performing assets

     23      22

 

     For the Three Months
Ended December 31,
  

For the Year Ended

December 31,

 
     2006    2005    2006     2005  
     (In millions)  

Selected Operating Data:

          

Net interest income

   $ 96.1    $ 93.3    $ 382.4     $ 369.7  

Provision for loan losses

     1.4      5.3      3.4       8.6  

Fee-based revenues

     39.5      39.8      153.0       151.5  

Net security losses

     —        —        (27.2 )     (0.1 )

All other non-interest income (2)

     5.8      12.3      21.6       21.9  

Non-interest expense

     85.6      90.5      346.9       344.4  

Income from continuing operations

     38.7      34.3      121.7       125.9  

Income from discontinued operations (3)

     0.6      0.9      2.3       11.2  

Net income

     39.3      35.2      124.0       137.1  

Adjusted net income (1)

     38.7      29.0      121.7       122.6  

(1) See “ Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP ” for a reconciliation of deposits to core deposits, and net income to adjusted net income.
(2) Includes an $8.1 million gain on sale of branches for both the three months and the year ended December 31, 2005.
(3) Includes an after-tax gain of $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 related to the sale of the credit card business in March 2004.

 

40


Table of Contents
    

At or For the Three Months

Ended December 31,

   

At or For the Year Ended

December 31,

 
     2006     2005     2006     2005  

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

        

Performance Ratios:

        

Return on average assets (1)

     1.49 %     1.30 %     1.15 %     1.27 %

Return on average stockholders’ equity (1)

     11.6       11.1       9.4       11.1  

Net interest margin (2)

     4.01       3.75       3.87       3.68  

Net interest rate spread

     3.86       3.65       3.75       3.59  

Efficiency ratio (3)

     59.7       62.3       61.3       62.8  

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     138.6       139.3       138.6       140.1  

Per Common Share Data:

        

Basic earnings per share

   $ 0.28     $ 0.25     $ 0.88     $ 0.97  

Diluted earnings per share

     0.28       0.25       0.87       0.97  

Cash dividends paid per share (4)

     0.25       0.22       0.97       0.85  

Book value (end of period)

     9.42       9.10       9.42       9.10  

Tangible book value (end of period)

     8.68       8.35       8.68       8.35  

Total dividend pay-out ratio (4)

     39.3 %     38.6 %     48.3 %     38.3 %

Capital Ratios:

        

Average stockholders’ equity to average assets

     12.8       11.8       12.3       11.5  

Stockholders’ equity to total assets

     12.5       11.8       12.5       11.8  

Tangible stockholders’ equity to total assets

     11.6       10.8       11.6       10.8  

Regulatory Capital Ratios (5) :

        

Tier 1 capital

     14.8       14.8       14.8       14.8  

Leverage capital

     12.0       11.2       12.0       11.2  

Total risk-based capital

     16.1       16.4       16.1       16.4  

Asset Quality Ratios:

        

Non-performing loans to total loans

     0.24       0.25       0.24       0.25  

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.21       0.20       0.21       0.20  

Non-performing assets to total loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets

     0.24       0.26       0.24       0.26  

Net loan charge-offs to average loans (2)

     0.06       0.16       0.05       0.07  

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

     327.9       352.5       327.9       352.5  

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     0.79       0.87       0.79       0.87  

Other Information:

        

Number of branches

     158       153       158       153  

Full-time equivalent employees

     2,657       2,655       2,657       2,655  

(1) Calculated based on net income for all periods. Three month ratios are presented on an annualized basis.
(2) Three month ratios are presented on an annualized basis.
(3) See “ Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP ” for a reconciliation of the efficiency ratio to banking regulatory definitions.
(4) Reflects the waiver of dividends on the substantial majority of the common shares owned by People’s Mutual Holdings.
(5) Calculated in accordance with Office of Thrift Supervision regulations for December 31, 2006 and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations for December 31, 2005.

 

41


Table of Contents

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005.

Total assets at December 31, 2006 were $10.7 billion, a decrease of $246 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2005, primarily due to a $1.3 billion decline in total securities, partially offset by increases of $799 million in total loans, $193 million in short-term investments, $58 million in bank-owned life insurance and $66 million in other assets.

Total loans increased $799 million, or 9%, from December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2006. This increase reflects growth of $456 million, or 10%, in consumer financial services and $343 million, or 9%, in commercial banking. The growth in consumer financial services was driven by increases of $392 million, or 11%, in residential mortgage loans to $3.9 billion and $64 million, or 5%, in consumer loans to $1.3 billion. The increase in residential mortgage loans reflects, in part, the purchase of $170 million of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans towards the end of the first quarter of 2006. The increase in commercial banking reflects increases of $235 million, or 37%, in net loans originated by People’s Capital and Leasing, our equipment financing subsidiary, $135 million, or 29%, in our national credits portfolio and $60 million, or 5%, in commercial lending. These increases were partially offset by an $87 million, or 5%, decline in commercial real estate finance loans.

The decrease in the securities portfolio reflects the sale of $266 million and $810 million of debt securities in the second and third quarters of 2006, respectively, as part of restructuring activities to better position People’s Bank’s balance sheet for the prevailing interest rate environment at the time. People’s Bank also funded an additional $50 million of bank-owned life insurance with proceeds from maturing securities in the first quarter of 2006 and contributed $91.5 million in the third quarter of 2006 to its employee retirement plan (reported in other assets) to more than fully fund its projected benefit obligation. Proceeds from sales of securities were also used to reduce total borrowings and subordinated notes by $335 million since December 31, 2005.

Non-performing assets totaled $22.7 million at December 31, 2006, a $0.7 million increase from December 31, 2005. Non-performing assets declined by $0.2 million during the fourth quarter of 2006, reflecting an increase in non-performing commercial loans to $11.9 million at December 31, 2006 as one commercial loan totaling $10.6 million was classified as non-performing, partially offset by a decrease in non-performing commercial real estate finance loans to $0.2 million resulting from the full recovery on one commercial real estate finance loan totaling $5.5 million. The allowance for loan losses decreased $1.0 million to $74 million at December 31, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005, primarily reflecting reductions in the allowance for loan losses allocated to the consumer loan portfolios, partially offset by net additions allocated to the commercial banking loan portfolios. At December 31, 2006, the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 0.79% and as a percentage of non-performing loans was 328%, compared to 0.87% and 353%, respectively, at December 31, 2005.

At December 31, 2006, liabilities totaled $9.3 billion, a $297 million, or 3%, decrease from December 31, 2005, reflecting a $335 million reduction in total borrowings and subordinated notes. Core deposits increased $85 million, or 1%, in 2006 compared to 2005, reflecting People’s Bank’s strategy to fund loan growth with proceeds from maturities and sales of securities rather than deposits.

People’s Bank’s total stockholders’ equity was $1.34 billion at December 31, 2006, a $51 million net increase from December 31, 2005, reflecting net income of $124.0 million, partially offset by dividends paid of $60 million and a $25 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss reflects a $40 million after-tax increase from the implementation of SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” partially offset by a $19 million reduction in the after-tax net unrealized loss on securities available for sale due to the sales of securities discussed above. As a percentage of total assets, stockholders’ equity was 12.5% at December 31, 2006 compared to 11.8% at December 31, 2005.

 

42


Table of Contents

People’s Bank’s leverage, tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 12.0%, 14.8% and 16.1%, respectively, at December 31, 2006, compared to 11.2%, 14.8% and 16.4%, respectively, at December 31, 2005. The capital ratios were calculated in accordance with Office of Thrift Supervision regulations as of December 31, 2006 and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations as of December 31, 2005.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005

People’s Bank reported net income of $124.0 million, or $0.87 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $137.1 million, or $0.97 per diluted share, for the year-ago period. Income from continuing operations totaled $121.7 million, or $0.85 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $125.9 million, or $0.89 per diluted share, for the year-ago period.

Results for 2006 include net security losses totaling $27.4 million from the sale of $266 million and $810 million of debt securities in the second and third quarters of 2006, respectively. Results for 2006 also include a $2.4 million income tax benefit related to certain prior-year tax matters. The net impact of these items reduced 2006 net income by $15.8 million, or $0.11 per share.

Results for 2005 included an $8.1 million gain on the sale of three branches, a $9.7 million gain from the resolution of a significant contingency related to the sale of the credit card business in 2004 (reported in income from discontinued operations), a $2.0 million income tax benefit resulting from the completion of a routine federal tax audit, a $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge and expenses incurred in connection with the repurchase of subordinated notes ($2.7 million) and the accelerated vesting of stock options ($0.7 million). The net impact of these items increased 2005 net income by $9.3 million, or $0.07 per share.

Net interest income increased $12.7 million, or 3%, from the year ended December 31, 2005 and the net interest margin improved 19 basis points to 3.87%. The higher net interest margin reflects the asset-sensitive position of the balance sheet, including the substitution of securities with higher-yielding loans, the partial benefit from the sales of securities in the second and third quarters of 2006, and the impact of People’s Bank’s deposit pricing strategy.

Compared to 2005, average earning assets decreased $173 million, or 2%, as a $934 million, or 54%, decline in average securities funded a $715 million, or 9%, increase in average loans and a $113 million, or 27%, decrease in average total borrowings and average subordinated notes. The loan growth reflects increases of $285 million, or 8%, in average commercial banking loans, $345 million, or 10%, in average residential mortgage loans, and $108 million, or 9%, in the average home equity loan portfolio, all as compared to the year-ago period. The increase in average residential mortgage loans reflects, in part, the purchase of $170 million of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans towards the end of the first quarter of 2006. In addition, People’s Bank invested $50 million in the first quarter of 2006 and $150 million in the second quarter of 2005 in bank-owned life insurance, and contributed $91.5 million to its employee retirement plan in September 2006.

Compared to the year ended December 31, 2005, total non-interest income, excluding net security losses, increased $1.2 million, or 1%; total non-interest expense increased $2.5 million, or 1%; and the efficiency ratio improved to 61.3% from 62.8%.

The provision for loan losses was $3.4 million compared to $8.6 million in the year-ago period. The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflects net loan charge-offs of $4.4 million, partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in the allowance for loan losses. The provision for

 

43


Table of Contents

loan losses in 2005 reflected net loan charge-offs of $6.1 million and a $2.5 million increase in the allowance for loan losses. Net loan charge-offs decreased $1.7 million, or 28%, for 2006, compared to 2005. Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans equaled 0.05%, down from 0.07% for 2005.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005

People’s Bank reported net income of $39.3 million, or $0.28 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2006, a 12% increase compared to $35.2 million, or $0.25 per diluted share, for the year-ago period. Income from continuing operations totaled $38.7 million, or $0.27 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2006, a 13% increase compared to $34.3 million, or $0.24 per diluted share, for the year-ago period.

Results for the three months ended December 31, 2006 include a $2.4 million income tax benefit related to certain prior-year tax matters. Results for the three months ended December 31, 2005 included an $8.1 million gain on the sale of three branches (included in non-interest income) and a $2.0 million income tax benefit resulting from the completion of a routine federal tax audit, as well as a $2.7 million charge related to the repurchase of subordinated notes and a $0.7 million charge for the accelerated vesting of stock options (both included in non-interest expense).

Compared to the three months ended December 31, 2005, total non-interest income, excluding the $8.1 million gain on the sale of branches from the 2005 period, increased $1.3 million, or 3%; total non-interest expense, excluding the items discussed above from the 2005 period, decreased $1.5 million, or 2%; and the efficiency ratio improved to 59.7% from 62.3%.

Net interest income increased $2.8 million, or 3%, from the three months ended December 31, 2005 and the net interest margin improved 26 basis points to 4.01%. The higher net interest margin reflects the asset-sensitive position of the balance sheet, including the substitution of securities with higher-yielding loans, the full benefit from the sales of securities in the second and third quarters of 2006, and the impact of People’s Bank’s deposit pricing strategy.

Compared to the three months ended December 31, 2005, average earning assets decreased $366 million, or 4%, as a $1.3 billion, or 88%, decline in average securities funded an $808 million, or 10%, increase in average loans; a $294 million reduction in average total borrowings and average subordinated notes; a $91.5 million contribution to People’s Bank’s employee retirement plan (made in September 2006); and a $59 million increase in average bank-owned life insurance. Growth in loans reflects increases of $334 million, or 9%, in average commercial banking loans, $414 million, or 12%, in average residential mortgage loans, and $76 million, or 6%, in the average home equity loan portfolio, all as compared to the year-ago period. The increase in average residential mortgage loans reflects, in part, the purchase of $170 million of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans towards the end of the first quarter of 2006.

The provision for loan losses was $1.4 million compared to $5.3 million in the year-ago period. The provision for loan losses for the three months ended December 31, 2006 reflects net loan charge-offs of $1.4 million. The provision for loan losses for the three months ended December 31, 2005 reflected net loan charge-offs of $3.3 million and a $2.0 million increase in the allowance for loan losses. Net loan charge-offs decreased $1.9 million, or 58%, for the three months ended December 31, 2006, compared to the year-ago period. Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans on an annualized basis equaled 0.06%, down from 0.16% for the three months ended December 31, 2005.

 

44


Table of Contents

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RECONCILIATION TO GAAP

In addition to evaluating People’s Bank’s results of operations in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), management routinely supplements this evaluation with an analysis of certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as adjusted net income, which excludes certain significant items that are routinely excluded by banking analysts in assessing financial performance in the banking industry. Management believes this non-GAAP financial measure provides information useful to investors in understanding People’s Bank’s underlying operating performance and trends, and facilitates comparisons with the performance of other banks and thrifts.

The following adjustments to net income for this financial measure are made to better indicate the ongoing operating results over a period that involved People’s Bank reshaping itself through substantial restructuring activities, including the sale of a major business line:

 

  Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, reflects results related to People’s Bank’s credit card business, including the sale of the business in the first quarter of 2004.

 

  Liability restructuring costs related to the sale of the credit card business reflect significant non-recurring charges taken to prepay slightly over $1.0 billion of long-term borrowings and to cancel derivative positions with notional values of $770 million, utilizing a portion of the proceeds from the sale of People’s Bank’s credit card business in the first quarter of 2004.

 

  Gains on asset sales reflect non-recurring transactions occurring in 2001 and 2005 related to branch sales and the sale of People’s Bank’s investment in the NYCE ATM network.

 

  Goodwill impairment charge is a non-recurring item.

In addition to adjusted net income, management also utilizes core deposits and purchased funds as non-GAAP financial measures to supplement its analysis of People’s Bank’s business performance. Core deposits is a measure of stable funding sources and is defined as total deposits, other than brokered certificates of deposit (acquired in the wholesale market), municipal deposits (which are seasonally variable by nature) and non-interest bearing deposits utilized for the operation of People’s Bank’s businesses. Purchased funds include borrowings, brokered certificates of deposit and municipal deposits.

Although management believes that the above-mentioned non-GAAP financial measures enhance investors’ understanding of People’s Bank’s operating performance, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered an alternative to GAAP. The reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures from GAAP to non-GAAP is presented below.

 

45


Table of Contents

The following tables provide reconciliations between GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures:

 

    

For the Nine

Months Ended

September 30,

   For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2006    2005    2005     2004    2003    2002     2001  
     (In millions)  

Net income (1)

   $ 84.7    $ 101.9    $ 137.1     $ 199.7    $ 63.8    $ 55.4     $ 75.8  
                                                    

Adjusted for:

                  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     1.7      10.3      11.2       205.3      1.1      (12.3 )     36.9  
                                                    

Other adjustments:

                  

Liability restructuring costs relating to the sale of the credit card business

     —        —        —         133.4      —        —         —    

Gains on asset sales

     —        —        (8.1 )     —        —        —         (20.0 )

Goodwill impairment charge

     —        2.0      2.0       —        —        —         —    
                                                    

Total other adjustments

     —        2.0      (6.1 )     133.4      —        —         (20.0 )

Tax effect of other adjustments

     —        —        (2.8 )     46.7      —        —         (7.0 )
                                                    

Adjusted net income (1)

   $ 83.0    $ 93.6    $ 122.6     $ 81.1    $ 62.7    $ 67.7     $ 25.9  
                                                    

(1) For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, includes an after-tax loss on the sale of securities of $18.2 million relating to balance sheet restructuring activities.

 

    

For the Three

Months Ended

December 31,

   

For the Year Ended

December 31,

 
     2006    2005     2006    2005  
     (In millions)  

Net income (1)

   $ 39.3    $ 35.2     $ 124.0    $ 137.1  
                              

Adjusted for:

          

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     0.6      0.9       2.3      11.2  
                              

Other adjustments:

          

Gain on sale of branches

     —        (8.1 )     —        (8.1 )

Goodwill impairment charge

     —        —         —        2.0  
                              

Total other adjustments

     —        (8.1 )     —        (6.1 )

Tax effect of other adjustments

     —        (2.8 )     —        (2.8 )
                              

Adjusted net income (1)

   $ 38.7    $ 29.0     $ 121.7    $ 122.6  
                              

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2006, includes an after-tax loss on the sale of securities of $18.2 million relating to balance sheet restructuring activities.

 

    

At September 30,

2006

   At December 31,
        2005    2004    2003    2002    2001
     (In millions)

Deposits

   $ 8,979    $ 9,083    $ 8,862    $ 8,714    $ 8,426    $ 7,983

Less:

                 

Municipal deposits

     47      129      106      125      77      160

Brokered certificates of deposit

     —        —        —        70      120      10

Other non-interest-bearing deposits

     89      81      75      86      127      104
                                         

Core deposits

   $ 8,843    $ 8,873    $ 8,681    $ 8,433    $ 8,102    $ 7,709
                                         

 

46


Table of Contents
    

At September 30,

2006

   At December 31,
        2005    2004    2003    2002    2001
     (In millions)

Borrowings

   $ 14    $ 295    $ 341    $ 1,516    $ 2,437    $ 2,542

Plus:

                 

Municipal deposits

     47      129      106      125      77      160

Brokered certificates of deposit

     —        —        —        70      120      10
                                         

Purchased funds

   $ 61    $ 424    $ 447    $ 1,711    $ 2,634    $ 2,712
                                         

 

     At December 31,
     2006    2005
     (In millions)

Deposits

   $ 9,083    $ 9,083

Less:

     

Municipal deposits

     44      129

Brokered certificates of deposit

     —        —  

Other non-interest-bearing deposits

     81      81
             

Core deposits

   $ 8,958    $ 8,873
             
     At December 31,
     2006    2005
     (In millions)

Borrowings

   $ 4    $ 295

Plus:

     

Municipal deposits

     44      129

Brokered certificates of deposit

     —        —  
             

Purchased funds

   $ 48    $ 424
             

In addition to the above non-GAAP financial measures, management uses the efficiency ratio to monitor its operating efficiency compared to its peers. The efficiency ratio, which represents an approximate measure of the cost required by People’s Bank to generate a dollar of revenue, is the ratio of total non-interest expense (excluding goodwill impairment charges, amortization of acquisition-related intangibles, losses on real estate assets and nonrecurring expenses) (the numerator) to net interest income plus total non-interest income (excluding gains and losses on sales of assets, other than residential mortgage loans, and nonrecurring income) (the denominator). People’s Bank generally considers an income or expense to be nonrecurring if it is not similar to an income or expense of a type incurred within the last two years and is not similar to an income or expense of a type reasonably expected to be incurred within the following two years. Management considers the efficiency ratio to be more representative of People’s Bank’s ongoing operating efficiency, as the excluded items are generally related to external market conditions and non-routine transactions. Since there is not a comparable GAAP financial measure related to the efficiency ratio, the following tables reconcile People’s Bank’s calculation of the efficiency ratio to the efficiency ratio calculations as defined by the Office of Thrift Supervision, People’s Bank’s banking regulator, for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the three months and year ended December 31, 2006 and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, People’s Bank’s former banking regulator, for all prior periods.

The following tables summarize People’s Bank’s efficiency ratio derived from amounts reported in the Thrift Financial Reports to the Office of Thrift Supervision. Differences in the numerator are primarily related to People’s Bank excluding certain nonrecurring items as indicated in the tables below.

 

47


Table of Contents

Differences in the denominator are primarily related to the Office of Thrift Supervision excluding certain fee-based revenues, net gains on sales of residential mortgages, income from bank-owned life insurance and other non-interest income. Additionally, in calculating the denominator, People’s Bank excludes certain nonrecurring items and adjusts bank-owned life insurance income to a fully taxable equivalent basis, as indicated in the tables below.

 

    

For the Nine

Months Ended

September 30,
2006

 
     (Dollars in
millions)
 

Total non-interest expense

   $ 260.6  

Less:

  

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     0.8  
        

Total

   $ 259.8  
        

Total interest income

   $ 433.5  

Add:

  

Dividend income on equity investments not subject to SFAS No. 115

     1.2  

Mortgage loan servicing fees

     0.1  

Other fees and charges

     92.3  

Less:

  

Total interest expense

     145.1  
        

Total

   $ 382.0  
        

Efficiency ratio

     68.0 %
        

 

    

For the Three

Months Ended
December 31,

2006

   

For the Year

Ended

December 31,

2006

 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest expense

   $ 85.4     $ 346.0  

Less:

    

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     0.3       1.1  
                

Total

   $ 85.1     $ 344.9  
                

Total interest income

   $ 152.3     $ 585.8  

Add:

    

Dividend income on equity investments not subject to SFAS No. 115

     0.3       1.5  

Mortgage loan servicing fees

     —         0.1  

Other fees and charges

     31.9       124.2  

Less:

    

Total interest expense

     54.5       199.6  
                

Total

   $ 130.0     $ 512.0  
                

Efficiency ratio

     65.5 %     67.4 %
                

 

48


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize People’s Bank’s efficiency ratio derived from amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

    

For the Nine

Months Ended

September 30,
2006

 
     (Dollars in
millions)
 

Total non-interest expense

   $ 261.3  

Less:

  

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     0.8  

Loss on sale of reverse repurchase agreements

     0.3  

Severance-related charges

     1.2  

RC Knox settlement

     0.9  

Other

     0.3  
        

Total

   $ 257.8  
        

Net interest income

   $ 286.3  

Total non-interest income

     102.1  

Add:

  

Net security losses

     27.2  

BOLI FTE adjustment (1)

     3.2  

Less:

  

Gain on asset sale

     0.7  

MasterCard common stock redemption

     0.7  

Interest from completed IRS audit

     0.6  
        

Total

   $ 416.8  
        

Efficiency ratio

     61.9 %
        

(1) Fully taxable equivalent.

 

    

For the Three

Months Ended

December 31,

2006

   

For the Year

Ended

December 31,

2006

 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest expense

   $ 85.6     $ 346.9  

Less:

    

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     0.3       1.1  

Loss on sale of reverse repurchase agreements

     —         0.3  

Severance-related charges

     —         1.2  

RC Knox settlement

     —         0.9  

Other

     —         0.3  
                

Total

   $ 85.3     $ 343.1  
                

Net interest income

   $ 96.1     $ 382.4  

Total non-interest income

     45.3       147.4  

Add:

    

Net security losses

     —         27.2  

BOLI FTE adjustment (1)

     1.4       4.6  

Less:

    

Gain on asset sale

     —         0.7  

MasterCard common stock redemption

     —         0.7  

Interest from completed IRS audit

     —         0.6  
                

Total

   $ 142.8     $ 559.6  
                

Efficiency ratio

     59.7 %     61.3 %
                

(1) Fully taxable equivalent.

 

49


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes People’s Bank’s efficiency ratio derived from amounts reported in the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Amounts reported for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 have not been adjusted to reflect the reclassification of the results of operations of the credit card business for all years prior to the sale in March 2004 to discontinued operations.

 

    

For the Nine

Months Ended

September 30,

2005

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest expense

   $ 252.3     $ 342.3     $ 478.3     $ 435.7     $ 442.1     $ 442.1  
                                                

Net interest income (1)

   $ 284.8     $ 380.8     $ 333.9     $ 341.6     $ 368.7     $ 372.4  

Total non-interest income

     111.3       160.4       148.2       231.8       235.1       324.4  
                                                

Total

   $ 396.1     $ 541.2     $ 482.1     $ 573.4     $ 603.8     $ 696.8  
                                                

Efficiency ratio

     63.7 %     63.2 %     99.2 %     76.0 %     73.2 %     63.4 %
                                                

(1) Fully taxable equivalent.

The following table summarizes People’s Bank’s efficiency ratio derived from amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

    

For the Nine

Months Ended

September 30,

2005

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest expense

   $ 253.8     $ 344.4     $ 479.7     $ 346.0     $ 341.5     $ 343.5  

Less:

            

Amortization of goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles

     1.5       1.8       3.4       3.5       3.1       10.0  

Goodwill impairment charge

     2.0       2.0       —         —         —         —    

Accelerated vesting of stock options charge

     —         0.7       —         —         —         —    

Liability restructuring costs

     —         2.7       133.4       1.2       —         —    

Non-recurring compensation costs

     —         —         6.7       —         —         —    

Other

     0.1       0.1       1.6       0.2       2.6       0.4  
                                                

Total

   $ 250.2     $ 337.1     $ 334.6     $ 341.1     $ 335.8     $ 333.1  
                                                

Net interest income (1)

   $ 276.7     $ 370.0     $ 327.4     $ 284.3     $ 318.5     $ 319.5  

Total non-interest income

     121.1       173.3       151.7       166.3       149.2       133.6  

Add:

            

BOLI FTE adjustment (1)

     0.9       1.8       —         —         —         —    

Net security losses

     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (4.7 )     (0.6 )     (3.3 )     (18.5 )

Less:

            

Interest from completed IRS audit

     —         —         —         4.3       —         —    

Gain on sale of assets

     —         8.1       —         —         —         20.0  

Other

     0.2       0.3       0.1       0.3       —         0.6  
                                                

Total

   $ 398.6     $ 536.8     $ 483.7     $ 446.6     $ 471.0     $ 451.0  
                                                

Efficiency ratio

     62.8 %     62.8 %     69.2 %     76.4 %     71.3 %     73.9 %
                                                

(1) Fully taxable equivalent.

 

50


Table of Contents

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

The net offering proceeds will depend on the total number of shares of common stock sold in the offering, which in turn will depend on RP Financial’s independent appraisal, regulatory and market considerations, and the expenses incurred in connection with the offering. Although we will not be able to determine the actual net proceeds from the sale of the common stock until we complete the offering, we estimate the net proceeds to be between $2.658 billion and $3.587 billion, or $4.121 billion if the offering is increased by 15%.

We intend to distribute the net proceeds from the offering as follows:

 

     Number of Shares Sold
    

Minimum
137,062,500

Shares

  

Midpoint

161,250,000

Shares

  

Maximum
185,437,500

Shares

  

Adjusted
Maximum
213,253,125

Shares

     (In millions)

Gross offering proceeds

   $ 2,741.3    $ 3,225.0    $ 3,708.8    $ 4,265.1

Less: offering expenses

     83.6      102.9      122.3      144.5
                           

Net offering proceeds

     2,657.7      3,122.1      3,586.5      4,120.6

Less:

           

Proceeds contributed to People’s Bank

     1,328.8      1,561.1      1,793.2      2,060.3

Loan to employee stock ownership plan

     166.9      195.9      224.9      258.3

Proceeds contributed to charitable foundation

     20.0      20.0      20.0      20.0
                           

Proceeds retained by People’s United Financial

   $ 1,141.9    $ 1,345.2    $ 1,548.3    $ 1,782.0
                           

We intend to contribute 50% of the net proceeds from the offering to People’s Bank. We also intend to lend our employee stock ownership plan cash to enable the plan to purchase an amount of common stock equal to up to 6% of the sum of the shares sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation. Our employee stock ownership plan, with prior Office of Thrift Supervision approval, expects to purchase these shares of common stock in the open market after the offering, although it may purchase common stock in the offering pursuant to the subscription right granted to our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans. In addition, we expect to contribute $20.0 million in cash to The People’s Community Foundation. The balance of the net proceeds will be retained by People’s United Financial and used for general corporate purposes, which we expect to include:

 

    financing acquisitions of other financial institutions or other businesses related to banking (although there is no specific agreement with any institution or business at this time);

 

    investing in short-term investments, government securities or government-sponsored agency securities;

 

    payment of cash dividends; and

 

    repurchasing shares of our common stock.

The funds contributed to People’s Bank will be used for general business purposes, including:

 

    financing acquisitions of other financial institutions or other businesses related to banking (although there is no specific agreement with any institution or business at this time);

 

51


Table of Contents
    originating and purchasing residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial loans, People’s Capital and Leasing loans and home equity lines of credit;

 

    opening additional branch offices on a de novo basis; and

 

    distributions of capital to People’s United Financial.

People’s Bank currently intends to open at least 15 traditional branches in Westchester County, New York over the next three years. These additional traditional branches will be evaluated and added consistent with the branch expansion strategy that People’s Bank has followed in the past. The expected average cost to construct and equip a new 3,000 square foot traditional storefront branch located within a shopping center is $1.0 million. The expected average cost to construct and equip a new 3,000 square foot free-standing branch is $1.7 million. Factors that would affect this investment include the locations of the properties, whether the properties are purchased or leased, local zoning ordinances, whether the properties are existing structures or new construction and, if existing structures, the state of repair of the structures.

In addition to expanding our core banking business through internal growth (funded by customer deposits and borrowed funds) and de novo branching, we will also consider expansion opportunities such as the acquisition of other financial institutions, businesses related to banking and branches. We do not, however, have any current understandings, agreements or arrangements for expansion by the acquisition of any branches or other financial institutions.

Due to the amount of net proceeds being raised in the offering, it may take a significant amount of time for us and People’s Bank to deploy the net proceeds to our best advantage. We anticipate that our retained portion of the net proceeds and the net proceeds that we contribute to People’s Bank from the offering proceeds will be invested in accordance with People’s Bank’s investment policy. It is expected that the investments will include short-term investments, government securities or government-sponsored agency securities.

The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the conversion and offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses will increase if we sell a smaller amount of common stock in the subscription offering and a larger amount in the syndicated offering than is set forth in our assumptions under “ Pro Forma Data .” The net proceeds will also vary if the number of shares to be sold in the offering is adjusted to reflect a change in the estimated pro forma market value of People’s United Financial. Payments for shares made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment by People’s United Financial or People’s Bank but will result in a reduction of People’s Bank’s deposits and may result in a reduction of interest expense as funds are transferred from interest-bearing deposit accounts.

 

52


Table of Contents

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

People’s Bank has paid quarterly cash dividends in each quarter since the fourth quarter of 1993. On October 19, 2006, the Board of Directors of People’s Bank declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per common share outstanding, or $1.00 per share on an annualized basis, payable on November 15, 2006 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 1, 2006. The amount of dividends that People’s United Financial initially intends to pay to stockholders following the conversion is intended to approximate the per share dividend amount, adjusted to reflect the share exchange, that People’s Bank’s stockholders currently receive on their shares of People’s Bank common stock. During the three-year period following the completion of the conversion, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

The following table sets forth the dividend amounts that we expect to initially pay per share at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range.

 

     Quarterly
dividends
per share
   Annual
dividends
per share
   Annual
dividend
yield(1)
 

Dividends on People’s United Financial Common Stock:

        

Minimum of offering range

   $ 0.15    $ 0.60    3.00 %

Midpoint of offering range

   $ 0.13    $ 0.52    2.60 %

Maximum of offering range

   $ 0.11    $ 0.44    2.20 %

15% above the maximum of offering range

   $ 0.10    $ 0.40    2.00 %

(1) Based upon a price of $20.00 per share.

The continued payment of dividends will be subject to the determination of the Board of Directors of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial, which will take into account, among other things, our debt and equity structure, earnings and financial condition, need for capital in connection with possible future acquisitions and other factors, including economic conditions, regulatory restrictions and tax considerations. We cannot guarantee that we will pay dividends in the future or, if we pay dividends, the amount and frequency of these dividends.

The only funds available for the payment of dividends on People’s United Financial common stock will be cash and cash equivalents held by People’s United Financial, earnings from the investment of net proceeds from the sale of common stock retained by People’s United Financial, dividends paid by People’s Bank to People’s United Financial, and borrowings.

People’s Bank’s ability to pay dividends will be governed by the Home Owners’ Loan Act and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Under that statute and those regulations, all dividends declared by a federal savings bank must be paid out of current or retained net profits. In addition, the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision is required for the payment of a dividend if the total of all dividends declared by a federal savings bank in any calendar year would exceed the total of its net profits for the year combined with its net profits for the two preceding years, less any capital distributions (including dividends) paid during that time and any required transfers to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock. People’s Bank will also be prohibited from paying cash dividends to People’s United Financial to the extent that any such payment would reduce People’s Bank’s capital below required capital levels or would impair the liquidation account to be established for the benefit of the People’s Bank’s eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders at the time of the conversion and offering. See “ The Conversion and Offering—Effects of the Conversion—Effect on Liquidation Rights .” For more information regarding the capital distribution regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision and restrictions on the ability of People’s Bank to lend funds or make other payments to People’s United Financial, see “ Regulation of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial .”

 

53


Table of Contents

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

People’s Bank common stock is currently listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “PBCT.” Upon completion of the offering, the new shares of People’s United Financial common stock will replace existing shares and will continue to be traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. For a period of 20 trading days following completion of the offering, our trading symbol will be “PBCTD.” Thereafter, our trading symbol will revert to “PBCT.” At September 30, 2006, People’s Bank had approximately 32 market makers, including Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, which intend to remain market makers in our common stock following the offering.

At the close of business on September 29, 2006, there were 142,142,485 shares of People’s Bank common stock outstanding. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sales prices per share of the common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market and dividends paid per share. The quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commissions, and may not represent actual transactions.

 

     Sales Price    Dividend Information
   High    Low    Amount Per
Share
  

Date of Payment

2004

           

First Quarter

   $ 20.91    $ 14.44    $ 0.18    February 15, 2004

Second Quarter

     22.49      18.39      0.19    May 15, 2004

Third Quarter

     24.67      20.00      0.19    August 15, 2004

Fourth Quarter

     29.65      23.30      0.19    November 15, 2004

2005

           

First Quarter

   $ 28.00    $ 23.99    $ 0.19    February 15, 2005

Second Quarter

     30.48      26.27      0.22    May 15, 2005

Third Quarter

     33.75      28.17      0.22    August 15, 2005

Fourth Quarter

     33.57      28.85      0.22    November 15, 2005

2006

           

First Quarter

   $ 33.83    $ 30.00    $ 0.22    February 15, 2006

Second Quarter

     34.50      30.87      0.25    May 15, 2006

Third Quarter

     41.15      31.89      0.25    August 15, 2006

Fourth Quarter

     45.40      39.24      0.25    November 15, 2006

Figures in the table above have been adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock splits effected by People’s Bank on each of May 15, 2004 and May 15, 2005.

On September 19, 2006, the business day immediately preceding the public announcement of the conversion, the closing price of People’s Bank common stock, as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, was $37.39 per share. On [      ], 2007, the closing price of People’s Bank common stock was $[              ] per share and there were approximately [                      ] holders of record.

 

54


Table of Contents

BANK REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

At September 30, 2006, People’s Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements. Set forth below is a summary of People’s Bank’s capital computed under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, referred to as GAAP, and its compliance with regulatory capital standards at September 30, 2006, on a historical and pro forma basis under Office of Thrift Supervision regulations. The pro forma calculations reflect several assumptions. First, we have assumed that the indicated number of shares were sold as of September 30, 2006. Second, we have assumed that the assets of People’s Bank increased as a result of receiving 50% of the net proceeds from the offering and receiving a deposit from People’s United Financial for the portion of the net proceeds retained after funding the employee stock ownership plan and funding the cash portion of the charitable foundation. The change in risk weighted assets assumed People’s Bank invested the funds in 20% risk-weighted assets. Third, we have assumed that tangible, core and total risk-based capital of People’s Bank increased as a result of receiving 50% of the net proceeds from the offering, reduced by the contra-equity adjustment related to the employee stock ownership plan. See “ Pro Forma Data .” For a discussion of the capital requirements applicable to People’s Bank, see “ Regulation of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial—Federally Chartered Savings Bank Regulation—Capital Requirements .”

 

                Pro Forma at September 30, 2006 Based Upon the Sale at $20.00 Per Share  
    

Historical at

September 30, 2006

   

137,062,500 Shares

(Minimum of the

Range)

   

161,250,000 Shares

(Midpoint of the

Range)

   

185,437,500 Shares

(Maximum of the

Range)

   

213,253,125 Shares

(15% Above Maximum
of the Range)(1)

 
     Amount   

Percent

of

Assets(2)

    Amount   

Percent

of

Assets(2)

    Amount   

Percent

of

Assets(2)

    Amount   

Percent

of

Assets(2)

    Amount   

Percent

of

Assets(2)

 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Capital under generally accepted accounting principles (3)

   $ 1,351.4    12.73 %   $ 2,513.4      19.19 %   $ 2,716.5    20.08 %   $ 2,919.8    20.91 %   $ 3,153.4    21.80 %
                                                                   

Tangible capital

   $ 1,248.5    11.80 %   $ 2,410.5      18.47 %   $ 2,613.6    19.38 %   $ 2,816.9    20.24 %   $ 3,050.5    21.15 %

Requirement

     158.7    1.50 %     195.7      1.50 %     202.3    1.50 %     208.8    1.50 %     216.3    1.50 %
                                                                   

Excess

   $ 1,089.8    10.30 %   $ 2,214.8      16.97 %   $ 2,411.3    17.88 %   $ 2,608.1    18.74 %   $ 2,834.2    19.65 %
                                                                   

Core capital (4)

   $ 1,248.5    11.80 %   $ 2,410.5      18.47 %   $ 2,613.6    19.38 %   $ 2,816.9    20.24 %   $ 3,050.5    21.15 %

Requirement

     423.1    4.00 %     522.0      4.00 %     539.4    4.00 %     556.8    4.00 %     576.8    4.00 %
                                                                   

Excess

   $ 825.4    7.80 %   $ 1,888.5      14.47 %   $ 2,074.2    15.38 %   $ 2,260.1    16.24 %   $ 2,473.7    17.15 %
                                                                   

Total risk-based capital

   $ 1,374.7    16.19 %   $ 2,536.7      28.24 %   $ 2,739.8    30.21 %   $ 2,943.1    32.14 %   $ 3,176.7    34.31 %

Requirement

     679.2    8.00 %     718.7      8.00 %     725.7    8.00 %     732.6    8.00 %     740.7    8.00 %
                                                                   

Excess

   $ 695.5    8.19 %   $ 1,818.0      20.24 %   $ 2,014.1    22.21 %   $ 2,210.5    24.14 %   $ 2,436.0    26.31 %
                                                                   

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to an increase in the offering range of up to 15% as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Core capital levels are shown as a percentage of “total assets,” and risk-based capital levels are calculated on the basis of a percentage of “risk-weighted assets,” each as defined in the Office of Thrift Supervision regulations.
(3) At September 30, 2006, the $102.9 million decrease in the amount of tangible capital from the amount of capital under generally accepted accounting principles, referred to as GAAP, is due to the deduction of $105.5 million of goodwill and certain other intangible assets from GAAP capital, the addition of $2.6 million of unrealized losses on cash flow derivatives and to the inclusion in GAAP capital of an unrealized gain on People’s Bank’s available for sale securities. The increase of $126.2 million in the amount of total risk-based capital is due to the addition of $52.1 million of qualifying subordinated notes and the addition of the allowance for loan losses up to 1.25% of total risk weighted assets in the total risk-based capital calculation.

 

55


Table of Contents
(4) The current core capital requirement for savings banks is 3% of total adjusted assets for savings banks that receive the highest supervisory ratings for safety and soundness and that are not experiencing or anticipating significant growth. The current core capital ratio applicable to all other savings banks is 4%.

The following table provides a reconciliation of People’s Bank’s capital under generally accepted accounting principles to regulatory capital amounts under Office of Thrift Supervision regulations at September 30, 2006.

 

    

At September 30,

2006

 
     (In millions)  

Capital under generally accepted accounting principles

   $ 1,351.4  

Adjustments for regulatory capital purposes:

  

Goodwill and certain other intangible assets

     (105.5 )

Net unrealized losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, net of tax

     2.6  
        

Total tangible, leverage and core (tier 1) capital

     1,248.5  
        

Qualifying subordinated notes

     52.1  

Qualifying allowance for loan losses

     74.0  

Other

     0.1  
        

Total risk-based capital

   $ 1,374.7  
        

The following table provides a reconciliation of People’s Bank’s historical regulatory capital amounts under Office of Thrift Supervision regulations to regulatory capital amounts stated on a pro forma basis at September 30, 2006.

 

     At September 30, 2006  
    

137,062,500
Shares

(Minimum of

Range)

   

161,250,000
Shares

(Midpoint of

Range)

   

185,437,500
Shares

(Maximum of

Range)

   

213,253,125
Shares

(15% Above
Maximum of
Range)(1)

 
     (In millions)  

Historical total tangible, leverage and core (tier 1) capital

   $ 1,248.5     $ 1,248.5     $ 1,248.5     $ 1,248.5  

Pro forma adjustments:

        

Gross proceeds

     2,741.3       3,225.0       3,708.8       4,265.1  

Offering expenses

     (83.6 )     (102.9 )     (122.3 )     (144.5 )

Retained at holding company(2)

     (1,328.8 )     (1,561.1 )     (1,793.2 )     (2,060.3 )

ESOP contra

     (166.9 )     (195.9 )     (224.9 )     (258.3 )
                                

Pro forma total tangible, leverage and core (tier 1) capital

     2,410.5       2,613.6       2,816.9       3,050.5  

Qualifying subordinated notes

     52.1       52.1       52.1       52.1  

Qualifying allowance for loan losses

     74.0       74.0       74.0       74.0  

Other

     0.1       0.1       0.1       0.1  
                                

Pro forma total risk-based capital

   $ 2,536.7     $ 2,739.8     $ 2,943.1     $ 3,176.7  
                                

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to an increase in the offering range of up to 15% as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Funds retained at holding company will be used to fund the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and the cash contribution to the charitable foundation.

 

56


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents the historical deposits and consolidated capitalization of People’s Bank at September 30, 2006, and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of People’s United Financial after giving effect to the conversion and offering, based upon the sale of the number of shares shown below at $20.00 per share and the other assumptions set forth under “ Pro Forma Data .” A change in the number of shares sold in the offering may materially affect the capitalization.

 

    

Historical

    Pro Forma Capitalization at September 30, 2006  
      

137,062,500

Shares

(Minimum of
Range)

   

161,250,000

Shares

(Midpoint of
Range)

   

185,437,500

Shares

(Maximum of
Range)

   

213,253,125
Shares

(15% Above
Maximum of
Range)(1)

 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Deposits (2)

   $ 8,978.6     $ 8,978.6     $ 8,978.6     $ 8,978.6     $ 8,978.6  

Borrowed funds

     13.6       13.6       13.6       13.6       13.6  

Subordinated notes

     108.8       108.8       108.8       108.8       108.8  
                                        

Total deposits and borrowings

   $ 9,101.0     $ 9,101.0     $ 9,101.0     $ 9,101.0     $ 9,101.0  
                                        

Stockholders’ equity:

          

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 3.2 billion shares authorized; to be issued as reflected (3)

   $ 142.1     $ 2.4     $ 2.8     $ 3.2     $ 3.7  

Additional paid-in capital

     177.8       3,015.2       3,479.2       3,943.2       4,476.8  

Retained earnings(4)

     1,038.6       1,038.6       1,038.6       1,038.6       1,038.6  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) (5)

     (7.1 )     (7.1 )     (7.1 )     (7.1 )     (7.1 )

Add: MHC capital contribution (6)

     —         8.5       8.5       8.5       8.5  

Less:

          

Expense of cash contribution to charitable foundation

     —         (20.0 )     (20.0 )     (20.0 )     (20.0 )

Expense of stock contribution to charitable foundation

     —         (40.0 )     (40.0 )     (40.0 )     (40.0 )

Add: Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation (7)

     —         20.4       20.4       20.4       20.4  

Less:

          

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (8)

     —         (166.9 )     (195.9 )     (224.9 )     (258.3 )

Common stock acquired by recognition and retention plan (9)

     —         (111.3 )     (130.6 )     (150.0 )     (172.2 )
                                        

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,351.4     $ 3,739.8     $ 4,155.9     $ 4,571.9     $ 5,050.4  
                                        

Stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets

     12.73 %     28.77 %     30.98 %     33.05 %     35.29 %

Tangible stockholders’ equity as a percentage of tangible assets

     11.86 %     28.19 %     30.43 %     32.54 %     34.81 %

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to an increase in the offering range of up to 15% as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of common stock in the offering. Withdrawals from deposit accounts would reduce pro forma deposits by the amount of such withdrawals.
(3)

Reflects the total shares to be outstanding after the conversion and offering: 239,554,084 shares at the minimum of the estimated valuation range, 281,475,393 shares at the midpoint, 323,396,702

 

57


Table of Contents
  shares at the maximum and 371,606,207 shares at the adjusted maximum. After the conversion and offering, we will have 800 million authorized shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, all of which will be unissued. Historical common stock has no par value, but an assumed $1.00 per share value for presentation purposes.
(4) The retained earnings of People’s Bank will be substantially restricted after the offering.
(5) Represents the net unrealized gains and losses on securities classified as available-for-sale and derivatives, net of related taxes.
(6) Reflects contribution of People’s Mutual Holdings capital as a result of the conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings into a federal stock savings bank and merger into People’s Bank as part of the conversion.
(7) Represents the tax effect of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on an effective 34% tax rate. The realization of the deferred tax benefit is limited annually to a maximum deduction for charitable foundations equal to 10% of our annual taxable income, subject to our ability to carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.
(8) Assumes that an amount equal to 6% of the sum of the shares sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan at $20.00 per share and the funds used to acquire the employee stock ownership plan shares will be borrowed from People’s United Financial. People’s Bank intends to contribute funds to the employee stock ownership plan to enable the plan to repay the loan from People’s United Financial. The common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.
(9) Assumes that, subsequent to the offering, an amount equal to 4% of the sum of the shares sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation is purchased by a recognition and retention plan at $20.00 per share through open market purchases or in privately negotiated transactions. We intend to purchase the common stock for the recognition and retention plan with funds from general operating cash flows. The common stock purchased by the recognition and retention plan is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.

 

58


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA

We cannot determine the actual net proceeds from the sale of the common stock until the offering is completed. However, we estimate that net proceeds will be between $2.658 billion and $3.587 billion, or $4.121 billion if the offering range is increased by 15%. The following tables set forth People’s Bank’s historical net income and stockholders’ equity prior to the offering and pro forma net income and stockholders’ equity giving effect to the offering. In preparing these tables and in calculating net proceeds and pro forma data, we have made the following assumptions:

 

  For purposes of calculating the expenses of the offering, we assumed that we will sell approximately 60.0 million shares of common stock in the subscription offering and between 77.1 million and 125.4 million shares in the syndicated offering, or 153.2 million shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We estimated that expenses of the offering, including the fees and selling commissions of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. and the other syndicate members in the syndicated offering, would be approximately $83.6 million at the minimum and $122.3 million at the maximum of the offering range, or $144.5 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. These expenses include fixed expenses of $10.0 million exclusive of the fees and selling commissions of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. and the other syndicate members.

 

  We assumed that we will loan an amount equal to the cost of purchasing an amount equal to 6% of the sum of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of our common stock in the open market (with prior Office of Thrift Supervision approval) upon the completion of the offering at an assumed purchase price of $20.00 per share. We assumed that People’s Bank would make annual contributions to the plan in an amount at least equal to the principal and interest requirement of the loan. We have assumed a 30-year amortization period for the loan, with an interest rate of 8.0%. The common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.

 

  We assumed that a recognition and retention plan, expected to be adopted by us no sooner than six months following the offering, had been approved by stockholders of People’s United Financial and that the recognition and retention plan had acquired an amount equal to 4% of the sum of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation at the beginning of the periods presented through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions at a price of $20.00 per share using funds contributed to the recognition and retention plan by People’s United Financial. We assumed that all the shares held by the plan were granted to plan participants at the beginning of the period, that the shares would vest at a rate of 20% per year and that compensation expense will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the five year vesting period.

 

 

We assumed that a stock option plan expected to be adopted by us no sooner than six months following the offering had been approved by the stockholders of People’s United Financial and that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $20.00 per share, and that the stock options had a term of ten years, vested over five years and that the stock option plan granted options to acquire an amount equal to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a

 

59


Table of Contents
 

grant-date fair value of $3.31 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model incorporated an estimated volatility rate of 11.3% for the common stock based on the trading activity of an index of publicly-traded thrifts, a dividend yield of 3.0%, an expected option life of ten years and a risk free interest rate of 4.64%.

 

  Pro forma earnings have been calculated assuming the common stock had been sold at the beginning of the period and the net proceeds had been invested at an average yield of 5.25% and 4.25% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005, which approximates the federal funds rate on September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. The federal funds yield, rather than an arithmetic average of the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on deposits, has been used to estimate income on net proceeds because we believe that this rate is a more accurate estimate of the rate that would be obtained on an investment of net proceeds from the offering. The pro forma after-tax yield on the net proceeds is assumed to be 3.47% and 2.81% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005, respectively.

 

  We used an effective tax rate of 34% in calculating the pro forma net income.

 

  We did not give effect to any withdrawals from deposit accounts to purchase shares in the offering.

 

  Historical and pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing historical and pro forma amounts by the indicated number of shares of stock, as adjusted in the pro forma net earnings per share to give effect to the purchase of shares by the employee stock ownership plan.

 

  Pro forma stockholders’ equity amounts have been calculated as if the stock had been sold on September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively, and no effect has been given to the assumed earnings effect of the transaction.

The following pro forma data relies on the assumptions outlined above, and does not represent the fair market value of the common stock, the current value of our assets or liabilities, or the amount of money that would be distributed to stockholders if People’s United Financial were liquidated. Book value does not give effect to intangibles, bad debt reserve or the liquidation account in the event of liquidation. The pro forma data does not predict how much we will earn in the future. You should not use the following information to predict future results of operations.

 

60


Table of Contents
     At or for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006  
     Minimum
137,062,500
Shares Sold at
$20.00 Per Share
   

Midpoint
161,250,000 Shares

Sold at
$20.00 Per Share

    Maximum
185,437,500 Shares
Sold at
$20.00 Per Share
    Adjusted
Maximum
213,253,125 Shares
Sold at $20.00
Per Share (1)
 
     (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)  

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 2,741.3     $ 3,225.0     $ 3,708.8     $ 4,265.1  

Plus: Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

     40.0       40.0       40.0       40.0  

Plus: Market value of shares issued in the exchange

     2,009.8       2,364.5       2,719.1       3,127.0  
                                

Pro forma market capitalization

   $ 4,791.1     $ 5,629.5     $ 6,467.9     $ 7,432.1  
                                

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 2,741.3       3,225.0     $ 3,708.8     $ 4,265.1  

Less: Expenses

     83.6       102.9       122.3       144.5  
                                

Estimated net proceeds

     2,657.7     $ 3,122.1       3,586.5     $ 4,120.6  

Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (166.9 )     (195.9 )     (224.9 )     (258.3 )

Less: Common stock purchased by recognition and retention plan (3)

     (111.3 )     (130.6 )     (150.0 )     (172.2 )

Less: Cash contribution to charitable foundation

     (20.0 )     (20.0 )     (20.0 )     (20.0 )

Plus: MHC capital contribution (4)

     8.5       8.5       8.5       8.5  
                                

Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted

   $ 2,368.0     $ 2,784.1     $ 3,200.1     $ 3,678.6  
                                

Net income:

        

Historical

   $ 84.7     $ 84.7     $ 84.7     $ 84.7  

Plus: Pro forma income on net proceeds

     61.5       72.4       83.2       95.6  

Less: Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (5)

     (4.6 )     (5.3 )     (6.1 )     (7.1 )

Less: Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2)

     (2.8 )     (3.2 )     (3.7 )     (4.3 )

Less: Pro forma recognition and retention plan adjustment (3)

     (11.0 )     (12.9 )     (14.9 )     (17.0 )
                                

Pro forma net income

   $ 127.8     $ 135.7     $ 143.2     $ 151.9  
                                

Per share net income:

        

Historical

   $ 0.36     $ 0.31     $ 0.27     $ 0.23  

Plus: Pro forma income on net proceeds, as adjusted (4)

     0.27       0.27       0.27       0.27  

Less: Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (5)

     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )

Less: Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2)

     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )

Less: Pro forma recognition and retention plan adjustment (3)

     (0.05 )     (0.05 )     (0.05 )     (0.05 )
                                

Pro forma net income per share (6)

   $ 0.55     $ 0.50     $ 0.46     $ 0.42  
                                

Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net income per share

     27.27x       30.00x       32.61x       35.71x  

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma net income per share calculations (7)

     231,418,928       271,925,268       312,431,609       359,013,900  

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Historical

   $ 1,351.4     $ 1,351.4     $ 1,351.4     $ 1,351.4  

Estimated net proceeds

     2,657.7       3,122.1       3,586.5       4,120.6  

Plus: Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

     40.0       40.0       40.0       40.0  

Plus: Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation (8)

     20.4       20.4       20.4       20.4  

Plus: MHC capital contribution (4)

     8.5       8.5       8.5       8.5  

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (166.9 )     (195.9 )     (224.9 )     (258.3 )

Less: Common stock acquired by recognition and retention plan (3)

     (111.3 )     (130.6 )     (150.0 )     (172.2 )

Less: Expense of contribution to charitable foundation

     (60.0 )     (60.0 )     (60.0 )     (60.0 )
                                

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

     3,739.8       4,155.9       4,571.9       5,050.4  

Intangible assets

     (105.3 )     (105.3 )     (105.3 )     (105.3 )
                                

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,634.5     $ 4,050.6     $ 4,466.6     $ 4,945.1  
                                

Stockholders’ equity per share (9):

        

Historical

   $ 5.63     $ 4.80     $ 4.19     $ 3.64  

Estimated net proceeds

     11.09       11.09       11.09       11.09  

Plus: Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

     0.17       0.14       0.12       0.11  

Plus: Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation (8)

     0.09       0.07       0.06       0.05  

Plus: MHC capital contribution (4)

     0.04       0.03       0.03       0.02  

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (0.70 )     (0.70 )     (0.70 )     (0.70 )

Less: Common stock acquired by recognition and retention plan (3)

     (0.46 )     (0.46 )     (0.46 )     (0.46 )

Less: Expense of contribution to charitable foundation

     (0.25 )     (0.21 )     (0.19 )     (0.16 )
                                

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (9)

     15.61       14.76       14.14       13.59  

Intangible assets

     (0.44 )     (0.37 )     (0.33 )     (0.28 )
                                

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (9)

   $ 15.17     $ 14.39     $ 13.81     $ 13.31  
                                

Offering price as a percentage of stockholders’ equity per share

     128.12 %     135.50 %     141.44 %     147.17 %

Offering price as a percentage of tangible equity per share

     131.84 %     138.99 %     144.82 %     150.26 %

Shares used for pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7)

     239,554,084       281,475,393       323,396,702       371,606,207  

(See footnotes on next page)

 

61


Table of Contents
(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to an increase in the offering range of up to 15% as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets following the commencement of the offering.
(2) It is assumed that an amount of common stock equal to 6.0% of the sum of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation will be purchased by our employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, it is assumed that the funds used to acquire such shares have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from People’s United Financial. The amount to be borrowed is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. Employee stock ownership plan expense is based upon generally accepted accounting principles as described in Statement of Position 93-6. Generally accepted accounting principles require that as and when shares pledged as security for an employee stock ownership plan loan are committed to be released from the loan ( i.e. , as the loan is repaid), employee stock ownership plan expense is recorded based upon the fair value of the shares at the time. People’s Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the principal and interest requirement of the debt. People’s Bank’s total annual payment of the employee stock ownership plan debt is based upon 30 equal annual installments of principal, with an assumed interest rate of 8.0%. The pro forma net income assumes: (1) that People’s Bank’s contribution to the employee stock ownership plan is equivalent to the debt service requirement for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, and was made at the end of the period; (2) that 208,594 shares at the minimum of the offering range, 244,875 shares at the midpoint of the offering range, 281,156 shares at the maximum of the offering range and 322,880 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range were committed to be released during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 at an average fair value of $20.00 per share in accordance with Statement of Position 93-6; and (3) that the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released were considered outstanding for the entire period for purposes of the net income per share calculations.
(3) Gives effect to the recognition and retention plan expected to be adopted by People’s United Financial no sooner than six months following the offering and thereafter presented for approval at a meeting of stockholders. Assumes that the recognition and retention plan acquires an amount of common stock equal to 4% of the sum of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation, or 5,562,500 shares at the minimum of the offering range, 6,530,000 shares at the midpoint of the offering range, 7,497,500 shares at the maximum of the offering range and 8,610,125 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions. We intend to purchase the common stock for the recognition and retention plan with funds from general operating cash flows. In calculating the pro forma effect of the recognition and retention plan, it is assumed that the shares were acquired by the recognition and retention plan at the beginning of the period presented in open market purchases at a purchase price of $20.00 per share and that 20% of the amount contributed was an amortized expense during such period. The issuance of authorized but previously unissued shares of common stock for the recognition and retention plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 2.27% at the maximum of the offering range.
(4) Reflects contribution of People’s Mutual Holdings’ capital as a result of the conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings into a federal stock savings bank and its merger into People’s Bank as part of the conversion.
(5)

Gives effect to the stock option plan expected to be adopted by People’s United Financial no sooner than six months following the offering and thereafter presented for approval at a meeting of stockholders. Assumes that options to acquire an amount of common stock equal to 10% of the common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation will be granted. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock option expense, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $20.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value pursuant to the application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.31 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five year vesting period of the options and that option expense was tax effected with an assumed effective tax rate of 34%. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock option plan will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $20.00 per share price. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under stock option plan are obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share will decrease. This will also have a dilutive effect

 

62


Table of Contents
 

of up to 5.48% at the maximum of the offering range on the ownership interests of persons who purchase common stock in the offering.

(6) Per share figures include publicly held shares of People’s Bank common stock that will be exchanged for share of People’s United Financial. See “The Conversion and Offering—The Share Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock for People’s United Common Stock.” Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering, the number of shares expected to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares and the number of shares expected to be contributed to the charitable foundation and, in accordance with Statement of Position 93-6, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the respective periods. See footnote 2. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.
(7) The number of shares used to calculate the pro forma net income per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the conversion and offering, less the number of shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan not committed to be released during the respective periods. The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the conversion and offering.
(8) Represents the tax effect of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on an effective 34% tax rate. The realization of the deferred tax benefit is limited annually to a maximum deduction for charitable foundations equal to 10% of our annual taxable income, subject to our ability to carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.
(9) Per share figures include shares of People’s Bank common stock that will be issued in the share exchange that is part of the conversion and offering. The additional shares reflect an exchange ratio of 1.6712, 1.9662, 2.2611 and 2.6003 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of shares issued in the share exchange may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

 

63


Table of Contents
     At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2005  
    

Minimum

137,062,500

Shares

Sold at $20.00
Per Share

   

Midpoint

161,250,000

Shares Sold at
$20.00 Per
Share

   

Maximum
185,437,500

Shares Sold at
$20.00 Per
Share

   

Adjusted Maximum
213,253,125

Shares Sold at

$20.00 Per Share (1)

 
     (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)  

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 2,741.3     $ 3,225.0     $ 3,708.8     $ 4,265.1  

Plus: Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

     40.0       40.0       40.0       40.0  

Plus: Market value of shares issued in the exchange

     2,009.8       2,364.5       2,719.1       3,127.0  
                                

Pro forma market capitalization

   $ 4,791.1     $ 5,629.5     $ 6,467.9     $ 7,432.1  
                                

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 2,741.3     $ 3,225.0     $ 3,708.8     $ 4,265.1  

Less: Expenses

     83.6       102.9       122.3       144.5  
                                

Estimated net proceeds

     2,657.7       3,122.1       3,586.5       4,120.6  

Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (166.9 )     (195.9 )     (224.9 )     (258.3 )

Less: Common stock purchased by recognition and retention plan (3)

     (111.3 )     (130.6 )     (150.0 )     (172.2 )

Less: Cash contribution to charitable foundation

     (20.0 )     (20.0 )     (20.0 )     (20.0 )

Plus: MHC capital contribution (4)

     8.5       8.5       8.5       8.5  
                                

Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted

   $ 2,368.0     $ 2,784.1     $ 3,200.1     $ 3,678.6  
                                

Net income:

        

Historical

   $ 137.1     $ 137.1     $ 137.1     $ 137.1  

Plus: Pro forma income on net proceeds

     66.4       78.1       89.8       103.2  

Less: Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (5)

     (6.1 )     (7.1 )     (8.2 )     (9.4 )

Less: Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment(2)

     (3.7 )     (4.3 )     (4.9 )     (5.7 )

Less: Pro forma recognition and retention plan adjustment (3)

     (14.7 )     (17.2 )     (19.8 )     (22.7 )
                                

Pro forma net income

   $ 179.0     $ 186.6     $ 194.0     $ 202.5  
                                

Per share net income:

        

Historical

   $ 0.59     $ 0.51       0.44       0.38  

Plus: Pro forma income on net proceeds, as adjusted (4)

     0.29       0.29       0.29       0.29  

Less: Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (5)

     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )

Less: Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2)

     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )

Less: Pro forma recognition and retention plan adjustment (3)

     (0.06 )     (0.06 )     (0.06 )     (0.06 )
                                

Pro forma net income per share (6)

   $ 0.77     $ 0.69     $ 0.62     $ 0.56  
                                

Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net income per share

     25.97x       28.99x       32.26x       35.71x  

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma

net income per share calculations (7)

     231,488,459       272,006,893       312,525,327       359,121,527  

Stockholder’s equity:

        

Historical

   $ 1,288.6     $ 1,288.6     $ 1,288.6     $ 1,288.6  

Estimated net proceeds

     2,657.7       3,122.1       3,586.5       4,120.6  

Plus: Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

     40.0       40.0       40.0       40.0  

Plus: Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation (8)

     20.4       20.4       20.4       20.4  

Plus: MHC capital contribution (4)

     8.5       8.5       8.5       8.5  

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (166.9 )     (195.9 )     (224.9 )     (258.3 )

Less: Common stock acquired by recognition and retention plan (3)

     (111.3 )     (130.6 )     (150.0 )     (172.2 )

Less: Expense of contribution to charitable foundation

     (60.0 )     (60.0 )     (60.0 )     (60.0 )
                                

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

     3,677.0       4,093.1       4,509.1       4,987.6  

Intangible assets

     (106.1 )     (106.1 )     (106.1 )     (106.1 )
                                

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,570.9     $ 3,987.0     $ 4,403.0     $ 4,881.5  
                                

Stockholders’ equity per share (9):

        

Historical

   $ 5.37     $ 4.58     $ 3.99     $ 3.47  

Estimated net proceeds

     11.09       11.09       11.09       11.09  

Plus: Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

     0.17       0.14       0.12       0.11  

Plus: Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation (8)

     0.09       0.07       0.06       0.05  

Plus: MHC capital contribution (4)

     0.04       0.03       0.03       0.02  

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (0.70 )     (0.70 )     (0.70 )     (0.70 )

Less: Common stock acquired by recognition and retention plan (3)

     (0.46 )     (0.46 )     (0.46 )     (0.46 )

Less: Expense of contribution to charitable foundation

     (0.25 )     (0.21 )     (0.19 )     (0.16 )
                                

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (9)

     15.35       14.54       13.94       13.42  

Intangible assets

     (0.44 )     (0.38 )     (0.33 )     (0.29 )
                                

Pro forma tangible stockholder’s equity per share (9)

   $ 14.91     $ 14.16     $ 13.61     $ 13.13  
                                

Offering price as a percentage of equity per share

     130.29 %     137.55 %     143.47 %     149.03 %

Offering price as a percentage of tangible equity share

     134.14 %     141.24 %     146.95 %     152.32 %

Shares used to pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7)

     239,554,084       281,475,393       323,396,702       371,606,207  

(See footnotes on next page)

 

64


Table of Contents
(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to an increase in the offering range of up to 15% as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets following the commencement of the offering.
(2) It is assumed that an amount of common stock equal to 6.0% of the sum of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation will be purchased by our employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, it is assumed that the funds used to acquire such shares have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from People’s United Financial. The amount to be borrowed is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. Employee stock ownership plan expense is based upon generally accepted accounting principles as described in Statement of Position 93-6. Generally accepted accounting principles require that as and when shares pledged as security for an employee stock ownership plan loan are committed to be released from the loan ( i.e. , as the loan is repaid), employee stock ownership plan expense is recorded based upon the fair value of the shares at the time. People’s Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the principal and interest requirement of the debt. People’s Bank’s total annual payment of the employee stock ownership plan debt is based upon 30 equal annual installments of principal, with an assumed interest rate of 8.0%. The pro forma net income assumes: (1) that People’s Bank’s contribution to the employee stock ownership plan is equivalent to the debt service requirement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, and was made at the end of the period; (2) that 278,125 shares at the minimum of the offering range, 326,500 shares at the midpoint of the offering range, 374,875 shares at the maximum of the offering range and 430,506 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range were committed to be released during the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 at an average fair value of $20.00 per share in accordance with Statement of Position 93-6; and (3) that the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released were considered outstanding for the entire period for purposes of the net income per share calculations.
(3) Gives effect to the recognition and retention plan expected to be adopted by People’s United Financial no sooner than six months following the offering and thereafter presented for approval at a meeting of stockholders. Assumes that the recognition and retention plan acquires an amount of common stock equal to 4% of the sum of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation, or 5,562,500 shares at the minimum of the offering range, 6,530,000 shares at the midpoint of the offering range, 7,497,500 shares at the maximum of the offering range and 8,610,125 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions. We intend to purchase the common stock for the recognition and retention plan with funds from general operating cash flows. In calculating the pro forma effect of the recognition and retention plan, it is assumed that the shares were acquired by the recognition and retention plan at the beginning of the period presented in open market purchases at a purchase price of $20.00 per share and that 20% of the amount contributed was an amortized expense during such period. The issuance of authorized but previously unissued shares of common stock for the recognition and retention plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 2.27% at the maximum of the offering range.
(4) Reflects contribution of People’s Mutual Holdings’ capital as a result of the conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings into a federal stock savings bank and its merger into People’s Bank as part of the conversion.
(5)

Gives effect to the stock option plan expected to be adopted by People’s United Financial no sooner than six months following the offering and thereafter presented for approval at a meeting of stockholders. Assumes that options to acquire an amount of common stock equal to 10% of the common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation will be granted. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock option expense, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $20.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value pursuant to the application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.31 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five year vesting period of the options and that option expense was tax effected with an assumed effective tax rate of 34%. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock option plan will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $20.00 per share price. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under stock option plan are obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share will decrease. This will also have a dilutive effect

 

65


Table of Contents
 

of up to 5.48% at the maximum of the offering range on the ownership interests of persons who purchase common stock in the offering.

(6) Per share figures include publicly held shares of People’s Bank common stock that will be exchanged for share of People’s United Financial. See “The Conversion and Offering—The Share Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock for People’s United Common Stock.” Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering, the number of shares expected to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares and the number of shares expected to be contributed to the charitable foundation and, in accordance with Statement of Position 93-6, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the respective periods. See footnote 2. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.
(7) The number of shares used to calculate the pro forma net income per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the conversion and offering, less the number of shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan not committed to be released during the respective periods. The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the conversion and offering.
(8) Represents the tax effect of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on an effective 34% tax rate. The realization of the deferred tax benefit is limited annually to a maximum deduction for charitable foundations equal to 10% of our annual taxable income, subject to our ability to carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.
(9) Per share figures include shares of People’s Bank common stock that will be issued in the share exchange that is part of the conversion and offering. The additional shares reflect an exchange ratio of 1.6712, 1.9662, 2.2611 and 2.6003 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of shares issued in the share exchange may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

 

66


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION

WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

As set forth in the following table, if we did not make a contribution to The People’s Community Foundation as part of the offering, RP Financial estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater, which would increase the amount of common stock offered for sale. Without the charitable foundation, the amount of common stock offered for sale at the midpoint of the offering would be $3.265 billion. If The People’s Community Foundation were not established, there is no assurance that the updated appraisal that RP Financial will prepare at the closing of the conversion would conclude that our pro forma market value would be the same as the estimate set forth in the table below. The updated appraisal will be based on the facts and circumstances existing at closing time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions. The offering amounts referred to in the table below relate to the value of the shares sold to the public.

 

     At the Minimum of the
Offering Range
   At the Midpoint of the
Offering Range
    At the Maximum of the
Offering Range
   

At the Maximum,

As Adjusted, of the
Offering Range

 
    

With

Foundation

   

Without

Foundation

  

With

Foundation

  

Without

Foundation

   

With

Foundation

   

Without

Foundation

   

With

Foundation

   

Without

Foundation

 
     (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)  

Estimated offering amount

   $ 2,741.3     $ 2,775.3     $3,225.0    $ 3,265.0     $ 3,708.8     $ 3,754.8     $ 4,265.1     $ 4,318.0  

Pro forma market capitalization

   $ 4,791.1     $ 4,810.0     $5,629.5    $ 5,658.8     $ 6,467.9     $ 6,507.7     $ 7,432.1     $ 7,483.8  

Total assets

   $ 13,000.5     $ 13,013.5     $13,416.6    $ 13,434.6     $ 13,832.6     $ 13,855.8     $ 14,311.1     $ 14,340.2  

Total liabilities

   $ 9,260.7     $ 9,260.7     $9,260.7    $ 9,260.7     $ 9,260.7     $ 9,260.7     $ 9,260.7     $ 9,260.7  

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,739.8     $ 3,752.8     $4,155.9    $ 4,173.9     $ 4,571.9     $ 4,595.1     $ 5,050.4     $ 5,079.5  

Pro forma net income (nine months ended September 30, 2006)

   $ 127.8     $ 128.9     $135.7    $ 136.6     $ 143.2     $ 144.2     $ 151.9     $ 153.1  

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

   $ 15.61     $ 15.60     $14.76    $ 14.75     $ 14.14     $ 14.12     $ 13.59     $ 13.57  

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share

   $ 15.17     $ 15.16     $14.39    $ 14.38     $ 13.81     $ 13.80     $ 13.31     $ 13.29  

Pro forma net income per share (nine months ended September 30, 2006)

   $ 0.55     $ 0.55     $0.50    $ 0.50     $ 0.46     $ 0.46     $ 0.42     $ 0.42  

Pro Forma Pricing Ratios

                 

Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

     128.12 %     128.21 %   135.50%      135.59 %     141.44 %     141.64 %     147.17 %     147.38 %

Offering price as a percent of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share

     131.84 %     131.93 %   138.99%      139.08 %     144.82 %     144.93 %     150.26 %     150.49 %

Offering price to pro forma net income per share

     27.27x       27.27x     30.00x      30.00x       32.61x       32.61x       35.71x       35.71x  

Pro Forma Financial Ratios

                 

Return on assets (annualized)

     1.31 %     1.32 %   1.35%      1.36 %     1.38 %     1.39 %     1.42 %     1.42 %

Return on equity (annualized)

     4.56 %     4.58 %   4.35%      4.36 %     4.18 %     4.18 %     4.01 %     4.02 %

Equity/assets

     28.77 %     28.84 %   30.98%      31.07 %     33.05 %     33.16 %     35.29 %     35.42 %

Tangible equity ratio

     28.19 %     28.26 %   30.43%      30.52 %     32.54 %     32.65 %     34.81 %     34.94 %

 

67


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

This discussion and analysis reflects People’s Bank’s consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with People’s Bank’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus, and the other statistical data provided elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the entire year or any other interim period. Unless otherwise indicated, the financial information presented in this section reflects the consolidated financial condition and operations of People’s Bank .

General

People’s Bank is a federally-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Bridgeport, Connecticut with $10.6 billion in total assets as of September 30, 2006. People’s Bank was organized in 1842 as a mutual savings bank and converted to stock form in 1988. In August 2006, People’s Bank converted from a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank to a federally-chartered stock savings bank.

People’s Bank offers a full range of financial services to individual, corporate and municipal customers. Traditional banking activities are conducted primarily within the state of Connecticut and include extending secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans, originating mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial properties, and accepting consumer, commercial and municipal deposits. In addition to traditional banking activities, People’s Bank provides specialized services tailored to specific markets including: personal, institutional and employee benefit trust; cash management; and municipal banking and finance. Through its subsidiaries, People’s Bank offers: brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance through People’s Securities, Inc.; equipment financing through People’s Capital and Leasing Corp.; and other insurance services through R.C. Knox and Company, Inc.

This full range of financial services is delivered through a network of 75 traditional branches, 73 Stop & Shop supermarket branches, eight limited-service branches, 23 investment and brokerage offices (22 of which are located within branch offices), five wealth management and trust offices, nine People’s Capital and Leasing offices and seven commercial banking offices. People’s Bank’s distribution network also includes fully integrated online banking and investment trading, a 24-hour telephone banking service and participation in a worldwide ATM network.

People’s Bank has expanded its residential mortgage and home equity lending activities in the contiguous markets of New York and Massachusetts. In addition, People’s Bank maintains a loan production office in Massachusetts and People’s Capital and Leasing offices in six states in addition to Connecticut to support commercial real estate lending and equipment financing initiatives, respectively, outside of Connecticut. Within the Commercial banking division, People’s Bank maintains a national credits group, which seeks to participate in commercial loans and commercial real estate finance loans to borrowers in various industries across the country.

People’s Bank’s results of operations are largely dependent upon revenues generated through net interest income and fee-based revenues and, to a much lesser extent, other forms of non-interest income such as gains on asset sales. Sources for these revenues are diversified across People’s Bank’s two primary business segments representing its core businesses, commercial banking and consumer financial services, and to a lesser extent, treasury. People’s Bank’s results of operations are also significantly

 

68


Table of Contents

affected by the provision for loan losses and the level of non-interest expense. In addition, People’s Bank’s results of operations may also be affected by general and local economic conditions, changes in market interest rates, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

Financial Overview

Comparison of Financial Condition at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005. Total assets at September 30, 2006 were $10.6 billion, a decrease of $320 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2005, primarily due to a $1.2 billion decline in total securities, partially offset by increases of $612 million in total loans, $148 million in short-term investments and $57 million in bank-owned life insurance. Additionally, People’s Bank contributed $91.5 million in the third quarter of 2006 to its employee retirement plan (reported in other assets) to more than fully fund its projected benefit obligation.

Total loans increased $612 million, or 10% on an annualized basis, from December 31, 2005 to September 30, 2006. This increase reflects growth of $423 million, or 12% annualized, in consumer financial services and $189 million, or 7% annualized, in commercial banking. The increase in total loans from year-end 2005 was largely attributable to increases of $370 million in residential mortgage loans, $117 million in People’s Capital and Leasing loans and $78 million in shared national credits. The increase in residential mortgage loans reflects, in part, the purchase of $170 million of adjustable-rate mortgages towards the end of the first quarter of 2006.

The decrease in the securities portfolio reflects the sale of $810 million and $266 million of debt securities in the third and second quarters of 2006, respectively, as part of restructuring activities to better position People’s Bank’s balance sheet for the then current interest rate environment. People’s Bank also funded an additional $50 million of bank-owned life insurance with proceeds from maturing securities in the first quarter of 2006.

Non-performing assets totaled $22.9 million at September 30, 2006, a $0.9 million increase from year-end 2005. The allowance for loan losses decreased $1.0 million to $74 million at September 30, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005, primarily reflecting reductions in the allowance for loan losses allocated to the consumer loan portfolios, partially offset by net additions allocated to the commercial banking loan portfolios. At September 30, 2006, the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 0.81% and as a percentage of non-performing loans was 355%, compared to 0.87% and 353%, respectively, at December 31, 2005.

At September 30, 2006, liabilities totaled $9.3 billion, a $383 million decrease from December 31, 2005, reflecting a $281 million reduction in total borrowings and a $104 million decrease in total deposits. Core deposits decreased $30 million since December 31, 2005, reflecting People’s Bank’s strategy to fund loan growth with proceeds from maturities and sales of securities rather than deposits.

People’s Bank’s total stockholders’ equity was $1.35 billion at September 30, 2006, a $63 million increase from December 31, 2005, reflecting net income of $84.7 million and a $16.3 million decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss, partially offset by dividends paid of $44.5 million. As a percentage of total assets, stockholders’ equity was 12.7% at September 30, 2006, compared to 11.8% at December 31, 2005. People’s Bank’s leverage capital ratio, and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 11.8%, 14.7% and 16.2%, respectively, at September 30, 2006, compared to 11.2%, 14.8% and 16.4%, respectively, at December 31, 2005. The capital ratios were calculated in accordance with Office of Thrift Supervision regulations as of September 30, 2006 and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations as of December 31, 2005.

 

69


Table of Contents

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004. Total assets at December 31, 2005 were $10.9 billion, an increase of $215 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2004, primarily due to increases of $640 million in total loans and $154 million in bank-owned life insurance, partially offset by a $708 million decline in total securities.

At December 31, 2005, liabilities totaled $9.6 billion, a $126 million increase from December 31, 2004, reflecting a $221 million increase in total deposits, partially offset by a $46 million reduction in total borrowings.

The increase in total loans from year-end 2004 was largely attributable to increases of $340 million in commercial banking loans and $242 million in residential mortgage loans. The decrease in the securities portfolio reflects the substitution of higher-yielding loans for securities and the funding of a $150 million investment in bank-owned life insurance with proceeds from maturing securities.

Non-performing assets totaled $22.0 million at December 31, 2005, a $6.6 million decrease from year-end 2004. The allowance for loan losses increased $2.5 million to $75 million at December 31, 2005 compared to December 31, 2004, primarily reflecting increases in the allowance for loan losses allocated to commercial loans of $2.0 million and People’s Capital and Leasing loans of $2.5 million, partially offset by a $2.0 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses allocated to the consumer loan portfolio. At December 31, 2005, the allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans was 0.87% and as a percent of non-performing loans was 353%, compared to 0.91% and 265%, respectively, at December 31, 2004.

People’s Bank’s total stockholders’ equity was $1.29 billion at December 31, 2005, an $89 million increase from December 31, 2004, reflecting net income of $137.1 million, partially offset by dividends paid of $52.4 million. As a percentage of total assets, stockholders’ equity was 11.8% at December 31, 2005, compared to 11.2% at December 31, 2004. People’s Bank’s leverage capital ratio, and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 11.2%, 14.8% and 16.4%, respectively, at December 31, 2005, compared to 10.5%, 14.6% and 16.7%, respectively, at December 31, 2004. The capital ratios were calculated in accordance with Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2005. People’s Bank reported net income of $84.7 million, or $0.59 per diluted share, for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to $101.9 million, or $0.72 per diluted share, for the year-ago period. Income from continuing operations totaled $83.0 million, or $0.58 per diluted share, for the first nine months of 2006, compared to $91.6 million, or $0.65 per diluted share, for the year-ago period.

Results for the first nine months of 2006 included net security losses of $27.4 million on the sale of $810 million and $266 million of debt securities in the third and second quarters of 2006, respectively. These transactions were undertaken to better position People’s Bank’s balance sheet for the then current interest rate environment. Results for the first nine months of 2005 included a $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge and after-tax income of $6.2 million from the resolution of a significant contingency related to the sale of the credit card business (reported in income from discontinued operations). The net impact of these items reduced 2006 net income by $18.2 million, or $0.13 per share and increased 2005 net income by $4.2 million, or $0.03 per share.

Net interest income increased $9.9 million, or 4%, from the year-ago period and the net interest margin improved 17 basis points to 3.83%. The higher net interest margin reflects the asset sensitive position of the balance sheet, the substitution of securities with higher-yielding loans, and the use of a portion of the proceeds from security sales discussed above to pay down borrowings. Compared to the first nine months of 2005, average earning assets decreased 1%, as a $684 million, or 8%, increase in average loans was more than offset by an $820 million, or 45%, decline in average securities. In addition to funding loan growth with proceeds from maturing securities, People’s Bank invested $50 million in the

 

70


Table of Contents

first quarter of 2006 and $150 million in the second quarter of 2005 in bank-owned life insurance. Average core deposits increased $51 million, or 1%, compared to the first nine months of 2005, reflecting People’s Bank’s current decision to fund loan growth with proceeds from maturing securities.

Compared to the first nine months of 2005, total non-interest income, excluding net security losses, increased $8.1 million, or 7%; non-interest expense increased $7.5 million, or 3%; and the efficiency ratio improved to 61.9%, from 62.8%.

The provision for loan losses in the first nine months of 2006 was $2.0 million compared to $3.3 million in the year-ago period. The provision for loan losses in the 2006 period reflected net loan charge-offs of $3.0 million, partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in the allowance for loan losses. The 2005 period reflected net loan charge-offs of $2.8 million and a $0.5 million increase in the allowance for loan losses. Net loan charge-offs increased $0.2 million, or 7%, for the first nine months of 2006, compared to the year-ago period. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 0.81% at September 30, 2006, compared to 0.87% at September 30, 2005. Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans equaled 0.05% on an annualized basis, unchanged from the year-ago period.

Comparison of Results of Operations for 2005 and 2004. People’s Bank reported net income in 2005 of $137.1 million, or $0.97 per diluted share, compared to $199.7 million, or $1.42 per diluted share in 2004. Per share data has been restated to give retroactive effect to the three-for-two stock split completed in 2005. Included in the 2005 results were a gain on the sale of three branches, a gain from the resolution of a significant contingency related to the sale of People’s Bank’s credit card portfolio in 2004, an income tax benefit, a goodwill impairment charge and expenses incurred in connection with the repurchase of subordinated notes and the accelerated vesting of stock options. The 2004 results included the net gain on the sale of People’s Bank’s credit card business, liability restructuring charges, other nonrecurring expenses and an income tax benefit. People’s Bank’s return on average assets was 1.27% and return on average stockholders’ equity was 11.1% in 2005.

The net interest margin improved 35 basis points from 2004, reflecting a combination of People’s Bank’s asset-sensitive position and the ongoing shift of its asset mix from investment securities to higher-yielding loans. Other important factors that affected the financial results in 2005 were:

 

  strong loan growth in People’s Bank’s commercial banking and home equity lending portfolios;

 

  a 35% reduction in the provision for loan losses;

 

  growth in fee-based revenues; and

 

  continued expense control.

On March 5, 2004, People’s Bank completed the sale of its credit card business, which included $2.0 billion of credit card receivables, as well as the transfer of its related credit card operations and 420 employees, to The Royal Bank of Scotland Group. The net pre-tax gain on sale of $305.4 million is included in income from discontinued operations for 2004 in the consolidated statements of income.

People’s Bank utilized a portion of the proceeds from the sale of its credit card business to prepay slightly over $1.0 billion of long-term borrowings. In addition, derivative positions with notional values of $770 million, including positions on certain of these borrowings, were canceled. Liability restructuring costs totaling $133.4 million are included in total non-interest expense for 2004 in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

71


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, People’s Bank is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, including the classification of revenues and expenses to discontinued operations. Actual results could differ from People’s Bank’s current estimates, as a result of changing conditions and future events. Several estimates are particularly critical and are susceptible to significant near-term change, including the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of derivative financial instruments, and asset impairment judgments including other than temporary declines in the value of securities and the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets. People’s Bank’s significant accounting policies and critical estimates are summarized in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance when realized.

Management maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is believed to be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: People’s Bank’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate finance, commercial and People’s Capital and Leasing loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s Bank’s independent loan review function; an evaluation of non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions. While management seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, the identification of additional problem loans and other factors.

The allowance for loan losses consists of amounts determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” and SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” In applying SFAS No. 5, management considers the factors listed in the preceding paragraph in order to estimate a loss allowance for (1) each homogeneous pool of smaller balance loans (residential mortgage and consumer loans) that are evaluated on a collective basis, and (2) commercial real estate finance, commercial and People’s Capital and Leasing loans that are not considered impaired under SFAS No. 114. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that People’s Bank will be unable to collect all principal and interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan. People’s Bank applies SFAS No. 114 to loans that are individually evaluated for collectibility in accordance with its normal loan review procedures. Under SFAS No. 114, impaired loans are reported based on one of three measures: the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; the loan’s observable market price; or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the measure is less than an impaired loan’s recorded investment, an impairment loss is recognized as part of the allowance for loan losses.

Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments. People’s Bank uses derivatives for market risk management purposes (principally interest rate risk) and not for trading or speculation purposes.

All derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities and are measured at fair value. Favorable changes in fair values result in unrealized gains that are recognized as assets, while unfavorable changes result in unrealized losses that are recognized as liabilities. People’s Bank’s hedge accounting

 

72


Table of Contents

methods vary depending on whether the derivative instrument is classified as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. Hedge accounting is permitted only if specific criteria are met, including a requirement that a highly effective relationship exist between the derivative instrument and the hedged item, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis. Results of effective hedges are recognized in current earnings for fair value hedges. Changes in the fair value of effective cash flow hedges are recognized in other comprehensive income until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. Ineffective portions of hedge results are recognized in current earnings.

People’s Bank formally documents all relationships between the derivative instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as hedges to specific assets and liabilities, or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. People’s Bank also formally assesses, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective or has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, People’s Bank would discontinue hedge accounting prospectively.

Interest rate-lock commitments extended to borrowers relate to the origination of residential mortgage loans. To mitigate the interest rate risk inherent in these commitments, People’s Bank enters into mandatory delivery and best efforts contracts to sell fixed-rate residential mortgage loans. Forward commitments to sell and interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans are considered derivatives and their respective estimated fair values are adjusted based on changes in interest rates and exclude the value of mortgage servicing rights.

Asset Impairment Judgments

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” requires, among other things, use of the purchase method to account for all business combinations and specifies criteria that acquired intangible assets must meet in order to be recognized and reported separately from goodwill. The assets and liabilities of an acquired company are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets are recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the acquisition cost over the fair value of the net assets acquired. “Other acquisition-related intangibles” are separately identified, where appropriate, for the estimated value of acquired customer relationships and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated remaining average life of those relationships (ranging from 7 to 12 years from the respective acquisition dates). The remaining intangible asset is classified as goodwill.

SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires that goodwill be reviewed for impairment at least annually, with impairment losses charged to expense when they occur. Acquisition-related intangible assets other than goodwill are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are periodically reviewed by management to assess recoverability. Impairment losses are recognized as a charge to expense if carrying amounts exceed fair values.

SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill be tested for impairment using a two-step approach that involves the identification of “reporting units” and the estimation of fair values. Goodwill shall also be tested for impairment when events occur that would more likely than not reduce the implied fair value of goodwill below its carrying value. An impairment loss is recognized as a charge to expense for any excess of the goodwill carrying amount over implied fair value.

Securities. Marketable equity and debt securities (other than those reported as short-term investments) are classified as either trading account securities, held to maturity securities (applicable only

 

73


Table of Contents

to debt securities) or available for sale securities. Management determines the classification of a security at the time of its purchase.

Securities purchased for sale in the near term and those held by People’s Securities in accordance with the requirements for a broker-dealer are classified as trading account securities and reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are reported in non-interest income. Debt securities that People’s Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity securities and reported at amortized cost. All other securities are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale are reported on an after-tax basis in stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted to interest income for debt securities, using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for the effect of actual prepayments in the case of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and other asset-backed securities. Federal Home Loan Bank stock is a non-marketable equity security reported at cost.

Security transactions are generally recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and reported in non-interest income.

Management conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the decline in fair value of any security appears to be other than temporary. If the decline is deemed to be other than temporary, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss is reported in non-interest income. The factors considered by management in its periodic review include, but are not limited to: the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; the ratings of the security; whether the decline in fair value appears to be issuer specific or, alternatively, a reflection of general market or industry conditions; and People’s Bank’s intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in fair value.

Economic Environment

People’s Bank’s results are subject to fluctuations based on economic conditions. Economic activity in the United States showed continued signs of expanding in 2005. Real gross domestic product increased at a rate of 3.5%, a level that represents the country’s long-term historical average growth rate, and the national unemployment rate was 4.9% as of December 31, 2005, down from 5.4% at the end of 2004. The national economy continued to grow despite widening federal budget and trade deficits, rising energy costs, the negative impact from the hurricanes in 2005 and geopolitical uncertainties. In response to continuing signs that the U.S. economy was expanding, the Federal Reserve Board increased the targeted federal funds rate eight times in 2005 by a total of 200 basis points, after five interest rate increases in the second half of 2004 totaling 125 basis points, bringing the rate to 4.25% as of December 31, 2005 from 1.00% at the end of 2003.

The national economy continues to grow in 2006, albeit at a slower pace than in 2005. Real gross domestic product increased at a rate of 2.6% for the second quarter of 2006 and the unemployment rate at June 30, 2006 was 4.6%. The Federal Reserve raised interest rates an additional 100 basis points bringing the Federal Funds rate to 5.25% as of June 30, 2006.

People’s Bank’s primary market area, Connecticut, continues to enjoy the second highest median household income in the country. The state’s unemployment rate, which decreased to 4.1% as of June 30, 2006, compared to 4.6% at the end of 2005, was below the national rate of 4.6%. The Connecticut economy experienced moderate job growth in 2005, with total employment in 2005 increasing by 12,500

 

74


Table of Contents

jobs, or approximately 0.8% since December 31, 2004. As of June 30, 2006, Connecticut’s total employment increased by 7,700 or 0.5%, over June 30, 2005.

Business Segment Results

People’s Bank’s operations are divided into two primary business segments that represent its core businesses, commercial banking and consumer financial services. In addition, the treasury area is responsible for managing People’s Bank’s securities portfolio, short-term investments and wholesale funding activities, such as borrowings and the funding center, which includes the impact of derivative financial instruments used for risk management purposes. The funding center refers to People’s Bank’s funds transfer pricing model, which is used in the calculation of the respective business segment’s net interest income, and measures the value of funds used in and provided by each business segment.

Business Segment Performance Summary – Net Income

 

       For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
    For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2006     2005     2005     2004     2003  
     (In millions)  

Commercial banking

   $ 30.1     $ 35.3     $ 45.7     $ 45.1     $ 50.4  

Consumer financial services

     65.1       65.1       94.2       90.0       92.6  

Treasury

     (25.5 )     (21.8 )     (25.0 )     (60.5 )     (73.8 )
                                        

Total reportable segments

     69.7       78.6       114.9       74.6       69.2  

Other

     15.0       23.3       22.2       125.1       (5.4 )
                                        

Total consolidated

   $ 84.7     $ 101.9     $ 137.1     $ 199.7     $ 63.8  
                                        

People’s Bank uses an internal profitability reporting system to generate information by business segment, which is based on a series of management estimates and allocations regarding funds transfer pricing, the provision for loan losses, non-interest expense and income taxes. These estimates and allocations, some of which can be subjective in nature, are continually being reviewed and refined. Any changes in estimates and allocations that may affect the reported results of any business segment will not affect the consolidated financial position or results of operations of People’s Bank as a whole.

Funds transfer pricing is used in the calculation of the respective business segment’s net interest income, and measures the value of funds used in and provided by a business segment. The difference between the interest income on earning assets and the interest expense on funding liabilities and the corresponding funds transfer pricing charge for interest income or credit for interest expense results in net spread income. The provision for loan losses for the commercial banking and consumer financial services segments is generally based on a five-year rolling average net charge-off rate for the respective segment. The provision for loan losses for the national consumer loan portfolio is based on the actual loan loss provision for the period. People’s Bank allocates a majority of non-interest expenses to each business segment using a full-absorption costing process. Direct and indirect costs are analyzed and pooled by process and assigned to the appropriate business segment. Corporate overhead costs are assigned to the business segments using a standard allocation process. Income tax expense is allocated to each business segment using a constant rate, based on an estimate of the consolidated effective income tax rate for the period.

In the second quarter of 2006, the results of the funding center, previously included in “other,” were reclassified to treasury. In the first quarter of 2006, People’s Bank revised its funds transfer pricing methodology assumptions relating to those deposit products with indeterminate maturities, based on a comprehensive historical analysis of the implied maturities and repricing characteristics of those deposits. As a result, the duration for most of those deposits was lengthened, which in turn increased their value and corresponding funds transfer pricing credit. Segment information for all periods presented has been

 

75


Table of Contents

restated to reflect the changes resulting from the reclassification of the funding center to treasury and the revised funds transfer pricing methodology assumptions.

For a more detailed description of the estimates and allocations used to measure business segment performance, see Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.

Commercial Banking . Commercial banking consists principally of commercial lending, commercial real estate finance lending and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of People’s Capital and Leasing, as well as cash management, correspondent banking and municipal banking.

 

     For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
   For the Year Ended December 31,
     2006    2005    2005    2004    2003
     (In millions)

Net interest income

   $ 96.6    $ 97.4    $ 129.7    $ 125.8    $ 120.3

Provision for loan losses

     7.7      6.9      9.4      8.8      7.1

Non-interest income:

              

Fee-based revenues

     12.1      17.3      21.7      18.4      21.3

Other non-interest income

     3.3      1.3      2.0      1.4      1.1
                                  

Total non-interest income

     15.4      18.6      23.7      19.8      22.4

Non-interest expense

     57.9      54.9      73.7      67.4      60.1
                                  

Income before income tax expense

     46.4      54.2      70.3      69.4      75.5

Income tax expense

     16.3      18.9      24.6      24.3      25.1
                                  

Income from continuing operations

   $ 30.1    $ 35.3    $ 45.7    $ 45.1    $ 50.4
                                  

Average earning assets

   $ 3,864.3    $ 3,598.4    $ 3,620.9    $ 3,204.3    $ 2,908.0

Average liabilities

     1,206.7      1,237.8      1,270.5      1,195.3      1,181.3

Period end assets

     4,001.5      3,659.2      3,812.2      3,531.8      3,040.1
                                  

Commercial banking income from continuing operations declined $5.2 million, or 15%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2005, primarily reflecting lower fee-based revenues and an increase in non-interest expense, partially offset by an increase in other non-interest income. Net interest income decreased $0.8 million, or 1%, as a $266 million, or 7%, increase in average earning assets was essentially offset by narrower net spreads. The $5.2 million decrease in fee-based revenues reflects lower lending-related charges and fees, primarily lower commercial real estate finance loan prepayment penalties. The increase in other non-interest income primarily reflects a $1.8 million increase in rental income on leased equipment. The $3.0 million, or 5%, increase in non-interest expense reflects an increase in direct expenses due to the continued growth in this business, including a $1.3 million increase in the amortization expense of leased equipment to People’s Capital and Leasing customers.

The increase in average earning assets compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2005 reflects increases of $182 million, or 37%, in People’s Capital and Leasing loans, and $134 million, or 10%, in commercial loans, partially offset by a $48 million, or 3%, decrease in commercial real estate finance loans. Average commercial non-interest-bearing deposits totaled $942 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, a $34 million, or 3%, decrease compared to the year-ago period, reflecting the current interest rate environment.

Commercial banking income from continuing operations increased $0.6 million, or 1%, in 2005 compared to 2004, reflecting increases in net interest income and fee-based revenues, partially offset by increases in non-interest expense and the provision for loan losses. Net interest income increased $3.9

 

76


Table of Contents

million, or 3%, reflecting a $417 million, or 13%, increase in average earning assets, partially offset by narrower net spreads. The $3.3 million increase in fee-based revenues reflects higher lending-related charges and fees, primarily higher commercial real estate loan prepayment penalties. The $6.3 million, or 9%, increase in non-interest expense reflects a $5.3 million increase in allocated expenses, due to the continued growth in this business during 2005 and a higher level of charges related to loan repayments.

The increase in average earning assets compared to 2004 reflects increases of $224 million, or 21%, in commercial loans, $164 million, or 46%, in People’s Capital and Leasing loans and $30 million, or 2%, in commercial real estate finance loans. Average commercial non-interest-bearing deposits grew $43 million, or 5%, on a year-over-year basis.

Commercial banking income from continuing operations declined $5.3 million, or 11%, in 2004 compared to 2003, as an increase in net interest income was more than offset by a reduction in fee-based revenues and increases in non-interest expense and the provision for loan losses. Net interest income increased $5.5 million, or 5% in 2004 compared to 2003 reflecting a $296 million, or 10%, increase in average earning assets, partially offset by narrower net spreads. The $7.3 million, or 12%, increase in non-interest expense reflects increases in compensation and benefits, and a $2.3 million increase in allocated expenses, largely related to portfolio growth in 2004. The $2.9 million decrease in fee-based revenues reflects lower lending-related charges and fees, including loan prepayment penalties.

Consumer Financial Services . Consumer financial services includes, as its principal business lines, consumer deposit gathering activities, residential mortgage, home equity and other consumer lending (excluding the national consumer loan portfolio, which is reported in “other”). In addition to trust services, this segment also includes brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by People’s Securities, and other insurance services provided through R.C. Knox.

 

     For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
   For the Year Ended December 31,
     2006    2005    2005    2004    2003
     (In millions)

Net interest income

   $ 194.2    $ 200.5    $ 266.4    $ 268.0    $ 264.3

Provision for loan losses

     2.3      2.7      3.5      3.3      2.3

Non-interest income:

              

Fee-based revenues

     100.9      93.6      129.0      123.7      120.9

Net gains on sales of residential

mortgage loans

     1.5      3.1      4.0      3.7      14.8

Gain on sale of branches

     —        —        8.1      —        —  

Other non-interest income

     2.9      1.6      2.4      2.1      2.6
                                  

Total non-interest income

     105.3      98.3      143.5      129.5      138.3

Non-interest expense

     196.5      194.0      259.4      252.1      258.1
                                  

Income before income tax expense

     100.7      102.1      147.0      142.1      142.2

Income tax expense

     35.6      37.0      52.8      52.1      49.6
                                  

Income from continuing operations

   $ 65.1    $ 65.1    $ 94.2    $ 90.0    $ 92.6
                                  

Average earning assets

   $ 5,024.4    $ 4,585.4    $ 4,634.9    $ 4,148.2    $ 3,821.0

Average liabilities

     7,817.5      7,787.5      7,762.4      7,626.0      7,437.3

Period end assets

     5,333.1      4,859.6      4,900.7      4,487.9      4,075.1
                                  

Consumer financial services income from continuing operations was unchanged for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2005, primarily reflecting a $6.3 million decrease in net interest income and a $2.5 million increase in non-interest

 

77


Table of Contents

expense, partially offset by a $7.3 million increase in fee-based revenues. The decrease in net interest income primarily reflects the reduction in net spread interest income for residential mortgage loans and the decline in net interest spread from the shift in deposits, partially offset by the benefit of an increase in average loan balances. The shift in deposit mix reflects an increase in higher-rate time deposits, partially offset by a decline in savings and money market deposits. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, average earning assets increased $439 million, or 10%, including increases of $322 million, or 10%, in average residential mortgage loans and $117 million, or 10%, in average home equity loans. People’s Bank purchased $170 million of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans towards the end of the first quarter of 2006. Average consumer deposits totaled $7.8 billion, a 1% increase compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2005.

The increase in fee-based revenues compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2005 primarily reflects an increase in service charges on deposit accounts, reflecting changes in People’s Bank’s fee structure. The increase in non-interest income reflects a $0.7 million net gain from the sale of a corporate insurance account by R.C. Knox. The increase in non-interest expense reflects a $5.4 million increase in allocated expenses in 2006 and a $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge in the 2005 period.

Consumer financial services income from continuing operations increased $4.2 million, or 5%, in 2005 compared to 2004. Fee-based revenues increased $5.3 million compared to 2004, reflecting increases in service charges on deposit accounts and insurance revenue. Included in non-interest income in 2005 was an $8.1 million gain on the sale of three branches. The increase in non-interest expense reflects a $7.6 million increase in allocated expenses and a $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge in 2005 resulting from the decision to combine Olson Mobeck Investment Advisors, Inc., previously a separate operating subsidiary, with one of People’s Bank’s other businesses within the consumer financial services segment (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements).

In 2005, average earning assets increased $487 million, or 12%, including increases of $250 million, or 8%, in average residential mortgage loans and $228 million, or 25%, in average home equity loans. Average consumer deposits increased $90 million, or 1%, compared to 2004.

Income from continuing operations for this segment decreased $2.6 million, or 3%, in 2004 compared to 2003. The $3.7 million increase in net interest income reflects increases in residential mortgage loans and consumer loans. Fee-based revenues increased $2.8 million compared to 2003 reflecting an increase in insurance revenue, partially offset by slightly lower brokerage commissions. The $11.1 million decrease in net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans reflects a substantial decline in fixed-rate residential mortgage origination volume (down 69% compared to 2003) and the resulting reduced level of loan sales. The $6.0 million decrease in non-interest expense reflects reductions in compensation and commission expenses related to lower mortgage origination volume in 2004 and lower allocated expenses.

In 2004, average home equity loans increased $230 million, or 34%, average residential mortgage loans increased $101 million, or 3%, and average consumer deposits increased $152 million, or 2%, all compared to 2003.

 

78


Table of Contents

Treasury . Treasury encompasses the securities portfolio, short-term investments and wholesale funding activities, such as borrowings and the funding center, which includes the impact of derivative financial instruments used for risk management purposes. The funding center refers to People’s Bank’s funds transfer pricing model, which is used in the calculation of the respective business segment’s net interest income, and measures the value of funds used in and provided by a business segment. Under this process, a money desk (the funding center) buys funds from liability-generating business lines (such as consumer deposits) and sells funds to asset-generating business lines (such as commercial lending). The price at which funds are bought and sold on any given day is set by People’s Bank’s treasury group and is based on the wholesale cost to People’s Bank of assets and liabilities with similar maturities. Liability-generating businesses sell newly originated liabilities to the money desk and recognize a funding credit, while asset-generating businesses buy funding for newly originated assets from the money desk and recognize a funding charge. Once funding for an asset is purchased from or a liability is sold to the money desk, the price that is set by the treasury group will remain with that asset or liability until it matures or reprices, which effectively transfers responsibility for managing interest rate risk to the treasury group.

 

     For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2005     2004     2003  
     (In millions)  

Net interest income (loss)

   $ (21.1 )   $ (34.2 )   $ (43.0 )   $ (88.4 )   $ (110.2 )

Non-interest income:

          

Fee-based revenues

     0.4       —         0.5       —         —    

Net security losses

     (27.4 )     —         —         (4.5 )     (0.3 )

Bank-owned life insurance

     6.3       1.7       3.3       —         —    

Other non-interest income

     0.1       0.2       0.3       0.1       —    
                                        

Total non-interest income

     (20.6 )     1.9       4.1       (4.4 )     (0.3 )

Non-interest expense

     1.1       1.3       1.4       0.2       3.4  
                                        

Loss before income tax benefit

     (42.8 )     (33.6 )     (40.3 )     (93.0 )     (113.9 )

Income tax benefit

     (17.3 )     (11.8 )     (15.3 )     (32.5 )     (40.1 )
                                        

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (25.5 )   $ (21.8 )   $ (25.0 )   $ (60.5 )   $ (73.8 )
                                        

Average earning assets

   $ 1,077.4     $ 1,866.3     $ 1,765.9     $ 2,403.8     $ 2,884.4  

Average liabilities

     277.1       301.4       282.5       480.8       1,919.7  

Period end assets

     546.1       1,749.6       1,553.2       2,086.8       2,452.7  
                                        

Treasury’s loss from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to the 2005 period reflects $27.4 million of net security losses, partially offset by a $13.1 million improvement in net interest income and the income from People’s Bank’s investment in bank-owned life insurance of $6.3 million ($9.5 million on a taxable-equivalent basis).

The improvement in net interest income reflects the funding center’s net spread loss declining by $22.3 million, partially offset by a $9.2 million decline in treasury’s net spread income. The reduction in treasury net interest income reflects an $827 million decline in average securities and an increase in the funds transfer pricing charge for funding the bank-owned life insurance investment (with no offsetting interest income as bank-owned life insurance income is recorded in non-interest income). The improvement in the funding center’s net spread loss reflects the rising interest rate environment and the asset sensitive position of People’s Bank’s balance sheet.

Average earning assets decreased $789 million, or 42%, reflecting an $827 million, or 45%, decline in average securities from the year-ago period given People’s Bank’s sale of its debt securities portfolio during 2006 as part of restructuring activities to better position People’s Bank’s balance sheet

 

79


Table of Contents

for the then current interest rate environment. The debt securities portfolio totaled $145 million at September 30, 2006, compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2005 and $1.4 billion at September 30, 2005. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, the debt securities portfolio decreased $1.2 billion, reflecting the sale of approximately $1.1 billion of securities and the substitution of securities with higher-yielding loans.

Average securities comprised 10% of average earning assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, compared to 18% in the year-ago period.

The improvement in treasury’s loss from continuing operations in 2005 compared to 2004 reflects an increase in non-interest income (attributable to bank-owned life insurance income of $3.3 million in 2005 and $4.5 million of net security losses in 2004) and an improvement in net interest income of $45.4 million.

The improvement in net interest income reflects the funding center’s net spread loss declining by $49.7 million, partially offset by a $4.3 million decline in treasury’s net spread income. The reduction in treasury net interest income reflects a $510 million decline in average securities. The improvement in the funding center’s net spread loss reflects the rising interest rate environment and the asset sensitive position of People’s Bank’s balance sheet.

People’s Bank invested $150 million in a bank-owned life insurance program in the second quarter of 2005 with proceeds from maturing securities. Increases in the cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance are included in non-interest income and totaled $3.3 million in 2005. People’s Bank invested an additional $50 million in bank-owned life insurance in February 2006 with proceeds from maturing securities.

Average securities comprised 17% of average earning assets in 2005, compared to 23% in 2004 and 27% in 2003.

Treasury’s loss from continuing operations improved $13.3 million in 2004 compared to 2003 primarily due to an improvement in net interest income, partially offset by a $4.2 million increase in net security losses. The improvement in net interest income reflects the funding center’s net spread loss declining by $22.3 million, partially offset by a $0.5 million decline in treasury’s net spread income. The improvement in the funding center’s net spread loss reflects the rising interest rate environment and the asset sensitive position of People’s Bank’s balance sheet.

 

80


Table of Contents

Other . Other includes the residual financial impact from the allocation of revenues and expenses and certain revenues and expenses not attributable to a particular segment. This category also includes: revenues and expenses relating to the national consumer loan portfolio; liability restructuring costs; certain nonrecurring items; income from discontinued operations, including the gain on the sale of the credit card business; and benefits from completed Internal Revenue Service audits in each of the three full years presented. Included in period-end assets are cash, national consumer loans, premises and equipment, assets of discontinued operations in 2003, and other assets.

 

     For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2005     2004     2003  
     (In millions)  

Net interest income

   $ 16.6     $ 12.7     $ 16.6     $ 21.7     $ 7.2  

Provision for loan losses

     (8.0 )     (6.3 )     (4.3 )     1.2       7.3  

Non-interest income

     2.0       2.3       2.0       6.8       5.9  

Liability restructuring costs

     —         —         2.7       133.4       1.2  

Other non-interest expense

     5.8       3.6       7.2       26.6       23.2  
                                        

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     20.8       17.7       13.0       (132.7 )     (18.6 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

     7.5       4.7       2.0       (52.5 )     (12.1 )
                                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     13.3       13.0       11.0       (80.2 )     (6.5 )
                                        

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     1.7       4.1       5.0       6.8       1.1  

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         6.2       6.2       198.5       —    
                                        

Income from discontinued operations

     1.7       10.3       11.2       205.3       1.1  
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 15.0     $ 23.3     $ 22.2     $ 125.1     $ (5.4 )
                                        

Average liabilities

   $ 249.0     $ 271.1     $ 264.5     $ 316.0     $ 302.0  

Period end assets

     731.4       622.7       666.4       611.4       2,103.6  
                                        

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income . Net interest income and net interest margin are affected by many factors, including changes in average balances; interest rate fluctuations and the slope of the yield curve; sales of loans and securities; residential mortgage loan and mortgage-backed security prepayment rates; product pricing; competitive forces; the relative mix, repricing characteristics and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; non-interest-bearing sources of funds; hedging activities; and asset quality.

In response to signs of an expanding U.S. economy, since June 2004 the Federal Reserve Board increased the targeted federal funds rate 17 times by a total of 425 basis points, bringing the rate to 5.25% as of September 30, 2006. Given the asset sensitive position of the balance sheet, the net interest margin has generally benefited from these interest rate increases.

Net interest income increased $10 million, or 4%, and the net interest margin improved 17 basis points to 3.83% for the first nine months of 2006 compared to the first nine months of 2005. The increase in net interest income reflects a $57 million increase in total interest and dividend income, partially offset by a $47 million increase in total interest expense.

Average earning assets totaled $10.0 billion for the first nine months of 2006, a $108 million, or 1%, decrease from the 2005 period, while the asset mix continued to shift. The ongoing shift in asset mix

 

81


Table of Contents

from securities to higher yielding loans continues to benefit the net interest margin. Average loans increased $684 million, or 8%, while average securities declined $820 million, or 45%, for the first nine months of 2006 compared to the year-ago period. As a result, average loans and average securities comprised 89% and 10%, respectively, of average earning assets for the first nine months of 2006 compared to 81% and 18%, respectively, for the year-ago period. The yield earned on the total loan portfolio was 6.03% for the first nine months of 2006 while the yield earned on securities was 3.64%, compared to 5.31% and 3.45%, respectively, for the year-ago period.

Growth in loans reflects increases of $323 million, or 10%, in average residential mortgage loans, $268 million, or 7%, in average commercial banking loans and $93 million, or 8%, in average consumer loans for the first nine months of 2006 compared to the year-ago period. The increase in average residential mortgage loans reflects, in part, the purchase of $170 million of adjustable rate mortgage loans towards the end of the first quarter of 2006.

The growth in average commercial banking loans for the first nine months of 2006 compared to the year-ago period reflects a $182 million, or 37%, increase in average People’s Capital and Leasing loans and a $134 million, or 10%, increase in average commercial loans, partially offset by a $48 million, or 3%, decrease in average commercial real estate finance loans. Included in average commercial loans and average commercial real estate finance loans were increases of $47 million, or 17%, and $38 million, or 25%, in the respective national credits portfolios.

The growth in average consumer loans for the first nine months of 2006 compared to the year-ago period continues to reflect a shift in mix as an increase of $119 million, or 11%, in home equity loans was partially offset by a $24 million, or 80%, reduction in higher-yielding unsecured national personal installment loans, which continue to run off as a result of a management decision to discontinue this type of lending. Given the upward movement in market interest rates, future growth in both residential mortgage and home equity lending may not continue at recent levels in the future.

The significant decrease in the average securities portfolio for the first nine months of 2006 compared to the year-ago period reflects the substitution of securities with higher-yielding loans as securities pay down and mature, as well as the partial impact of security sales during 2006 as part of restructuring activities to better position People’s Bank’s balance sheet for the then current interest rate environment. People’s Bank sold $810 million and $266 million of debt securities in the third and second quarters of 2006, respectively, and used the proceeds to fund loan growth and pay down borrowings. The duration of the securities portfolio was approximately 0.09 years at September 30, 2006. In addition to funding loan growth, People’s Bank invested $50 million in the first quarter of 2006 and $150 million in the second quarter of 2005 in a bank-owned life insurance program with proceeds from maturing securities. The earnings from bank-owned life insurance are reported in non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The overall 82 basis point improvement in the yield on average earning assets for the first nine months of 2006 compared to the year-ago period primarily reflects increases in market interest rates since June 2004 and the ongoing shift in asset mix. The interest rate increases initiated by the Federal Reserve continue to have a beneficial effect on the earning asset yield as approximately 29% of the loan portfolio at September 30, 2006 has floating interest rates.

Average funding liabilities totaled $9.4 billion for the first nine months of 2006, essentially flat with 2005. Average core deposits increased $51 million, or 1%, to $8.9 billion and comprised 95% of average funding liabilities, compared to 94% in 2005. Average interest-bearing core deposits increased $86 million, or 1%, and average non-interest-bearing core deposits decreased $35 million, or 2%,

 

82


Table of Contents

reflective of People’s Bank’s current strategy of funding loan growth with proceeds from the repayment of securities.

The 68 basis point increase to 2.06% from 1.38% in the rate paid on average funding liabilities for the first nine months of 2006 compared to the 2005 period primarily reflects increases in market interest rates since June 2004 and the ongoing shift in deposit mix. The rates paid on average core deposits increased 66 basis points in the first nine months of 2006, reflecting increases of 109 basis points in time deposits and 38 basis points in savings and money market deposits in response to rising market interest rates. The change in the mix of average interest-bearing core deposits reflects a $632 million, or 24%, increase in higher-rate time deposits, partially offset by a $546 million, or 13%, decline in savings and money market deposits, reflecting customers’ preferences for deposit products with higher interest rates given the prevailing interest rate environment. Average time deposits comprised 36% of average total core deposits, compared to 29% for the year-ago period. Further shifts in deposit mix to higher-rate deposits are likely to raise People’s Bank’s overall cost of funding.

Net interest income increased $43 million, or 13%, and the net interest margin improved 35 basis points to 3.68% in 2005 compared to 2004. The increase in net interest income reflects a $71 million increase in total interest and dividend income, partially offset by a $28 million increase in total interest expense.

Average earning assets totaled $10.0 billion in 2005, a $205 million, or 2%, increase from 2004, while the asset mix continued to shift. Average loans increased $836 million, or 11%, while average securities and average short-term investments declined a combined $631 million, or 26%. As a result, average loans and average securities comprised 82% and 17%, respectively, of average earning assets, compared to 75% and 23%, respectively, in 2004. The yield earned on the total loan portfolio was 5.41% in 2005 while the yield earned on securities and short-term investments was 3.45%.

The total average commercial banking loan portfolio increased $418 million, or 13%, in 2005 compared to 2004, reflecting increases of $224 million, or 21%, in commercial loans, $164 million, or 46%, in People’s Capital and Leasing loans and $30 million, or 2%, in commercial real estate finance loans. Included in average commercial loans and average commercial real estate finance loans were increases of $83 million, or 41%, and $8 million, or 5%, in the respective national credits portfolios.

Average residential mortgage loans increased $250 million, or 8%, in 2005 compared to 2004, while average consumer loans increased $168 million, or 16%. Consumer loans continued to reflect a shift in mix as growth of $228 million, or 25%, in home equity loans generated by the Connecticut franchise was partially offset by a $60 million, or 70%, reduction in higher-yielding unsecured national personal installment loans, which continued to run off as a result of a management decision to discontinue this type of lending. The growth in home equity lending reflected a combination of the emphasis placed on this line of business by People’s Bank, as well as nationwide trends.

The $510 million, or 23%, decrease in the average securities portfolio in 2005 compared to 2004 reflected the substitution of securities with higher-yielding loans as securities paid down and matured. The duration of the securities portfolio was approximately 1.7 years at December 31, 2005. In addition, People’s Bank invested $150 million in a bank-owned life insurance program with proceeds from maturing securities in 2005.

The overall 61 basis point improvement in the yield on average earning assets in 2005 compared to 2004 primarily reflected the increase in market interest rates since June 2004 and the ongoing shift in asset mix. The interest rate increases initiated by the Federal Reserve had a beneficial effect on the earning asset yield as approximately 30% of the loan portfolio had floating interest rates.

 

83


Table of Contents

In 2005, average funding liabilities totaled $9.4 billion, essentially flat with 2004 before the allocation of funding liabilities to discontinued operations. Average core deposits increased $224 million, or 3%, and comprised 94% of average funding liabilities in 2005 compared to 91% in 2004 before the allocation of funding liabilities to discontinued operations. Average non-interest-bearing core deposits increased $98 million, or 5%, and average interest-bearing core deposits increased $126 million, or 2%, due in part to People’s Bank’s focus on growing core deposits during 2005.

The 27 basis point increase to 1.47% from 1.20% in the rate paid on average funding liabilities in 2005 compared to 2004 primarily reflected the increase in market interest rates throughout 2005 and the shift in deposit mix. The rates paid on average core deposits increased 32 basis points in 2005, reflecting increases of 50 basis points in time deposits and 25 basis points in savings and money market deposits in response to rising market interest rates, partially offset by growth in non-interest-bearing core deposits. The change in the mix of average interest-bearing core deposits reflected a $377 million, or 17%, increase in higher-rate time deposits, partially offset by a $251 million, or 6%, decline in savings and money market deposits, reflecting customers’ preferences for deposit products with higher interest rates. Average time deposits comprised 29% of average total deposits in 2005, compared to 26% in 2004.

Average purchased funds decreased $186 million, or 33%, and average subordinated notes decreased $25 million, or 17%, in 2005 compared to 2004. In December 2005, People’s Bank repurchased $13.5 million of its 9.875% subordinated notes due 2010.

In the first quarter of 2004, People’s Bank used a portion of the proceeds from the sale of its credit card business to pay down interest-bearing liabilities. The repayment of over $1 billion in high-cost wholesale liabilities and the cancellation of derivative positions relating to a portion of these liabilities had a net beneficial impact on the net interest margin in 2004.

Net interest income increased $43 million, or 15%, and the net interest margin improved 44 basis points to 3.33%, in 2004 compared to 2003. The increase in net interest income reflects a $62 million reduction in total interest expense, partially offset by a $19 million decrease in total interest and dividend income.

Average earning assets totaled $9.8 billion in 2004, essentially flat with 2003, while the asset mix continued to shift. Average loans increased $484 million, or 7%, while average securities and average short-term investments declined a combined $475 million, or 16%. As a result, average loans comprised 75% of average earning assets and average securities and average short-term investments comprised 25% of average earning assets, compared to 70% and 30%, respectively, in 2003. The decrease in the average securities portfolio reflects the decision to substitute, over time, securities with higher-yielding loans.

Average commercial loans increased $178 million, or 14%, and included a $104 million, or 42%, increase in average People’s Capital and Leasing loans in 2004 compared to 2003. Average commercial real estate finance loans increased $114 million, or 7%. Average consumer loans increased $92 million, or 10%, and continued to reflect a shift in mix as growth of $230 million, or 34%, in home equity loans generated by the Connecticut franchise was partially offset by a $134 million, or 61%, reduction in higher-yielding unsecured national personal installment loans. The growth in home equity lending reflected the combination of increased focus placed on this line of business by People’s Bank and nationwide trends.

The overall low level of interest rates adversely affected the yields on People’s Bank’s earning assets, as seen in the 20 basis point reduction in the yield on average earning assets in 2004 compared to 2003. The yield on average residential mortgage loans declined 28 basis points, reflecting refinancings and new originations at relatively low market interest rates that existed in 2003 and 2004. The 133 basis

 

84


Table of Contents

point decline in the yield on the consumer loan portfolio reflects a change in portfolio mix from higher-yielding national unsecured consumer loans to home equity loans originated at lower market and promotional interest rates.

In 2004, average funding liabilities before the allocation of funding liabilities to discontinued operations totaled $9.4 billion, a $1.3 billion, or 12%, decline from 2003, reflecting the impact of the balance sheet restructuring in 2004 and growth of $258 million, or 3%, in average core deposits. Average non-interest-bearing core deposits increased $175 million, or 9%, and average interest-bearing core deposits increased $83 million, or 1%, due in part to People’s Bank’s focus on growing core deposits during 2004. Average core deposits comprised 91% of average funding liabilities before the allocation of funding liabilities to discontinued operations, compared to 78% in 2003, reflecting the balance sheet restructuring in 2004.

Average rates paid on total deposits declined 20 basis points in 2004 compared to 2003, reflecting the continued strong growth in non-interest-bearing core deposits and the overall low level of interest rates. The rates paid by People’s Bank on certain interest-bearing deposit products began to increase by the end of 2004 from the historically low interest rate levels experienced in 2003, reflective of the increases in interest rates initiated by the Federal Reserve Board.

Average purchased funds decreased $1.3 billion, or 71%, and average subordinated notes decreased $106 million, or 42%, in 2004 compared to 2003, reflecting the results of the balance sheet restructuring in 2004. The 61 basis point improvement to 1.20% from 1.81% in the average rate paid on total funding liabilities primarily reflected the benefits from the balance sheet restructuring in 2004.

Average Balance, Interest and Yield/Rate Analysis . The tables on the following pages present average balance sheets, interest income, interest expense and the corresponding average yields earned and rates paid for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. The average balances are principally daily averages and, for loans, include both performing and non-performing balances. Interest income on loans includes the effect of deferred loan fees and costs accounted for as yield adjustments, but does not include interest on loans for which People’s Bank has ceased to accrue interest. The impact of People’s Bank’s use of derivative instruments in managing interest rate risk is also reflected in the table, classified according to the instrument hedged and the risk management objective.

For 2004 and 2003, the net interest margin, net interest income and average funding liabilities reflect a reduction in funding liabilities and interest expense relating to the earning assets of the credit card business that were reclassified to discontinued operations for the periods prior to the sale in the first quarter of 2004. Interest expense was allocated to discontinued operations for those years by applying the weighted-average cost of funds previously used for credit card segment reporting purposes to the average earning assets of the discontinued operations for the respective year, with a corresponding reduction in total interest expense.

 

85


Table of Contents
     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2006     2005  
     Average
Balance
   Interest    Yield/
Rate (1)
    Average
Balance
   Interest    Yield/
Rate (1)
 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Earning assets:

  

Short-term investments

   $ 84.1    $ 3.1    4.87 %   $ 55.7    $ 1.0    2.53 %

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     22.2      0.8    4.97       22.1      0.7    4.08  

Securities (2)

     1,018.7      27.8    3.64       1,838.9      47.7    3.45  

Loans:

                

Residential mortgage

     3,708.2      135.2    4.86       3,385.7      114.0    4.49  

Commercial real estate finance

     1,755.9      92.5    7.02       1,804.0      86.4    6.39  

Commercial

     2,104.6      107.3    6.80       1,788.4      77.7    5.79  

Consumer

     1,278.5      64.8    6.76       1,185.1      46.9    5.27  
                                        

Total loans

     8,847.2      399.8    6.03       8,163.2      325.0    5.31  
                                        

Total earning assets

   $ 9,972.2    $ 431.5    5.77 %   $ 10,079.9    $ 374.4    4.95 %
                                        

Funding liabilities:

                

Deposits:

                

Non-interest-bearing deposits

   $ 2,107.7    $ —      —   %   $ 2,143.0    $ —      —   %

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     3,549.8      36.8    1.38       4,095.8      30.7    1.00  

Time

     3,215.3      89.2    3.70       2,583.1      50.5    2.61  
                                        

Total core deposits

     8,872.8      126.0    1.89       8,821.9      81.2    1.23  

Non-core deposits (3)

     129.1      2.0    2.12       164.6      1.5    1.19  
                                        

Total deposits

     9,001.9      128.0    1.90       8,986.5      82.7    1.23  

Borrowings:

                

Federal funds purchased

     207.2      7.4    4.76       242.5      5.2    2.90  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     63.2      2.4    5.13       64.9      1.3    2.68  

Repurchase agreements

     —        —      —         2.3      0.1    2.40  
                                        

Total borrowings

     270.4      9.8    4.84       309.7      6.6    2.85  
                                        

Subordinated notes

     108.7      7.4    9.04       121.9      8.4    9.18  
                                        

Total funding liabilities

   $ 9,381.0    $ 145.2    2.06 %   $ 9,418.1    $ 97.7    1.38 %
                                        

Excess of earning assets over funding liabilities

   $ 591.2         $ 661.8      
                        

Net interest income/spread (4)

      $ 286.3    3.71 %      $ 276.7    3.57 %
                                

Net interest margin

         3.83 %         3.66 %
                        

(1) Average yields earned and rates paid are annualized.
(2) Average balances and yields for securities available for sale are based on amortized cost.
(3) Includes $79.7 million and $91.5 million of non-interest-bearing deposits for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(4) The fully-taxable equivalent adjustment for 2005 was $0.3 million. There was no adjustment for 2006.

 

86


Table of Contents

The following table provides the weighted average yields earned and rates paid for each major category of earning assets and funding liabilities as of September 30, 2006.

 

     As of September 30, 2006  
       Actual Balance    Yield / Rate  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Earning assets:

  

Short-term investments

   $ 179.6    5.29 %

Securities

     201.9    4.45  

Loans

     9,184.9    6.17  
             

Total earning assets

   $ 9,566.4    6.12 %
             

Funding liabilities:

     

Non-interest-bearing deposits

   $ 2,172.4    —   %

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market deposits

     3,286.1    1.37  

Time deposits

     3,520.1    4.28  

Borrowings

     13.6    5.15  

Subordinated notes

     108.8    9.04  
             

Total funding liabilities

   $ 9,101.0    2.27 %
             

 

87


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  
     Average
Balance
   Interest    Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Earning assets:

  

Short-term investments

   $ 54.5    $ 1.5    2.86 %   $ 198.0     $ 2.3     1.19 %   $ 265.4     $ 4.9     1.80 %

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     22.8      1.0    4.22       —         —       —         —         —       —    

Securities (1)

     1,737.8      60.3    3.47       2,248.0       72.5     3.23       2,656.0       85.8     3.23  

Loans:

                    

Residential mortgage

     3,413.3      154.7    4.53       3,163.4       137.7     4.35       3,062.4       141.7     4.63  

Commercial real estate finance

     1,790.5      116.2    6.49       1,760.7       105.0     5.96       1,647.1       103.1     6.26  

Commercial

     1,825.5      108.7    5.95       1,437.6       73.3     5.10       1,259.6       66.3     5.27  

Consumer

     1,203.3      65.8    5.47       1,035.0       46.7     4.51       943.5       55.1     5.84  
                                                                

Total loans

     8,232.6      445.4    5.41       7,396.7       362.7     4.90       6,912.6       366.2     5.30  
                                                                

Total earning assets

   $ 10,047.7    $ 508.2    5.06 %   $ 9,842.7     $ 437.5     4.45 %   $ 9,834.0     $ 456.9     4.65 %
                                                                

Funding liabilities:

                    

Deposits:

                    

Non-interest-bearing deposits

   $ 2,142.0    $ —      —   %   $ 2,043.7     $ —       —   %   $ 1,868.3     $ —       —   %

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     4,023.4      42.6    1.06       4,274.7       34.4     0.81       3,973.6       35.5     0.89  

Time

     2,648.8      72.6    2.74       2,271.5       50.9     2.24       2,489.4       65.0     2.61  
                                                                

Total core deposits

     8,814.2      115.2    1.31       8,589.9       85.3     0.99       8,331.3       100.5     1.20  

Non-core deposits (2)

     167.2      2.3    1.40       198.5       1.4     0.69       300.3       2.0     0.68  
                                                                

Total deposits

     8,981.4      117.5    1.31       8,788.4       86.7     0.99       8,631.6       102.5     1.19  
                                                                

Borrowings:

                    

Federal funds purchased

     250.5      7.9    3.19       249.6       3.2     1.25       517.9       9.3     1.80  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     50.3      1.4    2.73       176.1       9.4     5.32       1,059.5       53.8     5.08  

Repurchase agreements

     1.7      0.1    2.41       36.1       1.0     2.91       201.7       5.9     2.91  
                                                                

Total borrowings

     302.5      9.4    3.11       461.8       13.6     2.94       1,779.1       69.0     3.88  
                                                                

Subordinated notes

     121.2      11.3    9.29       146.5       13.4     9.16       252.7       22.8     9.04  
                                                                

Total

     9,405.1           9,396.7           10,663.4      

Funding liabilities allocated to discontinued operations (3)

     —        —      —         (203.6 )     (3.6 )   1.77       (1,133.6 )     (21.7 )   1.91  
                                                                

Total funding liabilities

   $ 9,405.1    $ 138.2    1.47 %   $ 9,193.1     $ 110.1     1.20 %   $ 9,529.8     $ 172.6     1.81 %
                                                                

Excess of earnings assets over funding liabilities

   $ 642.6         $ 649.6         $ 304.2      
                                    

Net interest income/spread (4)

      $ 370.0    3.59 %     $ 327.4     3.25 %     $ 284.3     2.84 %
                                                

Net interest margin

         3.68 %       3.33 %       2.89 %
                                

(1) Average balances and yields for securities available for sale are based on amortized cost.
(2) Includes $89.7 million, $94.6 million and $125.1 million of non-interest-bearing deposits in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
(3) Represents an allocation of funding liabilities and interest expense to discontinued operations.
(4) The fully-taxable equivalent adjustment for 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

 

88


Table of Contents

Volume and Rate Analysis . The following tables show the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of average earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities have affected People’s Bank’s net interest income. For each category of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided relating to: changes in volume (changes in average balances multiplied by the prior year’s average interest rate); changes in rates (changes in average interest rates multiplied by the prior year’s average balance); and the total change. Changes attributable to both volume and rate have been allocated proportionately.

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006
Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005
 
     Increase (Decrease) Due To  
     Volume     Rate     Net  
           (In millions)        

Interest and dividend income:

      

Short-term investments

   $ 0.7     $ 1.4     $ 2.1  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     —         0.1       0.1  

Securities

     (22.3 )     2.4       (19.9 )

Loans:

      

Residential mortgage

     11.3       9.9       21.2  

Commercial real estate finance

     (2.4 )     8.5       6.1  

Commercial

     14.9       14.7       29.6  

Consumer

     3.9       14.0       17.9  
                        

Total loans

     27.7       47.1       74.8  
                        

Total change in interest and dividend income

     6.1       51.0       57.1  
                        

Interest expense:

      

Deposits:

      

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     (4.5 )     10.6       6.1  

Time

     14.3       24.4       38.7  
                        

Total core deposits

     9.8       35.0       44.8  

Non-core deposits

     (0.4 )     0.9       0.5  
                        

Total deposits

     9.4       35.9       45.3  
                        

Borrowings:

      

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     —         1.1       1.1  

Federal funds purchased

     (0.9 )     3.1       2.2  

Repurchase agreements

     (0.1 )     —         (0.1 )
                        

Total borrowings

     (1.0 )     4.2       3.2  
                        

Subordinated notes

     (0.9 )     (0.1 )     (1.0 )

Total change in interest expense

     7.5       40.0       47.5  
                        

Change in net interest income

   $ (1.4 )   $ 11.0     $ 9.6  
                        

 

89


Table of Contents
     2005 Compared to 2004     2004 Compared to 2003  
     Increase (Decrease) Due To     Increase (Decrease) Due To  
     Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net  
     (In millions)  

Interest and dividend income:

            

Short-term investments

   $ (2.5 )   $ 1.7     $ (0.8 )   $ (1.0 )   $ (1.6 )   $ (2.6 )

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     1.0       —         1.0       —         —         —    

Securities

     (17.4 )     5.2       (12.2 )     (13.2 )     (0.1 )     (13.3 )

Loans:

            

Residential mortgage

     11.2       5.8       17.0       4.6       (8.6 )     (4.0 )

Commercial real estate finance

     1.8       9.4       11.2       6.9       (5.0 )     1.9  

Commercial

     21.8       13.6       35.4       9.1       (2.1 )     7.0  

Consumer

     8.3       10.8       19.1       5.0       (13.4 )     (8.4 )
                                                

Total loans

     43.1       39.6       82.7       25.6       (29.1 )     (3.5 )
                                                

Total change in interest and dividend income

     24.2       46.5       70.7       11.4       (30.8 )     (19.4 )
                                                

Interest expense:

            

Deposits:

            

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     (2.1 )     10.3       8.2       2.6       (3.7 )     (1.1 )

Time

     9.3       12.4       21.7       (5.4 )     (8.7 )     (14.1 )
                                                

Total core deposits

     7.2       22.7       29.9       (2.8 )     (12.4 )     (15.2 )

Non-core deposits

     (0.2 )     1.1       0.9       (0.7 )     0.1       (0.6 )
                                                

Total deposits

     7.0       23.8       30.8       (3.5 )     (12.3 )     (15.8 )
                                                

Borrowings:

            

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     (4.8 )     (3.2 )     (8.0 )     (46.9 )     2.5       (44.4 )

Federal funds purchased

     —         4.7       4.7       (3.9 )     (2.2 )     (6.1 )

Repurchase agreements

     (0.9 )     —         (0.9 )     (4.8 )     (0.1 )     (4.9 )
                                                

Total borrowings

     (5.7 )     1.5       (4.2 )     (55.6 )     0.2       (55.4 )
                                                

Subordinated notes

     (2.3 )     0.2       (2.1 )     (9.7 )     0.3       (9.4 )

Funding liabilities allocated to discontinued operations

     3.6       —         3.6       16.6       1.5       18.1  
                                                

Total change in interest expense

     2.6       25.5       28.1       (52.2 )     (10.3 )     (62.5 )
                                                

Change in net interest income

   $ 21.6     $ 21.0     $ 42.6     $ 63.6     $ (20.5 )   $ 43.1  
                                                

 

90


Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses and Net Charge-offs. The provision for loan losses in the first nine months of 2006 totaled $2.0 million, a $1.3 million, or 39%, reduction compared to the year-ago period. The 2006 period reflects $3.0 million in net loan charge-offs, partially offset by a $1.0 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses. The 2005 period reflected net loan charge-offs of $2.8 million and a $0.5 million increase in the allowance for loan losses. Net loan charge-offs increased $0.2 million, or 7%, for the first nine months of 2006, compared to the year-ago period. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 0.81% at September 30, 2006 and 0.87% at September 30, 2005.

Commercial loan net charge-offs reflect a $4.0 million charge-off in the third quarter of 2006 relating to one commercial banking loan that was placed on non-accrual status in the second quarter of 2006 as previously disclosed. Commercial real estate finance net recoveries reflect a $2.3 million cash recovery in the first quarter of 2006 on one non-performing loan that was favorably resolved.

Consumer loan net charge-offs decreased $0.8 million, or 40%, reflecting a $1.6 million decrease in national consumer loan net charge-offs, partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in charge-offs related to consumer overdrafts that were previously reported in non-interest expense through the second quarter of 2005. The average national consumer loan portfolio decreased $24 million, or 80%, on a year-over-year basis.

Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans equaled 0.05% on an annualized basis for the first nine months of 2006, unchanged from the year-ago period. The impact of the slight increase in net loan charge-offs on the net loan charge-off ratio was offset by a $684 million, or 8%, increase in average loans from the first nine months of 2005. The very low level of net loan charge-offs in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of average loans is unlikely to be sustainable in the future.

Net loan charge-offs in 2005 declined $5.2 million, or 46%, compared to 2004. Consumer loan net charge-offs decreased $4.0 million, or 58%, reflecting a 72% decrease in the dollar amount of national consumer loan net charge-offs given a $60 million, or 70%, reduction in this portfolio’s average balances during 2005. The increase in People’s Capital and Leasing loan net charge-offs in 2005 reflected a $2.3 million charge-off related to one loan. Commercial real estate finance loan net charge-offs in 2004 reflected a $3.2 million charge-off related to one shared national credit that had been classified as non-performing since 2002. The provision for loan losses decreased $4.7 million in 2005 compared to 2004, reflecting lower net loan charge-offs in 2005, partially offset by a $2.5 million increase in the allowance for loan losses in 2005, compared to a $2.0 million increase in the allowance for loan losses in 2004.

Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans decreased 8 basis points to 0.07% in 2005 compared to 0.15% in 2004. In addition to the $5.2 million decrease in net loan charge-offs, the improvement in the net loan charge-off ratio reflected an $836 million, or 11%, increase in average total loans.

Net loan charge-offs in 2004 declined $4.1 million, or 27%, compared to 2003, reflecting a $7.0 million, or 50%, reduction in consumer loan net charge-offs, partially offset by the commercial real estate loan charge-off discussed above. The provision for loan losses decreased $3.4 million in 2004 compared to 2003, reflecting lower consumer loan net charge-offs in 2004.

Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income (especially fee-based revenues) is an important revenue source for People’s Bank that can mitigate the impact of interest rate volatility on net interest income. People’s Bank has focused on enhancing these revenue streams by leveraging its commercial banking relationships, growing existing fee-based revenue generating businesses, and strengthening its retail delivery network and products.

 

91


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the components of non-interest income for the periods indicated.

 

     For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2005     2004     2003  
     (In millions)  

Fee-based Revenues:

          

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 58.4     $ 52.6     $ 72.4     $ 69.2     $ 68.7  

Insurance revenue

     20.2       20.4       28.0       27.9       26.2  

Brokerage commissions

     9.2       9.1       11.7       12.6       13.2  

Other fee-based revenues:

          

Other banking service charges and fees

     11.9       11.6       15.5       14.4       13.7  

Investment management fees

     8.1       7.9       10.6       9.9       8.9  

Other fees

     5.7       10.1       13.3       8.9       12.3  
                                        

Total other fee-based revenues

     25.7       29.6       39.4       33.2       34.9  
                                        

Total fee-based revenues

     113.5       111.7       151.5       142.9       143.0  
                                        

Net security gains (losses):

          

Equity securities available for sale

     0.1       —         —         (0.3 )     (0.2 )

Debt securities available for sale

     (27.4 )     —         —         (4.4 )     (1.5 )

Trading account securities

     0.1       (0.1 )     (0.1 )     —         1.1  
                                        

Total net security losses

     (27.2 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (4.7 )     (0.6 )
                                        

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans

     1.5       3.1       4.0       3.7       14.8  

Gain on sale of branches

     —         —         8.1       —         —    

Bank-owned life insurance

     6.3       1.7       3.3       —         —    

Other non-interest income

     8.0       4.7       6.5       9.8       9.1  
                                        

Total non-interest income

   $ 102.1     $ 121.1     $ 173.3     $ 151.7     $ 166.3  
                                        

Total non-interest income decreased $19.0 million in the first nine months of 2006, compared to the 2005 period, reflecting net security losses of $27.4 million as part of balance sheet restructuring activities in 2006. Excluding net security losses from both periods, total non-interest income would have increased $8.1 million, or 7%, reflecting higher fee-based revenues, higher bank-owned life insurance income and higher other non-interest income, partially offset by lower net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans.

Revenue from service charges on deposit accounts increased $5.8 million, or 11%, compared to the first nine months of 2005, reflecting changes in People’s Bank’s fee structure implemented in both the second quarter of 2006 and the third quarter of 2005 to close the gap between People’s Bank’s pricing practices and those of the competition.

Insurance revenue declined $0.2 million in the first nine months of 2006, reflecting industry-wide trends for this business, characterized as a soft market with lower pricing for renewals.

Other banking service charges and fees increased $0.3 million in the first nine months of 2006, primarily due to growth in retail banking fees associated with higher levels of Personal Identification Number (“PIN”) debit interchange fees resulting from customer preferences for debit card-related transactions. PIN debit interchange refers to the revenue generated when a customer uses their PIN to make a purchase with their debit card. People’s Bank earns a portion of the purchase amount whenever its customers use their debit card at a retail merchant. This “interchange” is paid by the retail merchant. Other fees decreased $4.4 million, reflecting lower lending-related charges and fees, primarily lower commercial real estate loan prepayment penalties.

 

92


Table of Contents

As previously discussed, $810 million and $266 million of debt securities were sold in the third and second quarters of 2006, respectively, resulting in net security losses of $23.4 million and $4.0 million for the respective periods. People’s Bank also sold $25 million in securities purchased under agreements to resell in the third quarter of 2006 at a loss of $0.3 million, which is reported in other non-interest expense. These transactions were undertaken to better position People’s Bank’s balance sheet for the then current interest rate environment.

People’s Bank invested an additional $50 million in the first quarter of 2006 in bank-owned life insurance, after an initial investment of $150 million in the second quarter of 2005 to help defray the rising costs of employee benefits. Increases in the cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance are included in non-interest income and totaled $6.3 million in the first nine months of 2006 ($9.5 million on a taxable-equivalent basis), compared to $1.7 million ($2.6 million on a taxable-equivalent basis) for the year-ago period.

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans decreased $1.6 million in the first nine months of 2006, reflecting lower residential mortgage loan origination volume and subsequent lower levels of fixed-rate loan sales. Sales volume of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans decreased approximately 42% in the 2006 period, which is consistent with the 41% decrease in fixed-rate residential mortgage originations compared to the first nine months of 2005. Residential mortgage originations, including refinancings, totaled $807 million in the first nine months of 2006, compared to $1.0 billion in the year-ago period.

The increase in other non-interest income compared to the first nine months of 2005 reflects a $1.8 million increase in rental income resulting from the higher level of equipment leased to People’s Capital and Leasing customers. In addition, other non-interest income for the 2006 period includes a $0.7 million net gain from the sale of a corporate insurance account by R.C. Knox (recorded in the third quarter of 2006), a $0.7 million gain from the redemption of common stock received in conjunction with the MasterCard Incorporated initial public offering given People’s Bank’s debit card business (recorded in the second quarter of 2006) and $0.6 million of interest related to the completion of a federal tax audit (recorded in the first quarter of 2006).

Total non-interest income increased $21.6 million in 2005 compared to 2004, reflecting an $8.1 million gain on the sale of three branches, higher fee-based revenues, higher bank-owned life insurance income and higher net security losses in 2004, partially offset by a reduction in other non-interest income in 2005 due to the elimination of servicing income from The Royal Bank of Scotland Group, which purchased People’s Bank’s credit card business in 2004.

Service charges on deposit accounts increased $3.2 million compared to 2004, reflecting changes in People’s Bank’s fee structure implemented in the third quarter of 2005 to close the gap between People’s Bank’s pricing practices and those of the competition, partially offset by the impact of promotional campaigns on certain commercial and retail checking fees that began in the third quarter of 2004.

Insurance revenue reflects higher commissions earned by R.C. Knox in a soft insurance market, offset by lower contingent commission revenue and lower fee-based revenues from the sale of life insurance products offered in People’s Bank’s branch network. The decrease in brokerage commissions primarily reflects lower fees received from sales of annuity products.

Other banking service charges and fees increased primarily due to growth in retail banking fees associated with higher levels of PIN debit interchange fees resulting from customer preferences for debit card-related transactions. The increase in other fees reflects higher lending-related charges and fees,

 

93


Table of Contents

including higher commercial real estate loan prepayment penalties received as a result of the low interest rate environment in 2005.

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans increased $0.3 million compared to 2004. Sales volume of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans increased approximately 6% in 2005, which is consistent with the 6% increase in fixed-rate residential mortgage originations compared to 2004.

People’s Bank invested $150 million in the second quarter of 2005 in a bank-owned life insurance program to help defray the rising costs of employee benefits. Increases in the cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance are included in non-interest income and totaled $3.3 million in 2005.

Included in other non-interest income in 2004 was $4.8 million of servicing income related to the interim servicing agreement with The Royal Bank of Scotland Group following the credit card sale. Included in other non-interest income in 2003 was $4.3 million of interest received related to the completion of a routine federal tax audit.

Total non-interest income decreased $14.6 million in 2004 compared to 2003, reflecting a decrease in net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans, higher net security losses in 2004 and essentially flat fee-based revenues. Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans decreased $11.1 million, which is consistent with the 69% reduction in fixed-rate residential mortgage originations compared to 2003 and subsequent reduced levels of sales of these loans.

In 2004, People’s Bank sold its remaining preferred and common stock portfolios after substantially reducing the preferred stock portfolio and selling virtually the entire common stock portfolio in 2003. Net security losses in 2003 included $1.4 million in write-downs in the carrying amount of certain equity securities due to declines in value deemed to be other than temporary, reflecting the equity markets at the time.

Non-Interest Expense. The following table sets forth the components of non-interest expense for the periods indicated.

 

     For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2005     2004     2003  
     (In millions)  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 153.5     $ 145.8     $ 195.5     $ 194.3     $ 187.2  

Occupancy and equipment

     46.8       46.0       62.4       69.3       74.8  

Professional and outside service fees

     17.8       19.2       26.1       25.8       26.0  

Advertising and promotion

     8.0       7.5       9.9       9.8       12.8  

Stationery, printing and postage

     5.4       5.2       7.1       8.0       8.7  

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     0.8       1.5       1.8       3.4       3.5  

Other non-interest expense

     29.0       26.6       36.9       35.7       31.8  
                                        

Total

     261.3       251.8       339.7       346.3       344.8  

Liability restructuring costs

     —         —         2.7       133.4       1.2  

Goodwill impairment charge

     —         2.0       2.0       —         —    
                                        

Total non-interest expense

   $ 261.3     $ 253.8     $ 344.4     $ 479.7     $ 346.0  
                                        

Efficiency ratio

     61.9 %     62.8 %     62.8 %     69.2 %     76.4 %
                                        

Total non-interest expense in the first nine months of 2006 increased $7.5 million, or 3%, compared to the year-ago period, primarily reflecting higher compensation and benefits and lower professional and outside service fees.

 

94


Table of Contents

The first nine months of 2006 included the following items: severance-related expenses totaling $0.4 million and $1.2 million in the second and first quarters of 2006, respectively (recorded to compensation and benefits); a $0.3 million charge related to the sale of $25 million of securities purchased under agreements to resell as part of balance sheet restructuring activities (recorded to other non-interest expense in the third quarter of 2006); and a $0.9 million charge related to an R.C. Knox contingency that was resolved in the second quarter of 2006 (recorded to other non-interest expense in the first quarter of 2006). The first nine months of 2005 included a $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge (recorded in the second quarter of 2005). Excluding these expenses from the respective periods, total non-interest expense in the first nine months of 2006 would have increased $6.7 million, or 3%, compared to the year-ago period.

Compensation and benefits increased $6.1 million, or 4%, compared to the 2005 period, after excluding severance expense. The increase reflects the combination of normal merit increases, higher accruals for incentive compensation, and increased pension and health care-related costs. On September 29, 2006, People’s Bank contributed $91.5 million to the employee retirement plan, representing the maximum deductible contribution per Internal Revenue Service rules. Earnings on these contributions are expected to significantly reduce People’s Bank’s pension expense beginning in 2007.

Professional and outside service fees decreased $1.4 million, or 7%, compared to the 2005 period, reflecting lower utilization of information technology contractors and lower costs for People’s Bank’s declining national consumer loan portfolio, partially offset by higher legal costs related to People’s Bank’s conversion to a federal charter.

The increase in other non-interest expense compared to the first nine months of 2005 primarily reflects a $1.3 million increase in the amortization of equipment leased to People’s Capital and Leasing customers and increased spending levels for advertising campaigns, partially offset by lower operational charge-offs and state assessment fees.

The $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge in 2005 related to the decision to combine Olson Mobeck Investment Advisors, Inc. with one of People’s Bank’s other businesses in the consumer financial services business segment.

Included in total non-interest expense for 2005 and 2004 were liability restructuring costs and certain nonrecurring expenses totaling $0.7 million in 2005 and $9.3 million in 2004, as well as a $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge in 2005. Excluding these expenses from the respective years, total non-interest expense would have increased $2.0 million, or 1%, in 2005 compared to 2004. The improvement in People’s Bank’s efficiency ratio in 2005 primarily reflects a $53.1 million, or 11%, increase in revenue.

Included in compensation and benefits was a $0.7 million nonrecurring charge related to the accelerated vesting of stock options in 2005 (discussed below) and $6.7 million of nonrecurring expenses in 2004. Compensation and benefits increased $7.2 million, or 4%, compared to 2004, after excluding these nonrecurring expenses from both years. The increase reflects the combination of normal merit increases, higher accruals for incentives tied to overall bank performance, higher incentive compensation for revenue-generating businesses and increased health care costs.

Occupancy and equipment decreased $6.9 million in 2005 compared to 2004, reflecting a $3.2 million, or 14%, reduction in depreciation expense and a substantially higher level of costs incurred in 2004 to upgrade personal computers throughout People’s Bank.

 

95


Table of Contents

Professional and outside service fees increased $0.7 million in 2005, after excluding $0.4 million of nonrecurring expenses in 2004. Other non-interest expense included $2.2 million of nonrecurring expenses in 2004.

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123-R, “Share-Based Payment,” which replaced SFAS No. 123 and superseded APB Opinion No. 25 and its related interpretations. Among other things, SFAS No. 123-R requires that costs resulting from all share-based payment transactions with employees be recognized in the financial statements.

On December 22, 2005, People’s Bank accelerated the vesting of all outstanding unvested stock options that had been previously awarded to employees. Shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an accelerated option may not be sold or otherwise transferred until the earlier of (1) the date the option would have vested under the terms on which it was initially awarded, or (2) termination of the option holder’s employment with People’s Bank. The purpose of the acceleration was to eliminate compensation expense associated with these options in future years upon the adoption of SFAS No. 123-R in the first quarter of 2006. As a result of the acceleration, options to purchase 0.9 million shares of common stock became immediately exercisable. Substantially all of these options were in-the-money at the time of acceleration. The accelerated vesting of these options eliminated potential pre-tax compensation expense through 2008 of approximately $1.7 million, including approximately $0.8 million in 2006. People’s Bank recorded a one-time charge of $0.7 million in 2005 as a result of the accelerated vesting, which is included in compensation and benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

Included in total non-interest expense was $133.4 million and $1.2 million of liability restructuring costs in 2004 and 2003, respectively, and certain nonrecurring expenses totaling $9.3 million in 2004. Excluding these expenses, total non-interest expense would have decreased $7.8 million in 2004 compared to 2003.

Included in compensation and benefits was $6.7 million of nonrecurring expenses in 2004. Compensation and benefits increased $0.4 million compared to 2003, after excluding the nonrecurring expenses in 2004, reflecting a $3.8 million increase in pension-related expenses and normal salary increases, essentially offset by an approximate 4% reduction in the number of full-time equivalent employees in 2004, and lower salary and commission expense related to the substantial reduction in mortgage origination volume in 2004.

In 2004, occupancy and equipment decreased $5.5 million compared to 2003, reflecting a $6.6 million, or 22%, reduction in depreciation expense in 2004, primarily due to lower levels of capital spending.

After excluding $0.4 million of nonrecurring expenses in 2004, professional and outside service fees decreased $0.6 million in 2004 compared to 2003.

Advertising and promotion decreased $3.0 million in 2004 compared to 2003, reflecting lower spending on bank-wide advertising campaigns during 2004 and higher amortization of deferred consumer loan marketing expenses in 2003.

Discontinued Operations. Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, totaled $1.7 million for the first nine months of 2006 compared to $10.3 million for the year-ago period. Included in income from discontinued operations was an after-tax charge of $0.5 million (recorded in the third quarter of 2006) from the resolution of a contingency related to the sale of People’s Bank’s credit

 

96


Table of Contents

card business in 2004 and after-tax income of $6.2 million (recorded in the second quarter of 2005) from the resolution of a significant contingency related to the credit card sale.

Following the sale of its credit card business in 2004, People’s Bank continues to generate recoveries from collection efforts on previously charged-off credit card accounts that were not included in the sale. These recoveries are included in income from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income for periods subsequent to the sale. Recoveries, net of collection costs, totaled $3.4 million for the first nine months of 2006, compared to $6.2 million for the comparable period in 2005. The level of recoveries is expected to continue to decline due to the aging and diminishing pool of charged-off accounts.

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, totaled $11.2 million in 2005 and $205.3 million in 2004. Recoveries, net of collection costs, totaled $7.7 million in 2005 and $11.2 million in 2004.

Included in income from discontinued operations in 2005 was after-tax income of $6.2 million resulting from the resolution of a significant contingency relating to the credit card sale. Included in 2004 was an after-tax gain of $198.5 million on the sale of the credit card business. See Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes. Income tax expense from continuing operations totaled $42.1 million in the first nine months of 2006 compared to $48.8 million in the 2005 period. The effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 33.7% and 34.8% for the first nine months of 2006 and 2005, respectively. The lower effective rate for 2006 primarily reflects the higher level of tax-exempt bank-owned life insurance income compared to the year-ago period.

Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations totaled $64.1 million in 2005 compared to $(8.6) million in 2004. Income tax benefits of $2.0 million and $4.0 million resulting from the completion of federal tax audits are included in income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Excluding these benefits from the respective years, People’s Bank’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations would have been 34.8% in 2005 and 32.4% in 2004.

Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations totaled $(8.6) million in 2004 and $22.5 million in 2003. Income tax benefits of $4.0 million and $6.0 million resulting from the completion of federal tax audits are included in income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations in 2004 and 2003, respectively. Excluding these benefits from the respective years, People’s Bank’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations would have been 32.4% in 2004 and 33.4% in 2003.

Income tax expense (benefit) for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 reflects the state tax benefit resulting from the formation of People’s Mortgage Investment Company, a wholly owned subsidiary. The formation of this subsidiary was a result of Connecticut tax legislation, which became effective on January 1, 1999, that allows for the transfer of mortgage loans to a passive investment subsidiary. The related earnings of the subsidiary, and any dividends it pays to the parent, are not subject to Connecticut income tax.

Liquidity

Liquidity is defined as the ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet all present and future funding requirements at reasonable costs. Liquidity management addresses People’s Bank’s ability to fund new loans and investments as opportunities arise, to meet customer deposit withdrawals and to repay borrowings and subordinated notes as they mature. People’s Bank’s liquidity position is monitored daily

 

97


Table of Contents

by management. The Asset and Liability Management Committee is responsible for setting guidelines to ensure maintenance of prudent levels of liquidity.

Asset liquidity is provided by: cash; short-term investments; proceeds from security sales, maturities and principal repayments; and proceeds from scheduled principal collections, prepayments and sales of loans. In addition, certain securities may be used to collateralize borrowings under repurchase agreements. The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows present data on cash provided by and used in People’s Bank’s operating, investing and financing activities. At September 30, 2006, People’s Bank’s liquid assets included $30 million in trading account securities, $535 million in cash and cash equivalents, and $171 million in debt securities available for sale. At September 30, 2006, People’s Bank had pledged securities available for sale with a total fair value of $140 million as collateral for public deposits, for derivatives transactions and for other purposes.

Liability liquidity is measured by People’s Bank’s ability to obtain core deposits and purchased funds at cost-effective rates that are diversified with respect to markets and maturities. Core deposits, which are considered the most stable source of liability liquidity, totaled $8.8 billion, $8.9 billion and $8.7 billion at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004, respectively, (representing 85%, 82% and 82% of total funding at the respective dates). Purchased funds are used from time to time to diversify People’s Bank’s funding mix and to support asset growth. People’s Bank’s purchased funds totaled $0.1 billion, $0.4 billion and $0.4 billion at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 (representing 1%, 4% and 4% of total funding at the respective dates).

People’s Bank’s sources of purchased funds include: municipal deposits, brokered certificates of deposit, federal funds purchased, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, and repurchase agreements. At September 30, 2006, People’s Bank’s borrowing limit from Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank advances and repurchase agreements was $2.8 billion, based on the level of qualifying collateral available for these borrowing sources and People’s Bank had unsecured borrowing capacity of $825 million.

At September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, People’s Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans totaling $1.1 billion and $766 million, respectively, and approved, but unused, lines of credit extended to customers totaling $2.2 billion at both dates. See Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements.

The sources of liquidity discussed above are deemed by management to be sufficient to fund outstanding loan commitments and to meet People’s Bank’s other obligations.

Capital

People’s Bank’s total stockholders’ equity was $1.4 billion at September 30, 2006, a $63 million net increase from December 31, 2005. This increase primarily reflects net income of $85 million and a $16 million decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss, partially offset by dividends paid of $44 million. The decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss primarily reflects a $19 million reduction in the after-tax net unrealized loss on securities available for sale as a result of the previously mentioned sale of debt securities in the second and third quarters of 2006.

People’s Bank’s total stockholders’ equity was $1.3 billion at December 31, 2005, an $89 million net increase compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2004. This increase primarily reflects net income of $137 million and net stock option-related activity totaling $15 million, partially offset by dividends paid of $52 million and an $11 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss since December 31,

 

98


Table of Contents

2004. The increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss primarily reflects a $10 million increase in the after-tax net unrealized loss on securities available for sale in response to rising interest rates.

Dividends declared and paid per common share (other than shares on which People’s Mutual Holdings waived receipt of dividends) were $0.72, $0.85, $0.75 and $0.68 in the first nine months of 2006 and for the full years of 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Stockholders’ equity equaled 12.7%, 11.8% and 11.2% of total assets at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively.

People’s Bank’s tangible capital ratio was 11.8% at September 30, 2006, compared to the minimum ratio of 1.5% generally required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations. People’s Bank is also subject to the Office of Thrift Supervision’s risk-based capital regulations, which require minimum ratios of leverage (core) and total risk-based capital of 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively. People’s Bank satisfied these requirements at September 30, 2006 with ratios of 11.80% and 16.19%, respectively, compared to 11.20% and 16.41%, respectively, at December 31, 2005. People’s Bank converted to a federal savings bank in August 2006. Prior to the conversion, People’s Bank was regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Regulatory capital information for all dates prior to August 2006 were calculated in accordance with the capital regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation rather than those of the Office of Thrift Supervision. While the capital regulations of these two agencies are substantially similar, they are not identical.

The following summary compares People’s Bank’s risk-based capital amounts and ratios as of September 30, 2006 to the Office of Thrift Supervision requirements for minimum capital adequacy. People’s Bank’s risk-adjusted total assets, as defined, totaled $8.5 billion at September 30, 2006.

 

           Office of Thrift Supervision Requirements  
     People’s Bank Actual     Minimum Capital
Adequacy
    For Classification as
Well-Capitalized
 
     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  
     (Dollars in millions)  

As of September 30, 2006

               

Tangible capital

   $ 1,248.5    11.80 %   $ 158.7    1.50 %     n/a    n/a  

Leverage (core) capital

     1,248.5    11.80       423.1    4.00     $ 528.9    5.00 %

Total-risk-based capital

     1,374.7    16.19       679.2    8.00       849.0    10.00  

People’s Bank’s regulatory capital ratios at September 30, 2006 exceeded the Office of Thrift Supervision’s numeric criteria for classification as a “well-capitalized” institution. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information concerning People’s Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios.

Market Risk Management

Market risk is the risk of loss to earnings, capital and the fair market values of certain assets and liabilities resulting from changes in interest rates, equity prices and foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk . For People’s Bank, the only relevant market risk at this time is interest rate risk, which is the potential exposure to earnings or capital that may result from changes in interest rates. People’s Bank actively manages its interest rate risk to achieve a balance between risk, earnings volatility and capital preservation. The Asset and Liability Management Committee has primary responsibility for managing People’s Bank’s interest rate risk and reports to the Treasury and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors. To evaluate People’s Bank’s interest rate risk profile, the Asset and Liability Management Committee monitors economic conditions, interest rate trends, liquidity levels and capital

 

99


Table of Contents

ratios. Management also reviews assumptions periodically for projected customer and competitor behavior, in addition to the expected repricing characteristics and cash flow projections for assets, liabilities and off-balance-sheet financial instruments. Actual conditions may vary significantly from People’s Bank’s assumptions.

Management evaluates the impact of interest rate risk on “Income at Risk” using an earnings simulation model to project earnings under multiple interest rate environments over a one-year time horizon resulting in a quantification of interest rate risk. Income at Risk includes significant interest rate sensitive income sources, such as net interest income, gains on sales of residential mortgage loans and bank-owned life insurance income.

The earnings projections are based on a static balance sheet and estimates of pricing levels for People’s Bank’s products under multiple scenarios intended to reflect instantaneous yield curve shocks. People’s Bank estimates its base case Income at Risk using current interest rates. Internal guidelines regarding interest rate risk simulation specify that for instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve, estimated Income at Risk for the subsequent one-year period should not decline by more than: 10% for a 100 basis point shift; 15% for a 200 basis point shift; and 20% for a 300 basis point shift.

The following table shows the estimated percentage increase (decrease) in People’s Bank’s Income at Risk over a one-year simulation period beginning September 30, 2006.

 

Rate Change (basis points)

   Percent Change in Income at Risk

+300

   10.07%

+200

   7.10

+100

   3.70

-100

   (4.14)

-200

   (10.03)

-300

   (18.07)

While Income at Risk simulation identifies earnings exposure over a relatively short time horizon, Market Value of Equity takes a long-term economic perspective when quantifying interest rate risk. Market Value of Equity identifies possible margin behavior over a longer time horizon and is therefore a valuable complement of interest rate risk management. Base case Market Value of Equity is calculated by estimating the net present value of all future cash flows from existing assets and liabilities using current interest rates. The base case scenario assumes that future interest rates remain unchanged.

Internal guidelines limit the exposure of a decrease in Market Value of Equity resulting from instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve in the following manner: for 100 basis points – 10% of base case Market Value of Equity; for 200 basis points – 15% of base case Market Value of Equity; and for 300 basis points – 20% of base case Market Value of Equity.

The following table shows the estimated percentage decrease in People’s Bank’s Market Value of Equity, assuming various shifts in interest rates.

 

100


Table of Contents

Rate Change

(basis points)

  

Percent Change in

Market Value of Equity

+300

   (5.72)%

+200

   (3.28)

+100

   (1.19)

-100

   (0.54)

-200

   (2.80)

-300

   (5.52)

Management believes People’s Bank’s interest rate risk position at September 30, 2006 represented an acceptable level of risk. However, given the uncertainty of the magnitude, timing and direction of future interest rate movements and the shape of the yield curve, actual results may vary from those predicted by People’s Bank’s models.

People’s Bank uses derivative financial instruments, including interest rate swaps and interest rate floors as components of its interest rate risk management. People’s Bank has written guidelines that have been approved by the Board of Directors and the Asset and Liability Management Committee governing the use of these financial instruments, including approved counterparties and risk limits, and controls the credit risk of these instruments through collateral, credit approvals and monitoring procedures. At September 30, 2006, each of People’s Bank’s counterparties had an investment grade credit rating from the major rating agencies and is specifically approved up to a maximum credit exposure. Derivative financial instruments have been used for market risk management purposes (principally interest rate risk) and not for trading or speculative purposes.

People’s Bank is currently using interest rate swaps and interest rate floors to manage interest rate risk associated with certain interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rate swaps, which are accounted for as fair value hedges, are used to match more closely the repricing of certain commercial real estate finance loans and the funding associated with these loans. The interest rate swaps effectively convert the funding liabilities from a variable interest rate into a fixed interest rate and consequently reduce People’s Bank’s exposure to increases in interest rates and their effect on interest income and interest expense.

People’s Bank purchased interest rate floors to partially manage its exposure to a decrease in interest income resulting from declines in certain interest rates. These interest rate floors, which are accounted for as cash flow hedges, offer protection against a decline in interest income if the one-month LIBOR-index rate used to reprice certain floating-rate commercial loans declines below the strike rate on the interest rate floors. If the one-month LIBOR-index rate falls below the specified strike rate, People’s Bank would receive an interest payment on the interest rate floor equal to the difference between the one-month LIBOR-index rate on the reset date and the strike rate, which in effect, would offset the decline in interest income earned on the hedged floating rate commercial loans from the decline in interest rates.

Foreign Currency Risk . Foreign exchange forward contracts are commitments to buy or sell foreign currency on a future date at a contractual price. People’s Bank uses these instruments on a limited basis to eliminate its exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates on certain of its commercial loans that are denominated in foreign currencies. Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts substantially offset the translation gains and losses.

Derivative Financial Instruments . The following tables summarize certain information concerning the derivative financial instruments utilized by People’s Bank in its management of interest rate risk. Also see Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

101


Table of Contents
    

As of and for the nine months

ended September 30, 2006

    

Interest Rate

Floors

   

Interest Rate

Swaps

   

Foreign

Exchange

Contracts

     (Dollars in millions)

Notional amount at period end

   $ 700.0     $ 9.3     $ 13.3

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     52       76       2

Decrease in pre-tax income

   $ (0.4 )   $ —       $ —  

Fair Value:

      

Recognized as an asset

     13.8       —         0.1

Recognized as a liability

     —         0.2       —  
     As of and for the year ended December 31, 2005
    

Interest Rate

Floors

   

Interest Rate

Swaps

   

Foreign

Exchange

Contracts

     (Dollars in millions)

Notional amount at year end

   $ 400.0     $ 9.6     $ 17.4

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     60       85       3

Decrease in pre-tax income

   $ —       $ (0.7 )   $ —  

Fair Value:

      

Recognized as an asset

     5.9       —         —  

Recognized as a liability

     —         0.4       —  

 

     As of and for the year ended
December 31, 2004
 
     Interest Rate
Swaps
   

Interest Rate

Corridors

 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Notional amount at year end

   $ 26.2     $ —    

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     86       —    

Decrease in pre-tax income

   $ (3.0 )   $ (0.9 )

Fair value recognized as a liability

     1.3       —    

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Detailed discussions pertaining to People’s Bank’s off-balance sheet arrangements are included in the following sections: “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity ,” “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Capital ,” “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Market Risk Management ” and “ Business of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial – Sources of Funds .”

The following table summarizes People’s Bank’s contractual cash obligations, other than deposit liabilities, including operating leases at December 31, 2005. Additional information concerning these contractual cash obligations is included in Notes 8, 9 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements. Purchase obligations included in the table represent those agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the appropriate timing of the transactions. A substantial majority of People’s Bank’s purchase obligations are renewable on a year-to-year basis. As such, the purchase obligations included in this table only reflect the contractual commitment.

 

102


Table of Contents
     Payments Due by Period
At December 31, 2005    Total   

Less Than 1

Year

   1 – 3 Years    3 – 5 Years    After 5 Years
     (In millions)

Borrowings

   $ 294.9    $ 294.9    $ —      $ —      $ —  

Subordinated notes

     108.6      43.5      —        —        65.1
                                  

Total on-balance-sheet

     403.5      338.4      —        —        65.1

Operating leases

     115.2      18.1      34.2      28.8      34.1

Purchase obligations

     108.3      34.9      44.5      20.4      8.5
                                  

Total

   $ 627.0    $ 391.4    $ 78.7    $ 49.2    $ 107.7
                                  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. People’s Bank is currently evaluating FIN 48 to determine if it will have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”, which establishes a definition and measurement date for fair value and expands the disclosures regarding fair-value measurement. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. People’s Bank is currently evaluating SFAS No. 157 to determine if it will have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.” Among other things, SFAS No. 158 will require an employer to recognize the funded status of its pension and other postretirement benefit plans in the statement of financial position effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. SFAS No. 158 will also require the measurement of plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end (eliminating the use of earlier measurement dates currently permissible), effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. As of September 30, 2006, People’s Bank was evaluating SFAS No. 158 to determine if it will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. See “ Recent Developments .”

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic IN, “Financial Statements—Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB No. 108”), in order to address diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements. The techniques most commonly used in practice to accumulate and quantify misstatements are generally referred to as the “rollover” and “iron curtain” approaches. SAB No. 108 requires that errors be quantified under both the rollover and iron curtain approaches. Financial statements would require adjustment when either approach results in quantifying a misstatement that is material, after considering all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. SAB No. 108 is effective for annual financial statements for the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. SAB No. 108 is not expected to have a material impact on People’s Bank’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

103


Table of Contents

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, commonly referred as GAAP. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration for changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than do the effects of inflation.

Statement of Management’s Responsibility

Management is responsible for the preparation, content and integrity of the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements and related footnotes are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Management is also responsible for compliance with laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness as designated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

The consolidated financial statements as identified in the accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. These audits were conducted in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, and included tests of the accounting records and other auditing procedures considered necessary to formulate an opinion on the consolidated financial statements.

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank has an Audit Committee composed of five outside directors, each of whom meets the criteria for independence as set forth in applicable listing standards. The Audit Committee meets regularly with the independent auditors, the internal auditors and management to ensure that the system of internal control over financial reporting is being properly administered and that financial data is being properly reported. The Audit Committee reviews the scope and timing of internal audits, including recommendations made with respect to the system of internal control over financial reporting. The independent auditors and the internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting for People’s Bank. Management maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting, including an internal audit function, which is designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, transactions are properly authorized, and that accounting records are reliable for the preparation of financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that internal control over financial reporting may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In order to evaluate the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, management has conducted an assessment, including testing, using the criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on its assessment, management has concluded that People’s Bank maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

 

104


Table of Contents

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of People’s Bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report that is included herein.

 

/s/ John A. Klein

   

/s/ Philip R. Sherringham

John A. Klein     Philip R. Sherringham

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer

and President

   

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

March 3, 2006    

 

105


Table of Contents

BUSINESS OF PEOPLE’S BANK

People’s Bank is a federally-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Bridgeport, Connecticut with $10.6 billion in total assets as of September 30, 2006. People’s Bank was organized in 1842 as a mutual savings bank and converted to stock form in 1988. In August 2006, People’s Bank converted from a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank to a federally-chartered stock savings bank.

People’s Bank offers a full range of financial services to individual, corporate and municipal customers. Traditional banking activities are conducted primarily within the state of Connecticut and include extending secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans, originating mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial properties, and accepting consumer, commercial and municipal deposits. In addition to traditional banking activities, People’s Bank provides specialized services tailored to specific markets including: personal, institutional and employee benefit trust; cash management; and municipal banking and finance. Through its subsidiaries, People’s Bank offers: brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance through People’s Securities, Inc.; equipment financing through People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. and other insurance services through R.C. Knox and Company, Inc.

This full range of financial services is delivered through a network of 75 traditional branches, 73 supermarket branches, eight limited-service branches, 23 investment and brokerage offices (22 of which are located within branch offices), five wealth management and trust offices, nine People’s Capital and Leasing offices, seven commercial banking offices and over 250 ATMs. People’s Bank’s distribution network also includes fully integrated online banking and investment trading, a 24-hour telephone banking service and participation in a worldwide ATM network.

People’s Bank’s operations are divided into two primary business segments that represent its core businesses, commercial banking and consumer financial services. Commercial banking consists principally of commercial lending, commercial real estate finance lending and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of People’s Capital and Leasing, cash management, correspondent banking and municipal banking. Consumer financial services includes, as its principal business lines, consumer deposit gathering activities, residential mortgage lending and home equity and other consumer lending. In addition to trust services, this segment also includes brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by People’s Securities and other insurance services provided through R.C. Knox. In addition, treasury is responsible for managing People’s Bank’s securities portfolio and wholesale funding activities.

Market Area and Competition

People’s Bank’s primary market area is the state of Connecticut. However, substantially all of the equipment financing activities of People’s Capital and Leasing involve customers outside of Connecticut. People’s Capital and Leasing provides equipment financing for customers in 48 states. In addition, People’s Bank also participates in certain loans that aggregate $20 million or more and are shared by three or more supervised financial institutions. These loans are generally referred to as “shared national credits.” Approximately 90% of the shared national credits portfolio is to borrowers located outside of Connecticut as of September 30, 2006. People’s Bank competes for deposits, loans and financial services with commercial banks, savings institutions, commercial and consumer finance companies, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, credit unions, and a variety of other institutional lenders and securities firms.

Connecticut is one of the most attractive banking markets in the United States with a total population of approximately 3.5 million and a median household income of $66,018 as of June 30, 2006,

 

106


Table of Contents

ranking second in the United States and well above the U.S. median household income of $51,546, according to estimates from SNL Securities. The southern Connecticut market includes Fairfield, Middlesex, New Haven and New London Counties, while the northern Connecticut market includes Hartford, Litchfield, Tolland and Windham Counties. Fairfield County, where People’s Bank is headquartered, is the wealthiest county in Connecticut, with a June 30, 2006 median household income of $81,678 according to estimates from SNL Securities.

Median household income has increased in all of the Connecticut counties since 2000, with Fairfield, Middlesex and New Haven Counties recording the strongest growth in median household income. For the 2000 to 2006 period, Windham County had the lowest growth rate in median household income among the primary market area counties. Household income growth rates are generally projected to increase at comparable rates over the next five years as experienced during the 2000-2006 period.

The southern Connecticut market contains more than half of Connecticut’s population and a similar percentage of households. The southern Connecticut market also represents the greatest concentration of People’s Bank’s retail operations. All of the Connecticut counties experienced increases in population and households from 2000 through 2006, with the strongest growth occurring in the less populated counties of Middlesex, Tolland and Windham. However, only Tolland County’s 1.5% annual population growth rate exceeded the comparable U.S. growth rate of 1.3%. Household growth measures parallel trends in population growth. The stronger growth occurring in Tolland County (in north-central Connecticut) has been supported by the presence of the University of Connecticut. Projected population and household growth rates for Connecticut are not expected to vary materially from recent historical trends. The southern Connecticut market is expected to remain a slower growth market because it is more densely populated with greater physical limitations to growth.

The principal basis of competition for deposits is the interest rate paid for those deposits and related fees, convenient access to services through traditional and non-traditional delivery alternatives and the quality of services to customers. The principal basis of competition for loans is through the interest rates and loan fees charged and by developing relationships based on the efficiency, convenience and quality of services provided to borrowers. Further competition has been created through the rapid acceleration of commerce conducted over the Internet. This has enabled institutions, including People’s Bank, to compete in markets outside their traditional geographic boundaries.

Lending Activities

People’s Bank conducts its lending activities through its two major business segments that constitute its core businesses: consumer financial services and commercial banking. People’s Bank’s lending activities consist of originating loans secured by residential and commercial properties, and extending secured and unsecured loans to consumers and businesses.

 

107


Table of Contents

The following table presents the composition of the loan portfolio in dollar amounts and in percentages of the total portfolio at the dates indicated. Amounts represent gross loans before deducting the allowance for loan losses.

 

           At December 31,  
     At September 30, 2006     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
     Amount   

Percent

of Total

    Amount   

Percent

of Total

    Amount   

Percent

of Total

    Amount    Percent
of Total
    Amount    Percent
of Total
    Amount    Percent
of Total
 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Consumer Financial Services:

                              

Residential mortgage:

                              

Adjustable rate

   $ 3,787.2    41.2 %   $ 3,410.8    39.8 %   $ 3,156.6    39.8 %   $ 2,940.0    41.4 %   $ 2,515.7    37.7 %   $ 2,266.4    35.5 %

Fixed rate

     90.5    1.0       97.1    1.1       109.8    1.4       149.1    2.1       355.6    5.3       464.9    7.3  
                                                                              

Total residential mortgage

     3,877.7    42.2       3,507.9    40.9       3,266.4    41.2       3,089.1    43.5       2,871.3    43.0       2,731.3    42.8  
                                                                              

Consumer

     1,310.5    14.3       1,257.5    14.7       1,140.0    14.4       980.5    13.8       969.3    14.5       928.1    14.6  
                                                                              

Commercial Banking:

                              

Commercial real-estate finance

     1,799.3    19.6       1,778.3    20.7       1,838.1    23.1       1,699.9    23.9       1,610.2    24.1       1,540.2    24.2  

Commercial lending

     1,445.5    15.7       1,394.5    16.3       1,235.9    15.6       1,035.2    14.6       1,002.6    15.0       949.2    14.9  

People’s Capital and Leasing

     751.9    8.2       634.7    7.4       453.0    5.7       300.3    4.2       222.0    3.4       224.8    3.5  
                                                                              

Total commercial banking

     3,996.7    43.5       3,807.5    44.4       3,527.0    44.4       3,035.4    42.7       2,834.8    42.5       2,714.2    42.6  
                                                                              

Total loans

   $ 9,184.9    100.0 %   $ 8,572.9    100.0 %   $ 7,933.4    100.0 %   $ 7,105.0    100.0 %   $ 6,675.4    100.0 %   $ 6,373.6    100.0 %
                                                                              

 

108


Table of Contents

Loan Maturity . The following table presents the contractual maturity of loans at December 31, 2005. The table does not include the effect of prepayments or scheduled principal amortization. Prepayments and scheduled principal amortization on first mortgage loans totaled $0.7 billion for 2005.

 

     At December 31, 2005
    

Consumer

Financial

Services

  

Commercial

Banking

   Total
     (In millions)

Amounts Due:

        

One year or less

   $ 285.6    $ 903.0    $ 1,188.6
                    

After one year:

        

One to five years

     89.0      1,313.8      1,402.8

Over five years

     4,416.4      1,591.3      6,007.7
                    

Total due after one year

     4,505.4      2,905.1      7,410.5
                    

Total

   $ 4,791.0    $ 3,808.1    $ 8,599.1
                    

Less:

        

Deferred loan fees

           26.2

Allowance for loan losses

           75.0
            

Net loans

         $ 8,497.9
            

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2005, the dollar amount of all loans, including deferred loan fees, due after December 31, 2006, and whether these loans have fixed interest rates or adjustable interest rates.

 

     Due After December 31, 2006
     Fixed    Adjustable    Total
     (In millions)

Consumer Financial Services

   $ 288.3    $ 4,191.5    $ 4,479.8

Commercial Banking

     1,375.0      1,529.5      2,904.5
                    

Total loans due after one year

   $ 1,663.3    $ 5,721.0    $ 7,384.3
                    

 

109


Table of Contents

The following table presents loan originations, purchases, sales and principal payments for the periods indicated.

 

    

For the Nine Months Ended

September 30,

  

For the Year Ended

December 31,

2005

     2006    2005   
     (In millions)

Total loans:

        

Balance outstanding at beginning of period

   $ 8,572.9    $ 7,933.4    $ 7,933.4
                    

Originations:

        

Consumer Financial Services

     1,455.4      1,663.6      2,155.1

Commercial Banking

     2,658.2      2,438.3      3,355.3
                    

Total originations

     4,113.6      4,101.9      5,510.4
                    

Purchases:

        

Consumer Financial Services

     169.9      —        —  

Commercial Banking

     35.4      29.2      47.4
                    

Total purchases

     205.3      29.2      47.4
                    

Less:

        

Principal payments:

        

Consumer Financial Services

     1,062.2      1,102.4      1,473.3

Commercial Banking

     2,487.1      2,320.2      3,102.9
                    

Total principal payments

     3,549.3      3,422.6      4,576.2
                    

Sales

     143.0      245.9      334.6

Premium amortization, discount accretion and other, net

     11.7      12.1      6.1

Transfers to foreclosed real estate

     2.9      1.3      1.4
                    

Balance outstanding at end of period

   $ 9,184.9    $ 8,382.6    $ 8,572.9
                    

Consumer Financial Services.

Residential Mortgage Lending . People’s Bank offers its customers a wide range of residential mortgage loan products. These include conventional fixed rate loans, jumbo fixed rate loans (loans with principal balances greater than established Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae limits), adjustable rate loans, sometimes referred to as ARM loans, interest-only loans (loans where payments made by the borrower consist of only interest for a set period of time, before the payments change to principal and interest), as well as Federal Housing Authority insured loans and Connecticut Housing Finance Authority loans.

People’s Bank originates these loans through its network of branches and calling officers, as well as in the wholesale market, which accounted for approximately 66%, 59% and 57% of People’s Bank’s mortgage loan originations for the first nine months of 2006 and the full years of 2005 and 2004, respectively.

At September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, 93% and 97%, respectively, of the residential mortgage portfolio was secured by properties located in Connecticut. Included in residential mortgage loans are construction loans totaling $185 million, $197 million and $161 million at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. For the first nine months of 2006, People’s Bank’s level of residential mortgage originations declined to $800 million, compared to $1.0 billion for the first nine months of 2005. In 2005, People’s Bank’s level of residential mortgage originations declined to $1.4

 

110


Table of Contents

billion, compared to $1.6 billion in 2004 and $3.2 billion in 2003, consistent with industry-wide trends attributable to rising interest rates.

The mix and volume of residential mortgage loan originations vary in response to changes in market interest rates and customer preferences. Adjustable rate loans accounted for 83% of total residential mortgage originations in the first nine months of 2006, and 73%, 72% and 65% for the full years of 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Overall, the volume of refinancings (approximately 40% and 46% of year-to-date 2006 and full-year 2005 originations, respectively) was less than the volume of purchase mortgages as the upward movement in interest rates continues to make the refinancing market relatively less attractive for consumers.

At September 30, 2006, the adjustable rate loan portfolio included $1.7 billion, or 44%, of interest-only loans, compared to $1.6 billion, or 47%, at December 31, 2005. See “ Regulation of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial—Federally Chartered Savings Bank Regulation—Nontraditional Mortgage Products .” People’s Bank’s underwriting practices and credit review standards for such loans are consistent with those applied to other types of residential mortgage products. People’s Bank began originating interest-only residential mortgage loans in March 2003. The underwriting guidelines and requirements are more restrictive for interest-only loans than for amortizing adjustable rate mortgages. Properties must be a single-family and owner-occupied primary residence, loan-to-value ratios are lower, higher credit scores are required, post closing reserves requirements are greater, and there are limits on cash-out refinances as compared to amortizing adjustable rate mortgages. Amortization of an interest-only loan begins after the initial interest rate change (e.g., after 5 years for a 5/1 adjustable rate mortgage).

Adjustable rate residential loans at September 30, 2006 increased $376 million compared to year-end 2005, while fixed-rate mortgage loans decreased $7 million. Total adjustable rate residential loans increased $254 million in 2005 compared to year-end 2004, while fixed-rate mortgage loans decreased $13 million. People’s Bank may purchase or sell adjustable rate residential loans in the secondary market from time to time as conditions warrant. The continued growth and performance of the residential mortgage loan portfolio in 2006 and 2007 may be adversely impacted by the level and direction of interest rates, consumer preferences and the regional economy.

Historically, People’s Bank has held virtually all of the adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans that it originates on its balance sheet and has sold virtually all of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that it originates into the secondary market.

People’s Bank has recently reassessed its pricing with respect to adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans in light of the current interest rate environment. As a result, People’s Bank believes the level of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans it originates will be reduced significantly in the near term. People’s Bank intends to continue to actively offer residential mortgage loans of all types through its extensive distribution system. However, if a reduction in originations occurs and continues for an extended period, the balance of People’s Bank’s residential mortgage loan portfolio will decline.

 

111


Table of Contents

Consumer Lending. The following table summarizes People’s Bank’s consumer lending portfolio by product at the dates indicated.

 

    

As of

September 30,

2006

   As of December 31,
        2005    2004
     (In millions)

Home equity credit lines

   $ 1,009.4    $ 1,027.8    $ 914.3

Second mortgages

     267.2      184.5      145.7

Personal installment loans

     15.6      25.8      60.9

Other loans

     18.3      19.4      19.1
                    

Total consumer

   $ 1,310.5    $ 1,257.5    $ 1,140.0
                    

People’s Bank offers Connecticut-based customers a full range of competitive products, such as home equity credit lines, second mortgage loans, and other forms of installment and revolving credit loans. In the first quarter of 2006, People’s Bank began offering home equity credit lines and loans in Massachusetts and New York. Consumer loans also include unsecured personal installment loans that had been originated nationally in prior years and totaled $2 million at September 30, 2006, compared to $12 million and $46 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Future growth of People’s Bank’s consumer loan portfolio is highly dependent upon economic conditions and competitors’ strategies, as well as the success of People’s Bank’s marketing programs and information-based strategies.

At September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, approximately 99% and 98%, respectively, of the consumer loan portfolio was to customers located in Connecticut. The increase in consumer loans reflects growth in home equity lending, partially offset by continued declines in national unsecured personal installment loans, which continue to run off as a result of a management decision to discontinue this type of lending. Home equity credit lines decreased $18 million, or 2% on an annualized basis, since year-end 2005, and increased $114 million, or 12%, during 2005. The slower rate of portfolio growth in a rising interest rate environment reflects nationwide trends.

Commercial Banking. The Commercial banking lending businesses include commercial real estate finance, commercial lending and equipment financing by People’s Capital and Leasing. Shared national credits are included in the commercial real estate finance and commercial lending portfolios.

Commercial Real Estate Finance. People’s Bank manages the commercial real estate finance portfolio by limiting the concentration in any loan type, term, industry, or to any individual borrower. People’s Bank’s primary strategy is to focus on lending in the state of Connecticut and adjacent states that represent its home market. In addition, People’s Bank will purchase interests in out-of-state loan participations. Included in commercial real estate finance loans are shared national credits totaling $204 million, $143 million and $105 million at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. People’s Bank’s highest loan concentration was in the residential sector, which represented 29% of this loan portfolio at September 30, 2006, compared to 25% at December 31, 2005 and 17% at year-end 2004. Much of the growth in the residential sector was due to increases in shared national credits totaling $78 million, or 97%, for the first nine months of 2006 and $70 million, or 52% for 2005.

 

    

As of

September 30,

2006

   As of December 31,
        2005    2004
     (In millions)

Property Type:

        

Residential

   $ 520.0    $ 439.9    $ 305.8

Retail

     396.8      435.0      494.0

Office buildings

     363.8      367.1      472.9

 

112


Table of Contents

Industrial/manufacturing

     181.2      202.9      244.3

Hospitality and entertainment

     72.2      90.1      86.1

Self storage/industrial

     98.4      84.9      73.9

Special use

     48.2      52.3      54.2

Health care

     52.8      47.0      38.9

Land

     51.0      44.8      50.4

Other properties

     14.9      14.3      17.6
                    

Total commercial real estate finance

   $ 1,799.3    $ 1,778.3    $ 1,838.1
                    

At September 30, 2006, approximately 68% of People’s Bank’s commercial real estate finance portfolio was secured by properties located in Connecticut, compared to approximately 74% and 76% at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Included in this portfolio are construction loans totaling $567 million, $512 million and $429 million at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively.

Commercial real estate finance is dependent on the successful operation of the related income-producing real estate. Accordingly, the income streams generated by this portfolio can be impacted by changes in the real estate market and, to a large extent, Connecticut’s economy. The commercial real estate finance portfolio increased 2% annualized in the first nine months of 2006 and decreased 3% in 2005 after growing 8% in 2004. The decrease in 2005 and slow growth in 2006 reflects the high level of loan prepayments and People’s Bank’s focus on maintaining strong asset quality standards in a competitive market generally characterized by aggressive pricing and less attractive underwriting terms. The growth and performance of this portfolio is largely dependent on the economic environment in Connecticut and may be adversely impacted if the economy slows in 2006 and 2007.

Commercial Lending. People’s Bank provides diversified products and services to its commercial customers, including short-term working capital credit facilities, term financing, asset-based loans, letters of credit, Internet-based cash management services and commercial deposit accounts.

Commercial products are generally packaged together to create a financing solution specifically tailored to the needs of the customer. Taking a total relationship-focused approach with commercial customers to meet their financing needs has resulted in substantial growth in non-interest-bearing deposits over time, as well as in opportunities to provide other banking services to principals and employees of these commercial customers.

The borrower’s ability to repay a commercial loan is closely tied to the ongoing profitability and cash flow of the borrower’s business. Consequently, a commercial loan tends to be more directly impacted by changes in economic cycles that affect businesses generally and the borrower’s business specifically. The availability of adequate collateral is a factor in commercial loan decisions, and loans are generally collateralized and/or guaranteed by third parties.

 

113


Table of Contents
    

As of
September 30,

2006

   As of December 31,
        2005    2004
     (In millions)

Industry:

        

Manufacturing

   $ 428.2    $ 414.7    $ 323.3

Finance, insurance and real estate

     302.7      330.4      235.8

Service

     224.7      208.0      225.5

Wholesale distribution

     114.6      127.0      126.9

Retail sales

     111.7      103.6      114.0

Health services

     109.5      91.9      87.9

Arts/entertainment/recreation

     53.3      30.7      36.9

Transportation/utility

     24.3      24.8      20.7

Other

     76.5      63.4      64.9
                    

Total commercial lending

   $ 1,445.5    $ 1,394.5    $ 1,235.9
                    

In the first nine months of 2006, the commercial lending portfolio increased $51 million, or 5% on an annualized basis, compared to increases of $159 million, or 13%, in 2005 and $201 million or 19% in 2004. The increase in the first nine months of 2006 includes a $17 million, or 7% annualized, increase in shared national credits, compared to an increase of $61 million, or 24%, for the full year of 2005. Included in commercial lending are shared national credits totaling $338 million, $321 million and $260 million at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. At September 30, 2006, approximately 67% of the commercial loan portfolio consisted of loans to Connecticut-based businesses, compared to approximately 69% and 72% at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The manufacturing sector remains People’s Bank’s highest commercial loan concentration. Growth in the finance, insurance and real estate sector in 2005 reflects an increase of $88 million in loans to real estate investment trusts. While People’s Bank continues to focus on asset quality, the performance of the commercial lending portfolio may be adversely impacted if the economy slows in 2006 or 2007.

Shared National Credits . At September 30, 2006, the shared national credits loan portfolio totaled $542 million, compared to $464 million and $365 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and represented 14%, 12% and 10% of the total commercial banking loan portfolio at the respective dates. As discussed above, included in the shared national credits portfolio at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and 2004 were commercial loans totaling $338 million, $321 million and $260 million, respectively, and commercial real estate finance loans totaling $204 million, $143 million and $105 million, respectively.

People’s Bank will purchase, and to a lesser extent sell, interests in shared national credits from and to other financial institutions having comparable asset quality standards. At September 30, 2006, the shared national credits loan portfolio included $524 million in loans purchased from other financial institutions and $18 million in loans originated by People’s Bank.

At September 30, 2006, approximately $56 million, or 10%, of the shared national credits loan portfolio is to borrowers who are headquartered in Connecticut, while approximately $232 million, or 43%, is to borrowers located in California, Florida and New York. Over time, People’s Bank may grow this portfolio to represent approximately 15% of the overall commercial banking loan portfolio.

People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. People’s Capital and Leasing provides equipment financing for customers in 48 states, specializing in financing for the printing, transportation/utility, general manufacturing, and packaging industries. People’s Capital and Leasing will buy or sell portions of financing transactions in the secondary market to manage the concentration risk of the overall portfolio. At September 30, 2006, approximately 3% of the portfolio consisted of Connecticut-based businesses,

 

114


Table of Contents

while approximately 40% were to customers located in California, Texas, Illinois and Florida. The People’s Capital and Leasing portfolio grew $117 million, or 25% on an annualized basis, in the first nine months of 2006, and grew $182 million, or 40%, in 2005 and $153 million, or 51%, in 2004, reflecting management’s decision to grow this portfolio through higher loan originations. Operating on a national scale, People’s Capital and Leasing represented 19% of the commercial banking loan portfolio at September 30, 2006, compared to 17% and 13% at year-end 2005 and 2004, respectively. Portfolio growth in 2007 may not continue at recent levels.

 

    

As of
September 30,

2006

   As of December 31,
        2005    2004
     (In millions)

Industry:

        

Printing

   $ 295.0    $ 263.0    $ 182.2

Transportation/utility

     159.2      100.3      38.8

General manufacturing

     117.2      118.0      82.5

Packaging

     70.8      63.8      68.7

Retail sales

     67.0      41.5      26.5

Service

     23.1      26.1      24.5

Wholesale distribution

     12.8      12.4      14.0

Health services

     6.5      8.5      13.1

Finance, insurance and real estate

     0.3      1.1      2.7
                    

Total People’s Capital and Leasing

   $ 751.9    $ 634.7    $ 453.0
                    

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. People’s Bank has different loan approval procedures depending on the type of loan.

Commercial Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. Commercial loan approval authority is granted to People’s Bank’s loan officers by department (commercial loan, commercial real estate finance, small business lending, shared national credits and classified assets) and People’s Bank’s twelve lending authority levels.

No lending officer, regardless of lending classification, may approve a credit request on a single-signature basis. The management-level Credit Policy Committee approves commercial lending and commercial real estate finance credits rated “watch” or better up to and including $10.0 million in total exposure (outstanding credit facilities plus new extensions of credit), and up to and including $5.0 million for credits rated “special mention” or worse. Commercial lending and commercial real estate finance credits in excess of these amounts are submitted to the Loan Review Committee of the Board of Directors for approval.

The Credit Policy Committee may approve shared national credits of up to $20.0 million which are rated “satisfactory” or better. In addition, each year the Credit Policy Committee may approve six new shared national credits commercial and industrial transactions and real estate investment trust transactions that exceed $20.0 million but do not exceed $25.0 million in total exposure and are rated “satisfactory” or better. Shared national credits in excess of these amounts must be submitted to the Loan Review Committee for approval. Any shared national credits approvals in excess of $10.0 million must be reported to the Loan Review Committee at a subsequent meeting.

The in-house lending limit to one borrower, currently $50.0 million, is set jointly by the Credit Policy Committee and the Loan Review Committee. The Loan Review Committee may increase this limit on a case-by-case basis based on the overall creditworthiness of the borrower, as well as geographic, property type and industry concentration criteria within a particular lending relationship.

 

115


Table of Contents

The commercial loan origination and underwriting process begins when a borrower or prospect expresses an interest in a commercial loan product to a commercial loan officer. The loan officer is responsible for managing the underwriting process in conjunction with the region manager, market manager and department head, as appropriate. Each loan officer is responsible for developing, documenting and making loans in accordance with policy. The loan officer is also required to conform to applicable line of business procedural guidelines with respect to debt coverage ratios, loan-to-value ratios, completion of loan submissions and to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations. People’s Bank also requires borrowers to obtain flood insurance, prior to closing, for all loans secured by real estate within a designated flood zone.

Real estate appraisers are engaged by the commercial appraisal department, and are generally selected from an approved appraiser list. All third-party appraisals of commercial properties where transactions are greater than $250,000 are submitted in writing and are reviewed by the commercial appraisal department prior to closing to verify that the methods, assumptions and conclusions used in the appraisal are reasonable and appropriate for the transaction and the property.

Residential and Consumer Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. Residential mortgage loan and consumer loan approval authority is delegated to individuals based on loan type, loan size, and where appropriate, occupancy of property securing the loan. Residential and consumer lending policies and delegation of lending authorities are reviewed and approved annually by the Loan Review Committee of the Board of Directors. Dual authorization is required for larger credits, as discussed in the following paragraph. Levels of approval authority, which include lending limit increases (recommended by senior department management), are reviewed quarterly and approved by the Executive Vice President for Consumer Financial Services. People’s Bank has no in-house limit on loans to one borrower for residential and consumer loans, but is subject to such limitations under the Home Owners’ Loan Act. See “ Regulation of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial–Federally Chartered Savings Bank Regulation–Loans to One Borrower .”

People’s Bank’s Senior Vice President of residential lending is authorized to approve residential mortgage loans up to and including $2.0 million and home equity loans up to and including $1.0 million. First Vice Presidents of residential lending may approve residential mortgage loans up to and including $1.5 million, and two such officers may jointly approve loans up to and including $1.75 million. First Vice Presidents may also approve home equity loans up to and including $750,000.

All residential mortgage loans greater than $2.0 million, up to and including $5.0 million, and home equity loans greater than $1.0 million, up to and including $2.0 million, may be approved by People’s Bank’s Executive Vice President for Consumer Financial Services, acting alone; by the Senior Vice President of residential lending and one Executive Vice President other than the Executive Vice President for Consumer Financial Services; or by any two Executive Vice Presidents other than the Executive Vice President for Consumer Financial Services. All loans over $3.0 million must be reported to the Loan Review Committee at the next meeting of the committee following approval of the loan. The Loan Review Committee must approve residential mortgage loans in excess of $5.0 million and home equity loans in excess of $2.0 million.

Authorized residential lenders are responsible for determining the total direct, indirect and contingent liabilities of borrowers and assuring compliance with People’s Bank’s residential and consumer lending underwriting policies.

The following describes People’s Bank’s residential and consumer lending procedures:

 

116


Table of Contents

Residential Lending. People’s Bank utilizes an automated underwriting system as a tool when making the loan decision. The automated underwriting system allows for the streamlining of document and appraisal requirements for certain loan products.

Retail loan processors obtain credit reports on all retail loan applications prior to loan approval. Wholesale loan application files contain a credit report when they are submitted by the broker. If a credit report is not available, industry standard alternative credit references are provided. The documentation required to support income and assets is based on information from the automated underwriting system, or a specific secondary market investor requirement. If necessary, direct verification of information such as employment data and deposits with institutions is performed by loan processors for retail loans, and provided by brokers for wholesale loans.

Standard FNMA/FHLMC appraisals are performed by appropriately licensed appraisers, and are obtained for all residential mortgages. Life-of-loan flood certifications are ordered from an outside vendor at the time the appraisal is ordered (for retail loans), or when the loan is approved (for wholesale loans). The type of appraisal report is dependent upon the automated underwriting system’s response for the loan. The appraisal report is reviewed by the loan processor and/or underwriter. The appraisal department staff is consulted for property value questions.

Consumer Lending. The consumer loan credit department reviews and processes consumer loan applications. The authorized consumer lender is responsible for making the credit decision. Credit decisions are based on the applicant’s ability, stability and willingness to pay as demonstrated by income, job stability and credit history. Credit reports, containing credit scores, are obtained on all loan applications. Approval by an authorized consumer lender is documented on the underwriter’s summary contained in the loan file.

Asset Quality

People’s Bank actively manages asset quality through its underwriting practices and collection operations. Underwriting practices tend to focus on optimizing the return of a given risk classification while collection operations focus on minimizing losses once an account becomes delinquent.

A loan is classified as non-accrual generally when it becomes 90 days past due as to interest or principal payments. All previously accrued but unpaid interest on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income in the current period. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans (including impaired loans) are generally recognized as income, although such interest payments may be applied as a reduction of principal if future collections are doubtful. A loan remains on non-accrual status until the factors that indicated doubtful collectibility no longer exist or until a loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. The classification of a loan as non-performing does not necessarily indicate that loan principal and interest ultimately will not be collected.

People’s Bank’s historical experience suggests that a portion of these assets will eventually be recovered. All non-performing loans are in various stages of collection, workout, settlement or foreclosure. When loan workout efforts are exhausted and it is determined that the borrower is unable to repay the obligation, People’s Bank will complete foreclosure procedures, if applicable. Restructured commercial and commercial real estate finance loans are those for which concessions to below market terms, such as below market interest rates or deferral of interest, have been granted due to the borrowers’ financial condition.

 

117


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, loans delinquent 60 days to 89 days and 90 days or more were as follows:

 

     At September 30, 2006  
     60-89 Days     90 Days or More  
     No. of
Loans
   Principal
Balance
of Loans
    No. of
Loans
   Principal
Balance
of Loans
 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Consumer Financial Services

   128    $ 4.9     173    $ 9.0  

Commercial Banking

   36      14.3     98      10.1  
                          

Total delinquent loans (60 days and over)

   164    $ 19.2     271    $ 19.1  
                          

Delinquent loans (60 days and over) to total loans

        0.21 %        0.21 %

 

     At December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  
     60-89 Days     90 Days or More     60-89 Days     90 Days or More     60-89 Days     90 Days or More  
     No. of
Loans
   Principal
Balance
of Loans
    No. of
Loans
   Principal
Balance
of Loans
    No. of
Loans
   Principal
Balance
of Loans
    No. of
Loans
   Principal
Balance
of Loans
    No. of
Loans
   Principal
Balance
of Loans
    No. of
Loans
   Principal
Balance
of Loans
 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Consumer Financial Services

   213    $ 4.0     202    $ 7.9     232    $ 5.6     245    $ 8.0     397    $ 9.9     614    $ 13.6  

Commercial Banking

   23      6.2     101      10.1     24      5.4     79      12.3     32      2.5     68      15.8  
                                                                              

Total delinquent loans (60 days and over)

   236    $ 10.2     303    $ 18.0     256    $ 11.0     324    $ 20.3     429    $ 12.4     682    $ 29.4  
                                                                              

Delinquent loans (60 days and over) to total loans

        0.12 %        0.21 %        0.14 %        0.26 %        0.17 %        0.41 %
                                                                  

 

118


Table of Contents

Non-Performing Assets. Non-performing assets totaled $22.9 million at September 30, 2006, an increase of $0.9 million, or 4%, compared to December 31, 2005 and improved 1 basis point to 0.25% of total loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets at September 30, 2006. Total non-performing assets at December 31, 2005 represented a decrease of $6.6 million, or 23%, from December 31, 2004 and an improvement of 10 basis points to 0.26% of total loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets at December 31, 2005. For the September 30, 2006 to year-end 2005 comparison, the slight increase in non-performing assets reflects increases in non-performing commercial loans, non-performing residential mortgage loans and non-performing commercial real estate finance loans of $1.7 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and a $1.4 million increase in repossessed equipment financed by People’s Capital and Leasing, partially offset by a $4.1 million reduction in People’s Capital and Leasing non-performing loans. The net change in non-performing commercial real estate finance loans since December 31, 2005 reflects one loan totaling $12.1 million that was classified as non-performing in the first quarter of 2006, a $5.5 million partial payment on that loan received in the third quarter of 2006, and one non-performing loan totaling $5.5 million that was favorably resolved in the first quarter of 2006 and generated a $2.3 million cash recovery. For the year-end 2005 to year-end 2004 comparison, reductions of $3.9 million and $2.9 million in non-performing commercial and commercial real estate finance loans, respectively, were partially offset by an increase of $1.1 million in non-performing People’s Capital and Leasing loans.

The level of non-performing assets is expected to fluctuate in response to changing economic and market conditions, and the relative sizes of the respective loan portfolios, along with management’s degree of success in resolving problem assets.

The following table presents information regarding non-accrual loans, restructured loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets as of the dates indicated.

 

    

At
September 30,

2006

    At December 31,  
       2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Non-accrual loans:

            

Residential mortgage

   $ 7.8     $ 6.7     $ 7.5     $ 11.4     $ 13.2     $ 14.7  

People’s Capital and Leasing

     2.1       6.2       5.1       4.2       3.3       1.7  

Commercial real estate finance

     6.6       5.8       8.7       11.4       10.2       5.9  

Commercial

     3.0       1.3       5.2       3.3       4.8       2.8  

Consumer

     1.3       1.3       0.9       2.5       3.4       4.0  
                                                

Total non-accrual loans

     20.8       21.3       27.4       32.8       34.9       29.1  

Restructured loans

     —         —         —         1.0       —         —    
                                                

Total non-performing loans

     20.8       21.3       27.4       33.8       34.9       29.1  
                                                

Real estate owned and repossessed assets, net

     2.1       0.7       1.2       0.5       0.7       1.4  
                                                

Total non-performing assets

   $ 22.9     $ 22.0     $ 28.6     $ 34.3     $ 35.6     $ 30.5  
                                                

Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans

     0.23 %     0.25 %     0.35 %     0.48 %     0.52 %     0.46 %

Non-performing assets as a percentage of total loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets

     0.25       0.26       0.36       0.48       0.53       0.48  

Non-performing assets as a percentage of stockholders’ equity and allowance for loan losses

     1.61       1.62       2.25       3.20       3.53       3.02  

 

119


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2006 and at December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001, People’s Bank’s portfolio did not include any loans, not included in the table above, which are “troubled debt restructurings” as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 15, “Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings.”

As of September 30, 2006, if all non-accruing loans had been current in accordance with their terms and had been outstanding throughout the nine month period ended September 30, 2006, or since origination if held for part of the period, the gross interest income that would have been recorded in that period on such loans would have amounted to approximately $2.4 million. The amount of interest income on the non-accruing loans included in net income for the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 was $0.9 million.

Allowance for Loan Losses . The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses and other ratios at or for the periods indicated.

 

     At or for
the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
2006
    At or for the Year Ended December 31,  
       2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Beginning allowance for loan losses

   $ 75.0     $ 72.5     $ 70.5     $ 69.2     $ 73.7     $ 66.7  

Charge-offs:

            

Consumer Financial Services:

            

Residential mortgage

     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.2 )     (0.1 )     —         (0.9 )

Consumer

     (2.4 )     (4.9 )     (9.7 )     (16.8 )     (25.3 )     (29.4 )

Commercial Banking:

            

Commercial real estate finance

     —         (0.1 )     (3.2 )     —         —         (0.1 )

Commercial lending

     (4.4 )     (0.9 )     (0.6 )     (1.2 )     (3.4 )     (11.2 )

People’s Capital and Leasing

     (0.4 )     (3.1 )     (1.5 )     (2.0 )     (2.4 )     (0.9 )
                                                

Total charge-offs

     (7.3 )     (9.1 )     (15.2 )     (20.1 )     (31.1 )     (42.5 )
                                                

Recoveries:

            

Consumer Financial Services:

            

Residential mortgage

     0.1       0.2       0.2       0.1       0.4       0.4  

Consumer

     1.2       2.0       2.8       2.9       2.6       1.8  

Commercial Banking:

            

Commercial real estate finance

     2.5       0.1       0.1       0.2       0.6       1.6  

Commercial lending

     0.3       0.4       0.3       1.4       0.7       0.4  

People’s Capital and Leasing.

     0.2       0.3       0.5       0.1       0.1       —    
                                                

Total recoveries

     4.3       3.0       3.9       4.7       4.4       4.2  
                                                

Net loan charge-offs

     (3.0 )     (6.1 )     (11.3 )     (15.4 )     (26.7 )     (38.3 )

Provision for loan losses

     2.0       8.6       13.3       16.7       22.2       45.3  
                                                

Ending allowance for loan losses

   $ 74.0     $ 75.0     $ 72.5     $ 70.5     $ 69.2     $ 73.7  
                                                

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans

     0.81 %     0.87 %     0.91 %     0.99 %     1.04 %     1.16 %

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans

     354.9       352.5       264.6       208.4       198.2       253.3  

Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans outstanding (annualized for September 30, 2006)

     0.05       0.07       0.15       0.22       0.42       0.62  

 

120


Table of Contents

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized. People’s Bank maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is believed to be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: People’s Bank’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate finance, commercial and People’s Capital and Leasing loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s Bank’s independent loan review function; an evaluation of non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions. While People’s Bank seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, the identification of additional problem loans and other factors.

Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated by Type of Loan. Based on a review of trends in key factors used in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses allocated by type of loan, including portfolio growth and changes in risk classifications, People’s Bank increased the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses by $2.0 million for the commercial loan portfolio and by $1.0 million for the People’s Capital and Leasing loan portfolio in the first nine months of 2006. These increases were offset by a reduction to the allowance for loan losses and a corresponding reduction to the provision for loan losses for the commercial real estate finance loan portfolio totaling $2.0 million, the consumer loan portfolio totaling $1.0 million and the residential mortgage loan portfolio totaling $1.0 million. In 2005, People’s Bank increased the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses by $2.5 million for the People’s Capital and Leasing loan portfolio and by $2.0 million in the commercial loan portfolio. These increases were partially offset by a reduction to the allowance for loan losses and a corresponding reduction to the provision for loan losses in the consumer loan portfolio totaling $2.0 million, reflecting a $34 million, or 74%, decline in the national consumer loan portfolio since December 31, 2004. As a result of these changes, the total allowance for loan losses declined $1.0 million in the first nine months of 2006 and increased $2.5 million for the full-year of 2005.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Net Charge-Offs and Provision for Loan Losses.”

 

121


Table of Contents

The following tables present our allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan category and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans at September 30, 2006 and at December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

 

     At September 30, 2006  
     Amount    Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans
 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Consumer Financial Services:

     

Residential mortgage

   $ 2.0    42.2 %

Consumer

     2.0    14.3  

Commercial Banking:

     

Commercial real estate finance

     28.5    19.6  

Commercial lending

     27.5    15.7  

People’s Capital and Leasing.

     14.0    8.2  
             

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 74.0    100.0 %
             

 

     At December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
     Amount    Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans
    Amount    Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans
    Amount    Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans
    Amount    Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans
    Amount    Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans
 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Consumer Financial Services:

                         

Residential mortgage

   $ 3.0    40.9 %   $ 3.0    41.2 %   $ 3.0    43.5 %   $ 3.0    43.0 %   $ 8.0    42.8 %

Consumer

     3.0    14.7       5.0    14.4       9.5    13.8       11.5    14.5       14.0    14.6  

Commercial Banking:

                         

Commercial real estate finance

     30.5    20.7       30.5    23.1       28.0    23.9       28.2    24.1       26.4    24.2  

Commercial lending

     25.5    16.3       23.5    15.6       21.5    14.6       21.7    15.0       22.0    14.9  

People’s Capital and Leasing

     13.0    7.4       10.5    5.7       8.5    4.2       4.8    3.4       3.3    3.5  
                                                                 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 75.0    100.0 %   $ 72.5    100.0 %   $ 70.5    100.0 %   $ 69.2    100.0 %   $ 73.7    100.0 %
                                                                 

 

122


Table of Contents

Net Loan Charge-Offs (Recoveries) as a Percentage of Average Total Loans

 

 

    

For the Nine
Months
Ended

September 30,

2006
(annualized)

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  

People’s Capital and Leasing

   0.05 %   0.54 %   0.27 %   0.77 %   1.04 %   0.39 %

Consumer

   0.13     0.24     0.66     1.48     2.44     3.15  

Commercial lending

   0.38     0.04     0.03     (0.02 )   0.30     1.18  

Commercial real estate finance

   (0.19 )   —       0.18     (0.02 )   (0.04 )   (0.10 )

Residential mortgage

   —       —       —       —       (0.02 )   0.02  
                                    

Total portfolio

   0.05 %   0.07 %   0.15 %   0.22 %   0.42 %   0.62 %
                                    

Investment Activities

People’s Bank has historically utilized the securities portfolio for earnings generation (in the form of interest and dividend income), liquidity, interest rate risk management, asset diversification and tax planning. Securities available for sale are used as part of People’s Bank’s asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, factors such as changes in market conditions and interest rates, changes in security prepayment rates, liquidity considerations and regulatory capital requirements. People’s Bank primarily invests in debt securities rated in the four highest categories assigned by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Management has internal guidelines for the credit quality and duration of People’s Bank’s debt securities portfolio and monitors these on a regular basis.

People’s Bank strives to maintain an appropriate balance between loan portfolio growth and core deposit funding. People’s Bank’s management currently believes that, other than for transitional deployment of excess core deposits or excess equity, a large securities portfolio funded with wholesale borrowings provides limited economic value. As part of this focus, People’s Bank has reduced its securities portfolio by $3.0 billion since December 31, 2002 and increased its loans by $2.5 billion over the same period. People’s Bank has also reduced borrowings by $2.4 billion since year-end 2002. During the third quarter of 2006, People’s Bank sold $810 million of debt securities as part of restructuring activities to better position its balance sheet for the then current interest rate environment. At September 30, 2006, People’s Bank had a securities portfolio of $202 million, or 2% of total assets, and wholesale borrowings of $14 million, or less than 1% of total assets, which represent ratios well below industry averages.

At December 31, 2005, People’s Bank’s securities portfolio totaled $1.4 billion, a $708 million, or 34%, decline from year-end 2004. In addition, the securities portfolio declined $334 million, or 14%, in 2004 compared to year-end 2003. The reduction in the securities portfolio reflects the substitution of higher-yielding loans for lower-yielding securities as securities pay down and mature. The securities portfolio represented 14% of earning assets at December 31, 2005, compared to 21% at year-end 2004 and 25% at year-end 2003, consistent with management’s goal of reducing the percentage of securities to earning assets.

In 2005, People’s Bank decreased and continued realigning the types of securities within the debt securities portfolio. Of the securities that remained in the portfolio at December 31, 2005, the mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs) portfolio represented 78% of the debt securities portfolio at December 31, 2005, compared to 75% at year-end 2004 and 62% at December 31, 2003. In addition, the U.S. Treasury and Agency portfolio was further reduced in 2005 and represented

 

123


Table of Contents

22% of the debt securities portfolio at year end, compared to 24% and 29% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

At September 30, 2006, the book value and the market value of the securities available for sale portfolio were approximately equivalent compared to net unrealized losses of $28.9 million, $14.1 million and $14.3 million at year-end 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The significant improvement in the unrealized loss in 2006 is due to the sale of securities during 2006 and the resulting significantly smaller securities portfolio. All unrealized gains and those unrealized losses representing temporary declines in value are recorded in stockholders’ equity, net of income taxes. As a result, management anticipates continued fluctuations in stockholders’ equity due to changes in the fair value of these securities. For a discussion of the regulatory capital treatment of unrealized gains and losses, see “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations–Capital.”

The duration of the debt securities portfolio was approximately 0.09 years at September 30, 2006, compared to 1.7 years at year-end 2005.

 

124


Table of Contents

The following table presents securities activity for the periods indicated.

 

    

For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,

2006

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  
   (In millions)  

Securities:

        

Carrying value at beginning of period

   $ 1,335.7     $ 2,059.5     $ 2,386.9     $ 3,230.3  
                                

Purchases:

        

Held to maturity

     —         —         —         —    

Available for sale debt securities

     288.7       41.9       1,300.8       2,303.9  

Equity securities

     4.6       175.0       102.5       66.1  

Calls:

        

Held to maturity

     —         —         —         —    

Available for sale debt securities

     —         (193.5 )     (522.6 )     (945.4 )

Equity securities

     —         —         —         —    

Maturities:

        

Held to maturity

     (0.3 )     —         —         —    

Available for sale debt securities

     (375.3 )     (549.7 )     (554.4 )     (1,765.6 )

Equity securities

     —         —         —         —    

Sales:

        

Held to maturity

     —         —         —         —    

Available for sale debt securities

     (1,097.8 )     —         (442.3 )     (212.9 )

Equity securities

     (10.1 )     (175.0 )     (198.5 )     (268.6 )

Premium amortization, discount accretion, net and other

     (2.2 )     (7.7 )     (13.1 )     (45.8 )

Change in unrealized gain or loss

     29.1       (14.8 )     0.2       24.9  
                                

Net decrease in securities

     (1,163.3 )     (723.8 )     (327.4 )     (843.4 )
                                

Carrying value at end of period

   $ 172.4     $ 1,335.7     $ 2,059.5     $ 2,386.9  
                                

 

125


Table of Contents

The following table presents mortgage-backed securities activity for the periods indicated.

 

    

For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,

2006

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  
   (In millions)  

Mortgage-backed securities:

        

Carrying value at beginning of period

   $ 1,014.9     $ 1,514.0     $ 1,406.2     $ 1,899.0  
                                

Purchases:

        

Held to maturity

     —         —         —         —    

Available for sale

     —         38.7       823.9       1,253.1  

Principal Payments:

        

Held to maturity

     —         —         —         —    

Available for sale

     (222.0 )     (519.5 )     (475.0 )     (1,653.3 )

Sales:

        

Available for sale

     (812.3 )     —         (220.6 )     (50.1 )

Premium amortization, discount accretion, net and other

     (2.4 )     (7.5 )     (12.2 )     (29.4 )

Change in unrealized gain or loss

     21.8       (10.8 )     (8.3 )     (13.1 )
                                

Net (decrease) increase in securities

     (1,014.9 )     (499.1 )     107.8       (492.8 )
                                

Carrying value at end of period

   $ —       $ 1,014.9     $ 1,514.0     $ 1,406.2  
                                

 

126


Table of Contents

The following tables present the composition of the securities portfolio in dollar amount and in percentage of each investment type at the dates indicated.

 

    

At September 30,

2006

     Carrying
Value
   Percent of
Total (1)
    Fair
Value
     (Dollars in millions)

Trading account securities

   $ 29.5    14.6 %   $ 29.5
                   

Securities held to maturity:

       

Mortgage-backed securities

     1.1    0.5       1.1
                   

Total securities held to maturity

     1.1    0.5       1.1
                   

Securities available for sale:

       

Debt securities:

       

US Treasury and agency

     145.4    72.0       145.4
                   

Total debt securities

     145.4    72.0       145.4
                   

Equity securities:

       

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     25.2    12.5       25.2

Other

     0.5    0.3       0.7
                   

Total equity securities

     25.7    12.8       25.9
                   

Total securities available for sale

     171.1    84.8       171.3
                   

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     0.2    0.1       ––

Total securities available for sale, at fair value

     171.3    84.9       171.3
                   

Total securities

   $ 201.9    100.0 %   $ 201.9
                   

(1) Based on carrying value for each investment type.

 

127


Table of Contents
     At December 31,
   2005    2004    2003
  

Carrying

Value

    Percent of
Total (1)
   

Fair

Value

  

Carrying

Value

    Percent of
Total (1)
   

Fair

Value

  

Carrying

Value

    Percent of
Total (1)
   

Fair

Value

     (Dollars in millions)

Trading account securities

   $ 27.3     2.0 %   $ 27.3    $ 11.7     0.6 %   $ 11.7    $ 18.1     0.7 %   $ 18.1
                                                              

Securities held to maturity:

                    

Corporate and other

     1.3     0.1       1.3      1.3     0.1       1.3      1.3     0.1       1.3

Mortgage-backed securities

     0.1     —         0.1      0.1     —         0.1      0.1     —         0.1
                                                              

Total securities held to maturity

     1.4     0.1       1.4      1.4     0.1       1.4      1.4     0.1       1.4
                                                              

Securities available for sale:

                    

Debt securities:

                    

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs)

     1,036.7     76.1       1,014.9      1,525.0     73.6       1,514.0      1,408.9     58.6       1,406.2

US Treasury and agency

     295.0     21.6       287.7      488.8     23.6       485.1      666.1     27.7       663.3

Corporate and other

     —       —         —        26.2     1.3       26.7      195.2     8.1       188.2

State and municipal

     —       —         —        0.7     —         0.7      1.6     0.1       1.6
                                                              

Total debt securities

     1,331.7     97.7       1,302.6      2,040.7     98.5       2,026.5      2,271.8     94.5       2,259.3
                                                              

Equity securities:

                    

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     30.6     2.2       30.6      30.6     1.5       30.6      93.8     3.9       93.8

Preferred stocks

     —       —         —        —       —         —        18.7     0.8       18.4

Common stocks

     —       —         —        —       —         —        1.1     —         1.1

Other

     0.9     0.1       1.1      0.9     —         1.0      14.4     0.6       12.9
                                                              

Total equity securities

     31.5     2.3       31.7      31.5     1.5       31.6      128.0     5.3       126.2
                                                              

Total securities available for sale

     1,363.2     100.0       1,334.3      2,072.2     100.0       2,058.1      2,399.8     99.8       2,385.5
                                                              

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale

     (28.9 )   (2.1 )     —        (14.1 )   (0.7 )     —        (14.3 )   (0.6 )     —  

Total securities available for sale, at fair value

     1,334.3     97.9       1,334.3      2,058.1     99.3       2,058.1      2,385.5     99.2       2,385.5
                                                              

Total securities

   $ 1,363.0     100.0 %   $ 1,363.0    $ 2,071.2     100.0 %   $ 2,071.2    $ 2,405.0     100.0 %   $ 2,405.0
                                                              

(1) Based on carrying value for each investment type.

 

128


Table of Contents

Carrying Values, Rates and Maturities . The table below presents information regarding the carrying values, weighted average rates and contractual maturities of the securities portfolio at September 30, 2006.

 

     At September 30, 2006  
     One Year or Less    

More Than One Year

to Five Years

   

More Than Five
Years

to Ten Years

    More Than Ten
Years
    Total  
    

Carrying

Value

  

Weighted

Average

Rate

   

Carrying

Value

  

Weighted

Average

Rate

   

Carrying

Value

  

Weighted

Average

Rate

   

Carrying

Value

  

Weighted

Average

Rate

   

Carrying

Value

  

Weighted

Average

Rate

 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Trading account securities

   $ 11.9    4.68 %   $ 15.7    5.02 %   $ —      —   %   $ 1.9    3.54 %   $ 29.5    4.79 %
                                                                 

Securities held to maturity:

     —      —                        

Corporate and other

     —      —         1.1    5.92       —      —         —      —         1.1    5.92  

Mortgage-backed securities

     —      —         —      —         —      —         —      —         —      —    
                                                                 

Total securities held to maturity

     —      —         1.1    5.92       —      —         —      —         1.1    5.92  
                                                                 

Securities available for sale:

                         

Debt securities:

                         

US Treasury and agency

     145.4    5.12       —      —         —      —         —      —         145.4    5.12  
                                                                 

Total debt securities

     145.4    5.12       —      —         —      —         —      —         145.4    5.12  
                                                                 

Equity securities:

                         

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     —      —         —      —         —      —         25.2    5.50       25.2    5.50  

Other

     —      —         —      —         —      —         0.5    3.86       0.5    3.86  
                                                                 

Total equity securities

     —      —         —      —         —      —         25.7    5.48       25.7    5.48  
                                                                 

Total securities available for sale

     145.4    5.12       —      —         —      —         25.7    5.48       171.1    5.17  
                                                                 

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     —      —         —      —         —      —         0.2    —         0.2    —    

Total securities available for sale, at fair value

     145.4    5.12       —      —         —      —         25.9    5.48       171.3    5.17  
                                                                 

Total securities

   $ 157.3    5.09 %   $ 16.8    5.07 %   $ —      —   %   $ 27.8    5.35 %   $ 201.9    5.12 %
                                                                 

 

129


Table of Contents

Sources of Funds

At the current time, People’s Bank’s primary funding sources are deposits and stockholders’ equity, representing 97% of total assets. Borrowings, while less than 1% of total assets at September 30, 2006, are an available source of funding with a borrowing limit of $2.8 billion based on the level of qualifying collateral available for these sources. People’s Bank also had unsecured borrowing capacity of $825 million.

People’s Bank’s strategy is to focus on increasing deposits by providing a wide range of convenient services to individuals, corporations and municipalities. People’s Bank provides customers access to their deposits through 75 traditional branches, 73 Stop & Shop supermarket branches, eight limited-service branches, over 250 ATMs, telephone banking and an Internet banking site that is fully integrated with People’s Bank’s brokerage subsidiary, People’s Securities. Core deposits equaled 83% of total assets at September 30, 2006 and 81% of total assets at both December 31, 2005 and 2004. Core deposits and stockholders’ equity constituted over 97% of People’s Bank’s funding base at September 30, 2006 and over 94% at December 31, 2005.

The expansion of People’s Bank’s branch network and its commitment to developing full-service relationships with its customers are integral components of People’s Bank’s strategy to leverage the success of its supermarket banking initiative, expand market share and continue growing deposits. At September 30, 2006, People’s Bank’s statewide network of Super Stop & Shop branches held deposits totaling $2.1 billion and deposits in supermarket branches open for more than one year averaged $30.4 million per store.

Non-interest-bearing deposits are an important source of low-cost funding and fee income for People’s Bank. In addition, People’s Bank believes that checking accounts represent one of the core relationships between a financial institution and its customers, and it is from these relationships that cross-selling of other financial services can be achieved. At September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and 2004, non-interest-bearing core deposits equaled 23%, 25% and 24% of core deposits, respectively.

Time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $859 million and $698 million at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively, of which $280 million and $240 million mature within three months of the respective dates, $146 million and $141 million mature after three months but within six months of the respective dates, $391 million and $212 million mature after six months but within one year of the respective dates and $42 million and $105 million mature after one year of the respective dates. There were no brokered certificates of deposit at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and 2004.

Commercial deposits fund a significant portion of the loan portfolio. Average non-interest-bearing commercial deposits decreased $40 million in the first nine months of 2006 after increasing $43 million, or 5%, in 2005 and $64 million, or 7%, in 2004. The decrease in 2006 is reflective of the current interest rate environment.

 

130


Table of Contents

The following table presents our deposit activity for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2006     2005  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Total deposits at beginning of period

   $ 9,082.6     $ 8,862.0  

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

     (232.0 )     141.3  

Interest credited, net of penalties

     128.0       82.7  
                

Total deposits at end of period

   $ 8,978.6     $ 9,086.0  
                

Net (decrease) increase

   $ (104.0 )   $ 224.0  
                

Percent (decrease) increase

     (1.1 )%     2.5 %
                

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Total deposits at beginning of period

   $ 8,862.0     $ 8,714.0     $ 8,426.1  

Net increase in deposits

     103.1       61.3       185.4  

Interest credited, net of penalties

     117.5       86.7       102.5  
                        

Total deposits at end of period

   $ 9,082.6     $ 8,862.0     $ 8,714.0  
                        

Net increase

   $ 220.6     $ 148.0     $ 287.9  
                        

Percent increase

     2.5 %     1.7 %     3.4 %
                        

 

131


Table of Contents

The following table presents the distribution of deposit accounts for the periods indicated by dollar amount and percent of portfolio, and the weighted average nominal interest rate on each category of deposits.

 

          At December 31,  
    At September 30, 2006     2005     2004     2003  
    Amount   Percent
of total
deposits
    Weighted
average
nominal
rate
    Amount   Percent
of total
deposits
    Weighted
average
nominal
rate
    Amount   Percent
of total
deposits
    Weighted
average
nominal
rate
    Amount   Percent
of total
deposits
    Weighted
average
nominal
rate
 
    (Dollars in millions)  

Core deposits:

                       

Non-interest-bearing

  $ 2,056.6   22.9 %   —   %   $ 2,218.4   24.4 %   —   %   $ 2,105.4   23.8 %   —   %   $ 1,950.6   22.4 %   —   %

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

    3,270.6   36.4     1.37       3,749.8   41.3     1.29       4,217.5   47.6     0.82       4,135.5   47.5     0.79  

Time

    3,515.9   39.2     4.30       2,904.5   32.0     3.23       2,358.5   26.6     2.33       2,347.1   26.9     2.34  
                                                                       

Total core deposits

    8,843.1   98.5     2.22       8,872.7   97.7     1.60       8,681.4   98.0     1.03       8,433.2   96.8     1.04  

Non-core deposits

    135.5   1.5     0.32       209.9   2.3     1.27       180.6   2.0     0.62       280.8   3.2     1.21  
                                                                       

Total deposits

  $ 8,978.6   100.0 %   2.18 %   $ 9,082.6   100.0 %   1.59 %   $ 8,862.0   100.0 %   1.02 %   $ 8,714.0   100.0 %   1.04 %
                                                                       

Time deposits of $100,000 or more maturing:

                       

Within 3 months

  $ 280.3   3.1 %   4.34 %   $ 239.7   2.6 %   3.50 %   $ 120.1   1.3 %   1.93 %   $ 106.9   1.2 %   1.48 %

After 3 months but within 6 months

    146.4   1.6     4.18       141.2   1.6     3.34       53.0   0.6     1.86       51.7   0.6     1.76  

After 6 months but within 1 year

    391.1   4.4     4.91       211.5   2.3     3.65       155.8   1.8     2.71       64.7   0.8     1.85  

After 1 year

    41.5   0.5     3.83       105.7   1.2     3.70       114.2   1.3     3.18       142.6   1.6     3.42  
                                                                       

Total

  $ 859.3   9.6 %   4.55 %   $ 698.1   7.7 %   3.54 %   $ 443.1   5.0 %   2.52 %   $ 365.9   4.2 %   2.34 %
                                                                       

 

132


Table of Contents

The following table presents, by rate category, the amount of time deposit accounts outstanding at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

 

     At
September 30,
2006
   At December 31,
        2005    2004    2003
          (In millions)

Time deposit accounts:

           

1.50% or less

   $ 0.6    $ 180.8    $ 770.7    $ 1,005.0

1.51% to 2.00%

     173.0      390.3      419.9      342.3

2.01% to 2.50%

     122.4      143.8      407.6      88.8

2.51% to 3.00%

     166.6      261.8      233.8      237.1

3.01% to 3.50%

     242.7      817.7      114.7      138.6

3.51% and over

     2,814.8      1,167.7      455.5      644.5
                           

Total

   $ 3,520.1    $ 2,962.1    $ 2,402.2    $ 2,456.3
                           

The following table presents, by rate category, the remaining period to maturity of time deposit accounts outstanding as of September 30, 2006.

 

     Period to Maturity from September 30, 2006
    

Within

three

months

  

Over three

to six

months

  

Over six

months to

one year

  

Over one

to two

years

  

Over two

to three

years

  

Over

three

years

   Total
     (In millions)

Time deposit accounts:

                    

1.50% or less

   $ 0.5    $ —      $ 0.1    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 0.6

1.51% to 2.00%

     75.7      61.6      24.2      11.5      —        —        173.0

2.01% to 2.50%

     45.1      31.0      16.1      13.6      16.6      —        122.4

2.51% to 3.00%

     31.0      19.0      59.7      27.0      23.7      6.2      166.6

3.01% to 3.50%

     88.3      48.8      31.3      56.7      8.8      8.8      242.7

3.51% and over

     658.8      453.7      1,528.6      128.7      7.1      37.9      2,814.8
                                                

Total

   $ 899.4    $ 614.1    $ 1,660.0    $ 237.5    $ 56.2    $ 52.9    $ 3,520.1
                                                

Borrowings. Total borrowings equaled less than 1% of total assets at September 30, 2006 compared to 3% at both December 31, 2005 and 2004. People’s Bank uses federal funds purchased as a source of funds, which are typically unsecured overnight loans among banks. Sources include three of the twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks and several money center and large regional banks. Federal funds purchased represented less than 1% of total assets at September 30, 2006 and 2% of total assets at both December 31, 2005 and 2004.

In previous years, People’s Bank’s primary source for borrowings was advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, which provides credit for member institutions within its assigned region. People’s Bank’s outstanding Federal Home Loan Bank advances at December 31, 2005 represented less than one-half of one percent of total assets compared to 1% of total assets at December 31, 2004. At September 30, 2006, there were no outstanding Federal Home Loan Bank advances. In 2004, People’s Bank prepaid $799 million of Federal Home Loan Bank advances and $110 million of long-term repurchase agreements as part of a balance sheet restructuring.

 

133


Table of Contents

Another source of funds in previous years has been repurchase agreements. These transactions involve the sale of securities to broker/dealers under agreements to repurchase the same (or substantially the same) securities. Repurchase agreements with broker/dealers are limited to Reporting Federal Reserve Dealers in government securities that have been approved by People’s Bank’s Board of Directors.

Federal Home Loan Bank advances at the periods indicated are summarized as follows:

 

    At September 30,   At December 31,
    2006   2005   2004   2003
    Principal   Weighted
Average
Rate
  Maximum
Amount
Outstanding
at Any
Month-End
  Principal   Weighted
Average
Rate
    Maximum
Amount
Outstanding
at Any
Month-End
  Principal   Weighted
Average
Rate
    Maximum
Amount
Outstanding
at Any
Month-End
  Principal   Weighted
Average
Rate
    Maximum
Amount
Outstanding
at Any
Month-End
    (Dollars in millions)

Federal Home Loan Bank advances maturing:

                       

Within 1 year

    —     —       $ 25.0   4.00 %     $ 100.0   2.17 %     $ 165.1   0.94 %  

After 1 but within 2 years

    —     —         —     —           —     —           303.6   4.87    

After 2 but within 3 years

    —     —         —     —           —     —           1.8   6.91    

After 3 but within 4 years

    —     —         —     —           —     —           25.6   6.26    

After 4 but within 5 years

    —     —         —     —           —     —           1.3   6.74    

After 5 years

    —     —         —     —           —     —           466.9   4.79    
                                                     

Total Federal Home Loan Bank advances

  $ —     —     $ 155.0   $ 25.0   4.00 %   $ 190.0   $ 100.0   2.17 %   $ 849.3   $ 964.3   4.20 %   $ 1,702.6
                                                                     

 

134


Table of Contents

Average borrowed funds for the periods indicated are summarized as follows:

 

    

Nine Months Ended

September 30,

2006

   

Year Ended

December 31,

 
     2005     2004     2003  
   Average
Amount
Outstanding
   Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Amount
Outstanding
   Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Amount
Outstanding
   Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Amount
Outstanding
   Weighted
Average
Rate
 
                     (Dollars in millions)                  

Federal funds purchased maturing within 3 months:

   $ 207.2    4.76 %   $ 250.5    3.19 %   $ 249.6    1.25 %   $ 517.9    1.80 %

FHLB advances

     63.2    5.13       50.3    2.73       176.1    5.32       1,059.5    5.08  

Repurchase agreements maturing:

                    

Within 3 months

     —      —         1.7    2.41       15.6    0.86       91.7    0.98  

After 2 years but within 3 years

     —      —         —      —         11.2    4.82       60.0    4.81  

After 5 years

     —      —         —      —         9.3    3.99       50.0    3.99  
                                                    

Total repurchase agreements

     —      —         1.7    2.41       36.1    2.91       201.7    2.87  
                                                    

Total borrowings

   $ 270.4    4.84 %   $ 302.5    3.11 %   $ 461.8    2.94 %   $ 1,779.1    3.88 %
                                                    

At September 30, 2006, all borrowed funds were overnight federal funds.

 

135


Table of Contents

The amortized cost and fair value of the underlying securities used as collateral for securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the average balances and the maximum outstanding at any month-end at or for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:

 

     At or For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
2006
   

At or For the Year Ended

December 31,

 
    
     2005     2004  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Amortized cost of collateral:

      

United States government-sponsored agency securities

   $ —       $ —       $ —    

Mortgage-backed securities

     —         —         —    
                        

Total amortized cost of collateral

   $ —       $ —       $ —    
                        

Fair value of collateral:

      

United States government-sponsored agency securities

   $ —       $ —       $ —    

Mortgage-backed securities

     —         —         —    
                        

Total fair value of collateral

   $ —       $ —       $ —    
                        

Average balance of outstanding repurchase agreements during the period

   $ —       $ 1.7     $ 36.1  
                        

Maximum balance of outstanding repurchase agreements at any month-end during the period

   $ —       $ —       $ 205.5  
                        

Average cost of securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     —   %     2.41 %     2.91 %
                        

The average balances of People’s Bank’s advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston during 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $63.2 million, $50.3 million and $176.1 million, respectively, and the maximum Federal Home Loan Bank advances outstanding during 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $155.0 million, $190.0 million and $849.3 million, respectively.

Subordinated Notes

At September 30, 2006, People’s Bank had $65 million of 9.875% subordinated notes and $44 million of 7.20% subordinated notes outstanding. Subordinated notes totaled $109 million at both September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and $122 million at December 31, 2004. People’s Bank repurchased $14 million and $71 million of its 9.875% subordinated notes in 2005 and 2004, respectively, and $62 million of its 7.20% subordinated notes in 2004. The repurchases in 2004 were part of a balance sheet restructuring. Costs relating to these repurchases are included in liability restructuring costs in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The 7.20% subordinated notes matured on December 1, 2006 and have been repaid. The 9.875% subordinated notes are due in 2010. The 9.875% subordinated notes are unsecured general obligations of People’s Bank with interest payable semi-annually, are subordinated to the claims of depositors and People’s Bank’s other creditors and are not redeemable prior to maturity. They qualify, up to certain limits, as supplementary (tier 2) capital for risk-based capital purposes. The 7.20% subordinated notes did not qualify as supplementary capital at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 since they were to mature in less than one year.

 

136


Table of Contents

Subsidiaries

People’s Bank has three wholly-owned and consolidated subsidiaries which provide a variety of financial services to customers: People’s Securities, Inc., R.C. Knox and Company, Inc. and People’s Capital and Leasing Corp.

People’s Securities provides brokerage services, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance.

R.C. Knox provides insurance services.

People’s Capital and Leasing, which provides equipment financing services, operates in 48 states and has a sales force in Connecticut, California, Georgia, Kansas, Minnesota, New Hampshire and Texas. People’s Capital and Leasing’s concentration is in niche industries, such as printing, packaging and transportation. People’s Capital and Leasing contributed $164 million to People’s Bank’s commercial banking loan portfolio average growth for 2005, a 46% increase from 2004. At September 30, 2006, People’s Capital and Leasing comprised 19% of the total commercial banking loan portfolio.

In addition, People’s Bank has a fourth consolidated subsidiary, People’s Mortgage Investment Company, that is a passive investment subsidiary. This subsidiary was formed as a result of Connecticut tax legislation that allows for the transfer of mortgage loans to a passive investment subsidiary. The related earnings of the subsidiary, and any dividends it pays to the parent, are not subject to Connecticut income tax.

Personnel

As of September 30, 2006, People’s Bank had 2,320 full-time and 492 part-time employees. The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit, and People’s Bank considers its relationship with its employees to be excellent.

 

137


Table of Contents

BUSINESS OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

People’s United Financial has not engaged in any business to date; accordingly, there are no financial statements for People’s United Financial at this time. People’s United Financial is a newly-formed Delaware corporation and currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s Bank. People’s United Financial was formed for the purpose of effectuating the conversion and offering described in this prospectus. People’s United Financial is registering its common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission. As described in this prospectus, People’s United Financial will be selling shares of its common stock in the offering and will be issuing shares of its common stock to the existing stockholders of People’s Bank in exchange for their shares of People’s Bank common stock. The sale and share exchange will be part of the conversion and offering, which will result in the termination of existence of People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s United Financial becoming the savings and loan holding company for People’s Bank. Upon completion of the conversion and offering, People’s Bank will be wholly-owned by People’s United Financial. People’s United Financial intends to retain approximately 50% of the net proceeds from the offering. People’s United Financial will invest its initial capital as discussed in “ How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering .”

Immediately after completion of the conversion and offering, it is expected that People’s United Financial’s only business activities will be to hold all of the outstanding common stock of People’s Bank, to hold a loan to the employee stock ownership plan, to contribute 2,000,000 shares of its common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the offering to The People’s Community Foundation and to contribute approximately 50% of the net proceeds from the offering to People’s Bank as additional capital. People’s United Financial may use the net proceeds it retains to purchase investment securities, finance the acquisition of other financial institutions or other businesses that are related to banking or for other general corporate purposes, including repurchases of common stock and payment of cash dividends. In the future, as the holding company of People’s Bank, People’s United Financial may pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations for such holding companies, which may include the issuance of additional shares of common stock to raise capital or to support mergers or acquisitions and borrowing funds for reinvestment in People’s Bank. There are no specific plans for any additional capital issuance, merger or acquisition, or other diversification of People’s United Financial’s activities at the present time.

People’s United Financial’s cash flows will depend upon earnings from the investment of the portion of net proceeds retained from the offering and any dividends received from People’s Bank. Initially, People’s United Financial will neither own nor lease any property, but will instead use the premises, equipment, and furniture of People’s Bank. At the present time, People’s United Financial intends to employ only persons who are officers of People’s Bank to serve as its officers and will use the support staff of People’s Bank from time to time. These persons will not be separately compensated by People’s United Financial. People’s United Financial may hire its own employees, as appropriate, in the future. See “ How We Intend To Use The Proceeds From The Offering .”

 

138


Table of Contents

REGULATION OF PEOPLE’S BANK AND PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

General

People’s Bank has been a federally chartered savings bank since August 18, 2006 when it converted from a Connecticut chartered savings bank. Its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Deposit Insurance Fund. Under its charter, People’s Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Office of Thrift Supervision as its chartering agency, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as the deposit insurer. Following completion of the conversion and offering, People’s United Financial will be a unitary savings and loan holding company regulated, examined and supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Both People’s United Financial and People’s Bank must file reports with the Office of Thrift Supervision concerning their activities and financial condition, and must obtain regulatory approval from the Office of Thrift Supervision prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions. The Office of Thrift Supervision will conduct periodic examinations to assess People’s United Financial’s and People’s Bank’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. The Office of Thrift Supervision has primary enforcement responsibility over federally chartered savings banks and savings and loan holding companies and has substantial discretion to impose enforcement action on a savings bank or holding company that fails to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, particularly with respect to capital requirements imposed on savings banks. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has the authority to recommend to the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular federally chartered savings bank and, if action is not taken by the Director, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to take such action under certain circumstances.

This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a federal savings bank can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the Deposit Insurance Fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such laws and regulations or interpretations thereof, whether by the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on People’s United Financial and People’s Bank and their operations and stockholders.

Federally Chartered Savings Bank Regulation

Activity Powers.  People’s Bank derives its lending, investment and other activity powers primarily from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision thereunder. Under these laws and regulations, federal savings banks, including People’s Bank, generally may invest in:

 

  real estate mortgages;

 

  consumer and commercial loans;

 

  certain types of debt securities; and

 

  certain other assets.

 

139


Table of Contents

People’s Bank may also establish service corporations that may, subject to applicable limitations, engage in activities not otherwise permissible for People’s Bank, including certain real estate equity investments and securities and insurance brokerage activities. People’s Bank’s investment powers are subject to various limitations, including (1) a prohibition against the acquisition of any corporate debt security that is not rated in one of the four highest rating categories; (2) a limit of 400% of a savings bank’s capital on the aggregate amount of loans secured by non-residential real estate property; (3) a limit of 20% of a savings bank’s assets on commercial loans, with the amount of commercial loans in excess of 10% of assets being limited to small business loans; (4) a limit of 35% of a savings bank’s assets on the aggregate amount of consumer loans and acquisitions of certain debt securities, with amounts in excess of 30% of assets being limited to loans made directly to the original obligor and where no third-party finder or referral fees were paid; (5) a limit of 5% of assets on non-conforming loans (residential and farm loans in excess of the specific limitations of the Home Owners’ Loan Act); and (6) a limit of the greater of 5% of assets or a savings bank’s capital on certain construction loans made for the purpose of financing what is or is expected to become residential property. The Office of Thrift Supervision granted People’s Bank a phase-in period of three years from the date of its conversion to a federal savings bank, August 18, 2006, to comply with the Home Owners’ Loan Act’s commercial loan limits, with the ability to seek an additional one-year extension if necessary.

Capital Requirements.  The Office of Thrift Supervision capital regulations require federally chartered savings banks to meet three minimum capital ratios:

 

  Tangible Capital Ratio - A 1.5% tangible capital ratio, calculated as tangible capital to adjusted total assets.

 

  Leverage (Core) Capital Ratio - A 4% leverage (core) capital ratio, calculated as core capital to adjusted total assets. The minimum leverage (core) capital ratio is reduced to 3% if the savings bank received the highest rating on its most recent safety and soundness examination.

 

  Risk-Based Capital Ratio - An 8% total risk-based capital ratio, calculated as total capital to risk-weighted assets. For purposes of this calculation, total capital includes core and supplementary capital, provided that supplementary capital may not exceed 100% of core capital.

In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the Office of Thrift Supervision takes into consideration not only these numeric factors but also qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where necessary. People’s Bank, as a matter of prudent management, targets as its goal the maintenance of capital ratios which exceed these minimum requirements and that are consistent with People’s Bank’s risk profile. At September 30, 2006, People’s Bank exceeded each of its capital requirements as shown in the following table:

 

           Office of Thrift Supervision Requirements  
    

People’s

Bank Actual

   

Minimum Capital

Adequacy

   

For Classification as

Well-Capitalized

 
     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  
     (Dollars in millions)  

As of September 30, 2006

               

Tangible capital

   $ 1,248.5    11.80 %   $ 158.7    1.50 %     n/a    n/a  

Leverage (core) capital

     1,248.5    11.80       423.1    4.00     $ 528.9    5.00 %

Total-risk-based capital

     1,347.7    16.19       679.2    8.00       849.0    10.00  

 

140


Table of Contents

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act requires that the Office of Thrift Supervision and other federal banking agencies revise their risk-based capital standards, with appropriate transition rules, to ensure that they take into account interest rate risk, concentration risk and the risks of non-traditional activities. The Office of Thrift Supervision monitors the interest rate risk of individual institutions through the Office of Thrift Supervision requirements for interest rate risk management, the ability of the Office of Thrift Supervision to impose individual minimum capital requirements on institutions that exhibit a high degree of interest rate risk, and the requirements of Thrift Bulletin 13a, which provides guidance on the management of interest rate risk and the responsibility of boards of directors in that area.

The Office of Thrift Supervision continues to monitor the interest rate risk of individual institutions through analysis of the change in net portfolio value. Net portfolio value is defined as the net present value of the expected future cash flows of an entity’s assets and liabilities and, therefore, hypothetically represents the value of an institution’s net worth. The Office of Thrift Supervision has also used this net portfolio value analysis as part of its evaluation of certain applications or notices submitted by savings banks. The Office of Thrift Supervision, through its general oversight of the safety and soundness of savings associations, retains the right to impose minimum capital requirements on individual institutions to the extent the institution is not in compliance with certain written guidelines established by the Office of Thrift Supervision regarding net portfolio value analysis. The Office of Thrift Supervision has not imposed any such requirements on People’s Bank.

Safety and Soundness Standards.  Pursuant to the requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, as amended by the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, each federal banking agency, including the Office of Thrift Supervision, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder.

In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision adopted regulations to require a savings bank that is given notice by the Office of Thrift Supervision that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan to the Office of Thrift Supervision. If, after being so notified, a savings bank fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted compliance plan, the Office of Thrift Supervision may issue an order directing corrective and other actions of the types to which a significantly undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. If a savings bank fails to comply with such an order, the Office of Thrift Supervision may seek to enforce the order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil monetary penalties.

Prompt Corrective Action.  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act also established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. Under this system, the federal bank regulators, including the Office of Thrift Supervision, are required to take certain and authorized to take other, supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, based upon five categories of capitalization which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act created: “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” The severity of the action authorized or required to be taken under the prompt corrective action regulations increases as a bank’s capital decreases within the three undercapitalized categories. All banks are prohibited from paying dividends or other capital distributions

 

141


Table of Contents

or paying management fees to any controlling person if, following such distribution, the bank would be undercapitalized. The Office of Thrift Supervision is required to monitor closely the condition of an undercapitalized savings bank and to restrict the growth of its assets. An undercapitalized bank is required to file a capital restoration plan within 45 days of the date the bank receives notice or is deemed to have notice that it is within any of the three undercapitalized categories, and the plan must be guaranteed by any parent holding company. The aggregate liability of a parent holding company is limited to the lesser of:

 

  an amount equal to 5% of the bank’s total assets at the time it became “undercapitalized”; and

 

  the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the bank into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such bank as of the time it fails to comply with a capital restoration plan.

If a bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it were “significantly undercapitalized.” Banks that are significantly or critically undercapitalized are subject to a wider range of regulatory requirements and restrictions. Under Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, generally, a federal savings bank is treated as well-capitalized if its total risk-based capital ratio is 10% or greater, its Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is 6% or greater, and its leverage ratio is 5% or greater, and it is not subject to any order or directive by the Office of Thrift Supervision to meet a specific capital level. As of September 30, 2006, People’s Bank’s regulatory capital ratios exceeded the Office of Thrift Supervision’s numeric criteria for classification as a “well-capitalized” institution.

Insurance Activities.  People’s Bank is generally permitted to engage in certain insurance and annuity activities through its subsidiaries. However, federal banking laws prohibit depository institutions from conditioning the extension of credit to individuals upon either the purchase of an insurance product or annuity from an entity affiliated with the depository institution or an agreement by the consumer not to purchase an insurance product or annuity from an entity that is not affiliated with the depository institution. Applicable regulations also require prior disclosure of this prohibition to potential insurance product or annuity customers.

Federal banking agencies, including the Office of Thrift Supervision, also require depository institutions that offer non-deposit investment products, such as certain annuity and related insurance products, to disclose to the consumer that the products are not federally insured, are not guaranteed by the institution and are subject to investment risk including possible loss of principal. These disclosure requirements apply if the institution offers the non-deposit investment products directly or through affiliates or subsidiaries.

Deposit Insurance. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation merged the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund to form the Deposit Insurance Fund on March 31, 2006. People’s Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund and pays its deposit insurance assessments to the Deposit Insurance Fund.

Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation established a system for setting deposit insurance premiums based upon the risks a particular bank or savings association posed to its deposit insurance fund. Effective January 1, 2007, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation established a risk-based assessment system for determining the deposit insurance assessments to be paid by insured depository institutions. Under the assessment system, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assigns an institution to one of four risk categories, with the first category having two sub-categories based on the institution’s most recent supervisory and capital evaluations, designed to measure risk. Assessment rates currently range from 0.05% of deposits

 

142


Table of Contents

for an institution in the highest sub-category of the highest category to 0.43% of deposits for an institution in the lowest category. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is authorized to raise the assessment rates as necessary to maintain the required reserve ratio of 1.25%. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation allows the use of credits for assessments previously paid, and People’s Bank believes that it has credits that will offset certain assessments.

In addition, all Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation at an annual rate of approximately 0.0124% of insured deposits to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2017 through 2019.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may terminate the insurance of an institution’s deposits upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The management of People’s Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

Transactions with Affiliates of People’s Bank.  People’s Bank is subject to the affiliate and insider transaction rules set forth in Sections 23A, 23B, 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, as well as additional limitations as adopted by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations regarding transactions with affiliates and insider transactions generally conform to Regulation W and Regulation O, respectively, issued by the Federal Reserve Board. Affiliated transactions provisions, among other things, prohibit or limit a savings bank from extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with, its affiliates (which for People’s Bank would include People’s United Financial) and principal stockholders, directors and executive officers of People’s Bank.

In addition, Section 11 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act prohibits a savings bank from making a loan to an affiliate that is engaged in non-bank holding company activities and prohibits a savings bank from purchasing or investing in securities issued by an affiliate that is not a subsidiary. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations also include certain specific exemptions from these prohibitions. The Federal Reserve Board and the Office of Thrift Supervision require each depository institution that is subject to the affiliate transaction restrictions of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act to implement policies and procedures to ensure compliance with Regulation W and the Office of Thrift Supervision regulations regarding transactions with affiliates.

In addition to the insider transaction limitations of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 prohibits the extension of personal loans to directors and executive officers of issuers (as defined in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The prohibition, however, does not apply to mortgage loans advanced by an insured depository institution, such as People’s Bank, that are subject to the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act.

Privacy Standards.  People’s Bank is subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations implementing the privacy protection provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. These regulations require People’s Bank to disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, People’s Bank is required to provide its customers with the ability to

 

143


Table of Contents

“opt-out” of having People’s Bank share their non-public personal information with unaffiliated third parties before the bank can disclose such information, subject to certain exceptions.

In addition to certain state laws governing protection of customer information, People’s Bank is subject to federal regulatory guidelines establishing standards for safeguarding customer information. These regulations implement certain provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The guidelines describe the agencies’ expectations for the creation, implementation and maintenance of an information security program, which would include administrative, technical and physical safeguards appropriate to the size and complexity of the institution and the nature and scope of its activities. The standards set forth in the guidelines are intended to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such records and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such records or information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. Federal guidelines also impose certain customer disclosures and other actions in the event of unauthorized access to customer information.

Community Reinvestment Act.  Under the Community Reinvestment Act, as implemented by the Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, any federally chartered savings bank, including People’s Bank, has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The Community Reinvestment Act does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The Community Reinvestment Act requires the Office of Thrift Supervision, in connection with its examination of a federally chartered savings bank, to assess the depository institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution.

Current Community Reinvestment Act regulations rate an institution based on its actual performance in meeting community needs. In particular, the evaluation system focuses on three tests:

 

  a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas;

 

  an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and

 

  a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.

The Community Reinvestment Act also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their Community Reinvestment Act ratings. People’s Bank has received an “outstanding” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination performed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Connecticut Department of Banking in 2006. The federal banking agencies adopted regulations implementing the requirements under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act that insured depository institutions publicly disclose certain agreements that are in fulfillment of the Community Reinvestment Act. People’s Bank has no such agreements in place at this time.

Loans to One Borrower.  Under the Home Owners’ Loan Act, savings banks are generally subject to the national bank limits on loans to one borrower. Generally, savings banks may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Additional amounts may be loaned, not in excess of 10% of unimpaired

 

144


Table of Contents

capital and surplus, if such loans or extensions of credit are secured by readily-marketable collateral. People’s Bank is in compliance with applicable loans to one borrower limitations.

Nontraditional Mortgage Products.  The federal banking agencies recently published final guidance for institutions that originate or service nontraditional or alternative mortgage products, defined to include all residential mortgage loan products that allow borrowers to defer repayment on principal or interest, such as interest-only mortgages and payment option adjustable-rate mortgages. A significant portion of People’s Bank’s adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans are alternative mortgage loans.

Recognizing that alternative mortgage products expose institutions to increased risks as compared to traditional loans where payments amortize or reduce the principal amount, the guidance required increased scrutiny for alternative mortgage products. Institutions that originate or service alternative mortgages should have (1) strong risk management practices that include maintenance of capital levels and allowance for loan losses commensurate with the risk; (2) prudent lending policies and underwriting standards that address a borrower’s repayment capacity; and (3) programs and practices designed to ensure that consumers receive clear and balanced information to assist in making informed decisions about mortgage products. The guidance also recommends heightened controls and safeguards when an institution combines an alternative mortgage product with features that compound risk, such as a simultaneous second-lien or the use of reduced documentation to evaluate a loan application.

People’s Bank is required to and intends to comply with the guidance as it is interpreted and applied by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test.  The Home Owners’ Loan Act requires federal savings banks to meet a Qualified Thrift Lender test. Under the Qualified Thrift Lender test, a savings bank is required to maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less (1) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (2) intangibles, including goodwill; and (3) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities, credit card loans, student loans, and small business loans) on a monthly basis during at least 9 out of every 12 months. The Office of Thrift Supervision letter dated July 3, 2006 approving, among other things, People’s Bank’s conversion from a Connecticut savings bank to a federal savings bank granted the bank an exception from the Qualified Thrift Lender test for a period of four years from the date of its conversion to a federal charter.

A savings bank that fails the Qualified Thrift Lender test and does not convert to a bank charter generally will be prohibited from: (1) engaging in any new activity not permissible for a national bank; (2) paying dividends not permissible under national bank regulations; and (3) establishing any new branch office in a location not permissible for a national bank in the institution’s home state. In addition, if the institution does not requalify under the Qualified Thrift Lender test within three years after failing the test, the institution would be prohibited from engaging in any activity not permissible for a national bank and may have to repay any outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank as promptly as possible.

Limitation on Capital Distributions.   The Office of Thrift Supervision regulations impose limitations upon certain capital distributions by federal savings banks, such as certain cash dividends, payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders of another institution in a cash out merger and other distributions charged against capital.

The Office of Thrift Supervision regulates all capital distributions by People’s Bank directly or indirectly to People’s United Financial, including dividend payments. As the subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, People’s Bank currently must file a notice with the Office of Thrift Supervision at

 

145


Table of Contents

least 30 days prior to each capital distribution. However, if the total amount of all capital distributions (including any proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year exceeds net income for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two years, then People’s Bank must file an application to receive the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision for a proposed capital distribution.

People’s Bank may not pay dividends to People’s United Financial if, after paying those dividends, it would fail to meet the required minimum levels under risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage and tangible capital ratio requirements or if the Office of Thrift Supervision notified People’s Bank that it was in need of more than normal supervision. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, an insured depository institution such as People’s Bank is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act). Payment of dividends by People’s Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the appropriate regulator if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice. In addition, People’s Bank may not declare or pay cash dividends on its capital stock if such dividend would reduce People’s Bank’s regulatory capital below the amount then required for the “liquidation account”. See “ The Conversion and Offering–Liquidation Rights ” for a discussion of the liquidation account.

Liquidity.  People’s Bank maintains sufficient liquidity to ensure its safe and sound operation, in accordance with Office of Thrift Supervision regulations.

Assessments.  The Office of Thrift Supervision charges assessments to recover the cost of examining federal savings banks and their affiliates. These assessments are based on three components: (1) the size of the institution on which the basic assessment is based; (2) the institution’s supervisory condition, which results in an additional assessment based on a percentage of the basic assessment for any savings institution with a composite rating of 3, 4 or 5 in its most recent safety and soundness examination; and (3) the complexity of the institution’s operations, which results in an additional assessment based on a percentage of the basic assessment for any savings institution that managed over $1 billion in trust assets, serviced for others loans aggregating more than $1 billion, or had certain off-balance sheet assets aggregating more than $1 billion.

The Office of Thrift Supervision also assesses fees against savings and loan holding companies, such as People’s United Financial. The Office of Thrift Supervision semi-annual assessment for savings and loan holding companies includes a $3,000 base assessment with an additional assessment based on the holding company’s risk or complexity, organizational form and condition.

Branching.  Under Office of Thrift Supervision branching regulations, People’s Bank is generally authorized to open branches within or beyond the State of Connecticut if People’s Bank (1) continues to meet the requirements of a “highly-rated” federal savings bank, and (2) publishes public notice at least 35 days before opening a branch and no one opposes the branch. If a comment in opposition to a branch opening is filed and the Office of Thrift Supervision determines the comment to be relevant to the approval process standards, and to require action in response, the Office of Thrift Supervision may, among other things, require a branch application or elect to hold a meeting with People’s Bank and the person who submitted the comment. Office of Thrift Supervision authority preempts any state law purporting to regulate branching by federal savings banks.

Anti-Money Laundering and Customer Identification.  People’s Bank is subject to Office of Thrift Supervision and Financial Crimes Enforcement Network regulations implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or the USA PATRIOT Act. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced

 

146


Table of Contents

domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act takes measures intended to encourage information sharing among banks, regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including savings banks like People’s Bank.

The USA PATRIOT Act and the related Office of Thrift Supervision regulations impose the following requirements with respect to financial institutions:

 

  Establishment of anti-money laundering programs, including adoption of written procedures, designation of a compliance officer and auditing of the program;

 

  Establishment of a program specifying procedures for obtaining identifying information from customers seeking to open new accounts, including verifying the identity of customers within a reasonable period of time;

 

  Establishment of enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money laundering;

 

  Prohibitions on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and compliance with record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks; and

 

  Requirements that bank regulators consider a holding company’s effectiveness in combating money laundering when ruling on Federal Reserve Act and Bank Merger Act applications.

Federal Home Loan Bank System.  People’s Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, which consists of twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks, each subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Board. The Federal Home Loan Bank provides a central credit facility primarily for member thrift institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks. It makes loans or advances to members in accordance with policies and procedures, including collateral requirements, established by the respective boards of directors of the Federal Home Loan Banks. These policies and procedures are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Housing Finance Board. All long-term advances are required to provide funds for residential home financing. The Federal Housing Finance Board has also established standards of community or investment service that members must meet to maintain access to such long-term advances. People’s Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, is currently required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston in amount equal to 0.35% of People’s Bank Membership Stock Investment Base plus an Activity Based Stock Investment Requirement. The Activity Based Stock Requirement is equal to 3.0% of any outstanding principal for overnight advances, 4.0% of any outstanding principal for term advances with an original term of two days to three months and 4.5% of any outstanding principal for term advances with an original term greater than three months. People’s Bank is in compliance with these requirements.

Federal Reserve System.  Federal Reserve Board regulations require federally chartered savings banks to maintain non-interest-earning cash reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily negotiable order of withdrawal and demand deposit accounts). Institutions must maintain a reserve of 3% against aggregate transaction accounts between $7.8 million and $48.3 million (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board) plus a reserve of 10% (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board between 8% and 14%) against that portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $48.3 million. The

 

147


Table of Contents

first $7.8 million of otherwise reservable balances is exempt from the reserve requirements. People’s Bank is in compliance with the foregoing requirements. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of either vault cash, a non-interest-bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank or a pass-through account as defined by the Federal Reserve Board, the effect of this reserve requirement is to reduce People’s Bank’s interest-earning assets.

Federal Holding Company Regulation

Upon completion of the conversion, People’s United Financial will become a unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act. As such, People’s United Financial will be registered with the Office of Thrift Supervision and subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements. In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision will have enforcement authority over People’s United Financial and its savings bank subsidiary. Among other things, this authority permits the Office of Thrift Supervision to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings bank.

Activities Restrictions Applicable to Savings and Loan Holding Companies. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the activities of all unitary savings and loan holding companies formed after May 4, 1999, such as People’s United Financial, must be financially related activities permissible for bank holding companies, as defined under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Accordingly, People’s United Financial’s activities will be restricted to:

 

  furnishing or performing management services for a savings institution subsidiary of such holding company;

 

  conducting an insurance agency or escrow business;

 

  holding, managing, or liquidating assets owned or acquired from a savings institution subsidiary of such company;

 

  holding or managing properties used or occupied by a savings institution subsidiary of such company;

 

  acting as trustee under a deed of trust;

 

  any other activity (1) that the Federal Reserve Board, by regulation, has determined to be permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, unless the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, by regulation, prohibits or limits any such activity for savings and loan holding companies, or (2) that multiple savings and loan holding companies were authorized by regulation to directly engage in on March 5, 1987;

 

  purchasing, holding, or disposing of stock acquired in connection with a qualified stock issuance if the purchase of such stock by such holding company is approved by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision; and

 

  any activity permissible for financial holding companies under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act.

Permissible activities that are deemed to be financial in nature or incidental thereto under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act include:

 

148


Table of Contents
  lending, exchanging, transferring, investing for others, or safeguarding money or securities;

 

  insurance activities or providing and issuing annuities, and acting as principal, agent, or broker;

 

  financial, investment, or economic advisory services;

 

  issuing or selling instruments representing interests in pools of assets that a bank is permitted to hold directly;

 

  underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities;

 

  activities previously determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be closely related to banking;

 

  activities that bank holding companies are permitted to engage in outside of the United States; and

 

  portfolio investments made by an insurance company.

In addition, People’s United Financial cannot be acquired or acquire a company unless the acquirer or target, as applicable, is engaged solely in financial activities.

Restrictions Applicable to All Savings and Loan Holding Companies. Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, including People’s United Financial, directly or indirectly, from acquiring:

 

  control (as defined under the Home Owners’ Loan Act) of another savings bank (or a holding company parent) without prior Office of Thrift Supervision approval;

 

  through merger, consolidation or purchase of assets, another savings bank or a holding company thereof, or acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of such institution or holding company without prior Office of Thrift Supervision approval; or

 

  control of any depository institution not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (except through a merger with and into the holding company’s savings bank subsidiary that is approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision).

A savings and loan holding company may not acquire as a separate subsidiary an insured institution that has a principal office outside of the state where the principal office of its federal savings bank subsidiary is located, except:

 

  in the case of certain emergency acquisitions approved by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

 

  if such holding company controls a savings association subsidiary that operated a home or branch office in such additional state as of March 5, 1987; or

 

 

if the laws of the state in which the target savings association is located specifically authorize a savings association chartered by that state to be acquired by a savings association chartered by the state where the acquiring savings association or savings and

 

149


Table of Contents
 

loan holding company is located or by a holding company that controls such a state chartered association.

The Home Owners’ Loan Act prohibits a savings and loan holding company (directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries) from acquiring another savings bank or holding company thereof without prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision; acquiring or retaining, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a non-subsidiary savings bank, a non-subsidiary holding company, or a non-subsidiary company engaged in activities other than those permitted by the Home Owners’ Loan Act; or acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings banks, the Office of Thrift Supervision must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.

Federal Securities Law

People’s Bank’s securities are currently registered with the Office of Thrift Supervision under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Following the conversion, People’s United Financial’s securities will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. As such, People’s Bank currently is, and following the conversion People’s United Financial will be, subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, and other requirements and restrictions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Delaware Corporation Law

People’s United Financial is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is therefore subject to regulation by the state of Delaware. The rights of People’s United Financial’s stockholders are governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

150


Table of Contents

TAXATION

Federal

General. The following discussion is intended only as a summary and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to People’s Bank, People’s Mutual Holdings or People’s United Financial. For federal income tax purposes, People’s Bank reports its income on the basis of a taxable year ending December 31, using the accrual method of accounting, and is generally subject to federal income taxation in the same manner as other corporations. Because People’s Bank and People’s United Financial constitute an affiliated group of corporations, they are eligible to report their income on a consolidated basis. However, because People’s Mutual Holdings has owned less than 80% of the common stock of People’s Bank, it has not been a member of such affiliated group and has reported its income on a separate return. People’s Bank is not currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service, and has been audited by the Internal Revenue Service through the tax year ended December 31, 2003.

Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax. In addition to the regular corporate income tax, corporations generally are subject to an alternative minimum tax in an amount equal to 20% of alternative minimum taxable income, to the extent the alternative minimum tax exceeds the corporation’s regular income tax. The alternative minimum tax is available as a credit against future regular income tax. We do not expect to be subject to the alternative minimum tax.

Exclusion of Dividends; Dividends Received Deduction. People’s United Financial may exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from People’s Bank because People’s Bank is a member of the affiliated group of corporations of which People’s United Financial is the parent. Because People’s Mutual Holdings has not been a member of such affiliated group, it has not qualified for such 100% dividends received exclusion, but it has been entitled to deduct 80% of the dividends it has received from People’s Bank because it has owned more than 20% of the common stock of People’s Bank.

State

Connecticut State Taxation . For Connecticut income tax purposes, People’s Bank reports its income on the basis of a taxable year ending December 31 and is subject to Connecticut state income taxation in the same manner as other corporations. Because People’s Bank and People’s United Financial constitute an affiliated group of corporations, they are eligible to file a Connecticut Combined Corporation Business Tax Return. People’s Bank is not currently under audit with respect to its Connecticut income tax returns.

In 1998, People’s Bank formed a passive investment company subsidiary, People’s Mortgage Investment Company, in accordance with Connecticut tax laws, which permit transfers of mortgage loans to such subsidiaries on or after January 1, 1999. The related earnings of the subsidiary, and any dividends it pays to the parent, are not subject to Connecticut income tax. As a result of the exclusion of such earnings and dividends from Connecticut taxable income beginning in 1999, People’s Bank has established a valuation allowance for the full amount of its Connecticut deferred tax asset attributable to net temporary differences and state net operating loss carryforwards. Connecticut tax net operating loss carryforwards totaled $681.4 million at December 31, 2005 and expire between 2020 and 2025.

New York State Taxation. People’s Bank will be required to file a New York Banking Corporation Franchise Tax Return as a result of hiring mortgage calling officers in New York State during 2006, and its plan to open 15 branches in Westchester County over the next three years (seven by the end of 2007). Accordingly, People’s Bank will be subject to tax in an amount equal to the greater of

 

151


Table of Contents

(1) 7.5% of its income allocable to New York State; (2) 3% of “alternative net income” allocated to New York State; (3) .01% of the average value of assets allocable to New York State; or (4) a nominal minimum tax. Entire net income is similar to federal taxable income with certain modifications and alternative net income is equal to entire net income without certain deductions.

In addition, New York State imposes a Metropolitan Transportation Business Tax Surcharge equal to 17% of the New York State franchise tax allocable to business activities carried on in the metropolitan district. The Metropolitan Transportation Business Tax district includes Westchester County.

Massachusetts Taxation. People’s Bank is required to file a Massachusetts Financial Excise Tax and pay Massachusetts excise tax because People’s Bank maintains a commercial loan production office in Massachusetts. People’s Bank’s Massachusetts tax liability is equal to the greater of 10.5% of net income allocated to Massachusetts or a minimum tax.

Delaware State Taxation. As a Delaware holding company not earning income in Delaware, People’s United Financial is exempt from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file annual returns and pay annual fees and a franchise tax to the state of Delaware.

 

152


Table of Contents

PROPERTIES

People’s Bank’s corporate headquarters is located at Bridgeport Center, in Bridgeport, Connecticut. The Bridgeport Center building, which is owned by People’s Bank, had a net book value of $71.9 million at December 31, 2005 and People’s Bank occupies approximately 92% of the building; all other available office space has been leased to unrelated parties. At December 31, 2005, People’s Bank also conducted banking operations from its 75 traditional branches, 70 supermarket branches and 8 limited-service branches. People’s Bank’s branch network is primarily concentrated in Fairfield County, where it has 60 branches. People’s Bank also has 33 branches in Hartford County, 32 branches in New Haven County, 12 branches in New London County, five branches in both Tolland County and Litchfield County, four branches in Middlesex County and two branches in Windham County. People’s Bank owns 11 of its banking offices, which had an aggregate net book value of $8.4 million at December 31, 2005. People’s Bank’s remaining banking operations are conducted in leased offices.

At December 31, 2005, People’s Bank was obligated under various noncancelable operating leases for office space, which expire on various dates through 2027. Certain leases contain renewal options and provide for increased rental based principally on the consumer price index and fair market rental value provisions. The future minimum rental commitments under operating leases in excess of one year at December 31, 2005 were: $18.1 million in 2006; $18.3 million in 2007; $15.9 million in 2008; $15.1 million in 2009; $13.7 million in 2010; and an aggregate of $34.1 million in 2011 through 2027. Rent expense under operating leases was $17.5 million, $16.8 million and $16.3 million for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

In addition to its corporate headquarters and branch offices, People’s Bank owns six other banking facilities with an aggregate net book value of $12.6 million at December 31, 2005. These facilities are used for a variety of purposes.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of business, People’s Bank is subject to various legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, People’s financial condition or results of operations will not be affected materially as a result of the outcome of these legal proceedings.

 

153


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

Directors

Composition of the Board. The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of People’s United Financial provide for the election of directors by the stockholders of People’s United Financial and for the division of the Board of Directors into three classes of directors as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible. The terms of office of the members of one class will expire and successors will be elected for a three-year term at each annual meeting of the stockholders of People’s United Financial, beginning at the 2007 annual meeting of the stockholders of People’s United Financial. People’s United Financial’s Bylaws provide that there will be between 5 and 15 members of the Board of Directors, as fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. People’s United Financial currently has a ten-member Board.

Who Our Directors Are . The table below states our directors’ names, their ages as of December 31, 2006, their positions with People’s United Financial and the years their terms expire. Information concerning the principal occupations, employment and compensation of the directors of People’s United Financial in their capacity as directors of People’s Bank during the past five years is set forth under “ Management of People’s Bank .”

 

Name

   Age    Term
Expires
    

Positions Held

Collin P. Baron

   59    2008      Director

George P. Carter

   69    2009      Vice Chairman of the Board and Lead Director

Jerry Franklin

   59    2009      Director

Eunice S. Groark

   68    2009      Director

Janet M. Hansen

   64    2007      Director

Richard M. Hoyt

   64    2008      Director

John A. Klein

   57    2008      President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr.

   70    2007      Director

Jack E. McGregor

   72    2007      Director

James A. Thomas

   67    2009      Director

Committees of the Board of Directors. People’s United Financial expects to establish three standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation and Nominating Committee and the Executive Committee.

Audit Committee. The Audit Committee, which is expected to meet jointly with the People’s Bank Audit Committee described under “ Board of Directors Committees ” below, will be established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Each member of the Audit Committee will be “independent” as that term is defined in Rule 4200(a) (15) of the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Each member of the Audit Committee will also satisfy the more stringent definition of independence required for members of audit committees generally, as set forth in Rule 4350(d)(2)(A) of the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. It is expected that the members of People’s Bank’s Audit Committee, George P. Carter (Chairman), Jerry Franklin, Janet M. Hansen, Richard M. Hoyt, and Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr., will also be members of the People’s United Financial Audit Committee. The Audit Committee will be responsible for monitoring the accounting practices and internal controls of People’s United Financial, including the supervision of an annual independent audit of People’s United Financial’s financial statements by independent registered public accountants. The Audit

 

154


Table of Contents

Committee will adopt a charter that will provide details concerning the operations of the committee and will be made available on People’s Bank’s website at www.peoples.com. It is expected that this charter will be substantially similar to the People’s Bank Audit Committee charter, which was attached as Exhibit A to People’s Bank’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting and is also available on People’s Bank’s website at www.peoples.com.

Compensation and Nominating Committee. People’s United Financial plans to establish a Compensation and Nominating Committee, whose members are expected to be James A. Thomas (Chairman), George Carter and Jerry Franklin. Messrs. Thomas, Carter and Franklin are also members of the People’s Bank Human Resources Committee. It is anticipated that meetings of the Compensation and Nominating Committee will be held jointly with those of the People’s Bank Human Resources Committee. Each member of the Compensation and Nominating Committee will be “independent,” as that term is defined in Rule 4200(a)(15) of the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The Compensation and Nominating Committee will be responsible for oversight of the executive and employee compensation programs of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial, including conducting performance reviews of the executive officers of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial and approval of policies with respect to executive compensation. The Compensation and Nominating Committee will adopt a charter, which will provide details concerning the operations of the committee and will be made available on People’s Bank’s website at www.peoples.com. It is expected that this charter will be substantially similar to the People’s Bank Human Resources Committee charter, which is available on People’s Bank’s website at www.peoples.com.

Executive Committee. People’s United Financial intends to establish an Executive Committee, whose members are expected to be the same as the members of People’s Bank’s existing Executive Committee: George P. Carter (Chairman), Collin P. Baron, Jerry Franklin, Eunice S. Groark, John A. Klein, Jack E. McGregor and James A. Thomas. To the extent not inconsistent with law or People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the Executive Committee will exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of People’s United Financial during intervals between meetings of the Board. The Executive Committee will adopt a charter which will provide details concerning the operations of the committee and will be made available on People’s Bank’s website at www.peoples.com. It is expected that this charter will be substantially similar to the People’s Bank Executive Committee charter, which is available on People’s Bank’s website at www.peoples.com.

 

155


Table of Contents

Executive Officers

People’s United Financial’s executive officers will be appointed annually by the Board of Directors of People’s United Financial and serve at the Board’s discretion. However, one of our officers does have an employment agreement with People’s Bank, as further described under “ Management of People’s Bank–Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control—Employment Agreement ” below. We expect to appoint all of the executive officers of People’s Bank as the executive officers of People’s United Financial. Based on that expectation, the table below states our executive officers’ names, their ages as of December 31, 2006, and their positions with People’s United Financial. Information concerning the principal occupations, employment and compensation of the executive officers of People’s United Financial during the past five years is set forth under “ Management of People’s Bank .”

 

Name

   Age   

Positions Held

Jacinta A. Coleman    58    Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Robert R. D’Amore    53    Executive Vice President, Marketing and Regional Banking
Brian F. Dreyer    60    Executive Vice President, Commercial Banking
Bryan J. Huebner    56    Executive Vice President, Consumer Financial Services
John A. Klein    57    President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
William T. Kosturko    57    Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Henry R. Mandel    62    Executive Vice President, Organization Effectiveness
Philip R. Sherringham    53    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Mark K. Vitelli    44    Executive Vice President, Direct Banking and Operations

Director and Executive Officer Compensation

Since the formation of People’s United Financial, none of its directors, executive officers or other personnel have received remuneration from People’s United Financial. It is currently expected that no separate compensation will be paid to the executive officers or other personnel of People’s United Financial. However, directors of People’s United Financial who are not employees of People’s United Financial or of People’s Bank or any of their subsidiaries (outside directors) will be compensated for service as directors of People’s United Financial. No separate compensation will be paid to a director of People’s Bank who attends a board or committee meeting that is held jointly with a board or committee meeting of People’s United Financial and who is compensated for that meeting by People’s United Financial. Compensation will be paid to outside directors of People’s United Financial according to the following table:

 

Annual Fees:         Per-Meeting Attendance Fees:     

Cash retainer (all members)

   $ 24,000   

Board meetings (all members)

   $ 950

Equity compensation (all members) (1)

     95,000   

Committee meetings:

  

Vice Chairman of the Board/Lead Director

     65,000   

Audit Committee:

  

Committee Chairman:

     

Chairman

     1,450

Audit Committee

     10,500   

Other Audit Committee members

     1,200

Compensation and Nominating

Executive

    
 
4,000
4,000
  

Members of all Committees (except Audit)

     950

(1) Paid pursuant to the People’s United Financial Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan, discussed below.

 

156


Table of Contents

A director who, by invitation, attends a meeting of a committee of which he or she is not a regular member will be paid the same attendance fee as is payable to members of that committee. From time to time, the Chairman of the Audit Committee may perform certain additional services in his capacity as Chairman without a meeting of the Audit Committee (e.g., meetings with representatives of People’s United Financial’s independent registered public accountants). In such cases, he will receive an amount equal to the Chairman’s regular Audit Committee meeting attendance fee. On occasion, one or more other members of the Audit Committee may participate in the review of regulatory filings to be made by People’s United Financial, and will receive an amount equal to the regular Audit Committee attendance fee for their participation in such review.

As part of the conversion, People’s United Financial will assume the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan, which will cease to exist as a plan maintained by People’s Bank and will be renamed the “People’s United Financial Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan.” Awards will be made in People’s United Financial common stock rather than People’s Bank common stock. Non-employee directors will receive compensation under the People’s United Financial Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan. Under the People’s United Financial Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan, each director who is not an employee will be granted an annual award of shares of common stock based on a target dollar value of $95,000 immediately following each annual meeting of stockholders. A person appointed as a director between annual meetings is eligible for a full or partial grant of an annual award at the time of his or her appointment, in the discretion of the Compensation and Nominating Committee.

Cash dividends payable with respect to shares of common stock issued to directors pursuant to the People’s United Financial Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan will be paid in the same amount and at the same time as dividends are paid to stockholders generally. Stock dividends, stock splits and similar transactions will have the same effect on shares of common stock issued pursuant to the People’s United Financial Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan as on all other shares of common stock outstanding.

Shares of common stock issued pursuant to the People’s United Financial Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan will generally not be transferable by a director until the third anniversary of the grant date or, if earlier, at his or her cessation of service as a People’s United Financial director. In the event of a director’s death, shares of common stock held in his or her name will be issued to his or her beneficiary. All transfer restrictions will lapse upon a change in control, as such term is defined in the plan.

Directors of People’s United Financial may also be entitled to participate in certain stock benefit plans established by People’s United Financial. See “ Management of People’s Bank–Future Benefit Plans .”

 

157


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF PEOPLE’S BANK

Directors

Composition of the Board . The Charter and Bylaws of People’s Bank provide for the election of directors by the stockholders of People’s Bank and for the division of the Board of Directors into three classes of directors as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible. The terms of office of the members of one class expire and successors are elected for a three-year term at each annual meeting of stockholders. Following the conversion, beginning at the 2007 annual meeting of the stockholders of People’s Bank, People’s United Financial, as People’s Bank’s sole stockholder, will elect all of People’s Bank’s directors. People’s Bank’s Bylaws provide that there will be between five and 15 members of the Board of Directors, as fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors has resolved that there will be ten members of the Board.

Who People’s Bank’s Directors Are . The following table states People’s Bank’s directors’ names, their ages as of December 31, 2006, their positions and the years when they began serving as directors:

 

Name

   Age    Director
Since
   Term
Expires
  

Positions Held

Collin P. Baron

   59    2001    2008    Director

George P. Carter

   69    1976    2009   

Vice Chairman of the Board and

Lead Director

Jerry Franklin

   60    1997    2009    Director

Eunice S. Groark

   68    1995    2009    Director

Janet M. Hansen

   64    2004    2007    Director

Richard M. Hoyt

   64    2002    2008    Director

John A. Klein

   57    1999    2008    President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr.

   70    1998    2007    Director

Jack E. McGregor

   72    1989    2007    Director

James A. Thomas

   67    1997    2009    Director

Directors’ Backgrounds . The business experience of each of People’s Bank’s directors is as follows:

Collin P. Baron is a member of the law firm of Pullman & Comley, LLC. He has been affiliated with the firm since 1973. Mr. Baron became a director of People’s Bank in 2001 and is a Trustee of People’s Mutual Holdings. He is Chairman of the Treasury and Finance Committee and serves as a member of the Executive and Loan Review Committees.

George P. Carter is the President of Connecticut Foods, Inc. Mr. Carter was first elected to the Board in 1976 and is a Trustee of People’s Mutual Holdings. He is Vice Chairman and Lead Director of the Board and serves as Chairman of People’s Audit and Executive Committees and as a member of People’s Bank’s Operational Risk, Human Resources and Loan Review Committees. Mr. Carter also serves as a director of Bridgeport Hospital.

Jerry Franklin is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Connecticut Public Broadcasting Inc., a position he has held since 1985. Mr. Franklin was elected to the Board of Directors in 1997 and is

 

158


Table of Contents

a member of People’s Bank’s Audit, Executive, and Human Resources Committees. Mr. Franklin also serves as Chairman of the Loan Review Committee. He also serves as a Trustee of People’s Mutual Holdings.

Eunice S. Groark , attorney, served as Lieutenant Governor of the State of Connecticut from 1991 until January 1995. She currently serves as a Trustee of the Phoenix Edge Series Funds. Mrs. Groark was first elected to the Board of Directors in 1995. She is Chairman of the Trust Committee and is a member of the Executive, Treasury and Finance, and Operational Risk Committees.

Janet M. Hansen was employed as Executive Vice President of Aquarion Company, a diversified water management company, from 1995 until her retirement in March 2005. Mrs. Hansen served as Aquarion Company’s Chief Financial Officer from 1992 through 1999. She was President and Chief Executive Officer of Aquarion Company’s principal operating subsidiary, Aquarion Water Company from 2000 to 2003. Ms. Hansen continues to serve as a director of Aquarion Water Company of Connecticut. Mrs. Hansen became a member of People’s Bank’s Board of Directors in February 2004. She is a member of the Audit, Operational Risk and Trust Committees. She also serves on the Board of Directors of Bridgeport Hospital and of the University of Connecticut Foundation.

Richard M. Hoyt is President and Chief Executive Officer of Chapin & Bangs Co., a steel service center, and is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Lindquist Steels, Inc., a distributor of tool steel. He has occupied each of these positions for more than five years. Mr. Hoyt also serves as a director of Bridgeport Hospital. Mr. Hoyt, who is also a Trustee of People’s Mutual Holdings, was first elected as a director of People’s Bank in 2002. Mr. Hoyt is a member of the Audit, Treasury and Finance, and Trust Committees.

John A. Klein became President of People’s Bank on June 1, 1999, Chief Executive Officer on October 1, 1999 and Chairman of the Board of Directors on January 1, 2000. Mr. Klein has served in a variety of capacities since beginning his career at People’s Bank in 1971. Mr. Klein first became a member of People’s Bank’s Board in 1999. He is a member of the Executive, Treasury and Finance, and Operational Risk Committees. Mr. Klein also serves as a Trustee of People’s Mutual Holdings.

Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr. , D.D.S. is an orthodontist whose practice has been based in the Norwich, Connecticut area for more than 30 years. Dr. Lowney has also served since 1982 as the President of the Haitian Health Foundation, a health care facility that provides humanitarian health services in Haiti. Dr. Lowney served as a director of Norwich Financial Corp. and The Norwich Savings Society until the merger of those companies into People’s Bank in February 1998, when he became a director of People’s Bank. Dr. Lowney is a member of the Audit, Loan Review, and Operational Risk Committees.

Jack E. McGregor is co-Chairman of the Board of Get Hooked! LLC, an investor group that owns the Bridgeport Bluefish minor league baseball team. Mr. McGregor is also a managing member of the investment firms of Westchester Baseball, LLC and Black Rock Investors, LLC, and is of counsel to the law firm of Cohen and Wolf, P.C. Mr. McGregor was Chairman of the Board of Aquarion Company until October 1, 1996. Mr. McGregor served as Aquarion Company’s President from 1987 through 1995 and Chief Executive Officer from 1990 to 1995. Mr. McGregor retired as a director of Aquarion Company on January 10, 2000. He continues to serve as a director of Aquarion Water Company of Connecticut, and CDG Technology, Inc., and as a member of the Advisory Board of the St. Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation. Mr. McGregor has been a director of People’s Bank since 1989. He is Chairman of the Operational Risk Committee, and serves as a member of the Executive, Treasury and Finance, and Loan Review Committees.

 

159


Table of Contents

James A. Thomas served as Associate Dean at Yale Law School from 1969 until his retirement in 2004, and served as Master of Saybrook College of Yale University from 1990 to 1996. Mr. Thomas, who serves as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings, was elected to the Board of Directors of People’s Bank in 1997. He serves as Chairman of the Human Resources Committee and is a member of the Executive, Loan Review and Trust Committees. Mr. Thomas is also a director of UIL Holdings Corporation, the holding company for the United Illuminating Company.

Executive Officers

People’s Bank’s executive officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors of People’s Bank. However, one of People’s Bank’s officers does have an employment agreement, as further described under “ –Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control–Employment Agreement ” below. The name, principal occupation and business experience for at least the last five years of each executive officer of People’s Bank is set forth in the table below as of December 31, 2006. For purposes of this table, “People’s Bank” includes the present stock-form bank as well as its predecessor mutual-form bank prior to its reorganization in 1988.

 

Name

   Age    Held
Current
Position
Since
   With
People’s
Bank
Since
  

Positions Held

Jacinta A. Coleman

   58    2000    2000    Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Robert R. D’Amore

   53    2000    1981    Executive Vice President, Marketing and Regional Banking

Brian F. Dreyer

   60    2001    1991    Executive Vice President, Commercial Banking

Bryan J. Huebner

   56    1996    1975    Executive Vice President, Consumer Financial Services

John A. Klein

   57    2000    1971    President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

William T. Kosturko

   57    1994    1991    Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Henry R. Mandel

   62    2001    1998    Executive Vice President, Organization Effectiveness

Philip R. Sherringham

   53    2003    2003    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Mark K. Vitelli

   44    1999    1984    Executive Vice President, Direct Banking and Operations

Executive Officers’ Backgrounds . The business experience of each of People’s Bank’s executive officers is set forth below. Except as otherwise indicated, each executive officer has held his or her current position for the past five years.

Jacinta A. Coleman has been an Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer since 2000.

Robert R. D’Amore has been an Executive Vice President (Marketing and Regional Banking) since 2000. Mr. D’Amore has served in various capacities for People’s Bank since 1981.

Brian F. Dreyer has been an Executive Vice President (Commercial Banking) since 2001. Mr. Dreyer has served in various capacities for People’s Bank since 1991.

Bryan J. Huebner has been an Executive Vice President (Consumer Financial Services) since 1996. Mr. Huebner has served in various capacities for People’s Bank since 1975.

 

160


Table of Contents

John A. Klein became President of People’s Bank on June 1, 1999, Chief Executive Officer on October 1, 1999 and Chairman of the Board of Directors on January 1, 2000. Mr. Klein has served in a variety of capacities since beginning his career at People’s Bank in 1971. Mr. Klein first became a member of People’s Bank’s Board in 1999. He is a member of the Executive, Treasury and Finance, and Operational Risk Committees. Mr. Klein also serves as a Trustee of People’s Mutual Holdings.

William T. Kosturko has been an Executive Vice President since 1994 and has been General Counsel since 1991.

Henry R. Mandel has been an Executive Vice President (Organization Effectiveness) since 2001. Mr. Mandel has served in various capacities for People’s since 1998.

Philip R. Sherringham has been an Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2003. Prior to joining People’s Bank, Mr. Sherringham was an Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at United California Bank in Los Angeles. He joined United California Bank’s predecessor, Sanwa Bank California in 1993.

Mark K. Vitelli has been an Executive Vice President (Direct Banking and Operations) since 1999. Mr. Vitelli has served in various capacities for People’s Bank since 1984.

Meetings of the Board of Directors and its Committees

During 2006, People’s Bank’s Board of Directors held 21 meetings. No director attended fewer than 75% of the aggregate of (a) the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors held while he or she was a director and (b) the total number of meetings held by all committees of the Board on which he or she served. The Board of Directors encourages all Board members to attend the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. All ten individuals serving as directors at the time of the 2006 Annual Meeting attended that meeting.

Board of Directors Committees

People’s Bank has seven standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Executive Committee, the Human Resources Committee (which performs the functions of a nominating committee and a compensation committee), the Loan Review Committee, the Operational Risk Committee, the Treasury and Finance Committee and the Trust Committee.

Audit Committee . The Audit Committee met 12 times during 2006. The Audit Committee was established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Each member of the Audit Committee is “independent,” as that term is defined in Rule 4200(a)(15) of the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Each member of the Audit Committee also satisfies the more stringent definition of independence required for members of audit committees generally, as set forth in Rule 4350(d)(2)(A) of the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The members of the Audit Committee are George P. Carter (Chairman), Jerry Franklin, Janet M. Hansen, Richard M. Hoyt and Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr. The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring the accounting practices and internal controls of People’s Bank, including the supervision of an annual audit of People’s Bank’s financial statements by independent registered public accountants. People’s Bank’s Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee, including provisions recognizing the specific audit committee responsibilities imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Securities and Exchange Commission rules implementing that Act, and the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. A copy of the charter was attached as Exhibit A to People’s Bank’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting and is also available on People’s Bank’s website at www.peoples.com.

 

161


Table of Contents

Executive Committee. The members of People’s Bank’s Executive Committee are George P. Carter (Chairman), Collin P. Baron, Jerry Franklin, Eunice S. Groark, John A. Klein, Jack E. McGregor and James A. Thomas. The Executive Committee may formulate and recommend to the Board of Directors for approval general policies regarding the management and affairs of People’s Bank, and may perform such other functions as are provided in the Bylaws of People’s Bank or as directed by the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee did not meet during 2006.

Human Resources Committee. The Human Resources Committee, which is comprised of James A. Thomas (Chairman), George P. Carter, and Jerry Franklin, met 26 times during 2006. Each member of the Committee is “independent,” as that term is defined in Rule 4200(a)(15) of the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The Human Resources Committee is responsible for making policy decisions concerning the compensation and benefit programs maintained by People’s Bank, and conducts periodic performance reviews of the senior and executive officers of People’s Bank. The Human Resources Committee also recommends nominees for election as directors to the full Board of Directors. A current copy of the Human Resources Committee charter is available on People’s Bank’s website at www.peoples.com.

Loan Review Committee. The members of People’s Bank’s Loan Review Committee are Jerry Franklin (Chairman), Collin P. Baron, George P. Carter, Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr., Jack E. McGregor and James A. Thomas. The Loan Review Committee, which met 23 times during 2006, is charged with reviewing and approving strategies, planning and procedures concerning People’s Bank’s commercial, commercial real estate, consumer and community lending activities, reviewing lending activities of People’s Bank and, where appropriate, approving loans brought before the Committee for approval.

Operational Risk Committee. The Operational Risk Committee is responsible for formulating a bank-wide framework to manage operational risk as a distinct type of potential risk to the safety and soundness of People’s Bank. The Operational Risk Committee receives and evaluates information from both internal and external sources relating to perceived operational risks and to People’s Bank’s ongoing efforts to manage such risks, and makes reports and recommendations to the full Board as appropriate with respect to operational risk issues. The Operational Risk Committee, which is comprised of Jack E. McGregor (Chairman), George P. Carter, Eunice S. Groark, Janet M. Hansen, John A. Klein and Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr., met six times in 2006.

Treasury and Finance Committee. People’s Bank’s Treasury and Finance Committee is responsible for approving policies and strategies for, and reviewing the investments and financial activities of, People’s Bank’s Investments and Treasury group. The Treasury and Finance Committee is also charged with reviewing and approving People’s Bank’s asset/liability strategies, including wholesale funding, and interest rate risk management activities. In addition, the Treasury and Finance Committee is responsible for monitoring People’s Bank’s bank-owned life insurance program, including oversight of the program’s investment performance, risk management and internal controls. The Treasury and Finance Committee met eight times during 2006. Collin P. Baron is the Chairman of the Treasury and Finance Committee; its other members are Eunice S. Groark, Richard M. Hoyt, John A. Klein, and Jack E. McGregor.

Trust Committee. Eunice S. Groark is the Chairman of People’s Bank’s Trust Committee. Janet M. Hansen, Richard M. Hoyt and James A. Thomas are also members of the Trust Committee, which met four times during 2006. The Trust Committee is responsible for making policy for, and reviewing the financial and fiduciary status of, People’s Bank’s Trust Department.

 

162


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

This section includes information about the director compensation and executive compensation practices of People’s Bank. To date, People’s United Financial has not paid any separate compensation to its directors or executive officers. We do not presently expect to pay separate compensation to our executive officers (who are also officers of People’s Bank) in the future. We do expect to pay separate compensation to our directors in the future, as discussed under the heading “ Management of People’s United Financial – Director and Executive Officer Compensation.”

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

To date, People’s Bank has compensated its executive officers for their services. People’s Bank expects to continue this practice. People’s United Financial will not pay any additional or separate compensation until we have a business reason to establish separate compensation programs; however, equity-based awards made as part of People’s Bank executive compensation will be made in People’s United Financial common stock rather than People’s Bank common stock.

This discussion is focused specifically on the compensation of the five executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table which appears later in this section. These five executives are referred to in this discussion as the named executive officers, or NEOs.

Overview. The Human Resources Committee of the People’s Bank Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing and making recommendations to the independent members of the Board of Directors with respect to the compensation of the named executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer. As part of these duties, the Committee conducts an annual performance review of the Chief Executive Officer and, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, reviews the performance of each other named executive officer. The independent members of the Board of Directors have ultimate authority to approve the compensation of all named executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer.

The Human Resources Committee also reviews, oversees and approves the management and implementation of People’s Bank’s human resources policies and its principal employee benefit plans. The Committee may undertake other duties that are related to People’s Bank’s human resources function. The Committee has a formal charter, which is available on-line under the heading “Investor Relations – Corporate Governance – Board and Committee Structure – Human Resources Committee” at www.peoples.com. The charter describes the Committee’s scope of authority and its duties.

The Human Resources Committee consists of three directors, all of whom are “independent” within the meaning of Rule 4200 of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The Board of Directors evaluates the independence of Committee members annually, using the standards contained in Rule 4200. This evaluation, and the determination that each member of the Committee is independent, was most recently made in February 2006.

Executive Participation in Committee Discussions. The executive officers who participate in the Human Resources Committee’s compensation-setting process are the Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President for the Organization Effectiveness Division. The Executive Vice President and General Counsel acts as Secretary to the Committee. The Chief Financial Officer also participates to a limited extent in connection with the establishment of financially-driven performance goals. Executive participation is meant to provide the Human Resources Committee with input regarding People’s Bank’s compensation philosophy, process and decisions. In addition to providing factual information such as company-wide performance on relevant measures, these executives articulate management’s views on

 

163


Table of Contents

current compensation programs and processes, recommend relevant performance measures to be used for future awards, and otherwise supply information to assist the Human Resources Committee. The Chief Executive Officer also provides information about individual performance assessments for the other named executive officers, and expresses to the Human Resources Committee his view on the appropriate levels of compensation for the other named executive officers for the ensuing year.

Executives participate in Committee discussions purely in an informational and advisory capacity, but have no vote in the Committee’s decision-making process. The Chief Executive Officer does not attend those portions of Human Resources Committee meetings during which his performance is evaluated or his compensation is being determined. No executive officer other than the Chief Executive Officer attends those portions of Human Resources Committee meetings during which the performance of the other named executive officers is evaluated or their compensation is being determined.

Use of Consultants. The Human Resources Committee engages an independent compensation consultant to assist it in the annual compensation process for named executive officers. The consultant, which is retained by and reports to the Human Resources Committee, works extensively with the Chief Executive Officer and management in performing its duties for the Committee. The consultant provides expertise and information about competitive trends in the employment marketplace, including established and emerging compensation practices at other companies. The consultant also provides survey data, and assists in assembling relevant comparison groups for various purposes and establishing benchmarks for particular components of core compensation from the survey and comparison group data. The Committee engaged the firm of Towers Perrin to serve as its independent compensation consultant during 2006.

Management also engages one or more consultants to provide additional information, advice, and professional services related to other aspects of the compensation function. These consultants work primarily with management but may also communicate directly with the Human Resources Committee. The consultant engaged to assist the Human Resources Committee in the annual compensation process may also be engaged to perform some of these additional services.

Compensation Objectives. Broadly speaking, the overall goals of People’s Bank’s executive compensation programs are to attract, motivate, retain, and pay key executives (including the NEOs) for performance. The methods used to achieve these goals are strongly influenced by the compensation and employment practices of People’s Bank’s competitors within the financial services industry, and elsewhere in the marketplace, for executive talent. Other considerations include each named executive officer’s individual performance as well as the encouragement of behaviors directed towards attainment of corporate goals, not all of which are financial in nature or capable of being quantified.

The compensation program is designed to reward the named executive officers based on their level of assigned management responsibilities, individual performance levels, and individual value in the job marketplace. “At-risk” components of compensation reward the NEOs, including the Chief Executive Officer, based primarily on company-wide performance while also considering their performance against individually-set performance objectives. The Chief Executive Officer’s individual performance objectives are the same as the strategic and financial performance objectives of People’s Bank as a whole. For the other named executive officers, individual performance objectives are set by the Chief Executive Officer and are reviewed by the Human Resources Committee. Equity-based components of compensation provide an incentive for executive behaviors that are aligned with the interests of stockholders. The retirement component of the compensation program rewards the named executive officers for their long-term contributions to the organization.

 

164


Table of Contents

Components of Compensation. People’s Bank uses many different building blocks as part of its overall executive compensation program. Some are paid in cash, while others are based on People’s Bank common stock. The principal components of executive compensation packages consist of:

 

  Base salary

 

  Annual cash bonus (also referred to as the Short-Term Incentive Plan (STIP) Bonus)

 

  Long-term incentives

Long-term incentives are awarded under the People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or LTIP. Awards under the LTIP are made in one of three forms:

 

  Long-term cash bonus (also referred to as the LTIP Bonus)

 

  Stock options

 

  Restricted stock grants

LTIP Bonuses are paid out at the end of a three-year performance cycle. Equity-based awards under the LTIP (stock options and restricted stock grants) vest incrementally over time, and in the case of stock options have value only if the market price of People’s Bank common stock increases after the awards are made.

NEOs receive a variety of fringe benefits as compensation. Some of these are available to a broad range of employees. Others are limited to senior and executive officers. Fringe benefits for the named executive officers are:

Broad-based fringe benefits :

 

  Medical, dental and vision coverage (employee shares cost)

 

  Pre-tax health and dependent care spending accounts

 

  Adoption assistance

 

  Employee referral services

 

  Group life insurance coverage (capped at $50,000 for NEOs)

 

  Long-term disability insurance coverage equal to 50% of base salary

Senior and executive officers only :

 

  Tax preparation services

 

  Financial planning services

 

  Annual $500 reimbursement for health club membership

 

  Company-supplied automobile (includes operating expenses)

 

165


Table of Contents
  Supplemental long-term disability insurance coverage

 

  Home security services

People’s Bank also bears the expense of other club memberships for named executive officers, if the membership is used primarily for business-related purposes.

Retirement benefits also represent an important source of compensation to the named executive officers. As with fringe benefits, some forms of retirement benefits are available to a broad range of employees, while others are limited to senior and executive officers. Retirement benefits are provided through these programs (tax-qualified plans are marked with an asterisk):

Broad-based retirement programs :

 

  People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan*

 

  People’s Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan*

 

  Retiree health benefits (retiree shares cost)

Senior and executive officers only :

 

  The People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan

 

  People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan

 

  People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan

Certain executive officers only :

 

  People’s Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Executive Officers

Additional information about the Long-Term Incentive Plan can be found later in this section under the heading “– 1988 Long-Term Incentive Plan ”; for the Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Executive Officers under the heading “– Deferred Compensation Plan ”, and for the Employees’ Retirement Plan, the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan, the Cap Excess Plan, the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan, and the Supplemental Savings Plan, in the discussion following the table headed “Pension Benefits.”

In addition to the components of executive compensation described above, Mr. Klein is a party to an employment agreement with People’s Bank. If Mr. Klein’s employment with People’s Bank continues through December 31, 2014, he will not be entitled to any payments or benefits other than those provided through the various executive compensation plans and programs described above. If Mr. Klein’s employment with People’s Bank terminates before that date, he may become entitled to a variety of additional payments and benefits depending on when and for what reason his employment was terminated. These include payments designed to equal Mr. Klein’s projected base salary and annual cash bonus for a specified period, as well as matching contributions that would have been made on Mr. Klein’s behalf in the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan and the Supplemental Savings Plan during that same period. In addition, Mr. Klein may become entitled to extra retirement benefits in an amount which, when added to the benefits he will actually receive under the Employees’ Retirement Plan, the Cap Excess Plan and the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan, will cause him to receive a total benefit equal to what he would have

 

166


Table of Contents

received if he had remained employed by People’s Bank for a specified period of time. See “ –Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control ” for information about potential payments to Mr. Klein upon termination of his employment with People’s Bank.

The term of Mr. Klein’s employment agreement was designed to give People’s Bank the ability to retain Mr. Klein’s services until the end of the year in which he reaches age 65, which is considered his normal retirement age. Contract provisions requiring payment of additional post-employment benefits under certain conditions were considered to be appropriate in view of Mr. Klein’s position with People’s Bank, his prospects for securing near-term re-employment in a comparable position should his employment with People’s Bank be terminated, and common practices in the marketplace for executive talent at the time he entered into the agreement.

Assembling the Components. The Human Resources Committee analyzes the level and relative mix of each of the principal components of the compensation packages for named executive officers on an annual basis. The Chief Executive Officer also makes recommendations to the Committee relating to compensation to be paid to the named executive officers other than himself. Based on this analysis and (where appropriate) the Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations, the Human Resources Committee makes annual recommendations to the independent members of the Board of Directors about each named executive officer’s compensation package to the extent derived from base salary, STIP Bonus and long-term incentives. This portion of executive compensation is also called core compensation.

Decisions about core compensation are made without reference to other elements of compensation (i.e., fringe benefits and retirement benefits). With one exception, fringe benefits and retirement benefits are not specifically tailored for the named executive officers, and are provided under programs that provide similar benefits to non-executive employees of People’s Bank. The Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Executive Officers is an exception to this general rule. As noted in the section entitled “ –Deferred Compensation Plan ,”, this plan was created after enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the resulting termination of named executive officers’ participation in the split-dollar life insurance program.

The Human Resources Committee reviews the other components of executive compensation (fringe benefits and retirement benefits), but does not necessarily consider changes to those components on an annual basis. Changes to the level or types of benefits within these categories, including considerations relating to the addition or elimination of benefits and plan design changes, are made by the Human Resources Committee on an aggregate basis with respect to the group of employees entitled to those benefits, and not with reference to a particular named executive officer’s compensation package. Decisions about these components of compensation are made without reference to the named executive officers’ core compensation packages, as they involve issues of more general application and often include consideration of trends in the industry or in the employment marketplace.

The Human Resources Committee seeks to create what it believes is the best mix of the principal components of core compensation (base salary; STIP Bonus; long-term incentives) in delivering the named executive officers’ core compensation. These components are evaluated in relation to benchmark data derived from information reported in publicly-available proxy statements or from market survey data. The companies which are the source of the benchmark data may be different for the Chief Executive Officer and for the other named executive officers, due to differences in the availability of reliable data for comparable executive positions below the Chief Executive Officer level. As discussed below under the heading “ –Committee Actions Affecting 2006 Compensation ,” the Committee uses the benchmark data as a primary reference point when setting the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, but as a secondary reference point when setting the compensation for the other named executive officers.

 

167


Table of Contents

For each named executive officer, a significant percentage of core compensation is at-risk, meaning that it will generally be earned or increase in value when People’s Bank or the named executive officer is successful in ways that are aligned with and support shareholder interests. At-risk elements of compensation may have no value or may be worth less than the target value if applicable performance goals are not fully attained or the price of People’s Bank common stock declines or remains flat after the date the at-risk compensation was awarded. At-risk compensation includes all components of core compensation other than base salary.

Assembly of the core compensation package for each named executive officer begins with the establishment of target ranges for the separate elements making up each named executive officer’s core compensation package. The Human Resources Committee establishes these target ranges in consultation with members of executive management.

The Human Resources Committee next determines the base salary component for each named executive officer, including the Chief Executive Officer. The Human Resources Committee reviews base salary information compiled by management from the sources described above, then formulates a recommendation for the base salary component of each named executive officer’s compensation in relation to that information. The target base salary for the Chief Executive Officer is determined using the percentile target range established for the elements of his core compensation and for each other named executive officer based on target ranges for each element of core compensation. The target base salary for each named executive officer may then be adjusted on an individual basis to reflect a variety of factors. Deviations from the targets typically reflect each executive’s length of service, experience, value to the organization, and expertise in his or her field of responsibility. A number of these factors are subjective in nature.

The Human Resources Committee follows a similar process for each other element of core compensation (i.e., STIP Bonus and long-term incentives) using the target ranges established for the elements of core compensation.

The target amount of the STIP Bonus award and the target amount of the LTIP Bonus award are each expressed as a percentage of the executive’s base salary for the ensuing year. The assumed value of stock options for purposes of assembling the compensation package is determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, and the assumed value of restricted stock grants is the market value of People’s Bank stock, in each case determined several months before the date of grant due to the extended lead times involved in the annual compensation setting process. For planning purposes, the market value of People’s Bank stock may be an average value over a period of several months rather than a point-in-time value. The relative weighting of stock options, restricted stock grants and targeted LTIP Bonus awards is determined with reference to the competitive data made available to the Human Resources Committee. In each case, the Committee may decide to depart from the target levels so established, for the same reasons as discussed with respect to base salary or because of significant changes in the value of People’s Bank stock since the valuation dates used to develop recommendations for equity-based awards.

The annual process of assembling target compensation packages for the named executive officers is forward-looking in nature. All at-risk components are based on the expectation that target levels of performance will be achieved over the time horizon that is relevant to each at-risk component. Actual performance over the applicable measurement period may exceed or fall short of the targets, and People’s Bank’s stock may be worth more or less in the future compared to valuations used in formulating equity-based awards. This means that when at-risk compensation is actually received by a named executive officer, it may be worth more or less to the executive than was expected at the time the award was initially made. This applies to forms of at-risk compensation paid out in cash (STIP Bonus and LTIP

 

168


Table of Contents

Bonus) or realized in the stock market from the exercise of stock options or sale of shares of restricted stock after vesting.

The value (or lack of value) realized by named executive officers from at-risk awards granted in prior years is not taken into account by the Human Resources Committee in the process of setting compensation for the current year. The Committee believes that doing so would be inconsistent with the underlying reasons for the use of at-risk compensation. If current year awards were increased to make up for below-target performance in prior years or decreased to account for above-target performance in prior years, the Committee would be diluting or eliminating the link between performance and reward. Named executive officers would have little incentive to improve performance if it meant decreased target awards in the future, or if the negative consequences for poor performance would be cushioned by increases in the target value of future awards. In addition, the value realized by a named executive officer from equity-based awards granted in prior periods depends in large measure on when the executive decides to realize that value by exercising options or by selling vested shares of restricted stock. The Committee does not believe it would be appropriate to adjust future grants in light of these types of individual decisions.

The objective of the annual compensation-setting process is to establish the appropriate level and mix of compensation for each named executive officer, in reference to the factors discussed above. Therefore, the Human Resources Committee believes that the accounting treatment of any given element of core compensation is not a relevant consideration in the design and compensation-setting process.

For the same reasons, the Human Resources Committee considers, but does not give undue weight to, the tax treatment of each component of compensation. Under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, annual compensation paid to a named executive officer is not deductible if it exceeds $1 million unless it qualifies as “performance-based compensation” as defined in the tax code and related tax regulations. Base salary and compensation derived from restricted stock awards are not forms of performance-based compensation. Many fringe benefits also do not qualify as performance-based compensation. Stock options are treated as a form of performance-based compensation because their value is entirely dependent on the performance of People’s Bank’s stock in the market after the date the option is granted. Short-term bonus and long-term cash bonus awards may qualify as forms of performance-based compensation under the income tax regulations.

The Human Resources Committee understands that People’s Bank will not be able to deduct a certain portion of the compensation paid to the named executive officers if it does not qualify as performance-based compensation for tax purposes and exceeds the Section 162(m) limit. The Committee further understands that the absence of this deduction will increase the effective cost of such compensation. The Committee believes this represents an additional cost of doing business that should be borne by the organization as a result of non-tax decisions regarding the appropriate level and mix of compensation for each named executive officer.

Linking Company Performance to Incentive Plan Funding. Each year, the Human Resources Committee establishes one or more prospective company-wide performance targets for use in making funding determinations that affect payment of STIP Bonuses and LTIP Bonuses. Actual performance is evaluated against the target performance measures after the close of the year to which the measures apply. The results of that comparison are used to calculate the level of funding available to pay STIP Bonuses and to allocate funding for future payouts of LTIP Bonuses awarded for periods including that year.

For purposes of the STIP Bonus, each named executive officer other than the Chief Executive Officer is also evaluated on several individual performance measures which are set at the beginning of the year and relate to the strategic business objectives for the ensuing year. Each named executive officer has

 

169


Table of Contents

a unique set of individual performance measures. The degree to which a named executive officer satisfies these individualized measures is taken into account in determining the amount to be paid out to that executive as a STIP Bonus. No individual performance measures are set for the Chief Executive Officer; his performance is measured by the attainment of People’s Bank’s performance, strategic and financial objectives for the year.

The organization’s target performance measures are objective measures that reflect People’s Bank’s operating results for the year for which the target is established. The Committee has historically sought to ensure that attainment of the target performance measure is challenging yet achievable. The Human Resources Committee has historically established a single performance target in relation to earnings per share, or EPS. The Committee seeks to establish a target based on earnings from sources that are reasonably predictable and stable. Therefore, the Committee often specifies a target EPS measure that is based on earnings from continuing operations. After the conclusion of the fiscal year, the Chief Executive Officer may suggest that the Committee consider additional adjustments to earnings from continuing operations which are designed to eliminate the effects of extraordinary or unusual events. Some events for which these kinds of adjustments are made do recur from time to time, but are nevertheless considered to be extraneous to the conduct of normal day-to-day banking business. The Committee is not required to adopt the Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations. For any given year, the Human Resources Committee may decide to establish performance measures in addition to or in place of an EPS-based measure.

For purposes of determining the level of funding available to pay STIP Bonuses, actual performance for the relevant year is compared to the target performance measure(s) without reference to any external factors. If actual performance falls below the targeted level but is at least 80% of the targeted level, STIP Bonuses may be paid based on a reduced level of available funding.

The process is somewhat different for the LTIP Bonus. The actual amount paid out pursuant to an LTIP Bonus award is determined over a three-year performance cycle. A new performance cycle begins at the start of each calendar year. Thus, People’s Bank’s performance for a given year will affect three LTIP Bonus awards: one which was made at the beginning of the year for which performance is being evaluated, one which was made at the beginning of the year before that, and one which was made at the beginning of the second year before that. Amounts allocated for payout with respect to each year in a given three-year performance cycle will be paid out to the executive after the end of the third year. For example, after 2006 results have been determined, amounts will be allocated for eventual payout as LTIP Bonus for the 2006 portion of the three-year performance cycles covering the periods of 2006-2008; 2005-2007; and 2004-2006. In early 2007, the named executive officer will receive a payout of all LTIP Bonus amounts allocated to him over the entire 2004-2006 performance cycle. LTIP Bonus amounts allocated to the named executive officer for the two performance cycles ending in later years will not be paid out until all years in the cycle have been completed.

Half of the amount allocated in a given year for each named executive officer’s LTIP Bonus awards depends on actual performance compared to the target performance measure(s) for that year, without regard to external factors. This process is similar to that which is followed for the STIP Bonus funding determination.

The other half of the amount allocated for each named executive officer’s LTIP Bonus award in a given year is determined by reference to the target performance measure compared to the performance of a peer group of financial institutions on the same performance measure. The peer group is designated by the Human Resources Committee at the beginning of the year for which the target performance measure is set. The composition of the peer group is determined by the Committee with input from executive management and the Committee’s compensation consultant, and may be updated from time to time as

 

170


Table of Contents

necessary to reflect changes (such as mergers) affecting the companies included in the group at the time the group was identified. When EPS is used as the performance measure, the Committee has typically compared the compounded annual growth rate of the target EPS measure for the year in question to the compounded annual growth rate in the median EPS for the peer group.

As is the case for the STIP Bonus, if actual performance on either measure falls below the targeted level but is at least 80% of the targeted level, amounts may be allocated for payment of LTIP Bonuses based on a reduced level of available funding.

The Human Resources Committee has historically used the same target performance measure both for purposes of calculating the STIP Bonus funding levels, and for purposes of calculating the LTIP Bonus allocation for the applicable year. The Committee is not required to use the same performance measure(s) for both of these purposes.

Timing of Equity Grants. Stock option grants and restricted stock grants are effective as of the grant date, and options are priced at “fair market value” on the date of grant. The grant date is the date the equity awards are approved for issuance by the independent members of the Board of Directors, acting on recommendations made to them by the Human Resources Committee. The Long-Term Incentive Plan defines “fair market value” as the average of the high and low price of People’s Bank stock on the grant date or, if the grant date is not a day when the stock market is open, on the most recent day for which trading data is reported by the market. Equity grants are only made to named executive officers during the normal annual compensation-setting cycle except under circumstances discussed under the heading “– Exceptions to Usual Procedures .”

Stock Ownership Guidelines. People’s Bank has not established any formal policies or guidelines addressing expected levels of stock ownership by the named executive officers.

Exceptions to Usual Procedures. The Human Resources Committee may from time to time recommend to the independent members of the Board of Directors that they approve the payment of special cash compensation or the grant of special equity-based awards to one or more named executive officers in addition to payments and grants approved during the normal annual compensation-setting cycle. The Committee might make such a recommendation if it believes it would be appropriate to reward one or more named executive officers in recognition of contributions to a particular project, or in response to competitive and other factors that were not addressed during the normal annual compensation-setting cycle. On occasion, special payments are contingent on some period of future service by the named executive officer. All equity grants are subject to future vesting contingencies, which may be different from and shorter than the vesting periods that apply to grants made during the normal annual compensation-setting cycle.

The Committee will make off-cycle compensation decisions and recommendations whenever a current employee is promoted to executive officer status, or an executive officer is hired. The Committee may depart from the compensation guidelines it would normally follow for executives in the case of outside hires.

When the Human Resources Committee is expected to consider recommending approval of equity-based grants outside the normal annual compensation-setting cycle, the Chief Executive Officer in consultation with the General Counsel may request the independent members of the Board of Directors to defer approval of those grants if the Board of Directors or one or more executives are aware of favorable or unfavorable material information regarding People’s Bank that has not been disclosed to the public. Once such information has been appropriately disclosed, the Chief Executive Officer notifies the

 

171


Table of Contents

Committee and the independent members of the Board of Directors, who then take appropriate action with respect to any grants for which action was deferred.

Rating Past Performance; Payout Decisions. The preceding discussion primarily reflects the Human Resources Committee’s actions with respect to target compensation to be paid in or on account of services rendered in future periods. The Committee also is responsible for reviewing the actual performance of People’s Bank against performance targets established in prior periods. The evaluation of People’s Bank’s performance in relation to those targets is essential to determining the extent to which cash bonuses are paid or allocated for the benefit of named executive officers. For more information about these performance targets and how they are used, see “ –Linking Company Performance to Incentive Plan Funding ” above.

The amount actually paid out to each named executive officer (including the Chief Executive Officer) pursuant to a STIP Bonus award depends on four factors: the extent to which the overall STIP Bonus pool is funded for the year; whether the Committee decides to apply an overall funding adjustment factor applicable to all employees who may be eligible to receive a STIP Bonus; the named executive officer’s performance with respect to his individual performance measures; and possible upward or downward adjustment of the named executive officer’s payout based on an evaluation of his leadership behaviors in a given year. The Chief Executive Officer evaluates the performance and leadership behaviors of all named executive officers other than himself. The Human Resources Committee evaluates the performance and leadership behaviors of the Chief Executive Officer.

As discussed earlier, the Committee often specifies a target performance measure intended to fairly represent the results of continuing operations of People’s Bank during the ensuing year. Events may occur during the course of the year which cause management to conclude that the measure as so established does not in fact achieve its intended goal. In that case, the Chief Executive Officer may ask the Human Resources Committee to exercise discretion in deciding whether or to what degree the applicable performance measure has been attained or exceeded. The Committee may, but is not required to, exercise that discretion.

The extent to which the overall STIP Bonus pool for all eligible employees (including named executive officers) is funded is determined by the performance of People’s Bank measured against the target performance metrics specified by the Human Resources Committee. The bonus pool is not funded unless People’s Bank attains at least 80% of the target performance measures for the year. Maximum funding of the bonus pool will occur if People’s Bank achieves 120% of the target performance measures.

Once the funding level has been determined, the Committee then decides whether to apply an overall funding adjustment factor. Application of this factor, which may be positive or negative, results in an automatic adjustment of equal magnitude to the target payout amounts for each named executive officer’s STIP Bonus for the preceding year in alignment with overall results for People’s Bank. The Human Resources Committee will consider applying an overall funding adjustment factor when the actual financial performance of People’s Bank for the preceding year was extraordinarily different from expected performance, and when the Committee believes that actual performance was not primarily attributable to any particular operating unit or units within the organization.

Each named executive officer other than the Chief Executive Officer is also evaluated on several performance measures that were set at the beginning of the previous year and which relate to the strategic business objectives of the organization for that year. Each named executive officer has a unique set of individual performance measures. The degree to which a named executive officer satisfies these individualized measures is taken into account in determining the amount to be paid out to that executive as a STIP Bonus. In general, no named executive officer could receive a STIP Bonus payout in excess of

 

172


Table of Contents

200% of the target short-term cash bonus amount. However, in making recommendations to the independent members of the Board of Directors with respect to the named executive officers, the Human Resources Committee has the discretion to disregard this cap in circumstances it deems appropriate.

As discussed above under the heading “ Linking Company Performance to Incentive Plan Funding ,” the actual payout for the LTIP Bonus award is determined over a three-year period. Target LTIP Bonus awards are made to each named executive officer on an annual basis. As a result, in any given year there are three overlapping LTIP Bonus cycles in effect (one with respect to the first year of the cycle, one with respect to the second year of the cycle, and the third with respect to the final year of the cycle). Annual funding decisions are made for each active cycle based on People’s Bank’s performance against the target performance measure(s) established in the preceding year for each cycle.

The funding for each active cycle is divided into two separate but related parts. If applicable minimum performance metrics are met in a given year for a given portion of the LTIP Bonus award, an allocation is made for that portion of the award for each active cycle. Amounts allocated in a given year are not paid out until after the end of the full three-year performance cycle. The maximum amount that may be paid out pursuant to an LTIP Bonus award upon expiration of a three-year bonus cycle is 150% of the target amount of the LTIP Bonus award that was established at the beginning of the three-year cycle.

Fifty percent of the annual LTIP Bonus allocation is based solely on the performance of People’s Bank against the applicable target performance measure(s). The remaining fifty percent of the annual LTIP Bonus allocation is based on the relative performance of People’s Bank on the target performance measure(s) as compared to the median performance of a peer group of financial institutions on the same measure(s) for the same year. The composition of the peer group may change from year to year. See the discussion under the heading “– Linking Company Performance to Incentive Plan Funding.

Committee Actions Affecting 2006 Compensation. The Human Resources Committee took a variety of actions during 2006 that affected executive compensation for the year. During the first quarter of 2007, the Human Resources Committee will evaluate the performance of People’s Bank against the target performance measures established in early 2006 and take other actions relating to calculation of actual payments and allocations for the STIP Bonus and LTIP Bonus based on 2006 performance. Actions taken by the Committee in 2006 with reference to performance measures established for 2005 are not included in the following discussion.

Annual Compensation-Setting Process - Chief Executive Officer. In February 2006, the Human Resources Committee recommended, and the independent members of the Board of Directors approved, the various components of Mr. Klein’s annual compensation package. Details regarding base salary, stock options, and restricted stock grants are included in the detailed compensation tables following this section. Information about the STIP Bonus and LTIP Bonus target amounts established by the Committee for Mr. Klein are included in this discussion.

 

173


Table of Contents

For 2006, the Committee selected the following companies for use in benchmarking Mr. Klein’s compensation package:

 

BancorpSouth, Inc.    Bank of Hawaii Corporation
City National Corporation    Commerce Bancshares, Inc.
Commercial Federal Corporation    Downey Financial Corp.
First Citizens Bancshares, Inc.    FirstMerit Corporation
Hudson United Bancorp    TCF Financial Corporation
Trustmark Corporation    Valley National Bancorp
Whitney Holding Corporation   

The companies in this group are all in the financial services industry. They were selected primarily on the basis of asset size, being roughly comparable in asset size to People’s Bank at the time the group was selected. Compensation information for companies included in the peer group was obtained by reviewing publicly available proxy statements and other relevant filings made with securities regulatory authorities.

For 2006, the Committee established the target value of Mr. Klein’s core compensation package at approximately $2.7 million. This would have placed Mr. Klein in the third quartile for core compensation paid to chief executive officers of the companies included in the peer group. This target was established based on the recent financial performance of People’s Bank, Mr. Klein’s estimated value in the marketplace, and the Committee’s view of Mr. Klein’s critical role in the future success of People’s Bank.

After establishing the target value for Mr. Klein’s overall core compensation package, the Committee made detailed determinations for each element of that package in order to arrive at the desired overall result:

Base Salary: The Committee set Mr. Klein’s base salary at $775,215 representing a 3.5% increase from his base salary in 2005. This placed Mr. Klein’s base salary in the third quartile of the base salaries for chief executive officers of the companies included in the peer group. At this level, Mr. Klein’s base salary represented approximately 29% of the target value of his core compensation package, consistent with the Committee’s philosophy of emphasizing the at-risk components of core compensation for executive officers.

STIP Bonus: Mr. Klein’s STIP Bonus target for 2006 was established at 75% of his base salary for 2006. The actual amount to be paid out to Mr. Klein will be determined based on the financial performance of People’s Bank for the year. The amount paid out will not exceed 200% of the target amount (representing a maximum of 150% of Mr. Klein’s base salary for 2006), unless the Human Resources Committee exercises its discretion to exceed that limit. See “ Rating Past Performance ” for a discussion of the amount paid out to Mr. Klein pursuant to this award.

The Committee established Mr. Klein’s STIP Bonus target at this level in part based on market practice and trends, and in part to achieve the desired mix between base compensation and at-risk compensation.

Long-Term Incentives: To arrive at the desired total target value of Mr. Klein’s core compensation package for 2006, and in light of the levels of base salary and STIP Bonus award already determined, the Committee established the target value of the long-term incentive portion of Mr. Klein’s compensation package for 2006 at approximately $1.37 million. The target value of the long-term incentive portion of Mr. Klein’s compensation package is made up of the target

 

174


Table of Contents

value of the LTIP Bonus award, the value of stock options using the Black-Scholes methodology, and the assumed value of restricted stock grants. Option values and assumed restricted stock grant values were based on stock price data several months prior to the actual grant date. In addition, the Committee recommended a special grant of 9,000 shares of restricted stock to Mr. Klein as a leadership bonus. As a result, Mr. Klein’s total core compensation as finally established was at approximately the 75th percentile for chief executive officers of companies included in the peer group.

The relative mix of the three components of Mr. Klein’s long-term incentive compensation package (including the leadership grant) was designed so that approximately two-thirds of the target value would be attributable to equity-based forms of compensation. The Committee considered this weighting to be an appropriate means of aligning Mr. Klein’s compensation with the long-term interests of People’s Bank stockholders.

Mr. Klein’s LTIP Bonus target for the three-year performance cycle beginning with 2006 was established at 72% of his base salary for 2006. The actual amount to be paid out to Mr. Klein will be determined based on the financial performance of People’s Bank during 2006, 2007 and 2008. The amount paid out will not exceed 150% of the target amount (representing a maximum of 108% of Mr. Klein’s base salary for 2006).

The Human Resources Committee recommended the award to Mr. Klein of options to purchase 42,192 shares of People’s Bank common stock. Additional information about these options is contained in the Summary Compensation Table and the table headed “ Grants of Plan-Based Awards ” and accompanying discussion, all of which appear below. These options will have no value unless the market value of People’s Bank common stock is higher than the exercise price of the options. The actual value realized by Mr. Klein upon his exercise of these options will depend on the market value of People’s Bank stock at the time of exercise. The target value of these stock options represented approximately 17% of Mr. Klein’s long-term compensation for 2006, reflecting the Committee’s decision to weight equity-based awards towards stock grants rather than towards options.

The Human Resources Committee also recommended the award to Mr. Klein of 24,000 shares of People’s Bank common stock, subject to vesting restrictions. As previously discussed, a portion of this award (9,000 shares) was made to Mr. Klein as a leadership bonus. Additional information about these restricted shares is contained in the Summary Compensation Table and the table headed “ Grants of Plan-Based Awards ” and accompanying discussion, all of which appear below. The actual value realized by Mr. Klein from these shares will depend on the market value of People’s Bank stock at the time he chooses to sell the shares. The target value of these shares represented approximately 48% of Mr. Klein’s compensation package for 2006, and 74% of all equity-based forms of compensation awarded to Mr. Klein.

All Human Resources Committee actions taken with respect to Mr. Klein’s compensation were presented as recommendations for approval by the independent members of the Board of Directors. All of the Committee’s recommendations regarding Mr. Klein’s compensation were approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors in February 2006.

Annual Compensation-Setting Process – Other Named Executive Officers. In February 2006, the Human Resources Committee recommended, and the independent members of the Board of Directors approved, the various components of the annual compensation packages for all other named executive officers. Details regarding base salary, stock options, and restricted stock grants made to the named executive officers are included in the detailed compensation tables following this section. Information

 

175


Table of Contents

about the STIP Bonus and LTIP Bonus target amounts established by the Committee for the named executive officers are included in this discussion.

The Human Resources Committee began the compensation-setting process for these named executive officers by referring to internally developed broad guidelines which specify target dollar ranges for executive compensation. These guidelines are based in large part on competitive trends in the employment marketplace, including established and emerging compensation practices at other companies. The Committee initially established the overall level of core compensation for each named executive officer (other than the Chief Executive Officer) within the guideline ranges after considering the recent performance of People’s Bank and the contribution of each named executive officer to those results, the value of each executive’s job in the marketplace, and the criticality of each named executive officer to the future success of People’s Bank in attaining its goals.

The Committee next evaluated these preliminary compensation decisions in comparison to the compensation of executives having comparable responsibilities at companies in a peer group designated by the Committee. This peer group was different from, and larger than, the peer group used to establish the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, due to the limited amount of data available for comparable executive positions in the first peer group.

For 2006, the companies making up the peer group used as a comparison reference for the compensation packages for the other named executive officers were:

 

AmSouth Bancorporation    BancWest Corporation
Taylor Capital Group, Inc.    Commerce Bancshares, Inc.
Commercial Federal Corporation    Compass Bancshares, Inc.
F.N.B. Corporation    Harris Financial Corp.
Hibernia Corp.    Huntington Bancshares Incorporated
IndyMac Bancorp, Inc.    Irwin Financial Corporation
Marshall & Isley Corporation    The South Financial Group
Southern Bancorp, Inc.    SVB Financial Group
Texas Capital Bancshares, Inc.    UnionBanCal Corporation
Webster Financial Corporation   

The companies in this group all participate in relevant executive compensation surveys sponsored by the Committee’s compensation consultant.

The Committee compared its preliminary compensation decisions for the named executive officers with the peer group data to ensure that those preliminary decisions did not deviate significantly from market practice.

The target value of the named executive officers’ core compensation packages, as established by the Committee for 2006 following the steps outlined above and based on equity valuation assumptions as of a date several months prior to the Committee’s action, each fell within the third quartile for core compensation paid to executive officers performing similar duties with the companies included in the peer group.

After establishing the target value for each named executive officer’s overall core compensation package, the Committee made detailed determinations for each element of that package in order to arrive at the desired overall result:

 

176


Table of Contents

Base Salary : The Committee first set the 2006 base salary for each named executive officer, within target dollar ranges contemplated by the internal guidelines. Salary increases for the named executive officers represented increases of from 5% to 9% compared to base salaries for 2005. At these levels, base salaries represented between 27% and 38% of the target value of each named executive officer’s core compensation package, consistent with the Committee’s philosophy of emphasizing the at-risk components of core compensation for executive officers.

STIP Bonus : The named executive officers’ STIP Bonus targets for 2006 were established within a range of 60% to 65% of each executive’s base salary for 2006. The actual amount to be paid out to each named executive officer will be determined in part based on the financial performance of People’s Bank for the year and in part based on the other factors discussed under the heading “–Rating Past Performance; Payout Decisions .” The amount paid out will not exceed 200% of the target amount (representing a maximum of 120 - 130% of each named executive officer’s base salary for 2006), unless the Human Resources Committee exercises its discretion to exceed that limit. See “ Rating Past Performance ” for a discussion of the amounts paid out to the named executive officers pursuant to these awards.

The Committee established the named executive officers’ STIP Bonus targets at these levels in part based on market practice and trends, and in part to achieve the desired mix between base compensation and at-risk compensation.

Long-Term Incentives : To arrive at the desired total target value of each named executive officer’s core compensation package for 2006, and in light of the levels of base salary and STIP Bonus awards already determined, the Committee established the target value of the long-term incentive portion of the named executive officers’ core compensation packages for 2006 in a range from approximately $327,000 to $865,000. The target value of the long-term portion of each named executive officer’s compensation package reflects the target value of the LTIP Bonus award, the value of stock options using the Black-Scholes method, and the assumed value of restricted stock grants. Option values and assumed restricted stock grant values were based on stock price data several months prior to the actual grant date.

With one exception, the relative mix of the three components of each executive’s long-term compensation package was designed so that approximately two-thirds of the target value would be attributable to equity-based forms of compensation. The Committee considered this weighting to be an appropriate means of aligning executive compensation with the long-term interests of People’s Bank stockholders. The Chief Financial Officer’s long-term incentive package was designed so that more than 80% of the target value would be attributable to equity-based forms of compensation. This difference reflected the Committee’s and Chief Executive Officer’s view that the Chief Financial Officer’s compensation should be more strongly tied to the long-term value of People’s Bank stock as an incentive for performance.

The LTIP Bonus targets for the three-year performance cycle beginning with 2006 were established for the named executive officers in a range between 33% – 41% of each executive’s base salary for 2006. The actual amount to be paid out to each named executive officer will be determined based on the financial performance of People’s Bank during 2006, 2007 and 2008. The amount paid out will not exceed 150% of the target amount (representing between 49.5% – 61.5% of each executive’s base salary for 2006).

The Human Resources Committee recommended the award to the named executive officers of options to purchase between 15,165 and 46,960 shares of People’s Bank common stock. Additional information about these options is contained in the Summary Compensation Table and

 

177


Table of Contents

the table headed “ Grants of Plan-Based Awards ” and accompanying discussion, all of which appear below. These options will have no value unless the market value of People’s Bank common stock is higher than the exercise price of the options. The actual value realized by each named executive officer upon his exercise of these options will depend on the market value of People’s Bank stock at the time of exercise. The target value of these stock options represented between approximately 20% and 24% of each named executive officer’s long-term compensation for 2006, reflecting the Committee’s decision to weight equity-based awards towards stock grants rather than towards options.

The Human Resources Committee also recommended the award to the named executive officers of between 5,565 and 17,300 shares of People’s Bank common stock, subject to vesting restrictions. Additional information about these restricted shares is contained in the table headed “ Grant of Plan-Based Awards ” below. The actual value realized by each named executive officer from these shares will depend on the market value of People’s Bank stock at the time he chooses to sell such shares. The target value of these shares represented between 27% and 44% of each named executive officer’s compensation package for 2006, and 70% of all equity-based forms of compensation awarded to the named executive officers.

As a result of increases in the market value of People’s Bank’s common stock subsequent to the date used for estimating the values of stock options and shares of restricted stock, the grant-date value of options and restricted stock grants was higher than the values used in establishing core compensation packages for the named executive officers. The Committee did not choose to reduce the number of options or shares of restricted stock awarded to each named executive officers’ to reflect this increase. Therefore, the target values of the named executive officer’s core compensation packages at the grant date were in the fourth quartile for core compensation paid to executive officers performing similar duties with the companies included in the peer group.

All Human Resources Committee actions taken with respect to the named executive officers (other than the Chief Executive Officer) were presented as recommendations for approval by the independent members of the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer participated in the development of these recommendations but did not vote on the adoption of these recommendations by the Committee. All of the Committee’s recommendations regarding the compensation of the named executive officers were approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors in February 2006.

Establishing Performance Targets. In February 2006, the Human Resources Committee established the performance target for purposes of determining actual payouts and allocations for the STIP Bonus and all current cycles of outstanding LTIP Bonus awards. The Committee specified a target based on EPS from continuing operations. This measure differs from EPS as reported under generally accepted accounting principles because it excludes income or loss from discontinued activities. The performance target was equal to 99% of People’s Bank’s projected EPS from continuing operations for 2006 based on management’s budget estimates as of February 2006. Management advised the Committee that the budget estimates were intentionally aggressive, and not likely to be attained absent strong performance from all employees. The Committee thus viewed the performance target to be a challenging yet achievable goal based on this information.

The Committee also identified the group of institutions against which People’s Bank’s 2006 financial performance will be measured for purposes of calculating allocations under all current long-term cash bonus cycles. The companies in this group are:

 

Associated Banc-Corp   Astoria Financial Corporation

 

178


Table of Contents
BancorpSouth, Inc.    Bank of Hawaii Corporation
City National Corporation    Colonial BancGroup, Inc.
Commerce Bancshares, Inc.    Downey Financial Corp.
First Citizens BancShares, Inc.    FirstMerit Corporation
TCF Financial Corporation    Trustmark Corporation
Valley National Bancorp    Webster Financial Corporation
Whitney Holding Corporation   

This peer group was identical to the peer group used to measure 2005 performance, with the exception of three institutions that were acquired in late 2005 or scheduled to be acquired in early 2006. It was substantially similar to the peer group used in setting the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation for 2006, with the addition of five institutions that were considered inappropriate for use in analyzing compensation primarily due to asset size, but which have certain characteristics that make them useful for performance comparisons.

Rating Past Performance. In January 2007, the Human Resources Committee evaluated People’s Bank’s actual performance during 2006 against the STIP and LTIP performance targets established in February 2006. The Committee noted that People’s Bank had restructured its balance sheet significantly during 2006. This was done for strategic reasons and with the full knowledge and approval of the Board of Directors, but had not been contemplated at the time the performance targets for 2006 were established. Therefore, the Committee decided that for purposes of making funding decisions for the STIP Bonus and the LTIP Bonus, it would be appropriate to use an “adjusted” EPS result that would disregard the securities losses resulting from the restructuring of the balance sheet. On that basis, People’s Bank’s EPS from continuing operations for 2006, net of adjustments for securities losses, was $0.98 which exceeded the performance target established at the beginning of the year. This compared favorably to People’s Bank’s reported EPS from continuing operations of $0.85.

The Committee approved funding for the overall STIP Bonus pool for all STIP participants, including the named executive officers, on the basis of these results. The Committee did not apply an automatic bank-wide funding adjustment factor to the STIP Bonus pool for 2006 with respect to the named executive officers.

The Human Resources Committee also applied this adjusted EPS result to determine the level of allocations to be made with respect to the three outstanding LTIP Bonus cycles that included 2006. The adjusted EPS result was compared to the internally-established target in order to calculate 50% of the allocation for each cycle. In determining the other 50% of the LTIP Bonus allocation, the Committee compared People’s Bank’s EPS growth rate (as adjusted) during 2006 against the median EPS growth rate of the banks in the peer group selected for 2006. Peer results available through September 30, 2006 were used for this purpose. Based on the third quarter comparison with the results of the peer group and upon the financial performance of People’s Bank in the fourth quarter of 2006, the Committee decided it was reasonable to conclude that People’s Bank’s 2006 results on this measure would significantly exceed the median EPS growth rate for the peer institutions for the full year. Therefore, the Committee approved LTIP Bonus allocations on this measure at the maximum level for all named executive officers including the Chief Executive Officer.

On the basis of People’s Bank’s strong performance results for 2006, and Mr. Klein’s outstanding personal leadership in driving several key strategic long term initiatives, the Committee recommended, and the independent members of the Board of Directors approved, a 2006 STIP Bonus payout to Mr.

 

179


Table of Contents

Klein of $1,053,808. This was higher than the target amount of his STIP Bonus for the year but less than the maximum amount payable, as described in the table entitled “Grant of Plan-Based Awards” appearing below. In addition, a total of $720,174 was allocated to the three outstanding LTIP Bonus cycles for Mr. Klein based on People’s Bank’s financial performance during 2006. Allocated amounts will be paid out for a given LTIP Bonus cycle after the end of the third year in the applicable three-year cycle. More detailed information on the amounts allocated to each LTIP Bonus cycle is provided following the Summary Compensation Table below.

In determining the 2006 STIP Bonus payouts for the other four named executive officers, the Human Resources Committee considered Mr. Klein’s evaluation of each named executive officer’s performance against the individual set of previously-established key performance measures for each officer. Based on each individual’s level of achievement and the level of funding available in the STIP Bonus pool, the Committee recommended, and the independent members of the Board of Directors approved, payouts of STIP Bonuses in amounts higher than the target amount of each named executive officer’s 2006 STIP Bonus, as described in the table entitled “Grant of Plan-Based Awards” appearing below. Mr. Klein also recommended to the Committee that an upward leadership adjustment of 15% be applied in calculating the amount to be paid out to Mr. Sherringham to acknowledge the extraordinary organizational impact his personal contributions had on People’s Bank’s 2006 results and positioning for future success. The Committee adopted this recommendation, which was approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors. As a result, Mr. Sherringham’s STIP Bonus payout represented a higher percentage of his 2006 STIP Bonus target amount than was the case for the other named executive officers. See the table entitled “Grant of Plan-Based Awards” appearing below for more information.

Amounts ranging from $129,530 to $199,495 were allocated to all outstanding three-year LTIP Bonus cycles for the named executive officers based on People’s Bank’s financial performance during 2006. Allocated amounts will be paid out for a given LTIP Bonus cycle after the end of the third year in the applicable three-year cycle. More detailed information on the amounts allocated for each LTIP Bonus cycle is provided following the Summary Compensation Table below.

Other Committee Actions. In July 2006, the Human Resources Committee recommended, and the independent members of the Board of Directors approved, supplemental grants of restricted stock to the Chief Executive Officer and the other named executive officers. Mr. Klein was awarded 6,000 shares and the other named executive officers were each awarded between 7,500 and 12,700 shares of People’s Bank stock, subject to incremental vesting over the course of four years. In addition, these shares remain subject to additional restrictions on transfer for two years after the final vesting date.

The Committee took this action following a series of discussions with the Chief Executive Officer and others, in which management shared with the Human Resources Committee information about current levels of stock ownership by People’s Bank executives in comparison with other institutions.

Management presented the Committee with information prepared by Pearl Meyer & Partners (a special consultant engaged by management to assist in the analysis), illustrating the percentage of equity owned by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and other executive officers of a group of financial institutions, compared to equity ownership of People’s Bank stock by its executive officers. The companies in the comparison group were:

 

Associated Banc-Corp.    Astoria Financial Corporation
BancorpSouth, Inc.    Bank United Financial Corp.
City National Corporation    Colonial BancGroup, Inc.
Commerce Bancshares, Inc.    Cullen/Frost Bankers, Inc.
First Federal Financial Services, Inc.    Fremont General Corporation
Hudson City Bancorp, Inc.    International Bancshares Corp.

 

180


Table of Contents
MAF Bancorp, Inc.   Mercantile Bankshares Corporation
New Alliance Bancshares, Inc.   New York Community Bancorp, Inc.
Sovereign Bancorp, Inc.   TCF Financial Corporation
TD Banknorth, Inc.   Valley National Bancorp
Webster Financial Corporation  

The Human Resources Committee considered the information presented by management and was persuaded that supplemental grants of restricted stock, coupled with additional post-vesting transfer restrictions, were appropriate under the circumstances. The Committee noted that although the supplemental grants constituted additional compensation to each of the grant recipients, the decision to make the grants was not made for compensation-related reasons. For this reason, the supplemental grants were not analyzed within the context of the Committee’s normal compensation philosophy or standards, and represented an intentional departure from those guidelines.

All grants were made in compliance with the terms of the People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Under that plan, the aggregate number of restricted shares issuable to any single person during a calendar year is capped at 30,000. Thus, in determining the number of shares awarded as a supplemental grant to each named executive officer, the Committee took into consideration the number of shares of restricted stock previously granted to each such executive in February 2006.

The Committee and the independent members of the Board of Directors also carefully considered the timing of the supplemental grants with reference to the public availability of material information concerning People’s Bank. The Committee and the independent members of the Board of Directors, with input from the Chief Executive Officer and the General Counsel of People’s Bank, concluded that at the grant date there was no material, non-public information concerning People’s Bank and that it was therefore appropriate to make the supplemental grants at that time.

Prospective Changes to Compensation Programs. The Board of Directors approved changes to the People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan which became effective during 2006. New employees hired on or after August 14, 2006 are not eligible to participate in this plan. Instead, People’s Bank is providing a new benefit to that group of employees under the People’s Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan. The new benefit consists of an “employer retirement contribution” made on behalf of each covered employee to the Employee Savings Plan, in an annual amount equal to 3% of the employee’s eligible earnings. This new benefit is not available to anyone who remains eligible to participate in the Employees’ Retirement Plan. All of the named executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, remain eligible to participate in the Employees’ Retirement Plan and are not affected by this change.

Employees who are not eligible to participate in the Employees’ Retirement Plan are also not eligible to participate in the People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan or the People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan. Management is currently considering whether to seek Board approval for one or more non-tax qualified plans which would provide additional benefits to persons who would otherwise have been eligible to participate in the Cap Excess Plan and/or the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan if they had been employed prior to August 14, 2006. The establishment of any such plan would not affect any of the named executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer.

The Board of Directors has approved the establishment of an employee stock ownership plan, or ESOP, in connection with the proposed conversion of People’s Bank and its parent, People’s Mutual Holdings, from the mutual holding company form to a fully public stock holding company form. The ESOP will be a tax-qualified, broad-based employee benefit program. All named executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, will be eligible to receive benefits under this program.

 

181


Table of Contents

Additional equity-based benefit plans may be adopted no earlier than six months following the effective date of the proposed conversion. While it is likely that the named executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, will be eligible to receive benefits under those plans, no decisions have been made as to the content or structure of such plans, or as to the manner in which awards under such plans (if adopted) would be made.

See “ –Future Benefit Plans ” for additional information about the ESOP and the additional equity-based benefit plans.

Director Compensation

People’s Bank has compensated its directors for their services and expects to continue this practice. Information relating to the compensation of People’s Bank’s directors during 2006 is set forth below.

Director Compensation (1)

 

     Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash($) (2) (3)
   Stock Awards
($) (4)
  

Total

($)

Collin P. Baron

   97,975    101,930    199,905

George P. Carter

   224,775    101,930    326,705

Jerry Franklin

   141,175    101,930    243,105

Eunice S. Groark

   60,225    101,930    162,155

Janet M. Hansen

   60,175    101,930    162,105

Richard M. Hoyt

   95,075    101,930    197,005

Jeremiah J. Lowney

   75,125    101,930    177,055

Jack E. McGregor

   79,225    101,930    181,155

James A. Thomas

   120,875    101,930    222,805

(1) The columns disclosing option awards, non-equity incentive plan compensation, changes in pension value and nonqualified deferred compensation earnings, and other forms of compensation have been omitted from the table because no director earned any compensation during 2006 or in prior years of a type required to be disclosed in those columns.
(2) Includes annual cash retainer, Committee chair retainer (if any) and per meeting fees. For Mr. Carter, includes fees paid for service as lead director and fees paid for non-meeting related services as Chairman of the Bank’s Audit Committee. For Mr. Franklin, includes fees paid for non-meeting related services as a member of People’s Bank’s Audit Committee.
(3) For Messrs. Baron, Carter, Franklin, Hoyt and Thomas, includes cash compensation paid by People’s Mutual Holdings, as detailed below.
(4) Reflects three months of compensation expense attributable to shares awarded in April 2005 and nine months of compensation expense attributable to shares awarded in April 2006. Each director was awarded 2,797 shares of People’s Bank common stock on April 20, 2006 with a fair value as of that date of $94,902. As of December 31, 2006, each non-employee director owned 11,797 shares of common stock awarded pursuant to the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan for which transfer restrictions had not yet lapsed. For each director, those shares had a value of $526,382 based on the closing price of People’s Bank common stock on December 29, 2006 (the last business day of the year).

 

182


Table of Contents

Compensation of the Board of Directors of People’s Bank is established by the board, upon recommendation of the Human Resources Committee. Directors who are employed by People’s Bank are not entitled to additional compensation for board or committee service. Directors who are not employed by People’s Bank receive compensation according to the following table:

 

Annual Fees:

  

Cash Retainer (all members)

   $ 24,000

Equity Compensation (all members)

     95,000

Vice Chairman/ Lead Director

     65,000

Committee Chairman:

  

Audit Committee

     10,500

Loan Review Committee

     8,000

All Other Committees

     4,000

Per-Meeting Attendance Fees :

  

Board meetings (all members)

   $ 950

Committee meetings

  

Audit Committee

  

Chairman

     1,450

Other Audit Committee members

     1,200

Loan Review Committee Chairman

     1,150

Members of all Committees (except Audit)

     950

Following the conversion, all annual fees except for fees payable to the Chairman of the Loan Review, Operational Risk, Treasury and Finance, and Trust Committees, respectively, will be paid by People’s United Financial and will no longer be paid by People’s Bank. In addition, no separate compensation will be paid to a director of People’s Bank who attends a board or committee meeting that is held jointly with a board or committee meeting of People’s United Financial and who is compensated for that meeting by People’s United Financial.

A director who, by invitation, attends a meeting of a committee of which he or she is not a regular member will be paid the same attendance fee as is payable to members of that committee. From time to time, Mr. Carter performs certain additional services in his capacity as Chairman of the Audit Committee without a meeting of the Audit Committee (for example, meetings with representatives of People’s Bank’s independent registered public accountants). In such cases, he receives an amount equal to the Chairman’s regular Audit Committee meeting attendance fee. In addition, Mr. Franklin periodically participates in the review of People’s Bank’s regulatory filings with the Office of Thrift Supervision. Mr. Franklin receives an amount equal to his regular Audit Committee meeting attendance fee for participation in each such review.

In addition to cash fees, non-employee directors also receive compensation in the form of People’s Bank common stock under the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan. Under the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan, each director who is not an employee is granted an annual award of shares of People’s Bank common stock based on a target dollar value of $95,000. These grants are made immediately following each annual meeting of stockholders. A person appointed as a

 

183


Table of Contents

director between annual meetings is eligible for a full or partial grant of an annual award at the time of his or her appointment, in the discretion of the Human Resources Committee.

Cash dividends payable with respect to shares of common stock issued to directors under the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan are paid in the same amount and at the same time as dividends are paid to stockholders generally. Stock dividends, stock splits and similar transactions will have the same effect on shares of stock issued pursuant to the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan as on all other shares of People’s Bank common stock outstanding.

Shares of common stock issued under the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan vest immediately but are generally not transferable by a director until the third anniversary of the grant date or, if earlier, at the time he or she ceases to be a People’s Bank director. In the event of a director’s death, shares of common stock held in his or her name will be issued to his or her beneficiary. All transfer restrictions will lapse upon a change in control, as that term is defined in the plan.

As part of the conversion, People’s United Financial will assume the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan, which will cease to exist as a plan maintained by People’s Bank. Awards will be made in People’s United Financial common stock rather than People’s Bank common stock, and will be made to directors in their capacity as directors of People’s United Financial rather than as directors of People’s Bank. See “ Management of People’s United Financial – Director and Executive Officer Compensation .”

Directors who are not employees of People’s Bank may defer all or a part of their director compensation in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors. Under this plan, a director may defer retainer and meeting fees until such time as the director ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors. Amounts deferred under the Plan earn interest at market rates until paid. No member of the Board of Directors has deferred any fees under the Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors.

In addition to compensation received from People’s Bank, Messrs. Baron, Carter, Franklin, Hoyt and Thomas also received cash compensation from People’s Mutual Holdings in 2006 for service on the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings and for service as Corporators of People’s Mutual Holdings. Total 2006 compensation paid by People’s Mutual Holdings to Messrs. Baron, Carter, Franklin, Hoyt and Thomas was $27,300; $29,200; $27,300; $29,200; and $31,200, respectively. These amounts are included in the column headed “Fees Earned or Paid in Cash” in the table above. Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings receive an annual cash retainer of $23,000 plus a per-meeting fee of $950 for each board or committee meeting they attend. Trustees who are also directors of People’s Bank are not separately compensated by People’s Mutual Holdings for board meetings that are held jointly with meetings of the Board of Directors of People’s Bank. In addition to these fees, Mr. Thomas received a retainer of $2,000 for serving as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings in 2006.

Changes to Director Compensation in 2006. The People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan was amended in April 2006. This amendment was approved both by the Board of Directors and by People’s Bank’s stockholders. The amendment changed the basis upon which the annual award of People’s Bank common stock is determined under the plan. The plan had previously provided for an annual award of 4,500 shares of stock to each non-employee director. This was changed to provide for an annual award to be determined based on a target dollar value of $95,000, rather than a fixed number of shares. As a result of this amendment, each non-employee director was awarded 2,797 shares of common stock under the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan following People’s Bank’s annual meeting of stockholders in April 2006.

The directors believe that determining the number of shares to be awarded under the plan based on a target dollar value will help to ensure that the value of the directors’ stock-based compensation does not become excessive as the result of increases in People’s Bank’s stock price.

The Board of Directors also approved an increase in the cash annual retainer paid to non-employee directors from $8,500 to $24,000. Implementation of this increase was made contingent on

 

184


Table of Contents

stockholder approval of changes to the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan. As the result of the amendment to the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan and the related increase in the annual cash retainer, each non-employee director is eligible to receive approximately $119,000 in annual compensation from these two sources for Board service. Based on the price of People’s Bank common stock at the time these changes were made, this represented approximately $42,000 less than each non-employee director would have been eligible to receive in annual compensation from these two sources had these changes not been implemented.

Director compensation was also impacted by the number of Board and committee meetings held in 2006. Both the Board of Directors and the Human Resources Committee met more often in 2006 than had been their practice in previous years. The increased number of meetings in 2006 reflects Board and committee consideration of issues related to People’s Bank’s conversion from a state to a federal charter, as well as the proposed second step conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings.

Stock Ownership Guidelines. The Board of Directors of People’s Bank has adopted guidelines for stock ownership by directors in order to encourage members of the Board to increase their ownership of People’s Bank’s stock over time. Under these guidelines, directors who were members of the board in 2002 were expected to own shares of common stock with a value equal to three times the value of the then-current annual cash retainer and stock award, or $357,000, as of December 31, 2005. In addition, these directors are expected to own shares of People’s Bank common stock with a value equal to five times the value of the then-current annual cash retainer and stock award, or $595,000, as of December 31, 2008. All members of the Board except Mrs. Hansen are subject to these guidelines. The guidelines also provide that directors who join the Board after 2002 are expected to own shares of People’s Bank common stock with a value equal to three times the then-current value of the annual cash retainer and stock award by the annual meeting following the director’s third anniversary of Board service, and are expected to own shares of common stock with a value equal to five times the then-current value of the annual cash retainer and stock award by the annual meeting following the fifth anniversary of Board service. Mrs. Hansen, who joined the Board of Directors in February, 2004, is subject to these guidelines. The stock ownership of all members of the Board of Directors was in compliance with applicable guidelines as of December 31, 2006.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The Human Resources Committee of People’s Bank’s Board of Directors is composed solely of individuals who are neither officers nor employees of People’s Bank, People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s United Financial or any of their respective subsidiaries. The members of the Human Resources Committee are James A. Thomas (Chairman), George P. Carter, and Jerry Franklin. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, there were no interlocks, as defined under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, between members of the Human Resources Committee or executive officers of People’s Bank and corporations with which such persons are affiliated.

 

185


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth a summary for the last fiscal year of the cash and non-cash compensation paid or awarded by People’s Bank to its Chief Executive Officer and to its four most highly compensated executive officers, other than the Chief Executive Officer, who were serving as executive officers at the end of the 2006 fiscal year, whose total compensation for 2006 was at least $100,000 (the “named executive officers”).

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year    Salary
($)
   Stock
Awards
($)
   Option
Awards
($)
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
   Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
   All Other
Compensation
($)
   Total ($)

John A. Klein (1)

   2006    772,190    486,939    62,462    1,773,982    456,200    261,149    3,812,922

Philip R. Sherringham (2)

   2006    420,961    274,259    69,520    676,026    130,300    61,288    1,632,354

Robert R. D’Amore (3)

   2006    307,692    188,578    34,760    384,099    126,400    82,937    1,124,466

Brian F. Dreyer (4)

   2006    307,780    167,019    34,760    374,261    313,500    113,614    1,310,934

William T. Kosturko (5)

   2006    315,515    133,530    22,451    367,465    202,900    117,565    1,159,426

(1) Mr. Klein does not receive any additional compensation for serving as a director of People’s Bank. Mr. Klein is the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. Mr. Klein is the principal executive officer of People’s Bank.
(2) Mr. Sherringham’s position is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Sherringham is the principal financial officer of People’s Bank.
(3) Mr. D’Amore’s position is Executive Vice President, Marketing and Regional Banking.
(4) Mr. Dreyer’s position is Executive Vice President, Commercial Banking.
(5) Mr. Kosturko’s position is Executive Vice President and General Counsel.

The “Bonus” column has been omitted from the Summary Compensation Table because no named executive officer earned any compensation during 2006 of a type required to be disclosed in that column.

The amounts shown in the “Stock Awards” column equal the amount recognized by People’s Bank during 2006 as compensation expense for financial statement reporting purposes as a result of stock awards made in 2006 and in prior years. Stock awards are valued at the average of the high and low stock price on the grant date. A portion of that grant-date value is recorded as expense over the vesting period applicable to the grant. For more information on stock awards made to the named executive officers during 2006, see the table in this section entitled “ Grants of Plan-Based Awards .”

The amounts shown in the “Option Awards” column equal the amount recognized by People’s Bank during 2006 as compensation expense for financial reporting purposes as a result of options granted in 2006. No expense was recognized for options granted in prior years, as a result of the accelerated

 

186


Table of Contents

vesting of all such options in December 2005, prior to the effective date of FAS 123R. Stock options issued in 2006 were valued at $6.46 per option, using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following assumptions: exercise price equal to fair market value of stock ($31.31) on grant date; dividend yield of 2.81%; expected volatility rate of 22.75%; risk-free interest rate of 4.64%; and expected term of 4.99 years. A portion of that value is recorded as expense over the vesting period applicable to the grant. For more information on option grants made to the named executive officers during 2006, see the table entitled “ Grants of Plan-Based Awards .”

The amounts shown in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column reflect short-term incentive bonus payments made to the named executive officers with respect to performance in 2006, and amounts designated for payment as long-term incentive bonuses to the named executive officers based on People’s Bank’s performance in 2006. Details of these amounts are as follows:

 

    

Short-Term
Incentive Bonus

(STIP Bonus) (1)

  

Long-Term Incentive Bonus

(LTIP Bonus)

      2004 - 2006
Performance
Cycle (1)
   2005 - 2007
Performance
Cycle (2)
   2006 - 2008
Performance
Cycle (3)

John A. Klein

   $ 1,053,808    $ 228,157    $ 241,777    $ 250,239

Philip R. Sherringham

   $ 476,531    $ 58,427    $ 62,946    $ 78,122

Robert R. D’Amore

   $ 241,800    $ 44,069    $ 46,806    $ 51,424

Brian F. Dreyer

   $ 231,791    $ 44,211    $ 46,820    $ 51,439

William T. Kosturko

   $ 237,935    $ 40,587    $ 42,007    $ 46,936

(1) Payable in 2007.
(2) Payable in 2008.
(3) Payable in 2009.

The total amount payable to each named executive officer as a long-term incentive bonus for the 2004 – 2006 performance cycle is as follows: Mr. Klein, $722,638; Mr. Sherringham, $185,054; Mr. D’Amore, $139,580; Mr. Dreyer, $140,031; and Mr. Kosturko, $128,549. These amounts, which for each individual include the amounts shown in the column headed “2004 – 2006 Performance Cycle” in the table above, are based on the performance of People’s Bank for each of the three years included in that performance cycle.

Amounts shown in the column headed “Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings” are for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 which is the pension plan measurement date used by People’s Bank for financial reporting purposes. This column does not include any earnings on compensation deferred by any named executive officer under the Supplemental Savings Plan. Information about these earnings and how they are calculated is shown in the table headed “ Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation ” and accompanying text.

 

187


Table of Contents

Amounts shown as “All Other Compensation” are attributable to perquisites and other personal benefits, and to other items of compensation that are not reported elsewhere in the Summary Compensation Table. Perquisites and other personal benefits consist of a company-supplied automobile, tax preparation and financial planning services, reimbursement for up to $500 for health club membership, reimbursement for the executive’s cost of enhanced long-term disability insurance, and home security services. Some of the named executive officers have elected to forego one or more of these perquisites. For Messrs. Klein, D’Amore, and Dreyer, perquisites also include the cost of club memberships which are used primarily, but not exclusively, for business purposes. Additional items shown as “All Other Compensation” include: employer matching contributions to the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan and the Supplemental Savings Plan (Mr. Klein, $77,360; Mr. Sherringham, $36,178; Mr. D’Amore, $25,701; Mr. Dreyer, $25,716; and Mr. Kosturko, $24,620); annual accruals under the Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Executive Officers (Mr. Klein, $138,052; Mr. D’Amore, $34,857; Mr. Dreyer, $54,391; and Mr. Kosturko, $61,752 (no accruals for Mr. Sherringham under this plan)); and a tax “gross-up” payment with respect to the reimbursement paid to each executive for the cost of enhanced long-term disability insurance (Mr. Klein, $4,503; Mr. Sherringham, $1,704; Mr. D’Amore, $1,008; Mr. Dreyer, $816; and Mr. Kosturko, $1,304).

 

188


Table of Contents

Grant of Plan-Based Awards. The following table sets forth information concerning grants of plan-based awards granted in 2006 to the Named Executive Officers under the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Grant of Plan-Based Awards

 

Name

 

Grant

Date(1)

   

Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive

Plan Awards(2)

 

All Other Stock
Awards;

Number of

Shares of Stock

or Units (#)

 

All Other
Option

Awards;
Number

of Securities

Underlying

Options (#)

  Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh) (3)
 

Closing
Market
Price
on
Grant
Date

($)(3)

  Grant Date Fair
Value of Stock and
Option Awards ($)
    Threshold ($)   Target ($)   Maximum ($)                    

John A. Klein

  Feb. 16, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
Jul. 27, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
(4)
(5)
 
 
 
  $290,706
46,513
  $581,411
558,155
  $1,162,822
837,232
  24,000
6,000
  42,192   $ 31.31   $
 
 
31.37
36.23
31.37
  $751,680
218,040
260,401
    Total:   $337,219   Total:   $1,139,566   Total:   $2,000,054   Total:   30,000   Total:   42,192       Total:   $1,230,121

Philip R. Sherringham

  Feb. 16, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
Jul. 27, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
(4)
(5)
 
 
 
  $138,125
14,521
  $276,250
174,250
  $552,500
261,375
  17,300
12,700
  46,960   $ 31.31   $
 
 
31.37
36.23
31.37
  $541,836
461,518
289,828
    Total:   $152,646   Total:   $450,500   Total:   $813,875   Total:   30,000   Total:   46,960       Total:   $1,293,182

Robert R. D’Amore

  Feb. 16, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
Jul. 27, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
(4)
(5)
 
 
 
  $100,750
9,558
  $201,500
114,700
  $403,000
172,050
  8,620
12,500
  23,480   $ 31.31   $
 
 
31.37
36.23
31.37
  $269,978
454,250
144,914
    Total:   $ 110,308   Total:   $316,200   Total:   $575,050   Total:   21,120   Total:   23,480       Total:   $869,142

Brian F. Dreyer

  Feb. 16, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
Jul. 27, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
(4)
(5)
 
 
 
  $100,779
9,561
  $201,557
114,733
  $403,114
172,100
  8,620
7,500
  23,480   $ 31.31   $
 
 
31.37
36.23
31.37
  $269,978
272,550
144,914
    Total:   $110,340   Total:   $ 316,290   Total:   $ 575,214   Total:   16,120   Total:   23,480       Total:   $687,442

William T. Kosturko

  Feb. 16, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
Jul. 27, 2006
Feb. 16, 2006
(4)
(5)
 
 
 
  $95,174
8,724
  $190,348
104,691
  $380,695
157,037
  5,565
7,500
  15,165   $ 31.31   $
 
 
31.37
36.23
31.37
  $174,296
272,550
93,595
    Total:   $ 103,898   Total:   $ 295,039   Total:   $537,732   Total:   13,065   Total:   15,165       Total:   $ 540,441

(1) For equity grants, this is the date grants are approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors.
(2) The threshold payment for a STIP Bonus is shown as 50% of the target amount, and for an LTIP Bonus is shown as 8.33% of the target amount. Zero payouts are also possible. The maximum payout with respect to a STIP Bonus award is shown as 200% of the target amount, which is the limit generally applicable to such awards. However, the Human Resources Committee has discretion to authorize a payout in excess of this limit.

 

189


Table of Contents
(3) Exercise price is equal to “fair market value” which is defined in the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan as the average of the high and low stock price on the grant date. This will usually differ from the closing price on the grant date.
(4) STIP Bonus award for 2006, payable in 2007.
(5) LTIP Bonus award for 2006, payable at the end of the 2006-2008 performance cycle.

 

190


Table of Contents

The columns disclosing estimated future payouts under equity incentive compensation plans have been omitted from the table because no named executive officer earned any compensation during 2006 of a type required to be disclosed in those columns.

All stock and option awards shown in this table were made pursuant to the People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan. That plan defines “fair market value” as the average of the high and low trading price of People’s Bank common stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market on the date of grant or, if no trades take place on that date, the most recent day for which trading data is available.

Cash dividends paid with respect to shares of restricted stock are accumulated for the benefit of the grantee in a non-interest bearing account, and will be paid to the grantee as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable restriction period.

Stock and option awards made in February 2006 will vest 50% on February 1, 2008, 25% on February 1, 2009 and 25% on February 1, 2010. Stock awards made in July 2006 will vest 50% on the second anniversary of the grant date, 25% on the third anniversary of the grant date, and 25% on the fourth anniversary of the grant date. Unless otherwise permitted by the Human Resources Committee and under other limited circumstances, none of the shares awarded in July 2006 may be transferred by the recipient until the sixth anniversary of the grant date. This transfer restriction does not apply if the recipient ceases to be employed by People’s Bank.

For purposes of FAS 123R and this table, the grant date fair value of stock awards is equal to the number of shares awarded multiplied by the “fair market value” of the shares as determined pursuant to the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Similarly, the grant date fair value of options is determined using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following assumptions: exercise price equal to fair market value of stock ($31.31) on grant date; dividend yield of 2.81%; expected volatility rate of 22.75%; risk-free interest rate of 4.64%; and expected option term of 4.99 years.

 

191


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

     Option Awards    Stock Awards

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
   Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  

Option Expiration
Date

   Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock That
Have Not Vested
(#)
  

Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock That Have

Not Vested ($)

John A. Klein

   67,500
162,000
22,500
67,500
67,500
46,935
   42,192 ( 1 )    $
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.75
11.78
10.04
11.16
19.84
25.25
31.31
  

May 20, 2009

Mar. 1, 2011

Feb. 21, 2012

Feb. 20, 2013

Feb. 19, 2014

Feb. 17, 2015

Feb. 16, 2016

   5,625 ( 2 )
12,375 ( 3 )
15,180 ( 4 )
24,000 ( 1 )
6,000 ( 5 )
   $ 250,988
552,173
677,332
1,070,880
267,720
   Total:    433,935    Total:    42,192          Total:    63,180    Total:    $ 2,819,092

Philip R. Sherringham

   15,132
10,125
15,300
   46,960 ( 1 )    $
 
 
 
11.45
19.84
25.25
31.31
  

Apr. 10, 2013

Feb. 19, 2014

Feb. 17, 2015

Feb. 16, 2016

   2,082 ( 2 )
3,375 ( 3 )
5,400 ( 4 )
17,300 ( 1 )
12,700 ( 5 )
   $ 92,899
150,593
240,948
771,926
566,674
   Total:    40,557    Total:    46,960          Total:    40,857    Total:    $ 1,823,039

Robert R. D’Amore

   5,963
3,037
14,175
20,250
15,300
   23,480 ( 1 )    $
 
 
 
 
 
11.78
10.04
11.16
19.84
25.25
31.31
  

Mar. 1, 2011

Feb. 21, 2012

Feb. 20, 2013

Feb. 19, 2014

Feb. 17, 2015

Feb. 16, 2016

   1,308 ( 2 )
2,610 ( 3 )
4,200 ( 4 )
8,620 ( 1 )
12,500 ( 5 )
   $58,363
116,458
187,404
384,624
557,750
   Total:    58,725    Total:    23,480          Total:    29,238    Total:    $ 1,304,600

Brian F. Dreyer

   4,050
14,175
20,250
15,300
   23,480 ( 1 )    $
 
 
 
 
10.04
11.16
19.84
25.25
31.31
  

Feb. 21, 2012

Feb. 20, 2013

Feb. 19, 2014

Feb. 17, 2015

Feb. 16, 2016

   1,308 ( 2 )
2,610 ( 3 )
4,200 ( 4 )
8,620 ( 1 )
7,500 ( 5 )
   $58,363
116,458
187,404
384,624
334,650
   Total:    53,775    Total:    23,480          Total:    24,238    Total:    $ 1,081,500

William T. Kosturko

   8,900
10,800
24,413
17,438
13,500
   15,165 ( 1 )    $
 
 
 
 
 
11.78
10.04
11.16
19.84
25.25
31.31
  

Mar. 1, 2011

Feb. 21, 2012

Feb. 20, 2013

Feb. 19, 2014

Feb. 17, 2015

Feb. 16, 2016

   1,125 ( 2 )
2,250 ( 3 )
3,600 ( 4 )
5,565 ( 1 )
7,500 ( 5 )
   $50,198
100,395
160,632
248,310
334,650
   Total:    75,051    Total:    15,165          Total:    20,040    Total:    $ 894,185

(1) Vesting schedule: 50% on Feb. 1, 2008; 25% on Feb. 1 2009; 25% on Feb. 1, 2010
(2) Vesting schedule: 100% on Feb. 1, 2007.
(3) Vesting schedule: 50% on Feb. 1, 2007, 50% on Feb. 1, 2008.
(4) Vesting schedule: 50% on Feb. 1, 2007, 25% on Feb. 1, 2008 and 25% on Feb. 1, 2009.
(5) Vesting schedule: 50% on Jul. 27, 2008, 25% on Jul. 27, 2009 and 25% on Jul. 27, 2010.

 

192


Table of Contents

The market value of unvested stock awards was calculated for purposes of this table using a per-share value of $44.62, which was the closing price of People’s Bank common stock on December 29, 2006 (the last business day of the year).

The columns disclosing awards under equity incentive compensation plans have been omitted from the table because no named executive officer earned any compensation during 2006 or in prior years of a type required to be disclosed in those columns.

 

193


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

 

     Option Awards    Stock Awards

Name

   Number of
Shares Acquired
on Exercise (#)
   Value Realized on
Exercise ($)
   Number of
Shares Acquired
on Vesting (#)
   Value Realized on
Vesting ($)

John A. Klein

   N/A    N/A    1,688
5,625
5,625
11,250
1,125
   $52,573
175,191
171,506
343,013
34,301
               Total:    25,313    Total:    $ 776,584

Philip R. Sherringham

   15,131
10,125
   $288,144
107,854
   1,237
844
3,375
   $37,716
25,734
102,904
   Total:    25,256    Total:    $ 395,998    Total:    5,456    Total:    $ 166,354

Robert R. D’Amore

   N/A    N/A    957
1,970
1,308
2,610
   $29,806
61,356
39,881
79,579
               Total:    6,845    Total:    $ 210,622

Brian F. Dreyer

   N/A    N/A    1,800
1,266
1,407
1,308
2,610
   $56,061
39,430
43,821
39,881
79,579
               Total:    8,391    Total:    $ 258,772

William T. Kosturko

   N/A    N/A    845
1,125
1,125
2,250
   $26,318
35,038
34,301
68,603
               Total:    5,345    Total:    $ 164,260

When stock awards vest, each executive also receives payment of all accumulated dividends paid with respect to the shares from the date the award was granted through the vesting date. The named executive officers received accumulated dividend payments during 2006 in the following amounts: Mr. Klein, $51,553; Mr. Sherringham, $9,268; Mr. D’Amore, $14,638; Mr. Dreyer, $19,437; and Mr. Kosturko, $11,144.

 

194


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits (1)

 

Name

  

Plan Name

   Number of
Years of
Credited
Service (#)
   Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit
($) (2)

John A. Klein

  

People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan (3)

People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan

   32.53       $
 
671,800
3,912,800
         Total:    $ 4,584,600

Philip R. Sherringham (4)

  

People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan (3)

People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan

People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan

   2.5       $
 
 
44,200
91,900
137,700
         Total:    $ 273,800

Robert R. D’Amore

  

People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan (3)

People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan

People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan

   23.8       $
 
 
426,100
443,300
250,500
         Total:    $ 1,119,900

Brian F. Dreyer

  

People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan (3)

People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan

People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan

   14.85       $
 
 
380,700
407,000
817,100
         Total:    $ 1,604,800

William T. Kosturko

  

People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan (3)

People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan

People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan

   14.98       $
 
 
336,700
402,800
763,800
         Total:    $ 1,503,300

(1) The column disclosing benefits paid from any of the plans named in the table has been omitted from the table because no named executive officer received any such payments during 2006.
(2) Values are as of September 30, 2006, which is the pension plan measurement date used by People’s Bank for financial reporting purposes.
(3) Tax-qualified defined benefit plan.
(4) Mr. Sherringham has not satisfied the vesting requirements under any of the listed plans.

Values shown in the table are presented using a discount rate of 6%, and assume that benefits are payable to the listed officer in the form of a single life annuity with payments beginning October 1, 2006. The “project and prorate” method was used to calculate the accrued benefit. The values shown do not assume any pre-retirement decrements.

Retirement Plans

The People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan is a tax-qualified noncontributory defined benefit plan. The People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan and the People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan are nonqualified supplemental defined benefit plans which together are referred to as the Supplemental Retirement Plans.

The Employees’ Retirement Plan provides retirement benefits for eligible employees (employees who have completed at least 1,000 hours of service within certain periods and who have attained age 21). Subject to the limitations imposed under the Internal Revenue Code, benefit payments are based on the employee’s years of credited service and the higher of (a) the employee’s average annual compensation paid during the five consecutive calendar years during the last ten years of participation that produce the highest average, or (b) 12 times the employee’s average monthly compensation paid during the last 60 consecutive months during which the employee received a salary while a participant in the Employees’ Retirement Plan.

 

195


Table of Contents

For purposes of the benefit calculation, compensation is the covered employee’s normal straight time pay, plus overtime pay, sales incentive compensation and annual incentive compensation, as well as salary reduction amounts elected under People’s Bank’s employee benefit programs. Under the Internal Revenue Code, compensation in excess of specified limits cannot be considered for purposes of determining benefits under the Employees’ Retirement Plan. For the named executive officers, compensation is the sum of salary and bonus, and, for 2004, the cash portion of a special transaction-related award paid to certain named executive officers, subject, for purposes of the Employees’ Retirement Plan benefit calculations, to the limits specified in the Internal Revenue Code. Subject to certain grandfathered benefits under the terms of the Employees’ Retirement Plan and the Internal Revenue Code, the basic pension benefit is a lifetime annual pension payable to employees retiring at age 65 equal to 1.1% of average annual compensation up to the retiree’s Social Security covered compensation (which is an average of Social Security wage bases), plus 1.7% of average annual compensation in excess of the retiree’s Social Security covered compensation, all multiplied by the retiree’s years of credited service up to 30 years.

The Cap Excess Plan covers employees who are participants in the Employees’ Retirement Plan, who are otherwise eligible under the Cap Excess Plan and whose benefits under the Employees’ Retirement Plan are affected by limitations on compensation described above and limitations on benefit amounts under the Internal Revenue Code. The Cap Excess Plan benefit is equal to the monthly benefit the participant would have received under the Employees’ Retirement Plan if such limitations did not apply, less the amount he or she has actually received. A participant in the Cap Excess Plan becomes vested at the same time vesting occurs under the Employees’ Retirement Plan.

The Enhanced Senior Pension Plan provides for the payment of supplemental pension benefits for employees who are otherwise eligible under the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan and have attained age 50. The Enhanced Senior Pension Plan provides for an annual target retirement benefit equal to the excess of (1) 50% of the average compensation that would be used in calculating Employees’ Retirement Plan benefits if the limitations on compensation imposed by the Internal Revenue Code did not apply, over (2) the benefits payable to the covered employee under any other qualified defined benefit plans maintained by the employee’s former employers, subject to certain exceptions. Amounts presented in the table assume that the named executive officer is not entitled to receive benefits of this type from any former employer. The target benefit is then reduced by 1/15th for each year of credited service with People’s Bank less than 15. Target benefits under the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan are offset by benefits payable under the Employees’ Retirement Plan and the Cap Excess Plan. A participant in the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan becomes vested upon attaining age 55 or upon completing five years of service (whichever is later), and in any event upon reaching his or her normal retirement date. In addition, all participants in the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan become fully vested upon a change in control of People’s Bank or People’s Mutual Holdings (as defined below under “ –Change of Control Agreements ”) or on the date either People’s Bank or People’s Mutual Holdings enters into an agreement the consummation of which would result in a change in control. The conversion itself will not result in a change in control.

The Supplemental Retirement Plans generally provide for payment of benefits at the same time and in the same manner as payment of benefits to the participant under the Employees’ Retirement Plan.

A trust has been established to provide for payment of People’s Bank’s obligations under the Supplemental Retirement Plans to the extent People’s Bank does not pay them directly. The purpose of the trust is to provide participants in the Supplemental Retirement Plans with greater assurance that the benefits to which they are entitled will be paid. People’s Bank has funded the trust, but all assets in the trust will remain subject to the claims of People’s Bank’s general creditors in the event of People’s Bank’s insolvency.

 

196


Table of Contents

Employees who began employment with People’s Bank on or after August 14, 2006 are not eligible to participate in the Employees’ Retirement Plan. Instead, People’s Bank is providing a new benefit to that group of employees under the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan. The new benefit consists of an “employer retirement contribution” made on behalf of each covered employee to the plan, in an annual amount equal to 3% of the employee’s eligible earnings. Employees must satisfy certain eligibility requirements in order to qualify for this new benefit. Also, this new benefit is not available to anyone who remains eligible to participate in the Employees’ Retirement Plan. See “– Prospective Changes to Compensation Programs.

Employees who are not eligible to participate in the Employees’ Retirement Plan are also not eligible to participate in the Supplemental Retirement Plans. People’s Bank is currently considering whether to provide additional benefits under one or more non-tax qualified plans to persons who would otherwise have been eligible to participate in the Supplemental Retirement Plans if they had been employed prior to August 14, 2006.

401(k) Employee Savings Plan . People’s Bank maintains a tax-qualified defined contribution plan for substantially all of the employees of People’s Bank as of the first day of the calendar month following their hire date. Eligible employees may contribute from 1% to 20% of their annual compensation to the plan on a pre-tax basis each year, subject to limitations of the Internal Revenue Code (for 2006 the limit was $15,000 exclusive of any catch-up contributions). Each year, People’s Bank matches 100% of a participant’s contributions up to 4% of earnings (as defined in the plan) and may in its discretion make an additional matching contribution of up to 1% of a participant’s earnings. All of the named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan.

 

197


Table of Contents

Supplemental Savings Plan. People’s Bank maintains a Supplemental Savings Plan which covers certain eligible employees who are also participants in the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan who are affected by the limitations on contributions and benefit amounts under the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees (including all named executive officers) may contribute from 1% to 20% of their annual salary and STIP Bonus on a pre-tax basis each year without regard to Internal Revenue Code limits.

The Supplemental Savings Plan includes an employer match feature that is substantially similar to the match feature in the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan. Matching contributions are made in the form of credits to the Supplemental Savings Plan participant’s account under the plan. The basic match is equal to the lesser of 4% of the participant’s eligible compensation, or the amount of the participant’s actual contribution to the Supplemental Savings Plan for the applicable year. People’s Bank may choose to make an across-the-board additional discretionary contribution equal to the lesser of 1% of the participant’s eligible compensation, or the amount of the participant’s actual contribution to the Supplemental Savings Plan in excess of 4% of his or her eligible compensation for the applicable year. The discretionary contribution, if made, is usually made in the calendar year following the year for which the Supplemental Savings Plan contributions were made by the participant. For example, People’s Bank made basic matching contributions to the Supplemental Savings Plan during 2006 on the basis of participant contributions to the plan during 2006. In addition, People’s Bank made a discretionary contribution to the Supplemental Savings Plan in February 2006 on behalf of participants on the basis of their contributions to the plan during 2005. The amounts shown in the column headed “Registrant Contributions in Last FY” in the table below reflect both the basic and discretionary matching contributions made by People’s Bank in 2006. If People’s Bank makes discretionary matching contributions to the Supplemental Savings Plan based on named executive officers’ contributions during 2006, those contributions will be made in 2007 and will be reflected in future compensation disclosures made with respect to that year.

Prior to 2007, participant contributions to the Supplemental Savings Plan did not begin until the participant was no longer eligible to make additional contributions to the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan for the year due to Internal Revenue Code limits. Beginning in 2007, the plan allows a participant to defer amounts on a non-tax-qualified basis whether or not he or she is eligible (or elects to) contribute to the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan. Also beginning in 2007, the amount of People’s Bank’s matching contributions for a participant in the Supplemental Savings Plan will be offset by the maximum amount of matching contributions the participant could have received under the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan.

The following table sets forth information regarding the Supplemental Savings Plan:

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in Last FY ($)
   Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY ($)
   Aggregate
Earnings
in Last
FY ($)
   Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions ($)
   Aggregate
Balance at
Last FYE ($)

John A. Klein

   $ 66,827    $ 66,460    $ 383,179    $ —      $ 2,267,192

Philip R. Sherringham

   $ 59,271    $ 28,667    $ 92,420    $ —      $ 313,648

Robert R. D’Amore

   $ 62,256    $ 20,767    $ 20,842    $ —      $ 291,344

Brian F. Dreyer

   $ 62,279    $ 20,782    $ 64,219    $ —      $ 777,109

William T. Kosturko

   $ 16,503    $ 13,720    $ 29,419    $ —      $ 508,784

 

198


Table of Contents

All amounts shown in the above table reflect activity and balances in the People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan.

Supplemental Savings Plan account balances maintained on behalf of each named executive officer are deemed to have been proportionately invested in the same manner as the executive chooses to invest actual balances held in his individual account under the People’s Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan. Earnings on Supplemental Savings Plan balances are calculated based on the returns earned by the investments held in the executive’s account under the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan. Available investments under the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan consist of People’s Bank common stock; various open-end mutual funds; and the Putnam Stable Value Fund, a collective investment trust maintained by Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company which is designed to provide a stable fixed income vehicle for defined contribution plans.

Supplemental Savings Plan balances are distributable following the executive’s termination of employment with People’s Bank. Plan balances accrued as of December 31, 2004 and all subsequent earnings relating to those balances are distributable over a 13-month period beginning one month after termination. All contributions (whether by the executive or by People’s Bank) made after that date, and all earnings relating to those contributions, are distributable over a 13-month period beginning seven months after termination.

Amounts shown in this table in the column headed “Executive Contributions in Last FY” are also included in the “Salary” column of the Summary Compensation Table. Amounts shown in this table in the column headed “Registrant Contributions in Last FY” are also included in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table.

 

199


Table of Contents

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

The following summaries set forth potential payments payable to the named executive officers upon termination of employment or in the event of a change in control of People’s Bank.

Employment Agreement . Under the terms of the employment agreement between People’s Bank and Mr. Klein, People’s Bank has the right to remove or replace Mr. Klein at any time, with or without good cause. As used in Mr. Klein’s employment agreement, “good cause” means:

 

  the start of legal proceedings intended to obtain a conviction of Mr. Klein for a crime involving moral turpitude;

 

  a court order or judgment that is intended to prevent Mr. Klein from engaging in any activity that is material to the conduct of his duties to People’s Bank because Mr. Klein acted or failed to act in a way that the Board of Directors determines Mr. Klein knew was unlawful;

 

  a finding by the Board of Directors that Mr. Klein substantially and materially failed to perform any duty he agreed to perform under the employment agreement or to comply with any other term of the employment agreement (after Mr. Klein has been given the opportunity to appear before the Board of Directors);

 

  an act of fraud, deception or dishonesty by Mr. Klein when performing his duties on behalf of People’s Bank, or where Mr. Klein knew his action was wrongful and his action materially harms or could be expected to harm People’s Bank; and

 

  the inability of Mr. Klein to perform his duties because of illness, accident or other similar cause for a period of 12 months during any 24 month period (“Disability”).

Likewise, Mr. Klein may resign at any time, with or without good reason, but only after providing advance written notice to People’s Bank. “Good reason” means a material breach of the employment agreement by People’s Bank (unless People’s Bank has cured the breach within 30 days of receiving notice from Mr. Klein), or the attempted termination of Mr. Klein by People’s Bank without satisfying the notice and other requirements for termination set out in the agreement.

If Mr. Klein’s employment is terminated by People’s Bank for good cause or by Mr. Klein without good reason, he will be entitled to receive payment of the following amounts, to the extent accrued and unpaid (or, in the case of expenses, incurred and unreimbursed) as of the date of his termination: his base compensation; reimbursement of all reasonable expenses; payment for unused vacation time; all benefits payable pursuant to the terms of the Employees’ Retirement Plan and the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan; and amounts payable to him under People’s Bank’s Supplemental Savings Plan and the Supplemental Retirement Plans. If Mr. Klein’s employment is terminated by People’s Bank otherwise than for good cause or by Mr. Klein for good reason, People’s Bank will make the following payments to him, contingent upon Mr. Klein not disclosing any of People’s Bank’s confidential information, returning to People’s Bank all records or other materials relating to People’s Bank, not soliciting any employee, customer or supplier to terminate their relationship with People’s Bank, not participating in activities that may compete with the business of People’s Bank, and not disparaging People’s Bank, its management or its reputation:

 

  beginning upon termination of Mr. Klein’s employment and ending on the earliest of (1) the third anniversary of the employment termination date; (2) December 31, 2014; or (3)

 

200


Table of Contents
 

the date of Mr. Klein’s death (the “Benefit Term”), (i) his base compensation as most recently determined, plus (ii) the amount of his annual bonus (calculated on the assumption that all applicable performance targets that were last in effect had been met) for the period, plus (iii) an amount equal to 150% of the matching contributions People’s Bank would have paid or accrued with respect to the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan and the Supplemental Savings Plan on his behalf, based on the salary deferral elections most recently in effect. The foregoing payments shall be made in accordance with regular pay practices provided that such payments shall not commence until the beginning of the seventh month following the month of Mr. Klein’s termination, but the first such payment shall equal the payment due for such seventh month plus all prior payments which would have otherwise been payable.

 

  following completion of the Benefit Term, extra retirement benefits to Mr. Klein or his designated beneficiary concurrent with any payments made to Mr. Klein or his beneficiary pursuant to the Employees’ Retirement Plan and the Supplemental Retirement Plans. The amount of the extra benefit, when added to the benefits payable under the Retirement Plan and the Supplemental Retirement Plans, will result in the total amount (including the extra benefit) payable to Mr. Klein to equal the amount he would have received if he had remained employed by People’s Bank during the Benefit Term and received base compensation and bonuses equal to the amounts payable during the Benefit Term.

In addition, the employment agreement provides that under certain circumstances, People’s Bank will make monthly payments to Mr. Klein or his beneficiary in an amount equal to all or a portion of the actuarial reductions for early retirement applicable to monthly benefits payable under the Employees’ Retirement Plan and the Supplemental Retirement Plans, in the event Mr. Klein elects to receive retirement payments under those plans prior to his normal retirement date. If Mr. Klein’s employment is terminated by People’s Bank otherwise than for good cause or by Mr. Klein for good reason prior to December 31, 2014 but after December 31, 2009, he will be entitled to receive the full amount of the actuarial reduction. If Mr. Klein’s employment is terminated by People’s Bank otherwise than for good cause, or by Mr. Klein for good reason, prior to December 31, 2014 but after May 31, 2005, he will be entitled to receive (1) the full amount of the actuarial reduction if termination occurs after May 31, 2009; and (2) between 20% and 80% of that amount (depending on the actual date of termination) if termination occurs after that date.

If the Employees’ Retirement Plan or the Supplemental Retirement Plans are subsequently amended in a manner that would reduce the amount payable to Mr. Klein, the agreement requires People’s Bank to pay the additional retirement benefits described in the two preceding paragraphs to Mr. Klein without regard to the effect of any such amendment.

Mr. Klein’s employment agreement has been amended on an interim basis to ensure that the calculation of retirement benefits payable under the agreement, and the timing of the payment of such benefits to Mr. Klein, will comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

Mr. Klein is currently a party to a change in control agreement identical to those described below to which all other executive officers of People’s Bank are parties. If Mr. Klein’s employment is terminated under circumstances which would entitle him to receive payments pursuant to the existing change in control agreement, Mr. Klein may elect either to receive the payments and benefits payable under the terms of the change in control agreement, or to receive the payments and benefits provided in his employment agreement. He may not receive payment both under the change in control agreement and his employment agreement.

 

201


Table of Contents

Deferred Compensation Plan . All of the named executive officers except for Mr. Sherringham are participants in the People’s Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Executive Officers. The Deferred Compensation Plan is designed to replace a portion of the benefits previously provided to the covered officers under People’s Bank’s split-dollar life insurance program for senior officers. Executive officers no longer participate in the split-dollar program to avoid potential violations of certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, under which People’s Bank’s payment of insurance premiums to be reimbursed by the executive at a later date might be characterized as an impermissible loan to the executive. Mr. Sherringham was not a participant in the split-dollar life insurance program, and is consequently the only named executive officer currently not covered by the Deferred Compensation Plan.

Terminating the named executive officers’ participation in the split-dollar program resulted in a loss of future cash value under individual whole life insurance policies maintained for each named executive officer who participated in the program. This future cash value represented a portion of the long-term benefits provided to these named executive officers in prior years. The Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Executive Officers was adopted to offset that loss of value. The Deferred Compensation Plan is intended to provide each participant with a benefit approximately equal to the difference between the projected cash value (calculated at various ages) of the split-dollar life insurance policy previously maintained for his or her benefit, compared to the reduced cash value of a fully paid-up life insurance policy currently maintained for his or her benefit, net of reimbursement to People’s Bank for insurance premiums paid by People’s Bank under the split-dollar program for each named executive officer’s benefit prior to adoption of the Deferred Compensation Plan. The projected cash value of each participant’s original split-dollar policy is a fixed amount determined as of the date the plan was adopted; the projected cash value of the replacement policies is updated no less often than annually.

Payment of all cash values previously available to the named executive officers from the life insurance policies maintained under the split-dollar program would have been made by third-party insurers, with little cost to People’s Bank because of the executives’ obligation to reimburse People’s Bank for annual premiums paid over time. All amounts now payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Executive Officers will be paid by People’s Bank.

Benefits under the Deferred Compensation Plan are generally payable after the executive’s employment with People’s Bank ends. The amount of the benefit is determined by first comparing the projected cash surrender value of the original policy at the executive’s age at termination to the projected cash value of the replacement policy, net of premium reimbursements due to People’s Bank as noted above. Since benefits paid under the Deferred Compensation Plan are fully taxable, this preliminary value is adjusted, or “grossed up”, by an additional amount approximating the sum of all taxes payable by the executive on account of the benefit payment. The tax gross-up feature is included because, under the split-dollar program, the named executive officer could have used the split-dollar life insurance policy to provide his or her beneficiaries with a tax-free death benefit.

No benefits are payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan if an executive dies while still employed. In that case, the executive’s beneficiaries or estate will receive death benefits under both the replacement policy, and a term life insurance policy purchased for that executive. No benefits are payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan if a named executive officer’s employment is terminated for cause. For purposes of the Deferred Compensation Plan, “cause” means an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, insubordination, or an intentional or grossly negligent act detrimental to the interests of People’s Bank or any of its affiliates.

Change of Control Agreements . People’s Bank has entered into change in control agreements with each of the named executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer. The change in control agreements provide that if a Change in Control (as defined below) occurs during the term of each

 

202


Table of Contents

agreement, and within three years following the Change in Control the officer is discharged from employment, People’s Bank will pay the officer a lump sum severance payment equal to 2.99 times his or her annual salary (for this purpose, base salary plus annual incentive compensation), as well as certain insurance benefits and supplemental retirement benefits. People’s Bank believes that this “double trigger” (the requirement that after a Change in Control occurs the officer must subsequently be discharged) benefits stockholders by preventing a windfall payout to management in the event of a “friendly” change in control that, if consummated, may maximize shareholder value. Without the second “trigger”, People’s Bank’s executive officers would benefit from accelerated vesting of equity awards and other benefits without providing a corresponding incentive to remain with the acquiring institution.

A Change in Control is defined to include (1) certain mergers, consolidations and recapitalizations of People’s Bank or People’s Mutual Holdings in which a majority of shares or voting power is not held in the same proportion as prior to the transaction, (2) sales of all or substantially all of the assets of People’s Bank or People’s Mutual Holdings, and the liquidation or dissolution of People’s Bank or People’s Mutual Holdings; (3) any person (with certain exceptions) acquiring beneficial ownership of securities having 25% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of People’s Bank or People’s Mutual Holdings; and (4) a change (with certain exceptions) in a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of People’s Bank or the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings; provided, however, that the second-step conversion and offering will not constitute a Change in Control. An officer is deemed to be discharged if People’s Bank discharges him or her or if the officer elects to terminate employment for “good reason.” The term “good reason” includes adverse changes in the officer’s responsibilities or conditions of employment, reductions in compensation, relocation beyond a specified number of miles and adverse changes in compensation and benefit plans. People’s Bank is not required to make payments if the officer is discharged for “cause” after a Change in Control. “Cause” is defined to mean willful failure substantially to perform his or her duties with People’s Bank or willfully engaging in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to People’s Bank.

The change in control agreements contain provisions designed to avoid the imposition of excise taxes on the officer and the disallowance of deductions to People’s Bank under the “parachute payment” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. None of the benefits payable under these agreements would be nondeductible by reason of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, the change in control agreements provide that People’s Bank will not be obligated to make any payments which would violate any law, regulation or regulatory order applicable to People’s Bank, including Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations which would prohibit “golden parachute” payments. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation rules limit and, in certain circumstances, prohibit a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured institution from agreeing to make or making “golden parachute” payments at a time when the institution is in a troubled condition. However, the golden parachute rules contain an exception for those plans considered under the rules to be “bona fide deferred compensation plans.” The change in control agreements also contain provisions designed to ensure that the timing of payments pursuant to the change in control agreements will be consistent with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

The change in control agreements are not employment agreements, and a covered officer may therefore be discharged by People’s Bank prior to a Change in Control without triggering any payment obligations under these agreements.

1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan. People’s Bank currently maintains the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan which provides for discretionary awards of options to purchase common stock, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, and performance-based awards of cash or stock to eligible officers and employees as determined by a committee of the Board of Directors consisting of two or more outside directors. The Long-Term Incentive Plan is not subject to ERISA and is not a tax-qualified plan. As of December 31, 2006, a total of 3,841,374 shares remained available for issuance under the plan.

 

203


Table of Contents

The Long-Term Incentive Plan is designed so that all stock options, stock appreciation rights, and awards of restricted stock and performance-based awards can be fully deductible by People’s Bank. However, People’s Bank has the discretion to grant awards that will not qualify for tax deduction. Moreover, in certain circumstances such as death, disability or a change of control, awards may become payable even though performance goals are not met, in which event People’s Bank might lose part or all of its tax deduction for such awards or payments.

The Board of Directors may at any time amend or terminate the Long-Term Incentive Plan, but no such amendment or termination may impair the rights of a participant without his or her consent. Except for adjustments for certain events such as reorganizations or recapitalizations, the Board of Directors may not, without stockholder approval, increase the total number of shares reserved for use under the plan, decrease the option price of any stock option to less than the fair market value on the date of grant, change the class of employees eligible to participate in the plan or alter certain exercise periods with respect to stock options.

Stock options and restricted stock awarded under the Long-Term Incentive Plan generally vest over a four-year period, with 50% vesting on the second anniversary of the grant date and 25% on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date. The agreements under which stock options and restricted stock are granted contain provisions that accelerate vesting upon retirement (at age 65), death and disability (which means permanent and total disability as determined by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of People’s Bank).

We anticipate that the Long-Term Incentive Plan will continue in effect after the conversion, except that equity-based awards will be made in the form of People’s United Financial common stock rather than People’s Bank common stock.

The following tables set forth the estimated value of the payments and benefits that would be paid to Mr. Klein under the terms of his employment agreement, the Long-Term Incentive Plan and in the event of a Change in Control, and to the other executive officers under the terms of their change in control agreements and the Long-Term Incentive Plan, assuming the event giving rise to such payment occurred on December 31, 2006.

 

204


Table of Contents
     John Klein

Benefit

   Voluntary    For Cause    Death (1)     Disability    Retirement    Without Cause   

Change in

Control

Cash Severance

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —      $ —      $ 4,186,619    $ 4,584,725

Cash LTIP Award

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 545,627

Equity (2)

                   

Restricted Stock

   $ —      $ —      $ 2,819,092     $ 2,819,092    $ —      $ —      $ 2,819,092

Unexercisable Options

     —        —        561,365       561,365      —        —        561,365

Total

   $ —      $ —      $ 3,380,457     $ 3,380,457    $ —      $ —      $ 3,380,457

Retirement Benefits (3)

                   

DB Plan (4)

   $ 378,425    $ 378,425    $ 412,404 (5)   $ 378,425    $ 378,425    $ 494,021      494,021

Deferred Compensation Plan

   $ 221,671    $ —      $ —       $ 221,671    $ 221,671    $ 221,671    $ 221,671

Other Benefits

                   

Health & Welfare

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —      $ —      $ 17,670    $ 17,670

Tax Gross-Ups

     188,072      —        —         188,072      188,072      188,072      188,072

Total

   $ 188,072    $ —      $ —       $ 188,072    $ 188,072    $ 205,742    $ 205,742

Grand Total

   $ 788,168    $ 378,425    $ 3,792,861     $ 4,168,625    $ 788,168    $ 5,108,053    $ 9,432,243

(1) Does not include the proceeds from any employer-paid life insurance policies.
(2) Based on the closing price of People’s Bank common stock on December 29, 2006 ($44.62).
(3) Some of the benefits payable to executive officers under People’s Bank’s defined benefit retirement plan may be paid from the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan. Retirement benefits payable under the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan will be reduced by the amount, if any, the executive is entitled to receive from any qualified defined benefit plan maintained by an executive officer’s previous employer(s). The amounts set forth in the table above do not reflect any such possible reductions.
(4) Annual accrued benefit for single life annuity at age 65 calculated as of the measurement date for the defined benefit retirement plan (September 30, 2006) assuming payments would have commenced on October 1, 2006. In the event of a change in control, each executive officer’s benefits under the retirement plan are immediately vested and the officer is credited with an additional three years of service.
(5) Death benefit is calculated based on age and years of service at date of death.

 

205


Table of Contents
     Philip R. Sherringham

Benefit

   Voluntary    For Cause    Death (1)    Disability    Without Cause    Change in Control

Cash Severance

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 1,333,641

Cash LTIP Award

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 151,700

Equity (2)

                 

Restricted Stock

   $ —      $ —      $ 1,823,039    $ 1,823,039    $ —      $ 1,823,039

Unexercisable Options

     —        —        624,803      624,803      —        624,803

Total

   $ —      $ —      $ 2,447,842    $ 2,447,842    $ —      $ 2,447,842

Retirement Benefits

                 

DB Plan

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —  

Deferred Compensation Plan

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —  

Other Benefits

                 

Health & Welfare

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 16,737

Tax Gross-Ups

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Total

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 16,737

Grand Total

   $ —      $ —      $ 2,447,842    $ 2,447,842    $ —      $ 3,949,919

(1) Does not include the proceeds from any employer-paid life insurance policies.
(2) Based on the closing price of People’s Bank common stock on December 29, 2006 ($44.62).

 

206


Table of Contents
     Robert R. D’Amore

Benefit

   Voluntary    For Cause    Death (1)     Disability    Without Cause    Change in Control

Cash Severance

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —      $ —      $ 1,487,077

Cash LTIP Award

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —      $ —      $ 107,844

Equity (2)

                

Restricted Stock

   $ —      $ —      $ 1,304,600     $ 1,304,600    $ —      $ 1,304,600

Unexercisable Options

     —        —        312,401       312,401      —        312,401

Total

   $ —      $ —      $ 1,617,001     $ 1,617,001    $ —      $ 1,617,001

Retirement Benefits (3)

                

DB Plan (4)

   $ —      $ —      $ 48,255 (5)   $ —      $ —      $ —  

Deferred Compensation Plan

   $ 30,463    $ —      $ —       $ 30,463    $ 30,463    $ 30,463

Other Benefits

                

Health & Welfare

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —      $ —      $ —  

Tax Gross-Ups

     25,846      —        —         25,846      25,846      25,846

Total

   $ 25,846    $ —      $ —       $ 25,846    $ 25,846    $ 25,846

Grand Total

   $ 56,309    $ —      $ 1,665,256     $ 1,673,310    $ 56,309    $ 3,268,231

(1) Does not include the proceeds from any employer-paid life insurance policies.
(2) Based on the closing price of People’s Bank common stock on December 29, 2006 ($44.62).
(3) Some of the benefits payable to executive officers under People’s Bank’s defined benefit retirement plan may be paid from the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan. Retirement benefits payable under the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan will be reduced by the amount, if any, the executive is entitled to receive from any qualified defined benefit plan maintained by an executive officer’s previous employer(s). The amounts set forth in the table above do not reflect any such possible reductions.
(4) Annual accrued benefit for single life annuity at age 65 calculated as of the measurement date for the defined benefit retirement plan (September 30, 2006) assuming payments would have commenced on October 1, 2006. In the event of a change in control, each executive officer’s benefits under the retirement plan are immediately vested and the officer is credited with an additional three years of service.
(5) Death benefit is calculated based on age and years of service at date of death.

 

207


Table of Contents
     Brian F. Dreyer

Benefit

   Voluntary    For Cause    Death (1)     Disability    Without Cause    Change in Control

Cash Severance

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —      $ —      $ 1,388,116
   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —      $ —      $ 107,874

Cash LTIP Award

                

Equity (2)

                

Restricted Stock

   $ —      $ —      $ 1,081,500     $ 1,081,500    $ —      $ 1,081,500

Unexercisable Options

     —        —        312,401       312,401      —        312,401

Total

   $ —      $ —      $ 1,393,901     $ 1,393,901    $ —      $ 1,393,901

Retirement Benefits (3)

                

DB Plan (4)

   $ 134,447    $ 134,447    $ 61,004 (5)   $ 134,447    $ 134,447    $ 135,832

Deferred Compensation Plan

   $ 43,602    $ —      $ —       $ 43,602    $ 43,602    $ 43,602

Other Benefits

                

Health & Welfare

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —      $ —      $ 8,091

Tax Gross-Ups

     36,993      —        —         36,993      36,993      36,993

Total

   $ 36,993    $ —      $ —       $ 36,993    $ 36,993    $ 45,084

Grand Total

   $ 215,042    $ 134,447    $ 1,454,905     $ 1,608,943    $ 215,042    $ 3,006,535

(1) Does not include the proceeds from any employer-paid life insurance policies.
(2) Based on the closing price of People’s Bank common stock on December 29, 2006 ($44.62).
(3) Some of the benefits payable to executive officers under People’s Bank’s defined benefit retirement plan may be paid from the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan. Retirement benefits payable under the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan will be reduced by the amount, if any, the executive is entitled to receive from any qualified defined benefit plan maintained by an executive officer’s previous employer(s). The amounts set forth in the table above do not reflect any such possible reductions.
(4) Annual accrued benefit for single life annuity at age 65 calculated as of the measurement date for the defined benefit retirement plan (September 30, 2006) assuming payments would have commenced on October 1, 2006. In the event of a change in control, each executive officer’s benefits under the retirement plan are immediately vested and the officer is credited with an additional three years of service.
(5) Death benefit is calculated based on age and years of service at date of death.

 

208


Table of Contents
       William T. Kosturko

Benefit

   Voluntary    For Cause    Death (1)     Disability    Without Cause    Change in Control

Cash Severance

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —      $ —      $ 1,440,523

Cash LTIP Award

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —      $ —      $ 97,371

Equity (2)

                

Restricted Stock

   $ —      $ —      $ 894,185     $ 894,185    $ —      $ 894,185

Unexercisable Options

     —        —        201,770       201,770      —        201,770

Total

   $ —      $ —      $ 1,095,955     $ 1,095,955    $ —      $ 1,095,955

Retirement Benefits (3)

                

DB Plan (4)

   $ 124,073    $ 124,073    $ 56,582 (5)   $ 124,073    $ 124,073    $ 124,272

Deferred Compensation Plan

   $ 51,015    $ —      $ —       $ 51,015    $ 51,015    $ 51,015

Other Benefits

                

Health & Welfare

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —      $ —      $ 17,670

Tax Gross-Ups

     43,283      —        —         43,283      43,283      43,283

Total

   $ 43,283    $ —      $ —       $ 43,283    $ 43,283    $ 60,953

Grand Total

   $ 218,371    $ 124,073    $ 1,152,537     $ 1,314,326    $ 218,371    $ 2,870,089

(1) Benefits payable upon retirement are not included, since none of the executive officers was eligible for normal retirement at age 65 as of December 31, 2006.
(2) Does not include the proceeds from any employer-paid life insurance policies.
(3) Based on the closing price of People’s Bank common stock on December 29, 2006 ($44.62).
(4) Some of the benefits payable to executive officers under People’s Bank’s defined benefit retirement plan may be paid from the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan. Retirement benefits payable under the Enhanced Senior Pension Plan will be reduced by the amount, if any, the executive is entitled to receive from any qualified defined benefit plan maintained by an executive officer’s previous employer(s). The amounts set forth in the table above do not reflect any such possible reductions.
(5) Annual accrued benefit for single life annuity at age 65 calculated as of the measurement date for the defined benefit retirement plan (September 30, 2006) assuming payments would have commenced on October 1, 2006. In the event of a change in control, each executive officer’s benefits under the retirement plan are immediately vested and the officer is credited with an additional three years of service.
(6) Death benefit is calculated based on age and years of service at date of death.

 

209


Table of Contents

Future Benefit Plans

Stock Option Plan. We intend to implement an additional stock option plan for our key employees, officers and directors following the conversion and offering. Applicable regulations prohibit us from implementing this plan until six months after the conversion and offering and require that we obtain the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s United Financial.

We expect to adopt a stock option plan that will authorize the Compensation and Nominating Committee of People’s United Financial to grant options to purchase authorized but unissued shares of up to 10% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, except that the independent members of the Board of Directors must approve any grants made to the chief executive officer, president and the executive vice presidents of People’s United Financial. The Compensation and Nominating Committee (or the independent members of the Board, as the case may be) will decide which employees, officers and directors will receive options and what the terms of those options will be. However, no stock option will permit its recipient to purchase shares at a price that is less than the fair market value of a share on the date such option is granted, and no option will have a term that is longer than ten years. If we implement a stock option plan before the first anniversary of the conversion and offering, applicable regulations will require that we observe the following restrictions:

 

  We must limit the total number of shares that are optioned to outside directors to 30% of the shares authorized for issuance under the plan.

 

  We must also limit the number of shares that are optioned to any one outside director to 5% of the shares authorized for issuance under the plan and the number of shares that are optioned to any executive officer to 25% of the shares that are authorized for issuance under the plan.

 

  We must not permit the options to become vested at a more rapid rate than 20% per year beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plan.

 

  We must not permit accelerated vesting for any reason other than death, disability or a change of control.

After the first anniversary of the conversion and offering, we may amend the plan to change or remove these restrictions. If we adopt a stock option plan within one year after the conversion and offering, we expect to amend the plan later to remove these restrictions and to provide for accelerated vesting in case of retirement. We will have to recognize compensation expense for accounting purposes ratably over the vesting period, equal to the fair value of the options on the original grant date.

We expect the stock option plan will permit the Compensation and Nominating Committee (or the independent members of the Board, as the case may be) to grant either incentive stock options that qualify for special federal income tax treatment or non-qualified stock options that do not qualify for special treatment. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees and will not create federal income tax consequences when they are granted. If they are exercised during employment or within three months after termination of employment, the exercise will not create federal income tax consequences. When the shares acquired on exercise of an incentive stock option are resold, the seller must pay federal income taxes on the amount by which the sales price exceeds the purchase price. This amount will be taxed at capital gains rates if the sale occurs at least two years after the option was granted and at least one year after the option was exercised. Otherwise, it is taxed as ordinary income.

 

210


Table of Contents

Non-qualified stock options may be granted to either employees or non-employees such as directors. Incentive stock options that are exercised more than three months after termination of employment are treated as non-qualified stock options. Non-qualified stock options will not create federal income tax consequences when they are granted. When they are exercised, the person who exercises the options must pay federal income taxes on the amount by which the fair market value of the shares acquired by exercising the option exceeds the exercise price. When the shares acquired on exercise of a non-qualified stock option are resold, the seller must pay federal income taxes on the amount by which the sales price exceeds the exercise price plus the amount included in ordinary income when the option was exercised. This amount will be taxed at capital gains rates, which will vary depending upon the time that has elapsed since the exercise of the option.

When a non-qualified stock option is exercised, we may be allowed a federal income tax deduction for the same amount that the option holder includes in his or her ordinary income. This amount may be the same as the related compensation expense or it may be different. When an incentive stock option is exercised, there is no tax deduction unless the shares acquired are resold sooner than two years after the option was granted or one year after the option was exercised.

Recognition and Retention Plan. We intend to implement a recognition and retention plan for our key employees, officers and directors after the conversion and offering. Applicable regulations prohibit us from implementing this plan until six months after the conversion and offering and require that we obtain the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s United Financial.

We expect to adopt a recognition and retention plan that will authorize the Compensation and Nominating Committee of People’s United Financial to make restricted stock awards of up to 4% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, except that the independent members of the Board of Directors must approve any grants made to the chief executive officer, president and the executive vice presidents of People’s United Financial. The Compensation and Nominating Committee (or the independent members of the Board, as the case may be) will decide which employees, officers and directors will receive restricted stock and what the terms of those awards will be. If we implement a recognition and retention plan before the first anniversary of the conversion, applicable regulations will require that we observe the following restrictions:

 

  We must limit the total number of shares that are awarded to outside directors to 30% of the shares authorized for issuance under the plan.

 

  We must also limit the number of shares that are awarded to any one outside director to 5% of the shares authorized for issuance under the plan and the number of shares that are awarded to any executive officer to 25% of the shares that are authorized for issuance under the plan.

 

  We must not permit the awards to become vested at a more rapid rate than 20% per year beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plan.

 

  We must not permit accelerated vesting for any reason other than death, disability or a change of control.

After the first anniversary of the conversion and offering, we may amend the plan to change or remove these restrictions. If we adopt a recognition and retention plan within one year after the conversion, we expect to amend the plan later to remove these restrictions and to provide for accelerated vesting in case of retirement.

 

211


Table of Contents

Restricted stock awards under this plan may feature vesting restrictions that require (1) continued employment, (2) the achievement of specified corporate or individual performance goals or (3) a combination of employment and performance requirements. Awards will not be vested unless the specified employment restrictions and performance goals are met. Pending vesting, the award recipient may have voting and dividend rights. When an award becomes vested, the recipient must include the current fair market value of the vested shares in his or her income for federal income tax purposes. We may be allowed a federal income tax deduction in the same amount. Depending on the nature of the restrictions attached to the restricted stock award, we may have to recognize compensation expense for accounting purposes ratably over the vesting period or in a single charge when the performance conditions are satisfied.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan. We intend to implement a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan in connection with the offering which we expect will purchase up to 6% of the sum of the shares of common stock we sell in the offering and those we issue to the charitable foundation, or 11,246,250 shares of common stock, assuming we sell 185,437,500 shares, the maximum of the number of shares being offered. We expect that this employee stock ownership plan will, with prior Office of Thrift Supervision approval, purchase these shares in the open market following the offering using funds borrowed from us. However, as a tax-qualified employee benefit plan, this plan may instead purchase shares in the subscription offering consistent with its subscription priority. The plan is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of all employees. Assuming the employee stock ownership plan purchases 11,246,250 shares, we will recognize additional compensation expense of $224.9 million over a 30-year period, assuming the shares of common stock have a fair market value of $20.00 per share for the full 30-year period. If, in the future, the shares of common stock have a fair market value greater or less than $20.00, the compensation expense will increase or decrease accordingly.

Because investment decisions for our employee stock ownership plan are subject to the discretion of an independent fiduciary, we can offer no assurance as to the amount, timing or other terms of stock purchases by this plan.

Change-in-Control Employee Severance Plan . Upon consummation of the conversion, People’s Bank intends to establish the People’s Bank Change-in-Control Employee Severance Plan, referred to as the severance plan, which will provide eligible employees with severance pay benefits in the event of a change in control, as defined in the severance plan, of People’s Bank or People’s United Financial.

Generally, all employees, other than executive officers with individual employment or change in control agreements, who are employed at People’s Bank as of the date of the conversion will be eligible to participate in the severance plan. Once a change in control occurs, the severance plan vests in each participant a contractual right to the benefits such participant is entitled to thereunder. Under the severance plan, in the event of a change in control, eligible employees who are terminated or, in certain cases, terminate their employment (for reasons specified in the severance plan), will be entitled to receive a severance payment, the amount of such payment depending on the participant’s position as of the date of termination and the number of full years of service with People’s Bank. The participant will be entitled to a cash severance payment equal to between 1/26 th and 1/13 th of the participant’s total compensation, as defined in the severance plan, depending on the participant’s position with People’s Bank, for each full year of service with People’s Bank. The maximum severance payment under the severance plan for employees whose management position under People’s Bank’s internal position description is a “Director” level and above is 200% of total compensation; the maximum severance payment for other management-level employees is 150% of total compensation; and the maximum for all other employees is 100% of total compensation. The minimum payment for employees who are management “Director” level and above is 50% of their total compensation. The minimum payment for all other employees is 3/13 th of their total compensation. Total compensation is defined as normal straight

 

212


Table of Contents

time earnings, overtime earnings, commissions and annual performance incentives (but not long-term incentive compensation) earned by the employee during the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year in which the date of termination occurs.

In addition, the severance plan provides that People’s Bank will maintain medical and dental plan coverage for a period of six months following the employee’s date of termination, or until comparable benefits are provided by a new employer, whichever occurs first, at no greater cost to the employee than the employee is paying as of the date of termination.

Certain Transactions with Members of Our Board of Directors and Executive Officers

People’s Bank engages in banking transactions (including loans and other extensions of credit) in the ordinary course of business with various business organizations which have directors or executive officers of People’s Bank as their officers, partners, members and stockholders. People’s Bank also extends credit to its directors and executive officers to the extent it is permitted to do so under applicable laws and regulations. Such transactions are made in the ordinary course of business; are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not affiliated with People’s Bank; and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

People’s Mutual Holdings has entered into a management agreement with People’s Bank pursuant to which People’s Bank provides certain accounting, legal, managerial, administrative and investment management functions for People’s Mutual Holdings. For 2005, People’s Mutual Holdings paid People’s Bank approximately $606,000 for providing such services, together with out-of-pocket costs incurred by People’s Bank on behalf of People’s Mutual Holdings. It is intended that People’s United Financial will enter into a similar management agreement with People’s Bank upon completion of the conversion.

Mr. Baron, a director of People’s Bank, is a member of the law firm of Pullman & Comley, LLC. This firm routinely represents People’s Bank in connection with a variety of legal matters. Mr. Baron’s membership interest in Pullman & Comley is less than 10%. For fiscal year 2006, People’s Bank paid a total of $1,546,200 to the firm (approximately 5% of the firm’s total revenues for that year). Pullman & Comley maintains a $1,000,000 line of credit with People’s Bank. The rate of interest payable on the line of credit is People’s Bank’s prime rate (8.25% at December 31, 2006). The line of credit was not drawn upon by the firm during 2006, there was no outstanding balance as of December 31, 2006, and no principal or interest was paid during 2006. People’s Bank has also issued a standby letter of credit for Pullman & Comley’s account, for which the firm pays a 2% annual fee ($8,517 in fiscal year 2006). The amount of the letter of credit is reduced each year by $60,000, and at December 31, 2006 the remaining balance was $360,000. Each of the line of credit and standby letter of credit is secured by a first lien on the business assets of the firm (primarily in the form of accounts receivable) and is guaranteed by those members of Pullman & Comley who have a membership interest in the net profits and distributions of the firm, to the extent of such interest. People’s Capital and Leasing Corp., a subsidiary of People’s Bank, has entered into capital lease transactions with Pullman & Comley relating to commercial equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements. During 2006, the highest outstanding commitment under these leases was $2,543,129, and at December 31, 2006 the outstanding commitment was $2,039,727. Pullman & Comley paid People’s Capital and Leasing a total of $824,000 in principal and $176,752 in interest in 2006. The rates of interest payable on such leases range between 4.65% and 9.24%. The leases are secured by collateral consisting of the leased equipment, and a second position lien to People’s Bank on the firm’s business assets. Pullman & Comley also leases office space from People’s Bank. In 2006, People’s Bank was paid $875,970 in lease payments from the firm.

 

213


Table of Contents

Mrs. Groark is a director of People’s Bank. Her husband is of counsel to the law firm of Day Pitney LLP, which has been retained by People’s Bank from time to time on various legal matters. For fiscal year 2006, People’s Bank paid a total of $130,581 to Day Pitney. However, Mr. Groark did not represent People’s Bank in connection with any matter during 2006 and, therefore, as a result of his of counsel position would not receive any direct or indirect benefit from People’s Bank’s relationship with that firm.

Mr. McGregor, a director of People’s Bank, is of counsel to the law firm of Cohen and Wolf, P.C., which occasionally performs legal services for People’s Bank. For fiscal year 2006, People’s Bank paid less than $10,000 to this firm. Mr. McGregor did not represent People’s Bank in connection with any matter during 2006 and, therefore, as a result of his of counsel position would not receive any direct or indirect benefit from People’s Bank’s relationship with Cohen and Wolf, P.C. Mr. McGregor is also a managing member of the investment firm of Black Rock Investors, LLC. Black Rock Investors, LLC was formed to participate in various projects designed to stimulate the redevelopment of areas of the City of Bridgeport and other urban areas in the region. Black Rock Investors, LLC’s participation in redevelopment projects may take various forms, including equity investments in projects, acting as project manager for developers, providing project funding advice and establishing and managing a fund for the purchase of potential project sites. People’s Bank may provide financing for one or more of the projects in which Black Rock Investors, LLC is a participant. To date People’s Bank has not provided financing for any such project.

 

214


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

As reflected in the following table, as of September 30, 2006, People’s Mutual Holdings beneficially owned 82,012,500 shares of People’s Bank common stock. People’s Mutual Holdings is a mutual form bank holding company currently governed by an 11 member Board of Trustees. Six members of People’s Bank Board of Directors also serve as trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings.

People’s Mutual Holdings is the only person known to or believed by People’s Bank to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the common stock of People’s Bank. People’s Mutual Holdings has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares owned by it.

 

Title of Class

  

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
   Percent of
Class
 

Common

  

People’s Mutual Holdings

Bridgeport Center

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

   82,012,500    57.7 %

 

215


Table of Contents

Security Ownership of People’s Bank’s Management

The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2006, the beneficial ownership of People’s Bank common stock by each director, each named executive officer who is not also a director, and by all directors and executive officers as a group. Except as indicated in the notes following the table, each person has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares listed as being beneficially owned by such person.

 

     Common Stock  
     Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership
    Percent of
Class
 

Directors

    

Collin P. Baron

   42,735 (a)   *  

George P. Carter

   40,171 (a)   *  

Jerry Franklin

   23,851 (a)   *  

Eunice S. Groark

   29,347 (a)   *  

Janet M. Hansen

   11,797 (a)   *  

Richard M. Hoyt

   31,099 (a)   *  

John A. Klein

   626,014 (b)   *  

Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr.

   32,047 (a)   *  

Jack E. McGregor

   15,822 (a)   *  

James A. Thomas

   18,571 (a)   *  

Named Executive Officers

    

Robert R. D’Amore

   156,746 (b)   *  

Brian F. Dreyer

   126,341 (b)(c)   *  

William T. Kosturko

   192,993 (b)   *  

Philip R. Sherringham

   84,271 (b)   *  

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (18 persons)

   1,800,802     1.26 %

* Denotes beneficial ownership of less than one percent of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock.
(a) Includes 11,797 shares of People’s Bank common stock awarded under the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan, which are subject to restrictions on transfer for a specified period of time.
(b) Includes shares of common stock subject to restrictions, held indirectly through benefit plans, or subject to acquisition within 60 days, as follows:

Shares listed in the following table are subject to forfeiture if certain conditions are not satisfied:

 

Name

   Shares

John A. Klein

   63,180

Robert R. D’Amore

   29,238

Brian F. Dreyer (c)

   26,947

William T. Kosturko

   20,040

Philip R. Sherringham

   40,857

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (18 persons)

   233,507

Shares listed in the following table are allocated under the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan to the participants listed below who have 401(k) Employee Savings Plan balances invested in People’s Bank common stock:

 

216


Table of Contents

Name

   Shares

John A. Klein

   46,048

Robert R. D’Amore

   19,722

Brian F. Dreyer (c)

   6,577

William T. Kosturko

   725

Philip R. Sherringham

   2,857

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (18 persons)

   100,063

The persons listed in the following table have the right to acquire the listed number of shares within 60 days from September 30, 2006, whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise. In December 2005, People’s Bank accelerated the vesting of all outstanding, unvested stock options previously awarded to employees. Shares of People’s Bank common stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of any options which became vested on an accelerated basis may not be sold or otherwise transferred until the earlier of (1) the date the option would have vested under the terms on which it was initially awarded, or (2) termination of the optionholder’s employment with People’s Bank. Shares that would be subject to these restrictions appear in the column headed “Restricted.”

 

Name

   Right to Acquire
   Unrestricted    Restricted

John A. Klein

   336,375    97,560

Robert R. D’Amore

   26,212    32,513

Brian F. Dreyer (c)

   21,263    40,670

William T. Kosturko

   46,728    28,322

Philip R. Sherringham

   0    40,557

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (18 persons)

   506,592    349,142

(c) Includes shares of People’s Bank common stock held by Mr. Dreyer’s spouse which are subject to restrictions (2,709 shares), held indirectly through benefit plans (6,447 shares), or subject to acquisition within 60 days (no shares unrestricted, 8,157 shares restricted).

 

217


Table of Contents

PROPOSED PURCHASES OF COMMON STOCK BY MANAGEMENT

The following table presents, for each of our directors and executive officers: (1) the number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock to be received in the share exchange pursuant to the exchange ratio at the midpoint of the offering, based upon each individual’s beneficial ownership of People’s Bank common stock as of September 30, 2006; (2) the proposed purchases of shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the subscription offering; and (3) the total number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock to be held upon consummation of the conversion and offering. We have assumed that a sufficient number of shares will be available to satisfy each individual’s subscription order. The amounts with respect to each director and executive officer include shares that may be purchased through individual retirement accounts, through the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan, and by associates of such individual. Collectively, our directors and executive officers and their associates expect to purchase a total of 387,500 shares in the offering, representing approximately 0.2% of the total shares available for sale in the offering (assuming the midpoint of the offering range and including shares issued to the charitable foundation). The number of shares that our directors and executive officers expect to purchase in the offering does not include shares that may be awarded or issued in the future under any of our stock benefit plans. The shares purchased by our directors and executive officers and their associates will be included in calculating whether the minimum number of shares necessary to close the offering have been sold.

 

218


Table of Contents

Name

  

Title

   Number of Shares
of People’s United
Financial
Common Stock
To Be Received
In The Share
Exchange (1)
   Proposed Purchase of
Conversion Stock
   Total Shares of
People’s United
Financial
Common Stock
to be Held
         Amount    Number
of Shares
  

Number

of Shares (1)

John A. Klein

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board    1,230,869    $ 2,000,000    100,000    1,330,869

Collin P. Baron

   Director    84,026      200,000    10,000    94,026

George P. Carter

   Vice Chairman of the Board and Lead Director    78,984      250,000    12,500    91,484

Jerry Franklin

   Director    46,896      200,000    10,000    56,896

Eunice S. Groark

   Director    57,702      200,000    10,000    67,702

Janet M. Hansen

   Director    23,195      250,000    12,500    35,695

Richard M. Hoyt

   Director    61,147      200,000    10,000    71,147

Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr.

   Director    63,011      200,000    10,000    73,011

Jack E. McGregor

   Director    31,109      200,000    10,000    41,109

James A. Thomas

   Director    36,514      200,000    10,000    46,514

Jacinta A. Coleman

   Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer    166,930      500,000    25,000    191,930

Robert R. D’Amore

   Executive Vice President, Marketing and Regional Banking    308,194      450,000    22,500    330,694

Brian F. Dreyer

   Executive Vice President, Commercial Banking    248,412      500,000    25,000    273,412

Bryan J. Huebner

   Executive Vice President, Consumer Financial Services    149,801      400,000    20,000    169,801

William T. Kosturko

   Executive Vice President and General Counsel    379,463      500,000    25,000    404,463

Henry R. Mandel

   Executive Vice President, Organization Effectiveness    233,567      400,000    20,000    253,567

Philip R. Sherringham

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    165,694      600,000    30,000    195,694

Mark K. Vitelli

   Executive Vice President, Direct Banking and Operations    175,226      500,000    25,000    200,226

All directors and executive officers as a group

      3,540,737    $ 7,750,000    387,500    3,928,237

(1) The number of additional shares to be received in the share exchange is based on the exchange ratio of 1.9662 at the midpoint of the offering range. Includes stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2006, but excludes stock options and awards that may be granted under the existing long-term incentive plans or stock options which are currently outstanding but are not exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2006. The total shares of People’s United Financial common stock to be held upon completion of the conversion and offering include shares indicated as beneficially owned in the table under “ Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management – Security Ownership of Management.

 

219


Table of Contents

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

The Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings and the Board of Directors of People’s Bank adopted the plan of conversion on September 19, 2006, and amended and restated the plan of conversion on October 26, 2006. The plan of conversion must also be approved by the depositors and stockholders of People’s Bank. A special meeting of the depositors and a special meeting of stockholders has been called for this purpose on [      ], 2007. The Office of Thrift Supervision has conditionally approved the plan of conversion; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by that agency.

General

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization, which is 42.3% owned by public stockholders, to the full stock form, which will be 100% owned by public stockholders. People’s Mutual Holdings, the mutual holding company parent of People’s Bank, will convert from a federally chartered mutual holding company to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank (“Interim A”) and simultaneously merge with and into People’s Bank, with People’s Bank as the surviving entity; thereafter, People’s Mutual Holdings will no longer exist as a separate entity. The common stock of People’s Bank held by People’s Mutual Holdings will be canceled and a liquidation account will be established for the benefit of the depositors of People’s Bank as of specified dates. Immediately thereafter, People’s United Financial, a newly formed Delaware-chartered stock corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of People’s Bank, will form a federally chartered interim stock savings bank as a wholly owned subsidiary (“Interim B”), which will merge with and into People’s Bank, with People’s Bank as the surviving entity. The shares of common stock of Interim B held by People’s United Financial will be converted, on a one-to-one basis, into shares of common stock of People’s Bank. The public stockholders of People’s Bank will exchange their shares of the common stock of People’s Bank for shares of the common stock of People’s United Financial, based on an exchange ratio. See “ —The Share Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock for People’s United Financial Common Stock.

As a result, all of the common stock of People’s Bank will be owned by People’s United Financial and the public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of the common stock of People’s United Financial as the percentage of the common stock of People’s Bank owned by them prior to the conversion, exclusive of their purchase of additional shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares. In connection with the conversion, shares of common stock of People’s United Financial representing the 57.7% ownership interest of People’s Mutual Holdings will be offered for sale in the offering. In addition, the plan of conversion provides for the establishment of The People’s Community Foundation and our funding of this charitable foundation with 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the offering proceeds. The establishment and funding of The People’s Community Foundation is subject to a separate vote of People’s Bank’s depositors and stockholders.

When the conversion and offering are completed, all of the capital stock of People’s Bank will be owned by People’s United Financial and all of the common stock of People’s United Financial will be owned by public stockholders, including the charitable foundation. A diagram of our corporate structure before and after the conversion is set forth in the “ Summary ” section of this prospectus.

People’s United Financial intends to contribute 50% of the net proceeds of the offering to People’s Bank. We also intend to lend our employee stock ownership plan cash to enable the plan to buy up to 6% of the sum of the shares sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation. People’s United Financial will retain the balance of the net proceeds minus the cash contribution to the

 

220


Table of Contents

charitable foundation. The conversion will be completed only upon completion of the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock to be offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that People’s United Financial will offer shares of its common stock in the subscription offering in the order of priority listed below:

 

  (1) Depositors with accounts at People’s Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 on June 30, 2005;

 

  (2) Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans;

 

  (3) Depositors with accounts at People’s Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 on December 31, 2006; and

 

  (4) People’s Bank’s depositors as of [                      ], 2007.

The shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering will be offered to the general public on a best efforts basis by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, acting as sole book-running manager, and by Ryan Beck & Co., Inc., as joint lead manager, in a syndicated offering through a syndicate of selected dealers.

We have the right to accept or reject orders received in the syndicated offering at our sole discretion. The syndicated offering may begin at any time following the commencement of the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by us, with approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Alternatively, we may sell any remaining shares in an underwritten public offering, which would be conducted on a firm commitment basis. See “ —Syndicated Offering/Underwritten Public Offering.

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of our common stock, giving effect to the conversion, the purchase price per share and People’s Mutual Holdings’ 57.7% ownership interest in People’s Bank. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $20.00 per share. No commission will be charged to purchasers. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “ —Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued ” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of our common stock.

The following is a brief summary of the conversion, which is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each branch office of People’s Bank and at the Northeast Regional and the Washington, D.C. offices of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Office of Thrift Supervision. See “ Where You Can Find Additional Information .”

Reasons for the Conversion

The conversion and offering are intended to provide us with substantially greater access to capital resources than is available to us under the mutual holding company structure. We believe that the conversion and offering will result in a more active and liquid trading market for the common stock of People’s United Financial than currently exists for the common stock of People’s Bank. In addition, the

 

221


Table of Contents

stock holding company structure will provide us with more flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions.

The net proceeds raised in the offering will allow us to:

 

  finance de novo expansion and support organic growth both inside and outside of the state of Connecticut;

 

  acquire other financial institutions, branches or other businesses related to banking, although there is no specific agreement with any institution at this time;

 

  increase lending to support continued growth in our commercial banking loan portfolios;

 

  form a charitable foundation to benefit the communities we serve; and

 

  use the additional capital for other general corporate purposes.

Since its mutual holding company reorganization in 1988, People’s Bank has gained experience as a public company complying with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and in conducting stockholder meetings and other stockholder matters, such as communications, press releases, stock repurchases and dividend payments. For all the foregoing reasons, and after considering the relative merits of the conversion and offering, as well as applicable fiduciary duties, the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings and the Board of Directors of People’s Bank approved the conversion and offering as being in the best interests of each such institution, the communities they serve and the depositors, stockholders and employees of People’s Bank.

Approvals Required

The affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the depositors of People’s Bank at the special meeting of depositors is required to approve the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. By their approval of the plan of conversion, the depositors of People’s Bank will also be approving the various transactions required to accomplish the conversion, including the formation of the interim institutions and the mergers of the interim institutions with and into People’s Bank. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders of People’s Bank and the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock, excluding shares held by People’s Mutual Holdings, are also required to approve the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. The plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation also must both be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

The Share Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock for People’s United Financial Common Stock

Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that, in a conversion of a mutual holding company to fully stock form, the public stockholders will exchange their existing shares of common stock for shares issued in the conversion by the new holding company, provided that the mutual holding company demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Office of Thrift Supervision that the basis for the share exchange is fair and reasonable. Each share of People’s Bank common stock outstanding as of the date of completion of the conversion (other than shares held by People’s Mutual Holdings, which will be canceled as a result of the conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings to a federal interim stock savings bank

 

222


Table of Contents

and simultaneous merger into People’s Bank) will be subject to the exchange, pursuant to which each stockholder will automatically be entitled to exchange his or her shares of People’s Bank common stock for shares of People’s United Financial common stock, pursuant to an exchange ratio.

Shares of People’s Bank common stock held by stockholders as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering will be canceled and exchanged for new shares of People’s United Financial common stock. The number of shares received will be based on an exchange ratio which will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering and will be based on the percentage of People’s Bank common stock held by the public prior to the conversion, the final independent appraisal of People’s United Financial common stock prepared by RP Financial and the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. The exchange ratio will ensure that existing public stockholders of People’s Bank common stock will own approximately the same percentage of People’s United Financial common stock after the conversion and offering as they owned of People’s Bank common stock immediately prior to completion of the conversion and offering, exclusive of the effect of their purchase of additional shares in the offering and the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares. The exchange ratio does not depend on the market price of People’s Bank common stock.

The following table shows how many shares a hypothetical owner of People’s Bank common stock would receive in the share exchange, based on the number of shares sold in the offering.

 

    

Shares to be sold in

this offering

   

Shares to be

exchanged for shares

of People’s Bank

common stock

   

Shares to be

issued to the

foundation

   

Total shares

of common

stock to be

outstanding

after the

conversion

  

Exchange

ratio

  

Equivalent

per share

current

market

price (1)

  

Shares

that would

be exchanged

per 100

shares of

People’s

Bank

common

stock

     Amount    Percent     Amount    Percent     Amount    Percent                     

Minimum

   137,062,500    57.22 %   100,491,584    41.95 %   2,000,000    0.83 %   239,554,084    1.6712    $ 33.42    167

Midpoint

   161,250,000    57.29 %   118,225,393    42.00 %   2,000,000    0.71 %   281,475,393    1.9662    $ 39.32    196

Maximum

   185,437,500    57.34 %   135,959,202    42.04 %   2,000,000    0.62 %   323,396,702    2.2611    $ 45.22    226

Maximum, as adjusted

   213,253,125    57.39 %   156,353,083    42.07 %   2,000,000    0.54 %   371,606,208    2.6003    $ 52.01    260

(1) Represents the value of shares of People’s United Financial common stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares received in the share exchange by a holder of one share of People’s Bank common stock at the exchange ratio, assuming a market price of $20.00 per share.

For example, at the midpoint shown in the preceding table a stockholder owning 100 shares of stock would receive 196 shares plus $12.40 in cash.

No fractional shares of our common stock will be issued. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued, we will pay by check an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would otherwise be entitled by the $20.00 per share purchase price. Holders with shares held in street name will receive these funds in their brokerage accounts. Holders with certificated shares and shares held in book-entry form will receive checks.

All shares of People’s United Financial common stock issued in exchange for existing shares of People’s Bank common stock will be considered to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares, subject, however, to our obligation to pay any dividends or make any other distributions with a record date prior to the effective date of the conversion and offering, which may have been declared by us on or prior to the effective date and which remain unpaid at the effective date.

 

223


Table of Contents

We also will convert options previously awarded under the People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan into options to purchase People’s United Financial common stock. At September 30, 2006, there were outstanding options to purchase 1,435,055 shares of People’s Bank common stock. The number of outstanding options and related per share exercise prices will be adjusted based on the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, term and vesting period of the outstanding options will remain unchanged. If any options are exercised before we complete the offering, the number of shares of People’s Bank common stock outstanding will increase and the exchange ratio could be adjusted. If all currently outstanding options are exercised, stockholders will experience dilution of approximately 1.00% in their ownership interest in People’s Bank common stock.

Effects of the Conversion

Continuity. While the conversion is being accomplished, the normal business of People’s Bank of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. People’s Bank will continue to be a federally chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision. After the conversion, People’s Bank will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. Directors and officers of People’s Bank prior to the conversion will continue to serve as directors and officers of People’s Bank after the conversion. Directors and certain officers of People’s Bank prior to the conversion will serve as directors and officers of People’s United Financial after the conversion. Corporators of People’s Mutual Holdings will cease to hold such office following the conversion; People’s United Financial will not have a Board of Corporators. Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings who are not directors of People’s Bank will become Advisory Board members of People’s Bank.

Effect on Deposit Accounts . Under the plan of conversion, each depositor in People’s Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.

Effect on Loans. No loan outstanding from People’s Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

Effect on Voting Rights of Depositors. At present, depositors of People’s Bank have no voting rights in People’s Mutual Holdings, except as provided in the plan of conversion. Upon completion of the conversion, People’s Mutual Holdings will cease to exist as a separate entity and depositors, in their capacity as such, will have no voting rights in People’s United Financial or People’s Bank. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in People’s Bank shall be held and exercised exclusively by People’s United Financial, as the sole stockholder of People’s Bank. The stockholders of People’s United Financial will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to People’s United Financial common stock.

Tax Effects. We will receive an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with regard to federal and state income taxation to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s Bank, People’s United Financial, the public stockholders of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial (except to the extent of any cash received in lieu of a fractional share interest in People’s United Financial), depositors of People’s Bank, eligible account holders, or supplemental eligible account holders. See “— Tax Aspects ” and “ United States Federal Tax Considerations Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders of the Common Stock.”

 

224


Table of Contents

Effect on Liquidation Rights . Each qualifying depositor in People’s Bank has both a deposit account in People’s Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of People’s Mutual Holdings based upon the balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be recognized in the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank. Any depositor who opens a qualifying deposit account in People’s Bank obtains a pro rata ownership interest in People’s Mutual Holdings without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of People’s Mutual Holdings, which is extinguished to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

Consequently, depositors in a stock subsidiary savings bank of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank are liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of People’s Mutual Holdings after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

In the unlikely event that People’s Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution of the “liquidation account” to depositors as of June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2006 who continue to maintain their deposit accounts as of the date of liquidation, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to People’s United Financial as the holder of People’s Bank’s capital stock. See “— Liquidation Rights.”

Effect on Existing Equity-Based Compensation Plans . Following the conversion, People’s Bank’s existing 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan and Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan will continue in accordance with their terms as then in effect, except that the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan will be assumed by People’s United Financial. Upon completion of the conversion, the number of shares of People’s Bank common stock currently reserved for or held by these benefit plans will be exchanged for shares of People’s United Financial common stock based upon the exchange ratio. All outstanding grants and awards will be adjusted pursuant to customary anti-dilution provisions.

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

The plan of conversion requires that the aggregate purchase price of the People’s United Financial common stock to be sold in the offering must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of our common stock, as determined on the basis of an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC., an appraisal firm experienced in appraisals of financial institutions, to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. There has been no material relationship between People’s Bank and RP Financial for the past two years. RP Financial’s fees for its services in preparing this appraisal are estimated to be $900,000. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial and its employees and affiliates against specified losses (including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where RP Financial’s liability results from its negligence or bad faith.

Consistent with Office of Thrift Supervision appraisal guidelines, the independent appraisal applied three primary methodologies to estimate the pro forma market value of our common stock: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and estimated core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of a peer group of companies considered by RP Financial to be comparable to

 

225


Table of Contents

us, subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial to account for differences between People’s Bank and the peer group. The peer group analysis conducted by RP Financial included a total of 12 publicly-traded financial institutions with assets of more than $4.0 billion and market capitalizations of at least $400 million. The peer group is comprised of six publicly-traded thrifts and six publicly-traded commercial banks, all selected based on asset size, market area (two Connecticut institutions are included) and operating strategy. In preparing its appraisal, RP Financial placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings approach and placed lesser emphasis on the price-to-book and price-to-assets approaches in estimating pro forma market value.

RP Financial prepared the independent valuation in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements of People’s Bank. RP Financial also considered the following factors, among others:

 

  our present and projected operating results and financial condition and proposed use of proceeds;

 

  the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area;

 

  historical, financial and other information relating to us;

 

  a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial characteristics with those of other similarly situated publicly-traded banks and savings institutions;

 

  the aggregate size of the offering of the common stock;

 

  the impact of the conversion and offering on our equity and earnings potential;

 

  our proposed dividend policy; and

 

  the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

RP Financial’s independent valuation also utilized certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of People’s United Financial after the offering. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net offering proceeds, and expenses related to the stock-based benefit plans of People’s United Financial, including the employee stock ownership plan, the recognition and retention plan and the stock option plan. The employee stock ownership plan and recognition and retention plan are assumed to purchase 6% and 4%, respectively, of the sum of the shares sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation. The stock option plan is assumed to grant options to purchase the equivalent of 10% of the sum of the shares sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation. See “ Pro Forma Data ” for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

RP Financial also considered that we intend to contribute cash and issue shares of common stock to The People’s Community Foundation, a charitable foundation that will be established in connection with the conversion. The intended contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation has the effect of reducing the estimated size of the offering of our common stock. See “ Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation .”

RP Financial prepared an original valuation dated October 16, 2006. RP Financial subsequently prepared an updated valuation dated January 18, 2007, taking into account recent developments through

 

226


Table of Contents

December 31, 2006 and updated stock prices. Based on their updated independent valuation dated January 18, 2007, RP Financial has advised us that, as of January 18, 2007, the estimated pro forma market value, or valuation range, of our common stock, including offering shares, exchange shares and shares issued to the charitable foundation, ranged from a minimum of $4.791 billion to a maximum of $6.468 billion, with a midpoint of $5.630 billion. The Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings and the Board of Directors of People’s Bank have decided to offer the shares for a price of $20.00 per share. RP Financial has advised us that, as of January 18, 2007, the exchange ratio ranged from a minimum of 1.6712 to a maximum of 2.2611, with a midpoint of 1.9662, shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of People’s Bank common stock. The aggregate offering price of the shares of common stock will be equal to the valuation range net of the value of the shares issued to the charitable foundation multiplied by the 57.7% ownership interest that People’s Mutual Holdings has in People’s Bank. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range, the value of shares issued to the charitable foundation, the percentage of People’s Bank common stock owned by People’s Mutual Holdings and the $20.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range is 137,062,500 shares, the midpoint of the offering range is 161,250,000 shares, the maximum of the offering range is 185,437,500 shares and 15% above the maximum of the offering range is 213,253,125 shares. RP Financial’s independent valuation will be updated before we complete our offering.

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank and the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:

 

  People’s Bank’s financial condition and results of operations;

 

  comparison of financial performance ratios of People’s Bank to those of other financial institutions of similar size;

 

  market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions;

 

  the historical trading price of the publicly held shares of People’s Bank common stock; and

 

  comparison of People’s United Financial’s pro forma pricing multiples to the average and median pricing multiples of the peer group companies.

All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings and the Board of Directors of People’s Bank also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial in preparing the independent valuation and the Board of Trustees and the Board of Directors believe that such assumptions are reasonable. The offering range may be amended with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, if required, as a result of subsequent developments in our financial condition or market conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of our common stock, including offering shares, exchange shares and shares issued to the charitable foundation, to less than $4.791 billion or more than $7.432 billion, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to our registration statement.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies used by RP Financial in its independent appraisal report and the resulting pricing ratios for People’s United Financial reflecting the pro forma impact of the offering, as calculated in the table in the section of this prospectus entitled “ Pro Forma Data .” Compared to the median pricing ratios of the peer group, People’s United Financial’s pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a

 

227


Table of Contents

premium of 88% on a price-to-earnings basis and discounts of 34% on a price-to-book basis and 45% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. The estimated appraised value and the resulting premiums or discounts took into consideration the potential financial impact of the conversion and offering.

 

     Price to  
     Earnings
Multiple
(1)
   Book
Value
Ratio
    Tangible
Book
Value
Ratio
 

People’s United Financial (pro forma) (2) :

       

Minimum

   27.27x    128.12 %   131.84 %

Midpoint

   30.00x    135.50 %   138.99 %

Maximum

   32.61x    141.44 %   144.82 %

Maximum, as adjusted

   35.71x    147.17 %   150.26 %

All publicly-traded thrifts as of January 18, 2007:

       

Average

   18.27x    139.71 %   163.83 %

Median

   15.84x    131.62 %   144.78 %

All publicly-traded banks as of January 18, 2007:

       

Average

   17.05x    187.80 %   231.22 %

Median

   16.03x    179.90 %   221.20 %

Valuation of peer group as of January 18, 2007 (3) :

       

Average

   17.53x    209.12 %   269.15 %

Median

   15.96x    205.31 %   250.45 %

(1) Multiples calculated by RP Financial in the January 18, 2007 appraisal are based on an estimate of core, or recurring, earnings for the 12 months ended December 31, 2006 and on total pro forma outstanding shares of common stock, including all shares owned by our employee stock ownership plan, whether or not allocated to participants and including shares issued to the charitable foundation, and equal 24.86, 27.75, 30.38 and 33.10, respectively, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range. Because this is a different method than used by us in calculating the numbers included in this table and in the pro forma information included under “ Pro Forma Data ,” the pro forma price-to-earnings multiples in the table do not correspond to the multiples in the appraisal. See note 1 to the pro forma information included under “ Pro Forma Data ” for more information on our treatment of shares owned by our employee stock ownership plan for purposes of this calculation.
(2) Based on People’s Bank’s financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Price-to-earnings multiples for People’s United Financial are shown on an annualized basis.
(3) Reflects earnings for the most recent 12-month period for which data were publicly available.

The independent valuation prepared by RP Financial is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. RP Financial did not independently verify the consolidated financial statements and other information provided by People’s Bank, nor did RP Financial value independently the assets or liabilities of People’s Bank. The independent valuation considers People’s Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of People’s Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of

 

228


Table of Contents

matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing People’s United Financial common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $20.00 purchase price.

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15% to up to $7.432 billion, as a result of regulatory considerations, demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, which would result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 213,253,125 shares and of the exchange ratio to 2.6003 shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of People’s Bank common stock. The price of $20.00 per share will remain fixed.

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $7.432 billion and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 213,253,125 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $4.791 billion and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 137,062,500 shares, then, after consulting with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we may terminate the plan of conversion, cancel all deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return by check all funds received in the subscription offering with interest at People’s Bank’s passbook savings rate of interest calculated from the date of receipt of the stock order. Alternatively, we may hold a new offering or establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of subscribers or take other actions as permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision in order to complete the conversion and offering. If a resolicitation is commenced, we will notify all subscribers, and subscribers will have the right to change (increase or decrease) or rescind their purchase orders during a resolicitation period. If we do not receive a response from a subscriber to any resolicitation, the subscriber’s order will be rescinded, all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled and all funds received will be returned promptly with interest at People’s Bank’s passbook savings rate.

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a purchaser’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a purchaser’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “ Pro Forma Data .”

We are also offering for sale to the general public in a syndicated offering through a syndicate of selected dealers any shares of our common stock not subscribed for by our depositors in the subscription offering. We may begin the syndicated offering at any time following the commencement of the subscription offering. Alternatively, we may sell any remaining shares in an underwritten public offering. See “— Syndicated Offering/Underwritten Public Offering.”

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, including any amendments thereto, and the detailed memorandum of RP Financial setting forth the method and assumptions for the appraisal are available for inspection at our administrative offices and as specified under “ Where You Can Find Additional Information .”

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

In accordance with the plan of conversion, non-transferable rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after

 

229


Table of Contents

satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the maximum, minimum and overall purchase limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “— Limitations on Common Stock Purchases .” Orders will not be filled in the syndicated offering unless and until all properly submitted subscriptions are filled.

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders. Each People’s Bank depositor with aggregate deposit account balances of $50 or more on June 30, 2005 is an eligible account holder and will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “– Limitations on Common Stock Purch ases.”

If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions from eligible account holders, available shares will first be allocated so as to permit each subscribing eligible account holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing eligible account holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her qualifying deposit bears to the total amount of qualifying deposits of all subscribing eligible account holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. Any shares then remaining shall be reallocated among those eligible account holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of stock, each eligible account holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on June 30, 2005. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. The subscription rights of eligible account holders who are also our trustees, directors or officers and their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other eligible account holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits in the twelve months preceding June 30, 2005.

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans . Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, will receive, as a second priority and without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 8.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, including any increase in the number of shares of common stock after the date hereof as a result of an increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range. Our employee stock ownership plan, which is a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan, expects to purchase an amount equal to up to 6% of the sum of the shares of common stock we sell in the offering and those that we issue to the charitable foundation in the open market following the offering (with prior Office of Thrift Supervision approval) using funds borrowed from us, but may instead purchase all or a portion of the shares in the offering, pursuant to the subscription right granted to our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan. Shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan will not be aggregated with shares of common stock purchased directly by or which are otherwise attributable to any other participants in the offering, including our officers, trustees, directors or employees or their associates.

Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. To the extent that there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by eligible account holders and our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, each People’s Bank depositor, except the directors and certain officers of People’s Bank and their associates, with aggregate deposit account balances of $50 or more on December 31, 2006, who is not an eligible account holder is a supplemental eligible account holder; provided, however, that any director or officer of People’s Bank employed, appointed or elected for the first time to such office after June 30, 2005 shall not be precluded from being a supplemental eligible account holder solely by reason of holding such office. Each supplemental eligible account holder will be

 

230


Table of Contents

deemed a supplemental eligible account holder and will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “— Limitations on Common Stock Purchases .”

If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, available shares will first be allocated so as to permit each subscribing supplemental eligible account holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing supplemental eligible account holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her qualifying deposit bears to the total amount of qualifying deposits of all subscribing supplemental eligible account holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. Any shares then remaining shall be reallocated among those supplemental eligible account holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each supplemental eligible account holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on December 31, 2006. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

Priority 4: Other Depositors. To the extent that there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, and supplemental eligible account holders, each People’s Bank depositor as of                      , 2007 who is not an eligible account holder or a supplemental eligible account holder will be deemed an “other depositor” and will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “— Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.

If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, available shares will first be allocated so as to permit each subscribing other depositor to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing other depositor whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her qualifying deposit bears to the total amount of qualifying deposits of all subscribing other depositors whose subscriptions remain unfilled. Any shares then remaining shall be reallocated among those other depositors whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each other depositor must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on [      ]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

Other Potential Investors. Persons who do not otherwise qualify as eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders or other depositors will not have subscription rights to purchase shares in the subscription offering. Such persons may be able to purchase shares in the syndicated offering or underwritten public offering, but the opportunity to purchase shares in the syndicated or public offering is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders, in whole or in part, either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the conclusion of the offering.

Persons in Non-qualified States or Foreign Countries . We will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all jurisdictions in the United States in which persons entitled to subscribe for stock pursuant to the plan of conversion reside. However, no person who resides in a

 

231


Table of Contents

foreign country or in a jurisdiction of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply will be offered or receive stock in the subscription offering: (a) there are few persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion who reside in such jurisdiction; (b) the granting of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of our stock to such persons would require us or our trustees, directors and officers, under the laws of such jurisdiction, to register as a broker-dealer, salesman or selling agent or to register or otherwise qualify our stock for sale in such jurisdiction, or we would be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or file a general consent to service of process in such jurisdiction; or (c) such registration, qualification or filing in our judgment would be impracticable or unduly burdensome for reasons of cost or otherwise.

You May Not Sell Or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. Your subscription rights may only be exercised by you for your own account. Common stock may also be registered in the name of a trust for which you are the sole beneficiary or sole income beneficiary. For this purpose, an individual retirement account that is held as a custodial account is deemed to be a trust. When completing your stock order form, you should not add the name(s) of persons who do not have subscription rights or who qualify in a lower subscription priority than you do. If you do so, you will lose your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to certify on the stock order form that you are purchasing shares solely for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights. We will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights. In addition, if you attempt to sell or otherwise transfer your subscription rights, you may be subject to criminal prosecution and/or other sanctions.

Deadline for Ordering Stock in the Subscription Offering

The subscription offering will expire at 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on [      ], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, if necessary. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum or adjusted maximum of the offering range. We may extend the expiration date without notice to you until [      ], unless the Office of Thrift Supervision approves a later date, which will not be beyond [      ]. Subscription rights which have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

If We Do Not Sell the Minimum Number of Shares

We will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares of common stock have been sold in the subscription and syndicated offerings. If at least 137,062,500 shares have not been sold by                      , 2007 and the Office of Thrift Supervision has not consented to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest at People’s Bank’s passbook savings rate and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond [                      ], 2007 is granted by the Office of Thrift Supervision, we will notify each person who subscribed for common stock in the subscription offering, indicating that each person may increase, decrease, or rescind their subscription within the resolicitation period. If we do not receive a response from a subscriber to any resolicitation, the subscriber’s order will be rescinded, all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled and all funds received will be returned promptly with interest at People’s Bank’s passbook savings rate.

 

232


Table of Contents

The conversion must be completed by [      ], which is two years after the special meeting of depositors of People’s Bank to vote on the conversion.

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel all deposit account withdrawal authorizations and return by check all funds submitted in the subscription offering, plus interest at People’s Bank’s passbook savings rate from the date of receipt.

Syndicated Offering/Underwritten Public Offering

The plan of conversion provides that shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated offering through a syndicate of selected dealers. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated will act as sole book-running manager and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. will act as joint lead manager for the syndicated offering, and each firm will assist us in selling our common stock in the syndicated offering on a best efforts basis. Alternatively, we may sell any remaining shares in an underwritten public offering. None of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. or any other member of the syndicate is required to purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated offering. The syndicated offering will terminate no later than 45 days after the expiration of the subscription offering, unless extended by us, with approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the syndicated offering is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders, in whole or part, either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the conclusion of the offering. If your order is rejected in part, you will not have the right to cancel the remainder of your order.

Purchasers in the syndicated offering or underwritten public offering are eligible to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “ —Limitations on Common Stock Purchases .” We may begin the syndicated offering at any time following the commencement of the subscription offering.

The syndicated offering will be conducted in accordance with certain Securities and Exchange Commission rules applicable to best efforts underwritings. Generally, under those rules, members of the syndicate will promptly deposit any funds they receive from interested investors prior to closing into one or more separate non-interest bearing accounts established by the syndicate at a bank other than People’s Bank. The closing of the syndicated offering is subject to conditions set forth in the agency agreement among us, People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank on the one hand and the members of the syndicate on the other hand. These conditions include, among others, the continuous effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the nonoccurrence of certain material events and the receipt by the members of the syndicate of opinions, certificates and other documents. If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds for shares of common stock sold by the syndicate in the syndicated offering, less fees and commissions payable by us, will be promptly delivered to us. If the offering closes, but some or all of an interested investor’s funds are not accepted by us, those funds will be returned to the interested investor promptly after the closing, without interest. If the offering does not close, funds in the account will be promptly returned, without interest, to the potential investor. Normal customer ticketing will be used for order placement. Stock order forms will not be used.

Any underwritten public offering will be conducted on a firm commitment basis. In such case, the underwriters will purchase all shares of common stock not sold in the subscription offering or any syndicated offering, if any such shares are purchased. The aggregate price paid to us by or through the underwriters for the shares of common stock will be the number of shares sold multiplied by the $20.00

 

233


Table of Contents

price per share, less the amount of an underwriting discount as negotiated between us and the underwriters and approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision and the National Association of Securities Dealers.

Other Purchase Arrangements

If we are unable to find purchasers from the general public for unsubscribed shares up to the minimum of the offering range, we may make other purchase arrangements, if feasible. Other purchase arrangements must be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision and may provide for purchases by trustees, directors, officers, their associates and other persons in excess of the limitations provided in the plan of conversion and in excess of the proposed purchases discussed under “ Proposed Purchases of Common Stock by Management ,” although no such additional purchases are currently planned. If other purchase arrangements cannot be made, we may do any of the following: terminate the offering and promptly return all funds or cancel deposit account withdrawals, as the case may be, set a new offering range, notify all subscribers and give them the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders or take such other actions as may be permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

The plan of conversion includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased during the offering:

 

  You may not purchase fewer than 25 shares ($500).

 

  You may not purchase more than $2 million of common stock (100,000 shares). If you are purchasing shares in the subscription offering, this limit applies to you together with any persons with whom you are exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying deposit account held jointly.

 

  Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 6.0% of the shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation, including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%.

 

  You, together with your associates or persons acting in concert with you, may not purchase more than $2 million of common stock (100,000 shares) in all categories of the offering combined, including the syndicated offering. More information on the meaning of “associate” and “acting in concert” is provided below.

 

 

Current stockholders of People’s Bank are subject to an additional ownership limitation. As previously described, current stockholders will receive shares of People’s United Financial common stock in exchange for their People’s Bank common stock. The number of shares that a stockholder may purchase in the offering, individually and together with associates or persons acting in concert with such stockholder, when combined with the shares that the stockholder and his or her associates and persons acting in concert with him or her will own after the share exchange, may not exceed 5% of the total shares of the People’s United Financial common stock to be issued and outstanding at the completion of the conversion and offering. However, current stockholders will not have to sell any People’s Bank common stock or be limited in receiving shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the share exchange even if their ownership of

 

234


Table of Contents
 

People’s United Financial common stock after the share exchange would exceed an applicable purchase limitation.

 

  The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering by our officers, trustees, and directors and their associates, in the aggregate, may not exceed 25% of the total number of shares sold in the offering.

Depending upon market or financial conditions, People’s Mutual Holdings’ Board of Trustees and People’s Bank’s Board of Directors, with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and without further approval of the depositors of People’s Bank may decrease or increase the purchase and ownership limitations, provided that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the total shares sold in the offering. If a purchase limitation is increased, we will resolicit subscribers in the subscription offering who order the maximum amount and so indicate on their stock order forms, in order to determine if they wish to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit. If the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the total shares sold in the offering, we may, with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, allow persons who have subscribed for 5% of the total shares sold in the offering to purchase between 5% and 10% of that total number of shares, as long as the aggregate amount that such persons purchase does not exceed 10% of the total shares sold in the offering. Requests to purchase additional shares of our common stock in the event the purchase limitation is so increased will be accepted by us in our sole discretion.

In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the offering, due to an increase in the offering range of up to 15%, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:

 

  (1) to fill our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans’ subscriptions for up to 8.0% of the total number of shares sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation in the event such plans submit subscription orders; and then

 

  (2) in the event that there is an oversubscription at the eligible account holder, supplemental eligible account holder or other depositor levels, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities.

With prior Office of Thrift Supervision approval, our employee stock ownership plan may elect to fill part or all of its stock order in the open market, after completion of the offering, whether or not its entire order could be filled in the subscription offering.

You will not be allowed to purchase any stock if that purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation or would violate regulations or policies of the National Association of Securities Dealers. We and/or our representatives may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from you regarding the legality of the purchase and may refuse to honor any purchase order if that opinion is not timely furnished.

We have the right to reject your order if we believe your representations are untrue or if we believe you are violating, circumventing or intend to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion, either alone or acting in concert with others.

The term “associate” means:

 

 

any corporation or organization, other than People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s Bank, People’s United Financial or a majority-owned subsidiary of People’s Bank or People’s

 

235


Table of Contents
 

United Financial, of which you are a senior officer or partner or are directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities;

 

  any trust or other estate in which you have a substantial beneficial interest or serve as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, but excluding (1) any employee stock benefit plan in which you have a substantial beneficial interest or serve as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (2) any other person who has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity for any such employee stock benefit plan, solely as a result of having such interest or serving in such capacity; and

 

  your spouse or a relative of you or your spouse, who either has the same home as you or who is a trustee, director or officer of People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s Bank, People’s United Financial or any of the subsidiaries of the foregoing.

The term “acting in concert” means:

 

  knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

  a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

Any persons or companies having the same address on an account or stock order form are considered to be acting in concert. A person or company which acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated, and participants or beneficiaries of the employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert solely as a result of their common interest as participants or beneficiaries. We will presume that certain persons are acting in concert based upon various facts, including the fact that persons have joint account relationships or the fact that such persons have filed joint Schedules 13D with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to other companies. We reserve the right to make an independent investigation of any facts or circumstances brought to our attention that indicate that one or more persons acting independently or as a group acting in concert may be attempting to violate or circumvent the regulatory prohibition on the transferability of subscription rights. We have the right, in our sole discretion, to determine whether prospective purchasers are associates or acting in concert. Our trustees, directors, officers and employees are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their capacity as such.

Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by executive officers and directors of People’s Bank and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of People’s Bank for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “— You May Not Sell Or Transfer Your Subscription Rights ” and “ Restrictions on Acquisition of People’s United Financial and People’s Bank .”

 

236


Table of Contents

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription Offering

Delivery of Prospectus. To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the expiration date of the offering in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand delivered any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Stock order forms will be distributed only if accompanied or preceded by a prospectus. We will make reasonable attempts to provide a prospectus and offering materials to all holders of subscription rights. The subscription offering and all subscription rights are expected to expire at 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time on [      ], however, whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

Use of Stock Order Forms. In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you must complete a stock order form and remit payment. Incomplete stock order forms or stock order forms that are not signed are not required to be accepted. We will not be required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled stock order forms. If a stock order form is undeliverable and is returned to us by the U.S. Postal Service, or is not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights for that person will lapse as though that person failed to return the completed stock order form within the time period specified. All stock order forms must be received by us (not postmarked) prior to 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on [      ]. We are not required to accept stock order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms, and we have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms. We do not represent, however, that we will do so. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the return envelope provided, by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the front of the stock order form or by hand to a secure drop box located in the lobby of People’s Bank’s headquarters, 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut. Stock order forms may not be delivered to banking or other offices of People’s Bank. Once tendered, a stock order form cannot be modified or revoked. On the stock order form, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the stock order forms will be final.

By signing the stock order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account that is federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by People’s Bank or the federal government, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the stock order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Payment for Shares. Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed stock order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:

 

  personal check, bank check or money order, made directly payable to “People’s United Financial, Inc.”; or

 

  authorization of withdrawal from the types of People’s Bank deposit accounts provided for on the stock order form.

Appropriate means for authorizing withdrawals from deposit accounts at People’s Bank are outlined on the stock order form. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the

 

237


Table of Contents

depositor for any reason. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificates of deposit will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook savings rate subsequent to the withdrawal. You may not authorize withdrawal from People’s Bank retirement accounts or People’s Bank accounts with check-writing privileges. If you wish to use funds from an account with check-writing privileges, please make payment by a check drawn on such account. Personal checks will be cashed upon receipt; therefore, these funds must be available in the account(s) at the time we receive your order. Checks and money orders will be cashed upon receipt and the funds placed in a segregated escrow account at People’s Bank or, at our discretion, another insured financial institution, and interest will be paid at the passbook savings rate from the date payment is received until completion or termination of the conversion. Cash, wire transfers, third party checks and People’s Bank equity line of credit checks and funds drawn on People’s Bank personal credit lines may not be remitted as payment for your purchase. Once we receive your executed stock order form, it may not be modified or rescinded.

Regulations prohibit People’s Bank from lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

Using Retirement Account Funds . You may not purchase shares of People’s United Financial common stock in your People’s Bank retirement account (IRAs and Keogh accounts). Therefore, if you wish to use some or all of the funds that are currently in a People’s Bank retirement account, you may not designate on the stock order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. Before your order is placed, the funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to a brokerage firm or other type of independent trustee other than People’s Securities, Inc. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these properly executed transfers. Depositors interested in using funds in a retirement account at People’s Bank or elsewhere to purchase common stock should contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [                      ], 2007 end of the offering period, because processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on timing constraints and limitations imposed by the institutions where the funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use retirement funds held with People’s Bank or elsewhere toward this purchase.

Delivery of Shares. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock to be issued in the subscription offering will be issued in certificate form. Certificates representing shares of common stock will be mailed to persons entitled to the certificates at the certificate registration address noted by them on the stock order form as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held by our transfer agent until claimed by the persons legally entitled to the certificates, or will be otherwise disposed of in accordance with applicable law. Until certificates for common stock are available and delivered to purchasers, they may not be able to sell their shares, even though trading of the common stock will have commenced.

Other Restrictions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” registrations, or would violate regulations or policies of the National Association of Securities Dealers, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished.

 

238


Table of Contents

Stock Information Center

If you have any questions regarding the offering or the conversion, please call our Stock Information Center, at [__], from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, Monday through Friday. The Stock Information Center is closed on weekends and bank holidays. Our banking and other offices will not have offering materials and cannot accept completed stock order forms or proxy cards.

Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent Compensation

Subscription Offering

Offering materials have been distributed by mail to those with subscription rights at the last known address based on People’s Bank’s records. Subscription rights expire whether or not eligible subscribers can be located.

Under the terms of an agency agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement relating to this prospectus, we have retained Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. to assist us with the subscription offering. The agency agreement provides that Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. will assist us on a best efforts basis in the marketing of our common stock in the subscription offering, including by:

 

  acting as our financial advisor for the subscription offering;

 

  providing administrative services and managing the Stock Information Center; and

 

  targeting our sales efforts, including assisting in the preparation of marketing materials and soliciting orders for common stock.

For these services, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. will receive a marketing fee equal to 1.0% of the dollar amount of common stock sold in the subscription offering, subject to a maximum marketing fee of $12.0 million. No marketing fee will be payable to Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. with respect to shares sold in the subscription offering to officers, trustees, directors and employees, the immediate families of such officers, trustees, directors or employees or employee benefit plans.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated will also provide us with advisory services in connection with the subscription offering. In the event the gross proceeds from the subscription offering equal or exceed $1.75 billion, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated will receive an advisory fee equal to $5 million. In the event the gross proceeds from the subscription offering equal or exceed $2.5 billion, People’s Bank may, in its sole discretion, pay Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated an additional advisory fee of $2.5 million.

The following table shows the estimated commissions to be paid by us to Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. in the subscription offering, both on a per share basis and on an aggregate basis, assuming (1) that 60,000,000 shares of common stock are sold in the subscription offering and between 67,500,000 and 112,500,000 shares are sold in the syndicated offering and (2) that our officers, trustees, directors, employees and their immediate families purchase 387,500 shares in the subscription offering and our employee benefit plans do not purchase any shares in the subscription offering. We are unable to determine the exact fees and commissions because these amounts will depend on the allocation of the shares sold in the subscription offering and in the syndicated offering, among other factors. See “ Pro Forma Data .”

 

     Per Share    Total

Marketing fee

   $ 0.199    $ 11,922,500

 

239


Table of Contents

Solicitation by Trustees, Directors, Officers and Employees

Some of our trustees, directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other of our regular, full-time employees may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may perform clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. These employees have been instructed not to solicit offers for purchases of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. All sales activity will be apart from the area accessible to the general public. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, so as to permit officers, trustees, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, trustees, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

Syndicated Offering

General. The agency agreement provides that Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. will assist us in the marketing of our common stock in the syndicated offering, including by managing a syndicate of selected dealers to offer the common stock in the syndicated offering. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated will serve as global coordinator and sole book-running manager and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. will act as joint lead manager, for the syndicated offering. The syndicated offering is being made on a “best efforts” basis, and accordingly none of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. or any other member of the syndicate is required to purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated offering.

In connection with the syndicated offering, we will pay Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. an aggregate management fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate dollar amount received in exchange for shares sold in the syndicated offering. In addition, we will pay to the syndicate, which will include Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc., a sales concession equal to 3.0% of the aggregate dollar amount received in exchange for shares sold in the syndicated offering. The members of the syndicate will allow a concession not in excess of $[      ] per share to other members of the syndicate. The members of the syndicate may allow, and the other dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $[      ] per share to other dealers.

In the event that we sell common stock in an underwritten public offering, we have agreed that Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated will have the right to serve as sole book-running manager and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. will have the right to act as joint lead manager for the offering. We will pay underwriters (which we expect would include Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc.) that sell shares of our common stock in such offering an underwriting discount, to be negotiated by us prior to such an offering. If we determine to sell stock in an underwritten public offering, the terms of such offering, including the names of the underwriters participating in such offering, will be described in a supplement to this prospectus.

The following table shows the estimated fees and commissions to be paid by us to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. and the other members of the syndicate in the syndicated offering, both on a per share basis and on an aggregate basis, assuming that 60,000,000 shares of common stock are sold in the subscription offering and between 77,062,500 and 125,437,500 shares are sold in the syndicated offering. We are unable to determine the exact fees and commissions because these amounts will depend on the allocation of the shares sold in the subscription offering and in the syndicated offering, among other factors. See “ Pro Forma Data .”

 

240


Table of Contents
          Total
     Per Share    Minimum of the
Offering Range
(77,062,500 shares
sold in syndicated
offering)
   Midpoint of the
Offering Range
(101,250,000
shares sold in
syndicated
offering)
   Maximum of the
Offering Range
(125,437,500 shares
sold in syndicated
offering)
   15% Above the
Maximum of the
Offering Range
(153,253,125 shares
sold in syndicated
offering)

Management fee to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc.

   $ 0.20    $ 15,412,500    $ 20,250,000    $ 25,087,500    $ 30,650,625

Sales concession to syndicate

   $ 0.60    $ 46,237,500    $ 60,750,000    $ 75,262,500    $ 91,951,875

We estimate that the expenses of the offering, not including the fees and commissions described above or under “— Subscription Offering ,” will be approximately $10.0 million. These expenses will be payable by us.

Indemnification . We have agreed to indemnify Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc., as well as the other members of the syndicate, against liabilities and expenses relating to the offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments that Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. and such other members of the syndicate may be required to make for these liabilities.

Lock-up Agreements . We and our directors and executive officers have agreed not to directly or indirectly offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. for a period commencing on the date of this prospectus and continuing until 120 days after the completion of the offering.

Electronic Distribution . A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. or one or more other members of the syndicate, or by their respective affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the syndicate member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The members of the syndicate may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Internet sites referenced in the preceding paragraph and any information contained in any other Internet site maintained by any member of the syndicate is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. or any other member of the syndicate in its capacity as selling agent or syndicate member and should not be relied upon by investors.

Offers and Sales in Canada. This prospectus is not, and under no circumstances is it to be construed as, an advertisement or a public offering of shares in Canada or any province or territory thereof. Any offer or sale of shares in Canada will be made only under an exemption from the requirements to file a prospectus with the relevant Canadian securities regulators and only by a dealer properly registered under applicable provincial securities laws or, alternatively, pursuant to an exemption

 

241


Table of Contents

from the dealer registration requirement in the relevant province or territory of Canada in which such offer or sale is made.

European Economic Area. In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co. Inc. and any other agent in the offering has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Member State it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Member State, except that it may, with effect from and including such date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Member State:

(a) at any time to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) at any time to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000; and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

(c) at any time in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purpose of the above, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the “Prospectus Directive” in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in that Member State.

United Kingdom. Each of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co. Inc. and any other agent in the offering has represented and agreed that it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to communicate an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) in connection with the issue of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of such Act does not apply to us and it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of such Act with respect to anything done by it in relation to any shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Offers and Sales in Other Foreign Countries. We may also offer shares in other foreign countries, including, but not limited to, Ireland, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, the Netherlands, Belgium, Norway, Sweden, Denmark and Switzerland. The final determination of whether to offer shares in foreign countries and, if shares are so offered, in which countries the shares will be offered will be made at the time of the offering, based on market conditions existing at that time. Any offer or sale of shares in a foreign country will be made only under an exemption from any requirements to register the shares for public sale in such country.

Stamp Taxes. Purchasers of our common stock in the syndicated offering or any underwritten public offering may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover of this prospectus. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax advisor with respect to whether you may be required to pay those taxes or charges, as well as any other tax consequences that may arise under the laws of the country of purchase.

 

242


Table of Contents

Relationships. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc., some of the other members of the syndicate and their respective affiliates have performed investment banking and financial advisory services for us for which they have received customary fees and reimbursements of expenses and may in the future provide additional services for which it is anticipated they will receive compensation.

Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares After Conversion

Common stock purchased in the offering or issued in the share exchange will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by directors and executive officers of People’s Bank as described below. All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by our directors or executive officers generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or executive officer. Each certificate (if any) for shares purchased by such persons in the offering will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the shares purchased by such persons in the offering will be similarly restricted. Our directors and executive officers also will be restricted by the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Purchases of shares of our common stock by our directors and executive officers and their associates during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock or to purchases of our common stock pursuant to our stock option plan or any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any recognition and retention plans or restricted stock plans.

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 for the registration of the common stock to be sold in the offering. This registration does not cover the resale of such shares. Shares of common stock owned or purchased by persons who are not affiliates of People’s United Financial may be resold without registration. Shares owned (including shares received in exchange for shares of People’s Bank common stock) or purchased by affiliates of People’s United Financial will be subject to resale restrictions under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933. If we meet the current public information requirements of Rule 144, each of our affiliates who complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of certain other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of our outstanding shares or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. Provision may be made in the future to permit our affiliates to register their shares for sale under the Securities Act of 1933 under certain circumstances.

Liquidation Rights

In the unlikely event of a complete voluntary liquidation of People’s Mutual Holdings in its present mutual form, depositors of People’s Bank would receive a pro rata share of any assets of People’s Mutual Holdings remaining after payment of claims of all creditors. Each depositor’s pro rata share of such remaining assets would be in the same proportion as the value of his or her deposit account was to the total value of all deposit accounts in People’s Bank at the time of liquidation. After the conversion and

 

243


Table of Contents

offering, each depositor, in the event of a complete liquidation of People’s Bank, would have a claim as a creditor of the same general priority as the claims of all other general creditors of People’s Bank. However, except as described below, each claim would be solely in the amount of the balance in the deposit account(s) plus accrued interest. The depositor would not have an interest in the value or assets of People’s Bank or People’s Mutual Holdings above that amount.

The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, following the conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings from a federally chartered mutual holding company to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank and simultaneous merger with and into People’s Bank, of a special “liquidation account” for the benefit of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders in an amount equal to People’s Bank’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in its latest statement of financial condition contained in this prospectus. The liquidation account will be established and maintained by People’s Bank. In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of People’s Bank after the completion of the conversion at a time when People’s Bank has a positive net worth (and only in such event), each eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account holder would be entitled, upon a complete liquidation of People’s Bank after the conversion and offering, to an interest in the liquidation account prior to any liquidation distribution with respect to the capital stock of People’s Bank. Each eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account holder would have an initial interest in such liquidation account for each deposit account, including passbook accounts, transaction accounts such as checking accounts, money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposit, held in People’s Bank at the close of business on June 30, 2005 or December 31, 2006, as the case may be. Each eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account holder will have a pro rata interest in the total liquidation account for each of his or her deposit accounts based on the proportion that the balance of each such deposit account on June 30, 2005 or December 31, 2006, as the case may be, bore to the balance of all deposit accounts in People’s Bank on such date.

If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date of People’s Bank, commencing December 31, 2007, the amount in any deposit account is less than the amount that was in such deposit account on June 30, 2005 or December 31, 2006, as the case may be, or any other annual closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account.

Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders are satisfied would be distributed to People’s United Financial as the sole stockholder of People’s Bank.

Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution, except to the extent otherwise approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

Accounting Consequences

The conversion will be accounted for at historical cost in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Accordingly, the carrying value of the assets, liabilities, and capital of People’s Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings will be unaffected by the conversion and offering and will be reflected in our consolidated financial statements based on their historical amounts.

 

244


Table of Contents

Tax Aspects

Completion of the conversion is conditioned upon prior receipt of either a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel with respect to federal income tax laws and either a ruling from the State of Connecticut or an opinion of our independent tax advisor with respect to Connecticut income tax laws, substantially to the effect that consummation of the transactions qualifies as a tax-free transaction for federal income tax purposes and will not result in any adverse federal or Connecticut state income tax consequences before or after the conversion, except to the extent, if any, that subscription rights are deemed to have fair market value on the date such rights are issued. We believe that the tax opinions summarized below address all material federal and state income tax consequences that are generally applicable to the primary parties and the persons receiving subscription rights.

Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP has issued an opinion to us to the effect that, for federal income tax purposes:

 

  (1) the conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings from a federally chartered mutual holding company to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank (“Interim A”) will qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code, and no gain or loss will be recognized by People’s Mutual Holdings by reason of such conversion;

 

  (2) the merger of Interim A with and into People’s Bank will qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, and no gain or loss will be recognized by Interim A or People’s Bank by reason of such merger;

 

  (3) the merger of the federally chartered interim stock savings bank, newly formed as a wholly owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial (“Interim B”), with and into People’s Bank pursuant to which shares of People’s Bank will be converted into shares of common stock of People’s United Financial, will qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(2)(E) or Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code, and no gain or loss will be recognized by Interim B, People’s Bank or People’s United Financial by reason of such merger;

 

  (4) no gain or loss will be recognized by the current stockholders of People’s Bank upon the receipt of shares of common stock of People’s United Financial pursuant to the share exchange, except to the extent of any cash received in lieu of a fractional share interest in People’s United Financial;

 

  (5) the aggregate tax basis of the shares of People’s United Financial common stock held by the current stockholders of People’s Bank after the share exchange will be equal to the aggregate tax basis of People’s Bank common stock held immediately before the share exchange, reduced by the basis allocable to a fractional share interest in People’s United Financial for which cash is received;

 

  (6) the holding period of the shares of People’s United Financial common stock to be received by the current stockholders of People’s Bank in the share exchange will include the holding period of the shares of People’s Bank common stock held immediately before the share exchange, provided that People’s Bank common stock was held as a capital asset on the date of the share exchange;

 

245


Table of Contents
  (7) a holder of shares of People’s United Financial who receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of People’s United Financial common stock in the share exchange will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the portion of such holder’s tax basis of the shares of People’s Bank allocable to the fractional share; such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if such shares were held as a capital asset as of the date of the share exchange, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if such holder’s holding period in the shares of People’s Bank common stock is more than one year on the date of the share exchange;

 

  (8) no gain or loss will be recognized by People’s United Financial upon the sale of shares of common stock in the offering;

 

  (9) no gain or loss will be recognized by depositors of People’s Bank upon the issuance to them of interests in the liquidation account in People’s Bank established pursuant to the merger of Interim A with and into People’s Bank;

 

  (10) it is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock of People’s United Financial to be issued to eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other depositors is zero and accordingly, that no income will be recognized by eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other depositors upon the issuance to them of subscription rights or upon the exercise of the subscription rights;

 

  (11) it is more likely than not that the tax basis to the holders of shares of People’s United Financial common stock purchased in the offering pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights will be the amount paid therefor, and that the holding period for such shares of common stock will begin on the date of the completion of the offering; and

 

  (12) the holding period for shares of common stock of People’s United Financial purchased in the syndicated offering will begin on the day after the date of purchase.

The opinions set forth in (10) and (11), above, are based on the position that the subscription rights do not have any market value at the time of distribution or at the time they are exercised. Whether subscription rights have a market value for federal income tax purposes is a question of fact, depending upon all relevant facts and circumstances. According to our counsel, the Internal Revenue Service will not issue rulings on whether subscription rights have a market value. Counsel has also advised us that they are unaware of any instance in which the Internal Revenue Service has taken the position that nontransferable subscription rights issued by a converting financial institution have a market value. Counsel also noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be nontransferable and of short duration, and will afford the recipients the right only to purchase common stock of People’s United Financial at a price equal to its estimated fair market value, which will be the same price as the purchase price for the unsubscribed shares of common stock. Counsel believes that it is more likely than not (i.e., there is a more than a 50% likelihood) that the subscription rights have no market value for federal income tax purposes. Such conclusion of counsel is supported by a letter from RP Financial furnished to us which states that the subscription rights do not have any value when they are distributed or exercised. If the subscription rights are found to have a market value greater than zero, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (whether or not the rights are exercised) and People’s United Financial may be taxed on the distribution of the subscription rights. Participants are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisor as to the tax consequences in the event that the subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

 

246


Table of Contents

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has issued an opinion to us to the effect that, for Connecticut State income tax purposes, and assuming that the federal income tax consequences described above are correct in all material respects:

 

  (1) the conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings from a federally chartered mutual holding company to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank (“Interim A”) should be treated as a tax-free reorganization for Connecticut state income tax purposes;

 

  (2) the merger of Interim A with and into People’s Bank, should be treated as a tax-free reorganization for Connecticut state income tax purposes;

 

  (3) the merger of the federally chartered interim stock savings bank, newly formed as a wholly owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial (“Interim B”), with and into People’s Bank, pursuant to which shares of People’s Bank will be converted into shares of common stock of People’s United Financial, should be treated as a tax-free reorganization or as a tax-free contribution for Connecticut state income tax purposes;

 

  (4) no gain or loss should be recognized by the current stockholders of People’s Bank upon the receipt of shares of common stock of People’s United Financial pursuant to the share exchange, except to the extent of any cash received in lieu of a fractional share interest in People’s United Financial;

 

  (5) the aggregate tax basis of the shares of People’s United Financial common stock held by the current stockholders of People’s Bank after the share exchange should be equal to the aggregate tax basis of People’s Bank common stock held immediately before the share exchange, reduced by the basis allocable to a fractional share interest in People’s United Financial for which cash is received;

 

  (6) the holding period of the shares of People’s United Financial common stock to be received by the current stockholders of People’s Bank in the share exchange should include the holding period of the shares of People’s Bank common stock held immediately before the share exchange;

 

  (7) a holder of shares of People’s United Financial who receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of People’s United Financial common stock in the share exchange should recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the portion of such holder’s tax basis of the shares of People’s Bank allocable to the fractional share;

 

  (8) no gain or loss should be recognized by People’s United Financial upon the sale of shares of common stock in the offering;

 

  (9) no gain or loss should be recognized by depositors of People’s Bank upon the issuance to them of interests in the liquidation account in People’s Bank established pursuant to the merger of Interim A with and into People’s Bank;

 

  (10) it is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock of People’s United Financial to be issued to eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders is zero and accordingly, that no income will be recognized by eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders upon the issuance to them of subscription rights or upon the exercise of the subscription rights;

 

247


Table of Contents
  (11) it is more likely than not that the tax basis to the holders of shares of People’s United Financial common stock purchased in the offering pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights will be the amount paid therefor, and that the holding period for such shares of common stock will begin on the date of the completion of the offering; and

 

  (12) the holding period for shares of common stock of People’s United Financial purchased in the syndicated offering should begin on the day after the date of purchase.

Unlike private rulings, an opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or the Connecticut Department of Revenue Services, and the Internal Revenue Service or the Connecticut Department of Revenue Services could disagree with the conclusions reached therein. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service or the Connecticut Department of Revenue Services would not prevail in a judicial or administrative proceeding. If the Internal Revenue Service or the Connecticut Department of Revenue Services determines that the tax effects of the transactions contemplated by the plan of conversion are to be treated differently from those presented in the opinions, we may be subject to adverse tax consequences as a result of the conversion.

United States Federal Tax Considerations Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders of the Common Stock

The following discusses the material United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock applicable to Non-U.S. Holders who are beneficial owners of People’s United Financial common stock and who acquire and own such common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code. A “Non-U.S. Holder” is a holder of common stock other than (1) an individual citizen or resident of the United States; (2) a corporation, or an entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (3) an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or (4) a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

The following discussion does not consider specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular Non-U.S. Holder’s tax position. For example, the discussion does not address United States federal income and estate tax rules applicable to any person who holds common stock through entities treated as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes or who holds common stock through entities which are disregarded for United States federal income tax purposes. The discussion does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or tax jurisdiction outside the United States. Further, the discussion does not consider Non-U.S. Holders to whom special tax rules may apply (including controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, banks or other financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, common trust funds, holders who hold common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” or conversion transaction, tax-exempt organizations and United States expatriates).

The following discussion is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, United States Treasury regulations, Internal Revenue Service rulings and pronouncements, and judicial interpretations as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. Any change could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel with respect to the federal tax consequences discussed below and there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service or a court will not take a position

 

248


Table of Contents

contrary to the federal tax consequences discussed herein or that any such contrary position taken by the Internal Revenue Service or a court would not be sustained.

The description set forth below is included for general information only and may not be applicable to a prospective Non-U.S. Holder’s particular situation. Prospective Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisor with respect to the United States Federal tax consequences of owning and disposing of common stock, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local or non-United States taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

For purposes of the following discussion, dividends and gain on the sale or other disposition of common stock will be considered to be “U.S. trade or business income” if such income or gain is (1) effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business; and (2) in the case of a treaty resident, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States.

Dividends. Distributions on People’s United Financial common stock will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent of People’s United Financial’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for United States federal income tax purposes.

In general, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that do not constitute U.S. trade or business income will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate unless such rate is reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding under an income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide a properly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or successor form) to us or our paying agent, or similar appropriate documentation or substitute form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty. A Non-U.S. Holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

Dividends that do constitute U.S. trade or business income generally will not be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax if the Non-U.S. Holder provides a properly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or successor form) to us or our paying agent, or similar appropriate documentation or substitute form, certifying that the dividends are U.S. trade or business income. Instead, dividends that are U.S. trade or business income generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates. Any dividends that constitute U.S. trade or business income received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Sale or Other Disposition. A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on the sale or other disposition of common stock unless:

 

  (1) such gain is U.S. trade or business income, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder would be taxed on the net gain derived from the sale or other disposition under the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates (in addition, a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty);

 

  (2)

the Non-U.S. Holder is a non-resident alien individual who holds the common stock as a capital asset, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other conditions are present, in which case such Non-U.S.

 

249


Table of Contents

Holder generally will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition of the common stock; or

 

  (3) People’s United Financial has been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of section 897(c) (2) of the Internal Revenue Code.

People’s United Financial believes that it has not been, is not currently, and is not likely to become in the future, a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of section 897(c) (2) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Federal Estate Tax. Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States for United States federal tax purposes at the time of death (or common stock previously held by such an individual who transferred such stock subject to certain retained rights or powers) will be included in such individual’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless otherwise provided by an applicable estate tax treaty.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. In general, backup withholding will not apply to dividends on common stock paid by People’s United Financial or by People’s United Financial’s paying agent, in its capacity as such, to a Non-U.S. Holder if the holder has provided the required certification that it is not a United States person and neither People’s United Financial nor People’s United Financial’s paying agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person. If a Non-U.S. Holder fails to provide the required certification, dividends on common stock may be subject to backup withholding in certain circumstances. Nevertheless, People’s United Financial must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each Non-U.S. Holder any dividend income that is subject to withholding, or that is exempt from United States withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty. Copies of these information returns may also be made available, under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement, to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides.

In general, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to the proceeds from the disposition of common stock paid to a Non-U.S. Holder if the holder has provided the required certification that it is not a United States person and neither the broker nor other paying agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person. If a non-corporate Non-U.S. Holder fails to provide the required certification proceeds from the disposition of common stock may be subject to backup withholding and information reporting in certain circumstances.

The backup withholding rate is currently 28%. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder will be allowed as a refund or a credit against such Non-U.S. Holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the requisite procedures are followed.

Interpretation, Amendment And Termination

All interpretations of the plan of conversion by People’s Mutual Holdings’ Board of Trustees or People’s Bank’s Board of Directors will be final, subject to the authority of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion provides that, if deemed necessary or desirable by People’s Mutual Holdings’ Board of Trustees or People’s Bank’s Board of Directors, the plan of conversion may be substantively amended by a majority vote of the Board of Trustees or the Board of Directors as a result of comments from regulatory authorities or otherwise, at any time prior to submission of definitive proxy materials to depositors of People’s Bank and stockholders of People’s Bank. Amendment of the plan of conversion thereafter requires the concurrence of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of

 

250


Table of Contents

conversion may be terminated by a majority vote of the Board of Trustees or the Board of Directors at any time prior to the date of the special meeting of depositors of People’s Bank and the annual meeting of stockholders of People’s Bank, and may be terminated at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion shall be terminated if the conversion and offering is not completed within 24 months from the date on which the depositors of People’s Bank approve the plan of conversion, and may not be further extended by us or the Office of Thrift Supervision.

THE PEOPLE’S COMMUNITY FOUNDATION

General

In furtherance of our commitment to our local community, the plan of conversion provides that we will establish The People’s Community Foundation as a non-stock Delaware corporation in connection with the conversion and offering. The charitable foundation will be funded with our common stock and cash from the offering proceeds, as described below. By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in our local community, we believe that the charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of our community banking franchise. The conversion and offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our community and to receive the associated tax benefits.

Purpose of the Charitable Foundation

Although we intend to continue to emphasize community lending and community activities following the offering, such activities are not our sole corporate purpose. The People’s Community Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in manners that are not presently available to us. We believe that The People’s Community Foundation will enable us to assist the communities within our market area in areas beyond community development and lending and will enhance our current activities under the Community Reinvestment Act.

We further believe that the funding of The People’s Community Foundation with our common stock and cash from the offering proceeds will allow our community to share in our potential growth and success long after the offering. The People’s Community Foundation will accomplish that goal by providing for continued ties between it and us, thereby forming a partnership with the communities in which we operate.

While it is expected that People’s Bank will engage in limited charitable activities in the future, it is also expected that The People’s Community Foundation will undertake the majority of such activities in the future. In connection with the closing of the conversion, we intend to contribute to The People’s Community Foundation 2,000,000 shares of our common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the offering proceeds. The common stock contributed to the charitable foundation is in addition to the shares being offered for sale and will not be included in determining whether the minimum number of shares of common stock has been sold in order to complete the offering. The shares issued to the charitable foundation would have a value of $40 million, based on the stock price of $20.00 per share.

Structure of the Charitable Foundation

The People’s Community Foundation will be incorporated under Delaware law as a non-stock corporation. The People’s Community Foundation’s Certificate of Incorporation will provide that The People’s Community Foundation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Certificate of Incorporation will further provide that

 

251


Table of Contents

no part of the net earnings of the charitable foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its directors, officers or members.

We will select one of our current directors and two officers of People’s Bank to serve on the initial Board of Directors of the charitable foundation. As required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, we also will select one additional person to serve on the initial Board of Directors of the charitable foundation who will not be one of our officers, directors or employees and who will have experience with local charitable organizations and grant making. While there are no plans to change the size of the initial Board of Directors during the year following the completion of the conversion and offering, following the first anniversary of the conversion and offering, the charitable foundation may alter the size and composition of its Board of Directors. For five years after the conversion, one seat on the charitable foundation’s Board of Directors will be reserved for a person from our local community who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making and who is not one of our or any of our affiliate’s officers, directors or employees, and one seat on the charitable foundation’s Board of Directors will be reserved for one of our directors.

The Board of Directors of The People’s Community Foundation will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a nonprofit corporation, directors of The People’s Community Foundation will always be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the charitable foundation’s charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the charitable foundation is established. The directors of The People’s Community Foundation also will be responsible for directing the activities of the charitable foundation, including the management and voting of the common stock held by the charitable foundation. However, as required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, all shares of common stock of People’s United Financial held by The People’s Community Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of the common stock on all proposals considered by People’s United Financial’s stockholders.

The People’s Community Foundation’s place of business will be located at our administrative office. The Board of Directors of The People’s Community Foundation will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Office of Thrift Supervision regulations governing transactions between us and the charitable foundation.

The People’s Community Foundation will receive working capital from the initial cash contribution of $20.0 million and:

 

  any dividends that may be paid on our common stock in the future;

 

  within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the common stock;

 

  the proceeds of the sale of any of the common stock in the open market from time to time; or

 

  other investment income.

As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, The People’s Community Foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets. One of the conditions imposed on the gift of common stock by us is that the amount of common stock that may be sold by The People’s Community

 

252


Table of Contents

Foundation in any one year shall not exceed 5% of the average market value of the assets held by The People’s Community Foundation, except where the Board of Directors of the charitable foundation determines that the failure to sell an amount of common stock greater than such amount would result in a long-term reduction of the value of its assets and/or would otherwise jeopardize its capacity to carry out its charitable purposes.

Tax Considerations

Our independent tax advisor has advised us that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code and should be classified as a private foundation. The People’s Community Foundation will submit a timely request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization. As long as The People’s Community Foundation files its application for tax-exempt status within 15 months from the date of its organization, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization. Our independent tax advisor, however, has not rendered any advice on whether The People’s Community Foundation’s tax exempt status will be affected by the regulatory requirement that all shares of People’s United Financial common stock held by The People’s Community Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other outstanding shares of common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.

We are authorized under federal law to make charitable contributions. We believe that the offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised. In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact of the contribution of common stock to The People’s Community Foundation on the amount of common stock to be sold in the offering. See “Capitalization,” “Bank Regulatory Capital Compliance,” and “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.” The amount of the contribution will not adversely impact our financial condition. We therefore believe that the amount of the charitable contribution is reasonable given our pro forma capital position and does not raise safety and soundness concerns.

We will receive an opinion from our independent tax advisor that the contribution of cash and our stock to The People’s Community Foundation should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that we should be entitled to a deduction in the amount of the cash contributed and the fair market value of the stock at the time of the contribution less the nominal amount that The People’s Community Foundation is required to pay us for such stock. We are permitted to deduct only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. We are permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to The People’s Community Foundation. We estimate that substantially all of the contribution should be deductible over the six-year period. However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full. We do not expect to make any further contributions to The People’s Community Foundation within the first five years following the initial contribution, unless such contributions would be deductible under the Internal Revenue Code. Any such decisions would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the charitable foundation.

Although we have received an opinion from our independent tax advisor that we should be entitled to a deduction for the charitable contribution, there can be no assurances that the Internal Revenue Service will recognize The People’s Community Foundation as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization or that the deduction will be permitted. In such event, our contribution to The People’s

 

253


Table of Contents

Community Foundation would be expensed without tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination.

As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 2.0%. Within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year, The People’s Community Foundation will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the charitable foundation’s managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.

Regulatory Conditions Imposed on the Charitable Foundation

Office of Thrift Supervision regulations will impose the following conditions on the establishment of The People’s Community Foundation:

 

  the Office of Thrift Supervision can examine the charitable foundation;

 

  the charitable foundation must comply with all supervisory directives imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision;

 

  the charitable foundation must provide annually to the Office of Thrift Supervision a copy of the annual report that the charitable foundation submits to the Internal Revenue Service;

 

  the charitable foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its Board of Directors, including a conflict of interest policy;

 

  the charitable foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

  the charitable foundation must vote its shares of People’s United Financial in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by People’s United Financial’s stockholders.

In addition, within six months of completing the conversion, The People’s Community Foundation must submit to the Office of Thrift Supervision a three-year operating plan.

Additionally, the establishment and funding of The People’s Community Foundation must be separately approved by at least a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by depositors of People’s Bank at the special meeting of depositors and must be separately approved by at least a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders of People’s Bank and the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock, excluding shares held by People’s Mutual Holdings. People’s Bank, excluding People’s Mutual Holdings. If the establishment and funding of The People’s Community Foundation is not approved by People’s Bank stockholders and depositors, the foundation will not be established.

Consummation of the conversion and related offering of common stock is not conditioned upon depositors’ and stockholders’ approval of the charitable foundation. Failure to approve the charitable foundation may, however, materially increase our pro forma market value. See “ Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.

 

254


Table of Contents

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

AND PEOPLE’S BANK

General

The principal federal regulatory restrictions which affect the ability of any person, firm or entity to acquire People’s United Financial or shares of People’s United Financial capital stock are described below. Also discussed are certain provisions in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws which may be deemed to affect the ability of a person, firm or entity to acquire us.

People’s United Financial Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain a number of provisions, relating to corporate governance and certain rights of stockholders, that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, such provisions will also render the removal of the Board of Directors or management more difficult.

The following description is necessarily general and qualified by reference to the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. See “ Where You Can Find Additional Information ” as to how to obtain a copy of these documents.

Limitation on Voting Rights . The Certificate of Incorporation provides that any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the outstanding common stock shall be allowed only one one-hundredth (1/100) of a vote with respect to each share held in excess of such 10% limit. Beneficial ownership of shares includes shares beneficially owned by such person or any of its affiliates, shares which such person or its affiliates have the right to acquire upon the exercise of conversion rights or options, and shares as to which such person and its affiliates have or share investment or voting power, but shall not include shares beneficially owned by our employee stock ownership plan or shares that are subject to a revocable proxy and that are not otherwise beneficially owned or deemed by us to be beneficially owned by such person and its affiliates. This restriction on voting may be amended only by (1) approval of a majority of the authorized directors and, if one or more “Interested Shareholders” exists, by at least a majority of “Disinterested Directors” (each as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), or (2) the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of capital stock who are eligible to vote on such matters or (3) if the amendment is proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder, the affirmative vote of a majority of votes eligible to be cast by holders of stock not beneficially owned by the Interested Shareholder.

Classified Board; Power of Directors to Fill Vacancies . The Board of Directors is required by the Certificate of Incorporation to be divided into three classes which are as equal in size as is possible. One of the three classes of directors is required to be elected annually by the stockholders for a three-year term. A classified board promotes continuity and stability of management but makes it more difficult for stockholders to change a majority of the Board of Directors because it generally takes at least two annual elections of directors for this to occur. In addition, any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors or resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, shall be filled for the remainder of the unexpired term exclusively by the directors then in office.

 

255


Table of Contents

Removal of Directors . The Certificate of Incorporation provides that a director may be removed from the Board of Directors prior to the expiration of his or her term only for cause and upon the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of voting stock. In the absence of these provisions, the vote of the holders of a majority of People’s United Financial’s shares could remove the entire Board of Directors, with or without cause, and replace it with persons of such holders’ choice.

Votes of Stockholders. The Certificate of Incorporation provides that there will not be cumulative voting of stockholders for the election of directors. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation also provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders may be taken only at an annual or special meeting and prohibits stockholder action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

Authorized but Unissued Shares of Capital Stock . Following the offering, People’s United Financial will have authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and common stock. The board may authorize the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. See “ Description of Capital Stock of People’s United Financial .” These shares could be used by the Board of Directors to make it more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of People’s United Financial through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

Stockholder Vote Required to Approve Business Combinations with Interested Shareholders . The Certificate of Incorporation requires the approval of the holders of at least 80% of People’s United Financial’s outstanding shares of voting stock, together with the affirmative vote of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock not beneficially owned by an “Interested Shareholder” (defined below) to approve certain “Business Combinations” and related transactions. Under Delaware law, absent this provision, Business Combinations, which include mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of the assets of a corporation must, subject to certain exceptions, be approved by the vote of the holders of only a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and any other affected class of stock.

Approval of the holders of at least 80% of People’s United Financial’s shares is required in connection with any transaction involving an Interested Shareholder except (1) in cases where the proposed transaction has been approved in advance by a majority of those members of the Board of Directors who are unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and were directors prior to the time when the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder or (2) if the proposed transaction meets certain conditions set forth therein which are designed to afford the stockholders a fair price in consideration for their shares in which case, if a stockholder vote is required, approval of only a majority of the outstanding shares of voting stock would be sufficient.

The term “Interested Shareholder” is defined to include any individual, corporation, partnership or other entity (other than People’s United Financial or its subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan maintained by People’s United Financial or its subsidiaries) which owns beneficially or controls, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding shares of People’s United Financial voting stock.

A “Business Combination” means:

 

  (1) any merger or consolidation of People’s United Financial or any of its subsidiaries with or into any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate;

 

  (2) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer, or other disposition to or with any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate of 10% or more of People’s United Financial’s assets or combined assets of People’s United Financial and its subsidiaries;

 

256


Table of Contents
  (3) the issuance or transfer to any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate by People’s United Financial (or any subsidiary) of any of People’s United Financial’s securities other than on a pro rata basis to all stockholders;

 

  (4) the adoption of any plan for our liquidation or dissolution proposed by or on behalf of any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate;

 

  (5) any reclassification of securities, recapitalization, merger or consolidation of People’s United Financial which has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of common stock or any class of People’s United Financial’s equity or convertible securities owned directly or indirectly by an Interested Shareholder or its affiliate; and

 

  (6) the acquisition by People’s United Financial’s subsidiaries of any securities of an Interested Shareholder or its affiliates or associates.

Evaluation of Offers . The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Board of Directors, when evaluating any offer from another party to

 

  make a tender or exchange offer for any outstanding equity security of People’s United Financial;

 

  merge or consolidate People’s United Financial with another corporation or entity; or

 

  purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of People’s United Financial’s properties and assets,

shall in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interest of People’s United Financial and People’s United Financial’s stockholders, give due consideration, to the extent permitted by law, to all relevant factors, including, without limitation, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the other party, the possible effects on People’s United Financial’s business and its subsidiaries and on its employees, customers, suppliers and creditors and its subsidiaries, and the effects on the communities in which People’s United Financial and People’s United Financial’s subsidiaries’ facilities are located.

By including these standards in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may be in a stronger position to oppose such a transaction if it concludes that the transaction would not be in People’s United Financial’s best interests, even if the price offered is significantly greater than the then market price of People’s United Financial’s equity securities.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws . The Certificate of Incorporation provides that certain provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation may not be altered, amended, repealed or rescinded without the affirmative vote of either (1) not less than a majority of the authorized number of directors and, if one or more Interested Shareholders exist, by not less than a majority of the “Disinterested Directors” (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) or (2) the holders of not less than two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of People’s United Financial capital stock entitled to vote thereon and, if the alteration, amendment, repeal, or rescission is proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder or a director who is an Affiliate or Associate (each as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) of an Interested Shareholder, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon not beneficially owned by an Interested Shareholder or an Affiliate or Associate thereof. Amendment of the provision of the Certificate of Incorporation relating to Business

 

257


Table of Contents

Combinations must also be approved by either (1) a majority of the Disinterested Directors; or (2) the affirmative vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, together with the affirmative vote of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the voting stock not beneficially owned by any Interested Shareholder or Affiliate or Associate thereof, voting together as a single class.

Furthermore, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that provisions of the Bylaws that contain supermajority voting requirements may not be altered, amended, repealed or rescinded without a vote of the Board of Directors or holders of capital stock entitled to vote thereon that is not less than the super-majority specified in such provision. Absent these provisions, the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws may be amended by the holders of a majority of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock. The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that the Board of Directors is authorized to make, alter, amend, rescind or repeal any of the Bylaws in accordance with the terms thereof. Except for circumstances specifically provided for in the Delaware General Corporation Law, this provision applies to Bylaws whether initially adopted or amended by the Board of Directors or by the Stockholders. This authorization neither divests the stockholders of their right, nor limits their power, to adopt, amend, rescind or repeal any Bylaw under the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through Bylaw amendments is an important element of the takeover strategy of the acquiror.

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. The Bylaws require a stockholder who intends to nominate a candidate for election to the Board of Directors, or to raise new business at an annual stockholders’ meeting, to give approximately 90 days’ notice in advance of the anniversary of the prior year’s annual stockholders’ meeting to the Secretary. This advance notice provision requires a stockholder who desires to raise new business to provide certain information to People’s United Financial concerning the nature of the new business, the stockholder and the stockholder’s interest in the business matter. Similarly, a stockholder who wishes to nominate any person for election as a director must provide People’s United Financial with certain information concerning the nominee and the proposing stockholder.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The provisions described above are intended to reduce People’s United Financial’s vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions which have not been negotiated with and approved by members of the Board of Directors. The provisions also will assist People’s United Financial in the orderly deployment of the conversion proceeds into productive assets during the initial period after the conversion. The Board of Directors believes these provisions are in the best interests of People’s United Financial and its stockholders. An unsolicited non-negotiated proposal can seriously disrupt the business and management of a corporation and cause it great expense. Accordingly, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of People’s United Financial and its stockholders to encourage potential acquirors to negotiate directly with management and the Board of Directors and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage non-negotiated takeover attempts. It is also the Board of Directors’ view that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price that reflects the true value of People’s United Financial and that otherwise is in the best interests of all stockholders.

 

258


Table of Contents

Delaware Corporate Law

Delaware has a statute designed to provide Delaware corporations with additional protection against hostile takeovers. The takeover statute, which is codified in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, is intended to discourage certain takeover practices by impeding the ability of a hostile acquiror to engage in certain transactions with the target company.

In general, Section 203 provides that a “Person” who owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a Delaware corporation may not consummate a merger or other business combination transaction with such corporation at any time during the three-year period following the date such “Person” acquired 15% of the outstanding voting stock. The term “business combination” is defined broadly to cover a wide range of corporate transactions including mergers, sales of assets, issuances of stock, transactions with subsidiaries and the receipt of disproportionate financial benefits.

The statute exempts the following transactions from the requirements of Section 203:

 

  (1) any business combination if, prior to the date a person acquired 15% of the outstanding voting stock, the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder acquiring 15%;

 

  (2) any business combination involving a person who acquired at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock in the same transaction in which 15% of the outstanding voting stock was acquired (with the number of shares outstanding calculated without regard to those shares owned by the corporation’s directors who are also officers and by certain employee stock plans);

 

  (3) any business combination that is approved by the board of directors and by a two-thirds vote of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested party; and

 

  (4) certain business combinations that are proposed after the receipt by the corporation of certain other acquisition proposals which are approved or not opposed by a majority of certain continuing members of the board of directors.

A corporation may exempt itself from the requirement of the statute by adopting an amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws electing not to be governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. At the present time, the Board of Directors does not intend to propose any such amendment.

Regulatory Restrictions

Conversion Regulations . Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that for a period of three years following the date of the completion of the conversion, no person may, directly or indirectly, acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of People’s United Financial’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. If any person violates this prohibition, the securities beneficially owned by such person in excess of 10% will not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and will not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

Change of Control Regulations. The Change in Bank Control Act provides that no person, acting directly or indirectly or through or in concert with one or more other persons, may acquire control

 

259


Table of Contents

of a savings institution unless the Office of Thrift Supervision has been given 60 days prior written notice. The Home Owners’ Loan Act provides that no company may acquire “control” of a savings institution without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Any company that acquires such control becomes a savings and loan holding company subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Pursuant to federal regulations, control of a savings institution is conclusively deemed to have been acquired by, among other things, the acquisition of more than 25% of any class of voting stock of the institution or the ability to control the election of a majority of the directors of an institution. Moreover, control is presumed to have been acquired, subject to rebuttal, upon the acquisition of more than 10% of any class of voting stock, or of more than 25% of any class of stock of a savings institution, where certain enumerated “control factors” are also present in the acquisition.

The Office of Thrift Supervision may prohibit an acquisition of control if:

 

  it would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition;

 

  the financial condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize the financial stability of the institution; or

 

  the competence, experience or integrity of the acquiring person indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors or of the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person.

These restrictions do not apply to the acquisition of a savings institution’s capital stock by one or more tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, provided that the plans do not have beneficial ownership of more than 25% of any class of equity security of the savings institution.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

General

We will be authorized to issue 3.2 billion shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 800 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. We currently expect to sell up to 185,437,500 shares of common stock (or 213,253,125 shares in the event of an increase of 15% in the estimated valuation range) in the offering. We will not issue any shares of preferred stock in the offering. Except as discussed above in “ Restrictions on Acquisition of People’s United Financial and People’s Bank ,” each share of People’s United Financial common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects with, every other share of common stock. Upon payment of the purchase price for the common stock in accordance with the plan of conversion, all such stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable.

The shares of People’s United Financial common stock:

 

  are not deposit accounts and are subject to investment risk;

 

  are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or any other government agency; and

 

  are not guaranteed by People’s United Financial or People’s Bank.

Common Stock

 

260


Table of Contents

Dividends. We can pay dividends out of statutory surplus or from net profits if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors. The payment of dividends is subject to limitations which are imposed by law. See “ Our Policy Regarding Dividends ” and “ Regulation of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial .” The holders of People’s United Financial common stock will be entitled to receive and share equally in such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. If People’s United Financial issues preferred stock, the holders of the preferred stock may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

Voting Rights . Upon the effective date of the conversion and offering, the holders of People’s United Financial common stock will possess exclusive voting rights in People’s United Financial. They will elect the Board of Directors and act on such other matters as are required to be presented to them under Delaware law or the Certificate of Incorporation or as are otherwise presented to them by the Board of Directors. Each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Also, the Board of Directors is divided into three classes which are as equal in size as is possible and only one class is required to be elected annually by the stockholders. Under certain circumstances, shares in excess of 10% of People’s United Financial common stock may be considered “Excess Shares” and the holders thereof may therefore be entitled to cast only one one-hundredth of one vote (1/100) per share for each Excess Share. See “ Restrictions on Acquisition of People’s United Financial and People’s Bank .” If People’s United Financial issues preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters, including the removal of directors, the approval of business combinations and amending the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, may require an 80% or two-thirds stockholder vote. See “ Restrictions on Acquisition of People’s United Financial and People’s Bank .”

Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of People’s Bank, we, as sole owner of People’s Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of People’s Bank (including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon) and after distribution of the balance in the special liquidation account to eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders (see “ The Conversion and Offering—Effects of the Conversion—Effect on Liquidation Rights ”), all assets of People’s Bank available for distribution. In the event of People’s United Financial’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of People’s United Financial’s common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities, all of People’s United Financial’s assets available for distribution. If People’s United Financial issues preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

Preemptive Rights; Redemption . Holders of People’s United Financial common stock will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares which may be issued. People’s United Financial common stock is not subject to redemption.

Preferred Stock

People’s United Financial will not issue any shares of authorized preferred stock in the offering. We may issue preferred stock with such preferences and designations as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors can, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights which could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

 

261


Table of Contents

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial is Mellon Investor Services LLC.

LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS

The legality of the issuance of the common stock being offered and certain matters relating to the conversion and offering and federal taxation will be passed upon for us by Thacher Proffitt & Wood  LLP , Washington, D.C. Certain matters relating to state taxation will be passed upon for us by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. and the other members of the syndicate by Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 have been included herein in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

RP Financial has consented to the publication in this document of a summary of its letter to us setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of our common stock after the conversion and offering and its letter with respect to the value of subscription rights and to the use of its name and statements with respect to it appearing in this document.

REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

People’s United Financial’s common stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. People’s United Financial is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions, tender offer rules, periodic reporting and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. People’s United Financial may not deregister the common stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for a period of at least three years following the conversion and offering.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the common stock offered through this prospectus. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. You may examine this information without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of the material from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference rooms. The registration statement also is available through the Securities and Exchange Commission’s world wide web site on the internet at http://www.sec.gov.

This document contains a description of the material features of certain exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-1. The statements as to the contents of such exhibits, however, are, of

 

262


Table of Contents

necessity, brief descriptions and are not necessarily complete; each such statement is qualified by reference to such contract or document. Copies of People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as well as the Charter and Bylaws of People’s Bank, are available from us without charge and may be obtained by written request to People’s United Financial, Investor Relations Department, 850 Main St., Bridgeport, CT 06604 or by calling (203) 338-7228. A copy of the plan of conversion is also available from us without charge and is also available for inspection at each branch office of People’s Bank. A copy of the independent appraisal report of RP Financial, including any amendments made to it, and the detailed memorandum of RP Financial setting forth the method and assumptions for such appraisal are available for inspection at our administrative offices.

We have filed an application with the Office of Thrift Supervision with respect to the conversion and offering. This prospectus omits certain information contained in that application. You may examine the application at the principal office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, 1700 G St., NW, Washington, D.C. 20552, and at the Northeast Regional Office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, Harborside Financial Center, Plaza Five, Suite 1600, Jersey City, NJ 07311.

 

263


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Index To Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm    F-2
Consolidated Statements of Condition at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and December 31, 2005 and 2004    F-4
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003    F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) and for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003    F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 (unaudited) and for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003    F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited for September 2006 and 2005 information)    F-8

The registrant, People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which was incorporated on November 2, 2006, has not yet commenced operations and has engaged in only minimal activities to date; accordingly, the financial statements of People’s United Financial, Inc. have been omitted because of their immateriality.

Certain schedules required by OTS regulations and by Regulation S-X are not included because they are not applicable or the required information has been disclosed elsewhere.

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of People’s Bank:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of People’s Bank and subsidiaries (“People’s”) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of People’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of People’s Bank and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of People’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 3, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of, and the effective operation of, internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP
Stamford, Connecticut

March 3, 2006, except for Note 20, which is dated October 30, 2006

 

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of People’s Bank:

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that People’s Bank and subsidiaries (“People’s”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) . People’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of People’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that People’s maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. Also, in our opinion, People’s maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of People’s Bank and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, and our report dated March 3, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
March 3, 2006

 

F-3


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Condition

 

     September 30,     December 31,  

(in millions)

   2006     2005     2004  
     (Unaudited)     (Audited)  

Assets

      

Cash and due from banks (note 3)

   $ 355.8     $ 391.6     $ 309.0  

Short-term investments (note 3)

     179.6       31.9       24.2  
                        

Total cash and cash equivalents

     535.4       423.5       333.2  
                        

Securities (note 4):

      

Trading account securities, at fair value

     29.5       27.3       11.7  

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     171.3       1,334.3       2,058.1  

Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $1.1 at

September 30, 2006 and $1.4 at December 31, 2005 and 2004)

     1.1       1.4       1.4  
                        

Total securities

     201.9       1,363.0       2,071.2  
                        

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (note 1)

     -         25.0       -    
                        

Loans (note 5):

      

Residential mortgage

     3,877.7       3,507.9       3,266.4  

Commercial

     2,197.4       2,029.2       1,688.9  

Commercial real estate finance

     1,799.3       1,778.3       1,838.1  

Consumer

     1,310.5       1,257.5       1,140.0  
                        

Total loans

     9,184.9       8,572.9       7,933.4  

Less allowance for loan losses

     (74.0 )     (75.0 )     (72.5 )
                        

Total loans, net

     9,110.9       8,497.9       7,860.9  
                        

Bank-owned life insurance (note 1)

     211.2       154.6       0.8  

Premises and equipment, net

     134.1       140.1       140.8  

Goodwill (note 1)

     101.5       101.5       103.5  

Other acquisition-related intangibles (note 1)

     3.8       4.6       6.4  

Other assets (note 6)

     313.3       222.3       201.1  
                        

Total assets

   $ 10,612.1     $ 10,932.5     $ 10,717.9  
                        

Liabilities

      

Deposits (note 7):

      

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 2,172.4     $ 2,353.1     $ 2,227.1  

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     3,286.1       3,767.4       4,232.7  

Time

     3,520.1       2,962.1       2,402.2  
                        

Total deposits

     8,978.6       9,082.6       8,862.0  
                        

Borrowings (note 8):

      

Federal funds purchased

     13.6       269.9       240.8  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     -         25.0       100.0  
                        

Total borrowings

     13.6       294.9       340.8  
                        

Subordinated notes (note 9)

     108.8       108.6       121.8  

Other liabilities (note 21)

     159.7       157.8       193.5  
                        

Total liabilities

     9,260.7       9,643.9       9,518.1  
                        

Commitments and contingencies (notes 17 and 18)

      

Stockholders’ Equity (notes 11 and 12)

      

Common stock (without par value; 450.0 shares, 150.0 shares and

150.0 shares authorized; 142.1 shares, 141.6 shares and 140.8 shares

issued and outstanding)

     142.1       141.6       140.8  

Additional paid-in capital

     177.8       172.0       157.5  

Retained earnings

     1,038.6       998.4       913.7  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (note 14)

     (7.1 )     (23.4 )     (12.2 )
                        

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,351.4       1,288.6       1,199.8  
                        

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 10,612.1     $ 10,932.5     $ 10,717.9  
                        

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

     Nine months
ended
September 30,
   

Years ended

December 31,

 

(in millions, except per share data)

   2006     2005     2005     2004     2003  
     (Unaudited)           (Audited)        

Interest and dividend income:

          

Residential mortgage

   $ 135.2     $ 114.0     $ 154.7     $ 137.7     $ 141.7  

Commercial

     107.3       77.7       108.7       73.3       66.3  

Commercial real estate finance

     92.5       86.4       116.2       104.9       103.0  

Consumer

     64.8       46.9       65.8       46.7       55.1  
                                        

Total interest on loans

     399.8       325.0       445.4       362.6       366.1  

Securities (note 4)

     27.8       47.4       60.0       72.4       84.3  

Short-term investments

     3.1       1.0       1.5       2.2       3.8  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     0.8       0.7       1.0       -         -    
                                        

Total interest and dividend income

     431.5       374.1       507.9       437.2       454.2  
                                        

Interest expense:

          

Deposits (note 7)

     128.0       82.7       117.5       86.7       102.5  

Borrowings (note 8)

     9.8       6.6       9.4       13.6       69.0  

Subordinated notes

     7.4       8.4       11.3       13.4       22.8  

Interest allocated to discontinued operations (note 21)

     -         -         -         (3.6 )     (21.7 )
                                        

Total interest expense

     145.2       97.7       138.2       110.1       172.6  
                                        

Net interest income

     286.3       276.4       369.7       327.1       281.6  

Provision for loan losses (note 5)

     2.0       3.3       8.6       13.3       16.7  
                                        

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     284.3       273.1       361.1       313.8       264.9  
                                        

Non-interest income:

          

Fee-based revenues:

          

Service charges on deposit accounts

     58.4       52.6       72.4       69.2       68.7  

Insurance revenue

     20.2       20.4       28.0       27.9       26.2  

Brokerage commissions

     9.2       9.1       11.7       12.6       13.2  

Other fees

     25.7       29.6       39.4       33.2       34.9  
                                        

Total fee-based revenues

     113.5       111.7       151.5       142.9       143.0  

Net security losses (note 4)

     (27.2 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (4.7 )     (0.6 )

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans (note 5)

     1.5       3.1       4.0       3.7       14.8  

Gain on sale of branches (note 2)

     -         -         8.1       -         -    

Bank-owned life insurance (note 1)

     6.3       1.7       3.3       -         -    

Other non-interest income

     8.0       4.7       6.5       9.8       9.1  
                                        

Total non-interest income

     102.1       121.1       173.3       151.7       166.3  
                                        

Non-interest expense:

          

Compensation and benefits (notes 15 and 16)

     153.5       145.8       195.5       194.3       187.2  

Occupancy and equipment

     46.8       46.0       62.4       69.3       74.8  

Liability restructuring costs (notes 8, 9 and 17)

     -         -         2.7       133.4       1.2  

Goodwill impairment charge (note 1)

     -         2.0       2.0       -         -    

Other non-interest expense

     61.0       60.0       81.8       82.7       82.8  
                                        

Total non-interest expense

     261.3       253.8       344.4       479.7       346.0  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before

income tax expense (benefit)

     125.1       140.4       190.0       (14.2 )     85.2  

Income tax expense (benefit) (note 10)

     42.1       48.8       64.1       (8.6 )     22.5  
                                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     83.0       91.6       125.9       (5.6 )     62.7  
                                        

Discontinued operations (note 21):

          

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     1.7       4.1       5.0       6.8       1.1  

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     -         6.2       6.2       198.5       -    
                                        

Income from discontinued operations

     1.7       10.3       11.2       205.3       1.1  
                                        

Net income

   $ 84.7     $ 101.9     $ 137.1     $ 199.7     $ 63.8  
                                        

Earnings per common share (note 13)

          

Basic:

          

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 0.59     $ 0.65     $ 0.89     $ (0.04 )   $ 0.45  

Income from discontinued operations

     0.01       0.07       0.08       1.47       0.01  

Net income

     0.60       0.72       0.97       1.43       0.46  

Diluted:

          

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 0.58     $ 0.65     $ 0.89     $ (0.04 )   $ 0.45  

Income from discontinued operations

     0.01       0.07       0.08       1.46       0.01  

Net income

     0.59       0.72       0.97       1.42       0.46  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

(Audited)

(in millions, except per share data)

   Common
Stock
   Additional
Paid-In
Capital
   Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2002

   $ 138.9    $ 129.7    $ 736.6     $ (65.6 )   $ 939.6  

Net income

     -        -        63.8       -         63.8  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax (note 14)

     -        -        -         30.6       30.6  
                  

Total comprehensive income

               94.4  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.68 per share)

     -        -        (40.6 )     -         (40.6 )

Stock options and related tax benefits

     0.6      8.0      -         -         8.6  
                                      

Balance at December 31, 2003

     139.5      137.7      759.8       (35.0 )     1,002.0  

Net income

     -        -        199.7       -         199.7  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax (note 14)

     -        -        -         22.8       22.8  
                  

Total comprehensive income

               222.5  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.75 per share)

     -        -        (45.8 )     -         (45.8 )

Stock options and related tax benefits

     1.3      19.8      -         -         21.1  
                                      

Balance at December 31, 2004

     140.8      157.5      913.7       (12.2 )     1,199.8  

Net income

     -        -        137.1       -         137.1  

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax (note 14)

     -        -        -         (11.2 )     (11.2 )
                  

Total comprehensive income

               125.9  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.85 per share)

     -        -        (52.4 )     -         (52.4 )

Stock options and related tax benefits

     0.8      14.5      -         -         15.3  
                                      

Balance at December 31, 2005

   $ 141.6    $ 172.0    $ 998.4     $ (23.4 )   $ 1,288.6  
                                      
            

(Unaudited)

For the nine months

ended September 30, 2006

                            

Balance at December 31, 2005

   $ 141.6    $ 172.0    $ 998.4     $ (23.4 )   $ 1,288.6  

Net income

     -        -        84.7       -         84.7  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax (note 14)

     -        -        -         16.3       16.3  
                  

Total comprehensive income

               101.0  

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.72 per share)

     -        -        (44.5 )     -         (44.5 )

Stock options and related tax benefits

     0.5      5.8      -         -         6.3  
                                      

Balance at September 30, 2006

   $ 142.1    $ 177.8    $ 1,038.6     $ (7.1 )   $ 1,351.4  
                                      

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
   

Years ended

December 31,

 

(in millions)

   2006     2005     2005     2004     2003  
     (Unaudited)           (Audited)  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

          

Net income

   $ 84.7     $ 101.9     $ 137.1     $ 199.7     $ 63.8  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     1.7       10.3       11.2       205.3       1.1  
                                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     83.0       91.6       125.9       (5.6 )     62.7  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash

provided by operating activities of continuing operations:

          

Provision for loan losses

     2.0       3.3       8.6       13.3       16.7  

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

     14.5       14.8       19.7       22.9       29.5  

Amortization of leased equipment

     2.3       1.0       1.3       0.7       0.3  

Goodwill impairment charge

     -         2.0       2.0       -         -    

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     0.8       1.5       1.8       3.4       3.5  

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     28.7       2.5       2.7       4.3       (8.6 )

Net security losses

     27.2       0.1       0.1       4.7       0.6  

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans

     (1.5 )     (3.1 )     (4.0 )     (3.7 )     (14.8 )

Originations of loans held-for-sale

     (138.4 )     (235.4 )     (316.8 )     (299.4 )     (1,050.2 )

Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale

     140.4       243.4       326.2       308.4       1,057.5  

Gain on sale of branches

     -         -         (8.1 )     -         -    

Net (increase) decrease in trading account securities

     (2.2 )     (22.3 )     (15.6 )     6.4       (18.1 )

Pension plan contribution

     (91.5 )     (10.0 )     (10.0 )     (10.0 )     (9.5 )

Net changes in other assets and liabilities

     (21.9 )     (25.4 )     (30.8 )     375.5       (63.0 )
                                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

of continuing operations

     43.4       64.0       103.0       420.9       6.6  
                                        

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

          

Purchases of securities purchased under agreements

to resell

     -         (25.0 )     (25.0 )     -         -    

Proceeds from sale of securities purchased under

agreements to resell

     24.7       -         -         -         -    

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

     1,234.2       394.7       394.7       1,163.1       1,459.5  

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities

available for sale

     223.9       404.6       531.1       487.8       1,699.6  

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities

held to maturity

     0.3       -         -         -         -    

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (293.3 )     (216.9 )     (216.9 )     (1,273.9 )     (2,342.5 )

Proceeds from sales of loans

     -         3.1       3.8       18.1       26.9  

Disbursements for loan originations, net of

principal collections

     (451.7 )     (466.5 )     (663.7 )     (874.3 )     (477.0 )

Purchase of loans

     (170.8 )     -         -         -         -    

Net cash paid in branch sale

     -         -         (51.0 )     -         -    

Purchase of bank-owned life insurance

     (50.0 )     (150.0 )     (150.0 )     -         -    

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (8.5 )     (15.7 )     (20.6 )     (16.4 )     (11.3 )

Purchases of leased equipment

     (15.6 )     -         (1.5 )     (5.7 )     (1.2 )
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     493.2       (71.7 )     (199.1 )     (501.3 )     354.0  
                                        

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

          

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

     (104.0 )     224.0       281.3       148.0       287.9  

Net decrease in borrowings with terms of three months

or less

     (281.3 )     (70.1 )     (45.9 )     (266.1 )     (734.8 )

Repayments of borrowings with terms greater than

three months

     -         -         -         (909.3 )     (186.3 )

Repurchases of subordinated notes

     -         -         (13.5 )     (132.4 )     -    

Cash dividends paid on common stock

     (44.5 )     (38.9 )     (52.4 )     (45.8 )     (40.6 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     3.4       13.4       15.3       19.2       6.0  
                                        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (426.4 )     128.4       184.8       (1,186.4 )     (667.8 )
                                        

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:

(revised - see note 1)

          

Operating activities

     1.7       0.7       1.6       (100.1 )     1.1  

Investing activities

     -         -         -         1,285.2       -    
                                        

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

     1.7       0.7       1.6       1,185.1       1.1  
                                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     111.9       121.4       90.3       (81.7 )     (306.1 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     423.5       333.2       333.2       414.9       721.0  
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 535.4     $ 454.6     $ 423.5     $ 333.2     $ 414.9  
                                        

Supplemental Information:

          

Interest payments

   $ 145.9     $ 98.0     $ 137.6     $ 121.3     $ 195.4  

Income tax payments

     42.5       51.1       87.1       99.7       27.5  

Real estate properties acquired by foreclosure

     0.4       0.1       0.6       1.8       0.3  
                                        

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

People’s Bank (“People’s”) is a federally-chartered stock savings bank offering a full range of financial services to individual, corporate and municipal customers. People’s provides traditional banking services of accepting deposits and originating loans, as well as specialized financial services through its subsidiaries, including: brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance through People’s Securities, Inc. (“PSI”); equipment financing through People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. (“PCLC”); and other insurance services through R.C. Knox and Company, Inc. (“RC Knox”).

People’s converted to a federally-chartered stock savings bank from a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank effective August 18, 2006. The Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) is People’s regulator under the federal charter (previously the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation). Simultaneously with People’s conversion, People’s Mutual Holdings (“Holdings”) converted to a federally-chartered mutual holding company from a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company. On September 20, 2006, People’s and Holdings announced their plan to convert from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. See Note 22 for a further discussion.

People’s overall financial results are particularly dependent on economic conditions in the state of Connecticut, which is its primary market, although economic conditions elsewhere in the United States affect its equipment financing and national lending businesses. Deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include the accounts of People’s and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, including the classification of revenues and expenses to discontinued operations. Actual results could differ from management’s current estimates, as a result of changing conditions and future events. Several estimates are particularly critical and are susceptible to significant near-term change, including the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of derivative

 

F-8


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

financial instruments, and asset impairment judgments including other-than-temporary declines in the value of securities and the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets. These significant accounting policies and critical estimates, which are included in the discussion below, are reviewed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements related to September 30, 2006 and September 30, 2005 have been prepared to reflect all normal recurring accruals necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of those dates and for the periods shown. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the entire year or any other interim period.

For purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, cash equivalents include highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less, including commercial paper and money market mutual funds. These instruments are reported as short-term investments in the Consolidated Statements of Condition at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. In 2005, the cash flows attributable to the operating and investing activities provided by discontinued operations have been disclosed separately in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

In 2005, People’s completed a three-for-two stock split, which resulted in the issuance of approximately 47.1 million additional common shares. Upon completing the stock split, $47.1 million was reclassified to the common stock account from the additional paid-in capital account. These accounts and all share and per share data for all prior years have been restated to give retroactive effect to the stock split. In 2006, People’s shareholders approved an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock to 450 million from 150 million.

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation. These include the reclassification of equipment leased to commercial customers, with a net book value of $9.3 million and $7.7 million at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively, from premises and equipment to other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. For the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, revenue of $1.1 million, $1.5 million, $0.9 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and amortization expense of $1.0 million, $1.3 million, $0.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively, previously included in occupancy and equipment in the Consolidated Statements of Income, were reclassified to

 

F-9


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

other non-interest income and other non-interest expense, respectively. The cash flows attributable to the operating and investing activities related to this equipment have been disclosed separately for all periods presented in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. The reclassifications were not material to People’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Beginning with its Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, People’s classifies cash flows attributable to residential mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell as operating activities. The cash flows from the origination and sale of such loans had previously been classified as investing activities; however, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 102, “Statement of Cash Flows – Exemption of Certain Enterprises and Classification of Cash Flows from Certain Securities Acquired for Resale,” these cash flows should be classified as operating activities. All prior periods presented have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The reclassification had the effect of increasing subtotals of cash flows from operating activities of continuing operations by $8.0 million, $9.4 million, $9.0 million and $7.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and decreasing cash flows from investing activities by corresponding amounts. The reclassifications were not material to People’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Securities

Marketable equity and debt securities (other than those reported as short-term investments) are classified as either trading account securities, held to maturity securities (applicable only to debt securities) or available for sale securities. Management determines the classification of a security at the time of its purchase.

Securities purchased for sale in the near term are classified as trading account securities and reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are reported in non-interest income.

Debt securities for which People’s has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity securities and reported at amortized cost. All other securities are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale are reported on an after-tax basis in stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted to interest income for debt securities, using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for the effect of actual prepayments in the case of mortgage-backed securities,

 

F-10


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and other asset-backed securities. Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is a non-marketable equity security reported at cost.

Security transactions are generally recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and reported in non-interest income. Security transactions recorded on the settlement date were limited to purchases of certain mortgage-backed securities during 2004 that had settlement dates occurring up to 30 days after the trade date. These purchases had trade and settlement dates occurring within the same quarter, and interest income began to accrue when the respective security settled. As such, there was no impact on People’s interim or annual financial statements.

Management conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the decline in fair value of any security appears to be other than temporary. If the decline is deemed to be other than temporary, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss is reported in non-interest income. The factors considered by management in its periodic review include, but are not limited to: the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; the ratings of the security; whether the decline in fair value appears to be issuer specific or, alternatively, a reflection of general market or industry conditions; and People’s intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in fair value.

Securities Resale Agreements

In securities resale agreements, a counterparty transfers securities to People’s under an agreement to resell the same or substantially the same securities at a fixed price in the future. These agreements are accounted for as a secured loan agreement transaction since the counterparty maintains effective control over the transferred securities and the transfer meets the other criteria for such accounting. The transferred securities are pledged by the counterparty as collateral and People’s does not have the right by contract to sell or repledge that collateral. The market value of the pledged collateral approximates the recorded amount of the secured loan. Decreases in the market value of the transferred securities below an established threshold will necessitate the counterparty providing additional collateral.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate, considering the effect of forward sales commitments, with any adjustment for net unrealized losses reported in non-interest income. All other loans are reported at amortized cost less the allowance for loan losses. Management identifies and designates as loans held for sale all newly originated fixed rate residential mortgage loans that meet certain secondary market requirements as these loans are originated with the intention to sell. From time to time, management identifies and designates certain adjustable rate residential mortgage loans held in the loan portfolio for sale, and, accordingly, these loans are transferred to loans held for sale.

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance when realized.

Management maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is believed to be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: People’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate finance, commercial and PCLC loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s independent loan review function; an evaluation of non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions. While management seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, the identification of additional problem loans and other factors.

The allowance for loan losses consists of amounts determined in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” and SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” In applying SFAS No. 5, management considers the factors listed in the preceding paragraph in order to estimate a loss allowance for (i) each homogeneous pool of smaller balance loans (residential mortgage and consumer loans) that are evaluated on a collective basis, and (ii) commercial real estate finance and commercial loans that are not considered impaired

 

F-12


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

under SFAS No. 114. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that People’s will be unable to collect all principal and interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan. People’s applies SFAS No. 114 to loans that are individually evaluated for collectibility in accordance with its normal loan review procedures. Under SFAS No. 114, impaired loans are reported based on one of three measures: the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; the loan’s observable market price; or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the measure is less than an impaired loan’s recorded investment, an impairment loss is recognized as part of the allowance for loan losses.

Interest and Fees on Loans

Interest on loans is accrued to income monthly based on outstanding principal balances. A loan is classified as non-accrual generally when it becomes 90 days past due as to interest or principal payments. All previously accrued but unpaid interest on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income in the current period. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans (including impaired loans) are generally recognized as income, although such interest payments may be applied as a reduction of principal if future collections are doubtful. A loan remains on non-accrual status until the factors that indicated doubtful collectibility no longer exist or until a loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged off against the allowance for loan losses.

Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net fee or cost is recognized in interest income as an adjustment of yield. Depending on the loan portfolio, deferred amounts are amortized using either the actual life or the estimated average life of the loan.

Fee-Based Revenues

Service charges on deposit accounts are recorded when earned. Insurance revenues represent commissions earned solely from performing broker- and agency-related services. Insurance commission revenues related to agency-billed policies are recognized at the later of the policy billing date or the policy effective date. Insurance commission revenues on premiums directly billed by insurance carriers are recognized as revenue during the period commissions are paid by the insurance carrier. Brokerage commissions are recognized on a trade-date basis. Investment management fees are accrued when earned based on total assets under management.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents the cash surrender value of life insurance policies purchased on certain management-level employees. People’s invested $150 million in a BOLI program in 2005 and made an additional $50 million investment in 2006. Increases in the cash surrender value of these policies are included in non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income, while insurance proceeds received will be recorded as a reduction in the cash surrender value.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are reported at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, except for land, which is reported at cost. Buildings, data processing and other equipment, computer software, furniture and fixtures are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term, the estimated useful life of the improvements or 10 years. Capitalized software development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software. The estimated useful lives are as follows: buildings - 40 years; data processing and other equipment - 3 to 5 years; computer software - 3 to 5 years; and furniture and fixtures - 10 years.

Goodwill and Other Acquisition-Related Intangibles

SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” requires, among other things, use of the purchase method to account for all business combinations and specifies criteria that acquired intangible assets must meet in order to be recognized and reported separately from goodwill. The assets and liabilities of an acquired company are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets are recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the acquisition cost over the fair value of the net assets acquired. “Other acquisition-related intangibles” are separately identified, where appropriate, for the estimated value of acquired customer relationships and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated remaining average life of those relationships (ranging from 7 to 12 years from the respective acquisition dates). The remaining intangible asset is classified as goodwill.

SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires that goodwill be reviewed for impairment at least annually, with impairment losses charged to expense when they occur. Acquisition-related intangible assets other than goodwill are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are periodically reviewed by management to assess recoverability. Impairment losses are recognized as a charge to expense if carrying amounts exceed fair values.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill be tested for impairment using a two-step approach that involves the identification of “reporting units” and the estimation of fair values. Goodwill shall also be tested for impairment when events occur that would more likely than not reduce the implied fair value of goodwill below its carrying value. An impairment loss is recognized as a charge to expense for any excess of the goodwill carrying amount over implied fair value.

The annual goodwill impairment analysis as of December 31, 2004 for Olson Mobeck Investment Advisors, Inc. (“OMIA”) was prepared on the premise that OMIA would continue to operate on a stand-alone basis. People’s estimated the fair value using a discounted cash flow analysis of OMIA, which indicated that the reporting unit was not considered impaired at December 31, 2004.

During 2005, management decided to undertake a project to explore available strategic options for OMIA, including a sale or integration within People’s other wealth management businesses. Given the market conditions during the second quarter of 2005, a sale of OMIA was not pursued and the decision was made to integrate OMIA within People’s other wealth management businesses within the Consumer Financial Services segment.

As a result of the process of exploring strategic options, there were certain external indications that the fair value of OMIA may have declined below the carrying value. This change in circumstances required the preparation of a new impairment analysis.

Based on the decision to integrate OMIA within People’s other wealth management businesses, management performed a new impairment analysis. This analysis included lower estimates of projected income caused by higher customer attrition expected to occur in response to a necessary change in custodians resulting from the contemplated integration, which had a negative impact on the estimated fair value of OMIA.

Since OMIA’s estimated fair value was less than its carrying amount including goodwill, a second-step analysis was required in order to calculate the new implied fair value of the goodwill assigned to OMIA. As a result of this analysis, the implied fair value of this goodwill was determined to be lower than its carrying amount and, as a result, a goodwill impairment charge of $2.0 million was recorded in 2005, which is recorded in non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The remaining goodwill assigned to OMIA totaled $4.5 million at December 31, 2005.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The annual goodwill impairment evaluation, as required by SFAS No. 142, was completed by management as of December 31, 2005 using the two-step approach. It was determined that the fair value of People’s reporting units exceeded their respective carrying amounts and, therefore, no additional impairment loss was recognized in 2005.

People’s goodwill totaled $101.5 million at both September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, and $103.5 million at December 31, 2004. At September 30, 2006, goodwill was allocated to the Consumer Financial Services and Commercial Banking segments in the amounts of $96.8 million and $4.7 million, respectively.

People’s other acquisition-related intangible assets totaled $3.8 million, $4.6 million and $6.4 million; gross carrying amounts totaled $28.1 million , $28.1 million and $28.1 million; and accumulated amortization totaled $24.3 million, $23.5 million and $21.7 million, at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. Certain other acquisition-related intangible assets with original gross carrying amounts totaling $13.1 million were fully amortized by September 30, 2006. Other acquisition-related intangible assets have an original weighted-average amortization period of 11 years. Amortization expense of other acquisition-related intangible assets totaled $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and $1.8 million, $3.4 million and $3.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for the full-year of 2006 and each of the next four years for other acquisition-related intangible assets is as follows: $1.1 million in 2006 and 2007, $1.0 million in 2008 and 2009; and $0.4 million in 2010.

Real Estate Owned

Real estate owned (“REO”) properties acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure are recorded initially at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less costs to sell. Any write-down of the recorded investment in the related loan is charged to the allowance for loan losses upon transfer to REO. Thereafter, an allowance for REO losses is established for any further declines in the property’s value. This allowance is increased by provisions charged to income and decreased by charge-offs for realized losses. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an analysis of individual properties, as well as a general assessment of current real estate market conditions.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Securities Repurchase Agreements

In securities repurchase agreements, People’s transfers securities to a counterparty under an agreement to repurchase the same or substantially the same securities at a fixed price in the future. These agreements are accounted for as secured financing transactions since People’s maintains effective control over the transferred securities and the transfer meets the other criteria for such accounting. The transferred securities are pledged by People’s as collateral and the counterparty has the right by contract to sell or repledge that collateral.

Income Taxes

Deferred taxes are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to “temporary differences” and tax loss carryforwards. Temporary differences are differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. A deferred tax liability is recognized for all temporary differences that will result in future taxable income. A deferred tax asset is recognized for all temporary differences that will result in future tax deductions and for all tax loss carryforwards, subject to reduction of the asset by a valuation allowance in certain circumstances. This valuation allowance is recognized if, based on an analysis of available evidence, management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance is subject to ongoing adjustment based on changes in circumstances that affect management’s judgment about the realizability of the deferred tax asset.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to future taxable income. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax laws or rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date of the change. Tax benefits attributable to deductions arising from the exercise of non-statutory stock options are credited to additional paid-in capital.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock (such as stock options) were exercised or converted into additional common shares that would then share in the earnings of the entity. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year, plus an incremental number of common-equivalent shares computed using the treasury stock method.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

People’s uses derivatives for market risk management purposes (principally interest rate risk) and not for trading or speculation purposes.

All derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities and are measured at fair value. Favorable changes in fair values result in unrealized gains that are recognized as assets, while unfavorable changes result in unrealized losses that are recognized as liabilities. People’s hedge accounting methods vary depending on whether the derivative instrument is classified as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. Hedge accounting is permitted only if specific criteria are met, including a requirement that a highly effective relationship exist between the derivative instrument and the hedged item, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis. Results of effective hedges are recognized in current earnings for fair value hedges. Changes in the fair value of effective cash flow hedges are recognized in other comprehensive income until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. Ineffective portions of hedge results are recognized in current earnings.

People’s formally documents all relationships between the derivative instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as hedges to specific assets and liabilities, or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. People’s also formally assesses, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective or has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, People’s would discontinue hedge accounting prospectively. In the event of a prepayment of a hedged commercial real estate finance loan, the interest rate swap hedging such loan will be terminated. Gains or losses associated with the termination of the derivative and any basis adjustment to the commercial real estate finance loan will be recorded currently in earnings.

People’s uses the dollar offset method, regression analysis and scenario analysis to assess hedge effectiveness at inception and on an ongoing basis. Such methods are chosen based on the nature of the hedge strategy and are used consistently throughout the life of the hedging relationship.

Interest rate-lock commitments extended to borrowers relate to the origination of residential mortgage loans. To mitigate the interest rate risk inherent in these commitments, People’s enters into mandatory delivery and best

 

F-18


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

efforts contracts to sell fixed-rate residential mortgage loans. Forward commitments to sell and interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans are considered derivatives and their respective estimated fair values are adjusted based on changes in interest rates and exclude the value of mortgage servicing rights.

Stock-Based Compensation

People’s adopted SFAS No. 123-R, “Share-Based Payment,” effective January 1, 2006, which replaced SFAS No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and superseded Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and its related interpretations. Among other things, SFAS No. 123-R requires that costs resulting from all share-based payment transactions with employees be recognized in the financial statements. As described in Note 16, in December 2005, People’s accelerated the vesting of all outstanding unvested stock options awarded to employees.

Prior to adopting SFAS No. 123-R, People’s accounted for stock options in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25. Accordingly, People’s did not recognize compensation expense for fixed stock options granted with an option exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying stock at the grant date. The fair value of restricted stock awards, measured at the grant date and based on quoted market prices, was recorded as a component of stockholders’ equity and amortized to compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

SFAS No. 123 encouraged the recognition of the fair value of all stock-based awards on the date of grant as expense over the vesting period. However, as permitted by SFAS No. 123, People’s continued to apply the intrinsic value-based method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25 and disclosed certain pro-forma amounts as if the fair value approach of SFAS No. 123 had been applied.

SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of SFAS No. 123,” provided alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, this standard amended the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 by requiring prominent pro-forma disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements, which are included in the following table. See Note 16 for a further discussion of SFAS No. 123.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per common share if People’s had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
    Years ended
December 31,
 

(in millions, except per share data)

   2005     2005     2004     2003  

Net income, as reported

   $ 101.9     $ 137.1     $ 199.7     $ 63.8  

Add: stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects

     1.1       1.4       1.4       2.1  

Less: total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

     (1.4 )     (1.9 )     (2.1 )     (2.6 )
                                

Pro forma net income

   $ 101.6     $ 136.6     $ 199.0     $ 63.3  
                                

Basic EPS:

        

As reported

   $ 0.72     $ 0.97     $ 1.43     $ 0.46  

Pro forma

     0.72       0.97       1.42       0.45  

Diluted EPS:

        

As reported

   $ 0.72     $ 0.97     $ 1.42     $ 0.46  

Pro forma

     0.72       0.96       1.41       0.45  
                                

Compensation expense for stock price appreciation units is recognized over the vesting period. The accrued liability is based on the excess, if any, of (i) the current fair value of People’s common stock (subject to a “cap price” as described in Note 16) over (ii) the base price of the units that equals the fair value of the stock at the original grant date. Changes in the accrued liability attributable to fluctuations in the fair value of People’s common stock are recognized as a charge or credit to compensation expense. There were no stock price appreciation units outstanding at December 31, 2005.

Accounting Standards

FASB Staff Position FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” (the “FSP”), was issued on November 3, 2005. The FSP addresses the determination of when an investment is considered impaired; whether the impairment is other than temporary; and how to measure an impairment loss. The FSP also addresses accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment on a debt security, and requires certain disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. The FSP replaced the

 

F-20


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

impairment guidance in EITF 03-1 and was effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The application of this FSP did not have a material effect on People’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. People’s is currently evaluating FIN 48 to determine if it will have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” which establishes a definition and measurement date for fair value and expands the disclosures regarding fair-value measurement. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. People’s is currently evaluating SFAS No. 157 to determine if it will have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.” Among other things, SFAS No. 158 will require an employer to recognize the funded status of its pension and other postretirement benefit plans in the statement of financial position effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. SFAS No. 158 will also require the measurement of plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end (eliminating the use of earlier measurement dates currently permissible), effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. People’s is currently evaluating SFAS No. 158 to determine if it will have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 1N, “Financial Statements - Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB No. 108”), in order to address diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements. The techniques most commonly used in practice to accumulate and quantify misstatements are generally referred to as the “rollover” and “iron curtain” approaches. SAB No. 108 requires that errors be quantified under both the rollover and iron curtain approaches. Financial statements would require adjustment when either approach results in quantifying a misstatement that is material, after considering all relevant

 

F-21


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

quantitative and qualitative factors. SAB No. 108 is effective for annual financial statements for the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. SAB No. 108 is not expected to have a material impact on People’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

NOTE 2 – Sale of Branches

In the fourth quarter of 2005, People’s sold three of its branch offices located in eastern Connecticut. Included in the sale were approximately $61 million in total deposits, $0.1 million of fixed assets and leasehold improvements, and certain other miscellaneous assets and liabilities. People’s recorded a gain on sale of $8.1 million, which is included in non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

NOTE 3 – Cash and Short-Term Investments

Reserves in the form of deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank and vault cash totaling $112.7 million, $116.4 million and $119.5 million were maintained to satisfy federal regulatory requirements at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. These amounts are included in cash and due from banks in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

Short-term investments include the following cash equivalents:

 

       September 30,    December 31,

(in millions)

   2006    2005    2004

Federal funds sold

   $ 148.4    $ —      $ —  

Money market mutual funds

     25.7      24.3      19.2

Commercial paper

     5.5      7.6      5.0
                    

Total short-term investments

   $ 179.6    $ 31.9    $ 24.2
                    

 

F-22


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 4 – Securities

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of People’s securities are as follows:

 

September 30, 2006 (in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value

Trading account securities

   $ 29.5    $ —      $ —      $ 29.5
                           

Securities available for sale:

           

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Treasury and agency

     145.4      —        —        145.4
                           

Total debt securities

     145.4      —        —        145.4
                           

Equity securities:

           

FHLB stock

     25.2      —        —        25.2

Other securities

     0.5      0.2      —        0.7
                           

Total equity securities

     25.7      0.2      —        25.9
                           

Total securities available for sale

     171.1      0.2      —        171.3
                           

Securities held to maturity:

           

Corporate and other

     1.1      —        —        1.1
                           

Total securities held to maturity

     1.1      —        —        1.1
                           

Total securities

   $ 201.7    $ 0.2    $ —      $ 201.9
                           

 

F-23


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

December 31, 2005 (in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value

Trading account securities

   $ 27.3    $ —      $ —       $ 27.3
                            

Securities available for sale:

          

Debt securities:

          

Mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     1,036.7      0.1      (21.9 )     1,014.9

U.S. Treasury and agency

     295.0      —        (7.3 )     287.7
                            

Total debt securities

     1,331.7      0.1      (29.2 )     1,302.6
                            

Equity securities:

          

FHLB stock

     30.6      —        —         30.6

Other securities

     0.9      0.2      —         1.1
                            

Total equity securities

     31.5      0.2      —         31.7
                            

Total securities available for sale

     1,363.2      0.3      (29.2 )     1,334.3
                            

Securities held to maturity:

          

Corporate and other

     1.3      —        —         1.3

Mortgage-backed securities

     0.1      —        —         0.1
                            

Total securities held to maturity

     1.4      —        —         1.4
                            

Total securities

   $ 1,391.9    $ 0.3    $ (29.2 )   $ 1,363.0
                            

December 31, 2004 (in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value

Trading account securities

   $ 11.7    $ —      $ —       $ 11.7
                            

Securities available for sale:

          

Debt securities:

          

Mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     1,525.0      1.0      (12.0 )     1,514.0

U.S. Treasury and agency

     488.8      0.1      (3.8 )     485.1

Corporate and other

     26.2      0.5      —         26.7

State and municipal

     0.7      —        —         0.7
                            

Total debt securities

     2,040.7      1.6      (15.8 )     2,026.5
                            

Equity securities:

          

FHLB stock

     30.6      —        —         30.6

Other securities

     0.9      0.1      —         1.0
                            

Total equity securities

     31.5      0.1      —         31.6
                            

Total securities available for sale

     2,072.2      1.7      (15.8 )     2,058.1
                            

Securities held to maturity:

          

Corporate and other

     1.3      —        —         1.3

Mortgage-backed securities

     0.1      —        —         0.1
                            

Total securities held to maturity

     1.4      —        —         1.4
                            

Total securities

   $ 2,085.3    $ 1.7    $ (15.8 )   $ 2,071.2
                            

 

F-24


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

People’s mortgage-backed securities and CMOs had carrying values of $1.0 billion and $1.5 billion at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively (none at September 30, 2006). These amounts consisted of (i) securities issued or collateralized by United States government-sponsored enterprises, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, totaling $0.8 billion in 2005 and $1.2 billion in 2004, and (ii) privately-issued securities of $0.2 billion in 2005 and $0.3 billion in 2004.

Securities available for sale that were pledged as collateral for public deposits, derivatives transactions and other purposes had a total fair value of $140.4 million at September 30, 2006 and $146.8 million and $145.2 million at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively.

Dividend income on equity securities available for sale totaled $1.2 million and $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and $2.1 million, $1.6 million and $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Tax-exempt interest income totaled $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 (none in 2005 and 2006).

 

F-25


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The following tables summarize the amortized cost, fair value and fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) yield of debt securities. Information is shown by remaining period to contractual maturity for categories other than mortgage-backed securities and CMOs:

 

     Available for Sale     Held to Maturity  

September 30, 2006 (dollars in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   FTE
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   FTE
Yield
 

U.S. Treasury and agency:

                

Within 1 year

   $ 145.4    $ 145.4    5.12 %   $ —      $ —      —   %
                                        

Total

     145.4      145.4    5.12       —        —      —    
                                        

Corporate and other:

                

After 1 year but within 5 years

     —        —      —         1.1      1.1    5.92  
                                        

Total

     —        —      —         1.1      1.1    5.92  
                                        

Total:

                

Within 1 year

     145.4      145.4    5.12       —        —      —    

After 1 but within 5 years

     —        —      —         1.1      1.1    5.92  
                                        

Total

     145.4      145.4    5.12       1.1      1.1    5.92  

Mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     —        —      —         —        —      —    
                                        

Total debt securities

   $ 145.4    $ 145.4    5.12 %   $ 1.1    $ 1.1    5.92 %
                                        
     Available for Sale     Held to Maturity  

December 31, 2005 (dollars in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   FTE
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   FTE
Yield
 

U.S. Treasury and agency:

                

Within 1 year

   $ 9.3    $ 9.2    3.29 %   $ —      $ —      —   %

After 1 but within 5 years

     285.7      278.5    3.46       —        —      —    
                                        

Total

     295.0      287.7    3.45       —        —      —    
                                        

Corporate and other:

                

Within 1 year

     —        —      —         0.2      0.2    4.02  

After 1 but within 5 years

     —        —      —         1.1      1.1    3.74  
                                        

Total

     —        —      —         1.3      1.3    3.80  
                                        

Total:

                

Within 1 year

     9.3      9.2    3.29       0.2      0.2    4.02  

After 1 but within 5 years

     285.7      278.5    3.46       1.1      1.1    3.74  
                                        

Total

     295.0      287.7    3.45       1.3      1.3    3.80  

Mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     1,036.7      1,014.9    3.40       0.1      0.1    9.57  
                                        

Total debt securities

   $ 1,331.7    $ 1,302.6    3.41 %   $ 1.4    $ 1.4    3.94 %
                                        

 

F-26


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The components of net security losses are summarized below. All amounts relate to securities available for sale, other than net gains (losses) on trading account securities of $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, $(0.1) million for both the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and the year ended December 31, 2005 and $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 (none in 2004).

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
   

Years ended

December 31,

 

(in millions)

   2006     2005     2005     2004     2003  

Equity securities:

          

Gains

   $ 0.2     $ —       $ —       $ 1.3     $ 14.1  

Losses

     —         (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (1.6 )     (13.2 )
                                        

Total equity securities

     0.2       (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.3 )     0.9  
                                        

Debt securities:

          

Gains

     0.1       —         —         0.9       1.1  

Losses

     (27.5 )     —         —         (5.3 )     (2.6 )
                                        

Total debt securities

     (27.4 )     —         —         (4.4 )     (1.5 )
                                        

Net security losses

   $ (27.2 )   $ (0.1 )   $ (0.1 )   $ (4.7 )   $ (0.6 )
                                        

The following table summarizes those securities available for sale with unrealized losses at December 31, 2005 (none at September 30, 2006), segregated by the length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

     Continuous Unrealized Loss Position             
       Less Than 12 Months     12 Months Or Longer     Total  
December 31, 2005 (in millions)    Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
 

Mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

   $ 118.3    $ (1.1 )   $ 886.2    $ (20.8 )   $ 1,004.5    $ (21.9 )

U.S. Treasury and agency

     24.4      (0.6 )     258.9      (6.7 )     283.3      (7.3 )
                                             

Total

   $ 142.7    $ (1.7 )   $ 1,145.1    $ (27.5 )   $ 1,287.8    $ (29.2 )
                                             

Of the approximate 115 securities owned by People’s at December 31, 2005, 96 securities available for sale, or 85%, had unrealized losses at that date. Management reviews those securities with unrealized losses on a regular basis in accordance with current impairment measurement and recognition guidelines under EITF 99-20 and FSP FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1. Securities with unrealized losses are either obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises ($785 million), the U.S. Government and Agency ($283 million) or privately-issued mortgage-backed securities ($220 million), all with short durations and AAA credit ratings. The cause of the temporary impairment with respect to these securities is directly related to changes in interest rates. Therefore, the securities were not considered to be other than temporarily impaired because People’s intended to continue with the strategy of downsizing the securities portfolio through repayments and maturities of securities and had the intent and ability to hold the remaining debt securities

 

F-27


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

to receive full repayment of the amounts invested. The unrealized losses at December 31, 2005 were therefore considered to be temporary.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, People’s sold approximately $1.1 billion of debt securities as part of the restructuring of its balance sheet. Realized losses from these sales of $27.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 are included in net security losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

In the second quarter of 2006, People’s decided to exit a product line and cease purchasing federal funds from a group of smaller New England community banks. The sale of securities, at a loss of $4.0 million, was undertaken to pay down the related borrowings. This decision was contemplated in April 2006 and finalized in May 2006. Therefore, these actions were reflected in People’s results for the second quarter 2006.

During the third quarter of 2006, People’s completed the sale of substantially its entire remaining debt securities portfolio at a loss of $23.4 million. This sale eliminated the remaining debt securities portfolio to accelerate the restructuring of the balance sheet given the then current interest rate environment. This sale was not a scenario contemplated in People’s asset/liability management process or balance sheet restructuring plans at June 30, 2006. The evaluation and decision to sell these securities was made on August 24, 2006. Therefore, these actions were reflected in People’s results for the third quarter of 2006.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 5 – Loans

The following tables summarize the geographic distribution of People’s loan portfolio:

 

     September 30, 2006

(in millions)

   Connecticut    Other    Total

Residential mortgage

   $ 3,590.8    $ 286.9    $ 3,877.7

Commercial

     984.3      1,213.1      2,197.4

Commercial real estate finance

     1,230.3      569.0      1,799.3

Consumer

     1,303.3      7.2      1,310.5
                    

Total loans

   $ 7,108.7    $ 2,076.2    $ 9,184.9
                    

 

     December 31, 2005    December 31, 2004

(in millions)

   Connecticut    Other    Total    Connecticut    Other    Total

Residential mortgage

   $ 3,406.1    $ 101.8    $ 3,507.9    $ 3,160.1    $ 106.3    $ 3,266.4

Commercial

     978.1      1,051.1      2,029.2      908.5      780.4      1,688.9

Commercial real estate finance

     1,308.9      469.4      1,778.3      1,396.9      441.2      1,838.1

Consumer

     1,234.3      23.2      1,257.5      1,085.2      54.8      1,140.0
                                         

Total loans

   $ 6,927.4    $ 1,645.5    $ 8,572.9    $ 6,550.7    $ 1,382.7    $ 7,933.4
                                         

People’s loan portfolio is concentrated within the state of Connecticut with 77% and 81% of the total loan portfolio involving customers within the state at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. However, substantially all (approximately 97% at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and 96% at December 31, 2004) of the equipment financing activities of PCLC, which is included in commercial, involves customers outside of Connecticut. PCLC loans and leases totaled $751.9 million, $634.7 million and $453.0 million at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. Approximately 44% and 47% of the adjustable rate residential mortgage loan portfolio was comprised of interest-only loans at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively.

Residential mortgage and commercial real estate finance loans include construction loans totaling $752.2 million, $709.1 million and $590.2 million at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively, net of the unadvanced portion of such loans totaling $575.7 million, $472.4 million and $369.5 million, respectively. Included in total loans are one-to-four family residential mortgage loans totaling $3.6 billion, $3.3 billion and $3.0 billion at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Net deferred loan costs that are included in total loans and accounted for as interest yield adjustments totaled $27.3 million, $26.2 million and $23.9 million at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively.

Certain residential mortgage loans originated by People’s are sold without recourse in the secondary market. Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans totaled $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and $4.0 million, $3.7 million and $14.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Residential mortgage loans at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 included loans held for sale (servicing released) of $16.4 million, $11.2 million and $14.1 million, respectively, which approximate fair value.

The following is a summary of activity in the allowance for loan losses:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
   

Years ended

December 31,

 

(in millions)

   2006     2005     2005     2004     2003  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 75.0     $ 72.5     $ 72.5     $ 70.5     $ 69.2  
                                        

Charge-offs:

          

Consumer

     (2.4 )     (3.6 )     (4.9 )     (9.7 )     (16.8 )

Commercial

     (4.8 )     (1.3 )     (4.0 )     (2.1 )     (3.2 )

Commercial real estate finance

     —         —         (0.1 )     (3.2 )     —    

Residential mortgage

     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.2 )     (0.1 )
                                        

Total charge-offs

     (7.3 )     (5.0 )     (9.1 )     (15.2 )     (20.1 )
                                        

Recoveries:

          

Consumer

     1.2       1.6       2.0       2.8       2.9  

Commercial

     0.5       0.5       0.7       0.8       1.5  

Commercial real estate finance

     2.5       —         0.1       0.1       0.2  

Residential mortgage

     0.1       0.1       0.2       0.2       0.1  
                                        

Total recoveries

     4.3       2.2       3.0       3.9       4.7  
                                        

Net loan charge-offs

     (3.0 )     (2.8 )     (6.1 )     (11.3 )     (15.4 )

Provision for loan losses

     2.0       3.3       8.6       13.3       16.7  
                                        

Balance at end of period

   $ 74.0     $ 73.0     $ 75.0     $ 72.5     $ 70.5  
                                        

 

F-30


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The principal balances of non-accrual loans are summarized as follows:

 

     September 30,    December 31,

(in millions)

   2006    2005    2004    2003

Commercial

   $ 5.1    $ 7.5    $ 10.3    $ 8.5

Residential mortgage

     7.8      6.7      7.5      11.4

Commercial real estate finance

     6.6      5.8      8.7      11.4

Consumer

     1.3      1.3      0.9      2.5
                           

Total non-accrual loans

   $ 20.8    $ 21.3    $ 27.4    $ 33.8
                           

If interest payments on all loans classified as non-accrual at September 30, 2006 had been made during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 in accordance with loan agreements, interest income of $2.4 million would have been recognized on such loans during this period. If interest payments on all loans classified as non-accrual at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 had been made during the respective years in accordance with the loan agreements, interest income of $2.0 million, $2.1 million and $2.7 million would have been recognized on such loans in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Interest income actually recognized on non-accrual loans totaled $0.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and $0.7 million, $0.9 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

People’s impaired loans, as defined by SFAS No. 114, consist of certain non-accrual commercial real estate finance loans and commercial loans. The recorded investment in impaired loans was $9.7 million at September 30, 2006, $8.0 million at December 31, 2005 and $19.0 million at December 31, 2004, with allowances for loan impairment measured under SFAS No. 114 of $1.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively. These allowances are included in the overall allowance for loan losses. People’s average recorded investment in impaired commercial real estate finance loans and commercial loans was approximately $8.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and $10.2 million, $22.4 million and $20.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Interest collections and income recognized on impaired loans was insignificant in 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The recorded investment in accruing impaired restructured loans requiring an allowance for loan losses as defined by SFAS No. 114 totaled $0.7 million at September 30, 2006 and $0.8 million and $0.9 million at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively, with a related allowance for loan losses of $0.1 million in both 2005 and 2004 (none at September 30, 2006). This allowance is also included in the overall allowance for loan losses. People’s average recorded investment in accruing impaired restructured loans was approximately $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and $0.9 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. At September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to these debtors. The recognition of interest income on these accruing impaired loans is based upon an individual assessment of each loan, however, interest income is not accrued on a loan that is more than 90 days past due. Interest income recognized related to these loans under the accrual method was insignificant for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 6 – Other Assets

Selected components of other assets are as follows:

 

    

September 30,

2006

   December 31,

(in millions)

      2005    2004

Prepaid pension costs (note 15)

   $ 142.1    $ 57.9    $ 56.2

Receivables arising from securities brokerage and insurance businesses

     36.8      47.3      46.1

Accrued interest receivable:

        

Loans

     43.1      36.0      28.7

Securities

     0.5      6.7      8.7

Net deferred tax asset (note 10)

     —        16.8      13.4

Leased equipment

     22.6      9.3      7.7

Fair value of derivative financial instruments (note 19)

     13.9      5.9      0.1

NOTE 7 – Deposits

The following are analyses of People’s total deposits by product type and funding source:

 

    

September 30,

2006

    December 31,  
       2005     2004  

(dollars in millions)

   Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
 

Analysis by Deposit Product Type:

               

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 2,172.4    —   %   $ 2,353.1    —   %   $ 2,227.1    —   %

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     3,286.1    1.37       3,767.4    1.29       4,232.7    0.82  
                                       

Total

     5,458.5    0.83       6,120.5    0.79       6,459.8    0.54  
                                       

Time deposits maturing:

               

Within 6 months

     1,513.5    3.93       1,357.1    2.97       864.3    1.59  

After 6 months but within 1 year

     1,659.9    4.74       958.1    3.44       855.8    2.53  

After 1 but within 2 years

     237.6    3.76       496.4    3.64       442.8    2.75  

After 2 but within 3 years

     56.2    3.01       89.1    2.86       152.9    3.64  

After 3 years

     52.9    3.79       61.4    3.47       86.4    3.10  
                                       

Total

     3,520.1    4.28       2,962.1    3.24       2,402.2    2.32  
                                       

Total deposits

   $ 8,978.6    2.18 %   $ 9,082.6    1.59 %   $ 8,862.0    1.02 %
                                       

Analysis by Deposit Funding Source:

               

Core

   $ 8,843.1    2.22 %   $ 8,872.7    1.60 %   $ 8,681.4    1.03 %

Brokered, municipal and other non-interest-bearing

     135.5    0.32       209.9    1.27       180.6    0.62  
                                       

Total deposits

   $ 8,978.6    2.18 %   $ 9,082.6    1.59 %   $ 8,862.0    1.02 %
                                       

 

F-33


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Time deposits issued in amounts of $100,000 or more totaled $859.3 million at September 30, 2006 and $698.1 million and $443.1 million at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. Deposit balances greater than $100,000 are generally not insured by the FDIC. Non-interest-bearing deposit overdrafts totaling $17.2 million at September 30, 2006 and $5.9 million at December 31, 2005 have been reclassified to loans.

Interest expense on deposits is summarized as follows:

 

     Nine months
ended
September 30,
  

Years ended

December 31,

(in millions)

   2006    2005    2005    2004    2003

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

   $ 37.1    $ 31.0    $ 43.0    $ 34.7    $ 35.7

Time

     90.9      51.7      74.5      52.0      66.8
                                  

Total interest expense

   $ 128.0    $ 82.7    $ 117.5    $ 86.7    $ 102.5
                                  

NOTE 8 – Borrowings

People’s borrowings are as follows:

 

    

September 30,

2006

    December 31,  
       2005     2004  

(dollars in millions)

   Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average Rate
 

Fixed rate FHLB advances maturing within 3 months

   $ —      —   %   $ 25.0    4.00 %   $ 100.0    2.17 %

Federal funds purchased maturing within 3 months

     13.6    5.15       269.9    3.94       240.8    2.14  
                                       

Total borrowings

   $ 13.6    5.15 %   $ 294.9    3.94 %   $ 340.8    2.15 %
                                       

FHLB advances are secured by People’s investment in FHLB stock and by a blanket security agreement that requires People’s to maintain, as collateral, sufficient qualifying assets not otherwise pledged (principally securities and single-family residential mortgage loans). People’s satisfied this collateral requirement at both September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005. People’s remaining borrowing capacity from FHLB advances, Federal Reserve Bank of New York advances and repurchase agreements, based on the level of qualifying collateral available for these borrowing sources, was $2.8 billion and $3.5 billion at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively.

In 2004, People’s prepaid $799 million of FHLB advances and $110 million of long-term repurchase agreements as part of a balance sheet restructuring. Costs relating to these prepayments are included in liability restructuring costs in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Information concerning People’s borrowings under securities repurchase agreements is presented below:

 

     As of and for the
nine months ended
September 30,
  

As of and

for the years

ended December 31,

(in millions)

   2006    2005    2005    2004    2003

Carrying amount of collateral securities at period end

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 221.5

Average repurchase agreements outstanding during the period

     —        2.3      1.7      36.1      201.7

Maximum repurchase agreements outstanding at any month end

     —        —        —        205.5      276.3

Interest expense on borrowings consists of the following:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
   Years ended
December 31,

(in millions)

   2006    2005    2005    2004    2003

Federal funds purchased

   $ 7.4    $ 5.2    $ 7.9    $ 3.2    $ 9.3

FHLB advances

     2.4      1.3      1.4      9.4      53.8

Repurchase agreements

     —        0.1      0.1      1.0      5.9
                                  

Total interest expense

   $ 9.8    $ 6.6    $ 9.4    $ 13.6    $ 69.0
                                  

NOTE 9 – Subordinated Notes

People’s subordinated notes are summarized as follows:

 

     September 30,
2006
   December 31,

(in millions)

      2005    2004

9.875% subordinated notes due 2010

   $ 65.3    $ 65.1    $ 78.4

7.20% subordinated notes due 2006

     43.5      43.5      43.4
                    

Total subordinated notes

   $ 108.8    $ 108.6    $ 121.8
                    

In 2005, People’s repurchased $13.5 million of its 9.875% subordinated notes. In 2004, People’s repurchased $70.8 million of its 9.875% subordinated notes and $61.6 million of its 7.20% subordinated notes as part of a balance sheet restructuring. Costs relating to these repurchases are included in liability restructuring costs in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Both issues of subordinated notes are unsecured general obligations of People’s with interest payable semi-annually; are subordinated to the claims of depositors and People’s other creditors; and are not redeemable prior to maturity without prior approval of the OTS. The 9.875% subordinated notes qualify, up to certain limits, as supplementary (tier 2) capital for risk-based capital purposes. The 7.20% subordinated notes did not qualify as supplementary capital at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 since they were to mature within one year.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 10 – Income Taxes

The following is a reconciliation of total income tax expense:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
  

Years ended

December 31,

(in millions)

   2006    2005    2005    2004     2003

Income tax expense (benefit):

             

From continuing operations

   $ 42.1    $ 48.8    $ 64.1    $ (8.6 )   $ 22.5

From discontinued operations

     0.9      5.4      6.0      110.6       0.6
                                   

Total income tax expense

   $ 43.0    $ 54.2    $ 70.1    $ 102.0     $ 23.1
                                   

The components of income tax expense (benefit) applicable to pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations are summarized in the following table. The income tax effects on the components of other comprehensive income (loss) are described in Note 14.

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
   Years ended
December 31,
 

(in millions)

   2006    2005    2005    2004     2003  

Current tax expense (benefit):

             

Federal

   $ 13.4    $ 46.3    $ 61.3    $ (13.0 )   $ 31.0  

State

     —        —        0.1      0.1       0.1  
                                     

Total current tax expense (benefit)

     13.4      46.3      61.4      (12.9 )     31.1  

Deferred tax expense (benefit) (1)

     28.7      2.5      2.7      4.3       (8.6 )
                                     

Total income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 42.1    $ 48.8    $ 64.1    $ (8.6 )   $ 22.5  
                                     

 

(1) Includes the effect of increases (decreases) in the valuation allowance for state deferred tax assets of $5.8 million and $6.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively and $6.3 million, $(16.7) million and $13.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The following is a reconciliation of expected income tax expense (benefit), computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%, to actual income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
    Years ended
December 31,
 

(in millions)

   2006     2005     2005     2004     2003  

Expected income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 43.8     $ 49.3     $ 66.5     $ (5.0 )   $ 29.8  

Benefit from completed IRS audits

     —         —         (2.0 )     (4.0 )     (6.0 )

Income from bank-owned life insurance

     (3.1 )     (0.6 )     (1.2 )     —         —    

Dividends received deduction and tax-exempt interest

     (0.3 )     (0.3 )     (0.4 )     (0.4 )     (1.9 )

Non-deductible amortization of other intangible assets
and goodwill impairment

     —         0.8       0.8       0.7       0.7  

Other, net

     1.7       (0.4 )     0.4       0.1       (0.1 )
                                        

Actual income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 42.1     $ 48.8     $ 64.1     $ (8.6 )   $ 22.5  
                                        

Effective income tax rate

     33.7 %     34.8 %     33.7 %     60.6 %     26.4 %
                                        

 

F-36


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

In 1998, People’s formed a passive investment company, People’s Mortgage Investment Company, in accordance with Connecticut tax laws, which permit transfers of mortgage loans to such subsidiaries on or after January 1, 1999. The related earnings of the subsidiary, and any dividends it pays to the parent, are not subject to Connecticut income tax. As a result of the exclusion of such earnings and dividends from Connecticut taxable income beginning in 1999, People’s has established a valuation allowance for the full amount of its Connecticut deferred tax asset attributable to net temporary differences and state net operating loss carryforwards. Connecticut tax net operating loss carryforwards totaled $681.4 million at December 31, 2005 and expire between 2020 and 2025.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to People’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     September 30,
2006
    December 31,  

(in millions)

     2005     2004  

Deferred tax assets:

      

Allowance for loan losses and non-accrual interest

   $ 30.5     $ 31.0     $ 30.0  

State tax net operating loss carryforwards, net of federal tax effect

     42.9       33.2       26.5  

Other deductible temporary differences

     13.9       12.1       10.3  
                        

Total deferred tax assets

     87.3       76.3       66.8  

Less valuation allowance for state deferred tax assets

     (39.6 )     (33.8 )     (27.5 )
                        

Total deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance

     47.7       42.5       39.3  
                        

Deferred tax liabilities:

      

Pension and other postretirement benefits

     (46.8 )     (14.1 )     (14.9 )

Book over tax income recognized on consumer loans

     (8.3 )     (7.9 )     (7.6 )

Mark-to-market and original issue discounts for tax purposes

     (5.8 )     (5.8 )     (5.2 )

Tax over book depreciation

     (9.6 )     (8.0 )     (4.5 )

Other taxable temporary differences

     (2.0 )     (2.7 )     (0.4 )
                        

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (72.5 )     (38.5 )     (32.6 )
                        

Net deferred tax (liability) asset

     (24.8 )     4.0       6.7  

Deferred tax asset for deductible temporary differences recorded in accumulated
other comprehensive loss, net of a valuation allowance for state deferred tax assets
of $0.5 in 2006, $1.8 in 2005 and $0.9 in 2004

     4.0       12.8       6.7  
                        

Net deferred tax (liability) asset

   $ (20.8 )   $ 16.8     $ 13.4  
                        

Based on People’s recent historical and anticipated future pre-tax earnings and the reversal of taxable temporary differences, management believes it is more likely than not that People’s will realize its total deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 11 – Regulatory Capital Requirements

People’s converted to a federally-chartered stock savings bank from a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank effective August 18, 2006. People’s regulator is the OTS (previously the FDIC). Simultaneously with People’s conversion, Holdings converted to a federally-chartered mutual holding company from a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company.

OTS and FDIC regulations require banks to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of tier 1 capital to total adjusted assets of 4.0%, and minimum ratios of tier 1 risk-based capital and total risk-based capital to risk-adjusted total assets of 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively.

Under their prompt corrective action regulations, the OTS and FDIC are required to take certain supervisory actions (and may take additional discretionary actions) with respect to an undercapitalized bank. These actions could have a direct material effect on a bank’s financial statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of banks into five categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Generally, a bank is considered well capitalized if it has a leverage (tier 1) capital ratio of at least 5.0%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%.

The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting guidelines. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the OTS about capital components, risk weightings and other factors.

Management believes that, as of September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, People’s met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Further, the most recent FDIC notifications categorized People’s as a well-capitalized institution under the prompt corrective action regulations. No conditions or events have occurred since that notification that have caused management to believe any change in People’s capital classification would be warranted.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The following is a summary of People’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios compared to the OTS requirements as of September 30, 2006 and FDIC requirements as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 for classification as a well-capitalized institution and for minimum capital adequacy. While the capital ratios of these two agencies are substantially similar, they are not identical. People’s risk-adjusted total assets, as defined, totaled $8.5 billion, $8.1 billion and $7.5 billion at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively.

 

                OTS Requirements  
     People’s     Classification as
Well-Capitalized
   

Minimum

Capital Adequacy

 

(dollars in millions)

   Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

September 30, 2006

               

Tangible capital

   $ 1,248.5    11.8 %     n/a    n/a     $ 158.7    1.5 %

Leverage capital

     1,248.5    11.8     $ 528.9    5.0 %     423.1    4.0  

Risk-based capital:

               

Tier 1

     1,248.5    14.7       509.4    6.0       339.6    4.0  

Total

     1,374.7    16.2       849.0    10.0       679.2    8.0  
                FDIC Requirements  
     People’s     Classification as
Well-Capitalized
   

Minimum

Capital Adequacy

 

(dollars in millions)

   Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

December 31, 2005

               

Leverage capital

   $ 1,201.1    11.2 %   $ 536.2    5.0 %   $ 428.9    4.0 %

Risk-based capital:

               

Tier 1

     1,201.1    14.8       485.7    6.0       323.8    4.0  

Total

     1,328.3    16.4       809.5    10.0       647.6    8.0  
                                       

December 31, 2004

               

Leverage capital

   $ 1,099.0    10.5 %   $ 524.3    5.0 %   $ 419.4    4.0 %

Risk-based capital:

               

Tier 1

     1,099.0    14.6       451.2    6.0       300.8    4.0  

Total

     1,258.6    16.7       752.0    10.0       601.6    8.0  
                                       

 

F-39


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The following is a reconciliation of People’s total stockholders’ equity to regulatory capital amounts under OTS regulations at September 30, 2006 and FDIC regulations at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004:

 

    
 
September 30,
2006
 
 
    December 31,  

(in millions)

     2005     2004  

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,351.4     $ 1,288.6     $ 1,199.8  

Adjustments for regulatory capital purposes:

      

Goodwill and certain other intangible assets

     (105.5 )     (106.4 )     (110.0 )

Net unrealized losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, net of tax

     2.6       0.1       —    

Net unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of tax

     —         18.8       9.2  
                        

Total tangible, leverage and core (tier 1) capital

     1,248.5       1,201.1       1,099.0  
                        

Qualifying subordinated notes

     52.1       52.0       87.0  

Qualifying allowance for loan losses

     74.0       75.1       72.6  

Other

     0.1       0.1       —    
                        

Total risk-based capital

   $ 1,374.7     $ 1,328.3     $ 1,258.6  
                        

 

F-40


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 12 – Common Stock and Dividends

Holdings is a mutual-form financial holding company organized in connection with the 1988 stock offering and reorganization of People’s Bank. At both September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, Holdings owned 82.0 million shares of People’s common stock, representing 57.7% and 57.9%, respectively, of the total number of outstanding shares of People’s common stock.

Since its formation in 1988, Holdings has consistently waived the receipt of cash dividends on substantially all of the shares of People’s common stock it owns. The Board of Directors of People’s establishes the rate at which dividends are declared with advance knowledge of the amount of dividends to be waived by Holdings. No dividends are declared on shares for which Holdings waives the dividend. If dividends had actually been declared and paid on all outstanding shares of People’s common stock at the same rate as was declared and paid on shares not subject to the waiver, Holdings would have received additional dividends of approximately $554 million since the date of its formation through September 30, 2006.

As a Connecticut-chartered savings bank prior to August 18, 2006, People’s could only pay dividends (except stock dividends) from “net profits,” defined as the remainder of all earnings from current operations. Without specific regulatory approval, the total of all dividends declared by People’s in a given calendar year could not exceed the total of People’s net profits for that year plus its retained profits from the preceding two years. This limitation did not affect the dividends paid by People’s in 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003. Dividends declared and paid per common share (other than shares on which Holdings waived receipt of dividends) were $0.72 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and $0.85, $0.75 and $0.68 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

As a federally-chartered savings bank since August 18, 2006, People’s ability to make capital distributions is now governed by OTS regulations. The payment of dividends is considered to be a form of capital distribution under these regulations. Without specific OTS approval, the total of all capital distributions declared by People’s in a given calendar year can not exceed the sum of its net income (as determined under generally accepted accounting principles) for the year to date and its retained net income for the preceding two years. The term “retained net income” as defined by the OTS means People’s net income for each year, less the amount of capital distributions

 

F-41


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

declared in each such year. People’s retained net income for 2004 and 2005 totaled $129.7 million, its net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $84.7 million, and it had declared and paid capital distributions (all of which were in the form of dividends during 2006) totaling $44.5 million through that date. As of September 30, 2006, People’s had $169.9 million available for capital distributions without specific OTS approval.

In 2005, People’s completed a three-for-two stock split, which resulted in the issuance of approximately 47.1 million additional common shares. Upon completing the stock split, $47.1 million was reclassified to the common stock account from the additional paid-in capital account. These accounts and all share and per share data for all prior years have been restated to give retroactive effect to the stock split. In 2006, People’s shareholders approved an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock to 450 million from 150 million.

At September 30, 2006, People’s had 50 million shares of preferred stock (without par value) authorized, none of which were issued or outstanding and 450 million shares of common stock (without par value) authorized.

Changes in the number of common shares outstanding are summarized as follows:

 

    

Nine months ended
September 30,

2006

   Years ended
December 31,

(in millions)

      2005    2004    2003

Outstanding at January 1

   141.6    140.8    139.5    138.9

Stock options exercised and restricted stock activity

   0.5    0.8    1.3    0.6
                   

Outstanding at end of period

   142.1    141.6    140.8    139.5
                   

 

F-42


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 13 – Earnings Per Common Share

The following is an analysis of People’s basic and diluted EPS:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
  

Years ended

December 31,

(in millions, except per share data)

   2006    2005    2005    2004     2003

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 83.0    $ 91.6    $ 125.9    $ (5.6 )   $ 62.7

Income from discontinued operations

     1.7      10.3      11.2      205.3       1.1

Net income

     84.7      101.9      137.1      199.7       63.8
                                   

Average common shares outstanding for basic EPS

     141.6      141.0      141.0      140.0       139.2

Effect of dilutive stock options and unvested stock awards (1)

     0.6      0.7      0.7      0.9       0.1
                                   

Average common and common-equivalent shares for diluted EPS

     142.2      141.7      141.7      140.9       139.3
                                   

Basic EPS:

             

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 0.59    $ 0.65    $ 0.89    $ (0.04 )   $ 0.45

Income from discontinued operations

     0.01      0.07      0.08      1.47       0.01

Net income

     0.60      0.72      0.97      1.43       0.46

Diluted EPS:

             

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 0.58    $ 0.65    $ 0.89    $ (0.04 )   $ 0.45

Income from discontinued operations

     0.01      0.07      0.08      1.46       0.01

Net income

     0.59      0.72      0.97      1.42       0.46

(1) Excludes the effect of an average of 172,665 anti-dilutive stock options in 2003 (none in 2006, 2005 and 2004).

 

F-43


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 14 – Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income represents the sum of net income and items of “other comprehensive income or loss” that are reported directly in stockholders’ equity on an after-tax basis. These items include the net unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale and derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, and minimum pension liability adjustments. People’s total comprehensive income for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity.

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is included in People’s stockholders’ equity on an after-tax basis, are as follows:

 

    

September 30,

2006

    December 31,  

(in millions)

     2005     2004     2003  

Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

   $ 0.1     $ (18.8 )   $ (9.2 )   $ (6.2 )

Minimum pension liability adjustments

     (4.5 )     (4.5 )     (2.9 )     (2.4 )

Net unrealized loss on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges

     (2.7 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (26.4 )
                                

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (7.1 )   $ (23.4 )   $ (12.2 )   $ (35.0 )
                                

The following is a summary of the changes in the components of People’s other comprehensive income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003:

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2006 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax
Effect
    After-Tax
Amount
 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the period

   $ 1.8     $ (0.6 )   $ 1.2  

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     27.3       (9.6 )     17.7  
                        

Net unrealized gains

     29.1       (10.2 )     18.9  
                        

Net unrealized loss on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Net unrealized losses arising during the period

     (4.0 )     1.4       (2.6 )

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     —         —         —    
                        

Net unrealized losses

     (4.0 )     1.4       (2.6 )
                        

Minimum pension liability adjustment

     —         —         —    
                        

Other comprehensive income

   $ 25.1     $ (8.8 )   $ 16.3  
                        

 

F-44


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2005 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax
Effect
   After-Tax
Amount
 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

       

Net unrealized holding losses arising during the period

   $ (13.1 )   $ 4.6    $ (8.5 )

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     —         —        —    
                       

Net unrealized losses

     (13.1 )     4.6      (8.5 )
                       

Net unrealized loss on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

       

Net unrealized losses arising during the period

     —         —        —    

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     —         —        —    
                       

Net unrealized losses

     —         —        —    
                       

Minimum pension liability adjustment

     —         —        —    
                       

Other comprehensive loss

   $ (13.1 )   $ 4.6    $ (8.5 )
                       

Year ended December 31, 2005 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax
Effect
   After-Tax
Amount
 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

       

Net unrealized holding losses arising during the year

   $ (14.9 )   $ 5.3    $ (9.6 )

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     —         —        —    
                       

Net unrealized losses

     (14.9 )     5.3      (9.6 )
                       

Net unrealized loss on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

       

Net unrealized losses arising during the period

     —         —        —    

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     —         —        —    
                       

Net unrealized losses

     —         —        —    
                       

Minimum pension liability adjustment

     (2.4 )     0.8      (1.6 )
                       

Other comprehensive loss

   $ (17.3 )   $ 6.1    $ (11.2 )
                       

 

F-45


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Year ended December 31, 2004 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax
Effect
    After-Tax
Amount
 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding losses arising during the year

   $ (9.1 )   $ 3.0     $ (6.1 )

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     4.7       (1.6 )     3.1  
                        

Net unrealized losses

     (4.4 )     1.4       (3.0 )
                        

Net unrealized loss on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Net unrealized holding losses arising during the year

     —         —         —    

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     40.5       (14.2 )     26.3  
                        

Net unrealized gains

     40.5       (14.2 )     26.3  
                        

Minimum pension liability adjustment

     (0.9 )     0.4       (0.5 )
                        

Other comprehensive income

   $ 35.2     $ (12.4 )   $ 22.8  
                        

Year ended December 31, 2003 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax
Effect
    After-Tax
Amount
 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year

   $ 28.4     $ (8.2 )   $ 20.2  

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     1.7       (0.6 )     1.1  
                        

Net unrealized gains

     30.1       (8.8 )     21.3  
                        

Net unrealized loss on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Net unrealized losses arising during the year

     (1.8 )     0.6       (1.2 )

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     16.3       (5.6 )     10.7  
                        

Net unrealized gains

     14.5       (5.0 )     9.5  
                        

Minimum pension liability adjustment

     (0.8 )     0.6       (0.2 )
                        

Other comprehensive income

   $ 43.8     $ (13.2 )   $ 30.6  
                        

 

F-46


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 15 – Employee Benefit Plans

Employee Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Plans

People’s maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan that covers substantially all full-time and part-time employees who meet certain age and length of service requirements and who were employed by People’s prior to August 14, 2006. Benefits are based upon the employee’s years of credited service and either the average compensation for the last five years or the average compensation for the five consecutive years of the last ten years that produce the highest average. People’s funding policy is to contribute the amounts required by applicable regulations, although additional amounts may be contributed from time to time. In addition, People’s maintains unfunded and nonqualified supplemental plans to provide retirement benefits to certain senior officers.

People’s also maintains an unfunded plan that provides retirees with optional medical, dental and life insurance benefits (“other postretirement benefits”). People’s accrues the cost of these benefits over the employees’ years of service to the date of their eligibility for such benefits.

The table on the following page summarizes changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets for (i) the pension plans (combining the funded plan and the unfunded supplemental plans), and (ii) the other postretirement benefits plan. The table also provides a reconciliation of the funded status (or the difference between benefit obligations and plan assets) to the net amount recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. People’s uses a measurement date of September 30th for plan accounting purposes and, accordingly, changes in benefit obligations and plan assets are shown for the twelve-month periods ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004. As shown in the following tables, plan assets for the funded plan of $179.8 million as of September 30, 2005 exceeded both the accumulated benefit obligations of $167.8 million and the vested benefit obligations of $160.5 million at that date.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Employer contributions for the next fiscal year are expected to total $2.2 million for both the unfunded plan and the other postretirement benefits plan, representing net benefit payments expected to be paid under these plans. Expected future net benefit payments for the pension plans as of December 31, 2005 are: $6.2 million in 2006; $6.6 million in 2007; $7.2 million in 2008; $7.8 million in 2009; $8.4 million in 2010; and an aggregate of $59.1 million in 2011 through 2015. Expected future net benefit payments for the other postretirement benefits plan as of December 31, 2005 are: $1.1 million in 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010; and an aggregate of $4.7 million in 2011 through 2015. During the third quarter of 2006, People’s contributed $91.5 million to the pension plan and as a result recorded an increase in its prepaid pension asset.

The supplemental pension plans had total projected benefit obligations of $25.8 million and $22.1 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Although these plans hold no assets, People’s has funded a trust to provide for benefit payments to the extent such benefits are not paid directly by People’s. Trust assets of $11.6 million, $11.3 million and $11.0 million are included in People’s short-term investments as of September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively.

The effects of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) have been recognized in People’s postretirement benefits plan in 2005 and 2004 in accordance with the guidance provided in FASB Staff Position 106-2. The prescription drug benefit provided by People’s for certain retirees is at least actuarially equivalent to the benefit provided under the Act. As of the September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004 measurement dates, the accumulated benefit obligation was reduced by $0.6 million in both 2005 and 2004. The impact of the federal subsidy reduced the net periodic postretirement benefit cost by $0.1 million in 2005.

New employees starting on or after August 14, 2006 are not eligible to participate in the defined benefit pension plan. People’s will make contributions on behalf of these employees to a qualified defined contribution plan in an annual amount equal to 3% of the covered employee’s eligible compensation. Employee participation in this plan is restricted to employees who are at least 21 years of age and worked at least 1,000 hours in a year. Both full-time and part-time employees are eligible to participate as long as they meet these requirements.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

     Pension Benefits     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 

(in millions)

   2005     2004     2005     2004  

Benefit obligations:

        

Beginning of period

   $ 186.4     $ 171.3     $ 12.1     $ 15.2  

Service cost

     7.5       7.4       0.2       0.3  

Interest cost

     11.0       10.2       0.7       0.8  

Special termination benefits

     —         0.4       —         —    

Plan amendments

     —         —         —         (2.5 )

Actuarial loss (gain)

     15.3       2.9       —         (0.3 )

Actuarial gain due to Medicare subsidy

     —         —         —         (0.6 )

Benefits paid

     (6.0 )     (5.8 )     (0.8 )     (0.8 )
                                

End of period

     214.2       186.4       12.2       12.1  
                                

Fair value of plan assets:

        

Beginning of period

     158.5       135.4       —         —    

Actual return on assets

     16.3       17.9       —         —    

Employer contributions

     11.0       11.0       0.8       0.8  

Benefits paid

     (6.0 )     (5.8 )     (0.8 )     (0.8 )
                                

End of period

     179.8       158.5       —         —    
                                

Funded status at September 30

     (34.4 )     (27.9 )     (12.2 )     (12.1 )

Unrecognized net actuarial loss (1)

     75.5       68.5       1.7       1.7  

Fourth-quarter contributions

     0.2       0.2       0.3       0.3  

Unrecognized net transition obligation

     —         —         2.6       3.0  

Unrecognized prior service cost

     0.1       0.2       (2.1 )     (2.3 )
                                

Net amount recognized at end of year

   $ 41.4     $ 41.0     $ (9.7 )   $ (9.4 )
                                

Components of the net amount recognized:

        

Prepaid benefit cost

   $ 57.9     $ 56.2     $ —       $ —    

Accrued benefit cost

     (16.5 )     (15.2 )     (9.7 )     (9.4 )

Additional minimum liability

     (7.1 )     (4.6 )     —         —    

Intangible asset

     0.2       0.1       —         —    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax basis)

     6.9       4.5       —         —    
                                

Net amount recognized at end of year

   $ 41.4     $ 41.0     $ (9.7 )   $ (9.4 )
                                

 

(1) Unrecognized net actuarial gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the fair value of plan assets are amortized over the average remaining service period of active plan participants.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The following tables summarize the accumulated and vested benefit obligations for the funded and unfunded plans at the respective September 30th measurement dates:

 

     Pension Benefits

(in millions)

   2005    2004

Accumulated benefit obligations:

     

Funded plan

   $ 167.8    $ 145.7

Unfunded plan

     23.8      20.0
             

Total

   $ 191.6    $ 165.7
             

Vested benefit obligations:

     

Funded plan

   $ 160.5    $ 138.4

Unfunded plan

     23.8      20.0
             

Total

   $ 184.3    $ 158.4
             

Components of the net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  

Nine months ended September 30 (in millions)

   2006     2005             2006                     2005          

Service cost

   $ 5.9     $ 5.6     $ 0.1     $ 0.2  

Interest cost

     9.1       8.3       0.5       0.5  

Expected return on plan assets

     (10.5 )     (9.8 )     —         —    

Amortization of unrecognized net transition obligation

     —         —         0.3       0.3  

Recognized net actuarial loss

     4.7       3.8       —         —    

Recognized prior service cost

     0.1       0.1       (0.1 )     (0.2 )
                                

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 9.3     $ 8.0     $ 0.8     $ 0.8  
                                

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2005     2004     2003         2005             2004             2003    

Service cost

   $ 7.5     $ 7.4     $ 6.1     $ 0.2     $ 0.3     $ 0.5

Interest cost

     11.0       10.2       9.3       0.7       0.8       0.8

Expected return on plan assets

     (13.0 )     (12.0 )     (11.7 )     —         —         —  

Amortization of unrecognized net transition obligation

     —         —         —         0.4       0.4       0.4

Recognized net actuarial loss

     5.0       4.5       2.5       —         0.2       0.1

Recognized prior service cost

     0.1       0.2       0.3       (0.2 )     (0.2 )     —  
                                              

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 10.6     $ 10.3     $ 6.5     $ 1.1     $ 1.5     $ 1.8
                                              

 

F-50


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The following assumptions were used in determining benefit obligations and net periodic benefit costs:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
     2005     2004     2003         2005             2004             2003      

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit
obligations at December 31:

            

Discount rate

   5.75 %   6.00 %   6.00 %   5.75 %   6.00 %   6.00 %

Rate of compensation increase

   3.50     4.00     4.00     n/a     n/a     n/a  

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic
benefit cost for the years ended December 31:

            

Discount rate

   6.00 %   6.00 %   6.75 %   6.00 %   6.00 %   6.75 %

Expected return on plan assets

   8.25     8.25     8.75     n/a     n/a     n/a  

Rate of compensation increase

   4.00     4.00     4.00     n/a     n/a     n/a  

Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31: (1)

            

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

   n/a     n/a     n/a     11.00 %   12.00 %   13.00 %

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to
decline (the ultimate trend rate)

   n/a     n/a     n/a     5.00     5.00     5.00  

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   n/a     n/a     n/a     2013     2013     2013  

n/a – not applicable

(1) Changes in the periodic benefit cost and the benefit obligation from a one-percentage-point increase or decrease in this assumed trend rate would not be significant.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes the percentages of fair value for each major category of plan assets as of the respective measurement dates:

 

       Plan Assets  

At September 30

     2005     2004  

Equity securities

     79 %   77 %

Fixed income securities

     21     23  
              

Total

     100 %   100 %
              

People’s retirement plan investment policy includes the following asset allocation guidelines:

 

     Asset Class
     Policy Target %    Policy Range %

Cash reserves

   3    1 - 7

Equity securities

   69    52 - 81

Fixed income securities

   28    22 - 34

Equity securities may include convertible securities, and are required to be diversified among industries and economic sectors. Limitations are placed on the overall allocation to any individual security at both cost and market value. A limit of 15% of equity holdings may be invested in international equities. Short sales, margin purchases and similar speculative transactions are prohibited.

Fixed income securities are oriented toward risk-averse, investment-grade securities rated “A” or higher. A limit of up to 10% of the fixed income holdings may be invested in issues rated below “Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s, if the higher investment risk is compensated for by the prospect of a positive incremental investment return. With the exception of U.S. Government securities, in which the plan may invest the entire fixed income allocation, fixed income securities require diversification among individual securities and sectors. There is no limit on the maximum maturity of securities held. Short sales, margin purchases and similar speculative transactions are prohibited.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Employee Savings Plans

People’s also sponsors an employee savings plan that qualifies as a 401(k) plan under the Internal Revenue Code. Under the current plan, employees may contribute up to 20% of their pre-tax compensation up to certain limits, and People’s makes a matching contribution equal to 100% of a participant’s contributions up to 4% of pre-tax compensation. People’s may increase the amount of its matching contribution to 5% of pre-tax compensation if certain bankwide performance objectives are met. Participants vest immediately in their own contributions and after one year in People’s contributions. A supplemental savings plan has also been established for certain senior officers. Expense recognized for the 401(k) and supplemental savings plans totaled $5.3 million and $4.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and $6.4 million, $7.4 million and $7.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 16 – Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Long-Term Incentive Plan

People’s 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Incentive Plan”), provides for awards to officers and employees in the form of (i) incentive stock options that may afford tax benefits to recipients, (ii) non-statutory stock options that do not afford tax benefits to recipients but may provide tax benefits to People’s, and (iii) stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and performance units. A total of 9.4 million shares of People’s common stock are reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan. At September 30, 2006, a total of 3.8 million reserved shares remain available for future awards.

Non-statutory stock options have been granted under the Incentive Plan at exercise prices equal to the fair value of People’s common stock at the grant dates. Option expiration dates are fixed at the grant date, with a maximum term of ten years. Most options granted since 1999 vest 50% after two years, 75% after three years and 100% after four years. All options become fully exercisable in the event of a change of control, as defined in the Incentive Plan. As disclosed in Note 1, People’s adopted SFAS No. 123-R effective January 1, 2006.

The following is a summary of activity in stock options under the Incentive Plan and the predecessor 1988 Long-Term Incentive Plan:

 

    

Shares
Subject

To Option

    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Options outstanding at December 31, 2002

   2,771,225     $ 11.90

Granted

   624,600       11.47

Forfeited

   (183,911 )     12.23

Exercised

   (537,327 )     11.73
            

Options outstanding at December 31, 2003

   2,674,587       11.82

Granted

   385,913       19.86

Forfeited

   (61,031 )     11.43

Exercised

   (1,156,575 )     12.19
            

Options outstanding at December 31, 2004

   1,842,894       13.28

Granted

   249,045       25.36

Forfeited

   (17,531 )     16.75

Exercised

   (656,551 )     11.60
            

Options outstanding at December 31, 2005

   1,417,857     $ 16.14
            

 

F-54


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Additional information concerning options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2005 is summarized as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable
    

Number

   Weighted Average   

Number

  

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price

Exercise Price Range

      Remaining Life
(in years)
   Exercise Price      

$  8.61 - $11.16

   400,349    7    $ 10.83    400,349    $ 10.83

  11.45 -   14.45

   396,018    5      12.24    396,018      12.24

  19.45 -   21.13

   374,110    8      19.86    374,110      19.86

  25.25 -   32.46

   247,380    9      25.36    247,380      25.36

Stock Options Awarded Prior to January 1, 2006

All stock options are fixed options that were granted at exercise prices equal to the fair value of People’s common stock at the respective grant dates. Therefore, in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25, compensation expense was not recognized with respect to these options. If People’s had adopted the alternative fair-value-based method defined in SFAS No. 123, the grant-date fair value of options would have been recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. The estimated per-share fair value of options granted in 2005, 2004 and 2003 was approximately $5.00, $3.70 and $1.50, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with assumptions as follows: dividend yield of 3.0% in 2005, 3.4% in 2004 and 5.3% in 2003; expected volatility rate of 25% in all years; risk-free interest rate of 3.8% in 2005, 3.0% in 2004 and 2.8% in 2003; and expected option life of 5 years. Note 1 discloses the effect on net income and earnings per common share if People’s had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 using these assumptions.

On December 22, 2005, People’s accelerated the vesting of all unvested stock options previously awarded to employees that were outstanding at that time. Shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an accelerated option may not be sold or otherwise transferred until the earlier of (a) the date the option would have vested under the terms on which it was initially awarded, or (b) termination of the option holder’s employment with People’s. The purpose of the acceleration was to eliminate compensation expense associated with these options in future years upon the adoption of SFAS No. 123-R in the first quarter of 2006. As a result of the acceleration, options to purchase 0.9 million shares of common stock became immediately exercisable. Substantially all of these options were in-the-money at the time of acceleration. The accelerated vesting of these options eliminated potential

 

F-55


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

pre-tax compensation expense through 2008 of approximately $1.7 million, including approximately $0.8 million in 2006. People’s recorded a one-time charge of $0.7 million in 2005 as a result of the accelerated vesting, which is included in compensation and benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Stock Options Awarded in 2006

People’s granted 260,932 stock options in the first quarter of 2006 and none in the second and third quarters of 2006. All stock options are non-statutory fixed options that were granted at exercise prices equal to the fair value of People’s common stock at the respective grant dates. The estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of these options was $6.46 per share, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with assumptions as follows: dividend yield of 2.8%; expected volatility rate of 23%; risk-free interest rate of 4.6%; and expected option life of 5 years. Expected volatilities were based on historical volatilities from People’s traded common stock. The expected term of stock options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. People’s used historical data to estimate voluntary suboptimal (early) exercises by continuing employees, and estimates of post-vest option exercise or forfeiture by terminated employees. Suboptimal exercise data and employee termination estimates are incorporated into Monte Carlo simulations of People’s common stock prices to calculate the expected term. The risk-free interest rate approximated the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of the grant.

Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis generally over the option vesting period and totaled $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Amortization of these unvested stock options is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of 3.3 years. Unamortized compensation cost for unvested stock options, which reflects an estimated forfeiture rate, totaled $1.1 million at September 30, 2006.

Prior to adopting SFAS No. 123-R, People’s presented income tax-related benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock as an operating activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. SFAS No. 123-R requires the cash flows from income tax-related benefits resulting from income tax deductions in excess of the compensation expense recognized for those stock options and restricted stock to be classified as a financing activity. An excess income tax benefit of $1.9 million was classified as a financing activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The following is a summary of activity in stock options for the nine months ended September 30, 2006:

 

    

Shares
Subject

To Option

    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)

Options outstanding at December 31, 2005

   1,417,857     $ 16.14      

Granted

   260,932       31.31      

Forfeited

   (1,260 )     31.31      

Exercised

   (242,474 )     13.93      
                  

Options outstanding at September 30, 2006

   1,435,055     $ 19.26    7.0    $ 29.0
                        

Options exercisable at September 30, 2006

   1,175,383     $ 16.60    6.4    $ 26.9
                        

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $6.46 per share (no options were granted in the second and third quarters of 2006). The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $4.5 million.

Restricted Stock Awards

People’s has also granted restricted stock awards under the Incentive Plan. Employees become fully vested in these shares generally after a three- or four-year period, with requisite service conditions and no performance-based conditions to such vesting. Unvested restricted stock awards become fully vested in the event of a change in control, as defined in the Incentive Plan. During the vesting period, dividends are accrued on the restricted stock and the recipients are entitled to vote these restricted shares. The fair value of restricted stock awards is measured at the grant date based on quoted market prices.

Restricted shares awarded during 2005, 2004 and 2003 totaled 101,691 shares, 172,379 shares and 153,731 shares, respectively, with weighted average fair values at the grant dates of $25.40, $19.81 and $11.32, respectively. At December 31, 2005, 330,778 unvested restricted shares were outstanding. Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period and totaled $2.1 million, $2.0 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The following is a summary of activity in restricted stock awards for the nine months ended September 30, 2006:

 

     Shares    

Weighted-Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2005

   330,778     $ 18.74

Granted

   259,804       33.45

Forfeited

   (12,990 )     19.55

Vested

   (130,549 )     14.62
            

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at September 30, 2006

   447,043     $ 28.47
            

Straight-line amortization of unvested restricted stock awards, expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 2.6 years, resulted in compensation expense of $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Unamortized compensation cost for unvested restricted stock awards, which reflects an estimated forfeiture rate, totaled $8.3 million at September 30, 2006. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $4.0 million.

Stock Price Appreciation Unit Plan

People’s 1995 Stock Price Appreciation Unit Plan (the “Unit Plan”) provides for grants of up to 5,737,500 stock price appreciation units to officers and employees. Under the Unit Plan, participants are granted units that entitle the holder to receive a cash payment from People’s upon exercise equal to the difference between (i) the fair value of People’s common stock at that time and (ii) the base price of such units. The base price equals the fair value of People’s common stock at the grant date. The units are exercisable 50% after three years and 100% after four years, and expire, if unexercised, after ten years.

In August 1998, People’s entered into agreements with the holders of stock price appreciation units then outstanding. A “Cap Price” of $12.67 (the fair value of People’s common stock on the agreement date) was established for units that had a base price below $12.67 (the “Capped Units”). Upon exercise, the holder of a Capped Unit will receive a cash payment from People’s equal to the excess of (i) the Cap Price (or, if lower, the then-current fair value of People’s common stock) over (ii) the base price. Each holder of Capped Units received an equal number of stock options under the Incentive Plan, which have an exercise price equal to the Cap Price of $12.67. These stock options must be exercised at the same time the Capped Units are exercised.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

At December 31, 2005, all stock appreciation units had been exercised. Included in compensation and benefits expense is a charge of $0.7 million related to the Unit Plan for the year ended December 31, 2003 (none in 2005 and 2004).

The following is a summary of activity in stock appreciation units under the Unit Plan:

 

     Number
of Units
    Weighted
Average
Base Price

Units outstanding at December 31, 2002

   551,820     $ 7.66

Forfeited

   (10,293 )     6.80

Exercised

   (238,387 )     7.99
            

Units outstanding at December 31, 2003

   303,140       7.43

Forfeited

   —         —  

Exercised

   (267,363 )     7.16
            

Units outstanding at December 31, 2004

   35,777       9.38

Forfeited

   —         —  

Exercised

   (35,777 )     9.38
            

Units outstanding at December 31, 2005

   —       $ —  
            

Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan

The Second Amended and Restated People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan (the “Directors’ Plan”) provided for an annual award of 4,500 shares of People’s common stock to each non-employee director immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders. The Directors’ Plan was adopted in 2000 as the successor plan to the People’s Bank Director’s Stock Unit Plan. There were 27,562 shares available for issuance at December 31, 2005. Expense of $0.8 million, $0.8 million and $0.5 million was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, relating to the Directors’ Plan.

The Third Amended and Restated People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan (“Directors’ Equity Plan”) was adopted in 2006 as the successor plan to the Directors’ Plan. The Directors’ Equity Plan provides for an annual award of $95,000 worth of shares of People’s common stock to each non-employee director immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders. Shares of People’s common stock issued pursuant to the Directors’ Equity Plan are not transferable until the third anniversary of the grant date or, if earlier, upon the director’s cessation of service.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

A total of 425,000 shares of People’s common stock are reserved for issuance under the Directors’ Equity Plan. In April 2006, directors were granted a total of 25,173 shares of People’s common stock based on a grant-date fair value of $33.97 per share. Expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over a one-year period and $0.7 million was recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 relating to the Directors’ Equity Plan and the predecessor Directors’ Plan. At September 30, 2006, 202,389 shares remain available for issuance.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 17 – Financial Instruments

In the normal course of business, People’s is a party to both on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet financial instruments involving, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in addition to the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The contractual amounts of off-balance-sheet instruments reflect the extent of People’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

A summary of the contractual or notional amounts of People’s financial instruments follows:

 

     September 30,
2006
   December 31,

(in millions)

      2005    2004

Lending-Related Instruments: (1)

        

Loan origination commitments and unadvanced lines of credit:

        

Consumer

   $ 1,350.0    $ 1,309.0    $ 1,040.0

Commercial

     1,109.5      980.4      757.4

Commercial real estate finance

     726.3      572.1      462.9

Residential mortgage

     93.6      71.8      189.2

Letters of credit

     43.3      41.1      34.9

Derivative Financial Instruments: (2)

        

Interest rate floors

     700.0      400.0      —  

Interest rate swaps

     9.3      9.6      26.2

Foreign exchange contracts

     13.3      17.4      —  

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     30.1      16.3      20.3

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     30.9      16.9      22.5

(1) The contractual amounts of these financial instruments represent People’s maximum potential exposure to credit loss, assuming (i) the instruments are fully funded at a later date, (ii) the borrower does not meet contractual repayment obligations, and (iii) any collateral or other security proves to be worthless.

 

(2) The contractual or notional amounts of these financial instruments are substantially greater than People’s maximum potential exposure to credit loss.

Lending-Related Instruments

The contractual amounts of People’s lending-related financial instruments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements since certain of these instruments may expire without being funded and others may not be fully drawn upon. These instruments are subject to People’s credit approval process, including an evaluation of the customer’s creditworthiness and related collateral requirements. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee by the customer. The geographic distribution of People’s lending-related financial instruments is similar to the distribution of its loan portfolio, as described in Note 5.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

People’s issues both stand-by and commercial letters of credit. Stand-by letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by People’s to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The letter of credit is generally extended for an average term of one year and secured similar to existing extensions of credit. For each letter of credit issued, if the customer fails to perform under the terms of the agreement, People’s would have to fulfill the terms of the letter of credit. The fair value of People’s obligations relating to $42.4 million of stand-by letters of credit at September 30, 2006 was $0.3 million, which is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The credit risk involved in issuing stand-by letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

A commercial letter of credit is normally a short-term instrument issued by a financial institution on behalf of its customer. The letter of credit authorizes a beneficiary to draw drafts on the financial institution or one of its correspondent banks, provided the terms and conditions of the letter of credit have been met. In issuing a commercial letter of credit, the financial institution has substituted its credit standing for that of its customer. After drafts are paid by the financial institution, the customer is charged or an obligation is created under an existing reimbursement agreement. An advance under a reimbursement agreement is recorded as a loan by the financial institution and is subject to terms and conditions similar to other commercial obligations.

Derivative Financial Instruments

People’s uses derivative financial instruments for risk management purposes and not for trading or speculative purposes. People’s controls the credit risk of these instruments through collateral, credit approvals and monitoring procedures. Under netting arrangements collateral is obtained, when appropriate, through physical delivery of securities or cash to reduce People’s exposure to credit losses in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to these transactions. People’s also controls its counterparty risk by entering into arrangements only with highly-rated counterparties that are specifically approved by People’s up to a maximum credit exposure. People’s credit exposure on its derivative contracts, representing those contracts with net positive fair values including the effect of bilateral netting, amounted to $13.7 million at September 30, 2006 and $6.0 million at December 31, 2005 (none at December 31, 2004).

 

F-62


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

People’s principal derivative positions outstanding at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 were interest rate floors accounted for as cash flow hedges relating to long-term commercial loans that reprice based on the one-month LIBOR-index rate. The interest rate floors purchased in January 2006 and December 2005 were terminated in September 2006 and new interest rate floors with the same notional amounts and higher strike rates than the terminated interest rate floors were purchased. Hedge ineffectiveness recorded in 2006 and 2005 was insignificant. To a much lesser extent, People’s engages in derivative transactions accounted for as fair value hedges. The ineffective portion of hedge results related to fair value hedges recorded in 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was insignificant.

The following sections further discuss each class of derivative financial instrument used by People’s, including management’s principal objectives and risk management strategies.

Interest Rate Floors

Interest rate floors are a type of option contract that exercises when the underlying interest rate falls below a specified strike rate. People’s purchased interest rate floors for the purpose of partially managing its exposure to decreases in the one-month LIBOR-index rate used to reprice certain long-term commercial loans. If the one-month LIBOR-index rate falls below the specified strike rate, People’s would receive an interest payment on the interest rate floor equal to the difference between the one-month LIBOR-index rate on the reset date and the strike rate.

The change in fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. The fair value of interest rate floors at September 30, 2006 reflected the unamortized premium and unrealized loss (with a corresponding charge to accumulated other comprehensive loss, after applicable taxes). The unrealized loss in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $4.1 million at September 30, 2006 represented the changes in market values resulting from increases in interest rates since the original dates the interest rate floors were purchased. Interest rate floors outstanding at September 30, 2006 mature in 2011.

The group of individual transactions being hedged is People’s one-month Libor-index commercial loan monthly interest cash flows. People’s has identified the hedged forecasted transaction as the first one-month Libor-index interest payments received on commercial loans. These are individual transactions that share the same risk

 

F-63


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

exposure, because the interest payments received on the one-month Libor-index commercial loans are subject to interest rate risk related to changes in the one-month Libor rate. The occurrence of one-month Libor interest payment cash flows is probable, and the prepayment of a given loan is not expected to have an effect on the hedging relationship, as the aggregate principal balance of the one-month Libor-index rate commercial loan portfolio underlying the interest payments is maintained at an amount sufficiently greater than the notional amount of the interest rate floors.

Interest Rate Swaps

People’s pay fixed/receive floating interest rate swaps, which are accounted for as fair value hedges, are used to hedge the change in fair value of certain long-term, fixed-rate commercial real estate finance loans from rising interest rates. Under interest rate swaps, People’s agrees with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed rate and floating rate interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed notional amount. People’s enters into these transactions to match more closely the repricing of its assets and liabilities, and to reduce its exposure to increases in interest rates and their effect on interest income and interest expense. For example, certain fixed rate assets may be funded with floating rate borrowings. People’s enters into interest rate swaps in which it pays a fixed rate and receives a floating rate, in order to effectively “match fund” the asset and liability.

The change in fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, is recorded in earnings. The change in fair value on the hedged asset or liability is also recorded in earnings. People’s liability at September 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 of $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively, represented the unrealized losses at those dates on these fair value hedges. Interest rate swaps outstanding at September 30, 2006 mature as follows: $2 million in 2011; $5 million in 2012; and $2 million thereafter.

The net effect of interest rate floors, interest rate swaps and corridors was to decrease net interest income by $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and $0.4 million, $3.9 million and $20.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2005, other non-interest income included $0.1 million and other non-interest expense included $0.4 million relating to the cancellations of certain interest rates swaps.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

People’s cancelled interest rate swaps and interest rate corridors with notional amounts of $335 million and $435 million, respectively, in 2004 as part of a balance sheet restructuring. Costs to cancel those derivatives related to People’s credit card business were reported in discontinued operations, due to the sale of that business in 2004, while costs to cancel the remaining derivatives were reported in liability restructuring costs in the Consolidated Statements of Income. At December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, there were no interest rate corridors remaining.

Forward Exchange Contracts

Foreign exchange forward contracts are commitments to buy or sell foreign currency on a future date at a contractual price. People’s uses these instruments to eliminate its exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk on certain of its commercial loans that are denominated in foreign currencies. Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts substantially offset the translation gains and losses.

Forward Commitments to Sell and Interest Rate-Lock Commitments on Residential Mortgage Loans

People’s enters into forward commitments to sell fixed-rate residential mortgage loans in order to reduce the market risk associated with originating loans for sale in the secondary market. In order to fulfill a forward commitment, People’s delivers originated loans at prices or yields specified by the contract. The risks associated with such contracts arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the contract terms or People’s inability to originate the necessary loans. Gains and losses realized on the forward contracts are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income as a component of the net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans. In the normal course of business, People’s will commit to an interest rate on a mortgage loan application at a time after the application is approved by People’s. Fixed-rate residential mortgage loan commitments totaled $1.1 million (interest rates from 6.13% to 6.65%) and $0.6 million (interest rates from 5.88% to 6.13%) at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. The risks associated with residential mortgage interest rate-lock commitments arise if market interest rates change prior to the closing of these loans. Both forward sales commitments and interest rate-lock commitments made to borrowers are accounted for as derivatives and are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Condition at fair value. See Note 19.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The following is a summary of certain information concerning People’s derivative financial instruments utilized for risk management purposes:

 

       September 30,
2006
    December 31,  

(dollars in millions)

     2005     2004  

Interest Rate Floors:

      

Notional principal amounts

   $ 700.0     $ 400.0     $ —    

Weighted average strike rate

     5.00 %     4.30 %     —    

Weighted average remaining term to maturity
(in months)

     52       60       —    

Fair value recognized as an asset

   $ 13.8     $ 5.9     $ —    

Interest Rate Swaps:

      

Notional principal amounts:

      

Pay fixed rate/receive floating rate

   $ 9.3     $ 9.6     $ 26.2  

Weighted average interest rates:

      

Pay fixed (receive floating)

     5.51 %(5.33%)     5.51 %(4.29%)     5.07 %(2.28%)

Weighted average remaining term to maturity
(in months)

     76       85       86  

Fair value recognized as a liability

   $ 0.2     $ 0.4     $ 1.3  

Foreign Exchange Contracts:

      

Notional principal amounts

   $ 13.3     $ 17.4     $ —    

Weighted average remaining term to maturity
(in months)

     2       3       —    

Fair value recognized as an asset

   $ 0.1     $ —       $ —    
                        

 

F-66


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 18 – Legal Proceedings and Lease Commitments

Legal Proceedings

On July 12, 2005, People’s was served with a summons and complaint naming it as one of several defendants in a lawsuit filed by a group of retail merchants in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut. This case was subsequently transferred to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York in October 2005. Four similar lawsuits naming People’s as a defendant have since been filed by: four retail trade associations; a food-services industry wholesaler; a booksellers’ trade association; and a group of supermarkets and supermarket trade association, respectively, in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. Two of these additional lawsuits were filed on September 23, 2005 and the other two lawsuits were filed on November 14, 2005. On August 2, 2006, a separate class of retail merchants filed a similar lawsuit in the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina, naming People’s as a defendant. Other defendants in each lawsuit include VISA and MasterCard, as well as many banks across the country that issue (or at one time issued) VISA and/or MasterCard-branded credit cards. Each of these cases (except for the case filed in August 2006) has been consolidated for pretrial purposes in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York.

The plaintiffs allege that the defendants violated U.S. antitrust laws in connection with the imposition of “interchange” fees charged to merchants who accepted VISA and MasterCard credit cards as payment for sales of merchandise to the merchants’ customers. The trade association plaintiffs allege similar violations stemming from interchange fees charged to them when they accepted VISA and MasterCard credit cards as payment for various transactions with their members. The plaintiffs in each case are seeking to have the lawsuits certified as class actions.

People’s sold its credit card business to The Royal Bank of Scotland Group effective March 5, 2004.

On April 24, 2006, the plaintiffs in the cases consolidated in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York filed a consolidated amended complaint. People’s was not named as a defendant in the amended complaint. On August 29, 2006, the plaintiff in the case filed in United States District Court for the District of South Carolina filed a First Amended Class Action Complaint. People’s was not named as a defendant in the amended complaint.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

In the normal course of business, People’s is subject to various other legal proceedings. Management has discussed the nature of these legal proceedings with legal counsel. In the opinion of management, People’s financial condition or results of operations will not be affected materially as a result of the outcome of these other legal proceedings.

Lease Commitments

At December 31, 2005, People’s was obligated under various noncancelable operating leases for office space, which expire on various dates through 2027. Certain leases contain renewal options and provide for increased rentals based principally on the consumer price index and fair market rental value provisions. The future minimum rental commitments under operating leases in excess of one year at December 31, 2005 were: $18.1 million in 2006; $18.3 million in 2007; $15.9 million in 2008; $15.1 million in 2009; $13.7 million in 2010; and an aggregate of $34.1 million in 2011 through 2027. Rent expense under operating leases was $13.3 million and $12.6 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and $17.5 million, $16.8 million and $16.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

NOTE 19 – Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The following is a summary of the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of People’s financial instruments:

 

    

September 30,

2006

   December 31,
        2005    2004

(in millions)

   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value

Financial assets:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 535.4    $ 535.4    $ 423.5    $ 423.5    $ 333.2    $ 333.2

Securities (1)

     201.9      201.9      1,363.0      1,363.0      2,071.2      2,071.2

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     —        —        25.0      24.8      —        —  

Loans, net

     9,110.9      9,114.3      8,497.9      8,547.2      7,860.9      8,029.5

Accrued interest receivable

     43.6      43.6      42.7      42.7      37.4      37.4

Financial liabilities:

                 

Time deposits

     3,520.1      3,498.9      2,962.1      2,933.9      2,402.2      2,392.8

Other deposits

     5,458.5      5,458.5      6,120.5      6,120.5      6,459.8      6,459.8

Federal funds purchased

     13.6      13.6      269.9      269.9      240.8      240.8

FHLB advances

     —        —        25.0      25.0      100.0      100.0

Subordinated notes

     108.8      119.2      108.6      122.1      121.8      143.9

Accrued interest payable

     2.8      2.8      3.6      3.6      3.5      3.5

Derivative financial instruments: (2)

                 

Recognized as an asset:

                 

Interest rate floors

     13.8      13.8      5.9      5.9      —        —  

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     —        —        —        —        0.1      0.1

Foreign exchange contracts

     0.1      0.1      —        —        —        —  

Recognized as a liability:

                 

Interest rate swaps

     0.2      0.2      0.4      0.4      1.3      1.3

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     —        —        —        —        0.1      0.1

(1) Includes trading account securities of $29.5 million at September 30, 2006 and $27.3 million and $11.7 million at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. No other financial instruments in this table were held for trading purposes.

 

(2) See Note 17 for a further discussion of derivative financial instruments. People’s has certain off-balance-sheet financial instruments, as described in Note 17, with carrying amounts that primarily consist of deferred fee income and other accruals. The estimated fair values of these other instruments approximated the carrying amounts, which were not significant.

SFAS No. 107 requires disclosures about the fair values of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate fair value. Fair value is defined in SFAS No. 107 as the amount at which a financial instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced sale or liquidation. Quoted market prices are used to estimate fair values when those prices are available. However, active markets do not exist for

 

F-69


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

many types of financial instruments. Consequently, fair values for these instruments must be estimated by management using techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis and comparison to similar instruments. These estimates are highly subjective and require judgments regarding significant matters such as the amount and timing of future cash flows and the selection of discount rates that appropriately reflect market and credit risks. Changes in these judgments often have a material impact on the fair value estimates. In addition, since these estimates are made as of a specific point in time, they are susceptible to material near-term changes. Fair values disclosed in accordance with SFAS No. 107 do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from the sale of a large volume of a particular financial instrument, nor do they reflect possible tax ramifications or estimated transaction costs.

The following is a description of the principal valuation methods used by People’s to estimate the fair values of its financial assets and liabilities:

Securities

The fair values of securities were based primarily upon market prices or dealer quotes. Certain fair values were estimated using independent pricing models or were based on comparisons to market prices of similar securities.

Loans

For valuation purposes, the loan portfolio was segregated into its significant categories, which are residential mortgage, commercial real estate finance, commercial and consumer. These categories were further segregated, where appropriate, into components based on significant financial characteristics such as type of interest rate (fixed or adjustable) and payment status (performing or non-performing). Fair values were estimated for each component using a valuation method selected by management.

The fair values of performing residential mortgage, commercial real estate finance, commercial and consumer loans were estimated by discounting the anticipated cash flows from the respective portfolios. Estimates of the timing and amount of these cash flows considered factors such as future loan prepayments and credit losses. The discount rates reflected current market rates for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The fair values of non-performing loans were based on recent collateral appraisals or management’s analysis of estimated cash flows discounted at rates commensurate with the credit risk involved.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The fair value of home equity lines of credit was based on the outstanding loan balances, as required by SFAS No. 107, and, therefore, does not reflect the value associated with earnings from future loans to existing customers. Management believes that the fair value of these customer relationships has a substantial intangible value separate from the loan balances currently outstanding.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair values of time deposits represent contractual cash flows discounted using interest rates currently offered on time deposits with similar characteristics and remaining maturities. In accordance with SFAS No. 107, the fair values of other deposit liabilities (those with no stated maturity, such as checking and savings accounts) are equal to the carrying amounts payable on demand. As required by SFAS No. 107, deposit fair values do not include the intangible value of core deposit relationships that comprise a significant portion of People’s deposit base. Management believes that People’s core deposit relationships provide a relatively stable, low-cost funding source that has a substantial intangible value separate from the deposit balances.

Borrowings and Subordinated Notes

The fair values of FHLB advances represent contractual repayments discounted using interest rates currently available on advances with similar characteristics and remaining maturities. The fair values of subordinated notes were based on dealer quotes.

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities

The fair value of securities purchased under agreements to resell was estimated using an independent pricing model. Cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest receivable and payable, and federal funds purchased have fair values that approximate the respective carrying amounts because the instruments are payable on demand or have short-term maturities, and present relatively low credit risk and interest rate risk.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts for interest rate floors and interest rate swaps represent fair values. The fair values of interest rate floors and interest rate swaps were estimated using a valuation model based on market interest rates and other pricing terms prevailing for similar agreements at the valuation date. These fair values approximate the amounts that People’s would receive or pay to terminate the interest rate floors and interest rate swaps at the valuation date. The carrying amount for foreign exchange contracts represents fair value. The fair value of foreign exchange

 

F-71


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

contracts was estimated using a valuation model based on market interest rates and other pricing terms prevailing for similar agreements at the valuation date. The fair values of forward commitments to sell and interest rate-lock commitments on fixed-rate residential mortgage loans were estimated based on current secondary market prices for commitments with similar terms.

Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values of People’s off-balance-sheet financial instruments approximate the respective carrying amounts. These include commitments to extend credit and unadvanced lines of credit for which fair values were estimated based on an analysis of the interest rates and fees currently charged to enter into similar transactions, considering the remaining terms of the commitments and the creditworthiness of the potential borrowers.

NOTE 20 – Business Segment Information

SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” requires public companies to report (i) certain financial and descriptive information about “reportable operating segments,” as defined, and (ii) certain enterprise-wide financial information about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. Operating segment information is reported using a “management approach” that is based on the way management organizes the segments for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing performance.

People’s reportable operating segments are as follows:

Commercial Banking consists principally of commercial lending, commercial real estate finance lending and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes cash management, correspondent banking, municipal banking, as well as the equipment financing operations of PCLC.

Consumer Financial Services includes, as its principal business lines, consumer deposit gathering activities, residential mortgage lending and home equity and other consumer lending. In addition to trust services, this segment also includes brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by PSI, and other insurance services provided through RC Knox.

Treasury encompasses the securities portfolio, short-term investments and wholesale funding activities, such as borrowings, and the Funding Center, which includes the impact of derivative instruments used for risk management purposes.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

People’s business segment disclosure is based on information generated by an internal profitability reporting system, which generates information by operating segment based on a series of management estimates and allocations regarding funds transfer pricing (“FTP”), the provision for loan losses, non-interest expense and income taxes. These estimates and allocations, some of which can be subjective in nature, are continually being reviewed and refined. Any changes in estimates and allocations that may affect the reported results of a business segment will not affect the consolidated financial position or results of operation of People’s as a whole. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current presentation (see below).

FTP is used in the calculation of the respective operating segment’s net interest income, and measures the value of funds used in and provided by an operating segment. Under this process, a money desk buys funds from liability-generating business lines (such as consumer deposits) and sells funds to asset-generating business lines (such as commercial lending). The price at which funds are bought and sold on any given day is set by People’s Treasury group and is based on the wholesale cost to People’s of assets and liabilities with similar maturities. Liability-generating businesses sell newly originated liabilities to the money desk and recognize a funding credit, while asset-generating businesses buy funding for newly originated assets from the money desk and recognize a funding charge. Once funding for an asset is purchased from or a liability is sold to the money desk, the price that is set by the Treasury group will remain with that asset or liability until it matures or reprices, which effectively transfers responsibility for managing interest rate risk to the Treasury group. This process results in a difference, which is reflected in the Funding Center as part of Treasury.

In the second quarter of 2006, the results of the Funding Center, previously included in Other, were reclassified to Treasury. In the first quarter of 2006, People’s revised its FTP methodology assumptions relating to those deposit products with indeterminate maturities, based on a comprehensive historical analysis of the implied maturities and repricing characteristics of those deposits. As a result, the duration for most of those deposits was lengthened, which in turn increased their value and corresponding FTP credit. Segment information for all periods presented reflects the changes resulting from the reclassification of the Funding Center to Treasury and the revised FTP methodology assumptions.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The provision for loan losses for the Commercial Banking and Consumer Financial Services segments is generally based on a five-year rolling average net charge-off rate for the respective operating segment. The provision for loan losses for the national consumer loan portfolio is based on the actual loan loss provision for the year.

People’s allocates a majority of non-interest expenses to the operating segments using a full-absorption costing process. Direct and indirect costs are analyzed and pooled by process and assigned to the appropriate operating segment. Corporate overhead costs are assigned to operating segments using a standard allocation process. Income tax expense is allocated to each operating segment using a constant rate, based on an estimate of the consolidated effective income tax rate for the year.

The category “Other” includes the residual financial impact from the allocation of revenues and expenses and certain revenues and expenses not attributable to a particular segment This category also includes: revenues and expenses relating to the national consumer loan portfolio; liability restructuring costs in 2004 and 2003; other nonrecurring expenses; and income from discontinued operations, including the gain on sale of the credit card business, and benefits from completed IRS audits in each year. Total assets at year end for each reportable operating segment represent earning assets. Included in “Other” are assets such as cash, national consumer loans, premises and equipment, assets of discontinued operations (in 2003), and other assets.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

The following tables provide selected financial information for People’s reportable operating segments:

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2006

(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
   Consumer
Financial
Services
   Treasury     Total
Reportable
Segments
   Other     Total
Consolidated

Net interest income

   $ 96.6    $ 194.2    $ (21.1 )   $ 269.7    $ 16.6     $ 286.3

Provision for loan losses

     7.7      2.3      —         10.0      (8.0 )     2.0

Non-interest income

     15.4      105.3      (20.6 )     100.1      2.0       102.1

Non-interest expense

     57.9      196.5      1.1       255.5      5.8       261.3
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations before
income tax expense (benefit)

     46.4      100.7      (42.8 )     104.3      20.8       125.1

Income tax expense (benefit)

     16.3      35.6      (17.3 )     34.6      7.5       42.1
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     30.1      65.1      (25.5 )     69.7      13.3       83.0
                                           

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        —        —         —        1.7       1.7
                                           

Net income (loss)

   $ 30.1    $ 65.1    $ (25.5 )   $ 69.7    $ 15.0     $ 84.7
                                           

Total assets at end of period

   $ 4,001.5    $ 5,333.1    $ 546.1     $ 9,880.7    $ 731.4     $ 10,612.1
                                           

Nine months ended September 30, 2005

(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
   Consumer
Financial
Services
   Treasury     Total
Reportable
Segments
   Other     Total
Consolidated

Net interest income

   $ 97.4    $ 200.5    $ (34.2 )   $ 263.7    $ 12.7     $ 276.4

Provision for loan losses

     6.9      2.7      —         9.6      (6.3 )     3.3

Non-interest income

     18.6      98.3      1.9       118.8      2.3       121.1

Non-interest expense

     54.9      194.0      1.3       250.2      3.6       253.8
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations before
income tax expense (benefit)

     54.2      102.1      (33.6 )     122.7      17.7       140.4

Income tax expense (benefit)

     18.9      37.0      (11.8 )     44.1      4.7       48.8
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     35.3      65.1      (21.8 )     78.6      13.0       91.6
                                           

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        —        —         —        4.1       4.1

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        —        —         —        6.2       6.2
                                           

Income from discontinued operations

     —        —        —         —        10.3       10.3
                                           

Net income (loss)

   $ 35.3    $ 65.1    $ (21.8 )   $ 78.6    $ 23.3     $ 101.9
                                           

Total assets at end of period

   $ 3,659.2    $ 4,859.6    $ 1,749.6     $ 10,268.4    $ 622.7     $ 10,891.1
                                           

 

F-75


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Year ended December 31, 2005

(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
   Consumer
Financial
Services
   Treasury     Total
Reportable
Segments
   Other     Total
Consolidated
 

Net interest income

   $ 129.7    $ 266.4    $ (43.0 )   $ 353.1    $ 16.6     $ 369.7  

Provision for loan losses

     9.4      3.5      —         12.9      (4.3 )     8.6  

Non-interest income

     23.7      143.5      4.1       171.3      2.0       173.3  

Non-interest expense

     73.7      259.4      1.4       334.5      9.9       344.4  
                                             

Income (loss) from continuing operations before
income tax expense (benefit)

     70.3      147.0      (40.3 )     177.0      13.0       190.0  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     24.6      52.8      (15.3 )     62.1      2.0       64.1  
                                             

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     45.7      94.2      (25.0 )     114.9      11.0       125.9  
                                             

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        —        —         —        5.0       5.0  

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        —        —         —        6.2       6.2  
                                             

Income from discontinued operations

     —        —        —         —        11.2       11.2  
                                             

Net income (loss)

   $ 45.7    $ 94.2    $ (25.0 )   $ 114.9    $ 22.2     $ 137.1  
                                             

Total assets at year end

   $ 3,812.2    $ 4,900.7    $ 1,553.2     $ 10,266.1    $ 666.4     $ 10,932.5  
                                             

Year ended December 31, 2004

(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
   Consumer
Financial
Services
   Treasury     Total
Reportable
Segments
   Other     Total
Consolidated
 

Net interest income

   $ 125.8    $ 268.0    $ (88.4 )   $ 305.4    $ 21.7     $ 327.1  

Provision for loan losses

     8.8      3.3      —         12.1      1.2       13.3  

Non-interest income

     19.8      129.5      (4.4 )     144.9      6.8       151.7  

Non-interest expense

     67.4      252.1      0.2       319.7      160.0       479.7  
                                             

Income (loss) from continuing operations before
income tax expense (benefit)

     69.4      142.1      (93.0 )     118.5      (132.7 )     (14.2 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

     24.3      52.1      (32.5 )     43.9      (52.5 )     (8.6 )
                                             

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     45.1      90.0      (60.5 )     74.6      (80.2 )     (5.6 )
                                             

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        —        —         —        6.8       6.8  

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        —        —         —        198.5       198.5  
                                             

Income from discontinued operations

     —        —        —         —        205.3       205.3  
                                             

Net income (loss)

   $ 45.1    $ 90.0    $ (60.5 )   $ 74.6    $ 125.1     $ 199.7  
                                             

Total assets at year end

   $ 3,531.8    $ 4,487.9    $ 2,086.8     $ 10,106.5    $ 611.4     $ 10,717.9  
                                             

 

F-76


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2003

(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
   Consumer
Financial
Services
   Treasury     Total
Reportable
Segments
   Other     Total
Consolidated

Net interest income

   $ 120.3    $ 264.3    $ (110.2 )   $ 274.4    $ 7.2     $ 281.6

Provision for loan losses

     7.1      2.3      —         9.4      7.3       16.7

Non-interest income

     22.4      138.3      (0.3 )     160.4      5.9       166.3

Non-interest expense

     60.1      258.1      3.4       321.6      24.4       346.0
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit)

     75.5      142.2      (113.9 )     103.8      (18.6 )     85.2

Income tax expense (benefit)

     25.1      49.6      (40.1 )     34.6      (12.1 )     22.5
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     50.4      92.6      (73.8 )     69.2      (6.5 )     62.7

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        —        —         —        1.1       1.1
                                           

Net income (loss)

   $ 50.4    $ 92.6    $ (73.8 )   $ 69.2    $ (5.4 )   $ 63.8
                                           

Total assets at year end

   $ 3,040.1    $ 4,075.1    $ 2,452.7     $ 9,567.9    $ 2,103.6     $ 11,671.5
                                           

NOTE 21 – Discontinued Operations

On March 5, 2004, People’s completed the sale of its credit card business, which included $2.0 billion of credit card receivables, as well as the transfer of its related credit card operations and 420 employees, to The Royal Bank of Scotland Group (“RBS”). Gross proceeds from the sale, after the completion of normal post-closing adjustments, totaled $2.4 billion. The net pre-tax gain on sale of $305.4 million, after deducting transaction-related costs and other adjustments, is included in income from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

As a result of the sale of the credit card business, the assets and results of operations of this business for all years prior to the sale were reclassified to discontinued operations in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Interest expense was allocated to discontinued operations by applying the weighted-average cost of funds previously used for credit card business segment reporting purposes to the discontinued operation’s average earning assets for 2004 and 2003, with a corresponding reduction in total interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Consolidated Statements of Condition included an accrued liability of $24.3 million at December 31, 2004 for contract termination and other exit costs related to the credit card sale. In 2005, People’s resolved the remaining issues regarding its financial obligations under a contract for the servicing of its credit card portfolio. Therefore, the accrued liability was reversed and a $9.7 million pre-tax gain was recorded, which is included in income from discontinued operations on an after-tax basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and the year ended

 

F-77


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

December 31, 2005, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Income from discontinued operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 includes an after-tax charge of $0.5 million from the resolution of a contingency related to the credit card sale.

People’s continues to generate recoveries from collection efforts on previously charged-off credit card accounts that were not included in the sale of the credit card business. These recoveries are included in income from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Recoveries, net of collection costs, totaled $3.4 million and $6.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and $7.7 million and $11.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

NOTE 22 – Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

On September 20, 2006, People’s and Holdings announced their plan to convert from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. The Boards of Holdings and People’s have adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan, Holdings will merge with and into People’s, with People’s as the surviving entity, and People’s will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial, Inc. (“PUFI”), a Delaware corporation.

In connection with the conversion, shares of People’s common stock currently owned by Holdings will be cancelled and new shares of common stock, representing the 57.7% ownership interest of Holdings, will be offered for sale by PUFI. Concurrent with the completion of the offering, People’s existing public stockholders will receive shares of PUFI common stock for each share of People’s common stock they own at that date, based on an exchange ratio to ensure that they will own approximately the same percentage of PUFI common stock as they owned of People’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion.

The transactions contemplated by the Plan are subject to approval by People’s stockholders (other than Holdings), its depositors and the OTS. Special meetings of People’s stockholders and depositors will be held to approve the Plan, likely in the first quarter of 2007.

PUFI intends to contribute 2 million shares of PUFI common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the net offering proceeds to The People’s Community Foundation (the “Foundation”), a charitable foundation to be established in connection with the conversion and offering. The shares of common stock contributed to the

 

F-78


Table of Contents

People’s Bank and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information with respect to September 30, 2006 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is unaudited)

 

Foundation will be in addition to the shares being offered for sale. This contribution of common stock and cash will be an additional operating expense and will reduce PUFI’s net income in the year that the Foundation is established, which is expected to be the year ending December 31, 2007.

People’s has incurred $0.3 million of conversion costs through September 30, 2006. If the conversion is completed, conversion costs will be netted against the offering proceeds. If the conversion is terminated, such costs will be expensed.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

LOGO

Up to 185,437,500 Shares of Common Stock

(subject to increase to up to 213,253,125 shares)

 


PROSPECTUS

 


RYAN BECK & CO.

__________, 2007


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

The prospectus included in this Registration Statement contains two alternative forms of front and back cover pages, one set of which will be used in connection with a subscription offering to our depositors, and the other in an offering to the general public through a syndicate of selected dealers. The front and back cover pages for the syndicated offering prospectus have been labeled “Alternate Cover Page for Syndicated Offering Prospectus.”

This explanatory note will not appear in final prospectus.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION – DATED FEBRUARY 2, 2007

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

Up to 185,437,500 Shares of Common Stock

(subject to increase to up to 213,253,125 shares)

People’s United Financial, Inc. is offering up to 185,437,500 shares of its common stock for sale in connection with the conversion of People’s Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure. We may increase the maximum number of shares that we sell in the offering, without notice to persons who have subscribed for shares, by up to 15%, to 213,253,125 shares, as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets. The shares of People’s United Financial common stock are being offered for sale at a price of $20.00 per share. People’s Bank common stock is currently listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “PBCT.” We expect People’s United Financial common stock to trade on that market under the symbol “PBCTD” for a period of 20 trading days after completion of the offering. Thereafter, People’s United Financial’s trading symbol will revert to “PBCT.” Concurrent with the completion of the offering, shares of People’s Bank common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for shares of People’s United Financial common stock so that People’s Bank’s existing public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of People’s United Financial common stock as they owned of People’s Bank common stock immediately prior to the conversion. In connection with the conversion, we also intend to form The People’s Community Foundation and contribute to it 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the offering proceeds.

People’s United Financial is offering these shares for sale to People’s Bank’s depositors in a subscription offering and to the general public through a syndicate of selected dealers. People’s Bank’s depositors have a priority right to purchase shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the subscription offering, and accordingly, the number of shares available for sale in the syndicated offering will be reduced by the number of shares sold in the subscription offering. In order to complete the subscription offering and the syndicated offering we must sell, in the aggregate, a minimum of 137,062,500 shares. The minimum purchase is 25 shares. The syndicated offering is expected to expire on or about [Expiration Date], 2007. However, we may extend this expiration date without notice to you to up to [Extension Date 1], or such later date as the Office of Thrift Supervision may approve, which will not be beyond [Extension Date 2]. The offering must be completed no later than 24 months after People’s Bank’s depositors approve the plan of conversion. After that, the offering may not be extended by us or by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The members of the syndicate will deposit any funds they receive from interested investors prior to closing of the syndicated offering into one or more separate non-interest bearing accounts.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is acting as sole book-running manager and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. is acting as joint lead manager for the syndicated offering, which is being conducted on a best efforts basis. None of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. or any other member of the syndicate is required to purchase any shares in the offering.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. Please read the Risk Factors beginning on page [26].

 


OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $20.00 per share

 

     Minimum    Maximum    Adjusted
Maximum

Number of shares

     137,062,500      185,437,500      213,253,125

Gross offering proceeds

   $ 2,741,250,000    $ 3,708,750,000    $ 4,265,062,500

Estimated offering expenses (1)

   $ 83,572,500    $ 122,272,500    $ 144,525,000

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 2,657,677,500    $ 3,586,477,500    $ 4,120,537,500

Estimated net proceeds per share

   $ 19.39    $ 19.34    $ 19.32

(1) Includes: (1) selling commissions payable by us to Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. in connection with the subscription offering equal to the lesser of 1% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the subscription offering or $12.0 million; (2) fees and selling commissions payable by us to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. and the other syndicate members participating in the syndicated offering equal to 4% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated offering; and (3) other fees and expenses of the offering estimated to be $10.0 million. Does not include an advisory fee in the amount of $5.0 million payable to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated in the event gross proceeds from the subscription offering equal or exceed $1.75 billion. Also does not include an additional advisory fee in the amount of $2.5 million payable, in People’s Bank’s sole discretion, to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated in the event gross proceeds from the subscription offering equal or exceed $2.5 billion. For information regarding compensation to be received by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. and the other syndicate members that may participate in the syndicated offering, including the assumptions regarding the number of shares that may be sold in the subscription offering and the syndicated offering to determine the estimated offering expenses, see “ Pro Forma Data ” on page [      ] and “ The Conversion and Offer ing—Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent Compensation ” on page [      ].

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

M ORGAN S TANLEY

S OLE B OOK -R UNNING M ANAGER

R YAN B ECK & C O .

J OINT L EAD M ANAGER

The date of this prospectus is                      , 2007

[Alternate Cover Page for Syndicated Offering Prospectus]


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

 

 

 

Up to 185,437,500 Shares of Common Stock

(subject to increase to up to 213,253,125 shares)

 


PROSPECTUS

 


 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY (S ole Book-Running Manager)

 

RYAN BECK & CO. (Joint Lead Manager)                   

 

 

                     , 2007

 

 

 

 

[Alternate Cover Page for Syndicated Offering Prospectus]


Table of Contents

Alternate Prospectus for Exchange Offer

Explanatory Note

People’s United Financial, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock for sale to eligible depositors and the public in connection with the conversion of People’s Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure (the “Offering”). Concurrent with the completion of the Offering, shares of People’s Bank common stock owned by the public will be canceled and exchanged for shares of People’s United Financial common stock so that People’s Bank’s existing public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of People’s United Financial common stock as they owned of People’s Bank’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion and Offering (the “Exchange Offer”). This alternate prospectus serves as the proxy statement for the special meeting of stockholders of People’s Bank and the prospectus for the shares of People’s United Financial to be issued in the Exchange Offer.

The cover page through page 38 of this proxy statement/prospectus replace the cover page through page 34 of the prospectus for the Offering.

Pages 39 through 223 of this proxy statement/prospectus are identical to pages 35 through 219 of the prospectus for the Offering.

Pages 208 through 278 of this proxy statement/prospectus replace pages 204 through 263 of the prospectus for the Offering.

Pages F-1 through F-79 of this proxy statement/prospectus are identical to pages F-1 through F-79 of the prospectus for the Offering.

The back cover page of this proxy statement/prospectus replaces the back cover page of the prospectus for the Offering.

This explanatory note will not appear in the final proxy statement/prospectus.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION – DATED FEBRUARY 2, 2007

 

LOGO   LOGO

PROSPECTUS OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

PROXY STATEMENT OF PEOPLE’S BANK

People’s Bank and its parent, People’s Mutual Holdings, are converting from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public ownership structure. Currently, People’s Mutual Holdings owns 57.7% of People’s Bank’s common stock. The remaining 42.3% of People’s Bank’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, our newly formed company, called People’s United Financial, Inc., will become the parent of People’s Bank. Shares of People’s Bank common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 100,491,584 and 135,959,202 shares of common stock of People’s United Financial (subject to increase to 156,353,083 shares as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets) so that People’s Bank’s existing public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of People’s United Financial common stock as they owned of People’s Bank’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion. The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the exchange ratio, which will depend on the percentage of People’s Bank common stock held by the public at the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of People’s United Financial and the number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock sold in the offering. It will not depend on the market price of People’s Bank common stock. See “ The Conversion and Offering–The Share Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock for People’s United Financial Common Stock ” for a discussion of the exchange ratio. Based on the $[__] per share closing price of People’s Bank common stock as of the last trading day prior to the date of this proxy/prospectus, unless at least [              ] shares of People’s United Financial common stock are sold in the offering (close to the maximum of the offering range), the initial value of the People’s United Financial common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the People’s Bank common stock you currently own. See “ Risk Factors–The Market Value of People’s United Financial Common Stock Received in the Share Exchange May Be Less than the Market Value of People’s Bank Common Stock Exchanged .”

Concurrently with the exchange offer, we are offering up to 185,437,500 shares of common stock of People’s United Financial, representing the 57.7% ownership interest of People’s Mutual Holdings in People’s Bank, for sale to eligible depositors and to the public at a price of $20.00 per share. We may increase the maximum number of shares that we sell in the offering, without notice to persons who have subscribed for shares, by up to 15%, to 213,253,125 shares, as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets. The conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings and the offering and exchange of common stock by People’s United Financial is referred to herein as the “conversion and offering.” After the conversion and offering are completed, People’s Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial, and 100% of the common stock of People’s United Financial will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and offering, People’s Mutual Holdings will cease to exist.

People’s Bank common stock is currently listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “PBCT.” We expect People’s United Financial common stock to trade on that market under the symbol “PBCTD” for a period of 20 trading days after completion of the offering. Thereafter, People’s United Financial’s trading symbol will revert to “PBCT.” In connection with the conversion, we also intend to form The People’s Community Foundation and contribute to it 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the offering proceeds.

The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of People’s Bank approve the plan of conversion. People’s Bank is holding a special meeting of stockholders of People’s Bank at [__], on [__], 2007 at [__], Eastern Time, to consider and vote upon:

 

 

1.

The amended and restated agreement and plan of conversion and reorganization (the “plan of conversion”) of People’s Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings;

 

 

2.

The establishment and funding of The People’s Community Foundation;

 

 

3.

Certain provisions to be included in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation; and


Table of Contents
 

4.

Any other matters that may properly come before the special meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. (Note: Management is not aware of any such other matters at this time.)

People’s Bank’s board of directors unanimously recommends that its stockholders vote “FOR” each proposal.

This document serves as the proxy statement for the special meeting of stockholders of People’s Bank and the prospectus for the shares of People’s United Financial common stock to be issued in exchange for shares of People’s Bank common stock. We urge you to read this entire document carefully. You can also obtain information about our companies from documents that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Office of Thrift Supervision. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by People’s United Financial of its shares of common stock in the subscription offering and any syndicated offering, both of which will be made pursuant to a separate prospectus.

Shares of People’s United Financial common stock are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

For assistance, please call our proxy information agent, Georgeson Inc. at 1-866-277-1186, Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m., Eastern Time, Saturday from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time and Sunday from 11:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time.

The date of this proxy statement/prospectus is [              ], 2007, and is first being mailed to stockholders of People’s Bank on or about [              ], 2007.

REFERENCE TO ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

This proxy statement/prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about People’s Bank, People’s United Financial and People’s Mutual Holdings from other documents that are not included in, or delivered with, this proxy statement/prospectus, including the plan of conversion. This information is available to you without charge upon your written or oral request. You can obtain these documents relating to People’s Bank, People’s United Financial and People’s Mutual Holdings by requesting them in writing or by telephone from:

People’s Bank

Bridgeport Center

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

Attention: Investor Relations

(203) 338-7228

If you would like to request documents, you must do so no later than [              ], 2007 in order to receive them before People’s Bank’s special meeting of stockholders. You will not be charged for any of these documents that you request.

For additional information regarding where you can find information about People’s Bank, People’s United Financial and People’s Mutual Holdings, please see the section entitled “ Where You Can Find Additional Information ” beginning on page [__] of this proxy statement/prospectus. A copy of the plan of conversion and its exhibits is available for inspection at each of People’s Bank’s branches.

For information on submitting your proxy, please refer to the instructions on the enclosed proxy card.


Table of Contents

People’s Bank

Bridgeport Center

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

(203) 338-7171

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

TO BE HELD ON [              ], 2007

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a special meeting of stockholders of People’s Bank (the “Special Meeting”) will be held at [          ] Bridgeport, Connecticut on [              ], [              ], 2007 at [              ], Eastern Time, to consider and vote upon:

 

 

1.

The amended and restated agreement and plan of conversion and reorganization (the “plan of conversion”) pursuant to which, among other things, People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s United Financial”) will offer for sale shares of its common stock and shares of common stock of People’s Bank currently held by public stockholders will be exchanged for shares of People’s United Financial. As a result, People’s Mutual Holdings will no longer exist as a separate entity, and People’s Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial;

 

 

2.

The establishment of The People’s Community Foundation, a Delaware non-stock corporation dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes within People’s Bank’s market area, and the funding of the charitable foundation with 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the net offering proceeds;

 

 

3.

Increasing the amount of authorized capital stock from 450 million shares of common stock and 50 million shares of preferred stock in People’s Bank’s Charter to 3.2 billion shares of common stock and 800 million shares of preferred stock in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation;

 

 

4.

Limiting the voting rights of certain stockholders in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation;

 

 

5.

Providing in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation that directors may be removed only for cause and upon the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of voting stock;

 

 

6.

Including provisions governing business combinations with interested stockholders in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation;

 

 

7.

Providing in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation that special meetings of stockholders may be called only upon adoption of a resolution by three-fourths of the directors then in office;

 

 

8.

Precluding stockholder action without a meeting in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation;

 

 

9.

Including provisions in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporations that limit certain amendments to People’s United Financial’s Bylaws;

 

 

10.

Including provisions in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation that limit certain amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation; and

 

 

11.

Any other matters that may properly come before the Special Meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. (Note: Management is not aware of any such other matters at this time.)

The Board of Directors has fixed [              ], 2007 as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Special Meeting and at any adjournment or postponement thereof.

The following proxy statement/prospectus is a summary of information about People’s Bank and the proposed conversion and offering. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at every People’s Bank branch.

 

By Order of the Board of Directors,

    

John A. Klein

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

Bridgeport, Connecticut

[                      ], 2007

Your prompt vote is very important. Failure to vote will have the same effect as voting against each of the proposals. Without sufficient favorable votes, we cannot proceed with the conversion and offering and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.

 

i


Table of Contents

The Board of Directors recommends that you promptly vote the enclosed proxy card(s) in favor of the adoption of the plan of conversion, the establishment and funding of The People’s Community Foundation and the provisions proposed to be included in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation. Proxy votes must be cast prior to the commencement of the Special Meeting. Voting a proxy card will not prevent you from voting in person at the Special Meeting.

We have mailed a proxy card with this proxy statement/prospectus to each of our registered stockholders as of the record date.

 

ii


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This proxy statement/prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation would be unlawful. The affairs of People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s United Financial, People’s Bank and their subsidiaries may change after the date of this proxy statement/prospectus. Delivery of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange of shares of People’s United Financial common stock made hereunder does not mean otherwise.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF PEOPLE’S BANK

   1

SUMMARY

   5

RISK FACTORS

   22

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

   31

PROPOSALS RELATING TO THE CONVERSION AND THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

   35

PROPOSAL 1 – APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION

   35

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   39

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

   41

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

   44

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RECONCILIATION TO GAAP

   49

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

   55

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

   57

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

   58

BANK REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

   59

CAPITALIZATION

   61

PRO FORMA DATA

   63

COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

   71

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   72

BUSINESS OF PEOPLE’S BANK

   110

BUSINESS OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

   142

REGULATION OF PEOPLE’S BANK AND PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

   143

TAXATION

   155

PROPERTIES

   157

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   157

MANAGEMENT OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

   158

MANAGEMENT OF PEOPLE’S BANK

   162

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

   219

PROPOSED PURCHASES OF COMMON STOCK BY MANAGEMENT

   222

INTEREST OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN MATTERS TO BE ACTED UPON

   224

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

   227

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING PEOPLE’S BANK STOCKHOLDERS

   251

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL AND PEOPLE’S BANK

   256

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

   262

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 2 – THE ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF THE PEOPLE’S COMMUNITY FOUNDATION

  264

PROPOSALS RELATING TO THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

  268

PROPOSAL 3 – APPROVAL OF INCREASE IN AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

 

268

PROPOSAL 4 – APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS LIMITING VOTING RIGHTS

 

270

PROPOSAL 5 – APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS LIMITING REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

271

PROPOSAL 6 – APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS GOVERNING BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED
STOCKHOLDERS

 

271

PROPOSAL 7 – APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS LIMITING CALLING SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

273

PROPOSAL 8 – APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS PRECLUDING STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING

 

274

PROPOSAL 9 – APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS LIMITING CERTAIN AMENDMENTS TO BYLAWS

 

274

PROPOSAL 10 – APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS LIMITING CERTAIN AMENDMENTS TO THE CERTIFICATE OF
INCORPORATION

 

275

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

  277

LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS

  277

EXPERTS

  277

REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

  277

OTHER MATTERS

  277

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

  278

 

iv


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF PEOPLE’S BANK

You should read this document for more information about the conversion and offering. The plan of conversion described herein has been conditionally approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

The Proxy Vote

 

Q. What are the proposals that our stockholders are being asked to approve?

 

A. People’s Bank stockholders as of [              ], 2007 are asked to vote on the plan of conversion. Under the plan of conversion, People’s Mutual Holdings will convert from the mutual holding company form to a stock holding company, and as part of such conversion, People’s United Financial will offer for sale, in the form of shares of its common stock, People’s Mutual Holdings’ 57.7% ownership interest in People’s Bank. In addition to the shares of common stock to be issued to those who purchase shares in the offering, public stockholders of People’s Bank as of the completion of the conversion will receive shares of People’s United Financial common stock in exchange for their existing shares.

People’s Bank stockholders as of [              ], 2007 are also asked to vote on the establishment and funding of The People’s Community Foundation. As part of the conversion and offering, we will fund the charitable foundation with 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the net offering proceeds.

People’s Bank stockholders as of [              ], 2007 are also asked to vote on certain provisions to be included in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation that are materially different from the provisions contained in People’s Bank’s Charter.

 

Q. What is the conversion?

 

A. People’s Bank and its parent, People’s Mutual Holdings, are converting from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public ownership structure. Currently, People’s Mutual Holdings owns 57.7% of People’s Bank’s common stock. The remaining 42.3% of People’s Bank’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, our newly formed company, called People’s United Financial, Inc., will become the parent of People’s Bank.

Shares of common stock of People’s United Financial, representing the 57.7% ownership interest of People’s Mutual Holdings in People’s Bank, are being offered for sale to eligible depositors and to the public. At the completion of the conversion and offering, current public stockholders of People’s Bank will exchange their shares of People’s Bank common stock for shares of common stock of People’s United Financial.

After the conversion and offering are completed, People’s Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial, and 100% of the common stock of People’s United Financial will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and offering, People’s Mutual Holdings will cease to exist.

See “ The Conversion and Offering ” beginning on page [              ] of this proxy statement/prospectus, for more information about the conversion.

 

1


Table of Contents
Q. What are the reasons for the conversion and offering?

 

A. The conversion and offering are intended to provide us with significantly greater access to capital than is available to us under the mutual holding company structure and to significantly increase the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, the stock holding company structure will provide us with more flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions. The net proceeds raised in the offering will allow us to:

 

    finance de novo expansion and support organic growth both inside and outside of the state of Connecticut;

 

    acquire other financial institutions, branches of other financial institutions or other businesses related to banking (although there is no specific agreement with any institution or business at this time);

 

    increase lending to support continued growth in our commercial banking loan portfolios;

 

    establish and fund a charitable foundation to benefit the communities we serve; and

 

    use the additional capital for other general corporate purposes.

 

Q. What is The People’s Community Foundation?

 

A. To continue our long-standing commitment to our local communities, we intend to establish a charitable foundation, The People’s Community Foundation, to benefit the communities that we serve. We will fund the charitable foundation with 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the net offering proceeds. The People’s Community Foundation will make grants and donations to non-profit and community groups and projects within our market areas. We believe the charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of our banking franchise.

 

Q. Why should I vote?

 

A. You are not required to vote, but your vote is very important. In order for us to implement the plan of conversion, establish and fund the charitable foundation and implement the proposed changes to the People’s United Financial Certificate of Incorporation, we must receive the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting. People’s Mutual Holdings intends to vote its ownership interest in People’s Bank in favor of both proposals. However, we must also obtain the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting, excluding shares held by People’s Mutual Holdings, to approve the plan of conversion and establish and fund the charitable foundation. YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE “FOR” EACH PROPOSAL.

 

Q. What happens if I don’t vote?

 

A. Your prompt vote is very important. Not voting will have the same effect as voting “ Against ” each of the proposals. Without sufficient favorable votes, we will not proceed with the conversion and offering or establish and fund the charitable foundation.

 

2


Table of Contents
Q. How do I vote?

 

A. You should sign your proxy card and return it in the enclosed proxy reply envelope. Alternatively, you may vote by Internet or telephone by following the simple instructions on the proxy card. Each proxy card has a unique number to be entered if you choose to vote by Internet or telephone. PLEASE VOTE PROMPTLY. NOT VOTING HAS THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING “ AGAINST ” THE PROPOSALS.

 

Q. If my shares are held in street name, will my broker automatically vote on my behalf?

 

A. No. Your broker will not be able to vote your shares without instructions from you. You should instruct your broker to vote your shares, using the directions that your broker provides to you.

 

Q. What if I do not give voting instructions to my broker?

 

A. If you do not instruct your broker to vote your shares by proxy, each unvoted share will have the same effect as a vote against each of the proposals. We urge you to vote your proxy card. If you don’t have your proxy card, contact your broker.

The Exchange

 

Q. I own People’s Bank common stock. What will happen to my shares?

 

A. Effective upon the date of completion of the conversion and offering, expected to be in [              ] 2007, your shares of People’s Bank common stock will be canceled and exchanged for new shares of People’s United Financial common stock.

 

Q. How many shares of People’s United Financial stock will I receive in the share exchange?

 

A. You will receive between 1.6712 and 2.2611 shares (subject to increase to 2.6003 shares) of People’s United Financial common stock for each share of People’s Bank common stock you own on the date of the completion of the conversion and offering. You will receive cash for the value of any fractional share. For example, if you own 100 shares of People’s Bank common stock, and the exchange ratio is 1.9662, after the conversion you will receive 196 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $12.40 in cash, the value of the fractional share, based on the $20.00 per share offering price. Stockholders who hold shares in street-name at a brokerage firm will receive these funds in their brokerage account. Stockholders with stock certificates or shares held in book-entry form will receive checks.

The actual number of shares that you receive will depend on the exchange ratio, which will depend on the percentage of People’s Bank common stock held by the public at the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of People’s United Financial and on the number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock sold in the offering. It will not depend on the market price of People’s Bank common stock. See “ The Conversion and Offering – The Share Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock for People’s United Financial Common Stock ” beginning on page [          ] of this proxy statement/prospectus for a discussion of the exchange ratio.

 

Q. How will my existing People’s Bank shares be exchanged?

 

A.

If your shares of People’s Bank common stock are held in street name at a brokerage firm or are held in book-entry form by our transfer agent, Mellon Investor Services LLC, promptly upon

 

3


Table of Contents
 

completion of the conversion, your shares will be automatically exchanged within your account, without any action on your part. The number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock that you own will be reflected on your brokerage statement, or, if your shares are held in book-entry form, Mellon Investor Services LLC will mail you an account statement indicating the number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock held by you.

If you have possession of a stock certificate, shortly after completion of the conversion, you will receive a transmittal form with instructions on how to surrender your People’s Bank stock certificate to our transfer agent, acting as exchange agent. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock issued to you in the exchange will be issued in book-entry form, meaning that you will not receive a stock certificate. Within [              ] business days after the exchange agent receives your properly completed and signed transmittal form, accompanied by your People’s Bank stock certificate, our transfer agent, Mellon Investor Services LLC, will mail you an account statement indicating the number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock held in book-entry by Mellon Investor Services LLC on your behalf. The account statement will be accompanied by information telling you how to obtain a stock certificate, and how to transfer your shares to a brokerage account. Please do not send in your stock certificate until you receive a transmittal form and instructions.

Further Questions?

For answers to other questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus. Questions about voting may be directed to our proxy information agent, Georgeson Inc. at 1-866-277-1186, Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m., Eastern Time, Saturday from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time and Sunday from 11:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time.

 

4


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary highlights the material information from this proxy statement/prospectus and may not contain all the information that is important to you. You should read this entire document carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “The Conversion and Offering” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements, before making a decision to invest in our common stock.

What This Document Is About

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank and the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings have adopted a plan of conversion pursuant to which People’s Bank will reorganize from a mutual holding company structure to a stock form holding company structure. As part of the conversion, People’s Bank formed People’s United Financial. Public stockholders of People’s Bank will receive shares in People’s United Financial in exchange for their shares of People’s Bank common stock based on an exchange ratio. This conversion to a stock holding company structure also includes the offering by People’s United Financial of its outstanding shares of its common stock to eligible depositors of People’s Bank in a subscription offering and, if necessary, to the public in a syndicated offering or an underwritten public offering. Following the conversion and offering, People’s Mutual Holdings will no longer exist and People’s United Financial will be the parent company of People’s Bank.

In connection with the conversion, we intend to contribute 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the offering proceeds to The People’s Community Foundation, a charitable foundation to be established in connection with the conversion and offering.

The conversion and offering and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation cannot be completed unless the stockholders of People’s Bank approve the plan of conversion. People’s Bank’s stockholders will vote on the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation at People’s Bank’s special meeting. People’s Bank stockholders will also vote on certain provisions to be included in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation at the special meeting. This document is the proxy statement used by People’s Bank’s Board of Directors to solicit proxies for the special meeting. It is also the prospectus of People’s United Financial regarding the shares of People’s United Financial common stock to be issued to People’s Bank stockholders in the share exchange. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by People’s United Financial of its shares of common stock in the subscription offering and any syndicated offering, both of which will be made pursuant to a separate prospectus.

The People’s Bank Special Meeting

Date, Time and Place. People’s Bank will hold its special meeting of stockholders to consider and vote on the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation at [              ] Bridgeport, Connecticut on [              ], [_], 2007 at [              ], Eastern Time.

Record Date. The record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting of stockholders is [                      ], 2007. [                      ] shares of People’s Bank common stock were outstanding on the record date and entitled to vote at the special meeting.

The Proposals. Stockholders will be voting on the following proposals at the special meeting:

 

  1. Approval of the plan of conversion;

 

  2. The establishment and funding of The People’s Community Foundation;

 

  3. Certain provisions to be included in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation; and

 

5


Table of Contents
  4. Any other matters that may properly come before the special meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

Vote Required. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at the special meeting and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock, excluding shares held by People’s Mutual Holdings, is required to approve the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of The People’s Community Foundation. Under Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and the plan of conversion, each of these two proposals are also subject to the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the affirmative vote of a majority of the total eligible votes of the depositors of People’s Bank. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at the special meeting is required to approve the proposals relating to the People’s United Financial Certificate of Incorporation. People’s Mutual Holdings, which owns 57.7% of People’s Bank’s common stock, is expected to vote in favor of each of these proposals. Because People’s Mutual Holdings owns a majority of People’s Bank’s common stock, we expect that People’s Mutual Holdings will control the outcome of these proposals. If there are insufficient votes at the time of the special meeting of stockholders, the special meeting may be adjourned by People’s Bank’s Board of Directors to permit further solicitation of proxies.

As of the record date, the directors and executive officers of People’s Bank and their affiliates beneficially owned [              ]shares, or approximately [      ]% of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock and People’s Mutual Holdings owned [              ] shares, or approximately [      ]% of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock. People’s Mutual Holdings is expected to vote all of its shares “FOR” approval of each of the proposals.

People’s Bank’s Board of Directors unanimously recommends that People’s Bank stockholders vote “FOR” the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of The People’s Community Foundation.

The Companies

People’s United Financial, Inc. People’s United Financial is a newly-formed Delaware corporation and currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s Bank. People’s United Financial was formed for the purpose of effectuating the conversion and offering described in this proxy statement/prospectus. In connection with those transactions, People’s United Financial is registering shares of its common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission and will be selling shares of its common stock to new stockholders and, as described in this proxy statement/prospectus, issuing shares of its common stock to existing stockholders of People’s Bank in exchange for their shares of People’s Bank common stock. People’s United Financial currently does not have significant assets, but as a result of the conversion and offering, it will become the holding company of People’s Bank.

People’s Bank. People’s Bank is a federal stock savings bank and as a result of the conversion and offering will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial. People’s Bank was organized in 1842 as a Connecticut mutual savings bank. In 1988, People’s Bank reorganized into the mutual holding company structure, converted to a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank and became the majority-owned subsidiary of People’s Mutual Holdings, a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company. Effective August 18, 2006, People’s Bank converted to a federal stock savings bank regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision. At September 30, 2006, People’s Bank had total assets of $10.6 billion, total deposits of $9.0 billion and total stockholders’ equity of $1.4 billion.

People’s Mutual Holdings . People’s Mutual Holdings is the federally-chartered mutual holding company of People’s Bank. Its principal business is to own a majority of People’s Bank’s outstanding shares of common stock. As of September 30, 2006, People’s Mutual Holdings owned 82,012,500 shares, equivalent to approximately 57.7%, of People’s Bank common stock. At September 30, 2006, People’s Mutual Holdings had $8.5 million of net assets, excluding the shares of People’s Bank. As part of the conversion, People’s Mutual Holdings will cease to exist as a separate entity.

 

6


Table of Contents

Our Corporate Information

The executive offices of People’s Bank, People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s United Financial are located at 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604. The telephone number at this address is (203) 338-7171.

Reasons For The Conversion And Offering

The conversion and offering are intended to provide us with substantially greater access to capital than is currently available to us under the mutual holding company structure and are expected to significantly increase the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, the stock holding company structure will provide us with more flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions. The net proceeds raised in the offering will allow us and People’s Bank to:

 

    finance de novo expansion and support organic growth both inside and outside of the state of Connecticut;

 

    acquire other financial institutions, businesses related to banking or branches, although there is no specific agreement with any institution or business at this time;

 

    increase lending to support continued growth in our commercial banking loan portfolios;

 

    form a charitable foundation to benefit the communities we serve; and

 

    use the additional capital for other general corporate purposes.

See “ How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering ” for a detailed description of how we plan to use the net proceeds we raise in the offering.

After considering the relative merits of the conversion and offering, as well as applicable fiduciary duties, the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings and the Board of Directors of People’s Bank approved the plan of conversion as being in the best interests of each such institution, the communities they serve and the depositors, stockholders and employees of People’s Bank. The completion of the conversion and offering is subject to the approval of stockholders and depositors of People’s Bank who are being asked to vote on the plan of conversion.

Terms Of The Conversion And Offering

We are converting from the mutual holding company structure, where People’s Bank is 42.3% owned by public stockholders, to a stock holding company, which will be 100% owned by public stockholders. This is commonly referred to as a “second-step” conversion. As part of the conversion, People’s Mutual Holdings will convert into a federal stock savings bank, which will merge with and into People’s Bank, with People’s Bank as the surviving entity. As a result, People’s Mutual Holdings will cease to exist as a separate entity. Voting rights in People’s United Financial will be vested solely in its public stockholders immediately following the conversion.

In connection with the conversion, the shares of common stock of People’s Bank owned by People’s Mutual Holdings will be canceled and new shares of common stock representing the 57.7% ownership interest of People’s Mutual Holdings will be offered for sale by People’s United Financial in the offering. In addition, the net assets of People’s Mutual Holdings will be added to People’s Bank as a capital contribution. At September 30, 2006, People’s Mutual Holdings’ net assets, excluding its ownership of shares of People’s Bank common stock, totaled $8.5 million.

 

7


Table of Contents

At the conclusion of the conversion and offering, existing public stockholders of People’s Bank will receive shares of common stock of People’s United Financial for each share of People’s Bank common stock they own at that date, based on an exchange ratio as described in “ The Conversion and Offering—The Share Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock for People’s United Financial Common Stock. ” As a result, People’s Bank’s existing public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of People’s United Financial common stock as they owned of People’s Bank common stock immediately prior to the conversion. The exchange ratio will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering and will be based on the percentage of People’s Bank common stock held by the public prior to the conversion, the final independent appraisal of People’s United Financial common stock prepared by RP Financial, LC, an appraisal firm experienced in appraisals of financial institutions, and the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. The exchange ratio will be between 1.6712 and 2.2611 shares (subject to increase to 2.6003 shares as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets) of People’s United Financial common stock per share of People’s Bank common stock.

Between 137,062,500 and 185,437,500 shares of People’s United Financial common stock are being offered to our depositors and to the public in subscription and syndicated offerings (which we refer to in this document collectively as the “offering”). We may increase the maximum number of shares that we sell in the offering by up to 15% to 213,253,125 shares as a result of market demand, regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets. The offering price is $20.00 per share.

The shares of common stock are being offered on a priority basis to depositors of People’s Bank in a subscription offering. Ryan Beck & Co., Inc., our financial advisor and selling agent in connection with the subscription offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling the common stock in the subscription offering. Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the subscription offering.

We are also offering for sale to the general public in a syndicated offering through a syndicate of selected dealers shares of People’s United Financial common stock not subscribed for by our depositors in the subscription offering. We may begin the syndicated offering at any time following the commencement of the subscription offering. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is acting as sole book-running manager and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. is acting as joint lead manager for the syndicated offering, which is also being conducted on a best efforts basis. None of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. or any other member of the syndicate is required to purchase any shares in the syndicated offering. Alternatively, we may sell remaining shares in an underwritten public offering, which would be conducted on a firm commitment basis.

In addition, in connection with and immediately following the conversion, we intend to contribute 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the offering proceeds to The People’s Community Foundation, a charitable foundation to be established in connection with the conversion and offering. The shares of common stock contributed to the charitable foundation will be in addition to the shares being offered for sale. For a further discussion of the charitable foundation, see “ Proposal 2 – The Establishment and Funding of The People’s Community Foundation.

 

8


Table of Contents

This chart shows our structure before the conversion and offering:

LOGO

This chart shows our new structure after the conversion and offering:

LOGO

 

9


Table of Contents

How We Determined The Offering Range And The Exchange Ratio

The offering range and the exchange ratio are based on an independent appraisal of the market value of the common stock to be offered both in the offering and in exchange for shares of People’s Bank common stock. RP Financial has advised us that, as of January 18, 2007, the estimated pro forma market value of our common stock, including offering shares, exchange shares and shares issued to the charitable foundation, ranges from a minimum of $4.791 billion to a maximum of $6.468 billion, with a midpoint of $5.630 billion. Based on this valuation range, the percentage of People’s Bank common stock owned by People’s Mutual Holdings, the shares issued to the charitable foundation and the $20.00 price per share, the Board of Directors of People’s Bank and the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings determined to offer shares of People’s United Financial common stock ranging from a minimum of 137,062,500 shares to a maximum of 185,437,500 shares, with a midpoint of 161,250,000 shares. The exchange ratio ranges from a minimum of 1.6712 to 2.2611 shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of People’s Bank common stock. Under certain circumstances, the pro forma market value can be adjusted upward to reflect changes in market conditions, and, at the adjusted maximum, the estimated pro forma market value of People’s United Financial’s common stock would be $7.432 billion, the number of shares offered would equal 213,253,125 shares and the exchange ratio would be 2.6003.

The independent appraisal was based in part on our financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma impact of the additional capital raised by the sale of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of companies that RP Financial considered comparable to us. RP Financial also considered that we intend to contribute cash and issue shares of People’s United Financial common stock to The People’s Community Foundation, a charitable foundation that will be established in connection with the conversion. The intended contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation has the effect of reducing the number of shares that may be offered in the offering. See “ Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation .” RP Financial’s independent valuation will be updated before we complete our offering.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the companies comprising the peer group used by RP Financial in its independent appraisal report dated January 18, 2007 and the pro forma pricing ratios for us, as calculated in the table on page [          ] in the section of this proxy statement/prospectus entitled “ Pro Forma Data .” Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a premium of 88% on a price-to-earnings basis and discounts of 34% on a price-to-book value basis and 45% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. The estimated appraised value and the resulting premiums and discounts took into consideration the potential financial impact of the conversion and offering and RP Financial’s analysis of the results of operations and financial condition of People’s United Financial compared to the peer group.

 

10


Table of Contents
    

Price-to-

earnings
multiple (1)

  

Price-to-

book value
ratio

   

Price-to-

tangible book
value ratio

 

People’s United Financial (pro forma) ( 2 ) :

       

Minimum of offering range

   27.27x    128.12 %   131.84 %

Midpoint of offering range

   30.00x    135.50 %   138.99 %

Maximum of offering range

   32.61x    141.44 %   144.82 %

Maximum of offering range, as adjusted

   35.71x    147.17 %   150.26 %

Valuation of peer group companies as of January 18, 2007 ( 3) :

       

Average

   17.53x    209.12 %   269.15 %

Median

   15.96x    205.31 %   250.45 %

(1) Multiples calculated by RP Financial in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of core, or recurring, earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, total pro forma outstanding shares of common stock, including all shares owned by our employee stock ownership plan, whether or not allocated to participants, and including shares issued to the charitable foundation, and equal 24.86x, 27.75x, 30.38x and 33.10x, respectively, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range. Because this is a different method than used by us in calculating the numbers included in this table and in the pro forma information included under “ Pro Forma Data ,” the pro forma price-to-earnings multiples in the table do not correspond to the multiples in the independent appraisal. See note 2 to the pro forma information included under “ Pro Forma Data ” for more information on our treatment of shares owned by our employee stock ownership plan for purposes of this calculation.

 

(2) Based on People’s Bank’s financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Price-to-earnings multiples for People’s United Financial are shown on an annualized basis.

 

(3) Reflects earnings for the most recent 12-month period for which data were publicly available.

The independent appraisal is not necessarily indicative of post-offering trading value. You should not assume or expect that the valuation of People’s United Financial as indicated above means that the common stock will trade at or above the $20.00 purchase price after the offering is completed.

On [                      ], 2007, we received authorization from the Office of Thrift Supervision to conduct the offering. The independent appraisal must be updated before we can complete the offering. The updated appraisal will be subject to the further approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

 

11


Table of Contents

After-Market Performance Information Provided By The Independent Appraiser

The following table, prepared by our independent appraiser, presents for all “second-step” conversions that began trading from January 1, 2004 to January 18, 2007, the percentage change in the trading price from the initial trading date of the offering to the dates shown in the table. The table also presents the average and median trading prices and percentage change in trading prices for the same dates. This information relates to stock performance experienced by other companies that may have no similarities to us with regard to market capitalization, offering size, earnings quality and growth potential, among other factors. Most of the institutions listed in the table are significantly smaller than we are in terms of asset size. In addition, gross proceeds raised in most of the offerings listed in the table are significantly less than the amount of gross proceeds we expect to raise in the offering. Also, two of the three largest offerings listed in the table involved a simultaneous acquisition of another financial institution.

The table is not intended to indicate how our common stock may perform. Data represented in the table reflects a small number of transactions and is not indicative of general stock market performance trends or of price performance trends of companies that undergo “second-step” conversions. Furthermore, this table presents only short-term price performance and may not be indicative of the longer-term stock price performance of these companies. There can be no assurance that our stock price will appreciate or that our stock price will not trade below $20.00 per share. The movement of any particular company’s stock price is subject to various factors, including, but not limited to, the amount of proceeds a company raises, the company’s historical and anticipated operating results, the nature and quality of the company’s assets, the company’s market area and the quality of management and management’s ability to deploy proceeds (such as through loans and investments, the acquisition of other financial institutions or other businesses, the payment of dividends and common stock repurchases). In addition, stock prices may be affected by general market and economic conditions, the interest rate environment, the market for financial institutions and merger or takeover transactions and the presence of professional and other investors who purchase stock on speculation, as well as other unforeseeable events not in the control of management. Before you make an investment decision, please carefully read this proxy statement/prospectus, including “ Risk Factors .”

 

12


Table of Contents

After Market Trading Activity

Second Step Offerings

Completed Closing Dates between January 1, 2004 and January 18, 2007

 

               Price Performance from Initial Trading Date  

Transaction

   Closing
Date
   Gross
Proceeds
   1 Day     1 Week     1 Month     Through
January 18,
2007
 
     (In millions)  

Osage Bancshares, Inc.

   1/18/07    $ 25.1    -0.5 %   N/A     N/A     -0.5 %

New Westfield Financial, Inc.

   1/4/07    $ 184.0    7.0 %   7.5 %   N/A     8.8 %

Citizens Community Bancorp, Inc.

   11/1/06    $ 52.9    -2.5 %   -1.0 %   -3.3 %   -2.9 %

Liberty Bancorp, Inc.

   7/24/06    $ 28.1    2.5 %   1.0 %   1.5 %   5.5 %

First Clover Leaf Financial Corp. (1)

   7/11/06    $ 41.7    3.9 %   6.0 %   11.2 %   15.0 %

Monadnock Bancorp, Inc.

   6/29/06    $ 5.7    0.0 %   -5.0 %   -13.8 %   -16.3 %

NEBS Bancshares, Inc.

   12/29/05    $ 30.8    6.6 %   7.0 %   7.0 %   31.0 %

American Bancorp, Inc.

   10/6/05    $ 99.2    1.6 %   -2.5 %   1.6 %   17.7 %

Hudson City Bancorp, Inc.

   6/7/05    $ 3,929.8    9.6 %   10.8 %   15.9 %   39.7 %

First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp, Inc.

   4/4/05    $ 17.0    -5.1 %   -8.0 %   -16.0 %   -8.5 %

Rome Bancorp, Inc.

   3/31/05    $ 59.0    0.5 %   -2.5 %   -5.6 %   24.6 %

Roebling Financial Corp.

   10/1/04    $ 9.1    -1.0 %   -0.5 %   -8.0 %   22.5 %

DSA Financial Corporation

   7/30/04    $ 8.5    -2.0 %   -5.0 %   -7.0 %   30.0 %

Partners Trust Financial Group, Inc. (1)

   7/15/04    $ 148.8    -0.1 %   -0.2 %   -1.9 %   13.5 %

Synergy Financial Group, Inc.

   1/21/04    $ 70.4    8.1 %   8.0 %   7.9 %   61.8 %

Provident Bancorp, Inc. (1)

   1/15/04    $ 195.7    15.0 %   11.5 %   15.1 %   45.4 %

Average

         2.7 %   1.8 %   0.3 %   18.0 %

Median

         1.1 %   -0.2 %   0.2 %   16.4 %

(1) Included a simultaneous acquisition.

 

13


Table of Contents

Public Stockholders Will Receive Shares Through The Exchange Of People’s Bank Common Stock

If you are currently a stockholder of People’s Bank, your shares as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering will be canceled and exchanged for new shares of People’s United Financial common stock. The number of shares you receive will be based on an exchange ratio which will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering and will be based on the percentage of People’s Bank common stock held by the public prior to the conversion, the final independent appraisal of People’s United Financial common stock prepared by RP Financial and the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. No fractional shares will be issued. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued, stockholders will receive an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest by the $20.00 per share purchase price. The exchange ratio will ensure that existing public stockholders of People’s Bank common stock will own approximately the same percentage of People’s United Financial common stock after the conversion and offering as they owned of People’s Bank common stock immediately prior to completion of the conversion and offering, exclusive of the effect of their purchase of additional shares in the offering and the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares. The exchange ratio will not depend on the market price of People’s Bank common stock.

The following table shows how many shares a hypothetical owner of People’s Bank common stock would receive in the share exchange, based on the number of shares sold in the offering.

 

    

Shares to be sold in

the offering

   

Shares to be

exchanged for

shares

of People’s Bank

common stock

   

Shares to be

issued

to the foundation

    Total shares
of common
stock to be
outstanding
after the
conversion
   Exchange
ratio
   Equivalent
per share
current
market
price (1)
   Shares that
would be
exchanged
per 100
shares of
People’s
Bank
common
stock
     Amount    Percent     Amount    Percent     Amount    Percent                     

Minimum

   137,062,500    57.22 %   100,491,584    41.95 %   2,000,000    0.83 %   239,554,084    1.6712    $ 33.42    167

Midpoint

   161,250,000    57.29 %   118,225,393    42.00 %   2,000,000    0.71 %   281,475,393    1.9662    $ 39.32    196

Maximum

   185,437,500    57.34 %   135,959,202    42.04 %   2,000,000    0.62 %   323,396,702    2.2611    $ 45.22    226

Maximum, as adjusted

   213,253,125    57.39 %   156,353,083    42.07 %   2,000,000    0.54 %   371,606,208    2.6003    $ 52.01    260

(1) Represents the value of shares of People’s United Financial common stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares received in the share exchange by a holder of one share of People’s Bank common stock at the exchange ratio, assuming a market price of $20.00 per share.

At the midpoint shown in the preceding table, a stockholder owning 100 shares of People’s Bank common stock would receive 196 shares of People’s United Financial common stock plus $12.40 in cash, which is equivalent to a value of $39.32 per share of People’s Bank common stock based on the $20.00 per share offering price of People’s United Financial common stock. At the maximum shown in the preceding table, a stockholder owning 100 shares of People’s Bank common stock would receive 226 shares of People’s United Financial common stock plus $2.20 in cash, which is equivalent to a value of $45.22 per share of People’s Bank common stock based on the $20.00 per share offering price of People’s United Financial common stock. Based on the $[          ] per share closing price of People’s Bank common stock as of the last trading day prior to the date of this proxy/prospectus, unless at least [              ] shares of People’s United Financial common stock are sold in the offering (close to the maximum of the offering range), the initial value of the People’s United Financial common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the People’s Bank common stock you currently own. See “ Risk

 

14


Table of Contents

Factors—The Market Value of People’s United Financial Common Stock Received in the Share Exchange May Be Less than the Market Value of People’s Bank Common Stock Exchanged.”

We also will convert options previously awarded under the People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan into options to purchase People’s United Financial common stock. At September 30, 2006, there were outstanding options to purchase 1,435,055 shares of People’s Bank common stock. The number of outstanding options and related per share exercise prices will be adjusted based on the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, term and vesting period of the outstanding options will remain unchanged. If any options are exercised before we complete the offering, the number of shares of People’s Bank common stock outstanding will increase and the exchange ratio could be adjusted. If all currently outstanding options are exercised, stockholders will experience dilution of approximately 1.00% in their ownership interest in People’s Bank common stock.

Effect Of The Conversion and Offering On People’s Bank Stockholders

The conversion and offering will increase the stockholders’ equity per share and earnings per share of the current stockholders of People’s Bank, as adjusted for the exchange offer. The following table compares historical information for People’s Bank with similar information on a pro forma and per equivalent People’s United Financial share basis. The information listed as “Pro Forma Per One Share of People’s Bank Common Stock” was obtained by multiplying the “Pro Forma Per One Share of People’s United Financial Common Stock” amounts by the exchange ratio indicated in the table.

 

     Historical
Per One
Share of
People’s
Bank
Common
Stock
   Pro Forma
Per One
Share of
People’s
United
Financial
Common
Stock (1)
   Exchange
Ratio
   Pro Forma
Per One
Share of
People’s
Bank
Common
Stock (2)

Stockholders’ equity at September 30, 2006:

           

Sale of 137,062,500 shares

   $ 9.51    $ 15.61    1.6712    $ 26.09

Sale of 161,250,000 shares

     9.51      14.76    1.9662      29.02

Sale of 185,437,500 shares

     9.51      14.14    2.2611      31.97

Sale of 213,253,125 shares

     9.51      13.59    2.6003      35.34

Earnings for the nine months ended September 30, 2006:

           

Sale of 137,062,500 shares

   $ 0.59    $ 0.55    1.6712    $ 0.92

Sale of 161,250,000 shares

     0.59      0.50    1.9662      0.98

Sale of 185,437,500 shares

     0.59      0.46    2.2611      1.04

Sale of 213,253,125 shares

     0.59      0.42    2.6003      1.09

Market price (3):

           

Sale of 137,062,500 shares

   $ 37.39    $ 20.00    1.6712    $ 33.42

Sale of 161,250,000 shares

     37.39      20.00    1.9662      39.32

Sale of 185,437,500 shares

     37.39      20.00    2.2611      45.22

Sale of 213,253,125 shares

     37.39      20.00    2.6003      52.01

(1)

This column shows the pro forma effect of the conversion and offering (including the sale of shares in the offering, the issuance of shares to the charitable foundation and the share exchange) per share of

 

15


Table of Contents
 

People’s United Financial common stock. The stockholders’ equity and earnings numbers can also be found in the pro forma tables contained in the “ Pro Forma Data ” section of this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

(2) This column shows the pro forma effect of the conversion and offering on one share of People’s Bank common stock and takes into account the fact that, because of the share exchange, a current People’s Bank stockholder will own a greater number of People’s United Financial shares than the number of shares of People’s Bank common stock he or she held prior to the conversion and offering.

 

(3) Based on the $37.39 closing price of People’s Bank common stock on September 19, 2006, which was the business day immediately preceding the public announcement of the conversion.

Dividend Policy

The amount of dividends that People’s United Financial initially intends to pay to stockholders following the conversion and offering is intended to approximate the per share dividend amount, adjusted to reflect the share exchange, that People’s Bank’s stockholders currently receive on their shares of People’s Bank common stock. For a detailed description of our dividend policy, see “ Our Policy Regarding Dividends .”

Ownership By Officers And Directors

Collectively, our directors and executive officers and their associates expect to purchase a total of 387,500 shares, or approximately 0.2% of the shares of common stock available for sale in the offering plus the shares to be issued to the charitable foundation (assuming the midpoint of the offering range). These shares do not include shares that may be awarded or issued in the future under any of our stock benefit plans. The shares purchased by our directors and executive officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the minimum number of shares necessary to close the offering has been sold. See “ Proposed Purchases of Common Stock by Management .”

After the offering and the exchange of existing shares of People’s Bank common stock, including stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2006, our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to beneficially own approximately 3,928,237 shares of our common stock, or 1.40% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock, including shares to be issued to the charitable foundation, based upon the midpoint of the offering range.

Future Benefit Plans

We intend to implement a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan in connection with the offering which we expect will purchase an amount of common stock equal to up to 6% of the sum of the shares of common stock that we sell in the offering and those we issue to the charitable foundation, or 11,246,250 shares of common stock, assuming we sell 185,437,500 shares, the maximum of the offering range. We expect that this employee stock ownership plan will, with prior Office of Thrift Supervision approval, purchase these shares in the open market following the offering using funds borrowed from us. However, as a tax-qualified employee benefit plan, this plan may instead purchase shares in the subscription offering consistent with its subscription priority. The plan is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of all employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Assuming the employee stock ownership plan purchases 11,246,250 shares, we will recognize additional compensation expense of $224.9 million (or approximately $148.4 million after tax) over a 30-year period, assuming the shares of common stock have a fair market value of $20.00 per share for the full 30-year period. If, in the future, the shares of common stock have a fair market value greater or less than $20.00, the compensation expense will increase or decrease accordingly.

 

16


Table of Contents

Because investment decisions for our employee stock ownership plan are subject to the discretion of an independent fiduciary, we can offer no assurance as to the amount, timing or other terms of stock purchases by this plan.

We also intend to implement a stock option plan, providing for grants of stock options, and a recognition and retention plan, providing for awards of restricted stock to our key employees, officers and directors. If these stock-based incentive plans are implemented and approved by stockholders within one year of the completion of our conversion, the number of options granted or shares of restricted stock awarded under these stock-based incentive plans may not exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. We expect that any shares required for restricted stock awards would be purchased in the open market or privately negotiated transactions following stockholder approval of the plan. Funds necessary for stock purchases would be provided by People’s United Financial. We anticipate that awards under the stock option plan and recognition and retention plan would vest over a five-year period measured from the award date and that compensation expense would be recognized over the vesting period. Both the stock option plan and recognition and retention plan cannot be adopted sooner than six months after the completion of our conversion and will be contingent on approval of People’s United Financial stockholders.

The following table summarizes the number of shares and aggregate dollar value of awards available for grant that are expected under the stock option and recognition and retention plans, if adopted as expected after the offering. A portion of the available stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-executive employees.

 

    

Number of new shares or

options to be granted

         

Value of new

available grants(1)

    

At

minimum

of offering
range

   At
maximum of
offering
range
   As a
percentage
of common
stock to be
sold in the
offering
and issued
to the
foundation
    Maximum
dilution
resulting
from
issuance of
shares for
stock benefit
plans(2)
    At minimum of
offering range
   At maximum of
offering range

Recognition and retention plan

   5,562,500    7,497,500    4.00 %   2.27 %   $ 111,250,000    $ 149,950,000

Stock option plan

   13,906,250    18,743,750    10.00 %   5.49 %     46,029,688      62,041,813
                               

Total

   19,468,750    26,241,250    14.00 %   7.52 %   $ 157,279,688    $ 211,991,813
                               

(1) The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value as of the date that grants are made. For purposes of this table, the fair value of the restricted stock grants is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $20.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.31 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $20.00; dividend yield of 3.0%; expected option life of 10 years; risk-free interest rate of 4.64%; and volatility rate of 11.3% based on an index of publicly-traded thrifts. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the option, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model.

 

17


Table of Contents
(2) Assumes shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares and dilution is calculated at the maximum of the offering range.

In addition to shares of common stock that could be issued under the future stock option and recognition and retention plans, additional shares can be issued under stock benefit plans currently maintained by People’s Bank. At September 30, 2006, a total of 9,157,471 shares could be issued under existing stock benefit plans after applying the exchange ratio at the minimum of the offering range, and 12,389,874 shares could be issued under existing stock benefit plans after applying the exchange ratio at the maximum of the offering range. These totals represent shares that would be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options and shares that would be issued because of future grants under existing benefit plans. The issuance of all of these shares would cause additional dilution of 3.69% at the maximum of the offering range.

Unless a waiver is obtained from the Office of Thrift Supervision, the following additional Office of Thrift Supervision restrictions would apply to the stock option plan and the recognition and retention plan:

 

    non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

    any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

    any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

    the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plans; and

 

    accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of People’s Bank or People’s United Financial.

In the event the Office of Thrift Supervision changes its regulations or policies regarding stock-based incentive plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable. Also, these restrictions will not apply to stock-based compensation plans currently maintained by People’s Bank (the People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan and the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan), which will continue in effect after the conversion.

The following table presents information regarding the eligible participants in our contemplated employee stock ownership plan and our contemplated stock-based incentive plans, the percentage of outstanding shares of common stock after the offering assuming shares are sold at the maximum of the offering range and the dollar value of the common stock available for issuance or allocation under these plans.

 

18


Table of Contents
    

Individuals Eligible to Participate

   Number of
Shares at the
Maximum of
Offering Range
   Percentage of
Total Shares
Outstanding
(including
shares
issued to the
charitable
foundation)
    Percentage of
Shares Sold in the
Offering
(including shares
issued to the
charitable
foundation)
    Estimated
Value of
Shares at the
Maximum of
the Offering
Range(1)

Employee stock ownership plan

   Officers and Employees    11,246,250    3.48 %   6.0 %   $ 224,925,000

Stock option plan

   Directors, Officers and Employees    18,743,750    5.80 %   10.0 %   $ 62,041,813

Recognition and retention plan

   Directors, Officers and Employees    7,497,500    2.32 %   4.0 %   $ 149,950,000

(1) The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value as of the date that grants are made. For purposes of this table, the fair value of the restricted stock grants is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $20.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.31 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $20.00; dividend yield of 3.0%; expected option life of 10 years; risk free interest rate of 4.64%; and a volatility rate of 11.3% based on an index of publicly-traded thrifts. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the option, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model.

For a detailed description of these potential plans and their applicable limitations see “ Management of People’s Bank–Future Benefit Plans .” For a detailed description of the benefit plans we currently have in place, see “ Management of People’s Bank–Director Compensation ” and “ Management of People’s Bank–Executive Officer Compensation .”

Interest of Management and Directors in Matters to be Acted Upon

Management and directors of People’s Bank have an interest in the matters that will be acted upon because People’s United Financial intends to acquire additional stock for its employee stock ownership plan, to consider the implementation of the recognition and retention plan and stock option plan, and intends to implement a change in control employee severance plan. See “ Management of People’s Bank—Future Benefit Plans .”

Common Stock Ownership Limitation

Shares of common stock that you receive in the exchange individually, and together with associates or persons acting in concert, plus any shares of People’s United Financial you and they purchase in the offering may not exceed 5% of the total shares of People’s United Financial common stock issued and outstanding at the completion of the conversion and offering.

Conditions To Completing The Conversion And Offering

We are conducting the conversion and offering pursuant to the terms of our plan of conversion. We cannot complete the conversion and offering unless:

 

    the plan of conversion is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by depositors of People’s Bank;

 

    the plan of conversion is approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders of People’s Bank (because People’s Mutual Holdings owns more than 50% of People’s Bank’s outstanding shares, we expect that People’s Mutual Holdings will control the outcome of this vote);

 

19


Table of Contents
    the plan of conversion is approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock held by the stockholders of People’s Bank, excluding People’s Mutual Holdings;

 

    we sell at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered; and

 

    we receive approval from the Office of Thrift Supervision to complete the conversion and offering.

In order to establish and fund the charitable foundation, we must receive regulatory, public stockholder and depositor approvals, similar to those described above.

People’s Mutual Holdings intends to vote its ownership interest in favor of the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. At September 30, 2006, it owned 57.7% of the outstanding common stock of People’s Bank. As of September 30, 2006, the directors and executive officers of People’s Bank and their associates beneficially owned 1,800,802 shares of People’s Bank common stock (including options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2006), or 1.26% of the outstanding shares of common stock. They intend to vote their shares in favor of the plan of conversion and establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.

Market For Common Stock

People’s Bank’s common stock is currently listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “PBCT.” Upon completion of the offering, the new shares of People’s United Financial will replace existing shares and will be traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. For a period of 20 trading days following completion of the offering, our symbol will be “PBCTD.” Thereafter, our trading symbol will revert to “PBCT.” See “ Market for the Common Stock .”

Tax Aspects of the Conversion

As a general matter, the conversion and offering will not be taxable transactions for federal or state income tax purposes to People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s Bank, People’s United Financial, persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering or existing stockholders of People’s Bank. Existing stockholders of People’s Bank who receive cash in lieu of a fractional share of People’s United Financial common stock in the share exchange will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the tax basis of such fractional share. Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP has issued an opinion to us to the effect that consummation of the transactions contemplated by the conversion and offering qualifies as a tax-free transaction for federal income tax purposes and will not result in any adverse federal tax consequences to People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s Bank, People’s United Financial, persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering or existing stockholders of People’s Bank before or after the conversion. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has issued an opinion to us to the effect that consummation of the transactions contemplated by the conversion and offering should qualify as a tax-free transaction for Connecticut state income tax purposes and should not result in any adverse Connecticut state tax consequences to People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s Bank, People’s United Financial, persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering or existing stockholders of People’s Bank before or after the conversion. See “ The Conversion and Offering — Tax Aspects.”

The People’s Community Foundation

To continue our long-standing commitment to our local communities, we intend to establish a charitable foundation, The People’s Community Foundation, as a non-stock Delaware corporation in

 

20


Table of Contents

connection with the conversion. We will fund the charitable foundation with 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the net offering proceeds. The shares of common stock contributed to the charitable foundation will be issued in addition to the shares being offered for sale in the offering and will not be included in determining whether the minimum number of shares of common stock has been sold in order to complete the offering. Our contribution to the charitable foundation would reduce net earnings by approximately $39.6 million, after tax, in 2007.

Currently, there are no plans to make further contributions to the charitable foundation in the future. The amount of common stock that we offer for sale in the offering would be greater if the offering were to be completed without the contribution to The People’s Community Foundation. The establishment and funding of the charitable foundation requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by People’s Bank’s depositors and the affirmative vote of a majority of the stockholders of People’s Bank, excluding People’s Mutual Holdings. If these approvals are not obtained, the foundation will not be established and the shares of People’s United Financial common stock we intend to issue to the foundation will remain unissued. The charitable foundation will be required to vote its shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the same ratio as all other shares of the common stock on all proposals considered by People’s United Financial’s stockholders.

Issuing shares of common stock to the charitable foundation will:

 

    dilute the ownership interests of holders of People’s United Financial common stock; and

 

    result in an expense, and a reduction in earnings, during the year in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit.

For a further discussion of the financial impact of the charitable foundation, including its effect on those who purchase shares in the offering, see “ Risk Factors – The Contribution To The People’s Community Foundation Will Hurt Our Profits For 2007 And Dilute Your Ownership Interest ,” “ Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation ” and “Proposal 2 – The Establishment and Funding of The People’s Community Foundation .”

Appraisal Rights

People’s Bank has determined that, pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 552.14, the regulations regarding appraisal rights promulgated by the Office of Thrift Supervision, appraisal rights are not available to People’s Bank stockholders in connection with the conversion.

Differences in Stockholders’ Rights

As a result of the conversion and offering, each People’s Bank stockholder will become a People’s United Financial stockholder. Certain rights of stockholders of People’s United Financial will differ from the rights People’s Bank stockholders currently have. See “Proposals Relating to the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial Inc.” and “ Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights for Existing People’s Bank Stockholders ” for a discussion of these differences.

Questions

Questions about voting may be directed to our proxy information agent, Georgeson Inc. at 1-866-277-1186, Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m., Eastern Time, Saturday from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time and Sunday from 11:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time.

 

21


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors before determining how you will vote on the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. Our business could be harmed by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks you should also refer to the other information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

Risks Related To Our Business

Changes in Interest Rates Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition . People’s Bank makes most of its earnings based on the difference between interest it earns compared to interest it pays. This difference is called the “interest spread.” People’s Bank earns interest on loans and to a much lesser extent on securities and short-term investments. These are called “interest-earning assets.” People’s Bank pays interest on some forms of deposits and on funds it borrows from other sources. These are called “interest-bearing liabilities.”

People’s Bank’s interest spread can change depending on when interest rates earned on interest-earning assets change, compared to when interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities change. Some rate changes occur while these assets or liabilities are still on People’s Bank’s books. Other rate changes occur when these assets or liabilities mature and are replaced by new interest-earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities at different rates. It may be difficult to replace interest-earning assets quickly, since customers may not want to borrow money when interest rates are high, or People’s Bank may not be able to make loans that meet its lending standards. People’s Bank’s interest spread may also change based on the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

People’s Bank’s interest spread may be lower if the timing of interest rate changes is different for its interest-earning assets compared to its interest-bearing liabilities. For example, if interest rates go down, People’s Bank may earn less on its interest-earning assets while it is still locked in to paying higher rates on its interest-bearing liabilities. On the other hand, if interest rates go up, People’s Bank might have to pay more on its interest-bearing liabilities while it is still locked in to receiving lower rates on its interest-earning assets.

People’s Bank manages this risk using many different techniques. If it is not successful in managing this risk, People’s Bank will probably be less profitable.

Changes in Our Asset Quality Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition . Asset quality measures the performance of a borrower in repaying a loan, with interest, on time. It is unlikely that our asset quality will stay as strong as it has been for the past several years, particularly if the economy deteriorates.

We May Not Be Able to Successfully Implement Our Plans for Growth. Since our conversion to the mutual holding company form of organization in 1988, we have experienced significant growth. We will be raising a significant amount of capital from the offering, which we plan to use to continue implementing our growth strategy, primarily by building our core banking business through internal growth and increased de novo branching and acquisitions. During 2005, People’s Bank opened seven new branches, three of which are traditional branches and four of which are located in Stop & Shop supermarkets. During the first nine months of 2006, People’s Bank opened three new Stop & Shop branches. People’s Bank also plans to expand into New York State by opening at least 15 new traditional

 

22


Table of Contents

branches in Westchester County over the next three years. Seven of these branches are expected to be open by the end of 2007. People’s Bank also plans to continue its branch expansion in Connecticut by opening new traditional and Stop & Shop branches. In addition, we will consider expansion opportunities such as the acquisition of branches and other financial institutions, although we do not have any current understandings, agreements or arrangements for expansion by the acquisition of any branches or other financial institutions. Significant changes in interest rates or the competition we face may make it difficult to attract the level of customer deposits needed to fund our internal growth at projected levels. In addition, People’s Bank may have difficulty finding suitable sites for de novo branches. Our expansion plans may result in People’s Bank opening branches in geographic markets in which it has no previous experience. Our ability to grow effectively in those markets will be dependent on our ability to identify and retain personnel familiar with the new markets. Any future acquisitions of branches or of other financial institutions would present many challenges associated with integrating merged institutions and expanding operations. Our profitability may suffer if we do not continue to experience the type of growth that we have in the past, if we do not adequately and profitably implement our plans for growth or if we incur additional expenditures beyond current projections to support our growth.

The Success of Our Stop & Shop Branches Depends on the Success of the Stop & Shop Brand. One element of our strategy is to focus on increasing deposits by providing a wide range of convenient services to our customers. An integral component of this strategy is People’s Bank’s supermarket banking initiative, pursuant to which, as of September 30, 2006, People’s Bank has established 73 full-service Stop & Shop branches that provide customers with the convenience of seven-day-a-week banking. At September 30, 2006, 47% of People’s Bank’s branches were located in Stop & Shop supermarkets. During 2005, the Stop & Shop branches originated 27% of People’s Bank’s home equity loans, 47% of retail checking and savings accounts, and 34% of commercial checking accounts. Approximately 40% of People’s Bank’s branch transactions originate in Stop & Shop branches.

People’s Bank currently has exclusive branching rights in Stop & Shop supermarkets in the state of Connecticut, in the form of a license agreement between The Stop & Shop Supermarket Company and People’s Bank, which provides for the leasing of space to People’s Bank within Stop & Shop supermarkets for branch use. Under the terms of the license agreement, People’s Bank generally is required to open a branch in each new Connecticut Stop & Shop supermarket (up to a maximum of 120 supermarkets) that has either (1) a total square footage of greater than 45,000 square feet or (2) if less than 45,000 square feet in size, the store has projected customers of at least 15,000 per week. People’s Bank has the exclusive right to branch in these supermarkets until 2012, provided that People’s Bank does not default on its obligations under the licensing agreement. People’s Bank has the option to extend the license agreement until 2022.

Stop & Shop is currently the leading grocery store in Connecticut, with nearly twice the market share of its closest competitor, according to Modern Grocer. The success of People’s Bank’s supermarket branches is dependent, in part, on the success of the Stop & Shop supermarkets in which they are located. A drop in Stop & Shop’s market share, a decrease in the number of Stop & Shop locations or customers, or a decline in the overall quality of Stop & Shop supermarkets could result in decreased business for the Stop & Shop branches, in the form of fewer loan originations, lower deposit generation and fewer overall branch transactions, and could influence market perception of People’s Bank’s Stop & Shop supermarket branches as convenient banking locations. Under the terms of the license agreement, People’s Bank has the obligation to open branches in new Connecticut Stop & Shop locations through 2012, even if Stop & Shop’s market share declines or the value of the Stop & Shop brand is diminished.

In addition, People’s Bank may not be able to renew or renegotiate the license agreement with Stop & Shop beyond 2022. If renewal or renegotiation of the license agreement were unsuccessful, People’s Bank would be forced to find new locations for and relocate the Stop & Shop branches, or to

 

23


Table of Contents

close those branches and transfer the affected customer accounts to other People’s Bank branches, either of which would involve significant expense and the possible loss of customer relationships.

We Depend on Our Executive Officers and Key Personnel to Continue the Implementation of Our Long-Term Business Strategy and Could Be Harmed by the Loss of Their Services. We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part upon the skills of our management team. The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and the loss of our key personnel or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect our business. Although People’s Bank has an employment agreement with its president and chief executive officer, the loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers and key personnel could impair our ability to continue to develop and execute our business strategy.

Our Business Is Affected by the International, National, Regional and Local Economy Generally, and the Geographic Concentration of Our Loan Portfolio and Lending Activities Makes Us Vulnerable to a Downturn in the Local Economy . Changes in international, national, regional and local economic conditions affect our business. If economic conditions change significantly or quickly, our business operations could suffer, and we could become weaker financially as a result.

At September 30, 2006, approximately 77% of People’s Bank’s loans by outstanding principal amount were to people and businesses located in the state of Connecticut, or involved property located here. All of People’s Bank’s branches are currently in Connecticut. How well we perform depends very much on the health of the Connecticut economy, and we expect that to remain true for the foreseeable future.

As of June 30, 2006, the median household income in Connecticut was $66,018, ranking second in the United States and well above the U.S. median household income of $51,546. Our state unemployment rate as of June 2006 was 4.1%, slightly lower than the national rate of 4.6%. A low unemployment rate usually means that businesses have a hard time finding qualified workers, and will have to pay them more if they can find them. Businesses that cannot find qualified workers or that have to pay higher wages might decide not to stay in Connecticut, or to send work outside the state. Someone deciding where to locate a new business or to expand an existing business might decide to go somewhere outside Connecticut.

If the general economic situation deteriorates, or there are negative trends in the stock market, the Connecticut economy could suffer more than the national economy. This would be especially likely in Fairfield County, where People’s Bank has many of its branches and where many of its customers reside, because of the large number of Fairfield County residents who are professionals in the financial services industry.

People’s Bank could experience losses in its real estate-related loan portfolios if the prices for housing and other kinds of real estate decreased significantly in Connecticut. Even though Connecticut (especially Fairfield County) has some of the highest housing prices in the country, property values can decrease. This has happened before (as recently as the early 1990s), and can happen again.

In Response to Competitive Pressures, Our Costs Could Increase if We Were Required to Increase Our Service and Convenience Levels or Our Margins Could Decrease if We Were Required to Increase Deposit Rates or Lower Interest Rates on Loans . People’s Bank faces significant competition for deposits and loans. In deciding where to deposit their money, many people look first at the interest rate they will earn. They also might think about whether the bank offers other kinds of services they might need and, if they have ever been a customer of the bank before, what their experience was like.

 

24


Table of Contents

People also like convenience, so the number of offices and banking hours may be important. Some people also think that on-line services are important.

People’s Bank competes with other banks, credit unions, brokerage firms and money market funds for deposits. Some people may decide to buy bonds or similar kinds of investments issued by companies or by the U.S., state and local governments and agencies, instead of opening a deposit account.

In making decisions about loans, many people look first at the interest rate they will have to pay. They also think about any extra fees they might have to pay in order to get the loan. Some people also think about whether the bank offers other kinds of services they might need and, if they have ever been a customer of the bank before, what their experience was like. Many business loans are more complicated because there may not be a standard kind of loan that meets all of the customer’s needs. Business borrowers look at many different factors that are not all financial in nature. Examples include the kind and amount of security the lender wants and other terms of the loan that do not involve the interest rate.

People’s Bank competes with other banks, credit unions, credit card issuers, finance companies, mortgage lenders and mortgage brokers for loans. Insurance companies also compete with People’s Bank for some kinds of commercial loans.

Many of People’s Bank’s competitors have branches in the same market area as it does. Some of them are much larger than it is. Connecticut, and especially Fairfield County, is an attractive banking market. Many locally-based banks have been acquired by large regional and national companies in the last several years. We expect this trend to continue. This means that there are not as many competitors in our market as there used to be, but the ones that are left are usually bigger and have more resources than the ones they acquired.

People’s Bank also has competition from outside its own market area. A bank that does not have any branches in Connecticut can still have customers here by providing banking services on-line. It costs money to set up and maintain a branch system. Banks that do not spend as much money as People’s Bank does on branches might be more profitable than it is, even if they pay higher interest on deposits and charge lower interest on loans.

Changes in Federal and State Regulation Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition . The banking business is heavily regulated by the federal and state governments. Banking laws and rules are for the most part intended to protect depositors, not stockholders.

Banking laws and rules can change at any time. The government agencies responsible for supervising People’s Bank’s business can also change the way they interpret these laws and rules, even if the rules themselves do not change. We need to make sure that our business activities comply with any changes in these rules or the interpretation of the rules. We might be less profitable if we have to change the way we conduct business in order to comply. Our business might suffer in other ways as well.

Changes in state and federal tax laws can make our business less profitable. Changes in the accounting rules we are required to follow may also make us less profitable. Changes in the government’s economic and monetary policies may hurt our ability to compete for deposits and loans. Changes in these policies can also make it more expensive for us to do business.

The government agencies responsible for supervising our business can take drastic action if they think we are not conducting business safely or are too weak financially. They can force People’s Bank to hold additional capital, pay higher deposit insurance premiums, stop paying dividends, stop making

 

25


Table of Contents

certain kinds of loans or stop offering certain kinds of deposits. If the agencies took any of these steps or other similar steps, it would probably make our business less profitable.

The Office of Thrift Supervision letter dated July 3, 2006 approving, among other things, People’s Bank’s conversion from a Connecticut savings bank to a federal savings bank, granted People’s Bank (1) a phase-in period of three years from the date of its conversion to a federal savings bank, August 18, 2006, to comply with the Home Owners’ Loan Act’s commercial loan limits, with the ability to seek an additional one-year extension if necessary; and (2) an exception from the Qualified Thrift Lender test for a period of four years from the date of conversion. The manner in which the Office of Thrift Supervision interprets or applies its phase-in period can also make it more expensive for us to do business, make our business less profitable and limit our strategic flexibility. See “ Regulation of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial–Federally Chartered Savings Bank Regulation ” and “ Regulation of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial–Qualified Thrift Lender Test .”

If People’s Bank Is Not Permitted to Pay Dividends to Us, We May Not Be Able to Fully Fund Our Operations, Pay Dividends or Make Acquisitions. People’s United Financial will fund its operations and pay dividends to its stockholders through the net offering proceeds it retains, cash and cash equivalents held by People’s United Financial, dividends paid by People’s Bank to People’s United Financial, and borrowings. Dividends may be paid by People’s Bank only out of current or retained net profits, and prior Office of Thrift Supervision approval is required if dividends for the current year would exceed net income for the current year plus retained net income for the preceding two years. People’s Bank will also be prohibited from paying cash dividends to People’s United Financial to the extent that any such payment would reduce People’s Bank’s capital below required capital levels, would impair the liquidation account to be established for the benefit of the People’s Bank’s eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders at the time of the conversion and offering, or if the Office of Thrift Supervision notified People’s Bank that it was in need of more than normal supervision. Payment of dividends by People’s Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the Office of Thrift Supervision if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

If People’s Bank’s Allowance for Loan Losses Is Not Sufficient to Cover Actual Loan Losses, Our Earnings Could Decrease. People’s Bank is exposed to the risk that customers will not be able to repay their loans. This risk is inherent in the lending business. There is also the risk that the customer’s collateral will not be sufficient to cover the balance of their loan, as underlying collateral values fluctuate with market changes. People’s Bank records an allowance for loan losses to cover probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to provision expense or to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized.

People’s Bank maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that it believes is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: its historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate finance, commercial and People’s Capital and Leasing loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by its independent loan review function; an evaluation of non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions. While People’s Bank seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, and at September 30, 2006, management believed that the allowance for loan losses was adequate to cover probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, it is possible that borrower defaults could exceed the current estimates for loan losses, which would reduce earnings. In addition, future increases to the allowance for

 

26


Table of Contents

loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, increasing charge-offs of existing problem loans, or the identification of additional problem loans and other factors, which would also reduce earnings.

Our Stock Benefit Plans Will Increase Our Costs, Which Will Reduce Our Profitability and Stockholders’ Equity. We anticipate that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase an amount of common stock equal to up to 6% of the sum of the common stock that is sold in the offering and that is issued to the charitable foundation. The cost of acquiring the employee stock ownership plan shares will be between $166.9 million at the minimum of the offering range and $224.9 million at the maximum of the offering range, or $258.3 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming a purchase price of $20.00 per share. Under current accounting standards, we will record annual employee stock ownership plan expenses in an amount equal to the fair market value of shares committed to be released to employees for that year. If our common stock appreciates in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan will increase.

We intend to adopt a stock option plan that will provide for grants to key employees, officers, and directors of options to purchase an amount of common stock equal to up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. We also intend to adopt a recognition and retention plan that will provide for awards of common stock to key employees, officers, and directors in an amount of up to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation. We will fund these plans through either open market purchases, if permitted, or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares. These plans will increase our future costs of compensating our key employees, officers and directors, thereby reducing our earnings. In addition, at the maximum of our offering range, stockholders will experience a 2.27% reduction or dilution in ownership interest in the event authorized but unissued shares are used to fund restricted stock awards and a 5.48% reduction or dilution in ownership interest in the event authorized but unissued shares are used to fund the stock options. Under current accounting standards, we will expense the grant-date fair value of stock options granted to key employees, officers and directors over the vesting period of such awards. Similarly, under current accounting standards, as the restricted stock shares are awarded under the recognition and retention plan, we will recognize compensation expense equal to the fair market value of such shares at grant over the vesting period. Recognizing an expense equal to the grant-date fair value of stock options or shares of restricted stock will increase our compensation costs over the vesting period of the options or shares of restricted stock.

Risks Related to the Offering and the Share Exchange

The Market Value of People’s United Financial Common Stock Received in the Share Exchange May Be Less than the Market Value of People’s Bank Common Stock Exchanged. The number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock you receive will be based on an exchange ratio which will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of People’s Bank common stock held by the public prior to the conversion, the final independent appraisal of People’s United Financial common stock prepared by RP Financial and the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. The exchange ratio will ensure that existing public stockholders of People’s Bank common stock will own approximately the same percentage of People’s United Financial common stock after the conversion and offering as they owned of People’s Bank common stock immediately prior to completion of the conversion and offering, exclusive of the effect of their purchase of additional shares in the offering and the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares. The exchange ratio will not depend on the market price of People’s Bank common stock.

 

27


Table of Contents

The exchange ratio ranges from a minimum of 1.6712 to a maximum of 2.2611 shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of People’s Bank common stock. Under certain circumstances, the pro forma market value can be adjusted upward to reflect changes in market conditions, and, at the adjusted maximum, the exchange ratio would be 2.6003 shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of People’s Bank common stock. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock issued in the share exchange will have an initial value of $20.00 per share. Depending on the exchange ratio and the market value of People’s Bank common stock at the time of the exchange, the initial market value of the People’s United Financial common stock that you receive in the share exchange could be less than the market value of the People’s Bank common stock that you currently own. Based on the $[          ] per share closing price of People’s Bank common stock as of the last trading day prior to the date of this proxy/prospectus, unless at least [              ] shares of People’s United Financial common stock are sold in the offering (close to the maximum of the offering range), the initial value of the People’s United Financial common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the People’s Bank common stock you currently own. See “ The Conversion and Offering—The Share Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock for People’s United Financial Common Stock” and The Conversion and Offering—Effects of the Conversion—Effect on People’s Bank Stockholders.

After the Offering, Our Return on Average Equity Will Be Low Compared to Other Companies. This Could Negatively Impact the Price of Our Common Stock. The net proceeds from the offering will substantially increase our equity capital. It may take a significant period of time to prudently invest this capital. Our ability to leverage our new capital and grow our balance sheet profitably will be significantly affected by industry competition for loans and deposits. The net proceeds will be invested initially in short-term investments, government securities or government-sponsored agency securities. These investments have lower average yields than a significant portion of our existing interest-earning assets. This excess capital will result in a significantly lower return on equity, which is the ratio of our earnings divided by our average stockholders’ equity, than we have experienced previously. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005, our return on average equity was 8.6% and 11.1%, respectively. On a pro forma basis assuming that 185,437,500 shares had been sold at the beginning of the year, the maximum of the offering range, and the net proceeds had been invested at an average yield of 5.25%, our return on pro forma equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005 would have been approximately 4.2% and 4.3%, respectively. As a result of the offering, our return on equity will be lower than that of our peers. To the extent that the stock market values a company based in part on its return on equity, our low return on equity relative to our peers could negatively affect the trading price of our common stock.

We Have Broad Discretion in Allocating the Proceeds of the Offering. Our Failure to Effectively Utilize the Proceeds Could Significantly Reduce Our Profitability. People’s United Financial intends to contribute approximately 50% of the net proceeds of the offering to People’s Bank. People’s United Financial may use the remaining net proceeds to purchase investment securities, finance the acquisition of other financial institutions or other businesses that are related to banking or for other general corporate purposes, including repurchases of common stock and the payment of cash dividends. People’s United Financial expects to use a portion of the net proceeds to fund the purchase by People’s Bank’s employee stock ownership plan of shares of People’s United Financial common stock. We also intend to contribute 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash to The People’s Community Foundation. People’s Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to make acquisitions, fund new loans, purchase investment securities, establish or acquire new branches, acquire financial institutions or other businesses that are related to banking, pay dividends to People’s United Financial or for general corporate purposes. Although the net proceeds of the offering are expected to be invested initially in short-term investments, government securities or government-sponsored agency securities, People’s United Financial and People’s Bank will have significant flexibility in determining how much of the net proceeds to apply to different uses and the timing of such

 

28


Table of Contents

applications. The failure by us to utilize these funds effectively could significantly reduce our profitability.

Stock Market Volatility May Affect the Price of Our Common Stock. Publicly traded stocks can experience substantial market price volatility that may be unrelated to the operating performance of the particular companies. The final number of shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The valuation is based on estimates and projections of a number of factors, all of which are subject to change. After the shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and will be influenced not only by our results of operations and financial condition but also by many factors outside of our control, including prevailing interest rates, investor perceptions of us, our performance relative to our peers, research analysts ratings, and general industry and economic conditions. Consequently, if you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $20.00 per share purchase price.

The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of People’s United Financial and Certain Laws and Regulations May Prevent or Make More Difficult Certain Transactions, Including a Sale or Merger of People’s United Financial. Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of People’s United Financial, federal regulations and various other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of People’s United Financial. The factors that may discourage takeover attempts or make them more difficult include:

 

    Office of Thrift Supervision regulations . Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit, for three years following the completion of a mutual-to-stock conversion, the offer to acquire or the acquisition of more than 10% of any class of equity security of a converted institution without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

 

    Certificate of Incorporation and statutory provisions . Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of People’s United Financial and of Delaware law may make it more difficult and expensive to pursue a takeover attempt that the Board of Directors opposes. These provisions also make more difficult the removal of current directors or management, or the election of new directors. These provisions include:

 

    limitations on voting rights of the beneficial owners of more than 10% of People’s United Financial common stock;

 

    supermajority voting requirements for certain business combinations and changes to some provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws;

 

    the election of directors to staggered terms of three years;

 

    provisions regarding the timing and content of stockholder proposals and nominations;

 

    provisions restricting the calling of special meetings of stockholders;

 

    the absence of cumulative voting by stockholders in the election of directors; and

 

29


Table of Contents
    limitations imposed by Delaware law on business transactions with certain significant stockholders.

See “Restrictions on Acquisition of People’s United Financial and People’s Bank.”

 

    Significant ownership by our directors, executive officers and stock benefit plans. Following the conversion and offering, the directors, executive officers and stock benefit plans of People’s United Financial are expected to own in the aggregate approximately 7.40% of People’s United Financial common stock to be outstanding based upon the midpoint of the offering range. This significant percentage ownership by directors, executive officers and stock benefit plans could make it more difficult to obtain the required vote for a takeover or merger that management opposes.

Risks Related to the Formation of Our Charitable Foundation

Our Contribution to The People’s Community Foundation Will Hurt Our 2007 Profits and Dilute Your Ownership Interest. We intend to contribute 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the net offering proceeds to The People’s Community Foundation. This contribution of common stock and cash will be an additional operating expense and will reduce net income during the fiscal year in which The People’s Community Foundation is established, which is expected to be the year ending December 31, 2007. Based on the pro forma assumptions, the contribution to The People’s Community Foundation would reduce net earnings by approximately $39.6 million, after tax, in 2007. In addition, at the midpoint of the offering range, purchasers of shares in the offering and current People’s Bank stockholders will have their ownership interests diluted by 0.71% at the close of the offering, when we contribute the shares of our common stock to The People’s Community Foundation from authorized but unissued shares of common stock. For a further discussion regarding the effect of the contribution to the charitable foundation, see “ Pro Forma Data ” and “ Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.

Our Contribution to The People’s Community Foundation May Not Be Tax Deductible, Which Could Hurt Our Profits. We believe that our $60 million pre-tax contribution in cash and shares of our common stock to The People’s Community Foundation will be deductible for federal income tax purposes. However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. If the contribution is not deductible, we would not receive any tax benefit from the contribution. In addition, even if the contribution is tax deductible, we may not have sufficient profits to be able to use the deduction fully.

 

30


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

General

The special meeting will be held at [          ], Bridgeport, Connecticut, on [              ], 2007 at [              ], Eastern Time, and any adjournment or postponement thereof.

The purpose of the special meeting is to consider and vote upon the amended and restated agreement and plan of conversion and reorganization of People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank (the “plan of conversion”), under which:

1. People’s Mutual Holdings will convert to a stock form interim federal savings bank and simultaneously will merge with and into People’s Bank, with People’s Bank as the surviving entity; People’s Mutual Holdings will thus cease to exist and a new liquidation account will be established by People’s Bank for the benefit of People’s Bank’s depositors.

2. Immediately thereafter, People’s United Financial, a newly formed Delaware stock corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s Bank, will form a federally chartered interim stock savings bank, which will then merge with and into People’s Bank, with People’s Bank as the surviving entity; People’s Bank will thus become a wholly-owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial.

3. In connection with the conversion, People’s United Financial will offer shares of its common stock representing the ownership interest of People’s Mutual Holdings in People’s Bank in a subscription offering and possibly a syndicated offering.

4. In connection therewith, each share of People’s Bank common stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the conversion will be canceled and exchanged for new shares of People’s United Financial common stock based on an exchange ratio, plus cash in lieu of any fractional share interest.

In addition, in connection with the conversion and offering, you are being asked to consider and vote upon the establishment of The People’s Community Foundation, a Delaware non-stock corporation dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes within People’s Bank’s market area, and the funding of the charitable foundation with 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the net offering proceeds. You are also being asked to consider and vote upon certain provisions to be included in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation.

 

31


Table of Contents

Voting in favor of or against the plan of conversion constitutes a vote for or against the conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings to a stock form holding company and all other transactions contemplated by the plan of conversion. People’s Mutual Holdings is expected to vote all of its shares “FOR” approval of each of the proposals.

The Board of Directors recommends that you promptly sign, date and mark the enclosed proxy card in favor of each of the proposals and return the proxy card in the enclosed self-addressed, postage prepaid proxy reply envelope. If you prefer, you may vote by using telephone or Internet following the instructions on the proxy card. Proxy cards must be received prior to the commencement of the Special Meeting. Returning the proxy card will not prevent you from voting in person if you attend the Special Meeting. Your prompt vote is very important. Failing to vote will have the same effect as voting against each of the proposals.

Record Date and Voting Rights

You are entitled to one vote at the Special Meeting for each share of People’s Bank common stock that you owned of record at the close of business on [                      ], 2007 (the “Record Date”). On the Record Date, there were [              ] shares of common stock outstanding.

You may vote your shares at the Special Meeting in person or by proxy. To vote in person, you must attend the Special Meeting and obtain and submit a ballot, which we will provide to you at the Special Meeting. To vote by proxy, you must complete, sign and return the enclosed proxy card, or cast your vote by Internet or telephone. If you properly complete the proxy card and send it to us in time to vote, or cast your vote by Internet or telephone, your “proxy” (one of the individuals named on your proxy card) will vote your shares as you have directed. If you sign the proxy card but do not specify choices, your proxy will vote your shares “FOR” each of the proposals identified in the Notice of Special Meeting.

If any other matter is presented, your proxy will vote the shares represented by all properly executed proxies on such matters as a majority of the Board of Directors determines. As of the date of this proxy statement, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the Special Meeting.

If your shares are not registered in your own name, you will need appropriate documentation from your stockholder of record to vote personally at the Special Meeting. Examples of such documentation include a broker’s statement, letter or other document that will confirm your ownership of shares of People’s Bank.

Quorum

A quorum of stockholders is necessary to hold a valid meeting. If the holders of at least a majority of the total number of the outstanding shares of common stock of People’s Bank entitled to vote are represented in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting, a quorum will exist. We will include proxies marked as abstentions to determine the number of shares present at the Special Meeting.

 

32


Table of Contents

Votes Required

Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting and the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting, excluding shares held by People’s Mutual Holdings, to approve the plan of conversion. Under Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and the plan of conversion, completion of the conversion and offering is also subject to the approval of the plan of conversion by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total eligible votes of the depositors of People’s Bank. If there are insufficient stockholder votes for approval of the plan of conversion at the time of the Special Meeting, the Special Meeting may be adjourned by the Board of Directors to permit further solicitation of proxies.

Proposal 2: Approval of the Establishment and Funding of The People’s Community Foundation. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock, excluding shares held by People’s Mutual Holdings, to approve the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. Under Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and the plan of conversion, the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation is also subject to the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the affirmative vote of a majority of the total eligible votes of the depositors of People’s Bank. If there are insufficient votes for approval of the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation at the time of the Special Meeting, the Special Meeting may be adjourned by the Board of Directors to permit further solicitation of proxies.

Proposals 3 – 10: Approval of Certain Provisions to be Included in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting to approve the proposals related to People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation. People’s Mutual Holdings, which owns 57.7% of People’s Bank’s common stock, is expected to vote in favor of each of these proposals. Because People’s Mutual Holdings owns a majority of People’s Bank’s common stock, we expect that People’s Mutual Holdings will control the outcome of these proposals. If there are insufficient votes for approval of any of these proposals at the time of the Special Meeting, the Special Meeting may be adjourned by the Board of Directors to permit further solicitation of proxies.

Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of People’s Bank, including shares held by People’s Mutual Holdings. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the Special Meeting.

Effect of Broker Non-Votes

If your broker does not vote on the proposals, this will constitute a “broker non-vote.” Broker non-votes and abstentions will have the same effect as shares voted “Against” each of the proposals.

Revoking Your Proxy

You may revoke your grant of proxy at any time before it is voted by:

 

    filing a written revocation of the proxy with the Secretary of People’s Bank;

 

    submitting a signed proxy card bearing a later date; or

 

    attending and voting in person at the Special Meeting.

Solicitation of Proxies

This proxy statement and the accompanying proxy card are being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the Special Meeting by the Board of Directors. People’s Bank will pay the costs of soliciting proxies from its stockholders. To the extent necessary to obtain approval of the proposals, directors, officers or employees of People’s Bank may solicit proxies by mail, telephone and

 

33


Table of Contents

other forms of communication. We will reimburse such persons for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such solicitation.

We have retained Georgeson Inc. to solicit proxies in connection with the special meeting of stockholders and in connection with a separate meeting of depositors of People’s Bank, who will also vote on the matters set forth in Proposals 1 and 2. We have agreed to pay Georgeson Inc. a base fee of $35,000 plus out of pocket expenses. The aggregate fee will vary considerably based on the number and length of telephone solicitations made. We have also agreed to reimburse Georgeson Inc. for its expenses for such solicitation services. We will request persons, firms and corporations holding shares in their names or in the name of their nominees, which are beneficially owned by others, to send proxy materials to and obtain proxies from such beneficial owners, and will reimburse such firms for reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith. We will bear all costs of solicitation.

 

34


Table of Contents

PROPOSALS RELATING TO THE CONVERSION AND THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

PROPOSAL 1 – APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank and the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings have approved the plan of conversion. The plan of conversion also has been approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, subject to approval by the depositors of People’s Bank and the stockholders of People’s Bank entitled to vote on the matter. Office of Thrift Supervision approval does not constitute an endorsement or recommendation of the plan of conversion.

General

On September 19, 2006, the Board of Directors of People’s Bank and the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings adopted the plan of conversion pursuant to which People’s Bank will reorganize from a mutual holding company structure to a stock form holding company structure. As part of the conversion, People’s Bank formed People’s United Financial. This conversion to a stock holding company structure also includes the offering by People’s United Financial of its outstanding shares of its common stock to eligible depositors of People’s Bank in a subscription offering and, if necessary, to the public in a syndicated offering or an underwritten public offering. In addition, public stockholders of People’s Bank will receive shares in People’s United Financial in exchange for their shares of People’s Bank common stock based on an exchange ratio. Following the conversion and offering, People’s Mutual Holdings will no longer exist and People’s United Financial will be the parent company of People’s Bank.

The conversion and offering will be effected as described under “ The Conversion and Offering ” in this proxy statement/prospectus or in any other manner that is permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision and is consistent with the intent of the plan of conversion. See the subsection entitled “ Our Conversion and Offering ” in the “ Summary ” of this proxy statement/prospectus for a chart that shows our structure before and after the conversion and offering.

Purposes of the Conversion and Offering

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank and the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings believe that a conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings to stock form is in the best interests of People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank, as well as in the best interests of the depositors and stockholders of People’s Bank. The conversion and offering are intended to provide us with substantially greater access to capital than is currently available to us under the mutual holding company structure and are expected to significantly increase the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, the stock holding company structure will provide us with more flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions.

Funds raised in the offering will allow People’s Bank and People’s United Financial to:

 

    finance de novo expansion and support organic growth both inside and outside of the state of Connecticut;

 

    acquire other financial institutions, branches of other financial institutions or business related to banking, although there is no specific agreement with any institution or business at this time;

 

    increase lending to support continued growth in our commercial banking loan portfolios;

 

    establish and fund a charitable foundation to benefit the communities we serve; and

 

    use the additional capital for other general corporate purposes.

 

35


Table of Contents

After considering the relative merits of the conversion and offering, as well as applicable fiduciary duties, the Board of Directors of People’s Bank and the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings approved the plan of conversion as being in the best interests of the companies, the communities that they serve and the depositors, stockholders and employees of People’s Bank.

Share Exchange Ratio

Under Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, as a result of the proposed conversion, you will exchange your shares of common stock of People’s Bank for shares of common stock of People’s United Financial. Each publicly-held share of People’s Bank common stock (those not owned by People’s Mutual Holdings) will, on the effective date of the conversion, be canceled. You will automatically receive the right to a number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock in exchange for your shares of People’s Bank. The number of new shares of common stock will be determined pursuant to an exchange ratio which ensures that the public stockholders of People’s Bank common stock will own approximately the same percentage of common stock in People’s United Financial after the conversion as they held in People’s Bank immediately prior to the conversion, exclusive of any purchase of additional shares in the offering, and the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares. For more information on the exchange ratio, see the section of this proxy statement/prospectus captioned “ The Conversion and Offering – The Share Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock for People’s United Financial Common Stock .”

Exchange of Shares

If you own shares of People’s Bank common stock in “street name” through a brokerage firm, or if you hold your shares in book-entry form with our transfer agent, they will be promptly exchanged without any action on your part. Your new shares of People’s United Financial common stock will be held in “street name” or in book-entry form in an account with our transfer agent, Mellon Investor Services LLC, as applicable.

If you hold a stock certificate representing your shares of People’s Bank common stock, you will be mailed a transmittal form with instructions on how to exchange your shares. Your new shares of People’s United Financial common stock will be issued in book-entry form. Your new shares will be deposited at an account at our transfer agent and you will not receive a stock certificate. The account statement you receive from our transfer agent will be accompanied by information telling you how to obtain a stock certificate and how to transfer your shares to a brokerage account.

No fractional shares of People’s United Financial common stock will be issued to you when the conversion is completed. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued, you will be paid by check an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which you would otherwise be entitled by $20.00. Stockholders with shares held in street name at a brokerage firm will receive these funds in their brokerage accounts. Stockholders with stock certificates or shares held in book-entry form will receive checks. For more information regarding the exchange of your shares, see the section of this proxy statement/prospectus captioned “ The Conversion and Offering – The Share Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock for People’s United Financial Common Stock .”

 

36


Table of Contents

Purchase of Shares

Eligible depositors of People’s Bank have priority subscription rights allowing them to purchase common stock in the subscription offering. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be available for sale to the public in a syndicated offering.

Conditions to the Conversion and Offering

Consummation of the conversion and offering is subject to the receipt of all requisite regulatory approvals, including various approvals of the Office of Thrift Supervision. No assurance can be given that all regulatory approvals will be received. Receipt of such approvals from the Office of Thrift Supervision will not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion or the offering by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Consummation of the conversion and offering also are subject to approval by the stockholders and depositors of People’s Bank, as well as the receipt of opinions of counsel with respect to the tax consequences of the conversion and offering. See “ The Conversion and Offering — Tax Aspects ” in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Stock Compensation Plans

As part of the conversion, the Board of Directors of People’s United Financial intends, subject to stockholder approval at a meeting to be held at least six months following the conversion and offering, to implement a stock option plan for key employees, officers and directors following the conversion and offering. People’s United Financial expects to adopt a stock option plan that will authorize the grant of options to purchase authorized but unissued shares of up to 10% of the sum of the shares sold in the offering plus those issued to the charitable foundation. No options may be awarded under the stock option plan unless it is approved by the stockholders of People’s United Financial. The exercise price of the options permitted thereby shall be the fair value on the date such options are granted and no option will have a term that is longer than ten years. The Board of Directors of People’s United Financial also intends, subject to stockholder approval at a meeting to be held at least six months following the conversion, to implement a recognition and retention plan for key employees, officers and directors after the conversion and offering. People’s United Financial expects to adopt a recognition and retention plan that will authorize the grant of restricted stock awards of up to 4% of the sum of the shares of common stock sold in the offering plus those issued to the charitable foundation. People’s United Financial’s employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase up to 6% of the sum of the shares of common stock sold in the offering plus those issued to the charitable foundation. See “ Management of People’s Bank — Future Benefit Plans ” in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Amendment or Termination of the Plan of Conversion

All interpretations of the plan of conversion by the Board of Directors of People’s Bank and the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings will be final, subject to the authority of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion provides that, if deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors of People’s Bank or the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings, the plan of conversion may be substantively amended by a majority vote of the Board of Directors and the Board of Trustees as a result of comments from regulatory authorities or otherwise, at any time prior to the submission of proxy materials to the depositors and stockholders of People’s Bank. Amendment of the plan of conversion thereafter requires a majority vote of the Board of Directors and the Board of Trustees, with the concurrence of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion may be terminated by a majority vote of the Board of Directors and the Board of Trustees at any time prior to the earlier of the date of the Special Meeting and the date of the special meeting of depositors of People’s Bank, and may be terminated by the Board of Directors of People’s Bank and the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual

 

37


Table of Contents

Holdings at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion shall be terminated if the conversion is not completed within 24 months from the date on which the depositors of People’s Bank approve the plan of conversion, and may not be extended by us or the Office of Thrift Supervision.

The Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the adoption of the plan of conversion. See “The Conversion And Offering – Reasons For The Conversion” in this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

38


Table of Contents

INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN MATTERS TO BE ACTED UPON

None of the directors or executive officers of People’s Bank or People’s United Financial, nor any person who has held such a position since January 1, 2006, nor any associate or affiliate of the foregoing persons, has any substantial or material interest, direct or indirect, by way of beneficial ownership of securities or otherwise, in any matter to be acted on at the special meeting of People’s Bank stockholders other than the interests described below certain persons may receive if Proposal 1 – Approval of the Plan of Conversion is approved and the conversion and offering is completed.

Stock Option Plan and Recognition and Retention Plan

People’s United Financial intends to implement a stock option plan, providing for grants of stock options, and a recognition and retention plan, providing for awards of restricted stock to key employees, officers and directors. Applicable regulations prohibit the implementation of these plans until six months after the conversion and offering. People’s United Financial must also obtain the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s United Financial in order to implement these plans.

If the stock option plan and recognition and retention plan are implemented and approved by People’s United Financial stockholders within one year of the completion of the conversion, the number of options granted or shares of restricted stock awarded under these stock-based incentive plans may not exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued to the charitable foundation.

We expect that any shares required for restricted stock awards would be purchased in the open market or privately negotiated transactions following stockholder approval of the plan. Funds necessary for stock purchases would be provided by People’s United Financial. We anticipate that awards under the stock option plan and recognition and retention plan would vest over a five-year period measured from the award date and that compensation expense would be recognized over the vesting period.

The following table summarizes the number of shares and aggregate dollar value of awards available for grant that are expected under the stock option and recognition and retention plans, if adopted as expected after the offering. A portion of the available stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-executive employees.

 

     Number of new shares or
options to be granted
          Value of new
available grants(1)
     At
minimum of
offering
range
   At
maximum
of offering
range
   As a
percentage
of common
stock to be
sold in the
offering
and issued
to the
foundation
    Maximum
dilution
resulting
from
issuance of
shares for
stock benefit
plans(2)
    At minimum of
offering range
   At maximum of
offering range

Recognition and retention plan

   5,562,500    7,497,500    4.00 %   2.27 %   $ 111,250,000    $ 149,950,000

Stock option plan

   13,906,250    18,743,750    10.00 %   5.49 %     46,029,688      62,041,813
                               

Total

   19,468,750    26,241,250    14.00 %   7.52 %   $ 157,279,688    $ 211,991,813
                               

 


(1)

The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value as of the date that grants are made. For purposes of this table, the fair value of the restricted stock grants is

 

224


Table of Contents
 

assumed to be the same as the offering price of $20.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.31 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $20.00; dividend yield of 3.0%; expected option life of 10 years; risk-free interest rate of 4.64%; and volatility rate of 11.3% based on an index of publicly-traded thrifts. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the option, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model.

 

(2) Assumes shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares and dilution is calculated at the maximum of the offering range.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

People’s United Financial intends to implement a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan in connection with the offering which we expect will purchase an amount of common stock equal to up to 6% of the sum of the shares of common stock that are sold in the offering and those that are issued to the charitable foundation, or 11,246,250 shares of common stock, assuming 185,437,500 shares, the maximum of the offering range, are sold in the offering. The plan is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of all employees, including executive officers of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial, who meet certain eligibility requirements. For a detailed description of the employee stock ownership plan and its limitations see “ Management of People’s Bank – Future Benefit Plans – Employee Stock Ownership Plan .”

The following table presents information regarding the eligible participants in our contemplated employee stock ownership plan and our contemplated stock-based incentive plans, the percentage of outstanding shares of common stock after the offering assuming shares are sold at the maximum of the offering range and the dollar value of the common stock available for issuance or allocation under these plans.

 

     Individuals
Eligible to
Participate
   Number of
Shares at the
Maximum of
Offering Range
   Percentage of
Total Shares
Outstanding
(including shares
issued to the
charitable
foundation)
  Percentage of
Shares Sold in the
Offering
(including shares
issued to the
charitable
foundation)
  Estimated
Value of
Shares at the
Maximum of
the Offering
Range(1)

Employee stock ownership plan

   Officers and
Employees
   11,246,250    3.48%   6.0%   $ 224,925,000

Stock option plan

   Directors,
Officers and
Employees
   18,743,750    5.80%   10.0%   $ 62,041,813

Recognition and retention plan

   Directors,
Officers and
Employees
   7,497,500    2.32%   4.0%   $ 149,950,000

 


(1)

The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value as of the date that grants are made. For purposes of this table, the fair value of the restricted stock grants is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $20.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.31 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $20.00; dividend yield of 3.0%; expected option life of 10 years; risk free interest rate of 4.64%; and a volatility rate of 11.3% based

 

225


Table of Contents
 

on an index of publicly-traded thrifts. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the option, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model. For a detailed description of the stock option plan and the recognition and retention plan and their applicable limitations see “ Management of People’s Bank – Future Benefit Plans – Stock Option Plan ” and “ Management of People’s Bank – Future Benefit Plans – Recognition and Retention Plan .”

Change-In-Control Employee Severance Plan

Upon consummation of the conversion, we intend to establish the People’s Bank Change-in-Control Employee Severance Plan which will provide eligible employees with severance pay benefits in the event of a change in control, as defined in the plan, of People’s Bank or People’s United Financial.

Generally, all employees, other than executive officers with individual employment or change in control agreements, who are employed at People’s Bank as of the date of the conversion will be eligible to participate in the plan. Once a change in control occurs, the severance plan vests in each participant a contractual right to the benefits such participant is entitled to thereunder. Cash severance benefits payable under the plan depend on the participant’s position and the number of full years of service with People’s Bank. The plan provides that we will maintain medical and dental plan coverage for a period of six months following the employee’s date of termination, or until comparable benefits are provided by a new employer, whichever occurs first, at no greater cost to the employee than the employee is paying as of the date of termination. For a detailed description of the Change-in-Control Employee Severance Plan and its limitations see “ Management of People’s Bank – Future Benefit Plans – Change-In-Control Employee Severance Plan .”

Employment Agreement and Change of Control Agreements

People’s Bank has entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Klein and change of control agreements with each of Messrs. Klein, Sherringham, D’Amore, Dreyer and Kosturko. These agreements provide that, under certain circumstances, certain benefits must be paid to these officers in the event of a change of control (as defined in the agreements) of People’s Bank. The elimination of People’s Mutual Holdings, which currently owns 57.7% of People’s Bank’s outstanding common stock, as part of the conversion and offering increases the likelihood that a change of control would occur in the future, thus triggering payments to these executives under the employment agreement and/or change of control agreements. However, for a period of three years following the conversion, change of control transactions would effectively be prohibited by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, which will prevent any person from acquiring the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of People’s United Financial’s outstanding common stock without prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. For a detailed description of these agreements, see “ Management of People’s Bank – Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control – Employment Agreement ” and “ Management of People’s Bank – Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control – Change of Control Agreements .”

 

226


Table of Contents

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

The Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings and the Board of Directors of People’s Bank adopted the plan of conversion on September 19, 2006, and amended and restated the plan of conversion on October 26, 2006. The plan of conversion must also be approved by the depositors and stockholders of People’s Bank. A special meeting of the depositors and a special meeting of stockholders has been called for this purpose on [__], 2007. The Office of Thrift Supervision has conditionally approved the plan of conversion; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by that agency.

General

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization, which is 42.3% owned by public stockholders, to the full stock form, which will be 100% owned by public stockholders. People’s Mutual Holdings, the mutual holding company parent of People’s Bank, will convert from a federally chartered mutual holding company to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank (“Interim A”) and simultaneously merge with and into People’s Bank, with People’s Bank as the surviving entity; thereafter, People’s Mutual Holdings will no longer exist as a separate entity. The common stock of People’s Bank held by People’s Mutual Holdings will be canceled and a liquidation account will be established for the benefit of the depositors of People’s Bank as of specified dates. Immediately thereafter, People’s United Financial, a newly formed Delaware-chartered stock corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of People’s Bank, will form a federally chartered interim stock savings bank as a wholly owned subsidiary (“Interim B”), which will merge with and into People’s Bank, with People’s Bank as the surviving entity. The shares of common stock of Interim B held by People’s United Financial will be converted, on a one-to-one basis, into shares of common stock of People’s Bank. The public stockholders of People’s Bank will exchange their shares of the common stock of People’s Bank for shares of the common stock of People’s United Financial, based on an exchange ratio. See “ —The Share Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock for People’s United Financial Common Stock.

As a result, all of the common stock of People’s Bank will be owned by People’s United Financial and the public stockholders will own approximately the same percentage of the common stock of People’s United Financial as the percentage of the common stock of People’s Bank owned by them prior to the conversion, exclusive of their purchase of additional shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares. In connection with the conversion, shares of common stock of People’s United Financial representing the 57.7% ownership interest of People’s Mutual Holdings will be offered for sale in the offering. In addition, the plan of conversion provides for the establishment of The People’s Community Foundation and our funding of this charitable foundation with 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the offering proceeds. The establishment and funding of The People’s Community Foundation is subject to a separate vote of People’s Bank’s depositors and stockholders.

When the conversion and offering are completed, all of the capital stock of People’s Bank will be owned by People’s United Financial and all of the common stock of People’s United Financial will be owned by public stockholders, including the charitable foundation. A diagram of our corporate structure before and after the conversion is set forth in the “ Summary ” section of this proxy statement/prospectus.

People’s United Financial intends to contribute 50% of the net proceeds of the offering to People’s Bank. We also intend to lend our employee stock ownership plan cash to enable the plan to buy up to 6% of the sum of the shares sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation. People’s United Financial will retain the balance of the net proceeds minus the cash contribution to the

 

227


Table of Contents

charitable foundation. The conversion will be completed only upon completion of the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock to be offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that People’s United Financial will offer shares of its common stock in the subscription offering in the order of priority listed below:

 

  (1) Depositors with accounts at People’s Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 on June 30, 2005;

 

  (2) Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans;

 

  (3) Depositors with accounts at People’s Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 on December 31, 2006; and

 

  (4) People’s Bank’s depositors as of [              ], 2007.

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated offering through a syndicate of selected dealers. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated will act as sole book-running manager and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. will act as joint lead manager for the syndicated offering, and each firm will assist us in selling our common stock in the syndicated offering on a best efforts basis. Alternatively, we may sell any remaining shares in an underwritten public offering. None of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. or any other member of the syndicate is required to purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated offering. The syndicated offering will terminate no later than 45 days after the expiration of the subscription offering, unless extended by us, with approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of our common stock, giving effect to the conversion, the purchase price per share and People’s Mutual Holdings’ 57.7% ownership interest in People’s Bank. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $20.00 per share. No commission will be charged to purchasers. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “ —Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued ” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of our common stock.

The following is a brief summary of the conversion, which is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each branch office of People’s Bank and at the Northeast Regional and the Washington, D.C. offices of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Office of Thrift Supervision. See “ Where You Can Find Additional Information .”

Reasons for the Conversion

The conversion and offering are intended to provide us with substantially greater access to capital resources than is available to us under the mutual holding company structure. We believe that the conversion and offering will result in a more active and liquid trading market for the common stock of People’s United Financial than currently exists for the common stock of People’s Bank. In addition, the stock holding company structure will provide us with more flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions.

 

228


Table of Contents

The net proceeds raised in the offering will allow us to:

 

    finance de novo expansion and support organic growth both inside and outside of the state of Connecticut;

 

    acquire other financial institutions, branches or other businesses related to banking, although there is no specific agreement with any institution at this time;

 

    increase lending to support continued growth in our commercial banking loan portfolios;

 

    form a charitable foundation to benefit the communities we serve; and

 

    use the additional capital for other general corporate purposes.

Since its mutual holding company reorganization in 1988, People’s Bank has gained experience as a public company complying with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and in conducting stockholder meetings and other stockholder matters, such as communications, press releases, stock repurchases and dividend payments. For all the foregoing reasons, and after considering the relative merits of the conversion and offering, as well as applicable fiduciary duties, the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings and the Board of Directors of People’s Bank approved the conversion and offering as being in the best interests of each such institution, the communities they serve and the depositors, stockholders and employees of People’s Bank.

Approvals Required

The affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the depositors of People’s Bank at the special meeting of depositors is required to approve the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. By their approval of the plan of conversion, the depositors of People’s Bank will also be approving the various transactions required to accomplish the conversion, including the formation of the interim institutions and the mergers of the interim institutions with and into People’s Bank. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders of People’s Bank and the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock, excluding shares held by People’s Mutual Holdings, are also required to approve the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. The plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation also must both be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

The Share Exchange of People’s Bank Common Stock for People’s United Financial Common Stock

Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that, in a conversion of a mutual holding company to fully stock form, the public stockholders will exchange their existing shares of common stock for shares issued in the conversion by the new holding company, provided that the mutual holding company demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Office of Thrift Supervision that the basis for the share exchange is fair and reasonable. Each share of People’s Bank common stock outstanding as of the date of completion of the conversion (other than shares held by People’s Mutual Holdings, which will be canceled as a result of the conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings to a federal interim stock savings bank

 

229


Table of Contents

and simultaneous merger into People’s Bank) will be subject to the exchange, pursuant to which each stockholder will automatically be entitled to exchange his or her shares of People’s Bank common stock for shares of People’s United Financial common stock, pursuant to an exchange ratio.

Shares of People’s Bank common stock held by stockholders as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering will be canceled and exchanged for new shares of People’s United Financial common stock. The number of shares received will be based on an exchange ratio which will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering and will be based on the percentage of People’s Bank common stock held by the public prior to the conversion, the final independent appraisal of People’s United Financial common stock prepared by RP Financial and the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. The exchange ratio will ensure that existing public stockholders of People’s Bank common stock will own approximately the same percentage of People’s United Financial common stock after the conversion and offering as they owned of People’s Bank common stock immediately prior to completion of the conversion and offering, exclusive of the effect of their purchase of additional shares in the offering and the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares. The exchange ratio does not depend on the market price of People’s Bank common stock.

The following table shows how many shares a hypothetical owner of People’s Bank common stock would receive in the share exchange, based on the number of shares sold in the offering.

 

     Shares to be sold in
the offering
    Shares to be
exchanged for
shares
of People’s Bank
common stock
    Shares to be
issued
to the foundation
    Total shares
of common
stock to be
outstanding
after the
conversion
   Exchange
ratio
   Equivalent
per share
current
market
price (1)
   Shares that
would be
exchanged
per 100
shares of
People’s
Bank
common
stock
     Amount    Percent     Amount    Percent     Amount    Percent                     

Minimum

   137,062,500    57.22 %   100,491,584    41.95 %   2,000,000    0.83 %   239,554,084    1.6712    $ 33.42    167

Midpoint

   161,250,000    57.29 %   118,225,393    42.00 %   2,000,000    0.71 %   281,475,393    1.9662    $ 39.32    196

Maximum

   185,437,500    57.34 %   135,959,202    42.04 %   2,000,000    0.62 %   323,396,702    2.2611    $ 45.22    226

Maximum, as adjusted

   213,253,125    57.39 %   156,353,083    42.07 %   2,000,000    0.54 %   371,606,208    2.6003    $ 52.01    260

 


(1) Represents the value of shares of People’s United Financial common stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares received in the share exchange by a holder of one share of People’s Bank common stock at the exchange ratio, assuming a market price of $20.00 per share.

For example, at the midpoint shown in the preceding table, a stockholder owning 100 shares of People’s Bank common stock would receive 196 shares of People’s United Financial common stock plus $12.40 in cash, which is equivalent to a value of $39.32 per share of People’s Bank common stock based on the $20.00 per share offering price of People’s United Financial common stock. At the maximum shown in the preceding table, a stockholder owning 100 shares of People’s Bank common stock would receive 226 shares of People’s United Financial common stock plus $2.20 in cash, which is equivalent to a value of $45.22 per share of People’s Bank common stock based on the $20.00 per share offering price of People’s United Financial common stock. Based on the $[          ] per share closing price of People’s Bank common stock as of the last trading day prior to the date of this proxy/prospectus, unless at least [              ] shares of People’s United Financial common stock are sold in the offering (close to the maximum of the offering range), the initial value of the People’s United Financial common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the People’s Bank common stock you currently own. See “ Risk Factors—The Market Value of People’s United Financial Common Stock Received in the Share Exchange May Be Less than the Market Value of People’s Bank Common Stock Exchanged.

 

230


Table of Contents

No fractional shares of our common stock will be issued. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued, we will pay by check an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would otherwise be entitled by the $20.00 per share purchase price. Holders with shares held in street name will receive these funds in their brokerage accounts. Holders with certificated shares and shares held in book-entry form will receive checks.

As of the completion of the conversion, if you own shares of People’s Bank common stock in “street name” through a brokerage firm, the shares will be promptly exchanged in that account, without any action on your part. Likewise, if you hold your shares in book-entry form with our transfer agent, they will be promptly exchanged without any action on your part, and an account statement will be mailed to you, indicating the number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock owned as a result of the exchange.

If you hold a stock certificate representing your shares of People’s Bank common stock, you will receive a transmittal form, with instructions on how to surrender your certificate to our transfer agent, acting as exchange agent. The transmittal form will be mailed to you as soon as practicable after the completion of the conversion. Do not forward a stock certificate without a transmittal form. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock issued to you in the exchange will be issued in book-entry form, meaning that you will not receive a stock certificate. Within [      ] business days after the exchange agent receives your properly executed transmittal form, accompanied by a stock certificate, you will be mailed an account statement. The account statement will indicate the number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock owned as a result of the exchange and held in book-entry form with our transfer agent. The account statement will be accompanied by information telling you how to obtain a stock certificate, and how to transfer your shares to a brokerage account.

If a certificate for People’s Bank common stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed, our transfer agent will issue shares of People’s United Financial common stock in book-entry form upon receipt of appropriate evidence as to the loss, theft or destruction of the People’s Bank stock certificate, appropriate evidence as to the ownership of the certificate by the claimant, and appropriate and customary indemnification, which is normally effected by the purchase of a bond from a surety company at the stockholder’s expense.

All shares of People’s United Financial common stock issued in exchange for existing shares of People’s Bank common stock will be considered to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares, subject, however, to our obligation to pay any dividends or make any other distributions with a record date prior to the effective date of the conversion and offering, which may have been declared by us on or prior to the effective date and which remain unpaid at the effective date.

We also will convert options previously awarded under the People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan into options to purchase People’s United Financial common stock. At September 30, 2006, there were outstanding options to purchase 1,435,055 shares of People’s Bank common stock. The number of outstanding options and related per share exercise prices will be adjusted based on the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, term and vesting period of the outstanding options will remain unchanged. If any options are exercised before we complete the offering, the number of shares of People’s Bank common stock outstanding will increase and the exchange ratio could be adjusted. If all currently outstanding options are exercised, stockholders will experience dilution of approximately 1.00% in their ownership interest in People’s Bank common stock.

 

231


Table of Contents

Effects of the Conversion

Continuity. While the conversion is being accomplished, the normal business of People’s Bank of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. People’s Bank will continue to be a federally chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision. After the conversion, People’s Bank will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. Directors and officers of People’s Bank prior to the conversion will continue to serve as directors and officers of People’s Bank after the conversion. Directors and certain officers of People’s Bank prior to the conversion will serve as directors and officers of People’s United Financial after the conversion. Corporators of People’s Mutual Holdings will cease to hold such office following the conversion; People’s United Financial will not have a Board of Corporators. Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings who are not directors of People’s Bank will become Advisory Board members of People’s Bank.

Effect on Deposit Accounts . Under the plan of conversion, each depositor in People’s Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.

Effect on Loans. No loan outstanding from People’s Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

Effect on Voting Rights of Depositors . At present, depositors of People’s Bank have no voting rights in People’s Mutual Holdings, except as provided in the plan of conversion. Upon completion of the conversion, People’s Mutual Holdings will cease to exist as a separate entity and depositors, in their capacity as such, will have no voting rights in People’s United Financial or People’s Bank. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in People’s Bank shall be held and exercised exclusively by People’s United Financial, as the sole stockholder of People’s Bank. The stockholders of People’s United Financial will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to People’s United Financial common stock.

Effect on People’s Bank Stockholders. The conversion will increase the stockholders’ equity per share and earnings per share of the current stockholders of People’s Bank, as adjusted for the exchange offer. The following table compares historical information for People’s Bank with similar information on a pro forma and per equivalent People’s United Financial share basis. The information listed as “Pro Forma Per One Share of People’s Bank Common Stock” was obtained by multiplying the “Pro Forma Per One Share of People’s United Financial Common Stock” amounts by the exchange ratio indicated in the table.

 

232


Table of Contents
     Historical
Per One
Share of
People’s
Bank
Common
Stock
   Pro Forma
Per One
Share of
People’s
United
Financial
Common
Stock (1)
   Exchange
Ratio
   Pro Forma
Per One
Share of
People’s
Bank
Common
Stock (2)

Stockholders’ equity at September 30, 2006:

           

Sale of 137,062,500 shares

   $ 9.51    $ 15.61    1.6712    $ 26.09

Sale of 161,250,000 shares

     9.51      14.76    1.9662      29.02

Sale of 185,437,500 shares

     9.51      14.14    2.2611      31.97

Sale of 213,253,125 shares

     9.51      13.59    2.6003      35.34

Earnings for the nine months ended September 30, 2006:

           

Sale of 137,062,500 shares

   $ 0.59    $ 0.55    1.6712    $ 0.92

Sale of 161,250,000 shares

     0.59      0.50    1.9662      0.98

Sale of 185,437,500 shares

     0.59      0.46    2.2611      1.04

Sale of 213,253,125 shares

     0.59      0.42    2.6003      1.09

Market price (3):

           

Sale of 137,062,500 shares

   $ 37.39    $ 20.00    1.6712    $ 33.42

Sale of 161,250,000 shares

     37.39      20.00    1.9662      39.32

Sale of 185,437,500 shares

     37.39      20.00    2.2611      45.22

Sale of 213,253,125 shares

     37.39      20.00    2.6003      52.01

 


(1) This column shows the pro forma effect of the conversion and offering (including the sale of shares in the offering, the issuance of shares to the charitable foundation and the share exchange) per share of People’s United Financial common stock. The stockholders’ equity and earnings numbers can also be found in the pro forma tables contained in the “Pro Forma Data” section of this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

(2) This column shows the pro forma effect of the conversion and offering on one share of People’s Bank common stock and takes into account the fact that, because of the share exchange, a current People’s Bank stockholder will own a greater number of People’s United Financial shares than the number of shares of People’s Bank common stock he or she held prior to the conversion and offering.

 

(3) Based on the $37.39 closing price of People’s Bank common stock on September 19, 2006, which was the business day immediately preceding the public announcement of the conversion.

Tax Effects. We have received an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with regard to federal and state income taxation to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s Bank, People’s United Financial, the public stockholders of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial (except to the extent of any cash received in lieu of a fractional share interest in People’s United Financial), depositors of People’s Bank, eligible account holders, or supplemental eligible account holders. See “–Tax Aspects” and “United States Federal Tax Considerations Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders of the Common Stock.”

 

233


Table of Contents

Effect on Liquidation Rights . Each qualifying depositor in People’s Bank has both a deposit account in People’s Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of People’s Mutual Holdings based upon the balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be recognized in the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank. Any depositor who opens a qualifying deposit account in People’s Bank obtains a pro rata ownership interest in People’s Mutual Holdings without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of People’s Mutual Holdings, which is extinguished to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

Consequently, depositors in a stock subsidiary savings bank of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank are liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of People’s Mutual Holdings after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

In the unlikely event that People’s Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution of the “liquidation account” to depositors as of June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2006 who continue to maintain their deposit accounts as of the date of liquidation, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to People’s United Financial as the holder of People’s Bank’s capital stock. See “– Liquidation Rights.”

Effect on Existing Equity-Based Compensation Plans . Following the conversion, People’s Bank’s existing 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan and Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan will continue in accordance with their terms as then in effect, except that the People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan will be assumed by People’s United Financial. Upon completion of the conversion, the number of shares of People’s Bank common stock currently reserved for or held by these benefit plans will be exchanged for shares of People’s United Financial common stock based upon the exchange ratio. All outstanding grants and awards will be adjusted pursuant to customary anti-dilution provisions.

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

The plan of conversion requires that the aggregate purchase price of the People’s United Financial common stock to be sold in the offering must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of our common stock, as determined on the basis of an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC., an appraisal firm experienced in appraisals of financial institutions, to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. There has been no material relationship between People’s Bank and RP Financial for the past two years. RP Financial’s fees for its services in preparing this appraisal are estimated to be $900,000. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial and its employees and affiliates against specified losses (including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where RP Financial’s liability results from its negligence or bad faith.

Consistent with Office of Thrift Supervision appraisal guidelines, the independent appraisal applied three primary methodologies to estimate the pro forma market value of our common stock: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and estimated core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of a peer group of companies considered by RP Financial to be comparable to

 

234


Table of Contents

us, subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial to account for differences between People’s Bank and the peer group. The peer group analysis conducted by RP Financial included a total of 12 publicly-traded financial institutions with assets of more than $4.0 billion and market capitalizations of at least $400 million. The peer group is comprised of six publicly-traded thrifts and six publicly-traded commercial banks, all selected based on asset size, market area (two Connecticut institutions are included) and operating strategy. In preparing its appraisal, RP Financial placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings approach and placed lesser emphasis on the price-to-book and price-to-assets approaches in estimating pro forma market value.

RP Financial prepared the independent valuation in reliance upon the information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements of People’s Bank. RP Financial also considered the following factors, among others:

 

    our present and projected operating results and financial condition and proposed use of proceeds;

 

    the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area;

 

    historical, financial and other information relating to us;

 

    a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial characteristics with those of other similarly situated publicly-traded banks and savings institutions;

 

    the aggregate size of the offering of the common stock;

 

    the impact of the conversion and offering on our equity and earnings potential;

 

    our proposed dividend policy; and

 

    the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

RP Financial’s independent valuation also utilized certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of People’s United Financial after the offering. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net offering proceeds and expenses related to the stock-based benefit plans of People’s United Financial, including the employee stock ownership plan, the recognition and retention plan and the stock option plan. The employee stock ownership plan and recognition and retention plan are assumed to purchase 6% and 4%, respectively, of the sum of the shares sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation. The stock option plan is assumed to grant options to purchase the equivalent of 10% of the sum of the shares sold in the offering and those issued to the charitable foundation. See “ Pro Forma Data ” for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

RP Financial also considered that we intend to contribute cash and issue shares of common stock to The People’s Community Foundation, a charitable foundation that will be established in connection with the conversion. The intended contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation has the effect of reducing the estimated size of the offering of our common stock. See “ Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation .”

RP Financial prepared an original valuation dated October 16, 2006. RP Financial subsequently prepared an updated valuation dated January 18, 2007 taking into account recent developments through

 

235


Table of Contents

December 31, 2006 and updated stock prices. Based on their updated independent valuation dated January 18, 2007, RP Financial has advised us that, as of January 18, 2007, the estimated pro forma market value, or valuation range, of our common stock, including offering shares, exchange shares and shares issued to the charitable foundation, ranged from a minimum of $4.791 billion to a maximum of $6.468 billion, with a midpoint of $5.630 billion. The Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings and the Board of Directors of People’s Bank have decided to offer the shares for a price of $20.00 per share. RP Financial has advised us that, as of January 18, 2007, the exchange ratio ranged from a minimum of 1.6712 to a maximum of 2.2611, with a midpoint of 1.9662, shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of People’s Bank common stock. The aggregate offering price of the shares of common stock will be equal to the valuation range net of the value of the shares issued to the charitable foundation multiplied by the 57.7% ownership interest that People’s Mutual Holdings has in People’s Bank. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range, the value of shares issued to the charitable foundation, the percentage of People’s Bank common stock owned by People’s Mutual Holdings and the $20.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range is 137,062,500 shares, the midpoint of the offering range is 161,250,000 shares, the maximum of the offering range is 185,437,500 shares and 15% above the maximum of the offering range is 213,253,125 shares. RP Financial’s independent valuation will be updated before we complete our offering.

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank and the Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:

 

    People’s Bank’s financial condition and results of operations;

 

    comparison of financial performance ratios of People’s Bank to those of other financial institutions of similar size;

 

    market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions;

 

    the historical trading price of the publicly held shares of People’s Bank common stock; and

 

    comparison of People’s United Financial’s pro forma pricing multiples to the average and median pricing multiples of the peer group companies.

All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The Board of Trustees of People’s Mutual Holdings and the Board of Directors of People’s Bank also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial in preparing the independent valuation and the Board of Trustees and the Board of Directors believe that such assumptions are reasonable. The offering range may be amended with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, if required, as a result of subsequent developments in our financial condition or market conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of our common stock, including offering shares, exchange shares and shares issued to the charitable foundation, to less than $4.791 billion or more than $7.432 billion, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to our registration statement.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies used by RP Financial in its independent appraisal report and the resulting pricing ratios for People’s United Financial reflecting the pro forma impact of the offering, as calculated in the table in the section of this proxy statement/prospectus entitled “ Pro Forma Data .” Compared to the median pricing ratios of the peer group, People’s United Financial’s pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range

 

236


Table of Contents

indicated a premium of 88% on a price-to-earnings basis and discounts of 34% on a price-to-book basis and 45% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. The estimated appraised value and the resulting premiums or discounts took into consideration the potential financial impact of the conversion and offering.

 

     Price to  
     Earnings
Multiple
(1)
   Book
Value
Ratio
    Tangible
Book
Value
Ratio
 

People’s United Financial (pro forma) (2) :

       

Minimum

   27.27x    128.12 %   131.84 %

Midpoint

   30.00x    135.50 %   138.99 %

Maximum

   32.61x    141.44 %   144.82 %

Maximum, as adjusted

   35.71x    147.17 %   150.26 %

All publicly-traded thrifts as of January 18, 2007:

       

Average

   18.27x    139.71 %   163.83 %

Median

   15.84x    131.62 %   144.78 %

All publicly-traded banks as of January 18, 2007:

       

Average

   17.05x    187.80 %   231.22 %

Median

   16.03x    179.90 %   221.20 %

Valuation of peer group as of January 18, 2007 (3) :

       

Average

   17.53x    209.12 %   269.15 %

Median

   15.96x    205.31 %   250.45 %

 


(1) Multiples calculated by RP Financial in the January 18, 2007 appraisal are based on an estimate of core, or recurring, earnings for the 12 months ended December 31, 2006 and on total pro forma outstanding shares of common stock, including all shares owned by our employee stock ownership plan, whether or not allocated to participants and including shares issued to the charitable foundation, and equal 24.86, 27.75, 30.38 and 33.10, respectively, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range. Because this is a different method than used by us in calculating the numbers included in this table and in the pro forma information included under “ Pro Forma Data ,” the pro forma price-to-earnings multiples in the table do not correspond to the multiples in the appraisal. See note 1 to the pro forma information included under “ Pro Forma Data ” for more information on our treatment of shares owned by our employee stock ownership plan for purposes of this calculation.

 

(2) Based on People’s Bank’s financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Price-to-earnings multiples for People’s United Financial are shown on an annualized basis.

 

(3) Reflects earnings for the most recent 12-month period for which data were publicly available.

The independent valuation prepared by RP Financial is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. RP Financial did not independently verify the consolidated financial statements

 

237


Table of Contents

and other information provided by People’s Bank, nor did RP Financial value independently the assets or liabilities of People’s Bank. The independent valuation considers People’s Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of People’s Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing People’s United Financial common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $20.00 purchase price.

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15% to up to $7.432 billion, as a result of regulatory considerations, demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, which would result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 213,253,125 shares and of the exchange ratio to 2.6003 shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of People’s Bank common stock. The price of $20.00 per share will remain fixed.

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $7.432 billion and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 213,253,125 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $4.791 billion and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 137,062,500 shares, then, after consulting with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we may terminate the plan of conversion, cancel all deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return by check all funds received in the subscription offering with interest at People’s Bank’s passbook savings rate of interest calculated from the date of receipt of the stock order. Alternatively, we may hold a new offering or establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of subscribers or take other actions as permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision in order to complete the conversion and offering. If a resolicitation is commenced, we will notify all subscribers, and subscribers will have the right to change (increase or decrease) or rescind their purchase orders during a resolicitation period. If we do not receive a response from a subscriber to any resolicitation, the subscriber’s order will be rescinded, all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled and all funds received will be returned promptly with interest at People’s Bank’s passbook savings rate. The conversion must be completed by [          ], which is two years after the special meeting of depositors of People’s Bank to vote on the conversion.

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel all deposit account withdrawal authorizations and return by check all funds submitted in the subscription offering, plus interest at People’s Bank’s passbook savings rate from the date of receipt.

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a purchaser’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a purchaser’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “ Pro Forma Data .”

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, including any amendments thereto, and the detailed memorandum of RP Financial setting forth the method and assumptions for the appraisal are available for inspection at our administrative offices and as specified under “ Where You Can Find Additional Information .”

 

238


Table of Contents

Other Purchase Arrangements

If we are unable to find purchasers from the general public for unsubscribed shares up to the minimum of the offering range, we may make other purchase arrangements, if feasible. Other purchase arrangements must be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision and may provide for purchases by trustees, directors, officers, their associates and other persons in excess of the limitations provided in the plan of conversion and in excess of the proposed purchases discussed under “ Proposed Purchases of Common Stock by Management ,” although no such additional purchases are currently planned. If other purchase arrangements cannot be made, we may do any of the following: terminate the offering and promptly return all funds or cancel deposit account withdrawals, as the case may be; set a new offering range, notify all subscribers and give them the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders; or take such other actions as may be permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

Limitation on Common Stock Ownership

The number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock that a stockholder receives in the share exchange, individually and together with associates or persons acting in concert with such stockholder, when combined with any shares that the stockholder and his or her associates and persons acting in concert with him or her will purchase in the offering, may not exceed 5% of the total shares of the People’s United Financial common stock to be issued and outstanding at the completion of the conversion and offering. However, current stockholders will not have to sell any People’s Bank common stock or be limited in receiving shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the share exchange even if their ownership of People’s United Financial common stock after the share exchange would exceed an applicable purchase limitation.

The term “associate” means:

 

    any corporation or organization, other than People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s Bank, People’s United Financial or a majority-owned subsidiary of People’s Bank or People’s United Financial, of which the stockholder is a senior officer or partner or are directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities;

 

    any trust or other estate in which the stockholder has a substantial beneficial interest or serve as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, but excluding (1) any employee stock benefit plan in which the stockholder has a substantial beneficial interest or serve as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (2) any other person who has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity for any such employee stock benefit plan, solely as a result of having such interest or serving in such capacity; and

 

    the stockholder, his or her spouse or a relative of the stockholder or his or her spouse, who either has the same home as you or who is a trustee, director or officer of People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s Bank, People’s United Financial or any of the subsidiaries of the foregoing.

The term “acting in concert” means:

 

    knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

239


Table of Contents
    a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

Any persons or companies having the same address on an account or stock order form are considered to be acting in concert. A person or company which acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated, and participants or beneficiaries of the employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert solely as a result of their common interest as participants or beneficiaries. We will presume that certain persons are acting in concert based upon various facts, including the fact that persons have joint account relationships or the fact that such persons have filed joint Schedules 13D with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to other companies. We reserve the right to make an independent investigation of any facts or circumstances brought to our attention that indicate that one or more persons acting independently or as a group acting in concert may be attempting to violate or circumvent the regulatory prohibition on the transferability of subscription rights or ownership limitations. We have the right, in our sole discretion, to determine whether persons are associates or acting in concert. Our trustees, directors, officers and employees are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their capacity as such.

Selling Agent Compensation

Subscription Offering. Under the terms of an agency agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement relating to this proxy statement/prospectus, we have retained Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. to assist us with the subscription offering. The agency agreement provides that Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. will assist us on a best efforts basis in the marketing of our common stock in the subscription offering, including by:

 

    acting as our financial advisor for the subscription offering;

 

    providing administrative services and managing the Stock Information Center; and

 

    targeting our sales efforts, including assisting in the preparation of marketing materials and soliciting orders for common stock.

For these services, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. will receive a marketing fee equal to 1.0% of the dollar amount of common stock sold in the subscription offering, subject to a maximum marketing fee of $12.0 million. No marketing fee will be payable to Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. with respect to shares sold in the subscription offering to officers, trustees, directors and employees, the immediate families of such officers, trustees, directors or employees or employee benefit plans.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated will also provide us with advisory services in connection with the subscription offering. In the event the gross proceeds from the subscription offering equal or exceed $1.75 billion, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated will receive an advisory fee equal to $5 million. In the event the gross proceeds from the subscription offering equal or exceed $2.5 billion, People’s Bank may, in its sole discretion, pay Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated an additional advisory fee of $2.5 million.

 

240


Table of Contents

The following table shows the estimated commissions to be paid by us to Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. in the subscription offering, both on a per share basis and on an aggregate basis, assuming (1) that 60,000,000 shares of common stock are sold in the subscription offering and between 67,500,000 and 112,500,000 shares are sold in the syndicated offering and (2) that our officers, trustees, directors, employees and their immediate families purchase 387,500 shares in the subscription offering and our employee benefit plans do not purchase any shares in the subscription offering. We are unable to determine the exact fees and commissions because these amounts will depend on the allocation of the shares sold in the subscription offering and in the syndicated offering, among other factors. See “ Pro Forma Data .”

 

     Per Share    Total

Marketing fee

   $ 0.199    $ 11,922,500

Syndicated Offering.

General. The agency agreement provides that Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. will assist us in the marketing of our common stock in the syndicated offering, including by managing a syndicate of selected dealers to offer the common stock in the syndicated offering. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated will serve as global coordinator and sole book-running manager and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. will act as joint lead manager for the syndicated offering. The syndicated offering is being made on a “best efforts” basis, and accordingly none of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. or any other member of the syndicate is required to purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated offering.

In connection with the syndicated offering, we will pay Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. an aggregate management fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate dollar amount received in exchange for shares sold in the syndicated offering. In addition, we will pay to the syndicate, which will include Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc., a sales concession equal to 3.0% of the aggregate dollar amount received in exchange for shares sold in the syndicated offering. The members of the syndicate will allow a concession not in excess of $[          ] per share to other members of the syndicate. The members of the syndicate may allow, and the other dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $[          ] per share to other dealers.

In the event that we sell common stock in an underwritten public offering, we have agreed that Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated will have the right to serve as sole book-running manager and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. will have the right to act as joint lead manager for the offering. We will pay underwriters (which we expect would include Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc.) that sell shares of our common stock in such offering an underwriting discount, to be negotiated by us prior to such an offering. If we determine to sell stock in an underwritten public offering, the terms of such offering, including the names of the underwriters participating in such offering, will be described in a supplement to this proxy statement/prospectus.

The following table shows the estimated fees and commissions to be paid by us to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. and the other members of the syndicate in the syndicated offering, both on a per share basis and on an aggregate basis, assuming that 60,000,000 shares of common stock are sold in the subscription offering and between 77,062,500 and 125,437,500 shares are sold in the syndicated offering. We are unable to determine the exact fees and commissions because these amounts will depend on the allocation of the shares sold in the subscription offering and in the syndicated offering, among other factors. See “ Pro Forma Data .”

 

241


Table of Contents
          Total
     Per Share    Minimum of the
Offering Range
(77,062,500 shares
sold in syndicated
offering)
   Midpoint of the
Offering Range
(101,250,000
shares sold in
syndicated
offering)
   Maximum of the
Offering Range
(125,437,500 shares
sold in syndicated
offering)
   15% Above the
Maximum of the
Offering Range
(153,253,125 shares
sold in syndicated
offering)

Management fee to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc.

   $ 0.20    $ 15,412,500    $ 20,250,000    $ 25,087,500    $ 30,650,625

Sales concession to syndicate

   $ 0.60    $ 46,237,500    $ 60,750,000    $ 75,262,500    $ 91,951,875

We estimate that the expenses of the offering, not including the fees and commissions described above or under “— Subscription Offering ,” will be approximately $10.0 million. These expenses will be payable by us.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc., as well as the other members of the syndicate, against liabilities and expenses relating to the offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments that Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. and such other members of the syndicate may be required to make for these liabilities.

Lock-up Agreements

We and our directors and executive officers have agreed not to directly or indirectly offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. for a period commencing on the date of this proxy statement/prospectus and continuing until 120 days after the completion of the offering.

Relationships

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc., some of the other members of the syndicate and their respective affiliates have performed investment banking and financial advisory services for us for which they have received customary fees and reimbursements of expenses and may in the future provide additional services for which it is anticipated they will receive compensation.

 

242


Table of Contents

Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares After Conversion

Common stock purchased in the offering or issued in the share exchange will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by directors and executive officers of People’s Bank as described below. All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by our directors or executive officers generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or executive officer. Each certificate (if any) for shares purchased by such persons in the offering will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the shares purchased by such persons in the offering will be similarly restricted. Our directors and executive officers also will be restricted by the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Purchases of shares of our common stock by our directors and executive officers and their associates during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock or to purchases of our common stock pursuant to our stock option plan or any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any recognition and retention plans or restricted stock plans.

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 for the registration of the common stock to be sold in the offering. This registration does not cover the resale of such shares. Shares of common stock owned or purchased by persons who are not affiliates of People’s United Financial may be resold without registration. Shares owned (including shares received in exchange for shares of People’s Bank common stock) or purchased by affiliates of People’s United Financial will be subject to resale restrictions under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933. If we meet the current public information requirements of Rule 144, each of our affiliates who complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of certain other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of our outstanding shares or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. Provision may be made in the future to permit our affiliates to register their shares for sale under the Securities Act of 1933 under certain circumstances.

Liquidation Rights

In the unlikely event of a complete voluntary liquidation of People’s Mutual Holdings in its present mutual form, depositors of People’s Bank would receive a pro rata share of any assets of People’s Mutual Holdings remaining after payment of claims of all creditors. Each depositor’s pro rata share of such remaining assets would be in the same proportion as the value of his or her deposit account was to the total value of all deposit accounts in People’s Bank at the time of liquidation. After the conversion and offering, each depositor, in the event of a complete liquidation of People’s Bank, would have a claim as a creditor of the same general priority as the claims of all other general creditors of People’s Bank. However, except as described below, each claim would be solely in the amount of the balance in the deposit account(s) plus accrued interest. The depositor would not have an interest in the value or assets of People’s Bank or People’s Mutual Holdings above that amount.

 

243


Table of Contents

The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, following the conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings from a federally chartered mutual holding company to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank and simultaneous merger with and into People’s Bank, of a special “liquidation account” for the benefit of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders in an amount equal to People’s Bank’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in its latest statement of financial condition contained in this proxy statement/prospectus. The liquidation account will be established and maintained by People’s Bank. In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of People’s Bank after the completion of the conversion at a time when People’s Bank has a positive net worth (and only in such event), each eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account holder would be entitled, upon a complete liquidation of People’s Bank after the conversion and offering, to an interest in the liquidation account prior to any liquidation distribution with respect to the capital stock of People’s Bank. Each eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account holder would have an initial interest in such liquidation account for each deposit account, including passbook accounts, transaction accounts such as checking accounts, money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposit, held in People’s Bank at the close of business on June 30, 2005 or December 31, 2006, as the case may be. Each eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account holder will have a pro rata interest in the total liquidation account for each of his or her deposit accounts based on the proportion that the balance of each such deposit account on June 30, 2005 or December 31, 2006, as the case may be, bore to the balance of all deposit accounts in People’s Bank on such date.

If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date of People’s Bank, commencing December 31, 2007, the amount in any deposit account is less than the amount that was in such deposit account on June 30, 2005 or December 31, 2006, as the case may be, or any other annual closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account.

Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders are satisfied would be distributed to People’s United Financial as the sole stockholder of People’s Bank.

Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution, except to the extent otherwise approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

Accounting Consequences

The conversion will be accounted for at historical cost in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Accordingly, the carrying value of the assets, liabilities, and capital of People’s Bank and People’s Mutual Holdings will be unaffected by the conversion and offering and will be reflected in our consolidated financial statements based on their historical amounts.

Tax Aspects

Completion of the conversion is conditioned upon prior receipt of either a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of its counsel with respect to federal income tax laws and either a ruling from the State of Connecticut or an opinion of its tax advisor with respect to Connecticut income tax laws, substantially to the effect that consummation of the transactions qualifies as a tax-free transaction

 

244


Table of Contents

for federal income tax purposes and will not result in any adverse federal or Connecticut state income tax consequences before or after the conversion, except to the extent, if any, that subscription rights are deemed to have fair market value on the date such rights are issued. We believe that the tax opinions summarized below address all material federal and state income tax consequences that are generally applicable to the primary parties and the persons receiving subscription rights.

Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP has issued an opinion to us to the effect that, for federal income tax purposes:

 

  (1) the conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings from a federally chartered mutual holding company to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank (“Interim A”) will qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code, and no gain or loss will be recognized by People’s Mutual Holdings by reason of such conversion;

 

  (2) the merger of Interim A with and into People’s Bank will qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, and no gain or loss will be recognized by Interim A or People’s Bank by reason of such merger;

 

  (3) the merger of the federally chartered interim stock savings bank, newly formed as a wholly owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial (“Interim B”), with and into People’s Bank pursuant to which shares of People’s Bank will be converted into shares of common stock of People’s United Financial, will qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(2)(E) or Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code, and no gain or loss will be recognized by Interim B, People’s Bank or People’s United Financial by reason of such merger;

 

  (4) no gain or loss will be recognized by the current stockholders of People’s Bank upon the receipt of shares of common stock of People’s United Financial pursuant to the share exchange, except to the extent of any cash received in lieu of a fractional share interest in People’s United Financial;

 

  (5) the aggregate tax basis of the shares of People’s United Financial common stock held by the current stockholders of People’s Bank after the share exchange will be equal to the aggregate tax basis of People’s Bank common stock held immediately before the share exchange, reduced by the basis allocable to a fractional share interest in People’s United Financial for which cash is received;

 

  (6) the holding period of the shares of People’s United Financial common stock to be received by the current stockholders of People’s Bank in the share exchange will include the holding period of the shares of People’s Bank common stock held immediately before the share exchange, provided that People’s Bank common stock was held as a capital asset on the date of the share exchange;

 

  (7)

a holder of shares of People’s United Financial who receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of People’s United Financial common stock in the share exchange will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the portion of such holder’s tax basis of the shares of People’s Bank allocable to the fractional share; such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if such shares were held as a capital asset as of the date of the share exchange, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if such

 

245


Table of Contents
 

holder’s holding period in the shares of People’s Bank common stock is more than one year on the date of the share exchange;

 

  (8) no gain or loss will be recognized by People’s United Financial upon the sale of shares of common stock in the offering;

 

  (9) no gain or loss will be recognized by depositors of People’s Bank upon the issuance to them of interests in the liquidation account in People’s Bank established pursuant to the merger of Interim A with and into People’s Bank;

 

  (10) it is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock of People’s United Financial to be issued to eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other depositors is zero and accordingly, that no income will be recognized by eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other depositors upon the issuance to them of subscription rights or upon the exercise of the subscription rights;

 

  (11) it is more likely than not that the tax basis to the holders of shares of People’s United Financial common stock purchased in the offering pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights will be the amount paid therefor, and that the holding period for such shares of common stock will begin on the date of the completion of the offering; and

 

  (12) the holding period for shares of common stock of People’s United Financial purchased in the syndicated offering will begin on the day after the date of purchase.

The opinions set forth in (10) and (11), above, are based on the position that the subscription rights do not have any market value at the time of distribution or at the time they are exercised. Whether subscription rights have a market value for federal income tax purposes is a question of fact, depending upon all relevant facts and circumstances. According to our counsel, the Internal Revenue Service will not issue rulings on whether subscription rights have a market value. Counsel has also advised us that they are unaware of any instance in which the Internal Revenue Service has taken the position that nontransferable subscription rights issued by a converting financial institution have a market value. Counsel also noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be nontransferable and of short duration, and will afford the recipients the right only to purchase common stock of People’s United Financial at a price equal to its estimated fair market value, which will be the same price as the purchase price for the unsubscribed shares of common stock. Counsel believes that it is more likely than not (i.e., there is a more than a 50% likelihood) that the subscription rights have no market value for federal income tax purposes. Such conclusion of counsel is supported by a letter from RP Financial furnished to us which states that the subscription rights do not have any value when they are distributed or exercised. If the subscription rights are found to have a market value greater than zero, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (whether or not the rights are exercised) and People’s United Financial may be taxed on the distribution of the subscription rights. Participants are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisor as to the tax consequences in the event that the subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

 

246


Table of Contents

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has issued an opinion to us to the effect that, for Connecticut State income tax purposes, and assuming that the federal income tax consequences described above are correct in all material respects:

 

  (1) the conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings from a federally chartered mutual holding company to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank (“Interim A”) should be treated as a tax-free reorganization for Connecticut state income tax purposes;

 

  (2) the merger of Interim A with and into People’s Bank, should be treated as a tax-free reorganization for Connecticut state income tax purposes;

 

  (3) the merger of the federally chartered interim stock savings bank, newly formed as a wholly owned subsidiary of People’s United Financial (“Interim B”), with and into People’s Bank, pursuant to which shares of People’s Bank will be converted into shares of common stock of People’s United Financial, should be treated as a tax-free reorganization or as a tax-free contribution for Connecticut state income tax purposes;

 

  (4) no gain or loss should be recognized by the current stockholders of People’s Bank upon the receipt of shares of common stock of People’s United Financial pursuant to the share exchange, except to the extent of any cash received in lieu of a fractional share interest in People’s United Financial;

 

  (5) the aggregate tax basis of the shares of People’s United Financial common stock held by the current stockholders of People’s Bank after the share exchange should be equal to the aggregate tax basis of People’s Bank common stock held immediately before the share exchange, reduced by the basis allocable to a fractional share interest in People’s United Financial for which cash is received;

 

  (6) the holding period of the shares of People’s United Financial common stock to be received by the current stockholders of People’s Bank in the share exchange should include the holding period of the shares of People’s Bank common stock held immediately before the share exchange;

 

  (7) a holder of shares of People’s United Financial who receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of People’s United Financial common stock in the share exchange should recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the portion of such holder’s tax basis of the shares of People’s Bank allocable to the fractional share;

 

  (8) no gain or loss should be recognized by People’s United Financial upon the sale of shares of common stock in the offering;

 

  (9) no gain or loss should be recognized by depositors of People’s Bank upon the issuance to them of interests in the liquidation account in People’s Bank established pursuant to the merger of Interim A with and into People’s Bank;

 

  (10) it is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock of People’s United Financial to be issued to eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders is zero and accordingly, that no income will be recognized by eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders upon the issuance to them of subscription rights or upon the exercise of the subscription rights;

 

  (11)

it is more likely than not that the tax basis to the holders of shares of People’s United Financial common stock purchased in the offering pursuant to the exercise of

 

247


Table of Contents
 

subscription rights will be the amount paid therefor, and that the holding period for such shares of common stock will begin on the date of the completion of the offering; and

 

  (12) the holding period for shares of common stock of People’s United Financial purchased in the syndicated offering should begin on the day after the date of purchase.

Unlike private rulings, an opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or the Connecticut Department of Revenue Services, and the Internal Revenue Service or the Connecticut Department of Revenue Services could disagree with the conclusions reached therein. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service or the Connecticut Department of Revenue Services would not prevail in a judicial or administrative proceeding. If the Internal Revenue Service or the Connecticut Department of Revenue Services determines that the tax effects of the transactions contemplated by the plan of conversion are to be treated differently from those presented in the opinions, we may be subject to adverse tax consequences as a result of the conversion.

United States Federal Tax Considerations Applicable to Non-U.S. Holders of the Common Stock

The following discusses the material United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock applicable to Non-U.S. Holders who are beneficial owners of People’s United Financial common stock and who acquire and own such common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code. A “Non-U.S. Holder” is a holder of common stock other than (1) an individual citizen or resident of the United States; (2) a corporation, or an entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (3) an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or (4) a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

The following discussion does not consider specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular Non-U.S. Holder’s tax position. For example, the discussion does not address United States federal income and estate tax rules applicable to any person who holds common stock through entities treated as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes or who holds common stock through entities which are disregarded for United States federal income tax purposes. The discussion does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or tax jurisdiction outside the United States. Further, the discussion does not consider Non-U.S. Holders to whom special tax rules may apply (including controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, banks or other financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, common trust funds, holders who hold common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” or conversion transaction, tax-exempt organizations and United States expatriates).

The following discussion is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, United States Treasury regulations, Internal Revenue Service rulings and pronouncements, and judicial interpretations as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. Any change could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel with respect to the federal tax consequences discussed below and there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service or a court will not take a position contrary to the federal tax consequences discussed herein or that any such contrary position taken by the Internal Revenue Service or a court would not be sustained.

 

248


Table of Contents

The description set forth below is included for general information only and may not be applicable to a prospective Non-U.S. Holder’s particular situation. Prospective Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisor with respect to the United States Federal tax consequences of owning and disposing of common stock, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local or non-United States taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

For purposes of the following discussion, dividends and gain on the sale or other disposition of common stock will be considered to be “U.S. trade or business income” if such income or gain is (1) effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business; and (2) in the case of a treaty resident, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States.

Dividends. Distributions on People’s United Financial common stock will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent of People’s United Financial’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for United States federal income tax purposes.

In general, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that do not constitute U.S. trade or business income will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate unless such rate is reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding under an income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide a properly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or successor form) to us or our paying agent, or similar appropriate documentation or substitute form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty. A Non-U.S. Holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

Dividends that do constitute U.S. trade or business income generally will not be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax if the Non-U.S. Holder provides a properly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or successor form) to us or our paying agent, or similar appropriate documentation or substitute form, certifying that the dividends are U.S. trade or business income. Instead, dividends that are U.S. trade or business income generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates. Any dividends that constitute U.S. trade or business income received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Sale or Other Disposition. A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on the sale or other disposition of common stock unless:

 

  (1) such gain is U.S. trade or business income, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder would be taxed on the net gain derived from the sale or other disposition under the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates (in addition, a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty);

 

  (2) the Non-U.S. Holder is a non-resident alien individual who holds the common stock as a capital asset, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other conditions are present, in which case such Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition of the common stock; or

 

249


Table of Contents
  (3) People’s United Financial has been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of section 897(c) (2) of the Internal Revenue Code.

People’s United Financial believes that it has not been, is not currently, and is not likely to become in the future, a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of section 897(c) (2) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Federal Estate Tax. Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States for United States federal tax purposes at the time of death (or common stock previously held by such an individual who transferred such stock subject to certain retained rights or powers) will be included in such individual’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless otherwise provided by an applicable estate tax treaty.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. In general, backup withholding will not apply to dividends on common stock paid by People’s United Financial or by People’s United Financial’s paying agent, in its capacity as such, to a Non-U.S. Holder if the holder has provided the required certification that it is not a United States person and neither People’s United Financial nor People’s United Financial’s paying agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person. If a Non-U.S. Holder fails to provide the required certification, dividends on common stock may be subject to backup withholding in certain circumstances. Nevertheless, People’s United Financial must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each Non-U.S. Holder any dividend income that is subject to withholding, or that is exempt from United States withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty. Copies of these information returns may also be made available, under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement, to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides.

In general, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to the proceeds from the disposition of common stock paid to a Non-U.S. Holder if the holder has provided the required certification that it is not a United States person and neither the broker nor other paying agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person. If a non-corporate Non-U.S. Holder fails to provide the required certification proceeds from the disposition of common stock may be subject to backup withholding and information reporting in certain circumstances.

The backup withholding rate is currently 28%. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder will be allowed as a refund or a credit against such Non-U.S. Holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the requisite procedures are followed.

Interpretation, Amendment And Termination

All interpretations of the plan of conversion by People’s Mutual Holdings’ Board of Trustees or People’s Bank’s Board of Directors will be final, subject to the authority of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion provides that, if deemed necessary or desirable by People’s Mutual Holdings’ Board of Trustees or People’s Bank’s Board of Directors, the plan of conversion may be substantively amended by a majority vote of the Board of Trustees or the Board of Directors as a result of comments from regulatory authorities or otherwise, at any time prior to submission of definitive proxy materials to depositors of People’s Bank and stockholders of People’s Bank. Amendment of the plan of conversion thereafter requires the concurrence of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion may be terminated by a majority vote of the Board of Trustees or the Board of Directors at any time prior to the date of the special meeting of depositors of People’s Bank and the annual meeting of stockholders of People’s Bank, and may be terminated at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the

 

250


Table of Contents

Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion shall be terminated if the conversion and offering is not completed within 24 months from the date on which the depositors of People’s Bank approve the plan of conversion, and may not be further extended by us or the Office of Thrift Supervision.

Appraisal Rights

Stockholders of a corporation that is proposing to merge or consolidate with another entity are sometimes entitled under relevant state or federal laws to appraisal or dissenters’ rights in connection with the proposed transaction depending on the circumstances. However, People’s Bank has determined that, pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 552.14, the regulations regarding appraisal rights promulgated by the Office of Thrift Supervision, appraisal rights are not available to People’s Bank stockholders in connection with the conversion.

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING PEOPLE’S BANK STOCKHOLDERS

As a result of the conversion, People’s Bank stockholders, whose rights are presently governed by the Charter and Bylaws of People’s Bank as a federal stock savings bank, will become stockholders of People’s United Financial whose rights will be governed by the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of People’s United Financial as a Delaware corporation. The following is a discussion of the differences between rights of stockholders of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial. This discussion is not intended to be a complete statement of the differences affecting the rights of stockholders, but rather summarizes the material differences affecting the rights of stockholders. The identification of specific provisions or differences is not meant to indicate that other equally or more significant differences do not exist. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Charter and Bylaws of People’s Bank and the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of People’s United Financial. See “ Where You Can Find Additional Information ” for procedures for obtaining a copy of those documents.

There will be additional differences between the rights of stockholders of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial that result from Office of Thrift Supervision rules governing the conversion. This portion of the discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable Office of Thrift Supervision regulations. See “ Restrictions on Acquisition of People’s United Financial and People’s Bank – Regulatory Restrictions.

Authorized Capital Stock

People’s Bank’s Charter authorizes People’s Bank to issue 450,000,000 shares of common stock, without par value, as well as 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, without par value. People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation authorizes People’s United Financial to issue 3.2 billion shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 800,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. We currently expect to sell up to 185,437,500 shares of common stock (or 213,253,125 shares in the event of an increase of 15% in the estimated valuation range) in the offering and issue up to 135,959,202 shares of common stock (or 156,353,083 shares in the event of an increase of 15% in the estimated valuation range) in the share exchange. We also expect to issue 2,000,000 shares to The People’s Community Foundation.

Issuance of Capital Stock

Currently, pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, People’s Mutual Holdings is required to own not less than a majority of the outstanding common stock of People’s Bank. There will be no such

 

251


Table of Contents

restriction applicable to us following completion of the conversion and the offering, as People’s Mutual Holdings will cease to exist.

Following the conversion and the offering, People’s United Financial will have a significant number of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and common stock. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. We may issue preferred stock with such preferences and designations as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors can, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting, dividend, redemption, liquidation and conversion rights which could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control. People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors currently has no plans for the issuance of additional shares, other than the issuance of shares of restricted stock pursuant to the terms of the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan and the proposed recognition and retention plan and upon exercise of stock options issued and to be issued pursuant to that plan, the People’s United Financial Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan and the proposed stock option plan.

Preemptive Rights

Neither People’s Bank’s Charter nor People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation provide stockholders with preemptive rights.

Cumulative Voting

Neither People’s Bank’s Charter nor People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. The absence of cumulative voting means that the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock may elect all the directors of People’s United Financial, thereby precluding minority stockholder representation on the Board of Directors.

Limitation on Voting Rights

The Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the outstanding common stock shall be allowed only one one-hundredth (1/100) of a vote with respect to each share held in excess of such 10% limit. Beneficial ownership of shares includes shares beneficially owned by such person or any of its affiliates, shares which such person or its affiliates have the right to acquire upon the exercise of conversion rights or options, and shares as to which such person and its affiliates have or share investment or voting power. This does not include shares beneficially owned by our employee stock ownership plan or shares that are subject to a revocable proxy and that are not otherwise beneficially owned or deemed by us to be beneficially owned by such person and its affiliates. This restriction on voting may be amended only by (1) approval of a majority of the authorized directors and, if one or more “Interested Shareholders” exists, by at least a majority of “Disinterested Directors” (each as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), or (2) the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of capital stock who are eligible to vote on such matters, or (3) if the amendment is proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder, the affirmative vote of a majority of votes eligible to be cast by holders of stock not beneficially owned by the Interested Shareholder. The Charter of People’s Bank does not currently contain a similar provision.

 

252


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

Vacancies. People’s Bank’s Charter and People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation provide that a majority vote of directors then in office may appoint new directors to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors or resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, and directors so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred.

Number and Term of Directors . People’s Bank’s Charter and People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation each provide that the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors and that the directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible. One of the three classes of directors is required to be elected annually by the stockholders for a three-year term. A classified board promotes continuity and stability of management but makes it more difficult for stockholders to change a majority of the Board of Directors because it generally takes at least two annual elections of directors for this to occur. People’s Bank currently has ten directors. The conversion and the offering will not result in any change in the composition of the Board of Directors or the terms of individual directors.

Removal of Directors . The Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that a director may be removed from the Board of Directors prior to the expiration of his or her term only for cause and upon the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of voting stock. In the absence of these provisions, the vote of the holders of a majority of People’s United Financial’s shares could remove the entire Board of Directors, with or without cause, and replace it with persons of such holders’ choice. People’s Bank’s Bylaws provide that any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least fifty-one percent of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

People’s Bank’s Charter may be amended in accordance with applicable law and rules if such amendment is approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, by approval of a majority of the

 

253


Table of Contents

outstanding shares, and by the Office of Thrift Supervision. People’s Bank’s Bylaws may be amended by vote of the majority of the directors or by affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock. Any action taken by the stockholders with respect to the amendment of People’s Bank’s Bylaws will prevail over any inconsistent action taken by the Board of Directors with respect to the Bylaws.

The Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that certain provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation may not be altered, amended, repealed or rescinded without the affirmative vote of either (1) not less than a majority of the authorized number of directors and, if one or more Interested Shareholders exist, by not less than a majority of the “Disinterested Directors” (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) or (2) the holders of not less than two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of People’s United Financial capital stock entitled to vote thereon and, if the alteration, amendment, repeal, or rescission is proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder or a director who is an Affiliate or Associate (each as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) of an Interested Shareholder, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon not beneficially owned by an Interested Shareholder or an Affiliate or Associate thereof. Amendment of the provision of the Certificate of Incorporation relating to “Business Combinations” (as defined below) must also be approved by either (i) a majority of the Disinterested Directors, or (ii) the affirmative vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, together with the affirmative vote of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the voting stock not beneficially owned by any Interested Shareholder or Affiliate or Associate thereof, voting together as a single class.

Furthermore, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that provisions of the Bylaws that contain supermajority voting requirements may not be altered, amended, repealed or rescinded without a vote of the Board of Directors or holders of capital stock entitled to vote thereon that is not less than the super-majority specified in such provision. Absent these provisions, the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws may be amended by the holders of a majority of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock. The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that the Board of Directors is authorized to make, alter, amend, rescind or repeal any of the Bylaws in accordance with the terms thereof. Except in circumstances specifically provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law, this provision applies to Bylaws, whether initially adopted or amended by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders. This authorization neither divests the stockholders of their right, nor limits their power, to adopt, amend, rescind or repeal any Bylaw under the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through Bylaw amendments is an important element of the takeover strategy of the acquiror.

Stockholder Vote Required to Approve Business Combinations with Interested Shareholders

The Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial requires the approval of the holders of at least 80% of People’s United Financial’s outstanding shares of voting stock, together with the affirmative vote of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock not beneficially owned by an “Interested Shareholder” (defined below) to approve certain “Business Combinations” and related transactions. Under Delaware law, absent this provision, Business Combinations, which include mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of the assets of a corporation must, subject to certain exceptions, be approved by the vote of the holders of only a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and any other affected class of stock.

 

254


Table of Contents

Approval by the holders of at least 80% of People’s United Financial’s shares is required in connection with any transaction involving an Interested Shareholder except (1) in cases where the proposed transaction has been approved in advance by a majority of those members of the Board of Directors who are unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and were directors prior to the time when the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder or (2) if the proposed transaction meets certain conditions set forth therein which are designed to afford the stockholders a fair price in consideration for their shares in which case, if a stockholder vote is required, approval of only a majority of the outstanding shares of voting stock would be sufficient.

The term “Interested Shareholder” is defined to include any individual, corporation, partnership or other entity (other than People’s United Financial or its subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan maintained by People’s United Financial or its subsidiaries) which owns beneficially or controls, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding shares of People’s United Financial voting stock.

A “Business Combination” means:

 

  (1) any merger or consolidation of People’s United Financial or any of its subsidiaries with or into any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate;

 

  (2) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer, or other disposition to or with any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate of 10% or more of People’s United Financial’s assets or combined assets of People’s United Financial and its subsidiaries;

 

  (3) the issuance or transfer to any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate by People’s United Financial (or any subsidiary) of any of People’s United Financial’s securities other than on a pro rata basis to all stockholders;

 

  (4) the adoption of any plan for our liquidation or dissolution proposed by or on behalf of any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate;

 

  (5) any reclassification of securities, recapitalization, merger or consolidation of People’s United Financial which has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of common stock or any class of People’s United Financial’s equity or convertible securities owned directly or indirectly by an Interested Shareholder or its affiliate; and

 

  (6) the acquisition by People’s United Financial’s subsidiaries of any securities of an Interested Shareholder or its affiliates or associates.

People’s Bank’s Charter does not contain similar provisions regarding Business Combinations involving Interested Shareholders.

Evaluation of Certain Business Combinations

People’s Bank’s Charter requires the Board of Directors to evaluate any proposed business combination, any proposal by another person or persons acting as a group to effect a business combination, or a tender or exchange offer involving People’s Bank or any subsidiary thereof, in light of various business and non-business factors. Factors which the Board of Directors must consider, in addition to the adequacy of the amount to be paid in connection with any such transaction, include (1) the social and economic effects of the transaction on People’s Bank and its subsidiaries, affiliates, employees, depositors, borrowers from and other customers of People’s Bank, creditors, and the relevant constituencies of the communities in which People’s Bank and its subsidiaries and affiliates operate or are

 

255


Table of Contents

located; (2) the business and financial condition and earnings prospects (present and anticipated) of People’s Bank and its subsidiaries and affiliates; (3) the business and financial condition and earnings prospects of the acquiring person or group, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the acquisition, and other foreseeable financial obligations of the acquiring person or group, and the possible effects of such factors upon People’s Bank and its subsidiaries and affiliates and the relevant constituencies of the communities in which People’s Bank and its subsidiaries and affiliates operate or are located; and (4) the competence, experience, and integrity of the acquiring person or group and its management.

The Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that the Board of Directors, when evaluating any offer from another party to make a tender or exchange offer for any outstanding equity security of People’s United Financial, merge or consolidate People’s United Financial with another corporation or entity, or purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of People’s United Financial’s properties and assets, shall in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interest of People’s United Financial and People’s United Financial’s stockholders, give due consideration, to the extent permitted by law, to all relevant factors, including, without limitation, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the other party, the possible effects on People’s United Financial’s business and its subsidiaries and on its employees, customers, suppliers and creditors and its subsidiaries, and the effects on the communities in which People’s United Financial and People’s United Financial’s subsidiaries’ facilities are located. By including these standards in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may be in a stronger position to oppose such a transaction if it concludes that the transaction would not be in People’s United Financial’s best interests, even if the price offered is significantly greater than the then market price of People’s United Financial’s equity securities.

Special Meetings of Stockholders; Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

The Bylaws of People’s Bank and the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President. The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders may be taken only at an annual or special meeting and prohibits stockholder action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

Limitation of Directors’ Liability

People’s Bank’s Charter and the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial each include provisions limiting the financial liability of a director for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a director. The limitations on directors’ liability set forth in People’s Bank’s Charter are based on the standards articulated in the Connecticut Business Corporation Act, which were retained when People’s Bank converted from its Connecticut savings bank charter to a federal savings bank charter in August 2006. The limitations on directors’ liability set forth in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation are based on the standards articulated in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

People’s Bank’s Charter limits liability to the amount of compensation paid to the director during the year in which the act occurred, while People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation eliminates financial exposure entirely. Exceptions to the limitation of liability exist under both. While not identical, the exceptions are similar in nature and include, among other things, acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law and actions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

The initial Board of Directors of People’s United Financial will be identical to the current Board of Directors of People’s Bank. Therefore, the limitation on liability under People’s Bank Charter will continue to apply to directors with respect to their actions as directors of People’s Bank.

Indemnification

People’s Bank’s Charter and the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial each include provisions providing for the indemnification of directors, officers, and other specified persons. The indemnification provisions set forth in People’s Bank’s Charter are based on the standards articulated in the Connecticut Business Corporation Act, which were retained when People’s Bank converted from its Connecticut savings bank charter to a federal savings bank charter in August 2006. The indemnification provisions set forth in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation are based on the standards articulated in the Delaware General Corporation Law. There are numerous technical differences between the two. Examples of these differences include:

 

    who may be indemnified (broadened under the Certificate of Incorporation to include prospective directors, officers, employees and agents);

 

    discretion to indemnify (the Certificate of Incorporation permits, but does not require, indemnification in circumstances where the Charter mandates indemnification);

 

    judicial discretion (the Charter allows indemnification by court order if there is a finding that indemnification would be fair and reasonable under the circumstances, even where ordinarily applicable indemnification standards have not been satisfied); and

 

    what conditions may be placed on advancement of expenses (the Certificate of Incorporation does not permit People’s United Financial to condition advancement on the individual’s financial ability to repay, and may not require security for repayment).

Some of these differences, whether or not specifically set forth in this section, could lead to different results depending on the exact circumstances presented.

The initial Board of Directors of People’s United Financial will be identical to the current Board of Directors of People’s Bank. Therefore, the indemnification provisions under the People’s Bank Charter will continue to apply to directors with respect to their actions as directors of People’s Bank.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL AND PEOPLE’S BANK

General

The principal federal regulatory restrictions which affect the ability of any person, firm or entity to acquire People’s United Financial or shares of People’s United Financial capital stock are described below. Also discussed are certain provisions in People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws which may be deemed to affect the ability of a person, firm or entity to acquire us.

People’s United Financial Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain a number of provisions, relating to corporate governance and certain rights of stockholders, that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, such provisions will also render the removal of the Board of Directors or management more difficult.

 

256


Table of Contents

The following description is necessarily general and qualified by reference to the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. See “ Where You Can Find Additional Information ” as to how to obtain a copy of these documents.

Limitation on Voting Rights . The Certificate of Incorporation provides that any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the outstanding common stock shall be allowed only one one-hundredth (1/100) of a vote with respect to each share held in excess of such 10% limit. Beneficial ownership of shares includes shares beneficially owned by such person or any of its affiliates, shares which such person or its affiliates have the right to acquire upon the exercise of conversion rights or options, and shares as to which such person and its affiliates have or share investment or voting power, but shall not include shares beneficially owned by our employee stock ownership plan or shares that are subject to a revocable proxy and that are not otherwise beneficially owned or deemed by us to be beneficially owned by such person and its affiliates. This restriction on voting may be amended only by (1) approval of a majority of the authorized directors and, if one or more “Interested Shareholders” exists, by at least a majority of “Disinterested Directors” (each as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), or (2) the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of capital stock who are eligible to vote on such matters.

Classified Board; Power of Directors to Fill Vacancies . The Board of Directors is required by the Certificate of Incorporation to be divided into three classes which are as equal in size as is possible. One of the three classes of directors is required to be elected annually by the stockholders for a three-year term. A classified board promotes continuity and stability of management but makes it more difficult for stockholders to change a majority of the Board of Directors because it generally takes at least two annual elections of directors for this to occur. In addition, any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors or resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, shall be filled for the remainder of the unexpired term exclusively by the directors then in office.

Removal of Directors . The Certificate of Incorporation provides that a director may be removed from the Board of Directors prior to the expiration of his or her term only for cause and upon the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of voting stock. In the absence of these provisions, the vote of the holders of a majority of People’s United Financial’s shares could remove the entire Board of Directors, with or without cause, and replace it with persons of such holders’ choice.

Votes of Stockholders. The Certificate of Incorporation provides that there will not be cumulative voting of stockholders for the election of directors. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation also provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders may be taken only at an annual or special meeting and prohibits stockholder action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

Authorized but Unissued Shares of Capital Stock . Following the offering, People’s United Financial will have authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and common stock. The board may authorize the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. See “ Description of Capital Stock of People’s United Financial .” These shares could be used by the Board of Directors to make it more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of People’s United Financial through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

Stockholder Vote Required to Approve Business Combinations with Interested Shareholders . The Certificate of Incorporation requires the approval of the holders of at least 80% of People’s United Financial’s outstanding shares of voting stock, together with the affirmative vote of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock not beneficially owned by an “Interested Shareholder” (defined below)

 

257


Table of Contents

to approve certain “Business Combinations” and related transactions. Under Delaware law, absent this provision, Business Combinations, which include mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of the assets of a corporation must, subject to certain exceptions, be approved by the vote of the holders of only a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and any other affected class of stock.

The vote of the holders of at least 80% of People’s United Financial’s shares is required in connection with any transaction involving an Interested Shareholder except (1) in cases where the proposed transaction has been approved in advance by a majority of those members of the Board of Directors who are unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and were directors prior to the time when the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder or (2) if the proposed transaction meets certain conditions set forth therein which are designed to afford the stockholders a fair price in consideration for their shares in which case, if a stockholder vote is required, approval of only a majority of the outstanding shares of voting stock would be sufficient.

The term “Interested Shareholder” is defined to include any individual, corporation, partnership or other entity (other than People’s United Financial or its subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan maintained by People’s United Financial or its subsidiaries) which owns beneficially or controls, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding shares of People’s United Financial voting stock.

A “Business Combination” means:

 

  (1) any merger or consolidation of People’s United Financial or any of its subsidiaries with or into any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate;

 

  (2) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer, or other disposition to or with any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate of 10% or more of People’s United Financial’s assets or combined assets of People’s United Financial and its subsidiaries;

 

  (3) the issuance or transfer to any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate by People’s United Financial (or any subsidiary) of any of People’s United Financial’s securities other than on a pro rata basis to all stockholders;

 

  (4) the adoption of any plan for our liquidation or dissolution proposed by or on behalf of any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate;

 

  (5) any reclassification of securities, recapitalization, merger or consolidation of People’s United Financial which has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of common stock or any class of People’s United Financial’s equity or convertible securities owned directly or indirectly by an Interested Shareholder or its affiliate; and

 

  (6) the acquisition by People’s United Financial’s subsidiaries of any securities of an Interested Shareholder or its affiliates or associates.

Evaluation of Offers . The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Board of Directors, when evaluating any offer from another party to

 

    make a tender or exchange offer for any outstanding equity security of People’s United Financial;

 

    merge or consolidate People’s United Financial with another corporation or entity; or

 

258


Table of Contents
    purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of People’s United Financial’s properties and assets,

shall in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interest of People’s United Financial and People’s United Financial’s stockholders, give due consideration, to the extent permitted by law, to all relevant factors, including, without limitation, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the other party, the possible effects on People’s United Financial’s business and its subsidiaries and on its employees, customers, suppliers and creditors and its subsidiaries, and the effects on the communities in which People’s United Financial and People’s United Financial’s subsidiaries’ facilities are located.

By including these standards in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may be in a stronger position to oppose such a transaction if it concludes that the transaction would not be in People’s United Financial’s best interests, even if the price offered is significantly greater than the then market price of People’s United Financial’s equity securities.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws . The Certificate of Incorporation provides that certain provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation may not be altered, amended, repealed or rescinded without the affirmative vote of either (1) not less than a majority of the authorized number of directors and, if one or more Interested Shareholders exist, by not less than a majority of the “Disinterested Directors” (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); or (2) the holders of not less than two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of People’s United Financial capital stock entitled to vote thereon and, if the alteration, amendment, repeal, or rescission is proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder or a director who is an Affiliate or Associate (each as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) of an Interested Shareholder, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon not beneficially owned by an Interested Shareholder or an Affiliate or Associate thereof. Amendment of the provision of the Certificate of Incorporation relating to Business Combinations must also be approved by either (1) a majority of the Disinterested Directors; or (2) the affirmative vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, together with the affirmative vote of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the voting stock not beneficially owned by any Interested Shareholder or Affiliate or Associate thereof, voting together as a single class.

Furthermore, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that provisions of the Bylaws that contain supermajority voting requirements may not be altered, amended, repealed or rescinded without a vote of the Board of Directors or holders of capital stock entitled to vote thereon that is not less than the super-majority specified in such provision. Absent these provisions, the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws may be amended by the holders of a majority of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock. The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that the Board of Directors is authorized to make, alter, amend, rescind or repeal any of the Bylaws in accordance with the terms thereof, regardless of whether the Bylaw was initially adopted by the stockholders. However, this authorization neither divests the stockholders of their right, nor limits their power, to adopt, amend, rescind or repeal any Bylaw under the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through Bylaw amendments is an important element of the takeover strategy of the acquiror.

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. The Bylaws require a stockholder who intends to nominate a candidate for election to the Board of Directors, or to raise new business at an annual

 

259


Table of Contents

stockholders’ meeting, to give approximately 90 days’ notice in advance of the anniversary of the prior year’s annual stockholders’ meeting to the Secretary. This advance notice provision requires a stockholder who desires to raise new business to provide certain information to People’s United Financial concerning the nature of the new business, the stockholder and the stockholder’s interest in the business matter. Similarly, a stockholder who wishes to nominate any person for election as a director must provide People’s United Financial with certain information concerning the nominee and the proposing stockholder.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The provisions described above are intended to reduce People’s United Financial’s vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions which have not been negotiated with and approved by members of the Board of Directors. The provisions also will assist People’s United Financial in the orderly deployment of the conversion proceeds into productive assets during the initial period after the conversion. The Board of Directors believes these provisions are in the best interests of People’s United Financial and its stockholders. An unsolicited non-negotiated proposal can seriously disrupt the business and management of a corporation and cause it great expense. Accordingly, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of People’s United Financial and its stockholders to encourage potential acquirors to negotiate directly with management and the Board of Directors and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage non-negotiated takeover attempts. It is also the Board of Directors’ view that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price that reflects the true value of People’s United Financial and that otherwise is in the best interests of all stockholders.

Delaware Corporate Law

Delaware has a statute designed to provide Delaware corporations with additional protection against hostile takeovers. The takeover statute, which is codified in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, is intended to discourage certain takeover practices by impeding the ability of a hostile acquiror to engage in certain transactions with the target company.

In general, Section 203 provides that a “Person” who owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a Delaware corporation may not consummate a merger or other business combination transaction with such corporation at any time during the three-year period following the date such “Person” acquired 15% of the outstanding voting stock. The term “business combination” is defined broadly to cover a wide range of corporate transactions including mergers, sales of assets, issuances of stock, transactions with subsidiaries and the receipt of disproportionate financial benefits.

The statute exempts the following transactions from the requirements of Section 203:

 

  (1) any business combination if, prior to the date a person acquired 15% of the outstanding voting stock, the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder acquiring 15%;

 

  (2) any business combination involving a person who acquired at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock in the same transaction in which 15% of the outstanding voting stock was acquired (with the number of shares outstanding calculated without regard to those shares owned by the corporation’s directors who are also officers and by certain employee stock plans);

 

260


Table of Contents
  (3) any business combination that is approved by the board of directors and by a two-thirds vote of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested party; and

 

  (4) certain business combinations that are proposed after the receipt by the corporation of certain other acquisition proposals which are approved or not opposed by a majority of certain continuing members of the board of directors.

A corporation may exempt itself from the requirement of the statute by adopting an amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws electing not to be governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. At the present time, the Board of Directors does not intend to propose any such amendment.

Regulatory Restrictions

Conversion Regulations . Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that for a period of three years following the date of the completion of the conversion, no person may, directly or indirectly, acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of People’s United Financial’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. If any person violates this prohibition, the securities beneficially owned by such person in excess of 10% will not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and will not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

Change of Control Regulations. The Change in Bank Control Act provides that no person, acting directly or indirectly or through or in concert with one or more other persons, may acquire control of a savings institution unless the Office of Thrift Supervision has been given 60 days prior written notice. The Home Owners’ Loan Act provides that no company may acquire “control” of a savings institution without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Any company that acquires such control becomes a savings and loan holding company subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Pursuant to federal regulations, control of a savings institution is conclusively deemed to have been acquired by, among other things, the acquisition of more than 25% of any class of voting stock of the institution or the ability to control the election of a majority of the directors of an institution. Moreover, control is presumed to have been acquired, subject to rebuttal, upon the acquisition of more than 10% of any class of voting stock, or of more than 25% of any class of stock of a savings institution, where certain enumerated “control factors” are also present in the acquisition.

The Office of Thrift Supervision may prohibit an acquisition of control if:

 

    it would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition;

 

    the financial condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize the financial stability of the institution; or

 

    the competence, experience or integrity of the acquiring person indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors or of the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person.

These restrictions do not apply to the acquisition of a savings institution’s capital stock by one or more tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, provided that the plans do not have beneficial ownership of more than 25% of any class of equity security of the savings institution.

 

261


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL

General

We will be authorized to issue 3.2 billion shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 800 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. We currently expect to sell up to 185,437,500 shares of common stock (or 213,253,125 shares in the event of an increase of 15% in the estimated valuation range) in the offering. We will not issue any shares of preferred stock in the offering. Except as discussed above in “ Restrictions on Acquisition of People’s United Financial and People’s Bank ,” each share of People’s United Financial common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects with, every other share of common stock. Upon payment of the purchase price for the common stock in accordance with the plan of conversion, all such stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable.

The shares of People’s United Financial common stock:

 

    are not deposit accounts and are subject to investment risk;

 

    are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or any other government agency; and

 

    are not guaranteed by People’s United Financial or People’s Bank.

Common Stock

Dividends. We can pay dividends out of statutory surplus or from net profits if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors. The payment of dividends is subject to limitations which are imposed by law. See “ Our Policy Regarding Dividends ” and “ Regulation of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial .” The holders of People’s United Financial common stock will be entitled to receive and share equally in such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. If People’s United Financial issues preferred stock, the holders of the preferred stock may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

Voting Rights . Upon the effective date of the conversion and offering, the holders of People’s United Financial common stock will possess exclusive voting rights in People’s United Financial. They will elect the Board of Directors and act on such other matters as are required to be presented to them under Delaware law or the Certificate of Incorporation or as are otherwise presented to them by the Board of Directors. Each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Also, the Board of Directors is divided into three classes which are as equal in size as is possible and only one class is required to be elected annually by the stockholders. Under certain circumstances, shares in excess of 10% of People’s United Financial common stock may be considered “Excess Shares” and the holders thereof may therefore be entitled to cast only one one-hundredth of one vote (1/100) per share for each Excess Share. See “ Restrictions on Acquisition of People’s United Financial and People’s Bank .” If People’s United Financial issues preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters, including the removal of directors, the approval of business combinations and amending the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, may require an 80% or two-thirds stockholder vote. See “ Restrictions on Acquisition of People’s United Financial and People’s Bank .”

Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of People’s Bank, we, as sole owner of People’s Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for

 

262


Table of Contents

payment of all debts and liabilities of People’s Bank (including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon) and after distribution of the balance in the special liquidation account to eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders (see “ The Conversion and Offering—Effects of the Conversion—Effect on Liquidation Rights ”), all assets of People’s Bank available for distribution. In the event of People’s United Financial’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of People’s United Financial’s common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities, all of People’s United Financial’s assets available for distribution. If People’s United Financial issues preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

Preemptive Rights; Redemption . Holders of People’s United Financial common stock will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares which may be issued. People’s United Financial common stock is not subject to redemption.

Preferred Stock

People’s United Financial will not issue any shares of authorized preferred stock in the offering. We may issue preferred stock with such preferences and designations as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors can, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights which could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

 

263


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 2 – THE ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF THE PEOPLE’S COMMUNITY FOUNDATION

General

In furtherance of our commitment to our local communities, the plan of conversion provides that we will establish The People’s Community Foundation as a non-stock Delaware corporation in connection with the conversion and offering. The charitable foundation will be funded with 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the offering proceeds, as described below. By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in our local communities, we believe that the charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of our community banking franchise. The conversion and offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our communities and to receive the associated tax benefits.

Purpose of the Charitable Foundation

Although we intend to continue to emphasize community lending and community activities following the offering, such activities are not our sole corporate purpose. The People’s Community Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in manners that are not presently available to us. We believe that The People’s Community Foundation will enable us to assist the communities within our market area in areas beyond community development and lending and will enhance our current activities under the Community Reinvestment Act.

We further believe that the funding of The People’s Community Foundation with People’s United Financial common stock and cash from the offering proceeds will allow our communities to share in our potential growth and success long after the offering. The People’s Community Foundation will accomplish that goal by providing for continued ties between it and us, thereby forming a partnership with the communities in which we operate.

While it is expected that People’s Bank will engage in limited charitable activities in the future, it is also expected that The People’s Community Foundation will undertake the majority of such activities in the future. In connection with the completion of the conversion, we intend to contribute to The People’s Community Foundation 2,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock and $20.0 million in cash from the offering proceeds. The common stock contributed to the charitable foundation is in addition to the shares being offered for sale and will not be included in determining whether the minimum number of shares of common stock has been sold in order to complete the offering. The shares issued to the charitable foundation would have a value of $40 million, based on the stock price of $20.00 per share.

Structure of the Charitable Foundation

The People’s Community Foundation will be incorporated under Delaware law as a non-stock corporation. The People’s Community Foundation’s Certificate of Incorporation will provide that The People’s Community Foundation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Certificate of Incorporation will further provide that no part of the net earnings of the charitable foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its directors, officers or members.

We will select one of our current directors and two officers of People’s Bank to serve on the initial Board of Directors of the charitable foundation. As required by Office of Thrift Supervision

 

264


Table of Contents

regulations, we also will select one additional person to serve on the initial Board of Directors of the charitable foundation who will not be one of our officers, directors or employees and who will have experience with local charitable organizations and grant making. While there are no plans to change the size of the initial Board of Directors during the year following the completion of the conversion and offering, following the first anniversary of the conversion and offering, the charitable foundation may alter the size and composition of its Board of Directors. For five years after the conversion, one seat on the charitable foundation’s Board of Directors will be reserved for a person from our local community who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making and who is not one of our or any of our affiliates’ officers, directors or employees, and one seat on the charitable foundation’s Board of Directors will be reserved for one of our directors.

The Board of Directors of The People’s Community Foundation will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a nonprofit corporation, directors of The People’s Community Foundation will always be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the charitable foundation’s charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the charitable foundation is established. The directors of The People’s Community Foundation also will be responsible for directing the activities of the charitable foundation, including the management and voting of the common stock held by the charitable foundation. However, as required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, all shares of common stock of People’s United Financial held by The People’s Community Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of People’s United Financial common stock on all proposals considered by People’s United Financial’s stockholders.

The People’s Community Foundation’s place of business will be located at our administrative office. The Board of Directors of The People’s Community Foundation will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Office of Thrift Supervision regulations governing transactions between us and the charitable foundation.

The People’s Community Foundation will receive working capital from the initial cash contribution of $20.0 million and:

 

    any dividends that may be paid on People’s United Financial’s common stock in the future;

 

    within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the common stock;

 

    the proceeds of the sale of any of the common stock in the open market from time to time; or

 

    other investment income.

As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, The People’s Community Foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets. One of the conditions imposed on the gift of common stock by us is that the amount of common stock that may be sold by The People’s Community Foundation in any one year shall not exceed 5% of the average market value of the assets held by The People’s Community Foundation, except where the Board of Directors of the charitable foundation determines that the failure to sell an amount of common stock greater than such amount would result in a long-term reduction of the value of its assets and/or would otherwise jeopardize its capacity to carry out its charitable purposes.

 

265


Table of Contents

Tax Considerations

Our independent tax advisor has advised us that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code and should be classified as a private foundation. The People’s Community Foundation will submit a timely request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization. As long as The People’s Community Foundation files its application for tax-exempt status within 15 months from the date of its organization, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization. Our independent tax advisor, however, has not rendered any advice on whether The People’s Community Foundation’s tax exempt status will be affected by the regulatory requirement that all shares of People’s United Financial common stock held by The People’s Community Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other outstanding shares of common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.

We are authorized under federal law to make charitable contributions. We believe that the offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised. In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact of the contribution of common stock to The People’s Community Foundation on the amount of common stock to be sold in the offering. See “ Capitalization, ” “ Bank Regulatory Capital Compliance, ” and “ Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation. ” The amount of the contribution will not adversely impact our financial condition. We therefore believe that the amount of the charitable contribution is reasonable given our pro forma capital position and does not raise safety and soundness concerns.

We have received an opinion from our independent tax advisor that the contribution of cash and People’s United Financial common stock to The People’s Community Foundation should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that People’s United Financial should be entitled to a deduction in the amount of the cash contributed and the fair market value of the stock at the time of the contribution less the nominal amount that The People’s Community Foundation is required to pay for such stock. People’s United Financial is permitted to deduct only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. People’s United Financial is permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to The People’s Community Foundation. People’s United Financial estimates that substantially all of the contribution should be deductible over the six-year period. However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full. We do not expect to make any further contributions to The People’s Community Foundation within the first five years following the initial contribution, unless such contributions would be deductible under the Internal Revenue Code. Any such decisions would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the charitable foundation.

Although we have received an opinion from our independent tax advisor that we should be entitled to a deduction for the charitable contribution, there can be no assurances that the Internal Revenue Service will recognize The People’s Community Foundation as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization or that the deduction will be permitted. In such event, our contribution to The People’s Community Foundation would be expensed without tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination.

 

266


Table of Contents

As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 2.0%. Within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year, The People’s Community Foundation will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the charitable foundation’s managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.

Regulatory Conditions Imposed on the Charitable Foundation

Office of Thrift Supervision regulations will impose the following conditions on the establishment of The People’s Community Foundation:

 

    the Office of Thrift Supervision can examine the charitable foundation;

 

    the charitable foundation must comply with all supervisory directives imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision;

 

    the charitable foundation must provide annually to the Office of Thrift Supervision a copy of the annual report that the charitable foundation submits to the Internal Revenue Service;

 

    the charitable foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its Board of Directors, including a conflict of interest policy;

 

    the charitable foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

    the charitable foundation must vote its shares of People’s United Financial in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by People’s United Financial’s stockholders.

In addition, within six months of completing the conversion, The People’s Community Foundation must submit to the Office of Thrift Supervision a three-year operating plan.

Additionally, the establishment and funding of The People’s Community Foundation must be separately approved by at least a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by depositors of People’s Bank at the special meeting of depositors and must be separately approved by at least a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders of People’s Bank and the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock, excluding shares held by People’s Mutual Holdings. If the establishment and funding of The People’s Community Foundation is not approved by People’s Bank stockholders and depositors, the foundation will not be established.

Consummation of the conversion and related offering of common stock is not conditioned upon depositors’ and stockholders’ approval of the charitable foundation. Failure to approve the charitable foundation may, however, materially increase our pro forma market value. See “ Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.

 

267


Table of Contents

PROPOSALS RELATING TO THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

 

 

By their approval of the Plan of Conversion as set forth in Proposal 1, the Board of Directors of People’s Bank has approved each
of the proposals numbered 3 through 10, all of which relate to provisions included in the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s
United Financial. Each of these proposals is discussed in more detail below.

 

As a result of the conversion, People’s Bank stockholders, whose rights are presently governed by the Charter and Bylaws of People’s Bank as a federal stock savings bank, will become stockholders of People’s United Financial, whose rights will be governed by the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of People’s United Financial as a Delaware corporation. The following series of proposals focus on the material differences between the provisions of People’s Bank’s Charter and the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial. These proposals and the accompanying discussion do not address differences in the rights of stockholders arising from differences between the laws of the United States and applicable Office of Thrift Supervision regulations under which People’s Bank is chartered compared to the Delaware General Corporation Law, under which People’s United Financial is organized or differences in the Bylaws of People’s Bank compared to the Bylaws of People’s United Financial. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights.” This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Charter of People’s Bank and the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial. See “ Where You Can Find Additional Information ” for procedures for obtaining a copy of those documents.

There will be additional differences between the rights of stockholders of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial that result from Office of Thrift Supervision rules governing the conversion. This portion of the discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable Office of Thrift Supervision regulations. See “ Restrictions on Acquisition of People’s United Financial and People’s Bank – Regulatory Restrictions.

The provisions of People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation which are summarized as proposals 3 through 10 were approved as part of the process in which the Board of Directors of People’s Bank approved the Plan of Conversion. If the stockholders of People’s Bank do not approve each of these proposals, People’s Bank is not required to proceed with the conversion. However, in the event one or more of these proposals is not approved, the Board of Directors of People’s Bank may nonetheless decide to proceed with the conversion.

People’s Mutual Holdings intends to vote all of its shares of People’s Bank stock in favor of each of Proposals 3 through 10. [Because a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of People’s Bank is required to approve each of Proposals 3 through 10 and People’s Mutual Holdings owns more than a majority of People’s Bank outstanding shares of common stock, we expect that People’s Mutual Holdings will control the outcome of the vote on each of Proposals 3 through 10.]

PROPOSAL 3—APPROVAL OF INCREASE IN AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

People’s Bank is authorized to issue 450 million shares of common stock and 50 million shares of preferred stock. As of September 30, 2006, People’s Bank had approximately 142.1 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Approximately 5.5 million additional shares of common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding stock options, pursuant to future awards under the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, and pursuant to future awards under the People’s Bank Directors Equity Compensation Plan. No shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding.

 

268


Table of Contents

Section 4.01 of the Certificate of Incorporation authorizes People’s United Financial to issue 3.2 billion shares of common stock, and 800 million shares of preferred stock.

At the maximum of the offering range, we expect to sell 185,437,500 shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the offering, issue 135,959,202 shares of common stock in exchange for outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock, and issue 2,000,000 shares of common stock to The People’s Community Foundation. People’s United Financial would also reserve an additional 12,389,809 shares of its common stock in exchange for shares of People’s Bank common stock currently reserved for issuance as described in the preceding paragraph. If People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation did not authorize the issuance of more shares of common stock than can be issued by People’s Bank, People’s United Financial would have only approximately 114.2 million shares of common stock available for issuance for any other purpose.

If the maximum number of shares to be sold in the offering were increased by 15% to 213,253,125, People’s United Financial would issue 156,353,083 shares of common stock in exchange for outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock and 2,000,000 shares of common stock to The People’s Community Foundation. People’s United Financial would also reserve 14,248,281 shares of its common stock in exchange for shares of People’s Bank common stock currently reserved for issuance as described above. If People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation did not authorize it to issue more shares of common stock than can be issued by People’s Bank, People’s United Financial would have only approximately 64.1 million shares available for issuance for any other purpose.

People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors currently has no plans for the issuance of additional shares of capital stock, other than the issuance of shares of restricted stock pursuant to the terms of the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan and the proposed recognition and retention plan and upon exercise of stock options issued and to be issued pursuant to that plan, the People’s United Financial Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan and the proposed stock option plan. However, the Board of Directors believes it is desirable to have additional authorized shares of common stock available in order to meet a variety of business needs as they may arise and to enhance People’s United Financial’s flexibility in connection with possible future actions. These business needs and actions may include capital raising, stock dividends, stock splits, corporate business combinations, funding of business acquisitions, employee benefit programs and other corporate purposes. People’s United Financial’s ability to use its common stock for the purposes set forth above could be limited if we did not increase the number of authorized shares of common stock beyond the number currently authorized under the People’s Bank Charter.

All authorized and unissued shares of People’s United Financial common stock and preferred stock following the conversion and offering will be available for issuance without further action of the stockholders, unless such action is required by applicable law or the listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market or the listing standards of any stock exchange on which People’s United Financial securities may then be listed. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock without stockholder approval with such preferences and designations as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

An increase in the number of authorized shares may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of People’s United Financial, if such attempts are not approved by the Board of Directors. In the event that a tender offer or other takeover attempt is threatened, the Board of Directors could issue shares of common stock from authorized and unissued shares in order to dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking to take control of the company. The Board of Directors can, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting, dividend, redemption, liquidation and conversion rights which could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the

 

269


Table of Contents

common stock and may assist management in impeding a tender offer or other takeover attempt. On balance, however, the Board of Directors believes the advantages of flexibility to meet the business needs and take the actions described above outweigh the disadvantages to the stockholders.

 

 

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank recommends a vote “FOR” approval of the provisions of Section 4.01 of the People’s United Financial Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in the number of shares of authorized capital stock.

 

PROPOSAL 4—APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS LIMITING VOTING RIGHTS

Article V of the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the outstanding common stock shall be allowed only one one-hundredth (1/100) of a vote with respect to each share held in excess of such 10% limit. Beneficial ownership of shares includes shares beneficially owned by such person or any of its affiliates, shares which such person or its affiliates have the right to acquire upon the exercise of conversion rights or options, and shares as to which such person and its affiliates have or share investment or voting power. This does not include shares beneficially owned by People’s United Financial’s employee stock ownership plan or shares that are subject to a revocable proxy and that are not otherwise beneficially owned or deemed by People’s United Financial to be beneficially owned by such person and its affiliates. This restriction on voting may be amended only by (1) approval of a majority of the authorized directors and, if one or more “Interested Shareholders” exists, by at least a majority of “Disinterested Directors” (each as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); or (2) the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of capital stock who are eligible to vote on such matters; or (3) if the amendment is proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder, the affirmative vote of a majority of votes eligible to be cast by holders of stock not beneficially owned by the Interested Shareholder. The Charter of People’s Bank does not currently contain a similar provision because, under the mutual holding company structure, the mutual holding company owns a majority of all voting shares and can prevent a third party from obtaining control of People’s Bank.

The voting limitation provision is intended to limit the ability of any person who acquires a significant number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock to coerce the Board of Directors into taking action deemed by the Board of Directors not to be in the best interests of People’s United Financial and its stockholders generally. This provision will not prevent a significant stockholder from conducting a proxy contest with respect to the election of directors or other matters. It will make it more difficult for such a stockholder to influence the outcome of a vote simply by acquiring a large number of shares of common stock but without persuading other stockholders of the merits of its proposed course of action.

The voting limitation provision may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult the removal of current directors or management, the election of new directors, attempts by third parties to obtain control of People’s United Financial, or the approval of transactions that a stockholder might regard to be in his or her best interests.

 

 

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank recommends a vote “FOR” approval of the provisions of Article V of the People’s United Financial Certificate of Incorporation limiting the voting rights of certain stockholders.

 

 

270


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 5—APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS LIMITING REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Section 6.04 of the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that a director may be removed from the Board of Directors prior to the expiration of his or her term only for cause and upon the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of voting stock. Among other things, the term “cause” includes removal of a person from the Board of Directors of People’s Bank, if such person was so serving. In the absence of these provisions, the vote of the holders of a majority of People’s United Financial’s shares could remove the entire Board of Directors, with or without cause, and replace it with persons of such holders’ choice.

People’s Bank’s Charter provides that any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least fifty-one percent of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors. This has provided an adequate degree of protection under the mutual holding company structure, in which the mutual holding company owns a majority of all voting shares and can prevent a third party from seeking removal of one or more directors in order to promote an agenda that may not be in the best interests of all other stockholders.

Section 6.04 of the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial is intended to prevent sudden and fundamental changes to the composition of the Board of Directors except in the case of director misconduct or removal from office as a director of People’s Bank. This provision does not prevent the replacement of one or more directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, and will not prevent replacement of the entire Board over the course of three years. This provision is intended to reduce the ability of anyone to coerce members of the Board of Directors by threatening them with removal from office, in cases where the directors are acting in good faith to discharge their duties to the corporation and to all stockholders as a group. This provision will not prevent a stockholder from conducting a proxy contest with respect to the election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 6.04 of the Certificate of Incorporation may make it more difficult to bring about a change in control of People’s United Financial. One method for a hostile stockholder to take control of a company is to acquire a majority of the outstanding shares of the company through a tender offer or open market purchases and then use its voting power to remove the existing directors. Requiring “cause” in order to remove a director would defeat such a takeover strategy.

The Board of Directors believes that it is desirable to adopt this provision so that a director’s continued service will be conditioned on his or her ability to serve and discharge his or her duties to the corporation and the stockholders in good faith, rather than his or her position relative to a dominant stockholder.

 

 

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank recommends a vote “FOR” approval of the provisions of Section 6.04 of the People’s United Financial Certificate of Incorporation limiting the removal of directors.

 

PROPOSAL 6—APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS GOVERNING

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED STOCKHOLDERS

Article VIII of the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial requires the approval of the holders of at least 80% of People’s United Financial’s outstanding shares of voting stock, together with the affirmative vote of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock not beneficially owned by an “Interested Shareholder” (defined below) to approve certain “Business Combinations” and related

 

271


Table of Contents

transactions. Under Delaware law, absent this provision, Business Combinations, which include mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of the assets of a corporation must, subject to certain exceptions, be approved by the vote of the holders of only a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and any other affected class of stock.

Approval by the holders of at least 80% of People’s United Financial’s shares is required in connection with any transaction involving an Interested Shareholder except (1) in cases where the proposed transaction has been approved in advance by a majority of those members of the Board of Directors who are unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and were directors prior to the time when the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder; or (2) if the proposed transaction meets certain conditions set forth therein which are designed to afford the stockholders a fair price in consideration for their shares in which case, if a stockholder vote is required, approval of only a majority of the outstanding shares of voting stock would be sufficient.

The term “Interested Shareholder” is defined to include any individual, corporation, partnership or other entity (other than People’s United Financial or its subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan maintained by People’s United Financial or its subsidiaries) which owns beneficially or controls, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding shares of People’s United Financial voting stock.

A “Business Combination” means:

 

  (1) any merger or consolidation of People’s United Financial or any of its subsidiaries with or into any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate;

 

  (2) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer, or other disposition to or with any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate of 10% or more of People’s United Financial’s assets or combined assets of People’s United Financial and its subsidiaries;

 

  (3) the issuance or transfer to any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate by People’s United Financial (or any subsidiary) of any of People’s United Financial’s securities other than on a pro rata basis to all stockholders;

 

  (4) the adoption of any plan for the liquidation or dissolution of People’s United Financial proposed by or on behalf of any Interested Shareholder or its affiliate;

 

  (5) any reclassification of securities, recapitalization, merger or consolidation of People’s United Financial which has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of common stock or any class of People’s United Financial’s equity or convertible securities owned directly or indirectly by an Interested Shareholder or its affiliate; and

 

  (6) the acquisition by People’s United Financial’s subsidiaries of any securities of an Interested Shareholder or its affiliates or associates.

This provision is intended to limit the ability of any person who acquires a significant number of shares of People’s United Financial common stock to effect a transaction that may not be in the best interests of People’s United Financial and its stockholders generally. This will not prevent a significant stockholder from seeking approval of a Business Combination, but it will make it more difficult for such a stockholder to influence the outcome of a stockholder vote simply by acquiring a large number of shares of common stock but without persuading other stockholders of the merits of its proposed course of action.

Article VIII of the Certificate of Incorporation can not be repealed or amended without approval by (1) a majority of the “Disinterested Directors”; (2) 80% of the outstanding voting shares; and (3) a

 

272


Table of Contents

majority of the voting shares owned by stockholders who are not Interested Shareholders. A Disinterested Director is one who is not affiliated with an Interested Shareholder and who either was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the date the Interested Shareholder acquired that status, or was recommended for election by a majority of the Disinterested Directors in office at the time he or she was nominated for election.

The limitations on amendment of Article VIII are intended to preserve the protections of the other provisions of Article VIII by preventing circumvention of such provisions by a simple majority vote. These limitations are consistent with other provisions in Article XI of the Certificate of Incorporation as discussed further in Proposal 10 below.

People’s Bank’s Charter does not contain similar provisions regarding Business Combinations involving Interested Shareholders. This has not been necessary under the mutual holding company structure, in which the mutual holding company owns a majority of all voting shares and can prevent a third party from effecting a transaction that may be in its own self-interest but which may not be in the best interests of all other stockholders. Similarly, the mutual holding company can prevent amendment of People’s Bank’s Charter to remove other provisions which function for the protection of other stockholders.

 

 

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank recommends a vote “FOR” approval of the provisions of Article VIII of the People’s United Financial Certificate of Incorporation relating to voting requirements for approval of certain transactions with significant stockholders.

 

PROPOSAL 7 — APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS LIMITING CALL OF SPECIAL MEETINGS

Section 6.07 of the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that special meetings of stockholders can be called only upon adoption of a resolution by three-fourths of the directors then in office. People’s Bank’s Charter does not contain any similar provision. Similar protections have not been necessary under the mutual holding company structure.

This provision limits a stockholder’s or third party’s ability to call a special meeting of stockholders for any purpose, including seeking approval of a hostile or unsolicited transaction, thus strengthening the ability of the Board of Directors to protect the interests of all stockholders. This provision has the effect of requiring a person who seeks the election of one or more candidates to the Board of Directors, or to effect a transaction requiring stockholder approval, to present his or her proposal at an annual meeting of stockholders. This requirement coupled with the provisions of Article VII of the Certificate of Incorporation prohibiting stockholder action by written consent in lieu of a meeting may deter or delay efforts by a stockholder who wishes to present matters for approval by the stockholders and could therefore have an anti-takeover effect.

The Board of Directors believes that this provision may have the effect of giving the Board of Directors more time to evaluate a tender offer or takeover attempt, further strengthen its defenses, negotiate with the bidder or solicit competing bids or proposals in order to maximize stockholder value.

 

 

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank recommends a vote “FOR” approval of the provisions of Section 6.07 of the People’s United Financial Certificate of Incorporation limiting the call of special meetings of stockholders.

 

 

273


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 8 — APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS PRECLUDING

STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING

Article VII of the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders may be taken only at an annual or special meeting and prohibits stockholder action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The Charter of People’s Bank does not include a comparable provision. This has not been necessary under the mutual holding company structure, in which the mutual holding company owns a majority of all voting shares and would therefore have to participate in any written stockholder consent in lieu of a meeting.

This provision has the effect of requiring a person who seeks the election of one or more candidates to the Board of Directors, or to effect a transaction requiring stockholder approval, to present his or her proposal at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders. This requirement coupled with the provisions of Section 6.07 of the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial limiting the ability to call a special meeting of stockholders may deter or delay efforts by a stockholder who wishes to present matters for approval by the stockholders and could therefore have an anti-takeover effect.

The Board of Directors believes that this provision may have the effect of giving the Board of Directors more time to evaluate an offer, further strengthen its defenses, negotiate with the bidder or solicit competing bids or proposals in order to maximize stockholder value.

 

 

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank recommends a vote “FOR” approval of the provisions of Article VII of the People’s United Financial Certificate of Incorporation requiring that stockholder action be taken only at a meeting of stockholders.

 

PROPOSAL 9 — APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS LIMITING

CERTAIN AMENDMENTS TO BYLAWS

People’s Bank’s Bylaws may be amended by vote of the majority of the directors or by affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of People’s Bank common stock. Any action taken by the stockholders with respect to the amendment of People’s Bank’s Bylaws will prevail over any inconsistent action taken by the Board of Directors with respect to the Bylaws.

Section 11.02 of the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that the Board of Directors is authorized to make, alter, amend, rescind or repeal any of the Bylaws with the approval of two-thirds of the directors then in office, and a bylaw so adopted may be altered, amended, rescinded or repealed by action of the holders of two-thirds of the common stock. Section 11.02 of the Certificate of Incorporation also provides that provisions of the Bylaws that contain supermajority voting requirements may not be altered, amended, repealed or rescinded without a vote of the Board of Directors or holders of capital stock entitled to vote thereon that is not less than the super-majority specified in such provision. Absent these provisions, the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation’s bylaws may be amended by the holders of a majority of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock. Except in circumstances specifically provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law, this provision applies to Bylaws, whether initially adopted or amended by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders.

This authorization neither divests the stockholders of their right, nor limits their power, to adopt, amend, rescind or repeal any Bylaw under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Although the stockholders will have the ability to make changes to the Bylaws, the ability of the Board of Directors to do so without the approval of stockholders raises the possibility that not all stockholders will agree with

 

274


Table of Contents

the changes made by the Board of Directors. Furthermore, some changes made by the Board of Directors may be deemed undesirable or disadvantageous by stockholders. These provisions could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through Bylaw amendments is an important element of the takeover strategy of the acquiror.

The Board of Directors believes that the provision limiting certain amendments to the Bylaws will put the Board of Directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of People’s United Financial (including its subsidiaries) and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.

 

 

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank recommends a vote “FOR” approval of the provisions of Section 11.02 of the People’s United Financial Certificate of Incorporation relating to the requirements for making certain amendments to the Bylaws.

 

PROPOSAL 10 — APPROVAL OF PROVISIONS LIMITING

CERTAIN AMENDMENTS TO CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

People’s Bank’s Charter may be amended in accordance with applicable law and rules if such amendment is approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, by approval of a majority of the outstanding shares, and by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Additional restrictions have not been necessary under the mutual holding company structure, in which the mutual holding company owns a majority of all voting shares and can prevent amendment of the Charter to remove provisions which function for the protection of other stockholders.

Section 11.01 of the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that certain provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation may not be altered, amended, repealed or rescinded without the affirmative vote of either (1) not less than a majority of the authorized number of directors and, if one or more Interested Shareholders exist, by not less than a majority of the “Disinterested Directors” (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); or (2) the holders of not less than two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of People’s United Financial capital stock entitled to vote thereon and, if the alteration, amendment, repeal, or rescission is proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder or a director who is an Affiliate or Associate (each as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) of an Interested Shareholder, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon not beneficially owned by an Interested Shareholder or an Affiliate or Associate thereof. Amendment of the provision of the Certificate of Incorporation relating to “Business Combinations” (as defined below) must also be approved by either (i) a majority of the Disinterested Directors; or (ii) the affirmative vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, together with the affirmative vote of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the voting stock not beneficially owned by any Interested Shareholder or Affiliate or Associate thereof, voting together as a single class.

Absent these provisions, the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation’s certificate of incorporation may be amended by the holders of a majority of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock. The limitations on amendments to the specified provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation are intended to preserve the protections of the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation by preventing circumvention of such provisions by a simple majority vote.

 

275


Table of Contents

This provision neither divests the stockholders of their right, nor limits their power, to adopt, amend, or rescind any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, but does make such changes more difficult. These provisions could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation is an important element of the takeover strategy of the acquiror.

The Board of Directors believes that the provisions limiting certain amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation will put the Board of Directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of People’s United Financial (including its subsidiaries) and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.

 

 

The Board of Directors of People’s Bank recommends a vote “FOR” approval of the provisions of Section 11.01 of the People’s United Financial Certificate of Incorporation relating to the requirements for making certain amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

 

276


Table of Contents

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock of People’s Bank and People’s United Financial is Mellon Investor Services LLC.

LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS

The legality of the issuance of the common stock being offered and certain matters relating to the conversion and offering and federal taxation will be passed upon for us by Thacher Proffitt & Wood  LLP , Washington, D.C. Certain matters relating to state taxation will be passed upon for us by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. and the other members of the syndicate by Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 have been included herein in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

RP Financial has consented to the publication in this document of a summary of its letter to us setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of our common stock after the conversion and offering and its letter with respect to the value of subscription rights and to the use of its name and statements with respect to it appearing in this document.

REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

People’s United Financial’s common stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. People’s United Financial is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions, tender offer rules, periodic reporting and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. People’s United Financial may not deregister the common stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for a period of at least three years following the conversion and offering.

OTHER MATTERS

As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, People’s Bank’s Board of Directors does not know of any matters that will be presented for consideration at the special meeting other than as described herein. However, if any other matter shall properly come before the special meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof and shall be voted upon, the proposed proxy will be deemed to confer authority to the individuals named as authorized therein to vote the shares represented by the proxy as to any matters that fall within the purposes set forth in the notice of annual meeting. However, no proxy that is voted against the plan of conversion or the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation will be voted in favor of any adjournment or postponement of the special meeting to solicit additional votes on the plan of conversion or the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.

 

277


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the common stock offered through this proxy statement/prospectus. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this proxy statement/prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. You may examine this information without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of the material from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference rooms. The registration statement also is available through the Securities and Exchange Commission’s world wide web site on the internet at http://www.sec.gov.

This document contains a description of the material features of certain exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-1. The statements as to the contents of such exhibits, however, are, of necessity, brief descriptions and are not necessarily complete; each such statement is qualified by reference to such contract or document. Copies of People’s United Financial’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as well as the Charter and Bylaws of People’s Bank, are available from us without charge and may be obtained by written request to People’s United Financial Investor Relations, 850 Main St., Bridgeport, CT 06604 or by calling (203) 338-7228. A copy of the plan of conversion is also available from us without charge and is also available for inspection at each branch office of People’s Bank. A copy of the independent appraisal report of RP Financial, including any amendments made to it, and the detailed memorandum of RP Financial setting forth the method and assumptions for such appraisal are available for inspection at our administrative offices.

We have filed an application with the Office of Thrift Supervision with respect to the conversion and offering. This proxy statement/prospectus omits certain information contained in that application. You may examine the application at the principal office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, 1700 G St., NW, Washington, D.C. 20552, and at the Northeast Regional Office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, Harborside Financial Center, Plaza Five, Suite 1600, Jersey City, NJ 07311.

 

278


Table of Contents

People’s Bank

  REVOCABLE PROXY

This Proxy is solicited on behalf of the Board of Directors of People’s Bank

for the Special Meeting of Stockholders to be held on [                 ], 2007 and any adjournment thereof.

The undersigned stockholder of People’s Bank hereby authorizes John A. Klein and [__], or any of their successors, as proxies, with full powers of substitution, to represent the undersigned at the Special Meeting of Stockholders of People’s Bank to be held at [__], Bridgeport, Connecticut on [ ], 2007 at [ ], Eastern time, or at any adjournment or postponement thereof, upon the matters described in the accompanying Notice of the Special Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement, dated [ ], 2007 and upon such other matters as may properly come before the Special Meeting. The undersigned hereby revokes all prior proxies.

This Proxy, when properly executed, will be voted in the manner directed herein by the undersigned shareholder. If no direction is given, this Proxy will be voted “FOR” each of Proposals 1 through 10. If any other matter is presented at the Special Meeting, this Proxy will be voted as a majority of the Board of Directors determines.

PLEASE MARK, SIGN AND DATE THIS PROXY ON THE REVERSE SIDE

AND RETURN IT PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.

 


Table of Contents

The Board of Directors unanimously recommends a vote “FOR” the approval

of each of Proposals 1 through 10.

      

I Will Attend the Special Meeting.

 

Please Mark Your Choice Like This

in Blue or Black Ink.

 

¨

 

 

x

 


 

1.

Approval of the Plan of Conversion.

 

For   Against   Abstain
¨   ¨   ¨

 

2.

Establishment and Funding of The People’s Community Foundation.

 

For   Against   Abstain
¨   ¨   ¨

 

3.

Approval of Increase in Authorized Capital Stock.

 

For   Against   Abstain
¨   ¨   ¨

 

4.

Approval of Provisions Limiting Voting Rights.

 

For   Against   Abstain
¨   ¨   ¨

 

5.

Approval of Provisions Limiting Removal of Directors.

 

For   Against   Abstain
¨   ¨   ¨

 

6.

Approval of Provisions Governing Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders.

 

For   Against   Abstain
¨   ¨   ¨

 

7.

Approval of Provisions Limiting Calling Special Meetings of Stockholders.

 

For   Against   Abstain
¨   ¨   ¨

 

8.

Approval of Provisions Precluding Stockholder Action Without a Meeting.

 

For   Against   Abstain
¨   ¨   ¨

 

9.

Approval of Provisions Limiting Certain Amendments to the Bylaws.

 

For   Against   Abstain
¨   ¨   ¨

 

10.

Approval of Provisions Limiting Certain Amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

For   Against   Abstain
¨   ¨   ¨

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders

and the Proxy Statement for the Special Meeting dated [            ], 2007.

            
            

Signatures

Dated:

      

, 2007

Please sign exactly as your name appears on this proxy. Joint owners should each sign personally. If signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please include your full title. Corporate or partnership proxies should be signed by an authorized officer.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.*

 

Description of Fee

   Fee

OTS Application for Conversion and H-(e)1-S fee

   $ 12,000

SEC registration fee (1)

     795,238

NASDAQ Substitution Listing Event and annual fee

     82,500

NASD filing fee (2)

     75,000

Printing, postage and mailing

     2,800,000

Legal fees and expenses

     2,000,000

Accounting fees and expenses

     450,000

Proxy solicitation fees and expenses

     750,000

Appraiser’s fees and expenses

     900,000

Business plan fee

     75,000

Marketing fees, selling commissions, and underwriter’s expenses (including counsel fees) (3)

     135,442,500

Conversion agent fees and expenses

     760,000

Certificate printing

     50,000

Miscellaneous

     250,262

TOTAL

   $ 144,442,500

* Fees are estimated, except where indicated.
(1) Based on 371,606,207 shares of common stock at $20.00 per share.
(2) Based on 213,253,125 shares of common stock at $20.00 per share.
(3) Includes a 1% underwriting commission on certain shares sold in the subscription offering and a 4% commission on certain shares sold in the syndicated offering and expenses of $1,000,000 including legal fees for counsel to financial advisor.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), empowers a Delaware corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation in such capacity for another corporation or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Similar indemnity is authorized for such persons against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of any such threatened, pending or completed action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and provided further that (unless a court of competent jurisdiction otherwise provides) such person shall not have been adjudged liable to the corporation. Any such indemnification may be made only as authorized in each specific case upon a determination by the stockholders or disinterested directors or by independent legal counsel in a written opinion that indemnification is proper because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation of a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person, and incurred by the person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him or her under Section 145.

Article X, Section 10.01 of the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that People’s United Financial shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of People’s United Financial, who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, other than actions or suits by or in the right of People’s United Financial, by reason of such agreement or service or the fact that such person is, was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or organization at the request of People’s United Financial against costs, charges, expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person. This indemnification is conditioned upon the director or officer having acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of People’s United Financial and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. People’s United Financial may, but is not required to, indemnify employees and agents under the same circumstances as directors and officers described in this paragraph.

Article X, Section 10.02 of the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that People’s United Financial shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the People’s United Financial, who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, by or in the right of People’s United Financial, by reason of such agreement or service or the fact that such person is, was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or organization at the request of People’s United Financial against costs, charges and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit and any appeal therefrom. This indemnification is conditioned upon the director or officer having acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of People’s United Financial. No director or officer is entitled to indemnification under this section if the director or officer shall have been adjudged to be liable to People’s United Financial unless a court deems that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification. People’s United Financial may, but is not required to, indemnify employees and agents under the same circumstances as directors and officers described in this paragraph.

Article X, Section 10.03 of the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that People’s United Financial shall indemnify any present or former director or officer of People’s United Financial to the extent such person has been successful, on the merits or otherwise (including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice), in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of Article X, as described above, against all costs, charges and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

Article X, Section 10.04 of the Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial provides that People’s United Financial shall indemnify any present or former director or officer of People’s United Financial that is made a witness to any action, suit or proceeding to which he or she is not a party

 

II-2


Table of Contents

by reason of such agreement or service or the fact that such person is, was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or organization at the request of People’s United Financial against all costs, charges and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on such persons behalf in connection therewith. People’s United Financial may, but is not required to, indemnify employees and agents under the same circumstances as directors and officers described in this paragraph.

Article X, Section 10.11 also empowers People’s United Financial to purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and its directors, officers, employees and agents and those who were or have agreed to become directors, officers, employees or agents, against any liability, regardless of whether or not People’s United Financial would have the power to indemnify those persons against such liability under the law or the provisions set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, provided that such insurance is available on acceptable terms as determined by a vote of the Board of Directors. People’s United Financial is also authorized by its Certificate of Incorporation to enter into individual indemnification contracts with directors, officers, employees and agents which may provide indemnification rights and procedures different from those set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. People’s United Financial has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance consistent with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Not Applicable.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as a part of this Registration Statement are as follows:

(a) List of Exhibits. (Filed herewith unless otherwise noted)

 

  1.1         Engagement Letter by and among Ryan Beck & Co., Inc., People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank, dated September 15, 2006.**
  1.2         Engagement Letter by and among Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated, People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank, dated September 14, 2006.**
  1.3         Form of Agency Agreement to be entered into by People’s United Financial, Inc., People’s Mutual Holdings, People’s Bank, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated, and other agents.
  2.1         Amended and Restated Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank.***
  3.1         Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial, Inc.
  3.2         Amended and Restated Bylaws of People’s United Financial, Inc.
  4.1         Form of Stock Certificate of People’s United Financial, Inc. **
  4.2         Reserved.
  4.3         Reserved.
  4.4         Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2000, between People’s Bank and Bankers Trust Company as Fiscal and Paying Agent.
  4.5         Form of Global Notes, registered in the name of the nominee of The Depository Trust Company (November 16, 2000).
  5.1         Opinion of Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP regarding legality of securities to be registered.
  8.1         Form of Opinion of Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP regarding federal tax matters.
  8.2         Form of Opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP regarding state tax matters.
10.1         Executive Employment Agreement, dated effective June 1, 1999, between People’s Bank and John A. Klein.
10.1(a)     Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated December 27, 2005, between People’s Bank and John A. Klein. **
10.2        

Reserved.

10.3         Reserved.
10.4         Summary of Compensation Arrangements for Named Executive Officers. **
10.5         Form of Agreement for Compensation on Discharge Subsequent to a Change in Control.
10.5(a)     Form of Amendment to Agreement for Compensation on Discharge Subsequent to a Change in Control. **
10.6         Short Term Incentive Plan for Key Employees of People’s Bank. **

 

II-4


Table of Contents
10.7         People’s Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Executive Officers.
10.8        

Reserved.

10.9         Amended and Restated People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
10.10      

Reserved.

10.10(a)   Form of Amendment to Stock Option Agreements. **
10.11       Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock. **
10.12      

Reserved.

10.13       People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan.
10.14       The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan.
10.14(a)   Amendment One to The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan.
10.14(b)   Amendment Two to The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan.**
10.15       Non-Qualified Pension Trust Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1997, between People’s Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York.
10.16       Amended and Restated People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan.
10.16(a)   First Amendment to Amended and Restated People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan.
10.16(b)   Second Amendment to Amended and Restated People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan.
10.17       People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan Non-Qualified Trust Agreement, dated as of July 23, 1998, between People’s Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York.
10.18       Summary of Compensation Arrangements for Non-Employee Directors. **
10.19       People’s Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors.
10.20       Third Amended and Restated People’s Bank Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan.**
10.21       The Norwich Savings Society Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
10.22        The Norwich Savings Society Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Trust Agreement, dated June 27, 1995, between The Norwich Savings Society and Sachem Trust National Association.
10.23        Amendment and Restatement of Deferred Compensation Agreements (undated) between The Norwich Savings Society and Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr.
10.24        Employee Stock Ownership Plan of People’s United Financial, Inc.****
10.25        People’s Bank Change-in-Control Employee Severance Plan.**
21             Subsidiaries. **
23.1          Consent of KPMG LLP.
23.2          Consent of RP Financial, LC.
23.3          Consent of Thacher Proffitt & Wood  LLP (see Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).
23.4          Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (see Exhibit 8.2).
24             Powers of Attorney (included in the Signature Page of this Registration Statement).
99.1          Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC. (portions filed in paper format only).**
99.2         

Updated Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC. (portions filed in paper format only)

99.3         Form of Proxy Statement for Special Meeting of Depositors of People’s Bank.***
99.4          Form of Marketing Materials to be used in connection with the offering.***

* To be filed by amendment.
** Filed with initial filing of Registration Statement on Form S-1 on November 2, 2006.
*** Filed with Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 on December 21, 2006.
**** Filed with Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 on January 12, 2007.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All schedules have been omitted as not applicable or not required under the rules of Regulation S-X.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

  (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 

II-6


Table of Contents
  (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

 

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(4) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

II-7


Table of Contents
(5) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bridgeport, State of Connecticut, on January 31, 2007.

 

People’s United Financial, Inc.
/s/ John A. Klein
By: John A. Klein
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
(Duly Authorized Representative)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THEIR PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John A. Klein, as their true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign the Form S-1 Registration Statement and any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or either one of his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, this Registration Statement, has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John A. Klein

John A. Klein

  

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer

and President

  January 31, 2007

/s/ Philip R. Sherringham

Philip R. Sherringham

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   January 31, 2007

/s/ Vincent J. Calabrese

Vincent J. Calabrese

  

Senior Vice President, Controller

and Chief Accounting Officer

  January 31, 2007

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Name

  

Title

 

Date

*

Collin P. Baron

   Director  

January 31, 2007

*

George P. Carter

   Director  

January 31, 2007

*

Jerry Franklin

   Director  

January 31, 2007

*

Eunice S. Groark

   Director  

January 31, 2007

*

Janet M. Hansen

   Director  

January 31, 2007

*

Richard M. Hoyt

   Director  

January 31, 2007

*

Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr.

   Director  

January 31, 2007

*

Jack E. McGregor

   Director  

January 31, 2007

*

James A. Thomas

   Director  

January 31, 2007

 

* By:   /s/ John A. Klein
  John A. Klein
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-10

Exhibit 1.3

Up to

[        ] Shares

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

FORM OF

AGENCY AGREEMENT

[February , 2007]


[February     , 2007]

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

Ryan Beck & Co., Inc.

[As Representatives of the several Agents

named in Schedule I attached hereto]

c/o

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

  

1585 Broadway

  

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), People’s Mutual Holdings, a federally chartered mutual holding company (the “ MHC ”) and People’s Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank (together with its subsidiaries, the “ Bank ” and, together with the Company and the MHC, the “ People’s Parties ”), hereby confirm, jointly and severally, their agreement with Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“ Morgan Stanley ”), Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. (“ Ryan Beck ” and, together with Morgan Stanley, the “ Representatives ”) and the other agents named in Schedule I hereto (collectively, together with the Representatives, the “ Agents ”) to serve as exclusive agents of the Company to assist the Company in the offer and sale of up to [        ] shares (the “ Offer Shares ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”).

The MHC, in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank, adopted on September 19, 2006 (the “ Plan ”), intends to convert from a federally chartered mutual holding company to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank (“ Interim A ”) and simultaneously to merge with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving entity. Immediately thereafter, the Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, intends to form a federally chartered interim stock savings bank, to be known as People’s Federal Interim Savings Bank (“ Interim B ”), as a wholly-owned subsidiary, which will then merge with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving entity. Holders of the Bank’s common stock without par value (“ Bank Common Stock ”), excluding the MHC (such holders, the “ Bank Public Stockholders ”), will exchange their shares of Bank Common Stock for shares of Common Stock (the “ Exchange Shares ”). The conversion and merger of Interim A into the Bank, formation and merger of Interim B into the Bank and share exchange are collectively referred to as the “ Conversion .” The Offer Shares and the Exchange Shares are collectively referred to as the “ Shares ”).

 

1


In connection with the Conversion and in accordance with the Plan, the Company intends to offer and sell the Offer Shares (1) on a priority basis to the persons identified in Section 5.03 of the Plan, subject to the allocation procedures and purchase limitations set forth in the Plan (such offering, the “ Subscription Offering ”), and (2) to the extent not sold in the Subscription Offering, to the public through the Agents in a syndicated offering led and managed by the Representatives, such offering to be made on a best efforts basis (such offering, the “ Syndicated Offering ” and, together with the Subscription Offering, the “ Offering ”).

The Company will sell the Offer Shares in the Offering at $20.00 per share. If the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offering is increased or decreased in accordance with the Plan, the terms “ Offer Shares ” and “ Shares ” shall mean such greater or lesser number of shares, where applicable.

In connection with the Conversion and the Offering, the People’s Parties have filed (i) with the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “ OTS ”) the required applications and amendments thereto to complete the Conversion, the Offering and any other actions which require the approval of the OTS (such applications, as it may be amended, supplemented or modified from and after the date hereof, the “ Conversion Application” ) in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations (collectively, the “ Conversion Regulations ”).

1. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the People’s Parties . The People’s Parties jointly and severally represent, warrant and agree with each of the Agents that:

(a) A registration statement on Form S-1, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares has (i) been prepared by the People’s Parties in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) thereunder, (ii) been filed with the Commission under the Securities Act and (iii) become effective under the Securities Act.

Copies of such registration statement and each of the amendments thereto have been delivered by the People’s Parties to you. As used in this Agreement, “ Effective Time ” means the date and the time as of which such registration statement, or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto, if any, was declared effective by the Commission; “ Effective Date ” means the date of the Effective Time.

The registration statement as amended at the Effective Time, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ,” the prospectus in the form first used

 

2


to confirm sales of Shares in the Subscription Offering (or in the form first made available to Ryan Beck by the People’s Parties to meet requests of purchasers in the Subscription Offering pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Subscription Offering Prospectus ,” the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares in the Syndicated Offering (or in the form first made available to the Agents by the People’s Parties to meet requests of purchasers in the Syndicated Offering pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Syndicated Offering Prospectus ” and “ Prospectuses ” means the Subscription Offering Prospectus and the Syndicated Offering Prospectus. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. A proxy statement (“ Bank Proxy Statement ”) for the meeting of the depositors of the Bank (the “ Depositors ”), at which the Plan will be submitted to the Depositors for their consideration and approval, (i) has been prepared by the People’s Parties in conformity with the requirements of the Conversion Regulations and other applicable law and (ii) will be mailed to the Depositors in accordance with the Plan. A proxy statement (“ Company Proxy Statement ”) for the meeting of the Bank Public Stockholders, at which the Plan will be submitted to the Bank Public Stockholders for their consideration and approval, (i) has been prepared by the People’s Parties in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and other applicable law, (ii) will be filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act and (iii) will be mailed to the Bank Public Stockholders in accordance with the Plan. Each of the Bank Proxy Statement and the Company Proxy Statement is hereinafter referred to as a “ Proxy Statement ” and, collectively, as the “ Proxy Statements .”

No Commission order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (as defined below) or preventing or suspending the use of any Prospectus or Proxy Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or threatened by the Commission.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and “ broadly available road show ” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “Prospectus” and “Proxy Statement” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein, including those filed under the Exchange Act after the date of such Registration Statement, Prospectus and Proxy Statement.

 

3


(b) (i) At the Effective Time, the Registration Statement did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (ii) at the dates thereof, at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the Offering and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3) (A) the Registration Statement and the Prospectuses comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (B) each Proxy Statement complies and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply, in all respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (C) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Prospectuses, does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (D) the Prospectuses do not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (E) the Proxy Statements do not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (F) when taken together with the relevant Prospectus, any Marketing Materials and any Blue Sky Application (as such terms are defined in Section 8) do not contain, and, as amended and supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement or the Prospectuses based upon information relating to any Agent furnished to the People’s Parties in writing by such Agent through you expressly for use therein.

(c) The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the People’s Parties are required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that any of the People’s Parties has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or behalf of or used or referred to by any of the People’s Parties complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, none of the People’s Parties have prepared, used or referred to, nor will, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

 

4


(d) (i) The Conversion Application, including the Prospectus and the Proxy Statements, has been approved by the OTS, such approval remains in full force and effect, and the Prospectus and the Proxy Statements have been authorized for use by the OTS; (ii) at the time the Conversion Application, including the Prospectus and Proxy Statements (including any amendment or supplement thereto), were approved and authorized for use by the OTS and at all times subsequent thereto until the Closing Date, the Conversion Application, including the Prospectus and Proxy Statements contained therein (including any amendment or supplement thereto), complied and will comply as to form in all material respects with the Conversion Regulations; (iii) all Marketing Materials have been filed with the OTS; and (iv) the Conversion Application does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Conversion Application based upon information relating to any Agent furnished to the People’s Parties in writing by such Agent through you expressly for use therein.

(e) The MHC and the Bank have taken all steps necessary to effect the conversion of the Bank to a federal stock savings bank (the “ Charter Conversion ”) and of the MHC to a federally chartered mutual holding company (the “ Mutual Holdings Conversion ”), in each case in accordance with all applicable federal and state law and regulations, and each of the Bank Charter Conversion and the Mutual Holdings Conversion has received all necessary regulatory and other approvals, including approval of the OTS, the Connecticut State Department of Banking, the holders of Bank Common Stock, the corporators of MHC if necessary and any other authority, entity or persons required by law, regulation or the Bank’s or the MHC’s charter or bylaws or similar organizational documents to approve the Bank Charter Conversion or the Mutual Holdings Conversion, as the case may be.

(f) The Plan has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Board of Trustees of the MHC and the Board of Directors of the Bank, and will be submitted to the Depositors and the Bank Public Stockholders for their consideration and approval at their respective meetings, in accordance with the Plan, the Conversion Regulations, the applicable provisions, if any, of the MHC’s charter and bylaws and the Proxy Statements.

(g) No order has been issued by the OTS or any state regulatory authority, preventing or suspending the use of any Prospectus, Proxy Statement or Marketing Materials and no action by or before any such government entity to

 

5


revoke any approval, authorization or order of effectiveness related to the Conversion or the Offering is pending or threatened. To the best knowledge of the People’s Parties, no person has sought to obtain review of the approval by the OTS of the Plan, the Conversion or the Conversion Application pursuant to any statute or regulation.

(h) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has all power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectuses and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification; and none of the subsidiaries of the Company other than the Bank is a “significant subsidiary” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(i) Each “subsidiary” (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, a “ Subsidiary ”) of the Company has been duly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, is validly existing as a corporation, federal savings bank or other business entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as the case may be, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectuses and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, other than those imposed by applicable OTS regulations and the Home Owners Loan Act, as amended (“ HOLA ”). The only direct and indirect subsidiaries of the People’s Parties are, in the case of the Bank, People’s Capital and Leasing Corp., People’s Securities, Inc. and R.C. Knox and Company, Inc. (the “ Bank Subsidiaries ”); in the case of the Company, the Bank and the Bank Subsidiaries; and in the case of the MHC, the Company, the Bank and the Bank Subsidiaries. Except as described in the preceding sentence, none of the People’s Parties, directly or indirectly, controls any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust or other business organization. Upon completion of the Conversion, the only direct Subsidiary of the Company will be the Bank.

(j) The MHC has been duly organized and is, and at all times prior to the completion of the Conversion will be, duly organized and validly existing and in good standing as a federally chartered mutual holding company under federal law, has all power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in Prospectuses and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification.

 

6


(k) The Bank has been duly organized and is, and at all times prior to the completion of the Conversion will be, duly organized and validly existing as a federally-chartered savings bank in stock form and is duly authorized to conduct its business as described in the Prospectuses; the activities of the Bank are permitted by the rules, regulations and practices of the OTS; the Bank has obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for the conduct of its business, except those that individually or in the aggregate would not have a material adverse effect on the Bank, and all such licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations are in full force and effect; the Bank is in good standing under the laws of the United States; the Bank is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on the Bank; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank is duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable; and all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank after the Conversion will be duly authorized, and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the Plan, will be validly issued to the Company, fully paid and non-assessable; and after the Conversion the Company will directly own all of the capital stock of the Bank free and clear of any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or restriction of any kind. The Bank does not own equity securities or any equity interest in any other business enterprise except as otherwise described in the Prospectus or as are immaterial in amount and are not required to be described in the Prospectus.

(l) The MHC is, and after the Conversion the Company will be, a duly registered savings and loan holding company under HOLA and qualifies or will qualify, respectively, as a savings and loan holding company of the type described in Section 10(c)(3) of HOLA. The Bank is a qualified thrift lender pursuant to Section 10(m) of HOLA after giving effect to the four-year exception to certain requirements of that Section that was granted to the Bank by the OTS by letter dated July 3, 2006, which exception is still in full force and effect. The Bank is a member in good standing of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston. The activities of the Bank are permitted by the applicable rules, regulations and practices of the OTS. The deposit accounts maintained by the Bank are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund to the fullest extent permitted by law and the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “ FDIC ”), and no proceedings for the termination or revocation of such insurance are pending or, to the knowledge of the Bank, threatened. Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Bank will establish a liquidation account for the benefit of eligible Depositors in an amount equal to the total stockholders’ equity of the Company, as reflected in the most recent financial statements contained in the Prospectuses and in accordance with the Plan and the Conversion Regulations.

 

7


(m) Each of the People’s Parties has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the People’s Parties.

(n) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms in all respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectuses.

(o) The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights. Upon issuance of the Shares, good title to such Shares will be transferred to the purchasers of such Shares as set forth in the Plan and the Prospectuses. Upon consummation of the Conversion, the authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company will be within the range set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization” and no shares of Common Stock have been or will be issued and outstanding prior to the Closing Date; the issuance of the Shares is not subject to preemptive rights, except for the subscription rights granted pursuant to the Plan; and the terms and provisions of the shares of Common Stock will conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus.

(p) The execution and delivery by each of the People’s Parties of, and, the performance by each of the People’s Parties of its obligations under, this Agreement and the Plan, and the consummation of the Conversion and the transactions contemplated hereby, (i) have been authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each of the People’s Parties, and no other corporate actions by any of the People’s Parties are necessary for the performance by each of them of this Agreement and the Plan and the consummation of the Conversion and transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (ii) will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, license, lease, pledge, joint venture, stockholders’ agreement or other agreement or instrument to which any of the People’s Parties is a party or by which any of the People’s Parties is bound or to which any of the property or assets of any of them is subject, or impose any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of any of the People’s Parties, (iii) will not result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws (or similar organizational documents) of any of the People’s Parties, and (iv) will not result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over any of the People’s Parties or any of their properties or assets; and except for such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or

 

8


qualifications as have already been obtained or as may be required under applicable state securities laws, no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Plan by any of the People’s Parties and the consummation of the Conversion and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(q) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Prospectuses, the Proxy Statements, the Conversion Application, any Marketing Materials and any Blue Sky Application (i) none of the People’s Parties has suffered any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree; (ii) none of the People’s Parties has incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, or issued or granted any securities, or entered into any material transaction; (iii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; (iv) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of any of the People’s Parties; and (v) there has not been any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the condition, financial or otherwise, or the earnings, business or operations of any of the People’s Parties, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Prospectuses, the Proxy Statements, the Conversion Application, any Marketing Materials and any Blue Sky Application respectively. The liabilities, assets, properties and business of each of the People’s Parties conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectuses and none of the People’s Parties has any material liabilities of any kind, contingent or otherwise, except as disclosed in the Prospectuses.

(r) The historical financial statements (including the related notes and supporting schedules) filed as part of the Registration Statement or included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, and the Prospectuses comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Conversion Regulations and present fairly the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the entities purported to be shown thereby, at the dates and for the periods indicated, and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as otherwise disclosed therein. The other financial data, selected pro forma ratios and other pro forma financial information, operating data and statistical information included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Prospectuses are presented fairly in all material respects and have been prepared on a basis consistent in all material respects (except for, with

 

9


respect to the pro forma information, the pro forma adjustments described in the Prospectuses) with such financial statements and the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The statistical information required by Commission Industry Guide 3 (“ Guide 3 ”) filed as part of the Registration Statement or included or incorporated by reference in the Prospectuses presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein, is in compliance in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and Guide 3, and is consistent in all material respects with the Company’s consolidated financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement and the Prospectuses.

(s) RP Financial, LC (“ RP Financial ”), which has prepared the Independent Appraisal dated as of [            ] described in the Prospectuses (the “ Independent Appraisal ”), is independent with respect to, and not affiliated with, each of the Bank, the Company and MHC within the meaning of the Plan and the Conversion Regulations, has not received any fee from any People’s Party in connection with the conversion other than for appraisal services and is believed by each of the People’s Parties to be experienced and expert in the valuation and the appraisal of business entities, including savings institutions, and each of the People’s Parties believes that RP Financial has prepared the market value estimates of the Common Stock set forth in the Prospectuses in accordance with the requirements of the Conversion Regulations.

(t) KPMG LLP, which has certified certain financial statements of the Company, whose report appears in the Prospectuses and the Conversion Application and which has delivered the initial letter referred to in Section 4(h) hereof, are independent public accountants as required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(u) The People’s Parties have received opinions of (i) their special counsel, Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP, with respect to the federal income tax consequences of the Conversion and the Offering and (ii) KPMG LLP, with respect to the Connecticut state income tax consequences of the Conversion and the Offering, each as described in the Prospectuses, and the facts and representations of any of the People’s Parties or any officer or employee thereof upon which such opinions were based, were truthful, accurate and complete, and none of the parties has taken or will take any action inconsistent therewith.

(v) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which any of the People’s Parties is a party or to which any of their properties is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Prospectuses and proceedings that would not have a material adverse effect on any of the People’s Parties, in each case taken as a whole with their subsidiaries, or on the power or ability of any of them to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated

 

10


by the Prospectuses or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectuses and are not so described; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectuses or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.

(w) None of the People’s Parties is, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offer Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectuses will be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(x) Each of the People’s Parties (i) is in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations and other legal requirements relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment, natural resources or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) has received and maintained all permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its respective business and (iii) is in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on such People’s Party, in each case taken as a whole with its subsidiaries.

(y) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on any People’s Party, in each case taken as a whole with its subsidiaries.

(z) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between any of the People’s Parties and any person granting such person the right to require any of them to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(aa) Each of the People’s Parties has good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of such People’s Party, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Prospectuses or such as do not materially affect the value of such

 

11


property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by such People’s Party; and any real property and buildings held under lease by any People’s Party, are held by it under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by such People’s Party, in each case except as described in the Prospectuses.

(bb) The People’s Parties own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names currently employed by them in connection with the respective businesses now conducted by them or necessary to conduct their respective businesses, and none of the People’s Parties has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on such People’s Party.

(cc) No material labor disputes with the employees of the People’s Parties exist, except as described in the Prospectuses, or, to the knowledge of any of the People’s Parties, is imminent; and none of them are aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of their principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that could have a material adverse effect on any People’s Party, in each case taken as a whole with its subsidiaries.

(dd) Each of the People’s Parties is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; none of them has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and none of them has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a material adverse effect on such People’s Party, in each case taken as a whole with its subsidiaries, except as described in the Prospectuses.

(ee) The People’s Parties possess all certificates, authorizations and permits (“ Permits ”) issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, and none of them has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on such People’s Party, in each case taken as a whole with its subsidiaries, except as described in the Prospectuses, and no event has occurred

 

12


which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination of the Permits or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the holder of any such Permits.

(ff) The People’s Parties maintain accurate books and records as well as a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the reported accountability for their assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Prospectuses, since the end of the most recent audited fiscal year included in the Prospectuses, (i) there has been no material weakness in internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated), (ii) there has been no change in internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting, and (iii) none of the People’s Parties has been advised of (A) any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of its internal controls which could adversely affect the ability of such People’s Party to record, process, summarize and report financial data, or any material weaknesses in internal controls; or (B) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the internal controls of such People’s Party.

(gg) Except as described in the Prospectuses, none of the People’s Parties has sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock or Bank Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(hh) None of the following events has occurred or exists: (i) a failure to fulfill the obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to a Plan, determined without regard to any waiver of such obligations or extension of any amortization period; (ii) an audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other federal or state governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to the employment or compensation of employees by any of the People’s Parties that could have a material adverse effect on the People’s Parties; (iii) any breach of any contractual obligation, or

 

13


any violation of law or applicable qualification standards, with respect to the employment or compensation of employees by any of the People’s Parties that could have a material adverse effect on the People’s Parties. None of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (i) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans in the current fiscal year of the People’s Parties compared to the amount of such contributions made in the People’s Parties’ most recently completed fiscal year; (ii) a material increase in the People’s Parties “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) compared to the amount of such obligations in the People’s Parties most recently completed fiscal year; (iii) any event or condition giving rise to a liability under Title IV of ERISA that could have a material adverse effect on the People’s Parties; or (iv) the filing of a claim by one or more employees or former employees of the People’s Parties related to their employment that could have a material adverse effect on the People’s Parties. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Plan” means a plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA with respect to which any of the People’s Parties may have any liability.

(ii) Each of the People’s Parties has filed all federal, state and local income and franchise tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof, subject to permitted extensions, and have paid all taxes due thereon, and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to any People’s Party which has had (nor do any of the People’s Parties have any knowledge of any tax deficiency which, if determined adversely to any of the People’s Parties, might have) a material adverse effect on such People’s Party.

(jj) At the Closing Time referred to in Section 3, (i) the People’s Parties will have completed the conditions precedent to the Conversion and the Offering in accordance with the Plan, the Conversion Regulations and all other applicable laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including all material terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Conversion imposed upon any People’s Party by the OTS or any other regulatory authority or “blue sky” authority, other than those which the applicable regulatory authority has agreed in writing may be completed after the Conversion and (ii) the Conversion and the Offering will have been effected in the manner described in the Prospectuses and in accordance with the Plan, the Conversion Regulations and all other applicable material laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including in compliance with all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Conversion and Offering imposed upon any of the People’s Parties by the OTS or any other regulatory or “blue sky” authority.

(kk) None of the People’s Parties is a party to any written agreement or memorandum of understanding with, or a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any order or directive by, or is a recipient

 

14


of any extraordinary supervisory letter from, or has adopted any board resolutions at the request of, the FDIC, the OTS, the Connecticut Department of Banking or any other government authority or agency responsible for the supervision, regulation or insurance of mutual holding companies, mutual savings banks, stock savings banks and stock corporations (collectively, the “ Regulatory Authorities ”) which restricts materially the conduct of its business, or in any manner relates to its capital adequacy, its credit policies or its management, nor have any of them been advised by any Regulatory Authority that it is contemplating issuing or requesting (or is considering the appropriateness of issuing or requesting) any such order, decree, agreement, memorandum of understanding, extraordinary supervisory letter, commitment letter or similar submission, or any such board resolutions.

(ll) There are no contracts or other documents which are required to be described in any Prospectus or Proxy Statement or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement by the Securities Act or by the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or by the Conversion Regulations that have not been described in the Prospectuses and Proxy Statements or filed or incorporated therein by reference as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act and, if applicable, the Conversion Regulations as exhibits to the Registration Statement.

(mm) No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among any of the People’s Parties, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of any of the People’s Parties, on the other hand, which is required to be described in any Prospectus or Proxy Statement which is not so described.

(nn) None of the People’s Parties (i) is in violation of its charter or by-laws (or similar organizational documents), (ii) is in default, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease, pledge or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties or assets is subject or (iii) is in violation in any material respect of any law, ordinance, governmental rule, regulation or court decree to which it or its property or assets may be subject or has failed to obtain any license, permit, certificate, franchise or other governmental authorization or permit necessary to the ownership of its property or to the conduct of its business.

(oo) None of the People’s Parties, or any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of any of the People’s Parties has used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; made any

 

15


direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

(pp) Each of the People’s Parties is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder. The Bank has established compliance programs to ensure compliance with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and all applicable regulations promulgated thereunder. Each of the People’s Parties is in compliance in all material respects with the USA PATRIOT Act and all applicable regulations promulgated thereunder, and there is no charge, investigation, action, suit or proceeding before any court, regulatory authority or governmental agency or body pending or, to the best knowledge of the People’s Parties, threatened regarding the compliance by any of the People’s Parties with the USA PATRIOT Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder.

(qq) The industry statistical and market-related data included or incorporated by reference in each of the Registration Statement and the Prospectuses are based on or derived from sources that the People’s Parties believe to be accurate, reasonable and reliable, and such data agree with the sources from which they were derived.

(rr) (i) Each of the People’s Parties and each of their Subsidiaries has established and maintains “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act); (ii) such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the People’s Parties and each of their Subsidiaries in the reports they file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the management of the People’s Parties and their Subsidiaries, including their respective principal executive officers and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure; and (iii) such disclosure controls and procedures are effective in all material respects to perform the functions for which they were established.

(ss) None of the People’s Parties (i) has distributed or, prior to the later to occur of the Closing Date and completion of the distribution of the Shares, will distribute any offering material in connection with the Offering other than the Prospectuses, any free writing prospectuses as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act and, in the case of persons entitled to participate in the Subscription Offering, the Marketing Materials filed as exhibits to the Conversion Application and the Registration Statement; and (ii) will distribute the Prospectuses or other offering materials in connection with the offering and sale of the Common Stock other than in accordance with the Conversion Regulations, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated under such statutes, and the laws of any state in which the Shares are qualified for sale.

 

16


(tt) None of the People’s Parties has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of shares of Common Stock.

(uu) The Common Stock has been approved for inclusion, subject to notice of issuance, on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“ NASDAQ ”).

(vv) None of the People’s Parties or any employee of the People’s Parties has made any payment of funds of the People’s Parties as a loan to any person for the purchase of Shares or has made any other payment or loan of funds prohibited by law, and no funds have been set aside to be used for any payment prohibited by law.

(xx) The records maintained by the People’s Parties of the persons entitled to participate in the Subscription Offering are accurate and complete in all material respects.

(yy) All of the loans represented as assets on the most recent financial statements or selected financial information of any of the People’s Parties included in the Prospectuses meet or are exempt from all requirements of federal, state and local law pertaining to lending, including, without limitation, truth in lending (including the requirements of Regulation Z and 12 C.F.R. Part 226), real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, equal credit opportunity and all disclosure laws applicable to such loans, except for violations which, if asserted, would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect.

(zz) To the best knowledge of the People’s Parties, there are no affiliations or associations (as such terms are defined by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“ NASD ”)) between any member of the NASD and any of the officers or directors of any of the People’s Parties.

(aaa) None of the People’s Parties have relied on any of the Agents or their counsel for any legal, tax or accounting advice in connection with the Conversion or the Offering.

 

17


2. Appointment of Agents, Fees. On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement:

(a) The People’s Parties hereby appoint (i) Ryan Beck to consult with, advise and assist them with the solicitation of subscriptions for the Shares in connection with the sale of the Shares in the Subscription Offering and (ii) the Agents as exclusive agents for the purpose of soliciting or receiving purchase orders for the Shares in connection with the sale of the Shares in the Syndicated Offering. Morgan Stanley shall act as global coordinator and sole bookrunner, and Ryan Beck shall act as joint lead manager, for the Syndicated Offering. On the basis of the representations and warranties of the People’s Parties contained herein, but subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each of the Agents hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to (i) in the case of Ryan Beck only, (x) assist the People’s Parties with the solicitation of subscriptions for the Shares in the Subscription Offering and (y) consult with and advise the People’s Parties as to the matters set forth in Section 3 of the engagement letter, dated September 15, 2006, by and among the MHC, the Bank and Ryan Beck (the “ Ryan Beck Engagement Letter ”), (ii) in the case of Morgan Stanley only, coordinate the Syndicated Offering, (iii) assist the People’s Parties with preparing for any regulatory proceeding relating to the approval of the Offering, (iv) evaluate potential impacts of the Offering and (v) solicit offers to purchase Shares in the Syndicated Offering; all as further described in the Ryan Beck Engagement Letter and the engagement letter, dated September 14, 2006, by and among the MHC, the Bank and Morgan Stanley (the “ Morgan Stanley Engagement Letter ”). The People’s Parties shall not, without the consent of the Representatives, solicit offers to purchase Shares in the Offering otherwise than through the Agents and shall not consummate any sale of Shares in the Offering not arranged by the Agents.

(b) In offering the Shares for sale, the Agents shall offer them solely as agents for the Company and such offer shall be made upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectuses. The Agents shall not commence the Syndicated Offering without the prior approval of the Company.

(c) The People’s Parties acknowledge that none of the Agents shall be required to (i) purchase any shares of Common Stock, (ii) obtain subscriptions or purchase orders for any specific number of shares of Common Stock or (iii) take any action which is inconsistent with any applicable law, regulation, decision or order.

(d) As compensation for the Agents’ services as agents hereunder, the Company:

(i) shall pay to Ryan Beck a sales fee of one percent (1.00%) of the dollar amount sold in the Subscription Offering, up to $12,000,000; provided that no fee shall be payable in connection with the sale of Common Stock to officers, directors or employees or immediate family of such persons, or to the charitable foundation and employee benefit plans of the People’s Parties;

 

18


(ii) shall pay to the Representatives, in addition to any advisory fees under Section 4 of the Ryan Beck Engagement Letter and under the Morgan Stanley Engagement Letter, a management fee equal to one percent (1.00%) of the aggregate dollar amount received in exchange for the Shares sold in the Syndicated Offering (the “ Management Fee ”), with Morgan Stanley being entitled to not less than 50% of such fee and Ryan Beck being entitled to not less than 15% of such fee; and

(iii) shall pay to the Agents, a sales concession equal to three percent (3.00%) of the aggregate dollar amount received in exchange for the Shares sold in the Syndicated Offering (the “ Sales Concession ”). Morgan Stanley shall receive no less than 50% of the institutional allocation of shares and no less than 65% of the retail share allocation of shares to be sold in the Syndicated Offering, all such retail allocations to Morgan Stanley and other broker-dealers in the Syndicated Offering to be made on the basis of demand quantum and quality. Ryan Beck shall receive no less than 15% of the institutional allocation of shares and no less than 15% of the retail share allocation of shares to be sold in the Syndicated Offering.

(e) Upon the reasonable request of the Company, the Agents shall report from time to time on their efforts to solicit offerees to purchase the Shares and all indications of interest received by the Agents with respect to possible purchases of Shares.

(f) Except as set forth in Section 9 hereof, the appointment of the Agents to provide services hereunder shall terminate upon the Closing (as defined below).

(g) Each of the People’s Parties hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Agents, it will not, during the period beginning on the date of the Subscription Offering Prospectus and ending 120 days after the date of the Subscription Offering Prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”), (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, or (iii) announce any intention to take any of the foregoing actions, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock

 

19


or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iv) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(h) The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (i) the Shares to be sold hereunder and (ii) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof of which the Agents have been advised in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (A) during the last 17 days of the Restricted Period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (B) prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Restricted Period, the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The Company shall promptly notify Morgan Stanley and Ryan Beck of any earnings release, news or event that may give rise to an extension of the initial Restricted Period.

(i) The People’s Parties shall not honor the exercise of any stock options providing for the issuance of shares of Common Stock by any such officer or director during the Offering, nor shall the People’s Parties otherwise assist such officers or directors in connection with the sale or transfer of shares of Common Stock during the Restricted Period.

3. Closing . If the minimum number of Shares to be sold in the Offering, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectuses, are subscribed for at or before the termination date of the Offering (which may be extended in the manner described in the Prospectuses), the Company agrees to issue and deliver the Shares on the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) against payment therefor (in the case of the Subscription Offering, by the means authorized by the Plan). Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligation of each Agent hereunder. The Company shall issue the Shares to be sold in the Subscription Offering directly to the purchasers thereof, and shall issue the Shares to be sold in the Syndicated Offering to Morgan Stanley (or one or more other Agents, as directed by Morgan Stanley) for the benefit of the purchasers thereof, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Agents duly paid.

Upon delivery, the Shares to be sold in the Syndicated Offering shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not deliver the Shares until all of the conditions in Section 4 have been satisfied or waived by the Representatives.

 

20


The closing of the issuance and sale of the Shares (the “ Closing ”) shall be held at the offices of Cleary Gottlieb, in New York, New York, at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, or at such other place and time as shall be agreed upon between the People’s Parties, on one hand, and the Representatives, on the other, on the business day selected by the Company and the Representatives, which business day shall be no less than two business days following the giving of prior notice by the Company to the Representatives or at such other time as shall be agreed upon between the People’s Parties, on one hand, and the Representatives, on the other. This date and time are referred to as the “ Closing Date .” At the Closing, (i) the People’s Parties shall deliver by wire transfer in same-day funds (x) to Ryan Beck, the fees owing to Ryan Beck as set forth in paragraph (d)(i) of Section 2 and (y) to each of the Agents, the expenses owing to such Agent pursuant to Section 6, and the opinions required hereby and other documents deemed reasonably necessary by the Agents shall be executed and delivered to effect the sale of the Shares as contemplated hereby and pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the description thereof in the Prospectuses and (ii) the Representatives shall deliver to the Company by wire transfer in same-day funds the aggregate proceeds of the Shares sold by the Agents in the Syndicated Offering, net of the commissions and fees owing to the Agents under paragraphs (d)(ii) and (d)(iii) of Section 2.

4. Conditions to the Agents’ Obligations . The several obligations of the Agents hereunder and the occurrence of the Closing are subject to the accuracy, when made and on the Closing Date, of the representations, warranties and covenants of the Peoples’ Parties contained herein, to the performance by each of the People’s Parties of their several obligations hereunder, and to the satisfaction, or the waiver by the Representatives, of each of the following additional terms and conditions:

(a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [            ] (New York City time) on the date hereof and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or order preventing or suspending the Offering, the Conversion, the transactions required under the Plan to consummate the Conversion and Offering, or the use of any Prospectus, Proxy Statement or Marketing Materials shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission, the OTS or any other federal or state authority; and any request of the Commission or the OTS for inclusion of additional information in the Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Proxy Statement, any Marketing Materials or otherwise shall have been complied with.

(b) No Agent shall have discovered and disclosed to the Company on or prior to the Closing Date that the Registration Statement or any Prospectus or Proxy Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto contains any untrue statement of a fact which, in the opinion of Cleary Gottlieb, counsel for the

 

21


Agents, is material or omits to state a fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material and is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(c) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of this Agreement, the Shares, the Registration Statement, the Prospectuses, the Proxy Statements, the Plan, the Conversion and the transactions contemplated thereby, and all other legal matters relating to this Agreement, the Conversion and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to Cleary Gottlieb, counsel for the Agents, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel all documents and information that they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(d) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any securities of the People’s Parties by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act;

(ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectuses;

(iii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in stockholders’ equity, or in the earnings, business or operations, or in, or affecting the general affairs of, management, of any of the People’s Parties, from that set forth in the Prospectuses (excluding any amendments or supplements thereto);

the effect of which, in any such clause as described in (ii) or (iii), is, in your judgment, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the Offering or to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectuses.

 

22


(e) The Agents shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 4(d)(i) above and to the effect that

(i) the representations and warranties of the People’s Parties contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date;

(ii) each of the People’s Parties has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date;

(iii) they have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Prospectuses and the Proxy Statements and, in their opinion (A), with respect to the Registration Statement, as of the Effective Date, and with respect to the Prospectuses and the Proxy Statements, as of the dates they were mailed to stockholders of the Company or depositors of the Bank, as applicable, none of the Registration Statement, the Prospectuses and the Proxy Statements included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (with respect to the Prospectuses, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and (B) since the Effective Date no event has occurred which should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement, any Prospectus or the Proxy Statement;

(iv) no stop order has been issued or, to the best of their knowledge, is threatened, by the Commission or any other governmental body;

(v) no order suspending the Offering, the Conversion, the acquisition of all of the shares of the Bank by the Company, the transactions required under the Plan to consummate the Conversion or the effectiveness of the Prospectuses has been issued and, to the best of their knowledge, no proceedings for any such purpose have been initiated or threatened by the OTS, the Commission, or any other federal or state authority;

(vi) to the best of their knowledge, no person has sought to obtain regulatory or judicial review of the action of the OTS in approving the Plan or to enjoin the Conversion; and

(vii) that the officers and directors of the People’s Parties have agreed to abide by the restrictions on the exercise of options and sale of Common Stock set forth in Section [ ].

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

 

23


(f) The Agents shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and letter of Thacher, Proffitt & Wood LLP (“ Thacher Proffitt ”), outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

(g) The Agents shall have received on the Closing Date such opinion and letter of Cleary Gottlieb, counsel for the Agents, dated the Closing Date, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Shares, the Registration Statement, the Prospectuses and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the People’s Parties shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

(h) The Agents shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, from KPMG LLP, independent public accountants, (i) confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission and (ii) containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than 3 business days before the Closing Date.

(i) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(j) Nasdaq shall have approved the Shares for inclusion, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(k) The Representatives shall have received a letter from RP Financial, LC, dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Agents, (i) confirming that said firm is independent of the People’s Parties and is experienced and expert in the area of corporate appraisals, (ii) stating in effect that the Independent Appraisal complies in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Conversion Regulations, and (iii) further stating that its opinion of the aggregate pro forma market value of the People’s Parties, as converted, expressed in the Independent Appraisal as most recently updated, remains in effect.

 

24


(l) At or prior to the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received (i) a copy of the Conversion Application and a copy of the letters from the OTS approving the Conversion Application and authorizing the Prospectuses and the Proxy Statements for use, (ii) a copy of the order from the Commission declaring the Registration Statement effective, (iii) a certified copy of the charter of the Company, (iv) a certificate from the FDIC evidencing the Bank’s insurance of accounts and (v) any other documents that the Representatives shall reasonably request.

(m) The Agents shall have received a Blue Sky Memorandum from Cleary Gottlieb relating to the Offering, including the Agents’ participation therein. The Blue Sky Memorandum will relate to the necessity of obtaining or confirming exemptions from or qualifications or registration of the Shares under applicable state securities laws. To the extent the Shares are determined, in your reasonable opinion, to have to be registered or qualified under such laws for offering and sale, they shall have been so registered or qualified at or prior to the Closing Date.

All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Agents.

(5) Covenants of the People’s Parties . Each of the People’s Parties covenant with each Agent as follows:

(a) To furnish promptly to you and your counsel, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement and the Conversion Application as originally filed with the Commission and the OTS, as applicable (in each case, including exhibits thereto), and copies of any correspondence with the SEC and the OTS relating to the Offering and Conversion and responses thereto, and for delivery to each other Agent a conformed copy of the Registration Statement and the Conversion Application (in each case, without exhibits thereto); and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 5(f) below, as many conformed copies of the Registration Statement and the Proxy Statements and as many copies of the Prospectuses and any amendments or supplements thereto, as you may reasonably request.

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Prospectuses, the Proxy Statements and the Conversion Application to furnish to your and your counsel a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement as far in advance of the filing of such proposed amendment or supplement as possible and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which

 

25


you reasonably object and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(c) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the People’s Parties and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object.

(d) To make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or Conversion Application, or any Prospectus or Proxy Statement, except as permitted herein; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any supplement to any Prospectus, any amended Prospectus, or any supplement or amendment to any Proxy Statement or Conversion Application has been filed, and to furnish the Representatives with copies thereof; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission or the OTS of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Prospectus, Proxy Statement or Marketing Materials, of the suspension of the Offering, or of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission or the OTS for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or any Prospectus, Proxy Statement or Conversion Application or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Prospectus, Proxy Statement or Marketing Materials or suspending the Offering or any such qualification, to use promptly its best efforts to obtain its withdrawal.

(e) Not to take any action that would result in an Agent or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Agent that the Agent otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(f) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of your counsel any Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Shares by an Agent or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement such Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of your counsel, it is necessary to amend or supplement any Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Agents and to the dealers

 

26


(whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Agents and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to such Prospectus so that the statements in such Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that such Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law. If for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend or supplement the Registration Statement, the Conversion Application, or any Prospectus or Proxy Statement or file under the Exchange Act any document incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, or any Prospectus or Proxy Statement in order to comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to notify you promptly after the People’s Parties become aware of such reason and, upon your request and subject to Section 5(e), to file such document and to prepare and furnish without charge to each Agent and to any dealer in securities as many copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus which will effect such compliance.

(g) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(h) For a period of five years following the Effective Date, to furnish to the Representatives (i) copies of all materials furnished by the Company to its stockholders and all public reports and all reports and financial statements furnished by the Company to the principal national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may be listed pursuant to requirements of or agreements with such exchange or to the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or any rule or regulation of the Commission thereunder, (ii) copies of the publicly available reports filed by the Bank with the Regulatory Authorities and (iii) such other information as the Representatives may reasonably request regarding any of the People’s Parties.

(i) Promptly from time to time to take such action as the Representatives may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares.

(j) To take such steps as shall be necessary to ensure that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall become an “Investment Company” within the meaning of such term under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

27


(k) To maintain appropriate arrangements for depositing all funds received from persons delivering orders to purchase Shares in the Subscription Offering on an interest-bearing basis at the rate described in the Subscription Offering Prospectus until the Closing Date or until the Subscription Offering is terminated in accordance with the Plan and as described in the Subscription Offering Prospectus; to maintain such records of all funds received to permit the funds of each subscriber to be separately insured by the FDIC (to the maximum extent allowable) and to enable the People’s Parties to make the appropriate refunds of such funds in the event that such refunds are required to be made in accordance with the Plan and as described in the Subscription Offering Prospectus.

(l) Not to amend the Plan (i) without prior notice to the Representatives and (ii) without the Representatives’ prior written consent, in any manner that, in the opinion of the Representatives, would affect the sale of the Shares or the terms of this Agreement.

(m) To provide the Representatives with any information necessary to allow the Representatives to manage the allocation process in order to permit the Company to carry out, in the manner described in the Prospectuses, the allocation of the Shares in the event of an oversubscription, and such information shall be accurate and reliable in all material respects.

(n) To use all reasonable efforts to satisfy, or cause to be satisfied, the conditions precedent to the several obligations of the Agents specified in Section 4 hereof, and not to deliver the Shares until each of the conditions set forth in Section 4 shall have been satisfied or waived by the Agents.

(o) To conduct their respective businesses in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws, rules, regulations, decisions, directives and orders, including all decisions, directives and orders of the Commission and the OTS.

(p) To comply in all material respects with any and all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions with respect to the Conversion and the transactions contemplated thereby imposed by the Conversion Regulations, the Commission, the OTS, by applicable state law and regulations, and by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, to be complied with prior to the Closing Date; and when any Prospectus is required to be delivered, to comply in all material respects, at its own expense, with all requirements imposed upon the Bank, the Company or the MHC, as the case may be, by the OTS, the Conversion

 

28


Regulations (except as modified or waived in writing by the OTS), the Commission, by applicable state law and regulations and by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, in each case as from time to time in force, so far as is necessary to permit the continuance of sales or dealing in shares of the Common Stock during such period in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Prospectuses.

(q) To use the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares in the manner set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

(r) Prior to the Closing Date, to register the Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, to request that such registration statement be effective no later than the completion of the Conversion and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration for not less than three years or such shorter period as permitted by the OTS.

(s) To report the use of proceeds of the Offering in accordance with Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(t) To take such action and furnish such information as are reasonably requested by you in order for you to ensure compliance with NASD Rule 2790 (Restrictions on the Purchase and Sale of IPOs of Equity Securities).

(u) To notify you when funds shall have been received for the minimum number of Shares set forth in the Prospectuses.

(v) Within 90 days following the Closing Date, the Company will register as a savings and loan holding company under HOLA.

6. Expenses . (a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the People’s Parties, subject to Section 6(c) hereof, jointly and severally agree to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and of the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Conversion Application, Registration Statement (as originally filed and each amendment), the Prospectuses, the Proxy Statements, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Agents and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares, including any

 

29


transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(j) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Agents in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Agents incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, (vi) the filing fees incident to securing any required review of the OTS of the Conversion Applications; (vii) the fees and expenses relating to the Independent Appraisal; (viii) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (ix) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (x) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic roadshow, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, (xi) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, (xii) all costs of operating the stock information center (as further described in the Ryan Beck Engagement Letter), including hiring temporary personnel, if necessary, and (xiii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section.

(b) In addition, in the event that no Syndicated Offering is completed and no fee therefore becomes payable to the Agents under Sections 2(d)(ii) or (iii), the People’s Parties jointly and severally agree to pay or cause to the paid the reasonable costs and expenses of the Agents, including the costs and expenses of their counsel and other professional advisors should they be engaged by the Agents in connection with the Offering, the expenses of advertising any offering of the Shares made by the Agents and travel expenses incurred by the Agents in connection with the Offering (including in connection with the road show).

(c) In the event that a Syndicated Offering is required, the People’s Parties jointly and severally agree to reimburse the Agents, or cause them to be reimbursed, for their reasonable costs and expenses relating to the Offering up to an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 0.10% of the aggregate dollar amount received

 

30


in exchange for the Shares sold in the Syndicated Offering and (ii) $1,000,000, including the costs and expenses of their counsel and other professional advisors should they be engaged by the People’s Parties in connection with the Offering, travel expenses, document production costs and other expenses of this type; provided that customary expenses incurred in connection with the syndicated offering roadshow shall be paid by the Agents.

(d) If there is a resolicitation of subscriptions in the Subscription Offering for any reason, and the Agents are required to provide significant additional services or expend significant additional time, the parties agree to negotiate in good faith an agreement to cover the Agents’ additional fees and expenses in connection therewith, including attorneys’ fees and expenses.

The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the People’s Parties may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves or that the Agents may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.

7. Covenants of the Agents . Each Agent severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Agent that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Agent, without the prior consent of the Company.

8. Indemnity and Contribution . (a) The People’s Parties, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Agent, each person, if any, who controls any Agent within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Agent within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the People’s Parties have filed, or are required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Proxy Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, the Conversion Application, any other instrument or document of the People’s Parties or based upon written information supplied by any of the People’s Parties filed in any state or jurisdiction to register or qualify any or all of the Shares under the securities laws thereof (collectively, the “ Blue Sky Applications ”) or any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the People’s Parties in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares (“ Marketing

 

31


Materials ”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by any of the People’s Parties (whether in person or electronically), (ii) caused by or arising from any omission or alleged omission to state in any of the foregoing documents a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Agent furnished to the Company in writing by such Agent through you expressly for use therein or (iii) relating to or arising out of or in connection with the Conversion or the Offering (the Company will not, however, be responsible for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of any Agent).

(b) Each Agent agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, or any Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state in any of the foregoing documents a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Agent furnished to the People’s Parties in writing by such Agent through you expressly for use therein.

(c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b), such person (the “indemnified party”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying party”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding

 

32


(including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Agents and all persons, if any, who control any Agent within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Agent within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the People’s Parties, their directors, officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Agents and such control persons and affiliates of any Agents, such firm shall be designated in writing by (i) Ryan Beck, if such proceeding relates exclusively to the Subscription Offering and (ii) Morgan Stanley and Ryan Beck acting jointly in all other cases. In the case of any such separate firm for the People’s Parties, and such directors, officers and control persons, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) or 8(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a

 

33


result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the People’s Parties on the one hand and the Agents on the other hand in connection with the Offering shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the Offering (before deducting expenses other than the fees and concessions actually paid by the People’s Parties to the Agents pursuant to Section 2) received by the People’s Parties and the total sales concessions received by the Agents, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectuses, bear to the total gross proceeds from the Offering. The relative fault of the People’s Parties on the one hand and the Agents on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the People’s Parties or by the Agents and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Agents’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

(e) The People’s Parties and the Agents agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Agents were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account the equitable considerations referred to in Section 8(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 8(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no Agent shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the amount actually paid (excluding reimbursable expenses) to such Agent under this Agreement less the portion of such amount paid by such Agent to any other Agent or any other member of the selling group exceeds the amount of any damages that such Agent has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent

 

34


misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(f) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 8 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any termination of this Agreement, any investigation made by or on behalf of any Agents, any person controlling any Agents or any affiliate of any Agents, or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

9. Termination . (a) The Agents may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) the Plan is abandoned or terminated by the Company; (ii) the Offering shall not have been completed, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, the OTS Regulations and other applicable law, by [    ], 2007; (iii) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade or other relevant exchanges, (iv) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (v) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States or other relevant jurisdiction shall have occurred, (vi) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or State banking authorities or (vii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (a), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectuses.

(b) In the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 9 or the Conversion is not consummated for any reason, including but not limited to the inability to sell a minimum of [ ] Shares in the Offering (including any permitted extension thereof) or such other minimum number of Shares as shall be established consistent with the Plan and the Conversion Regulations, the Company shall promptly mail refunds to all persons who have subscribed for Shares in the Subscription Offering, in each case in an amount equal to the full amount received from such person, together with interest as provided in the Prospectuses.

 

35


10. Effectiveness; Reimbursement of Expenses . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Agents, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of any of the People’s Parties to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason any of the People’s Parties shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Agents or such Agents as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Agents in connection with this Agreement or the Offering, and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof to the Representatives.

11. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the Offering, including, solely as among the Company, the MHC and Morgan Stanley, the Morgan Stanley Engagement Letter and, solely as among the Company, the MHC and Ryan Beck, the Ryan Beck Engagement Letter, represents the entire agreement between the People’s Parties, on the one hand, and the Agents, on the other, with respect to the preparation of the Prospectuses, the Proxy Statements, the Conversion Application, the Marketing Materials, the conduct of the Offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with soliciting offers to purchase the Shares: (i) the Agents are acting solely as agents for the Company and not as principal, (ii) the Agents owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Agents may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Agents will make reasonable efforts to assist the Company in obtaining performance for each purchaser whose offer to purchase Shares from the Company has been solicited by the Agents, but the Agents shall have no liability to any People’s Party in the event any such purchase is not consummated for any reason. If the Company shall default in its obligations to deliver Shares to a purchaser, the Company shall (i) hold the Agents harmless against any loss, claim or damage arising from or as a result of such default by the Company and (ii) in particular, pay to the Agents any fee or concession to which they would be entitled to in connection with such sale.

12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

36


13. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

14. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

15. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and (a) if to the Agents shall be delivered, mailed or sent to (i) Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; (ii) Ryan Beck & Co., 18 Columbia Turnpike, Florham Park, New Jersey 07932-2289, Attention: [    ] (Fax:                  ); and (b) if to any of the People’s Parties shall be delivered, mailed or sent to [    ].

16. Survival. The respective indemnities, representations, warranties and agreements of the People’s Parties and the Agents contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf on them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any of them or any person controlling any of them.

 

Very truly yours,

[People’s Holdings, Inc.]

By:

    
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

37


People’s Bank

By:

    
 

Name:

 

Title:

People’s Mutual Holdings

By:

    
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

38


Accepted as of the date hereof

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

Ryan Beck & Co, Inc.

 

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Agents named in Schedule I hereto

By:

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

By:

    
 

Name:

 

Title:

By:

 

Ryan Beck & Co., Inc.

By:

    
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

39


SCHEDULE I

Names of Agents

 

40


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER]

                     , 200     

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

Ryan Beck & Co., Inc.

[As Representatives of the several Agents

named in Schedule I attached hereto]

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“ Morgan Stanley ”) and Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. (“ Ryan Beck ”) propose to enter into an Agency Agreement (the “ Agency Agreement ”) with People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), People’s Mutual Holdings, a federally chartered mutual holding company (the “ MHC ”) and People’s Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank (together with its subsidiaries, the “ Bank ” and, together with the Company and the MHC, the “ People’s Parties ”), providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several Agents, including Morgan Stanley and Ryan Beck (the “ Agents ”), of [ ] shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”).

To induce the Agents that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Agents, it will not, during the period beginning on the date of final prospectus relating to the subscription offering (the “ Subscription Offering Prospectus ”) and ending 120 days after the date of the Subscription Offering Prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, (3) exercise any stock options providing for the issuance of shares of Common Stock during the


Offering, or (4) announce any intention to take any of the foregoing actions, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (a) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions, (b) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock as a bona fide gift, or (c) distributions of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock to limited partners or stockholders of the undersigned; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (b) or (c), (i) each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period referred to in the foregoing sentence.

In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Agents, it will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the Restricted Period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Restricted Period, the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The Company shall promptly notify Morgan Stanley of any earnings release, news or event that may give rise to an extension of the initial Restricted Period.

The undersigned shall not engage in any transaction that may be restricted by this agreement during the 34-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Restricted Period unless the undersigned requests and receives prior written confirmation from the Company or Morgan Stanley that the restrictions imposed by this agreement have expired.

 

2


The undersigned understands that the Company and the Agents are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Agency Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Agents.

 

Very truly yours,

    

(Name)

    

(Address)

 

3


EXHIBIT B

[Form of Opinion of Thacher Proffitt]

 

4

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

PURSUANT TO SECTION 242 AND 245

OF THE GENERAL CORPORATION LAWS

OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

People’s United Financial, Inc., incorporated in the State of Delaware on

November 2, 2006, hereby amends and restates its Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation is PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is National Corporate Research, LTD, 615 South DuPont Highway, Dover, DE 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, LTD.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”).

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

SECTION 4.01 - SHARES, CLASSES AND SERIES AUTHORIZED. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Four Billion (4,000,000,000) shares, of which Eight Hundred Million (800,000,000) shares shall be preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), and Three Billion Two Hundred Million (3,200,000,000) shares shall be common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”). The Preferred Stock and Common Stock are sometimes hereinafter, collectively, referred to as the “Capital Stock.”

SECTION 4.02 - DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, RIGHTS, QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS RELATING TO THE CAPITAL STOCK. The following is a statement of the designations, powers, preferences and rights in respect of the classes of the Capital Stock, and the

 

1


qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and of the authority with respect thereto expressly vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”):

(a) Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, the number of shares and any designation of each series and the powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, to be as stated and expressed in a resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors, subject to the limitations prescribed by law. The Board of Directors in any such resolution or resolutions is expressly authorized to state for each such series:

(i) the voting powers, if any, of the holders of shares of such series in addition to any voting rights affirmatively required by law;

(ii) the rights of shareholders in respect of dividends, including, without limitation, the rate or rates per annum and the time or times at which (or the formula or other method pursuant to which such rate or rates and such time or times may be determined) and conditions upon which the holders of shares of such series shall be entitled to receive dividends and other distributions, and whether any such dividends shall be cumulative or non-cumulative and, if cumulative, the terms upon which such dividends shall be cumulative;

(iii) whether any shares of the stock of each such series shall be redeemable by the Corporation at the option of the Corporation or the holder thereof and, if redeemable, the terms and conditions upon which any shares of the stock of such series may be redeemed;

(iv) the amount payable and the rights or preferences to which the holders of the stock of such series shall be entitled upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

(v) the terms, if any, upon which shares of stock of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of stock of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes, including the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the terms of adjustment, if any; and

(vi) any other powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, so far as they are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation and to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the GCL.

Subject to any limitations or restrictions stated in the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares constituting a series, the Board of Directors may by resolution or resolutions likewise adopted increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of the series then outstanding) the number of shares of the series

 

2


subsequent to the issue of shares of that series; and, in case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting the decrease shall resume that status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares constituting such series.

(b) Common Stock. Subject to Article V hereof and except as otherwise provided for by law, the shares of Common Stock shall entitle the holders thereof to one vote for each share on all matters on which shareholders have the right to vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the GCL.

Subject to the preferences, privileges and powers with respect to each class or series of Preferred Stock having any priority over the Common Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, the holders of the Common Stock shall have and possess all rights pertaining to the Capital Stock; provided however, that in the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock (and the holders of any class or series of stock entitled to participate with the Common Stock in the distribution of assets) shall be entitled to receive, in cash or in kind, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution remaining after:

(i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities;

(ii) distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of the liquidation account, if any, established by People’s Bank, a savings bank organized under the laws of the United States (the “Bank”); and

(iii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of Capital Stock having preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation.

( c) No Class Vote On Changes In Authorized Number Of Shares Of Preferred Stock. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation or any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series of stock adopted by the Board of Directors, the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the GCL.

 

3


ARTICLE V

LIMITATION ON BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF STOCK

SECTION 5.01 - APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE . The provisions of this Article V shall become effective upon (i) the consummation of the reorganization of the Bank and the Corporation pursuant to an Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Conversion dated October 26, 2006 and (ii) the concurrent acquisition by the Corporation of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank (the “Effective Date”). All terms used in this Article V and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Section 3 of Article VIII, below.

SECTION 5.02 - PROHIBITIONS RELATING TO BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF VOTING STOCK. No Person (other than the Corporation, any Subsidiary or any pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus or other compensation plan maintained by the Corporation, or by a member of a controlled group of corporations or trades or businesses of which the Corporation is a member for the benefit of the employees of the Corporation, or any Subsidiary, or any trust or custodial arrangement established in connection with any such plan) shall directly or indirectly acquire, offer to acquire or hold the beneficial ownership of more than ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation. Any Person so prohibited who directly or indirectly acquires, offers to acquire or holds the beneficial ownership of more than ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Voting Stock, in violation of this Section 2 shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 3 and 4 of this Article V, below. The Corporation is authorized to refuse to recognize a transfer or attempted transfer of any shares of Voting Stock to any Person who beneficially owns, or who the Corporation believes would become by virtue of such transfer the beneficial owner of, more than ten percent (10%) of shares of the Voting Stock.

SECTION 5.03 EXCESS SHARES. If, notwithstanding the foregoing prohibition, a Person subject to the foregoing prohibition shall voluntarily or involuntarily become or attempt to become the purported beneficial owner (the “Purported Owner”) of shares of Voting Stock in excess of ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Voting Stock, the number of shares in excess of ten percent (10%) shall be deemed to be “Excess Shares,” and the holder thereof shall be entitled to cast only one one-hundredth (1/100) of one vote per share for each Excess Share.

The restrictions set forth in this Article V shall be noted conspicuously on all certificates evidencing ownership of shares of Voting Stock.

SECTION 5.04 - POWERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

(a) The Board of Directors may, to the extent permitted by law, from time to time establish, modify, amend or rescind, by Bylaw or otherwise, regulations and procedures not inconsistent with the express provisions of this Article V for the orderly application, administration and implementation of the provisions of this Article V. Such procedures

 

4


and regulations shall be kept on file with the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation and with the Transfer Agent, shall be made available for inspection by the public and, upon request, shall be mailed to any holder of shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation.

(b) When it appears that a particular Person has become a Purported Owner of Excess Shares in violation of Section 2 of this Article V, or of the regulations or procedures of the Board of Directors with respect to this Article V, and that the provisions of this Article V require application, interpretation or construction, then a majority of the directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to interpret all of the terms and provisions of this Article V and to determine on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry all facts necessary to ascertain compliance with this Article V, including, without limitation, (i) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any Person or Purported Owner, (ii) whether a Person or Purported Owner is an Affiliate or Associate of, or is acting in concert with, any other Person or Purported Owner, (iii) whether a Person or Purported Owner has an agreement, arrangement or understanding with any other Person or Purported Owner as to the voting or disposition of any shares of the Voting Stock, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Article V to the given facts or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Article V.

The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person who is reasonably believed to be a Purported Owner of Excess Shares (or who holds of record shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any Person reasonably believed to be a Purported Owner in excess of such limit) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by such Person or Purported Owner and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Article V as may reasonably be requested of such Person or Purported Owner.

Any applications, interpretations, constructions or any other determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article V, in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its shareholders, and neither the Corporation nor any of its shareholders shall have the right to challenge any such application, interpretation, construction or determination.

SECTION 5.05 - SEVERABILITY. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Article V shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Article V shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of this Corporation and its shareholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Article V remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all shareholders, including Purported Owners, if any, notwithstanding any such finding.

 

5


SECTION 5.06 - EXCLUSIONS. This Article V shall not apply to (a) any offer or sale with a view towards public resale made exclusively by the Corporation to any underwriter or underwriters acting on behalf of the Corporation, or to the selling group acting on such underwriter’s or underwriters’ behalf, in connection with a public offering of the Common Stock; or (b) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction or reorganization that does not have the effect, directly or indirectly, of changing the beneficial ownership interests of the Corporation’s shareholders, other than pursuant to the exercise of any dissenters’ appraisal rights, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments, which changes do not exceed, in the aggregate, one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding shares of such class of equity or convertible securities.

ARTICLE VI.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 6.01 - NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as determined only by resolution of the Board of Directors, but shall not be less than five (5) nor more than fifteen (15) (other than directors elected by holders of shares of one or more series of Preferred Stock).

SECTION 6.02 - CLASSIFICATION OF BOARD . Subject to the rights of any holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock that may be issued by the Corporation pursuant to a resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for such issuance, and subject to the provisions hereof, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes with respect to term of office, each class to contain, as near as may be possible, one-third of the entire number of the Board, with the terms of office of one class expiring each successive year. One class of directors shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of shareholders, another class shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in the following year and another class shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held two years thereafter. At each annual meeting of shareholders, the successors to the class of directors (other than directors elected by holders of shares of one or more series of Preferred Stock) whose term expires at that time shall be elected by the shareholders to serve until the annual meeting of shareholders held three years next following and until their successors shall be elected and qualified.

In the event of any intervening changes in the authorized number of directors (other than directors elected by holders of shares of one or more series of Preferred Stock), only the Board of Directors shall designate the class or classes to which the increases or decreases in directorships shall be apportioned in order to achieve, as near as may be possible, equality of number of directors among the classes; provided however, that no such apportionment or redesignation shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Unless and to the extent that the Bylaws so provide, elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

6


SECTION 6.03 - VACANCIES. Subject to the limitations prescribed by law and this Certificate of Incorporation, all vacancies on the Board of Directors, including vacancies created by newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors (subject to the provisions of Section 5 of this Article VI relating to directors elected by holders of shares of one or more series of Preferred Stock), shall be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then holding office, whether or not a quorum, and any director so elected shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director’s successor shall be elected and qualified.

SECTION 6.04 - REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. Any or all of the directors (subject to the provisions of Section 5 of this Article VI relating to directors elected by holders of shares of one or more series of Preferred Stock) may be removed at any time, but only for cause, and any such removal shall require the vote, in addition to any vote required by law, of not less than eighty-percent (80%) of the total votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors at a meeting of shareholders expressly called for that purpose, voting together as a single class. For purposes of this Section 4, conduct worthy of removal for “cause” shall include, but not be limited to (a) conduct as a director of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation that involves willful material misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal pecuniary gain or gross negligence in the performance of duties, (b) conduct, whether or not as a director of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation that involves dishonesty or breach of fiduciary duty and is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law or (c) removal of such person from the Board of Directors of the Bank, if such person is so serving, in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Bank.

SECTION 6.05 - DIRECTORS ELECTED BY PREFERRED SHAREHOLDERS. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the qualifications, term of office and provisions governing vacancies, removal and other matters pertaining to directors elected by holders of shares of one or more series of Preferred Stock shall be as set forth in a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors setting forth the designations, preferences and rights relating to any such series of Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV, Section 2 hereof.

SECTION 6.06 - EVALUATION OF ACQUISITION PROPOSALS. The Board of Directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer to the Corporation or to the shareholders of the Corporation from another party to (a) purchase for cash, or exchange any securities or property for, any outstanding equity securities of the Corporation, (b) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another entity or (c) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation, in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders, may give due consideration to the extent permitted by law not only to the price or other consideration being offered, but also to all other relevant factors, including, without limitation, the financial and managerial

 

7


resources and future prospects of the other party, the possible effects on the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the employees, customers, suppliers and creditors of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and the effects on the communities in which the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ facilities are located.

SECTION 6.07 - POWER TO CALL SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS. Special meetings of shareholders for any purpose may be called at any time only by resolution of at least three-fourths of the directors of the Corporation then in office or by the Chairman or by the President. At a special meeting, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of meeting prescribed by the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SECTION 6.08 - NOMINATIONS TO BOARD OF DIRECTORS. Nominations of candidates for election as directors may be made only by the Board of Directors or by a record owner of Common Stock. Any such holder of Common Stock, however, may nominate one or more persons for election as director at a meeting only if written notice of such holder’s intent to make such nomination or nominations has been given, either by personal delivery or by United States mail, postage prepaid to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than: (a) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of shareholders, one hundred twenty (120) days in advance of such meeting; and (b) with respect to an election to be held at a special meeting of shareholders for the election of directors, the close of business on the seventh day following the earlier of: (i) the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to shareholders; or (ii) the date on which a public announcement of such meeting is first made. Each such notice shall include: (1) the name and address of each shareholder or record who intends to appear in person or by proxy to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated; (2) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the shareholder; (3) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such shareholder as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission; and (4) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected. The chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any person not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure.

ARTICLE VII.

ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS WITHOUT A MEETING

Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate of Incorporation relating to the rights of holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be effected by written consent of shareholders in lieu of a meeting of shareholders.

ARTICLE VIII.

CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

SECTION 8.01 - HIGHER VOTE REQUIRED FOR CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS. In addition to any affirmative vote required by law, this Certificate of Incorporation or by the provisions of any series of Preferred Stock that may at the time be outstanding, and except as otherwise expressly provided for in Section 2 of this Article VIII, any Business Combination, as hereinafter defined, shall require the affirmative vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) (to the extent permitted by law) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class (it being understood, that for purposes of this Article VIII, each share of Voting Stock shall have the number of votes granted to it pursuant to Article IV and Article V of this Certificate of Incorporation or in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors for issuance of shares of Preferred Stock), together (to the extent permitted by law) with the affirmative vote of at least fifty percent (50%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock not beneficially owned by the Interested Shareholder involved or any Affiliate or Associate thereof, voting together as a single class. Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified, by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise.

 

8


SECTION 8.02 - WHEN HIGHER VOTE IS NOT REQUIRED. The provisions of Section 1 of this Article VIII shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law or any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, if either (i) the Business Combination shall have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office or (ii) all of the conditions specified in the following subsections (a) through (g) are met:

(a) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of the Consummation Date of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of Common Stock in such Business Combination shall be at least equal to the higher of the following:

(i) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes, soliciting dealers’ fees, dealer-management compensation and other expenses, including, but not limited to, costs of newspaper advertisements, printing expenses and attorneys’ fees and expenses) paid by the Interested Shareholder for any shares of Common Stock acquired by it (A) within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date, or (B) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher, plus interest compounded annually from the Determination Date through the Consummation Date at the prime rate of interest of Citibank, N.A. (or other major bank headquartered in New York City selected by a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office) from time to time in effect in New York City, less the aggregate amount of any cash dividends paid and the Fair Market Value of any dividends paid, other than in cash, per share of Common Stock from the Determination Date through the Consummation Date in an amount up to but not exceeding the amount of such interest payable per share of Common Stock; or

(ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher.

(b) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of the Consummation Date of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of shares of any class or series of outstanding Voting Stock, other than Common Stock, in such Business Combination shall be at least equal to the highest of the following (such requirement being applicable to each such class or series of outstanding Voting Stock, whether or not the Interested Shareholder has previously acquired any shares of such class or series of Voting Stock):

(i) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes, soliciting dealers’ fees, dealer-management compensation, and other expenses, including, but not limited to, costs of newspaper advertisements, printing expenses and attorneys’ fees and expenses) paid by the Interested Shareholder for any shares of such class or series of Voting. Stock acquired by it (A) within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date, or (B) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher, plus interest compounded annually from the Determination Date through the Consummation Date at the prime rate

 

9


of interest of Citibank, N.A. (or other major bank headquartered in New York City selected by a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office) from time to time in effect in New York City, less the aggregate amount of any cash dividends paid, and the Fair Market Value of any dividends paid other than in cash, per share of such class or series of Voting Stock from the Determination Date through the Consummation Date in an amount up to but not exceeding the amount of such interest payable per share of such class or series of Voting Stock;

(ii) (if applicable) the highest preferential amount per share to which the holders of shares of such class or series of Voting Stock are entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; or

(iii) the Fair Market Value per share of such class or series of Voting Stock on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher.

(c) The consideration to be received by holders of any particular class or series of outstanding Voting Stock (including Common Stock) in such Business Combination shall be in cash or in the same form as the Interested Shareholder has previously paid for shares of such class or series of Voting Stock. If the Interested Shareholder has paid for shares of any class or series of Voting Stock with varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration for such class or series of Voting Stock in such Business Combination shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest number of shares of such class or series of Voting Stock previously acquired by it.

(d) The holders of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock not beneficially owned by the Interested Shareholder immediately prior to the Consummation Date shall be entitled to receive in such Business Combination cash or other consideration for their shares in compliance with subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 2.

 

(e) After the Determination Date and prior to the Consummation Date:

(i) except as approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office, there shall have been no failure to declare and pay, or set aside for payment, at the regular date therefor any full quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any outstanding Preferred Stock;

(ii) there shall have been (A) no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock), except as approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office, and (B) an increase in such annual rate of dividends as necessary to reflect any reclassification (including any reverse stock split), recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction that has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding shares of the Common Stock, unless the failure so to increase such annual rate is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office; and

 

10


(iii) such Interested Shareholder shall not have become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Stock except (A) as part of the transaction that results in such Interested Shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder, (B) as the result of a stock dividend paid by the Corporation or (C) upon the exercise or conversion of securities of the Corporation issued pro rata to all holders of Common Stock which are exercisable for or convertible into shares of Voting Stock.

(f) After the Determination Date, the Interested Shareholder shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by or through the Corporation or an Affiliate of the Corporation, whether in anticipation of or in connection with such Business Combination or otherwise.

(g) A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business Combination in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Corporation is then subject to such requirements, and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing such Exchange Act, rules or regulations) shall be mailed to shareholders of the Corporation at least thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not such proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to such Exchange Act or subsequent provisions). The first page of such proxy or information statement shall prominently display the recommendation, if any, that a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office may choose to make to the holders of Voting Stock regarding the proposed Business Combination. Such proxy or information statement shall also contain, if a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office so requests, an opinion of a reputable investment banking firm (which firm shall be engaged solely on behalf of the shareholders of the Corporation other than the Interested Shareholder and shall be selected by a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office, furnished with all information it reasonably requests and paid a reasonable fee for its services by the Corporation upon the Corporation’s receipt of such Opinion) as to the fairness (or lack of fairness) of the terms of the proposed Business Combination from the point of view of the holders of Voting Stock other than the Interested Shareholder.

SECTION 8.03 - DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article VIII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of this Certificate of Incorporation, whether or not the Corporation was then subject to such rule.

(b) “Announcement Date” shall mean the date of the first public announcement of the proposal of the Business Combination.

 

11


(c) A Person shall be deemed the “beneficial owner,” or to have “beneficial ownership,” of any shares of Voting Stock that:

(i) such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

(ii) such Person or any or its Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but a Person shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any Voting Stock solely by reason of an agreement, arrangement or understanding with the Corporation to effect a Business Combination) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (B) the right to vote, or to direct the vote of, pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but neither such Person nor any Affiliate or Associate shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any shares of Voting Stock solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of shareholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, and with respect to which shares neither such Person nor any Affiliate or Associate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

(iii) is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the parenthetical clause of Section 3(c)(ii)(B)) or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock; provided, however, that no director or officer of the Corporation (nor any Affiliate or Associate of any such director or officer) (A) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Voting Stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) or (B) shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of the Corporation owned by any pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus or other compensation plan maintained by the Corporation or by a member of a controlled group of corporations or trades or businesses of which the Corporation is a member for the benefit of employees of the Corporation and/or any Subsidiary, or any trust or custodial arrangement established in connection with any such plan, not specifically allocated to such Person’s personal account.

(d) The term “Business Combination” shall mean any transaction that is referred to in any one or more of the following paragraphs (i) through (vi):

(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (other than a merger pursuant to Section 253 of the GCL) with (A) any Interested Shareholder or (B) any other entity (whether or not such other entity is itself an Interested Shareholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder; or

 

12


(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of the total assets of the Corporation or the Subsidiary in question, as of the end of its most recent fiscal year ending prior to the time the determination is being made; or

(iii) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder other than (A) on a pro rata basis to all holders of Voting Stock, (B) in connection with the exercise or conversion of securities issued pro rata that are exercisable for, or convertible into, securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or (C) the issuance or transfer of such securities having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to less than one percent (1%) of the aggregate Fair Market Value of all of the outstanding Capital Stock; or

(iv) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder; or

(v) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an Interested Shareholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class or series of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary that is directly or indirectly owned by any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments, which changes do not exceed, in the aggregate, 1% of the issued and outstanding shares of such class or series of equity or convertible securities; or

(vi) the acquisition by the Corporation or a Subsidiary of any securities of an Interested Shareholder or its Affiliates or Associates.

(e) “Consummation Date” shall mean the date of the consummation of the Business Combination.

(f) “Determination Date” shall mean the date on which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder.

(g) “Disinterested Director” shall mean any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who is not an Affiliate or Associate of, or otherwise affiliated with, the Interested Shareholder and who either was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the Determination Date, or was recommended for election by a majority of the Disinterested Directors in office at the time such director was nominated for election. If

 

13


there is no Interested Shareholder, each member of the Board of Directors shall be a Disinterested Director.

(h) “Fair Market Value” shall mean:

(i) in the case of stock, the highest closing price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange listed stocks or, if such stock is not quoted on such Composite Tape, or if such stock is not listed on such Exchange, then on the principal United States securities exchange registered under the Exchange Act, on which such stock is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, then the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date in question on the NASDAQ Stock Market or any system then in use, or, if no such quotation is available, then the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined in good faith by a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office, in each case with respect to any class of stock, appropriately adjusted for any dividend or distribution in shares of such stock or any stock split or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into a greater number of shares of such stock or any combination or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into a smaller number of shares of such stock; and

(ii) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined in good faith by a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office .

(i) References to “highest per share price” shall in each case with respect to any class of stock reflect an appropriate adjustment for any dividend or distribution in shares of such stock or any stock split or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into a greater number of shares of such stock or any combination or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into a smaller number of shares of such stock.

(j) “Interested Shareholder” shall mean any Person (other than the Corporation, any Subsidiary or any pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus or other compensation or employee benefit plan maintained by the Corporation or by a member of a controlled group of corporations or trades or businesses of which the Corporation is a member for the benefit of employees of the Corporation and/or any Subsidiary, or any trust or custodial arrangement established in connection with any such plan or holding Voting Stock for the purpose of funding any such plan or funding employee lending for employees of the Corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which:

(i) is the beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of the Voting Stock; or

(ii) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock; or

 

14


(iii) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock that were at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question beneficially owned by any other Interested Shareholder, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and not executed on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market through a registered broker or dealer.

In determining whether a Person is an Interested Shareholder pursuant to this subsection (j), the number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned through application of subsection (c) of this Section 3 but shall not include any other shares of Voting Stock that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

(k) “Person” shall mean any corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization or association, syndicate, any other entity or a natural person, together with any Affiliate or Associate of such Person or any other Person acting in concert with such Person.

(l) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or entity of which a majority of any class or series of equity securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition of Interested Shareholder set forth in subsection (j) of this Section 3, the term “Subsidiary” shall mean only a corporation or entity of which a majority of each class or series of outstanding voting securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

(m) “Voting Stock” shall mean all of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

SECTION 8.04 - POWERS OF THE DISINTERESTED DIRECTORS. When it appears that a particular Person may be an Interested Shareholder and that the provisions of this Article VIII need to be applied or interpreted, then a majority of the directors of the Corporation who would qualify as Disinterested Directors shall have the power and duty to interpret all of the terms and provisions of this Article VIII, and to determine on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry of all facts necessary to ascertain compliance with this Article VIII, including, without limitation, (a) whether a Person is an Interested Shareholder; (b) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any Person; (c) whether a Person is an Affiliate or Associate of another; (d) the Fair Market Value of: (i) the assets that are the subject of any Business Combination, (ii) the securities to be issued or transferred by the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any Business Combination, (iii) the consideration other than cash to be received by holders of shares of any class or series of Common Stock or Voting Stock other than Common Stock in any Business Combination, (iv) the outstanding Capital

 

15


Stock or (v) any other item the Fair Market Value of which requires determination pursuant to this Article VIII; and (e) whether all of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 2 of this Article VIII have been met with respect to any Business Combination.

Any construction, application or determination made by the Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors pursuant to this Article VIII, in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its shareholders, and neither the Corporation nor any of its shareholders shall have the right to challenge any such construction, application or determination.

SECTION 8.05 - EFFECT ON FIDUCIARY OBLIGATIONS OF INTERESTED SHAREHOLDERS. Nothing contained in this Article VIII shall be construed to relieve any Interested Shareholder from any fiduciary obligations imposed by law.

SECTION 8.06 - AMENDMENT, REPEAL, ETC. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation), in addition to any affirmative vote required by applicable law and any voting rights granted to or held by holders of Preferred Stock, any amendment, alteration, repeal or rescission of any provision of this Article VIII must also be approved by either (a) a majority of the Disinterested Directors or (b) the affirmative vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, together with the affirmative vote of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the Voting Stock not beneficially owned by any Interested Shareholder or Affiliate or Associate thereof, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE IX.

LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is expressly prohibited by the GCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

ARTICLE X.

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 10.01 ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION . To the fullest extent permitted by the

 

16


GCL, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation who was or is made a party to or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and the Corporation may indemnify any other person who is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is made a party to or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article X, but subject to Section 7 hereof, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with an action, suit or proceeding, or part thereof, initiated by such person against the Corporation unless such action, suit or proceeding, or part thereof, was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 10.02 - ACTIONS OR SUITS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION. To the fullest extent permitted by the GCL, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and the Corporation may indemnify any other person who is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent

 

17


of the Corporation who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit and any appeal therefrom, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such costs, charges and expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article X, but subject to Section 7 hereof, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with an action or suit, or part thereof, initiated by such person against the Corporation unless such action or suit or part thereof, was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 10.03 INDEMNIFICATION FOR COSTS, CHARGES AND EXPENSES OF A SUCCESSFUL PARTY. To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful, on the merits or otherwise (including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice), in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 or 2 of this Article X, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against all costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on such person’s behalf in connection therewith.

SECTION 10.04 - INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS. To the extent that any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation is made a witness to any action, suit or proceeding to which he or she is not a party by reason of the fact that he or she was, is or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the request of the Corporation, such person shall be indemnified against all costs, charges and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on such person’s behalf in connection therewith.

To the extent that any person who is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation is made a witness to any action, suit or proceeding to which he or she is not a party by reason of the fact that he or she was, is or has agreed to become

 

18


an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the request of the Corporation, such person may be indemnified against all costs, charges and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on such person’s behalf in connection therewith.

SECTION 10.05 - DETERMINATION OF RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATIO N. Any indemnification under Section 1 or 2 of this Article X (unless ordered by a court) shall be made, if at all, by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper under the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article X. Any indemnification under Section 4 of this Article X (unless ordered by a court) shall be made, if at all, by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper under the circumstances. Such determinations shall be made with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination (a) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (b) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, (c) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent counsel in a written opinion or (d) by the shareholders of the Corporation. To obtain indemnification under this Article X, any person referred to in Section 1, 2, 3 or 4 of this Article X shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therewith such documents as are reasonably available to such person and are reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent such person is entitled to indemnification.

SECTION 10.06 - ADVANCEMENT OF COSTS, CHARGES AND EXPENSES. Costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 or 2 of this Article X shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that the payment of such costs, charges and expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article X or by law. No security shall be required for such undertaking and such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the recipient’s financial ability to make repayment. The majority of the directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding may, upon approval of such director or officer of the Corporation, authorize the Corporation’s counsel to represent such person, in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

SECTION 10.07 - PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION. Any indemnification under Section 1, 2, 3 or 4 of this Article X or advancement of costs, charges and expenses

 

19


under Section 6 of this Article X shall be made promptly, and in any event within sixty (60) days (except indemnification to be determined by shareholders which will be determined at the next annual or special meeting of shareholders), upon the written request of the director or officer. The right to indemnification or advancement of expenses as granted by this Article X shall be enforceable by the director, officer, employee or agent in any court of competent jurisdiction in the event the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or if no disposition of such request is made within sixty (60) days of the request. Such person’s costs, charges and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification or advancement, to the extent successful, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advancement of costs, charges and expenses under Section 6 of this Article X where the required undertaking, if any, has been received by the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article X, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors, its independent counsel and its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article X, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors, its independent counsel and its shareholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

SECTION 10.08 SETTLEMENT. The Corporation shall not be obligated to reimburse the costs, charges and expenses of any settlement to which it has not agreed. If, in any action, suit or proceeding (including any appeal) within the scope of Section 1 or 2 of this Article X, the person to be indemnified shall have unreasonably failed to enter into a settlement thereof offered or assented to by the opposing party or parties in such action, suit or proceeding, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article X, the indemnification obligation of the Corporation to such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the total of the amount at which settlement could have been made and the expenses incurred by or on behalf of such person prior to the time such settlement could reasonably have been effected.

SECTION 10.09 - OTHER RIGHTS; CONTINUATION OF RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION; INDIVIDUAL CONTRACTS. The indemnification and advancement of costs, charges and expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article X shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or advancement of costs, charges and expenses may be entitled under law (common or statutory) or any Bylaw, agreement, policy of indemnification insurance or vote of shareholders or directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office, and shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the legatees, heirs, distributees, executors and administrators of any such person. Nothing contained in this Article X shall be deemed to prohibit the Corporation

 

20


from entering into, and the Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into, agreements with directors, officers, employees and agents providing indemnification rights and procedures different from those set forth herein. All rights to indemnification under this Article X shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity (or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) at any time while this Article X is in effect.

SECTION 10.10 - SAVINGS CLAUS E. If this Article X or any portion shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director or officer, and may indemnify each employee or agent, of the Corporation as to any costs, charges, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including any action by or in the right of the Corporation), to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article X that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

SECTION 10.11 - INSURANCE . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any costs, charges or expenses, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such persons status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such costs, charges or expenses, liability or loss under the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law; provided, however, that such insurance is available on acceptable terms as determined by a vote of the Board of Directors. To the extent that any director, officer, employee or agent is reimbursed by an insurance company under an indemnification insurance policy for any costs, charges, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article X, the Bylaws, any agreement, the policy of indemnification insurance or otherwise, the Corporation shall not be obligated to reimburse the person to be indemnified in connection with such proceeding.

SECTION 10.12 - DEFINITIONS . For purposes of this Article X, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “The Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation or entity (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed by way of an acquisition, consolidation, merger or otherwise, which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation or entity, or is or was serving at the written request

 

21


of such constituent corporation or entity as a director or officer of another corporation, entity, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article X with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation or entity as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation or entity if its separate existence had continued;

(b) “Other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans, including, but not limited to, any employee benefit plan of the Corporation;

(c) “Director or officer” of the Corporation shall include any director or officer of the Corporation who is or was or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise;

(d) “Serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service that imposes duties on, or involves services by a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries, including acting as a fiduciary thereof;

(e) “Fines” shall include any penalties and any excise or similar taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan;

(f) To the fullest extent permitted by law, a person shall be deemed to have acted in “good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful,” if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise; and

(g) A person shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation,” as referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article X if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan.

SECTION 10.13 - SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT AND SUBSEQUENT LEGISLATION. Neither the amendment, termination nor repeal of this Article X or of relevant provisions of the GCL or any other applicable laws, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or of any statute inconsistent with this Article X shall eliminate, affect or diminish in any way the rights of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to indemnification under the provisions of this Article X with respect to any action, suit or proceeding

 

22


arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of any such amendment, termination, repeal, provision or statute.

If the GCL is amended to expand further the indemnification permitted to directors and officers of the Corporation, then the Corporation shall indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by the GCL, as so amended.

ARTICLE XI.

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 11.01 AMENDMENTS OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION. In addition to any affirmative vote required by applicable law and any voting rights granted to or held by holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, any alteration, amendment, repeal or rescission (collectively, any “Change”) of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation must be approved by the Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (or such greater proportion as may otherwise be required pursuant to any specific provision of this Certificate of Incorporation) of the total votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote thereon; provided, however, that if any such Change relates to Section 13 of Article X or Articles V, VI, VII or XI of this Certificate of Incorporation, such Change must also be approved either by (a) not less than a majority of the authorized number of directors and, if one or more Interested Shareholders (as defined in Article VIII hereof) exists, by not less than a majority of the Disinterested Directors (as defined in Article VIII hereof), or (b) the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote thereon and, if the Change is proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder or a director who is an Affiliate or Associate (as such terms are defined in Article VIII hereof) of an Interested Shareholder, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote thereon not beneficially owned by an Interested Shareholder or an Affiliate or Associate thereof. Subject to the foregoing, the Corporation reserves the right to amend this Certificate of Incorporation from time to time in any and as many respects as may be desired and as may be lawfully contained in an original certificate of incorporation filed at the time of making such amendment.

Except as may otherwise be provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation and to add or insert herein any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights, preferences and privileges of any nature conferred upon shareholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights reserved in this Section 1.

 

23


SECTION 11.02 - AMENDMENTS OF BYLAWS . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, upon the vote of two-thirds of the members of the entire Board, is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, rescind or repeal from time to time any of the Bylaws of the Corporation in accordance with the terms thereof; provided, however, that any Bylaw made by the Board of Directors may be altered, amended, rescinded or repealed in accordance with the terms thereof by the holders of two-thirds of the shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote thereon at any annual meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision of the Bylaws that contains a supermajority voting requirement shall only be altered, amended, rescinded or repealed by a vote of the Board of Directors or holders of shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote thereon that is not less than the supermajority specified in such provision.

ARTICLE XII.

NOTICES

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator of this Corporation is:

Susan D. Stanley

People’s Bank

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, CT 06604

[Signature Page Follows]

 

24


I, the undersigned, being the Corporate Secretary, do make, file and record this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and do certify that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the Board of Directors of People’s United Financial, Inc. on February 1, 2007 and by a majority of the shares of outstanding common stock of People’s United Financial, Inc. entitled to vote thereon on February 1, 2007 in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 1 st day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Susan D. Stanley

Susan D. Stanley
Corporate Secretary

 

25

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent.

SECTION 2. PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS. The principal place of business of the Corporation shall be located in Bridgeport, Connecticut.

SECTION 3. ADDITIONAL OFFICES. The Corporation may also have offices and places of business at such other places as the Board of Directors (the “Board”) may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

SECTION 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place as may be fixed by the Board and designated in the notice of meeting. If no place is so fixed, such meetings shall be held at the principal place of business of the Corporation.

SECTION 2. ANNUAL MEETINGS. The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and the transaction of any other business which may properly come before such meeting shall be held each year on a date and at a time to be designated by the Board.

SECTION 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time only by the Chief Executive Officer or by resolution of at least three-fourths of the directors then in office. Special meetings shall be held on the date and at the time and place as may be designated by the Board. At a special meeting, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of meeting.

SECTION 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Except as otherwise required by law, written notice stating the place, date and hour of any meeting of shareholders and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, either personally or by mail, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the U.S. mail, with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at his or her

 

1


address as it appears on the stock transfer books or records of the Corporation as of the record date prescribed in Section 6 of this Article II, or at such other address as the shareholder shall have furnished in writing to the Secretary. Notice of any special meeting shall indicate that the notice is being issued by or at the direction of the person or persons calling such meeting. When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, no notice of the adjourned meeting need be given, other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken giving the time and place to which the meeting is adjourned; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or, if after adjournment, the Board fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

SECTION 5. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Notice of any annual or special meeting need not be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice of any meeting, in person or by proxy or by his or her duly authorized attorney-in-fact, whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of any shareholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice by such shareholder, except where a shareholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

SECTION 6. FIXING OF RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board shall fix a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, which date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. Such date in any case shall be not more than sixty (60) days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this Section 6, such determination shall, unless otherwise provided by the Board, also apply to any adjournment thereof. If no record date is fixed, (a) the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and (b) the record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

SECTION 7. QUORUM. The holders of record of a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders, except as otherwise provided by law, these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation. If less than a majority of such total number of votes is represented at a meeting, a majority of the number of votes so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without

 

2


further notice, PROVIDED, that if such adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting of shareholders, such quorum is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.

SECTION 8. CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. The Chairman shall serve as chairman at all meetings of the shareholders or, if the Chairman is absent or otherwise unable to so serve, the President shall serve as chairman. If the President is absent or otherwise unable to so serve, such other person as shall be appointed by a majority of the entire Board shall serve as chairman at any meeting of shareholders. The Secretary or, in his or her absence, such other person as the chairman of the meeting shall appoint, shall serve as secretary of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall conduct all meetings of the shareholders in accordance with the best interests of the Corporation and shall have the authority and discretion to establish reasonable procedural rules for the conduct of such meetings, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as he or she shall deem appropriate. The chairman of the meeting shall also have the authority to adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place as he or she may deem necessary and in the best interests of the Corporation.

SECTION 9. VOTING; VOTING OF SHARES IN THE NAME OF TWO OR MORE PERSONS. Except for the election of directors or as otherwise provided by applicable law or regulation, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at all meetings of shareholders, all matters shall be determined by a vote of the holders of a majority of the number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation present and entitled to vote thereat. Directors shall, except as otherwise required by law, these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation, be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by each class of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders, present and entitled to vote in the election.

If ownership of a share of voting stock of the Corporation stands in the name of two or more persons, in the absence of written directions to the Corporation to the contrary, any one or more of such shareholders may cast, in person or by proxy, all votes to which such ownership is entitled. If an attempt is made to cast conflicting votes by the several persons in whose names shares of stock stand, the vote or votes to which those persons are entitled shall be cast as directed by a majority of those holding such stock and present, in person or by proxy, at such meeting. If such conflicting votes are evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or any person voting the shares, or a beneficiary, if any, may apply to the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court as may have jurisdiction to appoint an additional person to act with the persons so voting the shares, which shall then be voted as determined by a majority of such persons and the person appointed by the Court.

SECTION 10. PROXIES. Each shareholder entitled to vote at any meeting may vote either in person or by proxy. Unless otherwise specified in the Certificate of Incorporation or in a resolution, or resolutions, of the Board providing for the issuance of

 

3


preferred stock, each shareholder entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock registered in his or her name on the transfer books or records of the Corporation. Each shareholder entitled to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy. All proxies shall by written instrument, signed by the shareholder or by his or her attorney-in-fact, or by electronic transmission as permitted by law; PROVIDED, that such electronic transmission either sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that such electronic transmission was authorized by such shareholder. All proxies shall be filed with the Secretary before being voted. No proxy shall be valid after three (3) years from the date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The attendance at any meeting by a shareholder who shall have previously given a proxy applicable thereto shall not, as such, have the effect of revoking the proxy. The Corporation may treat any duly executed proxy as not revoked and in full force and effect until it receives a duly executed instrument revoking it, or a duly executed proxy bearing a later date.

SECTION 11. INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board shall, to the extent required by applicable law, appoint one or more persons, other than officers, directors or nominees for office, as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. Such appointment shall not be altered at the meeting. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the chairman of the meeting shall make such appointment at the meeting. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act at the meeting, the vacancy so created may be filled by appointment by the Board in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the Chairman of the meeting. The duties of the inspectors of election shall include determining the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, receiving votes, ballots or consents, hearing and deciding all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, counting and tabulating all votes, ballots or consents, determining the results and doing such acts as are proper to the conduct of the election or the vote with fairness to all shareholders. Any report or certificate made by them shall be PRIMA FACIE evidence of the facts stated and of the vote as certified by them. Each inspector shall be entitled to a reasonable compensation for his or her services, to be paid by the Corporation.

SECTION 12. PROCEDURE FOR NOMINATIONS. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 6.08 of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be eligible as Directors. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Compensation and Nominating Committee shall select, and recommend to the Board for its approval, nominees for election as directors. Except in the case of a nominee substituted as a result of the death, incapacity, withdrawal or other inability to serve of a nominee, the Compensation and Nominating Committee shall, upon the approval of the Board, deliver written nominations to the Secretary at least ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. Provided the Compensation and Nominating Committee makes such nominations, no nominations for directors except those made by the Compensation and Nominating Committee and approved by the Board shall be voted upon at the annual meeting of shareholders, unless other nominations by shareholders are made in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.08 of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

4


SECTION 13. SUBSTITUTION OF NOMINEES. In the event that a person is validly designated as a nominee in accordance with Section 6.08 of the Certificate of Incorporation shall thereafter become unwilling or unable to stand for election to the Board, the Board , upon recommendation by the Compensation and Nominating Committee, may designate a substitute nominee upon delivery, not fewer than five (5) days prior to the date of the meeting for the election of such nominee, of a written notice to the Secretary. Such notice shall include a signed consent to serve as a director of the Corporation, if elected, of each such substituted nominee.

SECTION 14. NEW BUSINESS. Any new business to be taken up at the annual meeting at the request of the Chief Executive Officer or by resolution of at least three-fourths of the directors then in office shall be stated in writing and filed with the Secretary at least fifteen (15) days before the date of the annual meeting, and all business so stated, proposed and filed shall be considered at the annual meeting, but, except as provided in this Section 14, no other proposal shall be acted upon at the annual meeting. Any proposal offered by any shareholder may be made at the annual meeting and the same may be discussed and considered, but unless properly brought before the meeting such proposal shall not be acted upon at the meeting. For a proposal to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must be a shareholder of record and have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or received by the Secretary not later than the following dates: (i) with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders, ninety (90) days in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting if current year’s meeting is to be held within 30 days prior to, on the anniversary date of, or after the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting; and (ii) with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders held at a time other than within the time periods set forth in the immediately preceding clause (i), the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to shareholders. For purposes of this Section 14, notice shall be deemed to first be given to shareholders when disclosure of such date of the meeting of shareholders is first made in a press release reported to Dow Jones News Services, Associated Press or comparable national news service, or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. A shareholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to the matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description of the proposal desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the

 

5


meeting and any material interest in such business of such shareholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (b) the name and address of the shareholder proposing such business; (c) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned of record by the shareholder and the dates upon which he or she acquired such shares; (d) the identification of any person employed, retained, or to be compensated by the shareholder submitting the proposal, or any person acting on his or her behalf, to make solicitations or recommendations to shareholders for the purpose of assisting in the passage of such proposal, and a brief description of the terms of such employment, retainer or arrangement for compensation; (e) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such new business; (f) a representation whether the shareholder intends or is part of a group which intends to (1) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal and/or (2) otherwise solicit proxies from shareholders in support of such proposal; and (g) all such other information regarding such proposal as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or required to be delivered to the Corporation pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (whether or not the Corporation is then subject to such rules). This provision shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at an annual meeting of reports of officers, directors and committees of the Board or the management of the Corporation, but in connection with such reports, no new business shall be acted upon at such annual meeting unless stated and filed as herein provided. This provision shall not constitute a waiver of any right of the Corporation under the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other rule or regulation to omit a shareholder’s proposal from the Corporation’s proxy materials. The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that any new business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions hereof, and, if the chairman should so determine, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that such new business was not properly brought before the meeting and shall not be considered.

ARTICLE III

SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

SECTION 1. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. Shares of the Corporation may but need not be represented by certificates. Upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue such certificates in such form as shall be required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”) and as determined by the Board to every shareholder for the fully paid shares owned by such shareholder. Each certificate shall state the registered holder’s name and the number and class of shares and shall be signed by the Chairman or the President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, and may, but need not, bear the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. Any or all of the signatures on the certificates may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate shall cease to be such officer or

 

6


officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

SECTION 2. BOOK ENTRY SHARES. The Corporation may by resolution provide for the issuance of shares of its capital stock in book-entry (uncertificated) form. In such event, all references in these Bylaws to the delivery of stock certificates shall be inapplicable. The Corporation’s Transfer Agent shall keep appropriate records indicating the number of shares of capital stock owned by each person to whom shares are issued, any restrictions applicable to such shares of capital stock and the duration thereof, and other relevant information. Upon expiration of any applicable restrictions for any reason, the Transfer Agent shall effect delivery of such shares of capital stock by adjusting its records to reflect the expiration of such restrictions, and by notifying the person in whose name such shares were issued that such restrictions have lapsed.

SECTION 3. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. The Board shall have the power to appoint one or more Transfer Agents and Registrars for the transfer and registration of certificates of stock of any class and may require that stock certificates be countersigned and registered by one or more of such Transfer Agents and Registrars.

SECTION 4. REGISTRATION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the name of each person owning a share of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be entered on the books of the Corporation together with the number of shares held by him or her, and for shares held in certificated form, the numbers of the certificates covering such shares and the dates of issue of such certificates. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holders thereof in person, or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, on surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares, accompanied by an assignment or power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, with such guarantee or proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require and with proper evidence of payment of any applicable transfer taxes. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, a record shall be made of each transfer.

SECTION 5. LOST, DESTROYED AND MUTILATED CERTIFICATES. The holder of any shares of stock of the Corporation held in certificated form shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the certificates therefor. The Corporation may issue, or cause to be issued, a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon evidence satisfactory to the Corporation of the loss, theft or destruction of the certificate and, in the case of mutilation, the surrender of the mutilated certificate. The Corporation may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representatives, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the

 

7


alleged loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any such certificate and the issuance of such new certificate, or may refer such owner to such remedy or remedies as he or she may have under the laws of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 6. HOLDER OF RECORD. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder thereof in fact and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by law.

ARTICLE IV

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. RESPONSIBILITIES; NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be under the direction of the Board. The Board shall consist of not less than five (5) nor more than twenty-one (21) directors (other than directors elected by the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock). Within the foregoing limits, the number of directors shall be determined only by resolution of the Board.

SECTION 2. QUALIFICATIONS. Each director shall be at least eighteen (18) years of age. No director shall serve on the board of directors of an Insured Depository Institution, bank holding company, financial holding company or thrift holding company, other than the Corporation, its affiliated entities or the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, while a member of the Board.

SECTION 3. VICE CHAIRMAN. The Board may appoint from among its members a Vice Chairman, who shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board. The Vice Chairman shall serve for a one year term or until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.

SECTION 4. LEAD DIRECTOR. The Board shall at each annual meeting appoint from among its members a Lead Director, who shall be an independent director and who shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board . The Lead Director shall serve for a one year term or until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.

SECTION 5. AGE LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS. With the exception of the Vice Chairman of the Board, a director shall retire from service as a director of the Corporation at the expiration of the term of office during which such Director has reached the age of seventy-two. The Vice Chairman of the Board shall retire from service as a director of the Corporation at the expiration of the term of office during which such Director reaches the age of seventy-five.

SECTION 6. REGULAR AND ANNUAL MEETINGS. An annual meeting of the Board for the election of officers shall be held, without notice other than these

 

8


Bylaws, immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of the shareholders, or at such other time or place as the Board may fix by resolution. The Board may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of regular meetings of the Board without notice other than such resolution.

SECTION 7. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board may be called for any purpose at any time by or at the request of the Chairman or the President. Special meetings of the Board shall also be called by the Secretary upon the written request, stating the purpose or purposes of the meeting, of at least sixty percent (60%) of the directors then in office, but in any event not less than five (5) directors. The persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board shall give notice of such meetings in the manner prescribed by these Bylaws and may fix any place, within or without the Corporation’s regular business area, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board called by such persons. No business shall be conducted at a special meeting other than that specified in the notice of meeting.

SECTION 8. NOTICE OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6 of this Article IV, notice of each meeting shall be mailed or otherwise given to each director at least two (2) business days before the day of the meeting to his or her address shown in the records of the Corporation, except in the case of an emergency, in the discretion of the Chairman or the President, shorter oral notice may be given. The purpose of any special meeting shall be stated in the notice. Such notice shall be deemed given when sent or given to any mail or courier service or company providing electronic transmission service. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by submitting a signed waiver of notice with the Secretary, whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

SECTION 9. CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairman or such other director or officer as the Chairman shall designate. If the Chairman is absent or otherwise unable to preside over the meeting, the presiding officer shall be the President. If the President is absent or otherwise unable to preside over the meeting, the presiding officer shall be such other person as shall be appointed by a majority of the Board. The Secretary or, in his absence, a person appointed by the Chairman (or other presiding person), shall act as secretary of the meeting. The Chairman (or other person presiding) shall conduct all meetings of the Board in accordance with the best interests of the Corporation and shall have the authority and discretion to establish reasonable procedural rules for the conduct of Board meetings.

SECTION 10. QUORUM AND VOTING REQUIREMENTS. A quorum at any meeting of the Board shall consist of not less than a majority of the directors then in office or such greater number as shall be required by law, these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation, but not less than one-third (1/3) of the total number of directors fixed by the Board. If less than a required quorum is present, the majority of those directors

 

9


present shall adjourn the meeting to another time and place without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority vote of the directors present at a meeting, if a quorum is present, shall constitute an act of the Board.

SECTION 11. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or such committee.

SECTION 12. PARTICIPATION OTHER THAN IN PERSON. Members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a Board or committee meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this subsection shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

SECTION 13. VACANCIES. To the extent not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the limitations prescribed by law and the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, vacancies in the office of director, including vacancies created by newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then holding office, whether or not a quorum, at any regular or special meeting of the Board called for that purpose. Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, no person shall be so elected a director unless nominated by the Compensation and Nominating Committee. Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, any director so elected shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.

SECTION 14. COMPENSATION. The Board may provide for the compensation of directors for their services in such one or more forms as the Board may determine.

SECTION 15. AMENDMENTS CONCERNING THE BOARD. The number and other restrictions and qualifications for directors of the Corporation as set forth in these Bylaws may be altered only by a vote, in addition to any vote required by law, of two-thirds of the entire Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of record of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the total votes eligible to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors at a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose.

 

10


ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES

SECTION 1. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. There shall be an Executive Committee of the Board, as shall be appointed by Board resolution or these Bylaws. The Executive Committee shall, to the extent not inconsistent with law, these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or resolutions adopted by the Board, exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation in the intervals between the meetings of the Board. The Executive Committee shall operate pursuant to a Charter approved by the Committee and the entire Board of Directors.

SECTION 2. OTHER COMMITTEES. The Board may by resolution create or eliminate such other committees, including, but not limited to, an Audit Committee and a Compensation and Nominating Committee, as from time to time it may deem necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Corporation. Each such committee shall exercise such powers as may be assigned by the Board to the extent not inconsistent with law, these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or resolutions adopted by the Board. Each committee established by the Board pursuant to this Article V, Section 2 shall operate pursuant to a committee charter which shall be annually approved and adopted by the committee and the Board.

ARTICLE VI

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. DESIGNATION OF OFFICERS. The Board shall, at each annual meeting, elect a Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and a Secretary, and may elect such other officers as the Board from time to time may deem necessary or the business of the Corporation may require. The other officers shall consist of the Controller, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more First Vice Presidents, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and such other officers, assistant officers and agents as may be deemed necessary and appointed by the Board of Directors, the President, or the Chief Executive Officer or as may be chosen in such other manner as may be prescribed or permitted by these Bylaws, as amended from time to time. Any number of offices may be held by the same person except the office of President and Secretary.

The election of the officers shall be made only by a vote of a majority of the entire Board. If such election is not held at the meeting held annually for the election of officers, such officers may be so elected at any subsequent regular meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose, in the same manner above provided. Each person elected shall have such authority, bear such title and perform such duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board may prescribe from time to time. Whenever a vacancy occurs among the officers, it may be filled at any regular or special meeting called for that purpose, in the same manner as above provided. All officers elected or appointed by the Board shall assume their duties immediately upon their election and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board.

 

11


SECTION 2. TERM OF OFFICE AND REMOVAL. Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is elected and duly qualified, the office is abolished or he or she is removed. Any officer may be removed at any regular or special meeting of the Board called for that purpose, with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board.

SECTION 3. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board shall perform such duties as the Board may from time to time assign to him or her, including, but not limited to, presiding at all meetings of the shareholders, the Board and the Executive Committee. The Chairman of the Board also shall have such powers and duties as are generally incident to the position of Chairman.

SECTION 4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Chief Executive Officer shall be so designated by the Board and may also hold the title of Chairman of the Board, and/or President. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, subject to the direction of the Board, shall be responsible for assuring that the policy decisions of the Board are implemented as formulated. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such powers as may be assigned to such officer by the Board or its committees .

SECTION 5. PRESIDENT. The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall be subject to the direction of the Board. The President shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by these Bylaws, the Board or the Chairman. In the absence of or disability of the Chairman, or if the office of the Chairman is vacant by reason of death, resignation, failure of the Board to elect a Chairman or otherwise, the President or such other person who the Board shall designate, shall exercise the powers and perform the duties which otherwise would fall upon the Chairman.

SECTION 6. VICE PRESIDENTS. Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, First Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents may be appointed by the Board to perform such duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws, the Board or the Chief Executive Officer as permitted by the Board.

SECTION 7. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall record, or cause to be recorded, all votes and minutes of all proceedings of the Board and of the shareholders in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall have such other powers and duties as are generally incident to the office of Secretary and as may be assigned to him or her by the Board, any committee of the Board, the Chairman, and the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 8. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall perform all acts and duties as are generally incident to the office of the Treasurer.

SECTION 9. CONTROLLER. The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer and shall be responsible for the maintenance of adequate internal systems and records. The Controller shall maintain the general books of the Corporation relating to all assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements and other financial transactions, and shall see that all

 

12


expenditures are made in accordance with procedures duly established from time to time. The Controller shall prepare or cause to be prepared all reports pertinent to his office as may be required by the Board or regulatory authorities.

SECTION 10. OTHER OFFICERS. Other officers appointed by the Board shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them, from time to time, by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 11. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The compensation of all officers may be fixed from time to time by the Board, upon the recommendation of the Compensation and Nominating Committee. The compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, President and the Executive Vice Presidents may be fixed, from time to time, by the Board of Directors. The salaries of the other officers may be fixed, from time to time, by a committee of the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. No officer shall be prevented from receiving compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

DIVIDENDS

The Board shall have the power, subject to the provisions of law and the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation, to declare and pay dividends out of surplus (or, if no surplus exists, out of net profits of the Corporation, for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year, except where there is an impairment of capital stock), to pay such dividends to the shareholders in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation and to fix the date or dates for the payment of such dividends.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws, except as provided by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, or as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, may be amended or repealed at any regular or special meeting of the entire Board by the vote of two-thirds of the members of the entire Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (a) a notice specifying the change or amendment shall have been given at a previous regular meeting and entered in the minutes of the Board; (b) a written statement describing the change or amendment shall be made in the notice delivered to the directors of the meeting at which the change or amendment shall be acted upon; and (c) any Bylaw made by the Board may be altered, amended, rescinded or repealed by the holders of shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon at any annual meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose in accordance with the percentage requirements set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and/or these Bylaws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision of these Bylaws that contains a supermajority voting requirement shall only be altered, amended, rescinded or repealed by a vote of the Board or holders of capital stock entitled to vote thereon that is not less than the supermajority specified in such provision.

 

13

EXHIBIT 4.4

Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2000,

between People’s Bank and Bankers Trust Company as Fiscal and Paying Agent

 


EXECUTION COPY

FISCAL AND PAYING AGENCY AGREEMENT

Between

PEOPLE’S BANK,

Issuer

and

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,

Fiscal and Paying Agent

 


Dated as of

November 16, 2000

 


9.875% Subordinated Notes

Due November 15, 2010

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
ARTICLE I. APPOINTMENT    1

Section 1.1    Appointment of Fiscal and Paying Agent

   1
ARTICLE II. THE SUBORDINATED NOTES    1

Section 2.1    Form of Subordinated Notes

   1

Section 2.2    Certificates of Authorized Representatives of the Bank

   1

Section 2.3    Completion, Authentication and Delivery

   2

Section 2.4    Denominations

   3

Section 2.5    Proceeds of Sale of the Subordinated Notes; Issuance of Certificated Securities

   3

Section 2.6    Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange

   4

Section 2.7    Persons Deemed Owners

   4

Section 2.8    Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Global Subordinated Notes

   4

Section 2.9    Subordinated Notes Acquired by the Bank

   4

Section 2.10  Repayment Prior to Maturity

   4

Section 2.11  Redemption

   5

Section 2.12  Waiver of Offset

   5
ARTICLE III. THE FISCAL AND PAYING AGENT    5

Section 3.1    Payment of Subordinated Notes

   5

Section 3.2    Information Regarding Amounts Payable

   5

Section 3.3    Deposit of Funds

   5

Section 3.4    Money for Subordinated Note Payments to Be Held in Trust

   6

Section 3.5    Additional Responsibilities

   6

Section 3.6    Miscellaneous

   6
ARTICLE IV. LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION    7

Section 4.1    Liability

   7

Section 4.2    Indemnification

   7

Section 4.3    Officers’ Certificate

   7
ARTICLE V. RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF FISCAL AND PAYING AGENT    8

Section 5.1    Resignation or Removal

   8

Section 5.2    Successor Fiscal and Paying Agent

   8

Section 5.3    Successor by Merger, etc

   8

 

i


ARTICLE VI. MISCELLANEOUS

   9

Section 6.1    Compensation of the Fiscal and Paying Agent

   9

Section 6.2    Reliance on Opinions of Counsel or Officers’ Certificate

   9

Section 6.3    Notices

   9

Section 6.4    Parties

   9

Section 6.5    Governing Law

   10

Section 6.6    Seperability

   10

Section 6.7    Effect of Headings

   10

Section 6.8    Amendments; Waivers; Notices of Acceleration After Events of Default; Compliance Certificate

   10

Section 6.9    Actions Due on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays

   13

Section 6.10  Agreement to Pay Attorneys’ Fees and Other Expenses

   13

Section 6.11  Survival

   14

Section 6.12  No Implied Waivers

   14

Section 6.13  Counterparts

   14

Section 6.14  Term

   14

 

ii


This Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of November 16, 2000 between PEOPLE’S BANK, a Connecticut state-chartered capital stock savings bank (the “Bank”), and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, a banking organization organized under laws of the State of New York (the “Fiscal and Paying Agent”).

WHEREAS, the Bank has, by an Underwriting Agreement dated November 13, 2000, agreed to issue $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Bank’s 9.875% Subordinated Notes due November 15, 2010 (the “Subordinated Notes”); and

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to appoint the Fiscal and Paying Agent as fiscal and paying agent of the Bank with respect to the preparation, authentication, delivery, registration and payment of the Subordinated Notes.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows;

ARTICLE I.

APPOINTMENT

Section 1.1 Appointment of Fiscal and Paying Agent. The Fiscal and Paying Agent is hereby appointed by the Bank as fiscal and paying agent for the Subordinated Notes on the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement, and the Fiscal and Paying Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Bank hereby appoints the Fiscal and Paying Agent as registrar for the Subordinated Notes.

ARTICLE II.

THE SUBORDINATED NOTES

Section 2.1 Form of Subordinated Notes. The Subordinated Notes will be represented by one or more global certificates, each such certificate hereinafter called a “Global Subordinated Note.” All Global Subordinated Notes shall be registered in the name of a nominee of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), as Depository. All Global Subordinated Notes shall be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and may have such appropriate insertions, omissions, variations or substitutions as are required or permitted by, and not inconsistent with, this Agreement, and may also have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any applicable rules or regulations made pursuant thereto or with the rules or regulations of any securities exchange or governmental agency or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers of the Bank executing such Global Subordinated Notes, as evidenced by their execution thereof. Beneficial interests in Global Subordinated Notes will be shown on, and transfers thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee and its participants.

Section 2.2 Certificates of Authorized Representatives of the Bank. The Bank shall furnish the Fiscal and Paying Agent with a certificate of the Bank certifying the incumbency and specimen signatures of representatives of the Bank authorized to instruct the Fiscal and Paying Agent regarding the completion and delivery of the Global Subordinated Notes (each, an “Authorized Representative”). Until the Fiscal and Paying Agent receives a subsequent incumbency certificate of the Bank, the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on the last such certificate delivered to it for purposes of determining the Authorized Representatives.

 


Section 2.3 Completion, Authentication and Delivery.

(a) All Global Subordinated Notes shall be issued and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, the Global Subordinated Notes and a letter of representations from the Bank and the Fiscal and Paying Agent to DTC dated as of the date hereof (the “Letter of Representations”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall not be required to perform any duties on any day that is not a Business Day (as hereinafter defined). All instructions regarding the completion and delivery of Global Subordinated Notes shall be given by an Authorized Representative by telex, telecopy or other means acceptable to the Fiscal and Paying Agent. Upon receipt of instructions as described in the preceding sentence, the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall:

(1) complete a Global Subordinated Note or Notes representing one or more Subordinated Notes in accordance with such instructions;

(2) manually countersign and authenticate such Global Subordinated Note or Notes by any one of the officers or employees of the Fiscal and Paying Agent duly authorized and designated by it for such purpose; and

(3) deliver such Global Subordinated Note or Notes to DTC or pursuant to DTC’s instructions.

(b) If any Global Subordinated Note has been countersigned by one of the Fiscal and Paying Agent’s officers who was duly authorized for such purpose but who is not so designated at the time said Global Subordinated Note is to be paid, the Fiscal and Paying Agent is authorized and will pay the Global Subordinated Note notwithstanding that the authority of said officer has been terminated between the time of execution and the time of payment.

(c) In the event a discrepancy exists between the instructions as originally received by the Fiscal and Paying Agent and any subsequent written confirmation thereof, such original instructions will be deemed controlling if action has already been taken in reliance on such original instructions, provided that the Fiscal and Paying Agent gives notice to the Bank of such discrepancy promptly upon the receipt of such written confirmation.

(d) The Fiscal and Paying Agent may at any time request and shall be protected in acting upon the advice or opinion of its counsel (which includes in-house counsel) concerning its duties hereunder, and shall be free to act in good faith upon such advice or opinion, and shall be relieved of any liability under this Agreement in so acting.

(e) All instructions must be received by the Fiscal and Paying Agent by 11 a.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding the original issue date as set forth in Section 2.6(c) or such shorter period as the Fiscal and Paying Agent may determine. For purposes hereof, the term “Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday and that, in the City of New York, New York or the State of Connecticut, is not a day on which banking institutions are generally authorized or obligated by law to close.

 

2


(f) The Fiscal and Paying Agent shall incur no liability to the Bank in acting or refraining from taking any action hereunder upon instructions contemplated hereby which the recipient thereof believed in good faith to have been given by an Authorized Representative.

(g) Each instruction given to the Fiscal and Paying Agent in accordance with this Section 2.3 shall constitute a representation and warranty to the Fiscal and Paying Agent by the Bank that the issuance and delivery of the Global Subordinated Note or Global Subordinated Notes to which the instruction relates have been duly and validly authorized by the Bank, that such Global Subordinated Note or Global Subordinated Notes when completed, countersigned, authenticated and delivered pursuant hereto, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Bank, and that the Fiscal and Paying Agent’s appointment to act for the Bank hereunder has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Bank.

(h) The Bank further represents and warrants to the Fiscal and Paying Agent that the Bank is free to enter into this Agreement and to perform the terms hereof.

Section 2.4 Denominations. Except as provided in Section 2.5(b), the Global Subordinated Notes shall be issuable only in book-entry form, without coupons, in denominations of $100,000 and any amount in excess thereof which is a whole multiple of $1,000. If Subordinated Notes are issued in definitive form, payment and other terms related to such Subordinated Notes will be as set forth on the face thereof.

Section 2.5 Proceeds of Sale of the Subordinated Notes; Issuance of Certificated Securities.

(a) Funds received in payment for Global Subordinated Notes issued by the Bank shall be credited to an account of the Bank, as instructed by the Bank.

(b) If at any time (i) DTC notifies the Bank in writing that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for the Global Subordinated Notes or if DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a successor depository is not appointed by the Bank within ninety days after the effective date of DTC’s ceasing to act as depository for the Subordinated Notes, (ii) the Bank, at its option, notifies the Fiscal and Paying Agent in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Subordinated Notes in definitive form or (iii) any event shall have happened and be continuing which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default (as defined in the Subordinated Notes) with respect to the Subordinated Notes, the Bank will execute, and the Fiscal and Paying Agent will, upon receipt of instructions in writing from the Bank, authenticate and deliver Subordinated Notes of like tenor and terms in definitive form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Subordinated Notes then outstanding in exchange for such Global Subordinated Notes. Any such certificated Subordinated Notes will be issued in fully registered form to the persons designated by DTC as the beneficial owners thereof, without coupons, in denominations of $100,000 or any amount in excess thereof which is a whole multiple of $1,000. Such certificated Subordinated Notes may not subsequently be exchanged by a holder for Subordinated Notes in denominations of less than $100,000.

 

3


Section 2.6 Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

(a) The Fiscal and Paying Agent shall, so long as any of the Subordinated Notes remain outstanding, maintain all records as may be customary, including all forms of transfer for the Subordinated Notes and shall:

(i) Keep at its corporate trust office a register (the “Security Register”) in such form as the Fiscal and Paying Agent may determine, in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, it shall provide for the registration of the Subordinated Notes and registration of transfer thereof; and

(ii) Maintain records showing for each outstanding Subordinated Note the principal amount, maturity date, interest rate and other terms thereof, and all subsequent transfers and consolidations or exchanges; provided that the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Subordinated Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests, and it shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting on any such information provided by DTC.

(b) All Subordinated Notes presented for registration of transfer shall be duly endorsed or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer.

(c) Each Subordinated Note shall bear the original issue date of November 16, 2000 which shall remain the same for all Subordinated Notes subsequently issued upon registration of transfer, exchange or substitution of such original Subordinated Note regardless of the date of issuance of any such subsequently issued Subordinated Note.

Section 2.7 Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentment of a Subordinated Note for registration of transfer, the Bank, the Fiscal and Paying Agent and any agent of the Bank or the Fiscal and Paying Agent may treat the person in whose name such Subordinated Note is registered as the owner of the Subordinated Note for the purpose of receiving payments of principal and interest, if any, and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Subordinated Note be overdue, and neither the Bank nor the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 2.8 Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Global Subordinated Notes. The Fiscal and Paying Agent shall effect the replacement of mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed Global Subordinated Notes in accordance with the custom and usage of the financial industry.

Section 2.9 Subordinated Notes Acquired by the Bank. If the Bank shall acquire any of the Subordinated Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a satisfaction of the indebtedness or rights represented by such Subordinated Notes unless and until the same are delivered or surrendered to the Fiscal and Paying Agent for cancellation.

Section 2.10 Repayment Prior to Maturity. The Subordinated Notes may not be repaid prior to maturity, either pursuant to an acceleration in an event of default, or otherwise without the prior written approval of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).

 

4


Promptly after receipt of any notice of acceleration, the Bank will apply to the FDIC for prior written approval of repayment prior to maturity. In the event that the Bank obtains such prior written approval, the Bank shall notify the holders of Subordinated Notes and the Fiscal and Paying Agent of the consent of the FDIC and arrange for prompt repayment.

Section 2.11 Redemption. The Subordinated Notes may not be redeemed prior to maturity and no sinking fund will be provided for the Subordinated Notes.

Section 2.12 Waiver of Offset. If any owner of Subordinated Notes is a depository institution (as defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended), such holder shall be deemed to waive, for so long as it is a holder of Subordinated Notes, any right of offset with respect to the obligation evidenced by such Subordinated Notes against any funds, property or other assets of the Bank.

ARTICLE III.

THE FISCAL AND PAYING AGENT

Section 3.1 Payment of Subordinated Notes. Payment of the principal and interest payable on the date of maturity of any Subordinated Note will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to a bank account in the United States designated by the holder, upon presentation and surrender of such Subordinated Note at the office of the Fiscal and Paying Agent in New York, New York, or at such other place or places as the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall designate by notice to the holder, provided that such Subordinated Note is presented to the Fiscal and Paying Agent in time for the Fiscal and Paying Agent to make such payments in such funds in accordance with its normal procedures. Payments of interest (other than interest payable on the date of maturity) will be made by check to the person entitled thereto, as such person’s address appears on the Security Register. The Fiscal and Paying Agent shall have no obligation to use its own funds for any such payment or for any other purpose pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 3.2 Information Regarding Amounts Payable. The Fiscal and Paying Agent shall, as soon as practicable after each record date for the payment of interest (other than interest payable at maturity) on the Subordinated Notes but not later than five days preceding the related interest payment date, notify the Bank of the interest to be paid on such Subordinated Note on the related interest payment date. In addition, by the 15th day of the month immediately preceding the month in which the Subordinated Notes will mature, the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall furnish to the Bank a list showing for each Subordinated Note issued by the Bank the principal and interest payable at maturity on each such Subordinated Note.

Section 3.3 Deposit of Funds. The Bank shall deposit by 11 a.m., New York City time, with the Fiscal and Paying Agent (i) on each interest payment date of the Subordinated Notes an amount in immediately available funds sufficient to pay the interest due on such date and (ii) on the maturity date of each such Subordinated Note an amount in immediately available funds sufficient to pay the principal of such Subordinated Note and the interest accrued thereon to such maturity date.

 

5


Section 3.4 Money for Subordinated Note Payments to Be Held in Trust.

(a) In acting under this Agreement and in connection with the Subordinated Notes, the Fiscal and Paying Agent is acting solely as agent of the Bank and does not assume any relationship of agency or trust for or with any of the holders of the Subordinated Notes, except that, subject to the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 3.4, all money deposited with the Fiscal and Paying Agent pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be held by it in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Subordinated Notes entitled thereto until such money is paid to such holders of the Subordinated Notes in accordance with the provisions of the Subordinated Notes and this Agreement or otherwise disposed of as provided herein but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(b) Any money deposited with the Fiscal and Paying Agent for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Subordinated Note that remains unclaimed for two years after such principal or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Bank, upon its written request, and holders of the Subordinated Notes shall thereafter, as unsecured general creditors, look only to the Bank for payment thereof, and all liability of the Fiscal and Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease.

Section 3.5 Additional Responsibilities. Unless the Fiscal and Paying Agent has entered into a separate written agreement which specifically addresses the standard of care with respect to the duties discussed by this Section, if the Bank shall ask the Fiscal and Paying Agent to perform any duties not specifically set forth in this Agreement as duties of the Fiscal and Paying Agent (the “Additional Responsibilities”) and the Fiscal and Paying Agent chooses to perform such Additional Responsibilities, the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall be held to the same standard of care and shall be entitled to all the protective provisions (including, but not limited to, indemnification) set forth herein.

Section 3.6 Miscellaneous. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,

(a) in paying Subordinated Notes hereunder, the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall be acting as a conduit and shall not be paying Subordinated Notes for its own account, and in the absence of written notice from the Bank to the contrary, the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall be entitled to assume that any Subordinated Note presented to it, or deemed presented to it, for payment, is entitled to be so paid;

(b) the Fiscal and Paying Agent may become a purchaser, holder, transferor or may otherwise own, hold or transfer any beneficial interest in any Subordinated Notes and may commence or join in any action which a beneficial owner of a Subordinated Note is entitled to take without any conflict with its responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement;

(c) the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall not be required to invest any funds delivered to it pursuant to this Agreement;

(d) the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall not be responsible for the correctness of any recital of any party other than the Fiscal and Paying Agent that is stated herein or in the Subordinated Notes or in any offering materials and makes no representations as to the validity of the Subordinated Notes and shall incur no responsibility in respect thereto;

 

6


(e) the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any notice, order, requisition, request, consent, certificate, order, opinion (including an opinion of counsel, Officers’ Certificate (as hereinafter defined) or both), affidavit, letter, telegram or other paper or document in good faith deemed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons; and

(f) any action taken by the Fiscal and Paying Agent pursuant to this Agreement upon the request or authority or consent of any person who at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent is the holder of any Subordinated Note shall be conclusive and binding upon all future holders of the same Subordinated Note and all Subordinated Notes issued in exchange therefor or in place thereof.

ARTICLE IV.

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 4.1 Liability . The Fiscal and Paying Agent’s duties are ministerial in nature and the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall not have any liability hereunder except in the case of its negligence or willful misconduct. The duties and obligations of the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall be determined by the express provisions of this Agreement and it shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth herein and no implied covenants shall be read into this Agreement against it Except for the obligations set forth in Section 6.8 hereof, the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall have no responsibility in the case of any default by the Bank in the performance of the covenants contained in the Subordinated Notes. The Fiscal and Paying Agent shall not be required to ascertain whether any issuance or sale of Subordinated Notes (or any amendment or termination of this Agreement) has been duly authorized or is in compliance with any other agreement to which the Bank is a party (whether or not the Fiscal and Paying Agent is also a party to such other agreements).

Section 4.2 Indemnification . The Bank agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fiscal and Paying Agent, its officers, directors, employees and agents from and against all losses, liabilities, obligations, claims, damages, costs and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses) relating to or arising out of its performance of the Fiscal and Paying Agent’s duties under this Agreement, except to the extent they are caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Fiscal and Paying Agent. These indemnification obligations shall survive the termination of this Agreement, including any termination pursuant to any applicable federal or state bankruptcy law, to the extent enforceable under applicable law, and shall survive the resignation or removal of the Fiscal and Paying Agent while remaining applicable to any action taken or omitted by the Fiscal and Paying Agent while acting pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 4.3 Officers’ Certificate . Any instruction given by the Bank to the Fiscal and Paying Agent under this Agreement shall be in the form of an Officers’ Certificate. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Authorized Representative and delivered to the Fiscal and Paying Agent.

 

7


ARTICLE V.

RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF FISCAL AND PAYING AGENT

Section 5.1 Resignation or Removal . The Fiscal and Paying Agent may at any time resign from its duties hereunder by giving written notice of resignation to the Bank specifying the date on which such resignation shall become effective; provided, however, that such date shall not be less than 30 Business Days after such notice is given to the Bank. The Bank may at any time remove the Fiscal and Paying Agent by giving written notice of removal to the Fiscal and Paying Agent specifying the date on which such removal shall be effective; provided , however , that such date shall be not less than 30 Business Days after such notice is given to the Fiscal and Paying Agent. Any termination or resignation hereunder shall not affect the Fiscal and Paying Agent’s right to the payment of fees earned or charges incurred through the effective date of such termination or resignation, as the case may be. Under such circumstances, the Bank may appoint a new Fiscal and Paying Agent in respect of the Subordinated Notes or undertake to perform at the Bank any or all of the functions of the Fiscal and Paying Agent under this Agreement. The Bank shall notify, or cause the Fiscal and Paying Agent to notify, the holders of the Subordinated Notes of the appointment of any successor Fiscal and Paying Agent or the undertaking of the Bank to perform at the Bank the functions of the Fiscal and Paying Agent.

Section 5.2 Successor Fiscal and Paying Agent . Upon the effective date of such resignation or removal, the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall deliver any funds then held by it pursuant to Section 3.4(a) to the successor appointed by the Bank to serve as fiscal and paying agent for the Subordinated Notes and all liability of the Fiscal and Paying Agent with respect to such funds shall thereupon cease. The Fiscal and Paying Agent shall also provide such successor with a copy of its records relating to the Subordinated Notes as such successor shall reasonably request. However, the Fiscal and Paying Agent may retain for archival purposes copies of any records turned over. If such successor has not been appointed by the Bank by the effective date of such resignation or removal, the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall pay such funds and deliver such records to the person or persons appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to act as fiscal and paying agent with respect to the Subordinated Notes, with the same effect as though such payment were made pursuant to Section 3.4(b). The delivery, transfer and assignment of such funds and records by the Fiscal and Paying Agent to its successor shall be sufficient, without the requirement of any additional act or the requirement of any indemnity to be given by the Fiscal and Paying Agent, to relieve the Fiscal and Paying Agent of all further responsibility for the exercise of the rights or the performance of the obligations vested in the Fiscal and Paying Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 5.3 Successor by Merger, etc. Any corporation or association into which the Fiscal and Paying Agent may be converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it may sell or transfer its corporate trust and agency business as a whole, or any corporation or association resulting from any such conversion, sale, merger, consolidation or transfer to which it is a party, shall be and become successor Fiscal and Paying Agent hereunder and shall be invested with all of the rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations of the Fiscal and Paying Agent hereunder, without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act. The Fiscal and Paying Agent shall provide notice to the Bank of any such conversion, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer as soon as practicable after the Fiscal and Paying Agent obtains knowledge that such event will occur or has occurred.

 

8


ARTICLE VI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1 Compensation of the Fiscal and Paying Agent . The Bank agrees to pay the Fiscal and Paying Agent compensation for all services rendered by the Fiscal and Paying Agent hereunder in such amounts and payable at such times as the Bank and the Fiscal and Paying Agent may agree to and to promptly reimburse the Fiscal and Paying Agent, for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees), disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Fiscal and Paying Agent in the performance of its duties hereunder. The obligation of the Bank pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement, including any termination pursuant to any federal or state bankruptcy law, to the extent enforceable under applicable law, and the resignation or removal of the Fiscal and Paying Agent.

Section 6.2 Reliance on Opinions of Counsel or Officers’ Certificate. The Fiscal and Paying Agent shall have no liability to the Bank in respect of an action taken or omitted by the Fiscal and Paying Agent in good faith in reliance on a written opinion of its counsel including in-house counsel or an Officers’ Certificate.

Section 6.3 Notices. Notices and other communications hereunder shall (except to the extent otherwise expressly provided) be in writing or given via electronic media and shall be addressed as follows, or to such other addresses as the parties hereto shall specify from time to time.

 

If to the Bank:

   People’s Bank
  

850 Main Street

  

Bridgeport, CT 06604

  

Attention: George W. Morriss

  

Telephone: (203) 338-7171

  

Telecopy: (203) 338-3600

If to the Fiscal

  

Bankers Trust Company

and Paying Agent:

  

Corporate Trust and Agency Services

  

Four Albany Street

  

Fourth Floor

  

New York, New York 10006

  

Attention: Corporate Market Services

  

Telephone: (212) 250-6569

  

Telecopy: (212) 250-6961

All notices shall be deemed given when received.

Section 6.4 Parties . Except for rights arising under Sections 2.10, 2.12, 3.4(a) and 6.8, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, shall give to any other person including, without limitation, any beneficial owner of Subordinated Notes, any benefits or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement.

 

9


Section 6.5 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK:.

Section 6.6 Seperability . In case any provision in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 6.7 Effect of Headings. The article and section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 6.8 Amendments: Waivers; Notices of Acceleration After Events of Default; Compliance Certificate.

(a) The Bank, when authorized by the resolutions of its Board of Directors, and the Fiscal and Paying Agent from time to time and at any time may enter into an agreement supplemental to this Agreement for one or more of the following purposes:

(i) to evidence the succession of another entity to the Bank, or successive successions, and the assumptions by the successor entity of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Bank;

(ii) to add to the covenants of the Bank such further covenants, restrictions or conditions for the protection of the holders of the Subordinated Notes as the Bank’s Board of Directors shall consider to be for the protection of such holders;

(iii) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained in this Agreement or in any supplemental agreement that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained in this Agreement or in any supplemental agreement, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Agreement that shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Subordinated Notes; and

(iv) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Fiscal and Paying Agent with respect to the Subordinated Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Subordinated Notes.

The Fiscal and Paying Agent hereby is authorized to join with the Bank in the execution of any such supplemental agreement, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be contained in such supplemental agreement and to accept the conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property under such supplemental agreement, but the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any such supplemental agreement that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

10


Any supplemental agreement authorized by the provisions of this Section 6.8(a) may be executed by the Bank and the Fiscal and Paying Agent without the consent of the holders of any of the Subordinated Notes at the time outstanding notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.8(b). Any such supplemental agreement shall be accompanied by an opinion of counsel and Officers’ Certificate to the Fiscal and Paying Agent that such supplemental agreement is authorized by the terms of this Agreement and that all conditions precedent have been satisfied.

(b) With the consent of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes at the time outstanding, the Bank, when authorized by the resolutions of its Board of Directors, and the Fiscal and Paying Agent from time to time and at any time may enter into an agreement or agreements supplemental to this Agreement for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders; provided , however , that without the consent of the Holder of each Subordinated Note affected thereby no such supplemental agreement shall: (a) change the maturity of the principal of or any premium or any installment of interest on, any Subordinated Note, or reduce the principal amount of any Subordinated Note or any premium or interest on any Subordinated Note, or reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of any Subordinated Note, or change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Subordinated Note or any premium or interest on any Subordinated Note is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after its maturity, or make any change in the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Notes that adversely affects the rights of any holder of the Subordinated Notes; (b) reduce the percentage in principal amount of Subordinated Notes the consent of whose holders is required for any such supplemental agreement or the consent of whose holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Agreement or certain defaults under this Agreement and their consequences provided for in this Agreement; or (c) modify the provisions of Section 6.8(f) providing for the rescinding and annulment of a declaration accelerating the maturity of the Subordinated Notes, or any of the provisions of this Section 6.8(b) or 6.8(e), except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Agreement cannot be modified or waived.

Upon request of the Bank, accompanied by a copy of the resolutions of its Board of Directors certified by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary authorizing the execution of any such supplemental agreement, and upon the filing with the Fiscal and Paying Agent of evidence of the consent of the holders of the Subordinated Notes as aforesaid, the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall join with the Bank in the execution of such supplemental agreement unless such supplemental agreement affects the Fiscal and Paying Agent’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise, in which case the Fiscal and Paying Agent may in its discretion, but shall not be obliged to, enter into such supplemental agreement.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the holders of the Subordinated Notes under this Section 6.8(b) to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental agreement, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

 

11


Any supplemental agreement entered into pursuant to this Section 6.8(b) shall be accompanied by an opinion of counsel and Officers’ Certificate to the Fiscal and Paying Agent that such supplemental agreement is authorized by the terms of this Agreement and that all conditions precedent have been satisfied.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 6.8 to the contrary, the Bank and the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall not enter into any agreement or agreements supplemental hereto for the purpose of changing the date of maturity or the terms of subordination of any Subordinated Note unless the FDIC consents to such agreement or agreements. The Bank shall give a copy of any such consent to the Fiscal and Paying Agent promptly upon receipt thereof.

(d) Upon the execution of any supplemental agreement under this Section 6.8, this Agreement shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental agreement shall form a part of this Agreement for all purposes; and each holder of Subordinated Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby. The Bank shall transmit by mail to each holder of Subordinated Notes affected thereby a notice setting forth the general terms of any supplemental agreement executed under this Section 6.8.

(e) The Bank will promptly notify, and will provide copies of such notice to, the Fiscal and Paying Agent of the occurrence of any Event of Default (as defined in the Subordinated Notes). The Fiscal and Paying Agent, promptly after the receipt of such written notice from the Bank, or written notice from any other source, shall mail to all holders of the Subordinated Notes, at their address shown on the Security Register, notice of such Event of Default, unless such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice. Prior to any declaration accelerating the date on which the principal of the Subordinated Notes is due and payable, the holders of 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes at the time outstanding on behalf of all holders of the Subordinated Notes may waive any past Event of Default, and its consequences. Upon any such waiver, the Bank, the Fiscal and Paying Agent and the holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights under this Agreement and the Subordinated Notes; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any Event of Default shall have been waived as permitted by this Section 6.8(e), such Event of Default, for all purposes of the Subordinated Notes and this Agreement, shall be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

(f) At any time after such a declaration of acceleration, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the money due shall have been obtained or entered, the holders of 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Bank and to the Fiscal and Paying Agent, may waive all past Events of Default and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, if:

(1) the Bank shall pay to the Fiscal and Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay:

(A) all matured installments of interest on all the Subordinated Notes and the principal of and any premium on any and all Subordinated Notes that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest on overdue

 

12


installments of interest (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) and on such principal and premium at the rate borne by the Subordinated Notes, to the date of such payment or deposit); and

(B) all sums paid or advanced by the Fiscal and Paying Agent hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Fiscal and Paying Agent, its agents and counsel; and

(2) any and all Events of Default with respect to the Subordinated Notes shall have been cured or waived.

No such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend or shall affect any subsequent Event of Default or shall impair any right consequent thereon.

(g) The Bank will deliver to the Fiscal and Paying Agent, within 120 days after the end of each calendar year commencing with the first calendar year following the issuance of the Subordinated Notes, a written certificate of the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Bank, covering the period from the date of issuance of such Subordinated Notes to the end of the calendar year in which such Subordinated Notes were issued, stating, as to each signer of such certificate, that:

(1) a review of the activities of the Bank during the year and of performance under this Agreement has been made under such officer’s supervision; and

(2) to the best of such officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Bank has fulfilled all its conditions and covenants under this Agreement throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to such officer and the nature and status of such default.

Section 6.9 Actions Due on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays. If any date on which a payment, notice or other action required by this Agreement falls on other than a Business Day, then that action or payment need not be taken or made on such date, but may be taken or made on the next succeeding Business Day on which the Fiscal and Paying Agent is open for business with the same force and effect as if made on such date.

Section 6.10 Agreement to Pay Attorneys’ Fees and Other Expenses. In the event the Bank shall default under any of the provisions of this Agreement and the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall employ attorneys or incur other expenses for the enforcement or performance or observance of any such obligation or agreement, the Bank agrees that it will, on demand therefor, pay to the Fiscal and Paying Agent the reasonable fees of such attorneys and such other reasonable expenses incurred by the Fiscal and Paying Agent Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Fiscal and Paying Agent will not have any affirmative duty to seek any enforcement or remedies on behalf of the holders of the Subordinated Notes upon any occurrence of an Event of Default and has no trust or agency relationship with any of the holders of the Subordinated Notes.

 

13


Section 6.11 Survival. The Fiscal and Paying Agent’s rights to compensation, reimbursement and indemnification shall survive the termination of this Agreement, including any termination pursuant to any federal or state bankruptcy law, to the extent enforceable under applicable law.

Section 6.12 No Implied Waivers. The right of any party under any provision of this Agreement shall not be affected by its prior failure to require the performance by any other party under such provision or any other provision of this Agreement, nor shall the waiver by any party of a breach of any provision hereof constitute a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or any other provision or constitute a waiver of the provision itself or any other provision.

Section 6.13 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but both or all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one instrument, and shall become effective when copies hereof, which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the parties hereto, shall be delivered to each of the parties hereto.

Section 6.14 Term. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until the earlier to occur of (i) such time as the principal of and interest on all the Subordinated Notes shall have been paid, and (ii) the effective date of the resignation or removal of the Fiscal and Paying Agent.

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement on the date first set forth above.

 

PEOPLE’S BANK
By:  

LOGO

Name:   Dennis J. Colwell
Title:   Senior Vice President
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

 

as Fiscal and Paying Agent

By:  
Name:  
Title:  

Fiscal an Paying Agency Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement on the date first set forth above.

 

PEOPLE’S BANK

 

By:  
Name:  
Title:  
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

LOGO

as Fiscal and Paying Agent
By:  
Name:   Susan Johnson
Title:   Vice President

Fiscal an Paying Agency Agreement


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF GLOBAL NOTE

 


GLOBAL CERTIFICATE

THIS NOTE IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND THE CLAIMS OF GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS OF THE BANK, IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY THE BANK AND IS NOT SECURED.

THIS 9.875% SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE NOVEMBER 15, 2010 (THIS “NOTE”) IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., THE NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (THE “DEPOSITORY”), 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR TO THE DEPOSITORY OR BY THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY UNLESS AND UNTIL THIS NOTE IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, AS FISCAL AND PAYING AGENT OR ANY DULY APPOINTED SUCCESSOR FISCAL AND PAYING AGENT (THE “FISCAL AND PAYING AGENT”), FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED IN WRITING BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED IN WRITING BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL, INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

Registered

   Principal Amount:    $150,000,000

No. 1

   CUSIP:    710198 HE 5

PEOPLE’S BANK

9.875% Subordinated Note due 2010

1. Payment .

(a) PEOPLE’S BANK, a Connecticut state-chartered capital stock savings bank (the “Bank”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of ONE HUNDRED FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS ($150,000,000) on November 15, 2010 (the “Date of Maturity”) and to pay interest thereon at the rate of 9.875% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) from November 16, 2000, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided, on March 1 and September 1 of each year (an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing March 1, 2001, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment.

 


(b) Any payment of principal of or interest on this Note that would otherwise become due and payable on a day which is not a Business Day shall become due and payable on the next succeeding Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on the date for payment of such principal or interest, and no interest shall accrue in respect of such payment for the period after such day. The term “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday and that is not a day on which banks in the City of New York, New York or the State of Connecticut are generally authorized or required by law or executive order to be closed.

(c) Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Fiscal and Paying Agent by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, this Note shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

2. Subordinated Notes: Noteholders: Fiscal and Paving Agency Agreement.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Bank designated as 9.875% Subordinated Notes due November 15, 2010 (herein called the “Subordinated Notes”), limited in aggregate principal amount to $150,000,000. The Bank, for the benefit of the holders, from time to time of the Subordinated Notes (collectively, the “Noteholders”), has entered into a Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2000 (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement”), between the Bank and the Fiscal and Paying Agent. Reference is hereby made to the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement (copies of which are on file and available for inspection during normal business hours at the offices of the Fiscal and Paying Agent at Four Albany Street, Fourth Floor, New York, New York 10006, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services, or at such other place or places as the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall designate by notice to the holder in whose name this Note is registered on the Security Register (as defined in Section 11 of this Note) ), for a statement of the further rights of the Noteholders and the further rights, limitations of rights, duties and indemnities thereunder of the Bank and the Fiscal and Paying Agent and of the terms upon which the Subordinated Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

3. Redemption. This Note is not subject to redemption prior to maturity and is not subject to any sinking fund.

4. Subordination. The indebtedness of the Bank evidenced by the Subordinated Notes, including the principal and interest on this Note, shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the Bank’s obligations to its depositors, its obligations under bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit, and its obligations to its other creditors, including its obligations to the Federal Reserve Bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and any rights acquired by the FDIC as a result of loans made by the FDIC to the Bank or the purchase or guarantee of any of its assets by the FDIC, pursuant to the provisions of 12 U.S.C. 1823 (c), (d), (e), (f) or (k), whether such obligations are outstanding at this date or are hereafter incurred (except any other obligations which rank on a parity with or subordinate to the Subordinated Notes). In case of any insolvency proceeding, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization, readjustment of debts, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or any liquidation or winding up of or relating to the Bank, whether voluntary or involuntary, all obligations of the Bank (except any other obligations which rank on a parity with or subordinate

 

2


to the Subordinated Notes) shall be entitled to be paid in full before any payment shall be made on account of the principal of or interest on the Subordinated Notes, including this Note. In the event of any such proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to such prior obligations, the Noteholders, together with the holders of any obligations of the Bank ranking on a parity with the Subordinated Notes, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Bank the unpaid principal, and the unpaid interest thereon before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any obligations of the Bank ranking junior to the Subordinated Notes. Nothing herein shall impair the obligation of the Bank, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note in accordance with its terms.

5. Consolidation. Merger and Sale of Assets. The Bank shall not consolidate with or merge into another entity or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any person, unless:

(1) the continuing entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Bank is merged or the person which acquires by conveyance or transfer or which leases the properties and assets of the Bank substantially as an entirety shall be a corporation, association or general partnership organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and expressly shall assume, by a supplemental agreement executed and delivered to the Fiscal and Paying Agent in form satisfactory to the Fiscal and Paying Agent, the due and punctual payment, of the principal of and any premium and interest on the Subordinated Notes according to their terms, and the due and punctual performance of all covenants and conditions hereof on the part of the Bank to be performed or observed;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default (as defined below), and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

(3) the Bank shall have delivered to the Fiscal and Paying Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and supplemental agreement comply with this Section 5 and that all conditions precedent provided for in this Note relating to such transaction have been complied with.

6. Events of Default; Acceleration: Compliance Certificate. If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing (each an “Event of Default”):

(a) the Bank shall consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, trustee or other similar official in any liquidation, insolvency or similar proceeding with respect to the Bank or all or substantially all of its property; or

(b) a court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction on the premises shall enter a decree or order for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, trustee or other similar official in any liquidation, insolvency or similar proceeding with respect to the Bank or all or substantially all of the property of the Bank, or for the winding up of the affairs or business of the Bank;

 

3


then, and in each such case, unless the principal of this Note already shall have become due and payable, the holder of this Note, by notice in writing to the Bank and to the Fiscal and Paying Agent, may declare the principal amount of this Note to be due and payable immediately and, upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable. The Bank waives demand, presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, notice of protest, and all other notices.

The Fiscal and Paying Agent, promptly after the receipt of notice from the Bank or any other source of the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to this Note, shall mail to all Noteholders, at their addresses shown on the Security Register, notice of such Event of Default, unless such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice. The Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement provides that, prior to any acceleration of this Note, the Noteholders holding 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Subordinated Notes may waive any past Event of Default. In addition, the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement provides that the Noteholders holding 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Subordinated Notes may rescind a declaration of acceleration of this Note before any judgment has been obtained if (i) the Bank pays the Fiscal and Paying Agent certain amounts due the Fiscal and Paying Agent plus all matured installments of principal of and interest on this Note (other than installments due by reason of acceleration) and interest on the overdue installments and (ii) all other Events of Default with respect to this Note have been cured or waived.

The Bank will deliver to the Fiscal and Paying Agent, within 120 days after the end of each calendar year commencing with the first calendar year following the issuance of the Subordinated Notes, a written certificate of the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Bank, covering the period from the date of issuance of such Subordinated Notes to the end of the calendar year in which such Subordinated Notes were issued, stating, as to each signer of such certificate, that:

(1) a review of the activities of the Bank during the year and of performance under the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement has been made under his supervision; and

(2) to the best of his knowledge, based on such review, the Bank has fulfilled all its conditions and covenants under the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to him and the nature and status of such default.

ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY HEREIN NOTWITHSTANDING, NO PAYMENT PRIOR TO MATURITY, OR AT RETIREMENT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PAYMENT PURSUANT TO ACCELERATION OF MATURITY IN THE EVENT OF DEFAULT OR OTHERWISE, OF THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

 

4


IF THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE IS A DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION, SUCH HOLDER SPECIFICALLY WAIVES, FOR SO LONG AS IT IS A NOTEHOLDER, ANY RIGHT TO OFFSET WITH RESPECT TO THE OBLIGATION EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE AGAINST ANY FUNDS, PROPERTY OR OTHER ASSETS OF THE BANK.

7. Transfer at FDIC Direction. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Note, it is expressly understood and agreed that the FDIC, acting as receiver or conservator of the Bank or in its corporate capacity, shall have the right, in the performance of its legal duties and as part of any transaction or plan of reorganization or liquidation designed to protect or further the continued existence of the Bank or the rights of any parties or agencies with an interest in, or claim against, the Bank or its assets, to transfer or direct the transfer of the obligations of this Note to any FDIC-insured depository institution or the holding company thereof which shall expressly assume the obligation of the due and punctual payment of the unpaid principal, interest, and premium, if any, on this Note and the due and punctual performance of all covenants and conditions hereof; and that the completion of such transfer and assumption shall serve to supersede and void any Event of Default, acceleration or subordination which may have occurred, or which may occur due or related to such transaction, plan, transfer or assumption pursuant to the provisions of this Note, and shall serve to return the holder to the same position, other than for substitution of the obligor, it would have occupied had no Event of Default, acceleration or subordination occurred, except that any interest and principal previously due, other than by reason of acceleration, and not paid shall, in the absence of a contrary agreement by the holder, be deemed to be immediately due and payable as of the date of such transfer and assumption, together with interest from its original due date at the rate provided for in Section 8-herein.

8. Failure to Make Payment . In the event of failure by the Bank to make any payment of principal of or interest on this Note (and, in the case of payment of interest, such failure to pay shall have continued for 30 days), the Bank will, upon demand of the holder, pay to the holder the whole amount then due and payable on this Note for principal and interest (without acceleration), with interest on the overdue principal and interest at the rate borne by this Note, to the extent permitted by applicable law. If the Bank fails to pay such amount upon such demand, the holder may, among other things, institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Bank and collect the amounts adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Bank.

9. Payment Procedures . Payment of the principal and interest payable on the Date of Maturity will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to a bank account in the United States designated by the holder of this Note, upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office of the Fiscal and Paying Agent in New York, New York or at such other place or places as the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall designate by notice to the Noteholders, provided that this Note is presented to the Fiscal and Paying Agent in time for the Fiscal and Paying Agent to make such payments in such funds in accordance with its normal procedures. Payments of interest (other than interest payable on the Date of Maturity) shall be made by check mailed to the person entitled thereto, as such person’s address appears on the Security Register. Interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be payable to the holder in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on February 15 or August 15, as the case may be

 

5


(whether or not a Business Day), next preceding such Interest Payment Date (such date being referred to herein as the “Regular Record Date”) for such Interest Payment Date, except that interest not so punctually paid or duly made available to the Fiscal and Paying Agent for payment, if any, will be paid to the holder in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business an a Special Record Date fixed by the Bank (a “Special Record Date”) notice of which shall be given to the holder not less than ten calendar days prior to such Special Record Date. (The Regular Record Date and Special Record Date are referred to herein collectively as the “Record Date”). To the extent permitted by applicable law, interest shall accrue, at the rate at which interest accrues on the principal of this Note, on any amount of principal of or interest on this Note not paid when due. All payments on this Note shall be applied first to accrued interest and then the balance, if any, to principal.

10. Form of Payment; Maintenance of Payment Office. Payments of principal of and interest on this Note shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. Until the date on which all of the Subordinated Notes shall have been surrendered or delivered to the Fiscal and Paying Agent for cancellation or destruction, or become due and payable and a sum sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all of the Subordinated Notes shall have been made available for payment and either paid or returned to the Bank as provided herein and in the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall at all times maintain an office or agency in the City of New York, New York where Subordinated Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment.

11. Registration of Transfer; Security Register. Except as otherwise provided on the first page hereof, this Note is transferable in whole or in part, and may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Notes of other authorized denominations, by the holder in person, or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, at the office of the Fiscal and Paying Agent in the City of New York, New York. The Fiscal and Paying Agent shall maintain a register providing for the registration of the Subordinated Notes and any exchange or transfer thereof (the “Security Register”). Upon surrender or presentation of this Note for exchange or registration of transfer, the Bank shall execute and the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a Note or Notes of like aggregate principal amount, each in a denomination of $100,000 or any amount in excess thereof which is an integral multiple of $1,000 and is or are registered in such name or names requested by the holder. Any Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Fiscal and Paying Agent) be duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer with such evidence of due authorization and guarantee of signature as may reasonably be required by the Fiscal and Paying Agent in form satisfactory to the Fiscal and Paying Agent, duly executed by the holder or bis attorney duly authorized in writing, and with such tax identification number or other information for each person in whose name a Note is to be issued as the Fiscal and Paying Agent may reasonably request to comply with applicable law. No exchange or registration of transfer of this Note shall be made on or after the fifteenth day immediately preceding the Date of Maturity.

12. Charges and Transfer Taxes. No service charge (other than any cost of delivery) shall be imposed for any exchange or registration of transfer of this Note, but the Bank or the Fiscal and Paying Agent may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or other tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith (or presentation of evidence mat such tax or charge has been paid).

 

6


13. Ownership . Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Bank and the Fiscal and Paying Agent may treat the holder in whose name this Note is registered in the Security Register as the absolute owner of this Note for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest on this Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note be overdue, and the Bank and the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

14. Priority. The Subordinated Notes rank pari passu among themselves and pari passu, in the event of any insolvency proceeding, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization, readjustment of debt; marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceeding or any liquidation or winding up of the Bank, with all other present or future unsecured subordinated debt obligations of the Bank, except any unsecured subordinated debt which may be expressly stated to be senior to or subordinate to the Subordinated Notes.

15. Notices. All notices to the Bank under this Note shall be in writing and addressed to the Bank at 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604, Attention: George W. Morriss, Executive Vice President (Financial Group) and Chief Financial Officer, or to such other address as the Bank may notify to the holder. All notices to the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall be in writing and addressed to the Fiscal and Paying Agent at the office of the Fiscal and Paving Agent at Four Albany Street, Fourth Floor, New York, New York 10006, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services . All notices to the Noteholders shall be in writing and sent by first-class mail to each Noteholder at his or its address as set forth in the Security Register.

16. Fiscal and Paving Agent . In acting under the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, the Fiscal and Paying Agent is acting solely as the agent of the Bank and does not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust with the holder of this Note except mat money deposited with the Fiscal and Paying Agent will be held in trust for the benefit of the Noteholders until disbursed to the Noteholders, except as provided by the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement. Under the terms of the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, the Bank may remove any Fiscal and Paying Agent and appoint a new Fiscal and Paying Agent in respect of the Subordinated Notes, or may remove any Fiscal and Paying Agent and undertake to perform at the Bank any or all of the functions of the Fiscal and Paying Agent under the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement. The Bank shall notify, or cause the Fiscal and Paying Agent to notify, the holder of this Note of the appointment of any successor Fiscal and Paying Agent or the undertaking of the Bank to perform at the Bank the functions of the Fiscal and Paying Agent.

17. Denominations. The Subordinated Notes are issuable only as fully registered Notes without interest coupons in denominations of $100,000 or any amount in excess thereof which is a whole multiple of $1,000.

18. Modification. The Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Bank and the rights of the holders under the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement at any time by the Bank with the consent of the Noteholders holding 66  2 / 3 % in

 

7


aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes at the time outstanding. The Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement also contains provisions permitting Noteholders holding 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes at the time outstanding, on behalf of all Noteholders, to waive compliance by the Bank with certain provisions of the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement and past Events of Default under the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement and their consequences. The Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement also provides that the Fiscal and Paying Agent and the Bank shall not enter into any agreement for the purpose of changing the Date of Maturity or the terms of subordination of any Note unless the FDIC has consented to such agreement.

19. Absolute and Unconditional Obligation of the Bank. No reference herein to the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement and no provisions of this Note or of the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement shall alter or impair the obligation of the Bank, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

20. Waiver and Consent (a) Any consent or waiver given by the holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

(b) No delay or omission of the holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.

21. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with applicable federal law and the laws of the State of New York.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Note to be duly executed and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and attested.

 

PEOPLE’S BANK
By:  

 

Name:   Dennis J. Colwell
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

ATTEST:

 

Name:   Michael J. Ciborowski
Title:   Vice President and Authorized Representative
(Corporate seal)

This is one of the Subordinated

Notes referred to in the within

mentioned Fiscal and Paying

Agency Agreement:

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,

as Fiscal and Paying Agent

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Dated: November 16, 2000

 

9

EXHIBIT 4.5

Form of Global Notes, registered in the name of the nominee of

The Depository Trust Company (November 16, 2000)

 


GLOBAL CERTIFICATE

THE NOTE IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND THE CLAIMS OF GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS OF THE BANK, IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY THE BANK AND IS NOT SECURED.

THIS 9.875% SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE NOVEMBER 15, 2010 (THIS “NOTE”) IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., THE NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (THE “DEPOSITORY”), 55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR TO THE DEPOSITORY OR BY THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY UNLESS AND UNTIL THIS NOTE IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, AS FISCAL AND PAYING AGENT OR ANY DULY APPOINTED SUCCESSOR FISCAL AND PAYING AGENT (THE “FISCAL AND PAYING AGENT”), FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED IN WRITING BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED IN WRITING BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL, INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

Registered    Principal Amount:    $150,000,000
No. 1    CUSIP:    710198 HE 5

PEOPLE’S BANK

9.875% Subordinated Note due 2010

1. Payment .

(a) PEOPLE’S BANK, a Connecticut state-chartered capital stock savings bank (the “Bank”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of ONE HUNDRED FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS ($150,000,000) on November 15, 2010 (the “Date of Maturity”) and to pay interest thereon at the rate of 9.875% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) from November 16, 2000, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided, on March 1 and September 1 of each year (an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing March 1, 2001, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment.


(b) Any payment of principal of or interest on this Note that would otherwise become due and payable on a day which is not a Business Day shall become due and payable on the next succeeding Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on the date for payment of such principal or interest, and no interest shall accrue in respect of such payment for the period after such day. The term “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday and that is not a day on which banks in the City of New York, New York or the State of Connecticut are generally authorized or required by law or executive order to be closed.

(c) Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Fiscal and Paying Agent by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, this Note shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

2. Subordinated Notes; Noteholders; Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement .

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Bank designated as 9.875% Subordinated Notes due November 15, 2010 (herein called the “Subordinated Notes”), limited in aggregate principal amount to $150,000,000. The Bank, for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Subordinated Notes (collectively, the “Noteholders”), has entered into a Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2000 (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement”), between the Bank and the Fiscal and Paying Agent. Reference is hereby made to the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement (copies of which are on file and available for inspection during normal business hours at the offices of the Fiscal and Paying Agent at Four Albany Street, Fourth Floor, New York. New York 10006, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services , or at such other place or places as the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall designate by notice to the holder in whose name this Note is registered on the Security Register (as defined in Section 11 of this Note)), for a statement of the further rights of the Noteholders and the further rights, limitations of rights, duties and indemnities thereunder of the Bank and the Fiscal and Paying Agent and of the terms upon which the Subordinated Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

3. Redemption . This Note is not subject to redemption prior to maturity and is not subject to any sinking fund.

4. Subordination . The indebtedness of the Bank evidenced by the Subordinated Notes, including the principal and interest on this Note, shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the Bank’s obligations to its depositors, its obligations under bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit, and its obligations to its other creditors, including its obligations to the Federal Reserve Bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and any rights acquired by the FDIC as a result of loans made by the FDIC to the Bank or the purchase or guarantee of any of its assets by the FDIC, pursuant to the provisions of 12 U.S.C. 1823 (c), (d), (e), (f) or (k), whether such obligations are outstanding at this date or are hereafter incurred (except any other obligations which rank on a parity with or subordinate to the Subordinated Notes). In case of any insolvency proceeding, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization, readjustment of debts, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or any liquidation or winding up of or relating to the Bank, whether voluntary or involuntary, all obligations of the Bank (except any other obligations which rank on a parity with or subordinate

 

2


to the Subordinated Notes) shall be entitled to be paid in full before any payment shall be made on account of the principal of or interest on the Subordinated Notes, including this Note. In the event of any such proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to such prior obligations, the Noteholders, together with the holders of any obligations of the Bank ranking on a parity with the Subordinated Notes, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Bank the unpaid principal, and the unpaid interest thereon before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any obligations of the Bank ranking junior to the Subordinated Notes. Nothing herein shall impair the obligation of the Bank, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note in accordance with its terms.

5. Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets . The Bank shall not consolidate with or merge into another entity or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any person, unless:

(1) the continuing entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Bank is merged or the person which acquires by conveyance or transfer or which leases the properties and assets of the Bank substantially as an entirety shall be a corporation, association or general partnership organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and expressly shall assume, by a supplemental agreement executed and delivered to the Fiscal and Paying Agent in form satisfactory to the Fiscal and Paying Agent the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on the subordinated Notes according to their terms, and the due and punctual performance of all covenants and conditions hereof on the part of the Bank to be performed or observed;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default (as defined below), and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

(3) the Bank shall have delivered to the Fiscal and Paying Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and supplemental agreement comply with this Section 5 and that all conditions precedent provided for in this Note relating to such transaction have been complied with.

6. Events of Default Acceleration; Compliance Certificate . If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing (each an “Event of Default”):

(a) the Bank shall consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, trustee or other similar official in any liquidation, insolvency or similar proceeding with respect to the Bank or all or substantially all of its property; or

(b) a court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction on the premises shall enter a decree or order for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, trustee or other similar official in any liquidation, insolvency or similar proceeding with respect to the Bank or all or substantially all of the property of the Bank, or for the winding up of the affairs or business of the Bank;

 

3


then, and in each such case, unless the principal of this Note already shall have become due and payable, the holder of this Note, by notice in writing to the Bank and to the Fiscal and Paying Agent, may declare the principal amount of this Note to be due and payable immediately and, upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable. The Bank waives demand, presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, notice of protest, and all other notices.

The Fiscal and Paying Agent, promptly after the receipt of notice from the Bank or any other source of the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to this Note, shall mail to all Noteholders, at their addresses shown on the Security Register, notice of such Event of Default, unless such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice. The Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement provides that, prior to any acceleration of this Note, the Noteholders holding 66  2 / 3 % in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Subordinated Notes may waive any past Event of Default. In addition, the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement provides that the Noteholders holding 66  2 / 3 % in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Subordinated Notes may rescind a declaration of acceleration of this Note before any judgment has been obtained if (i) the Bank pays the Fiscal and Paying Agent certain amounts due the Fiscal and Paying Agent plus all matured installments of principal of and interest on this Note (other than installments due by reason of acceleration) and interest on the overdue installments and (ii) all other Events of Default with respect to this Note have been cured or waived.

The Bank will deliver to the Fiscal and Paying Agent, within 120 days after the end of each calendar year commencing with the first calendar year following the issuance of the Subordinated Notes, a written certificate of the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Bank, covering the period from the date of issuance of such Subordinated Notes to the end of the calendar year in which such Subordinated Notes were issued, stating, as to each signer of such certificate, that:

(1) a review of the activities of the Bank during the year and of performance under the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement has been made under bis supervision; and

(2) to the best of his knowledge, based on such review, the Bank has fulfilled all its conditions and covenants under the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to him and the nature and status of such default.

ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY HEREIN NOTWITHSTANDING, NO PAYMENT PRIOR TO MATURITY, OR AT RETIREMENT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PAYMENT PURSUANT TO ACCELERATION OF MATURITY IN THE EVENT OF DEFAULT OR OTHERWISE, OF THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

 

4


IF THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE IS A DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION, SUCH HOLDER SPECIFICALLY WAIVES, FOR SO LONG AS IT IS A NOTEHOLDER, ANY RIGHT TO OFFSET WITH RESPECT TO THE OBLIGATION EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE AGAINST ANY FUNDS, PROPERTY OR OTHER ASSETS OF THE BANK.

7. Transfer at FDIC Direction . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Note, it is expressly understood and agreed that the FDIC, acting as receiver or conservator of the Bank or in its corporate capacity, shall have the right, in the performance of its legal duties and as part of any transaction or plan of reorganization or liquidation designed to protect or further the continued existence of the Bank or the rights of any parties or agencies with an interest in, or claim against, the Bank or its assets, to transfer or direct the transfer of the obligations of this Note to any FDIC-insured depository institution or the holding company thereof which shall expressly assume the obligation of the due and punctual payment of the unpaid principal, interest, and premium, if any, on this Note and the due and punctual performance of all covenants and conditions hereof; and that the completion of such transfer and assumption shall serve to supersede and void any Event of Default acceleration or subordination which may have occurred, or which may occur due or related to such transaction, plan, transfer or assumption pursuant to the provisions of this Note, and shall serve to return the holder to the same position, other than for substitution of the obligor, it would have occupied had no Event of Default, acceleration or subordination occurred, except that any interest and principal previously due, other than by reason of acceleration, and not paid shall, in the absence of a contrary agreement by the holder, be deemed to be immediately due and payable as of the date of such transfer and assumption, together with interest from its original due date at the rate provided for in Section 8 herein.

8. Failure to Make Payment . In the event of failure by the Bank to make any payment of principal of or interest on this Note (and, in the case of payment of interest, such failure to pay shall have continued for 30 days), the Bank will, upon demand of the holder, pay to the holder the whole amount then due and payable on this Note for principal and interest (without acceleration), with interest on the overdue principal and interest at the rate borne by this Note, to the extent permitted by applicable law. If the Bank fails to pay such amount upon such demand, the holder may, among other things, institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Bank and collect the amounts adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Bank.

9. Payment Procedures . Payment of the principal and interest payable on the Date of Maturity will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to a bank account in the United States designated by the holder of this Note, upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office of the Fiscal and Paying Agent in New York, New York or at such other place or places as the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall designate by notice to the Noteholders, provided that this Note is presented to the Fiscal and Paying Agent in time for the Fiscal and Paying Agent to make such payments in such funds in accordance with its normal procedures. Payments of interest (other than interest payable on the Date of Maturity) shall be made by check mailed to the person entitled thereto, as such person’s address appears on the Security Register. Interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be payable to the holder in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on February 15 or August 15, as the case may be

 

5


(whether or not a Business Day), next preceding such Interest Payment Date (such date being referred to herein as the “Regular Record Date”) for such Interest Payment Date, except that interest not so punctually paid or duly made available to the Fiscal and Paying Agent for payment, if any, will be paid to the holder in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business an a Special Record Date fixed by the Bank (a “Special Record Date”) notice of which shall be given to the holder not less than ten calendar days prior to such Special Record Date. (The Regular Record Date and Special Record Date are referred to herein collectively as the “Record Date”). To the extent permitted by applicable law, interest shall accrue, at the rate at which interest accrues on the principal of this Note, on any amount of principal of or interest on this Note not paid when due. All payments on this Note shall be applied first to accrued interest and then the balance, if any, to principal.

10. Form of Payment; Maintenance of Payment Office . Payments of principal of and interest on this Note shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. Until the date on which all of the Subordinated Notes shall have been surrendered or delivered to the Fiscal and Paying Agent for cancellation or destruction, or become due and payable and a sum sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all of the Subordinated Notes shall have been made available for payment and either paid or returned to the Bank as provided herein and in the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall at all times maintain an office or agency in the City of New York, New York where Subordinated Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment.

11. Registration of Transfer; Security Register . Except as otherwise provided on the first page hereof, this Note is transferable in whole or in part, and may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Notes of other authorized denominations, by the holder in person, or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, at the office of the Fiscal and Paying Agent in the City of New York, New York. The Fiscal and Paying Agent shall maintain a register providing for the registration of the Subordinated Notes and any exchange or transfer thereof (the “Security Register”). Upon surrender or presentation of this Note for exchange or registration of transfer, the Bank shall execute and the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a Note or Notes of like aggregate principal amount, each in a denomination of $100,000 or any amount in excess thereof which is an integral multiple of $1,000 and is or are registered in such name or names requested by the holder. Any Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Fiscal and Paying Agent) be duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer with such evidence of due authorization and guarantee of signature as may reasonably be required by the Fiscal and Paying Agent in form satisfactory to the Fiscal and Paying Agent, duly executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and with such tax identification number or other information for each person in whose name a Note is to be issued as the Fiscal and Paying Agent may reasonably request to comply with applicable law. No exchange or registration of transfer of this Note shall be made on or after the fifteenth day immediately preceding the Date of Maturity.

12. Charges and Transfer Taxes . No service charge (other than any cost of delivery) shall be imposed for any exchange or registration of transfer of this Note, but the Bank or the Fiscal and Paying Agent may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or other tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith (or presentation of evidence that such tax or charge has been paid).

 

6


13. Ownership . Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Bank and the Fiscal and Paying Agent may treat the holder in whose name this Note is registered in the Security Register as the absolute owner of this Note for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest on this Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note be overdue, and the Bank and the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

14. Priority . The Subordinated Notes rank pari passu among themselves and pari passu, in the event of any insolvency proceeding, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization, readjustment of debt, marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceeding or any liquidation or winding up of the Bank, with all other present or future unsecured subordinated debt obligations of the Bank, except any unsecured subordinated debt which may be expressly stated to be senior to or subordinate to the Subordinated Notes.

15. Notices . All notices to the Bank under this Note shall be in writing and addressed to the Bank at 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604, Attention: George W. Morriss, Executive Vice President (Financial Group) and Chief Financial Officer, or to such other address as the Bank may notify to the holder. All notices to the Fiscal and Paying Agent shall be in writing and addressed to the Fiscal and Paying Agent at the office of the Fiscal and Paying Agent at Four Albany Street, Fourth Floor, New York, New York 10006, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services . All notices to the Noteholders shall be in writing and sent by first-class mail to each Noteholder at his or its address as set forth in the Security Register.

16. Fiscal and Paying Agent . In acting under the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, the Fiscal and Paying Agent is acting solely as the agent of the Bank and does not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust with the holder of this Note except that money deposited with the Fiscal and Paying Agent will be held in trust for the benefit of the Noteholders until disbursed to the Noteholders, except as provided by the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement. Under the terms of the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, the Bank may remove any Fiscal and Paying Agent and appoint a new Fiscal and Paying Agent in respect of the Subordinated Notes, or may remove any Fiscal and Paying Agent and undertake to perform at the Bank any or all of the functions of the Fiscal and Paying Agent under the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement. The Bank shall notify, or cause the Fiscal and Paying Agent to notify, the holder of this Note of the appointment of any successor Fiscal and Paying Agent or the undertaking of the Bank to perform at the Bank the functions of the Fiscal and Paying Agent.

17. Denominations . The Subordinated Notes are issuable only as fully registered Notes without interest coupons in denominations of $100,000 or any amount in excess thereof which is a whole multiple of $1,000.

18. Modification . The Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Bank and the rights of the holders under the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement at any time by the Bank with the consent of the Noteholders holding 66  2 / 3 % in

 

7


aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes at the time outstanding. The Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement also contains provisions permitting Noteholders holding 66  2 / 3 % in aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes at the time outstanding, on behalf of all Noteholders, to waive compliance by the Bank with certain provisions of the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement and past Events of Default under the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement and their consequences. The Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement also provides that the Fiscal and Paying Agent and the Bank shall not enter into any agreement for the purpose of changing the Date of Maturity or the terms of subordination of any Note unless the FDIC has consented to such agreement.

19. Absolute and Unconditional Obligation of the Bank . No reference herein to the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement and no provisions of this Note or of the Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement shall alter or impair the obligation of the Bank, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

20. Waiver and Consent . (a) Any consent or waiver given by the holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

(b) No delay or omission of the holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.

21. Governing Law . This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with applicable federal law and the laws of the State of New York.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Note to be duly executed and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and attested.

 

PEOPLE’S BANK
By:  

LOGO

Name:   Dennis J.ColWell
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

ATTEST:

LOGO

Name:   Michael J. Ciborowski
Title:   Vice President and Authorized Representative
(Corporate seal)
This is one of the Subordinated Notes referred to in the within mentioned Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement:

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,

as Fiscal and Paying Agent

By:  

LOGO

Name:   Susan Johnson
Title   Vice President
Dated: November 16, 2000

 

9

Exhibit 5.1

LOGO

 

                                                 January 31, 2007

People’s Mutual Holdings

People’s Bank

People’s United Financial, Inc.

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

 

  Re: Conversion and Stock Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the proposed registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, by the Company of an aggregate of up to 345,819,729 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Shares”), and the related preparation and filing by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) pursuant to the Amended and Restated Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank (the “Plan”). In rendering the opinion set forth below, we do not express any opinion concerning law other than the laws of the State of Delaware.

We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments, and have examined such matters of law, as we have deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of rendering the opinion set forth below. As to matters of fact, we have examined and relied upon the factual representations of the Company contained in the Registration Statement and, where we have deemed appropriate, representations or certificates of officers of the Company or public officials. We have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures,

 


People’s United Financial, Inc.

January 31, 2007

 

 

Page 2.

the legal capacity of natural persons and the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. In making our examination of any documents, we have assumed that all parties, other than the Company, had the corporate power and authority to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder, and, as to such parties, we have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, the due execution and delivery of such documents, and the validity and binding effect and enforceability thereof.

Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued as contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Plan, will be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable.

In rendering the opinion set forth above, we have not passed upon and do not purport to pass upon the application of securities or “blue-sky” laws of any jurisdiction (except federal securities laws).

We are furnishing this opinion solely in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement and this opinion is not to be relied upon for any other purpose.

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our name in the Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement under the heading “Legal and Tax Opinions.”

 

Very truly yours,

Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP

Exhibit 8.1

 

LOGO

                                         , 2007

 

People’s Mutual Holdings

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

Peoples’ Bank

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

People’s United Financial, Inc.

c/o Peoples’ Bank

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

Dear Sirs:

You have requested our opinion regarding certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the proposed conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings (“MHC”) from a federally chartered mutual holding company to a Delaware chartered and federally registered stock holding company (the “Conversion”), pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank dated as of October 26, 2006 (the “Plan”). The Conversion and its component and related transactions described below are described in the Plan and in the prospectus included in the Company’s Registration Statement filed on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Conversion (the “Prospectus”). We are rendering this opinion pursuant to Section 6.07 of the Plan. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this letter shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Prospectus.

Pursuant to the Plan, (a) MHC will convert to a stock form interim federal savings bank (“Interim A”); (b) People’s Bank (the “Bank”) will organize People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank which, upon consummation of the Plan, will become the new holding company of the Bank, and (c) the Company will organize Federal Interim Savings Bank (“Interim B”), a federally-chartered stock savings bank, as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Conversion will be effected by the following transactions:

 

 

 

New York, NY   Washington, DC   White Plains,   Summit, NJ   Mexico City, Mexico


People’s Mutual Holdings

People’s Bank

People’s United Financial, Inc.

                                , 2007

  

Page 2

(1)    the conversion of MHC from mutual form to federal interim stock savings bank form and the simultaneous merger of Interim A into the Bank, with the Bank being the surviving corporation (“Merger 1”); and

(2)    the merger of Interim B into the Bank, with the Bank being the surviving corporation (“Merger 2”).

Pursuant to Merger 1, the Bank Common Stock previously held by MHC will be cancelled, and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be granted interests in a liquidation account to be established by the Bank in an amount determined in accordance with the Plan.

Pursuant to Merger 2, (a) the Bank will recontribute its shares of the Company to the Company, which will then cancel those shares; (b) the Company’s shares of Interim B will be converted, on a one-to-one basis, into shares of Bank Common Stock; (c) all of the shares of Bank Common Stock held by the public shareholders of the Bank will automatically be converted into shares of common stock of the Company Common Stock at an exchange ratio determined in accordance with the Plan; and (d) the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

Simultaneously with the Conversion, the Company will sell additional shares of Company Stock pursuant to the Offerings, with priority subscription rights granted to persons who are depositors of the Bank dates specified in the Plan and Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans.

In connection with the opinions expressed below, we have examined and relied upon originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Plan and the Prospectus and of such corporate records of the parties to the Conversion as we have deemed appropriate. We have also relied, without independent verification, upon the                              , 2007 letter of MHC and the Bank to Thacher Proffitt and Wood LLP containing certain tax representations. We have assumed that such representations are true and that the parties to the Conversion will act in accordance with the Plan. In addition, we have made such investigations of law as we have deemed appropriate to form a basis for the opinions expressed below.

Based on and subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion that for federal income tax purposes, under current law:

1.    The conversion of MHC from mutual form to federal interim stock savings bank form will qualify as a reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), and no gain or loss will be recognized by MHC by reason of such conversion.

2.    The merger of Interim A with and into the Bank will qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code, and no gain or loss will be recognized by Interim A or by the Bank by reason of such merger.

 


People’s Mutual Holdings

People’s Bank

People’s United Financial, Inc.

                                , 2007

  

Page 3

3.    The merger of Interim B with and into the Bank pursuant to which shares of Bank Common Stock will be converted into shares of Company Common Stock will constitute a reorganization under Section 368(a)(2)(E) or Section 351 of the Code, and no gain or loss will be recognized by Interim B, the Bank or the Company by reason of such Merger.

4.    No gain or loss will be recognized by the current stockholders of the Bank upon the receipt of shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to the stock exchange, except to the extent of any cash received in lieu of a fractional share interest in the Company.

5.    The aggregate tax basis of the shares of Company Common Stock held by the current stockholders of the Bank upon the receipt of shares of Company Common Stock will be equal to the aggregate tax basis of the shares of Bank Common Stock held immediately before the stock exchange, reduced by the basis allocable to a fractional share interest in the Company for which cash is received.

6.    The holding period of the shares of Company Common Stock received by the current stockholders of the Bank in the stock exchange will include the holding period of the shares of Bank Common Stock held immediately before the stock exchange, provided that such shares of Bank Common Stock were held as a capital asset on the date of the exchange.

7.    A holder of shares of Company Common Stock who receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of Company Common Stock in the share exchange will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the portion of such holder’s tax basis of the shares of Bank Common Stock allocable to the fractional share; such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if such shares were held as a capital asset as of the date of the share exchange, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if such holder’s holding period in the shares of Bank Common Stock is more than one year on the date of the share exchange.

8.    No gain or loss will be recognized by the Company upon the sale of shares of Company Common Stock in the offering.

9.    No gain or loss will be recognized by depositors of the Bank upon the issuance to them of interests in the liquidation account in the Bank pursuant to Merger 1.

10.    It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Company Common Stock to be issued to eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other depositors is zero and accordingly, that no income will be recognized by eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other depositors upon the issuance to them of subscription rights or upon the exercise of the subscription rights.

11.    It is more likely than not that the tax basis to the holders of shares of Company Common Stock purchased in the offering pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights will be the amount paid therefor, and that the holding period for such shares of Company Common Stock will begin on the date of the completion of the offerings.

 


People’s Mutual Holdings

People’s Bank

People’s United Financial, Inc.

                                , 2007

  

Page 4

12.    The holding period for shares of Company Common Stock purchased in the syndicated offering will begin on the day after the date of purchase.

The opinions set forth in (10) and (11), above, are based on the position that the subscription rights do not have any market value at the time of distribution or at the time they are exercised. Although the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not issue rulings on whether subscription rights have a market value, we are unaware of any instance in which the IRS has taken the position that nontransferable subscription rights issued by a converting financial institution have a market value. We understand that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be nontransferable and of short duration and will afford the recipients the right only to purchase Company Common Stock at a price equal to its estimated fair market value, which will be the same price as the purchase price for the unsubscribed shares of Company Common Stock. Based on the foregoing, we believe that it is more likely than not (i.e., there is a more than a 50% likelihood) that the subscription rights have no market value for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Except as set forth above, we express no opinion to any party as to the tax consequences, whether federal, state, local or foreign, of the Conversion or of any transaction related thereto or contemplated by the Plan. We are furnishing this opinion solely in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement and this opinion is not to be relied upon for any other purpose. We consent (1) to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, (2) to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to MHC’s and the Bank’s Application for Conversion on Form AC and (3) to the reliance on this opinion by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in rendering their opinion as to the Connecticut income and franchise tax consequences of the Conversion to the extent such Connecticut tax consequences are affected by the U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed herein.

Very truly yours,

Exhibit 8.2

LOGO

January xx, 2007

Mr. Philip R. Sherringham

EVP and Chief Financial Officer

People’s Bank                                                                                                           DRAFT

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, CT 06604

Dear Mr. Sherringham:

You have requested that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) provide you with our opinion addressing certain Connecticut state income tax consequences of the proposed conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings (“MHC”) from a federally chartered mutual holding company to a Delaware chartered and federally registered stock holding company and its component and related transactions (the “Conversion”), pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank dated as of October 26, 2006 (the “Plan”). The Conversion is described in the Plan and in the prospectus included in People United Financial’s (“People’s United”) registration statement filed on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Prospectus”).

Background

MHC operates as a federally chartered mutual savings and loan holding company. MHC is the majority stockholder of People’s Bank (“Bank”) and, as such, has voting power to elect the Board of Directors of Bank. Although MHC’s primary purpose is to own the common stock of Bank, it may make other investments and undertake other banking related activities at its discretion. As of July 21, 2006, MHC owned 57.7% of Bank’s outstanding stock. MHC conducts its business activities primarily in the state of Connecticut and files stand-alone tax returns for both federal and Connecticut income tax purposes.

Bank is a federal savings bank and is the parent of an affiliated group of corporations that files a consolidated federal income tax return. It conducts banking business, including the acceptance of deposits and making of loans and, through its subsidiaries, conducts a variety of other businesses including real estate, investment management, leasing, insurance and discount brokerage. Bank conducts certain business activities in the state of Connecticut and files a combined return with its subsidiaries in the state of Connecticut. As of December 31, 2005, the combined group has net operating loss carryforwards of $693 million for Connecticut state income tax purposes.


LOGO

In August 2006, Bank converted from a Connecticut-chartered savings bank to a federally chartered savings bank. Simultaneously, MHC converted from a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company to a federally chartered savings and loan holding company. PwC rendered an opinion to MHC and Bank in June 2006 that provided, in part, that the conversion of Bank to a federal savings bank pursuant to an “F” reorganization would not extinguish or limit Bank’s ability to utilize Bank’s pre-reorganization Connecticut net operating loss carryforwards. You have represented to us that this transaction is separate and distinct from the Conversion described in the Plan and the Prospectus.

At the time the transaction is consummated MHC, Bank, and People’s United will obtain an opinion from Thacher Proffitt & Wood LLP addressing the federal income tax consequences of the transaction. You have provided us with a copy of their draft opinion in which they conclude that the transactions described therein will be treated as tax-free reorganizations or, in one instance, a capital contribution and that no tax will be incurred at the shareholder level except for gains recognized with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional shares. Their opinion also indicates that shareholders’ holding period will carry over. Their opinion reaches a more likely than not conclusion with respect to the value of subscription rights issued to depositors and that no income will be recognized as a result by eligible accountholders and others and with respect to the computation of basis of the Company Common Stock purchased. We are relying upon this opinion to form the basis of our opinion regarding the Connecticut state income consequences.

Proposed Transaction

The proposed Conversion will be conducted pursuant to and is governed by the Plan, and includes the following:

Step 1 : MHC will convert to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank, to be known as “Interim A”. This entity will simultaneously merge with and into Bank, with Bank surviving such merger.

Step 2 : The common stock of Bank that is held by MHC will be cancelled and a liquidation account will be established for the benefit of the Depositors as of specified dates.

Step 3 : People’s United Financial Inc., a newly formed state-chartered stock corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Bank (the “Company” or “People’s United”), will form a federally chartered interim stock savings bank to be known as “People’s Federal Interim Savings Bank” (“Interim B”).

Step 4 : Interim B will merge with and into Bank, with Bank surviving such merger.

Step 5 : Bank will recontribute its shares of the Company to the Company, which will then cancel these shares.

 

2


LOGO

Step 6 : The Company’s shares of Interim B will be converted, on a one-to-one basis, into shares of Bank Common Stock. The public stockholders will exchange their shares of Bank Common Stock for shares of Company Common Stock, based upon the exchange ratio. Upon consummation of the conversion, all of the Bank Common Stock will be owned by the Company and the public stockholders will own the same percentage ownership of the Company Common Stock (approximately 42.3%) as the percentage of Bank Common Stock owned by them prior to the Conversion, before giving effect to cash paid in lieu of any fractional shares, and before giving effect to any shares of Company Common Stock purchased by the Public Stockholders in the conversion.

Step 7 : The rest of the Company shares will be sold pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”). The sale of the remaining shares will be at the discretion of the MHC Board of Trustees and the Bank Board of Directors.

The consummation of the above steps will result in public ownership of 100% of Company’s stock. Company will, in turn, own 100% of the stock of Bank.

We understand that the Bank will continue to have substantial NOL carryovers for Connecticut state corporate income tax purposes as of the date of the Conversion.

Relevant Authority

IRC Section 361(b) provides that no gain or loss shall be recognized to a corporation if such corporation is a party to a reorganization and exchanges property, in pursuance of the plan of reorganization, solely for stock or securities in another corporation a party to the reorganization.

IRC Section 354 provides that no gain or loss shall be recognized by shareholders if stock or securities in a corporation a party to a reorganization are, in pursuance of the plan of reorganization, exchanged solely for stock or securities in such corporation or in another corporation a party to the reorganization.

IRC Section 368(a)(1)(F) defines one type of a reorganization as a mere change in identity, form, or place of organization of one corporation, however, effected.

IRC Section 368(a)(1)(A) defines another type of reorganization as a statutory merger or consolidation.

IRC Section 368(a)(2)(E) defines another type of reorganization as a statutory merger or consolidation wherein stock of a corporation (referred to as the “controlling corporation”), which before the merger was in control of the merged corporation, is used in the transaction if after the transaction, the corporation surviving the merger holds substantially all of its

 

3


LOGO

properties and of the properties of the merged corporation (other than stock of the controlling corporation distributed in the transaction); and in the transaction, former shareholders of the surviving corporation exchanged, for an amount of voting stock of the controlling corporation, an amount of stock in the surviving corporation which constitutes control of such corporation.

IRC Section 351 generally provides that no gain or loss shall be recognized if property is transferred to a corporation by one or more persons solely in exchange for stock in such corporation and immediately after the exchange such person or persons are in control (as defined in IRC Section 368(c)) of the corporation.

Section 12-214(a)(1) of the Connecticut General Statute (“CGS”) generally provides that every company carrying on, or having the right to carry on, business in the state of Connecticut shall pay tax measured by entire net income. Entire net income includes gross income, which in accordance with CGS Section 12-213 generally means gross income as defined in the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”).

CGS Section 12-213(a)(23) provides that Internal Revenue Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any subsequent internal revenue code of the United States, as from time to time amended, effective and in force on the last day of the income year. By adopting the federal Internal Revenue Code, Connecticut has conformed its treatment of corporate reorganizations to the federal treatment. However, Connecticut does not incorporate several of the corporate carryover sections, i.e., sections 381 through 385. Rather, Connecticut law with respect to corporate attributes and net operating loss carryovers has developed through case law and administrative rulings.

In general, Connecticut provides for the deduction of a Connecticut net operating loss (NOL) in income years subsequent to the year such NOL is generated. CGS Sec. 12-217. Connecticut’s NOL provision (CGS Sec. 12-217(4)) does not specifically address whether net operating losses of a merging entity survive in a corporate reorganization. The Connecticut statute grants the Commissioner the authority to promulgate regulations relating to mergers or consolidations of corporations providing for the deduction, by the surviving corporation in the planned merger, of operating losses that were incurred by a merging corporation. CGS Sec. 12-217(d). To date, such regulations have not been promulgated.

Connecticut courts have addressed the matter of a carryover of a merging entity’s net operating loss (i.e., an entity that does not survive the merger) in a number of cases, and generally have applied a continuity of business enterprise test, which was originally established by the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision in Libson Shops, Inc. v. Koehler , 353 U.S. 382 (1957) and followed by several Connecticut court cases. 1

 

 

 


1 Thermatool Corporation v. Department of Rev. Serv. , 43 Conn. Supp. 260 (Conn. Superior Ct., 1994); Cunningham Group, Inc. v. Commissioner of Rev. Serv. , 45 Conn. Supp. 202 (Conn. Superior Ct. 1997); Grade A Market, Inc. v. Commissioner of Rev. Serv. , 44 Conn. Supp. 377 (Conn. Superior Ct. 1996).

 

4


LOGO

Among the rulings Connecticut has issued, two rulings (Letter Ruling 93-23 and 97-3) address the treatment of net operating losses when corporations that have net operating loss carryovers are parties to a reorganization or merger. In Letter Ruling 93-23, Connecticut ruled that since the corporation with a net operating loss carryover was the surviving entity in a merger, it was entitled to use its pre-merger net operating loss carryover to offset post-merger income. In this Ruling, Connecticut acknowledged that nothing in CGS Section 12-217 prohibits surviving corporations from deducting pre-merger NOLs generated by such taxpayers from future income of the merged corporation.

Letter Ruling 97-3 took a more expansive view permitting the net operating loss carryover of a corporation that did not survive the merger to be used to offset post-merger income applying a continuity of business enterprise analysis.

Conversion of MHC

The conversion of MHC from a federally chartered mutual holding company to a federally chartered interim stock savings bank (“Interim A”) contemplates that the legal existence of MHC will not terminate and Interim A will be a continuation of MHC. Since this transaction will involve the change in form of organization and involves only one corporation, it will meet the definition of a type “F” reorganization.

Merger of Interim A into Bank

The merger of Interim A with and into Bank will be accomplished through a statutory merger with Bank as the surviving entity. Since this transaction will involve the statutory merger of two corporations, it will meet the definition of a type “A” reorganization.

Merger of Interim B into Bank

The merger of Interim B with and into Bank will be accomplished through a statutory merger with Bank as the surviving entity. As part of this transaction, shares of Bank common stock will be converted into shares of Company common stock as described in the Plan. Since this transaction will involve the statutory merger of two corporations wherein stock of the controlling corporation (Bank) is used in the transaction and after the transaction the surviving corporation (Bank) will hold all of its properties and all of the properties of the merger corporation (Interim B) and the former shareholders of surviving corporation (Bank) will exchange an amount of stock in the surviving corporation (Bank), which constitutes control, for an amount of voting stock of the controlling corporation (Bank), it will meet the definition of a type “A” reorganization.

Alternatively, this transaction could be viewed as a contribution of the Bank common stock to the Company in exchange for Company common stock, after which Company will control Bank, which will meet the general requirements of IRC Section 351.

 

5


LOGO

Effect on MHC, Bank and the shareholders of Bank

Since Connecticut follows the federal treatment of the transactions described, MHC, Bank and the shareholders of the Bank will not recognize gain or loss on the transactions. In addition, since the Bank will maintain its legal entity status throughout the Conversion (i.e., it is the surviving entity in the transactions described), following Ruling 93-23 its NOLs should survive without limitation.

Effect on the mutual interest holders of MHC

Since Connecticut follows the federal treatment, it is more likely than not that that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Company Common Stock to be issued to eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other depositors is zero and accordingly, that no income will be recognized by eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other depositors upon the issuance to them of subscription rights or upon the exercise of the subscription rights.

Conclusions

Based on our review of the facts as represented to us and relevant statutory, judicial, and administrative authority and relying on the federal tax opinion issued by Thacher, Proffitt & Wood LLP, subject to caveats and limitations expressed in this letter, it is our opinion that in accordance with Connecticut’s income tax provisions:

 

  1. The conversion of MHC from mutual form to federal interim stock savings bank form will constitute a reorganization for federal income tax purposes under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the IRC, and, therefore, will be treated as a tax-free reorganization for Connecticut income tax purposes;

 

  2. The merger of Interim A with and into Bank will constitute a reorganization under IRC Section 368(a)(1)(A) and, therefore, will be treated as a tax-free reorganization for Connecticut income tax purposes;

 

  3. The merger of Interim B with and into Bank, pursuant to which shares of Bank common stock will be converted into shares of Company common stock, will constitute a reorganization under IRC Section 368(a)(2)(E) or a contribution under IRC Section 351 and, therefore, will be treated as a tax-free reorganization or tax-free contribution for Connecticut income tax purposes;

 

  4. No gain or loss will be recognized by the current stockholders of the Bank upon receipt of shares of Company common stock pursuant to the exchange of Bank common stock for Company common stock, except to the extent of any cash received in lieu of fractional share interests in the Company, for Connecticut income tax purposes;

 

6


LOGO

 

  5. The aggregate tax basis of the shares of Company Common Stock held by the current stockholders of the Bank upon the receipt of shares of Company Common Stock will be equal to the aggregate tax basis of the shares of Bank Common Stock held immediately before the stock exchange, reduced by the basis allocable to a fractional share interest in the Company for which cash is received, for Connecticut income tax purposes;

 

  6. The holding period of the shares of Company Common Stock received by the current stockholders of the Bank in the stock exchange will include the holding period of the shares of Bank Common Stock held immediately before the stock exchange;

 

  7. A holder of shares of Company Common Stock who receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of Company Common Stock in the share exchange will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the portion of such holder’s tax basis of the shares of Bank Common Stock allocable to the fractional share;

 

  8. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Company upon the sale of shares of Company Common Stock in the offering for Connecticut income tax purposes;

 

  9. No gain or loss will be recognized by depositors of the Bank upon the issuance to them of interests in the liquidation account in the Bank pursuant to conversion and merger described in conclusions 1 and 2 above for Connecticut income tax purposes;

 

  10. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Company Common Stock to be issued to eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other depositors is zero and accordingly, that no income will be recognized by eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other depositors upon the issuance to them of subscription rights or upon the exercise of the subscription rights for Connecticut income tax purposes;

 

  11. It is more likely than not that the tax basis to the holders of shares of Company Common Stock purchased in the offering pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights will be the amount paid therefore, and that the holding period for such shares of Company Common Stock will begin on the date of the completion of the offerings;

 

  12. The holding period for shares of Company common stock purchased will begin on the day after the date of purchase for Connecticut income tax purposes; and

 

  13. The Connecticut net operating loss carryovers of the Bank will survive the Conversion without limitation for Connecticut income tax purposes.

Caveats and Limitations

Our reference to the federal tax treatment of the transactions detailed above is solely for the purpose of reaching a conclusion on the Connecticut treatment of the transactions. We are

 

7


LOGO

aware that you have obtained an opinion of Thacher, Proffitt & Wood LLP as to the federal tax treatment of the transactions and we have not been engaged for the purpose of rendering an opinion on the federal tax consequences of the transactions.

We have assumed that the representations made by the Bank, MHC, and People’s United in their letter to us dated January xx, 2007 are true and will continue to be true at Closing, and that each of Bank, MHC, and People’s United will act in accordance with the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of People’s Mutual Holdings and People’s Bank dated as of October 26, 2006.

The conclusions reached in this opinion represent and are based upon our best judgment regarding the application of federal and Connecticut income tax laws arising under the Internal Revenue Code and the Connecticut general statutes, respectively, judicial decisions, administrative regulations, published rulings, and other tax authorities existing as of the date of this opinion. This opinion is not binding upon the Internal Revenue Service, the Connecticut Department of Revenue Services, or any relevant courts, and there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service or the Connecticut Department of Revenue Services will not successfully assert a contrary position. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that future legislative or administrative changes, on either a prospective or retroactive basis, would not adversely affect the accuracy of the conclusions stated herein. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP undertakes no responsibility to advise any party or shareholder of any new developments in the application or interpretation of the federal and Connecticut income tax laws.

This opinion does not address any federal or state tax consequences of the transactions set forth herein, or transactions related or proximate to such transactions, except as specifically set forth herein. This opinion does not address any local, foreign, or other tax consequences that may result from any of the transactions set forth herein, or transactions related to such transactions.

This opinion is based upon the representations, documents, facts, and assumptions that have been included or referenced herein and the assumption that such information is accurate, true, and authentic. This opinion does not address any transactions other than those described herein. This opinion does not address any transactions whatsoever if all the transactions described herein are [were] not consummated as described herein without waiver or breach of any material provision thereof or if the assumptions set forth herein are not true and accurate at all relevant times. In the event any one of the facts or assumptions is incorrect, in whole or in part, the conclusions reached in this opinion might be adversely affected.

This document was not intended or written to be used, and it cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding U.S. federal, state or local tax penalties.

 

8


LOGO

Consent to filing

We consent (1) to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 and (2) to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to MHC’s and the Bank’s Application for Conversions on Form AC.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

9

EXHIBIT 10.1

Executive Employment Agreement, dated effective June 1,1999, between

People’s Bank and John A. Klein

 


EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made effective as of June 1,1999 (the “Effective Date”), between PEOPLE’S BANK, (“Company”), a Connecticut capital stock savings bank, and JOHN A. KLEIN (“Executive”) of Trumbull, Connecticut.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the following mutual promises, Company and Executive, each intending legally to be bound, agree as follows:

Section 1. Background . Executive has been an employee of Company for more than twenty-five years and has served in a variety of positions, most recently that of Executive Vice President. On May 20, 1999, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) elected Executive to the position of President effective June 1, 1999, and further provided that Executive shall become Chief Executive Officer effective October 1, 1999, and become Chairman of the Board as well effective January 1,2000. Executive and Company have had no written employment contract prior hereto, but Executive and Company have prior hereto entered into an agreement dealing with change in control of Company. The Board has authorized an Employment Agreement with Executive, the terms of which are incorporated herein.

Section 2. Contract of Employment . Company employs Executive and Executive accepts his employment as an officer of Company, the functions, responsibilities, authority and other incidents of which are described in Section 4 hereof.

Section 3. Employment Period .

(a) General . The term of Executive’s employment (the “Employment Period”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until the earliest to occur of:

(i) termination of the Executive’s employment in accordance with any provisions of Section 8 hereof;

(ii) December 31, 2002 or any later December 31 if prior to such December 31 and in accordance with Subsection 3b Company shall have notified Executive or Executive shall have notified Company of its or his election to terminate the Employment Period;

(iii) December 31,2014; or

(iv) the date of Executive’s death.

(b) Annual Extensions . After December 31, 2002 and until termination in accordance with the provisions of either Section 3a(iii) or Section 8 hereof, or Executive’s death, the Employment Period shall automatically continue for successive calendar year periods commencing on January 1, 2003 and January 1 of each year thereafter and ending on December 31st of such year, unless either Company or Executive shall have notified the other party of its or his election to terminate the Employment Period in a written notice delivered no later than June 30th


of 2002 or prior to the June 30th of any later year to which the Employment Period is automatically extended under this Subsection 3b in which event the Employment Period shall terminate upon December 31st of the year in which such written statement is so delivered.

Section 4. Position, Title and Duties .

(a) Duties and Reporting . During the entire Employment Period Executive shall serve as President and commencing on October 1, 1999 he shall act as Chief Executive Officer. From October 1, 1999 and through the completion of the Employment Period, Executive shall have principal executive authority in the management and operations of Company’s entire business and affairs and shall exercise general leadership and supervision of such business and affairs and of Company’s officers and employees subject to the overall control and direction of the Board. Until October 1, 1999 Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer, and thereafter during the Employment Period he shall report to the Board.

(b) Titles . From the Effective Date through September 30, 1999, Executive shall have the title of President, during the remainder of 1999 he shall have the titles of President and Chief Executive Officer, and from January 1,2000 through the end of the Employment Period, he shall have the titles of President, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.

(c) Board Member . Company shall employ all reasonable efforts to cause Executive to serve as a member of the Board, as a member of its Executive Committee, and as a member of the Board of Trustees of Company’s parent and any Executive Committee thereof.

(d) Powers . Executive shall have all executive, managerial and administrative powers which may be incident to or necessary for the effective exercise of such executive authority, subject only to supervision and policy directions of the Chief Executive Officer, and the Board or any committee thereof through September 30,1999, and the supervision and policy directions of the Board or any committee thereof from October 1, 1999 through the end of the Employment Period. Executive also shall have and may exercise such other powers and authority, and shall assume, carry out and discharge such other managerial duties or responsibilities, as from time to time may be conferred upon and assigned or delegated to him by the Board, provided that such additional duties and responsibilities are fair and reasonable under all relevant circumstances, and are not inconsistent with or inappropriate to his position at such time.

(e) Full Time and Best Efforts . During the Employment Period, Executive shall devote substantially his entire time, attention, energies, skill, abilities, and best efforts during usual business hours or additional times as his duties and responsibilities may reasonably necessitate in carrying out such duties and responsibilities. In fulfilling his responsibilities under this Agreement, Executive will perform, observe and comply with all ethical standards, rules and restrictions which are presently imposed, or from time to time hereafter may be imposed by Company upon its Senior Officers.

Section 5. Fair Dealing, Protection of Confidential Information and Associated Matters .

(a) Exclusivity of Employment . Without limiting the provisions of Subsection 4e during the Employment Period Executive shall not:

 

2


  (i) directly or indirectly engage in, provide or commit himself to provide any personal services to or for the benefit of, or have any comparable involvement with, any business or commercial activity other than the business of Company, whether or not such other activity is pursued for gain or profit except as is consistent with general Board policies as they may be communicated to Executive from time to time.

 

  (ii) acquire control of, or become associated with any person or persons who may be in a control relationship with, or either acquire or retain a material financial interest in, any organization or activity that in any manner competes or is known to have planned to compete, directly or indirectly, with Company or any of its subsidiaries or that is or may reasonably be expected to become a supplier to or customer of Company.

For purposes of this Agreement:

 

  (iii) the term “associate”, and any variation thereof, when used in reference to another person or organization, refers to the acquisition or retention of or engaging in any significant personal service, financial or business relationship with such other person or organization; and

 

  (iv) the term “control”, and any variation thereof, means the power to control, dominate, or materially influence the management or policies of a person or organization.

(b) Protection of Non-public Information . Except in performance of his duties hereunder on Company’s behalf, Executive shall neither use for himself or for persons other than Company, nor publish or otherwise disclose to any person not under a legal obligation of trust or confidence to Company, any confidential information (defined below) that has been or may be developed by or for, or disclosed to Company, or in which property rights have been or will be assigned or otherwise provided to Company and which is non-public information that has or is expected to have actual or potential economic value to Company or its customers. Nothing contained in this Subsection 5b, however, shall be construed as imposing restraints upon Executive’s use of any information which is or is made publicly available by Company or is or has been rightfully obtained by Executive from persons other than Company where such persons are under no obligation of trust or confidence to Company.

(c) Use and Return of Materials . At the termination of his employment Executive shall return to the Company the originals and all copies of correspondence, memoranda, records and other materials that he has in his possession or otherwise controls and that relate to any of the matters encompassed by this Section 5. At no time will Executive copy or otherwise duplicate for his personal use, or remove from the offices of Company, any such correspondence, memoranda, records, or other materials except as such duplication or removal may relate to the carrying out of his duties as set forth herein.

 

3


(d) Non-solicitation . Both during the Employment Period and during the twenty-four (24) successive months that begin on termination of the Employment Period (the “Restriction Period”), Executive shall not directly or indirectly solicit or otherwise attempt to induce or encourage any employee, customer, or supplier of Company to terminate his, her or its relationship with Company.

(e) Competitive Restrictions . During the Restriction Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly engage in, or have any financial interest in, any organization or activity which directly or indirectly competes with Company and which seeks to obtain as customers, persons or organizations (i) which have been customers of Company within the twelve month period preceding such termination; or (ii) Executive knows or should know Company has solicited or plans within the twelve months after the date of termination plans to solicit for orders of goods and services. During the Restriction Period, Executive shall not solicit, induce or encourage any of Company’s other employees to engage in any activity which, were it done by Executive, would violate any provision of this Agreement. The foregoing restrictions shall apply whether Executive is acting or intends to act solely for his own account, as a member of a partnership, syndicate or joint venture, as an employee, agent, or representative of or distributor far any person, as an officer, director, advisor, consultant or shareholder of any corporation, company or association, as a member of any business trust or unincorporated organization, or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may invest in shares of stocks issued by any such entity which is publicly owned and whose shares are regularly traded on a public exchange, provided Executive’s total interest therein is less than 1/2% of the total of any class of such shares.

(f) Non-disparagement . Except as may be otherwise required pursuant to judicial process or governmental investigation during the Employment Period and the Restriction Period, Executive shall avoid releasing any information or making any oral or written statement which disparages Company, its public-spiritedness, its business, its management or its general reputation.

(g) Company’s Rights to Injunctive Relief . Company and Executive agree that the provisions of this Section 5 in the aggregate and each of them individually are fair and reasonable to protect the legitimate interests of Company without unduly restricting Executive’s activities after termination of his employment hereunder and without unreasonably depriving society of the contributions Executive may make to it. Further Executive agrees that violation of such restrictions by him would cause irreparable injury to Company for which money damages would be an inadequate remedy. Therefore Executive and Company agree that in order to protect Company’s interests recognized in this Section 5, Company needs and shall be entitled to seek equitable and injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Section 5 and prevent any breach thereof by Executive. This right to seek equitable and injunctive relief is in addition to all other rights and remedies Company has and shall not be defeated or limited by Executive’s option under Section 11 to elect arbitration as to any dispute or controversy not pertaining to equitable or injunctive relief.

(h) Inclusion of Affiliates . References to Company in paragraphs a through g hereof shall include Company, People’s Mutual Holdings, Inc., and any other corporation or other entity which controls Company, or which is controlled by Company, or which is under common control with Company and any such other corporation or entity may enforce the provisions of this Section 5 including the obtaining of injunctive relief.

 

4


Section 6. Disability . Executive shall not be deemed to have breached his obligations under this Agreement as a result of any temporary inability to render services by reason of ill health, disease, accident or other similar cause beyond his reasonable control and he shall be entitled to full basic compensation during any such period. Any such inability shall be deemed temporary for any period of up to twelve months and, in the event of any such disability, his right to compensation and benefits hereunder shall continue for twelve months even if at the outset it appears likely that such disability will continue for more than twelve months.

Section 7. Compensation .

(a) Basic Compensation . Executive shall be entitled to basic compensation of $400,000 per annum during the Employment Period payable in installments in accordance with Company’s general practice of payment of Senior Officers’ compensation. Effective January 1, 2000 Executive’s basic compensation shall be reviewed by the Human Resources Committee of the Board for such increase as it deems appropriate to reflect the increases in Executive’s responsibilities and changes in offices from the Effective Date. Thereafter, such basic compensation shall be subject to adjustment from time to time by the Human Resources Committee as approved by the Board.

(b) Bonus and Incentive Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in any bonus or incentive compensation plan or plans with respect to Company’s Senior Officers presently maintained by Company (as long as so maintained) and any such plan adopted hereafter. Any bonus or incentive compensation payable to Executive under any such plan shall be determined in accordance with the evaluation process and any other procedures in effect at such time with respect to participation therein by other Senior Officers modified as deemed appropriate by Company.

(c) Options . On May 20, 1999, Executive was granted options expiring May 19, 2009 (except as hereinafter provided), to purchase 50,000 shares of Company’s Common Stock at $31.046875 per share. As provided by the terms of the stock option grant, Executive shall forfeit all of such options in the event his employment with Company shall terminate for any reason prior to May 20, 2000, and Executive shall forfeit one-half of such options in the event his employment with Company shall terminate for any reason on or after May 20, 2000 and prior to May 20, 2001. Executive’s rights to exercise such options, to the extent such rights have not been forfeited as a result of termination of Executive’s employment prior to May 20, 2001, shall be subject to the terms of Company’s 1998 Long Term Incentive Plan as amended (the “1998 LTIP”), except that in the event the Executive’s employment terminates at any time and not as a result of Good Cause as defined in Subsection 8b hereof, or his disability, such options, to the extent not forfeited as a result of termination prior to May 20, 2001, shall be exercisable until May 19, 2009. If the Executive’s employment by Company terminates as a result of his disability, such options, to the extent not forfeited as a result of termination of Executive’s employment prior to May 20, 2001, shall be exercisable for a period of three years after such termination (but not beyond May 19, 2009), provided that in the event of Executive’s death within such three year period, a period ending 12 months after death shall be substituted for such three year period.

 

5


(d) 401k and Supplemental Savings Plans . During the Employment Period, as long as Executive otherwise meets the requirements of participation under the People’s Bank 401k Employee Savings Plan (the “401k Plan”), and the People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan (the “Supplemental Savings Plan”), a non-qualified deferred compensation plan, Executive shall be entitled to participate therein in accordance with any election made by him thereunder with respect to employee salary reduction contributions and his salary reduction contributions shall be matched in accordance with the provisions of the 401k Plan and the Supplemental Savings Plan. Any such amounts of salary reduction (but not Bank) contributions so elected shall nevertheless be included in determining whether or not the Bank has satisfied the requirements for compensation set forth in Subsection 7a hereof.

(e) Defined Benefit Plans

(i) During the Employment Period, Executive shall continue to be a participant under the People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) and the People’s Bank CAP Excess Plan and The People’s Bank Senior Enhanced Pension Plan (the two of which are collectively herein referred to as the “SERP”) as long as he meets the respective requirements of participation of the Retirement Plan and the SERP.

(ii) In the event the Employment Period terminates after December 31, 2009 and prior to Executive attaining age sixty-five and such termination is not by Company for Good Cause hereof (whether or not if by Executive and not for Good Reason hereof), Executive shall be entitled to receive monthly payments commencing immediately in the amount of his full monthly accrued pension benefit under the Retirement Plan and the SERP without actuarial reduction for early commencement of benefit payments;

(iii) In the event Executive’s employment is terminated after May 31, 2005 either (a) by Company other than for Good Cause or (b) by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive monthly payments immediately at any time on or after such date in the amount of his full monthly accrued pension benefit under the Retirement Plan and the SERP, provided however, that if Executive so elects to receive monthly benefits such pension benefits shall be calculated by multiplying the actuarial reduction factors for early commencement of benefits that would otherwise be applicable by the percentages stated in the following provisions of this (iii). If such termination described in the last preceding sentence is during a period shown in Column A then the percentage of applicable actual actuarial reduction for early commencement of retirement benefits provided pursuant to this Paragraph e shall be the percentage indicated in Column B opposite such period:

 

Column A    Column B
If such termination is during the period set forth below:    Percentage of otherwise applicable actuarial reduction
After May 31,2005, and prior to June 1,2006    80%
After May 31,2006, and prior to June 1,2007    60%
After May 31,2007, and prior to June 1,2008    40%
After May 31,2008, and prior to June 1,2009    20%
After May 31,2009    0

 

6


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive commences his pension benefits under the Retirement Plan during the period he is receiving severance under Section 8(f)(i), the less severe early retirement reduction provided in this Section 7(e)(iii) shall not apply to either the calculation of the pension or SERP benefits until after the Benefit Term, as defined in Section 8(f)(i).

(iv) In the event any benefits described in subparagraphs (ii) or (iii) become payable in a form other than a single life annuity payable monthly over Executive’s lifetime, they shall be actuarially adjusted to reflect such form. To the extent such amounts are not paid from funds held under the Retirement Plan or any Trust Fund established in connection with the SERP, they shall be paid directly by Company. Further, to the extent a period of disability described in Section 6 hereof is not included for benefit computation purposes under the Retirement Plan or the SERP or both, Executive and his beneficiary (if any) shall be entitled to additional payments (if any) which would have been payable had the portion of such period of disability and compensation paid for such period not so included been included in computing his accrued Retirement Plan and SERP benefits.

(f) Other Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits during the Employment Period on a basis similar to that generally provided to other Senior Officers of Company:

 

  (i) Hospitalization, major medical, surgical and dental insurance coverage;

 

  (ii) Life insurance coverage including Company’s split-dollar insurance program;

 

  (iii) Any other employee benefit plan presently provided or hereafter adopted generally for Company’s Senior Officers; and

 

  (iv) Any other program or perquisite generally offered Company’s Senior Officers including, but not limited to, automobile availability, financial planning, and similar programs.

(g) Right to Terminate Plans .

 

  (i)

Company reserves the right to terminate or change the terms or conditions of any fringe benefit welfare plan or pension plan, including the Savings Plan, the Supplemental Savings Plan, the Retirement Plan or the SERP or any other perquisite at any time, and from time to time. Except as provided in clause (ii) of this Subsection 7g, the provisions of this Section 7 are intended merely to protect Executive’s rights to participate in any such plans or

 

7


 

programs in accordance with the provisions otherwise applicable to Senior Officers and are not intended as, and shall not constitute, a guaranty or undertaking by Company to maintain such plans during the Employment Period; and

 

  (ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (i) of this Subsection 7g, in the event of termination of, or change in the terms or conditions of, the Retirement Plan or SERP or both, Executive shall be entitled nevertheless to receive benefits in accordance with Subsection 7e and clause (iii) of Subsection 8f hereof computed as if both the Retirement Plan and the SERP had continued unchanged in their respective terms and conditions in the event such benefits would be of greater value than the benefits so payable computed in accordance with the actual terms and conditions of the Retirement Plan and the SERP.

(h) Proration of Payments . If the Employment Period ends on a day that precedes the last accounting day of a fiscal or compensation period, any amounts payable to Executive under this Section 7 for that period shall be reduced in accordance with a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of days of the period during which the Employment Period was in effect and the denominator shall be the number of days comprising the entirety of such fiscal or compensation period.

(i) Expenses . Company shall reimburse Executive for all ordinary, necessary and reasonable expenses he incurs in connection with his office hereunder, provided that such expenses are accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by Company from time to time.

(j) Vacations and Holidays . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to vacation in each calendar year in accordance with Company’s established vacation policies for its Senior Officers (which are subject to change from time to time). Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays afforded by Company to its executives.

Section 8. Termination . The parties hereto agree that the following provisions exclusively shall govern the termination of Executive’s employment prior to the end of the Employment Period:

(a) Company’s Right of Termination Without Good Cause . Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment and his obligations under this Agreement (except his obligations specified in Subsections 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e, and 5f hereof), and Company’s obligations (except its obligations specified hereinafter in the following subsections of this Section 8), without Good Cause, or without other reason for termination, effective as of the day next following delivery of a written notice from Company to Executive, setting forth its election to terminate Executive’s employment under this Subsection 8a or any later day selected by Company.

(b) Termination for Good Cause . Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for “Good Cause”, and Executive shall not be entitled to any payments

 

8


other than those provided by Subsection 8e hereof. Such termination shall be evidenced by written notice delivered to Executive, unequivocally stating Company’s decision to terminate Executive’s employment under this Subsection 8b and specifying the Good Cause for such termination. Such termination shall be effective upon such delivery. For purposes hereof, subject to the provisions of Section 9 hereof, the term “Good Cause” means one or more of the following:

 

  (i) Subject to the provisions of (vi) of this Section 8b Executive’s indictment or the institution of other legal proceedings directed to obtaining his conviction for a crime involving moral turpitude;

 

  (ii) The issuance of a court order, judgment or decree enjoining or having the effect of preventing Executive from engaging in any conduct or activity that forms a material part of his duties hereunder as a result of Executive’s action or failure to act which the Board determines Executive knew to be unlawful;

 

  (iii) The Board finding a substantial and material failure by Executive to perform any duty he has agreed in this Agreement to perform or to comply with any other provision of this Agreement, after Executive has been notified that in the opinion of the Board or any committee of the Board there has been such a failure and has been given an opportunity to appear before the Board, it being recognized business conditions may require suspension by the Executive Committee before notice and appearance before the Board by the Executive;

 

  (iv) Executive’s commission of an act of fraud, deception or dishonesty when acting for Company, or under circumstances in which Executive knows his act is wrongful, and such act materially harms or may reasonably be expected to harm materially Company or its businesses in some materially determinable respect;

 

  (v) Executive’s inability to perform his duties hereunder by reason of ill health, disease, accident or other similar cause beyond his control for a period of twelve months during an elapsed period of time of twelve to twenty-four months; or

 

  (vi) In the event of Executive’s indictment or the institution of other legal proceedings described in (i) hereof, the Board may suspend Executive from office and excuse him from some or all of his duties hereunder, but in all events his payment of compensation shall continue hereunder for one year or, if earlier, (A) his conviction, or (B) entry of a plea of nolo contendere or similar plea, or (C) the grant of pre-trial diversion such as the grant of accelerated rehabilitation; provided, however, upon any such conviction in Court and regardless of any later decision of any Appellate Court or other plea, Executive shall return and repay all compensation paid to him from the date of such indictment or institution of such other legal proceedings.

 

9


(c) Executive’s Right of Termination Without Good Reason . Executive shall have the right to terminate his employment and his obligations under this Agreement (except his obligations specified in Subsections 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e, and 5f hereof) without Good Reason or without other reason for termination, effective as of the 180th day next following delivery of a written notice from Executive to Company, setting forth his election to terminate employment under Subsection 8a or any later day selected by Executive and agreed to by Company.

(d) Termination for Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment and his obligations under this Agreement (except his obligations under Subsections 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e, and 5f hereof) at any time for “Good Reason”. Such termination shall be evidenced by written notice of Executive’s election to terminate, delivered to Company and specifying the Good Reason for such termination. Such termination shall be effective on the thirtieth (30th) day after such delivery. For purposes of this Agreement, subject to the provisions of Section 9 hereof, the term “Good Reason” means:

 

  (i) any act or omission by Company that constitutes a material breach of this Agreement and is not under Executive’s control, unless Company shall have ceased, and, if practicable and reasonable, corrected and cured all adverse effects of such breach within thirty (30) days after Executive delivers written notice to Company describing the facts constituting such breach; or

 

  (ii) any purported termination of Executive’s employment by Company that is not effected in accordance with whichever of Subsections 8a or 8b hereof is applicable.

(e) Compensation Following Termination for Good Cause or Without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment with Company is terminated for Good Cause as defined in Subsection 8b hereof or by Executive without Good Reason, Company shall pay Executive only the amounts set forth in (i) through (iv) below:

 

  (i) On or before the executive payroll date next following the day on which such termination becomes effective (the “Termination Date”), an amount equal to that proportion of Executive’s annual basic compensation, at the rate then in effect, determinable under Subsection 7a hereof which is accrued and unpaid as of the Termination Date;

 

  (ii) With reasonable promptness following the Termination Date, reimbursement for all expenses subject to reimbursement under Subsection 7i hereof,

 

  (iii)

With reasonable promptness following the Termination Date, the amount allocable to unused vacation days earned by Executive under

 

10


 

Subsection 7j hereof, computed in accordance with Company policy generally applicable to unused vacation pay of its Senior Officers; and

 

  (iv) Any payments payable under the Supplemental Savings Plan and the SERP and only in the event termination is not by Company for Good Cause, any supplemental payment provided for in Subsection 7e(ii).

(f) Other Terminations by Company or Executive . (i) In the event Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 8 by Company without Good Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, or (ii) in the event Company serves notice of termination pursuant to Subsection 3b hereof, Executive shall be entitled to the amounts described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of Subsection 8e hereof and in addition thereto compensation and benefits described in this Subsection 8f as follows:

 

  (i) Company shall pay Executive following the Termination Date and during the Benefit Term Executive’s annual basic compensation at the rate then in effect in accordance with its pay practices plus his annual short term incentive pay at a rate which assumes he would meet the target that was last in effect. The “Benefit Term” is a period beginning with the Termination Date and ending on the earliest of (a) the day immediately preceding the third anniversary of the Termination Date or (b) December 31,2014 or (c) Executive’s death.

 

  (ii ) Company shall further pay Executive during the Benefit Term an amount equal to 150% of the amounts which the total Company matching contributions to the 401K Plan plus matching contributions to the Supplemental Savings Plan would be with respect to the amounts described in clause (i) of this Subsection 8f if such amounts qualified as compensation from which employee deferrals could be made into such Plans and if Executive continued to make such elections in accordance with such elections last made by the Executive.

 

  (iii)

From and after the end of the Benefit Term, Company shall further make payments (collectively, the “Pension Supplement”) to Executive and his Beneficiary (if any) each time a payment is made to either pursuant to the Retirement Plan or the SERP, and each Pension Supplement payment will equal the excess of the amount such payment would have been had Executive continued in Company’s employ during the Benefit Term and received basic compensation and short term incentive pay during such period as an employee of Company in the amounts determined under clause (i) of this Subsection 8f over (A) the actual amount of such payments, or if greater (B) the amounts that such payments would have been had Executive not commenced those payments until the end of the Benefit Term. In calculating the Pension Supplement, the percentage

 

11


 

adjustments to the actuarial reductions provided for in Subsection 7(e) shall apply, but those percentage adjustments shall not apply to any Retirement Plan payments or SERP payments made to the Executive during the Benefit Term. In addition, if the Executive commences his Retirement Plan and SERP payments during the Benefit Term, the inclusion of basic compensation and short term incentive pay (provided for in clause (i) above) in the calculation of the Pension Supplement shall only occur after the expiration of the Benefit Term.

 

  (iv) Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payments provided for by this Agreement by seeking employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation or benefit earned by Executive after termination of his employment.

 

  (v) Payments pursuant to the provisions of clauses (i) through (iv) of this Subsection 8f shall cease in the event Executive substantially and materially breaches any of the provisions of Subsections 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e or 5f hereof; but nothing in this (v) shall limit any other legal or equitable remedies Company may have.

 

  (vi) For purposes of the provisions of this Section 8f only and not for purposes of any other provisions hereof, Executive shall be deemed to have substantially breached any of the provisions of Subsection 5d, or 5e hereof only if Company notifies Executive in writing of the action or course of actions or failure to act or course of failures to act it deems to be a breach of any one or more of such provisions, and if Executive fails to comply with such provisions within fifteen (15) days of receipt of such notice or within such fifteen (15) day period fails to cease fully such actions or course of actions which constitute any and all such breaches; provided in all events Executive shall be subject to injunctive relief and monetary damages as a result of any such conduct to the same extent as he would be without regard to the provisions of this (vi).

 

  (vii ) Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits pursuant to this Subsection 8f, unless he first duly executes a release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and the revocation period therein expires without its being revoked.

Section 9. Change in Control .

(a) General Option . Executive and Company have entered into an agreement dated the 17th day of February, 1994 and entitled “Agreement for Compensation on Discharge Subsequent to a Change in Control” (the “Change in Control Agreement”) the term of which has been extended to February 17, 2004. It is agreed that in the event there is a termination of the

 

12


employment of Executive with Company and as a result of such termination Executive would but for any election pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9, become entitled to payment under the Change in Control Agreement, he shall within ninety (90) days of such termination elect to receive either (a) all of the payments and other benefits provided for by the terms of this Agreement or (b) all of the payments and other benefits provided for by the provisions of the Change in Control Agreement; but in no event shall he be entitled to benefits under this Agreement and any provision of the Change in Control Agreement. Further, in the event Executive elects to receive payments and benefits under this Agreement or under the Change in Control Agreement, he shall be entitled to no other payments or damages for termination of employment. It is further agreed that notice by Company that its election to terminate this Agreement as provided in Subsection 3b hereof shall be deemed a discharge for purposes of applying the provisions of the Change in Control Agreement. In the event, Executive elects to receive payments and benefits pursuant to the provisions of the Change in Control Agreement and it is subsequently determined that he is not entitled to benefits thereunder but there is no determination that he was discharged for cause for purposes of the Change in Control Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to payments and benefits pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement if and to the extent that but for such election he would have been so entitled.

(b) Change in Definitions Hereunder . In the event of a Change in Control as defined by the present provisions of the Change in Control Agreement, then for purposes of applying this Agreement, Executive shall be deemed discharged for Good Cause hereunder if, and only if he is deemed to have been discharged “for cause” for purposes of applying the present provisions of the Change in Control Agreement whether or not such present Change in Control Agreement has been amended or revoked; and he shall be deemed to have terminated his employment for Good Reason, if, and only if such termination is (or would be) deemed for “good reason” pursuant to the present provisions of the Change in Control Agreement. It is the intent of the provisions of this Section 9(b) that after a Change in Control as so defined, Executive’s rights upon termination be governed by the same standards and procedures as is provided by the present provisions of the Change-in-Control Agreement regardless of any amendment or termination thereof.

Section 10. Payment of Attorney’s Fees, Interest, and Cost . If Company fails to make any payment required under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive in addition to the payments hereunder (i) interest on all such payments at the prime rate announced by Company or its successor as of January 1 of each calendar year in which the payment under Section 8 hereof is due plus one percent per annum from the date such payments were due; (ii) costs of any arbitration or legal proceeding; and (iii) reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements incurred by Executive with respect to the enforcement of this Agreement, whether or not any fees are contingent in nature.

Section 11. Arbitration . Subject to the provisions of Subsection 5g, any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall, at the option of Executive, be settled exclusively by arbitration in Bridgeport, Connecticut, in accordance with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Any arbitration proceeding shall be delayed or stayed until there is a final decision in any equitable proceeding instituted in a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 5g. Further no arbitration proceedings may be instituted pursuant to this Section 11 more than sixty (60) days after institution by Company of any judicial action other than any such action in which the remedies sought are limited solely to injunctive and similar relief. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

13


Section 12. Binding Effect .

(a) Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its business and/or assets to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators.

Section 13. Sole Remedy . In the event of termination of the employment of Executive by Company without Good Cause or by Executive with Good Reason, the payments and other benefits provided for by this Agreement, by any stock option or other agreement between Company and Executive in effect at the time, and by the ERP, the SERP, the 401k Plan, the Supplemental Savings Plan and any other applicable plan of Company shall constitute the entire obligation of Company to Executive and shall also constitute full settlement of any claim under law or in equity that Executive might otherwise assert against Company or any of its employees on account of such discharge.

Section 14. Governing Law . The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut.

Section 15. Severability .

(a) If any provision of this Agreement is declared void or unenforceable for any reason, such provision shall be deemed severed from this Agreement, which shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.

(b) If any provision of this Agreement is unenforceable solely on account of any regulatory restriction, an amount equal to the value of the unpaid benefits shall be due and payable within 30 days of the first date on which Company may legally make such payment. Interest shall be paid on the amounts due in accordance with the formula set forth in clause (i) of Section 10 hereof. Company agrees to use its best efforts to receive the regulator(s)’ permission to make payments due this Agreement to Executive under this Agreement. Company’s obligation to make such application for permission to make such payments shall continue for a period of six (6) years subsequent to the termination of Executive’s employment with Company.

Section 16. Notice . Whenever any writing is required or permitted to be given hereunder by one party to the other, it shall be deemed given or delivered when physically delivered directly to such other party or at the end of the business day on which the records of the United States Postal Service, Federal Express, DHL, or Airborne Express (or any successor of any of them) indicate it is delivered to the address set forth hereafter provided it is addressed, if to Executive, to Executive’s home address as it then appears on the books of Company and, if to Company, to the Chief Executive Officer of Company at Company’s principal office if Executive is not Chief Executive Officer of Company and, if Executive is then Chief Executive Officer, to the address of the Chairman of the Human Resource Committee of Company’s Board of Directors at such

 

14


Chairman’s address as it appears on Company’s books at the time of such notice. Either party hereto may change the addressee and/or address to which notice intended for such party is to be given or addressed by giving notice of such change to the other party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

Section 17. Entire Agreement . This writing together with the Change in Control Agreement and any Option Agreement executed by Executive and Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(b) of the 1998 LTIP or any counterpart thereof of Company’s 1987 Long Term Incentive Plan, represents the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of the Agreement and it may not be altered or amended except by an agreement in writing signed by or on behalf of Company and Executive.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date written above.

 

LOGO

John A. Klein

 

    PEOPLE’S BANK
Attest:  

LOGO

  BY:  

LOGO

     

David E.A. Carson

Its Chief Executive Officer

 

15


Exhibit A

GENERAL RELEASE

I, John A. Klein, as a material inducement to the People’s Bank, a Connecticut capital stock savings bank, (“Company”) to make certain payments described in Sections 8f (i) through (iv) of a certain agreement entitled “Executive Employment Agreement” (the “Agreement”) between Company and me and effective as of June 1, 1999, do for myself, my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, hereby fully release, discharge and acquit Company, its affiliated and related entities, parent and subsidiary corporations, and their respective present and former officers and directors, employees, agents, representatives, predecessors, successors, attorneys, and assigns, from any and all claims, charges, demands, sums of money, actions, rights, causes of action, obligations and liabilities of any kind or nature whatsoever, at law or in equity, which I may have had, claim to have had, now have, or claim to have, or may claim to have in the future, whether presently known or unknown, which are or may be based upon facts, acts, conduct, representations, omissions, contracts, claims, events, causes, matters or things of any conceivable kind or character existing on or occurring at any time on or before the date hereof including but not limited to all claims arising under the Employment Retirement Income Security Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, as further amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Connecticut Fair Employment Practices Act, or any similar Federal or State laws enacted after June 1, 1999 or any claims which I may have under federal, state or local statute or ordinances or common law, including but not limited to claims for personal injury or wrongful discharge, and any claims for adjusted compensation relating to my employment (other than rights which may be available to me under the workers compensation laws) provided however that I retain for myself and my designated beneficiaries all of my and their right to in, to, under or pursuant to the following:

A. Section 8f of the Agreement, including any provisions of Sections 9 through 16 of the Agreement insofar as any such provisions relate to my rights pursuant to said Section 8f or in the case of Section 10 of the Agreement to any of my rights covered thereby under the Change-in-Control Agreement or the 1998 LTIP;

B. Benefits accrued and unpaid to the date of termination of my employment with Company under The People’s Bank Employee’s Retirement Plan, and the People’s Bank 401k Employee’s Savings Plan and any other plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and maintained by Company, and under the People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan, the People’s Bank Senior Enhanced Pension Plan and the People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan, the People’s Bank Executive Split Dollar Plan or any other plan or program described in Subsection 7f of the Agreement;

C. Any rights to exercise any unexercised stock options granted to me;

D. Any reimbursement of expenses reimbursable under the Agreement;

E. Any rights to continued medical coverage provided pursuant to COBRA; and


F. Any rights I may have as the holder of any securities issued by Company, any deposits I may have with Company, or any rights under any decedent’s estate or any Trust executed by any individual (but not on behalf of Company) administered by the Trust Department of Company.

I acknowledge that I have been given a period of at least 21 days to review and consider this Release before signing it. I further understand that I have had the ability to use as much of this 21 day period as I wish prior to the execution of this Release. I acknowledge that I have carefully read and fully understood all of the provisions of this Release, that I have had the opportunity to discuss all aspects of this Release with my private attorney and that I am voluntarily entering into the execution of this Release.

I may revoke this Release within 7 days of my signing it. Revocation can be made by delivering a written notice of revocation to most senior officer of Company other than me. For this revocation to be effective, it must be received not later than the close of the seventh day after I sign this Release. If I revoke this Release, this Release shall not be effective and enforceable and I will not receive the benefits described in clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 8f of the Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF I execute this Release this day      of                      ,              .

 

 

John A. Klein

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF      )   
     )    ss:
COUNTY OF      )   

On this, the      day of                     ,                 , before me,                     , the undersigned officer, personally appeared JOHN A. KLEIN, known to me (or satisfactorily proven) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same for the purposes therein contained.

 

 

Notary Public
My Commission Expires:

EXHIBIT 10.5

Form of Agreement for Compensation on Discharge Subsequent to a Change in Control


AGREEMENT FOR COMPENSATION

ON DISCHARGE

SUBSEQUENT TO A CHANGE IN CONTROL

Agreement made as of the      day of              , 2005, by and between People’s Bank (the “Bank”) and                  , an Officer of the Bank (the “Officer”).

Purpose of Agreement

This Agreement does not constitute an employment agreement and nothing herein shall prevent the discharge of the Officer for any reason. The purpose of this Agreement is merely to provide assurance that if there is a Change In Control of the Bank or any successor and the Officer is discharged without cause as defined herein, the Officer will be entitled to receive payments as set forth below. This Agreement supersedes in its entirety any agreement for compensation on discharge subsequent to a Change In Control previously entered into by the Bank and the Officer.

Agreement

In consideration of the Officer’s continuation of his employment and the agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Bank and the Officer agree as follows:

Section 1 . Definitions .

(a) Parent. The term “parent” of the Bank means People’s Mutual Holdings (“PMH”), a mutual holding company organized pursuant to The Banking Law of Connecticut.

(b) Change In Control . The term “Change In Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(i) The board of directors of the Bank or its parent shall approve (A) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) of the Bank or its parent with any other corporation other than (1) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) which would result in the voting stock (as described in paragraph (ii) of this subsection) of the Bank or its parent outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting stock of the surviving entity) more than 80% of the combined voting power of the voting stock of the Bank or its parent (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Bank or its parent (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined in paragraph (ii) of this subsection) acquires more than 20% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or its parent, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Bank or its parent, or (C) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Bank;

 

1


(ii) Any person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), corporation, or other entity (other than the Bank, its parent, or any benefit plan, including, but not limited to, any employee stock ownership plan, sponsored by the Bank, its parent, or any subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or its parent ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire such securities); or

(iii) During any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire board of directors of the Bank or its parent, and any new director (excluding a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Bank or its parent to effect a transaction described in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this subsection) whose election by the board or nomination for election by the shareholders of the Bank or its parent was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

(c) Annual Salary . The term “annual salary” means the greater of (i) the Officer’s base salary plus incentive compensation received during the last full calendar year immediately prior to any Change In Control or (ii) the Officer’s base salary plus incentive compensation received during the last full calendar year prior to his discharge.

(d) Base Salary . The term “base salary” means the Officer’s salary, including any salary amounts for such year which the Officer has elected to defer under the People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan (or predecessor plan) or to contribute pursuant to a salary reduction agreement to a plan described in section 401(k) or section 125 of the Code; and base salary shall exclude incentive compensation, stock options, stock price appreciation units and the value of benefits.

(e) Code . The term “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Section 2. Terms of Agreement.

(a) This Agreement shall be effective as of              , 2005, and shall continue in effect through December 31,2005, subject to the following provisions of this Section 2.

 

2


(b) In the event of a Change In Control of the Bank during the period specified in Section 2(a), this Agreement shall be effective for a period of three years from the date of such Change In Control.

(c) Following its expiration, this Agreement may be renewed only by a written agreement executed by the Officer and the Bank.

(d) This Agreement shall terminate (i) prior to any Change In Control, on the Officer’s ceasing to be a principal officer of the Bank as a result of a transfer to any other position at the Bank or separation from employment with the Bank for any reason; or (ii) subsequent to a Change In Control, on the Officer’s separation from employment with the Bank under circumstances not entitling the Officer to any benefits under this Agreement.

Section 3. The Bank’s Payment Obligation .

(a) If during the term of this Agreement, (i) a Change In Control of the Bank shall occur, and (ii) within three years following such Change In Control, the Officer shall be discharged from employment, the Bank shall pay to the Officer a lump sum severance payment in an amount equal to 2.99 times his annual salary, unless the discharge is for cause as defined in Section 4(e). Such severance payment shall be made within 30 days after the Officer’s discharge. If the Officer dies after notice of discharge and prior to payment hereunder, such payment shall be made to his estate.

(b) In the event of any discharge resulting in a payment obligation under subsection (a) of this Section, the Bank shall arrange to provide the Officer with group health insurance benefits substantially similar to those the Officer was receiving immediately prior to such discharge. Such benefits shall be provided for a 36-month period following the Officer’s discharge, except that prior to the expiration of such 36-month period such benefits shall be reduced to the extent the Officer receives comparable coverage from a new employer, and the Officer shall be required promptly to report such coverage to the Bank.

(c) In addition to the retirement benefits to which the Officer is entitled under the People’s Bank Employee’s Retirement Plan, The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan, and any additional Supplemental Retirement Agreement in effect between the Bank and the Officer, in the event of any discharge resulting in a payment obligation under subsection (a) of this Section, the Bank shall pay the Officer additional supplemental amounts equal to the difference between the Officer’s retirement benefits under the foregoing plans and agreements and the retirement benefits the Officer would have received under such plans and agreements if (A) the Officer were 100% vested in all such retirement benefits, and (B) the Officer were credited with an additional three years of service under all such plans and agreements. The supplemental amounts described in this subsection shall be calculated in the same manner and paid at the same time and in the same form (including survivor benefits, if applicable) as the Officer’s retirement benefit under The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan, as the same may be amended to reflect the enactment of Section 409A of the Code.

 

3


Section 4. Discharge. For purposes of Section 3:

(a) the Officer shall be deemed discharged if (i) he is discharged by the Bank or if (ii) the Officer elects to discontinue his employment with the Bank for “good reason,” as defined in subsection (b).

(b) “Good reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events, without the Officer’s express written consent, following a Change In Control:

(i) Any adverse alteration in or diminution of the nature or status of the Officer’s responsibilities or conditions of employment from those in effect immediately prior to such Change In Control;

(ii) Any reduction in the Officer’s base salary or change in the method of computation of incentive compensation resulting in a diminution of the Officer’s incentive compensation other than any reduction or change which is effected by the Bank in good faith and in the reasonable exercise of its business judgment and which is of general applicability to all officers of the Bank in the case of reduction of base salary or to all Bank officers receiving incentive compensation in the case of changes to the method of incentive compensation;

(iii) A relocation which would result in the Officer’s location of employment following such Change In Control being 75 or more miles away from his location of employment prior to the Change In Control;

(iv) The Bank’s failure to pay the Officer any compensation within 30 days of the date such compensation is due;

(v) The Bank’s discontinuance of any compensation plan in which the Officer participated immediately before the Change In Control, or discontinuance of the Officer’s participation in any such plan, if such plan is material to the Officer’s total compensation, excluding any (A) amendment or substitution of plans which is effected by the Bank in good faith and in the reasonable exercise of its business judgment and which is of general applicability to all participants in such plans or (B) amendment, substitution, or discontinuance of plans which is effected by the Bank in order to comply with any state or federal statute, regulation, or regulatory order;

(vi) The Bank’s failure to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in Section 11(a) hereof.

(c) A separation from employment because of permanent disability shall not be considered a discharge, but the Officer shall receive the disability benefits available under the then existing plans of the Bank or any successor.

 

4


(d) A sale of assets of the Bank or a merger of the Bank, in each case where the successor (i) assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement in accordance with Section 11(a) and (ii) offers the Officer a position comparable to that the Officer had with the Bank immediately prior to the sale or merger, shall not be deemed a discharge. For purposes hereof, a new position shall not be deemed comparable to the Officer’s old position if it involves the occurrence of any of the events constituting good reason, as defined in subsection (b) of this Section.

(e) A discharge is “for cause” only if occasioned by (i) the Officer’s willful failure substantially to perform his duties with the Bank, which continues after the board of directors of the Bank delivers to the Officer a written demand for performance specifically identifying the manner in which the board believes the Officer has failed to perform his duties; or (ii) the Officer’s willfully engaging in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Bank, monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of this section, no act or failure to act by the Officer shall be deemed “willful” unless done or omitted to be done not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action or omission was in the best interest of the Bank. The Officer shall not be deemed to be discharged for cause unless and until there is delivered to him a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the board, at a meeting of the board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Officer and an opportunity for the Officer, together with his counsel, to be heard before the board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the board, the Officer was guilty of the conduct set forth above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(f) A discharge of the Officer by the Bank or termination of employment by the Officer for good reason shall be communicated by written notice to the other party hereto. Such written notice shall specify the provisions of this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth any facts and circumstances pertinent thereto; provided that, in the case of a discharge for cause, such written notice shall be the copy of the board resolution described in subsection (e). If, within fifteen days after the notice of discharge or termination is given, the receiving party notifies the other party in good faith that a dispute exists concerning the discharge or termination, and if such party pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence, then the Bank shall continue in effect the Officer’s compensation and benefits immediately prior to such discharge or termination until the dispute is resolved, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, or in accordance with the arbitration procedure set forth in Section 10. If the resolution of the dispute results in a determination that benefits are payable under Section 3, the amount of the lump sum payment under Section 3 (a) shall be offset by the amount of the compensation paid during the dispute, and the period of benefit continuation under Section 3(b) and the period of additional service credit under Section 3(c) shall be determined to be satisfied to the extent of such benefits and credit provided to the Officer during the pendency of the dispute.

Section 5. Limitation on Payment Obligation.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any “parachute payment” to be made to or for the benefit of the Officer, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, shall be modified to the extent necessary so that the requirements of either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below are satisfied:

 

5


(i) The aggregate “present value” of all “parachute payments” payable to or for the benefit of the Officer, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, shall be less than three times the Officer’s “base amount”; or

(ii) Each “parachute payment” to or for the benefit of the Officer, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, shall be in an amount which does not exceed the portion of the “base amount” allocable to such “parachute payment” or, if greater, the “reasonable compensation” allocable to such “parachute payment.”

For the purposes of this limitation, (i) no “parachute payment” the receipt of which the Officer shall have effectively waived prior to the date which is fifteen (15) days following termination of employment and prior to the earlier of the date of constructive receipt and the date of payment thereof shall be taken into account; and (ii) any reduction in the payments and benefits pursuant to Section 3 shall be made in order of clauses (a) through (c) except to the extent that such payments and benefits are “reasonable compensation.”

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no “illegal parachute payments” shall be made to or for the benefit of the Officer.

(c) For purposes of this Section:

(i) The term “base amount” shall have the meaning set forth in section 280G(b)(3) of the Code;

(ii) The term “parachute payment” shall mean a payment described in section 280G (b) (2) (A) and not excluded under section 280G (b) (4) (A) or Section 280G (b) (6) of the Code;

(iii) The term “illegal parachute payment” shall mean a payment described in section 280G (b) (2) (B) of the Code;

(iv) “Present value” shall be determined in accordance with section 280G (d) (4) of the Code;

(v) The term “reasonable compensation” shall mean reasonable compensation for prior personal services as defined in section 280G (b) (4) (B) of the Code; and

(vi) The portion of the “base amount” and the amount of “reasonable compensation” allocable to any “parachute payment” shall be determined in accordance with section 280G (b) (3) and (4) of the Code.

(d) This Section shall be interpreted and applied to limit the amounts otherwise payable to the Officer under this Agreement or otherwise only to the extent required to avoid the imposition of excise taxes on the Officer under section 4999 of the Code or the disallowance of a

 

6


deduction to the Bank under section 280G(a) of the Code, except that the Officer shall be presumed to be a disqualified individual for purposes of applying the limitations set forth in subsection (a) above without regard to whether or not the Officer meets the definition of disqualified individual set forth in section 280G(c) of the Code. In the event that the Bank and the Officer are unable to agree as to the application of this Section, the Bank’s independent auditors shall select independent tax counsel to determine the amount of such limits. Such selection of tax counsel shall be subject to the Officer’s consent, provided that the Officer shall not unreasonably withhold his consent. The determination of such tax counsel under this Section shall be final and binding upon the Bank and the Officer.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bank shall not be obligated to make, and the Officer shall have no right to receive, any payment, benefit or amount under this Agreement which would violate any law, regulation or regulatory order applicable to the Bank or its parent at the time such payment, benefit or amount is due, including, without limitation, Section 1828(k) (1) of Title 12 of the United States Code and any regulation or order thereunder of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. In such event the provisions of Section 14(b) below shall apply.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and except as otherwise provided below, the Bank shall not be obligated to make, and the Officer shall have no right to receive, any payment, benefit or amount under this Agreement if, by reason of the making of such payment or provision of such benefit to the Officer at the time or in the manner set forth herein, this Agreement would not satisfy, either in form or in operation, the requirements described in Section 409A(a)(1)(A)(i)(I) of the Code and any applicable guidance or regulations with respect to such Section 409A (the “409A Requirements”); provided, however, that if this Agreement would satisfy the 409A Requirements but for the time at which a payment is to be made or a benefit provided hereunder, such payment shall be made or benefit provided at the earliest possible time thereafter at which such action would not cause this Agreement to fail to satisfy the 409A Requirements.

Section 6. The Bank’s Right of Discharge. Subject to its obligation to make the payments specified in Section 3, it is expressly agreed that the Bank shall have the right to discharge the Officer at any time and for any reason, or for no reason.

Section 7. Payment of Attorneys Fees, Interest, and Cost. If the Bank fails to make any payment required under Section 3, the Officer shall be entitled to receive, in addition to the payments hereunder, (i) interest on all such payments at the prime rate announced by the Bank or its successor as of January 1 of the calendar year in which the lump sum payment under Section 3(a) is due, plus one percent per annum from the date such payments were due; (ii) costs of any arbitration or legal proceeding; and (iii) reasonable attorneys fees incurred by the Officer with respect to the enforcement of this Agreement, including any attorneys fees incurred under Section 5, whether or not any fees are contingent in nature. In addition, the Bank shall pay reasonable attorneys fees incurred by the Officer in connection with a tax audit or proceeding involving the Internal Revenue Service or a state taxing authority to the extent attributable to the Bank’s interpretation, or the interpretation of independent tax counsel pursuant to Section 5, of the application of Code section 4999 to any payment or benefit hereunder.

 

7


Section 8. Effect on Other Contracts. Except as provided in Section 5 and below, this Agreement shall not affect the Officer’s rights under any compensation, pension, benefit, stock option, or incentive plans.

(a) The lump sum severance payment described in Section 3(a) shall be in lieu of any severance payments to which the Officer would otherwise be entitled under any severance pay plan or arrangement maintained by the Bank.

Section 9. No Mitigation. The Officer shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payments provided for by this Agreement by seeking employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation or benefit earned by the Officer after his discharge, except as provided in Section 3(b).

Section 10. Arbitration . Except as otherwise provided in Section 5, any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Bridgeport, Connecticut, in accordance with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

Section 11. Binding Effect .

(a) The Bank will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its business and/or assets expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators.

Section 12. Sole Remedy . In the event of the discharge of the Officer under the circumstances giving rise to the payment obligation described in Section 3, the payments and other benefits provided for by this Agreement, by any stock option or other agreement between the Bank and the Officer in effect at the time, and by any other applicable plan of the Bank shall constitute the entire obligation of the Bank to the Officer and shall also constitute full settlement of any claim under law or in equity that the Officer might otherwise assert against the Bank or any of its employees on account of such discharge. In order to effectuate the intent of this Section, the Officer agrees to deliver an enforceable release of claims against the Bank, at the time of receipt of the lump sum payment pursuant to Section 3(a).

Section 13. Governing Law . The laws of the State of Connecticut shall govern the validity, interpretation, and enforcement of this Agreement.

 

8


Section 14. Severability .

(a) If any provision of this Agreement is declared void or unenforceable for any reason, such provision shall be deemed severed from this Agreement, which shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.

(b) If any provision of this Agreement is unenforceable solely on account of Section 5(e) above, the lump sum payment and/or an amount equal to the value of the unpaid benefits under Section 3 shall be due and payable within 30 days of the first date on which the Bank may legally make such payment. Interest shall be paid on the amounts due in accordance with Section 7 above, unless prohibited by Section 5(e) above. The Bank agrees to use its best efforts to receive the regulator(s)’ permission to make payments due under Section 3. The Bank’s obligation to make such application for permission to make such payments shall continue for a period of six (6) years subsequent to the discharge of the Officer.

Section 15. Entire Agreement . This writing represents the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of the Agreement and it may not be altered or amended except by an agreement in writing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the date written above.

 

 

[Name of Officer]
PEOPLE’S BANK
By:  

 

 

[Name of Authorized Representative]

[Title]

 

9


Appendix A to Agreement

Each individual named below is a party to an agreement with the Bank substantially in the form preceding this Appendix A:

Jacinta A. Coleman

Robert R. D’Amore

Brian F. Dreyer

Bryan J. Huebner

John A. Klein

William T. Kosturko

Henry R. Mandel

Philip R. Sherringham

Mark K. Vitelli

 

10

EXHIBIT 10.7

People’s Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Executive Officers


People’s Bank

Deferred Compensation Plan

for

Certain Executive Officers

This Plan, made effective the 10th day of July, 2003 (the Effective Date), is intended to provide a portion of the benefits previously provided to certain executive officers of People’s Bank pursuant to a split-dollar life insurance program maintained by the Bank.

§1. Definitions. For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Affiliate” means any company controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Bank.

“Age at Termination” means an Eligible Officer’s age, expressed as a whole number of years without any adjustment for fractional years, on the date of such Eligible Officer’s termination of employment prior to age 65.

“Bank” means People’s Bank, a Connecticut state-chartered capital stock savings bank, and any successor thereto.

“Benefit” means the amount of the benefit payable to an Eligible Officer as calculated in accordance with Section 3 hereof.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which the corporate headquarters of the Bank is not open for business.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“Combined Tax Rate” means the sum of (a) the Federal Rate, (b) the State Rate, (c) the OASDI Rate, and (d) the HI Rate; provided, however , that the OASDI Rate and/or the HI Rate (as applicable) shall not be included in the Combined Tax Rate to the extent, on the Payment Date, the Bank is not required to withhold FICA taxes based on one or both of such rates; and provided further , that the Committee may from time to time in its discretion revise the definition of Combined Tax Rate to reflect changes in the tax laws (other than changes in one or more of the Federal Rate, State Rate, OASDI Rate or HI Rate) applicable to the payment of Benefits hereunder, insofar as such changes would affect the personal tax obligations of the Eligible Officer receiving the Benefit.


“Committee” means the Human Resources Committee of the Board, or such other Committee as may be described in Section 2 hereof.

“Disability” means permanent and total disability as determined under procedures established by the Committee for purposes of the Bank’s 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or any successor thereto.

“Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Plan.

“Eligible Officer” means an individual who (a) served as an Executive Vice President or more senior officer of the Bank on July 30, 2002 (the effective date of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), and (b) serves as an Executive Vice President or more senior officer of the Bank on the effective date of this Plan.

“Employment with the Bank” (and terms substantially equivalent thereto, whether or not capitalized) means a subsisting employer-employee relationship between the Bank and the Eligible Officer.

“FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor agency thereto.

“Federal Rate” means the highest marginal rate in effect on any applicable Payment Date at which basic income taxes are imposed pursuant to the Code on income earned by individuals. The Federal Rate shall be determined without reference to or adjustment for any applicable credits or deductions, or for any other taxes (e.g., the alternative minimum tax) or surtaxes that may be imposed pursuant to the Code, or for any special tax rates that may apply to income derived from specific sources (e.g., dividends or capital gains). The Federal Rate is 35.0% on the Effective Date.

“Full Benefit” means, for each Eligible Officer under the Plan, the difference between (a) the amount reflected in Schedule A hereto as the “Projected Benefit” payable to such Eligible Officer at age 65, minus (b) the Net Projected Cash Surrender Value (updated no less often than annually) at age 65 of the Policy or Policies insuring the life of such Eligible Officer, and minus (c) the amount of any outstanding loan against the Policy or Policies insuring the life of such Eligible Officer.

“HI Rate” means the rate at which employers are required to withhold the employee’s portion of so-called FICA taxes in order to fund Medicare or “HI” benefits (without regard to any applicable earnings caps) on any applicable Payment Date. The HI Rate is 1.45% on the Effective Date.

“Net Projected Cash Surrender Value” means, with respect to all Policies insuring the life of an Eligible Officer, the projected cash surrender value of such Policy (or, in the event multiple Policies are in effect, the aggregate projected cash


surrender value of all such Policies) at the Eligible Officer’s Age at Termination or age 65 (whichever is applicable), minus an amount equal to the aggregate premiums paid by the Bank prior to July 30, 2002 to provide insurance benefits to such Eligible Officer pursuant to the split-dollar life insurance program previously maintained by the Bank for the benefit of its executive officers generally, to the extent the Bank is entitled to reimbursement of such previously paid premiums.

“Nominal State Rate” means, on any applicable Payment Date, the highest marginal rate at which basic income taxes are imposed pursuant to the State Code on income earned by individuals. The Nominal State Rate shall be determined without reference to or adjustment for any applicable credits or deductions, or for any other taxes or surtaxes that may be imposed pursuant to the State Code, or for any special tax rates that may apply to income derived from specific sources (e.g., dividends, interest or capital gains). The Nominal State Rate is 5% on the Effective Date.

“OASDI Rate” means the rate at which employers are required to withhold the employee’s portion of so-called FICA taxes in order to fund Social Security or “OASDI” benefits (without regard to any applicable earnings caps) on any applicable Payment Date. The OASDI Rate is 6.20% on the Effective Date.

“Paid-up Policy” means a fully paid up whole life insurance policy issued by Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company and insuring the life of an Eligible Officer.

“Payment Date” means the thirtieth calendar day following termination of the Eligible Officer’s employment with the Bank, provided, however, that if such thirtieth day is not a Business Day, the first Business Day after such thirtieth day.

“Plan” means this Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Executive Officers, as set forth herein and as hereinafter amended from time to time.

“Policy” or “Policies” means, with respect to each Eligible Officer, the Paid-up Policy or Variable Policy, or both (as the case may be) insuring the life of such Eligible Officer, as identified by issuer and policy number in Schedule B hereto under such Eligible Officer’s name.

“Pre-Retirement Benefit” means, for each Eligible Officer under the Plan, the difference between (a) the amount reflected in Schedule A hereto as the “Projected Benefit” payable to such Eligible Officer at the Eligible Officer’s Age at Termination, minus (b) the Net Projected Cash Surrender Value (updated no less often than annually) of the Policy or Policies insuring the life of such Eligible Officer at such Eligible Officer’s Age at Termination, and minus (c) the amount of any outstanding loan against the Policy or Policies insuring the life of such Eligible Officer.


“Retirement” means the termination of an Eligible Officer’s employment at or after age 65.

“State Code” means the provisions of Title 12, Chapter 229 of the Connecticut General Statutes, imposing an income tax on residents of the State of Connecticut, as the same may be amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“State Rate” means the product obtained by multiplying (i) the Nominal State Rate, by (ii) the difference obtained by subtracting the Federal Rate (expressed as a decimal) from one.

“Termination for Cause” (and terms substantially equivalent thereto, whether or not capitalized) means a termination of employment by reason of an Eligible Officer’s act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, insubordination, or an intentional or grossly negligent act detrimental to the interests of the Bank or any Affiliate.

“Variable Policy” means a variable life insurance policy issued by New England Life Insurance Company and insuring the life of an Eligible Officer.

§2. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or such other committee of the Board that is designated and empowered to perform the functions of the Committee. The Committee shall supervise and administer the Plan and shall have plenary powers and authority to adopt, amend and rescind such rules and regulations and establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for the administration of the Plan, and generally to conduct and administer the Plan and to make all determinations in connection therewith as may be necessary or advisable. Any questions of interpretation of the Plan or any such rules and regulations, shall be determined by the Committee, and such determinations shall be binding and conclusive, and such determinations shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons.

§3. Calculation of Benefit. The Benefit payable to an Eligible Officer pursuant to this Plan shall be determined as follows:

 

  (a) Termination by Reason of Retirement. If an Eligible Officer’s employment terminates by reason of Retirement, the benefit amount shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Full Benefit, by (ii) the difference obtained by subtracting the Combined Tax Rate (expressed as a decimal) from one.

 

  (b) Termination Other than by Reason of Retirement or Death. If an Eligible Officer’s employment terminates for any reason other than Retirement or death (e.g., by reason of disability, resignation or involuntary discharge prior to age 65), the benefit amount shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Pre-Retirement Benefit, by (ii) the difference obtained by subtracting the Combined Tax Rate (expressed as a decimal) from one.


  (c) Termination by Reason of Death. If an Eligible Officer’s employment terminates by reason of his or her death, no benefits shall be payable pursuant to this Plan.

§4. Withholding Taxes. In determining the net amount to be paid to an Eligible Officer, the Bank shall deduct from the amount determined pursuant to Section 3 any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any payment made pursuant to this Plan.

§5. Payment of Benefit. Following termination of an Eligible Officer’s employment with the Bank for any reason other than death, the Bank shall, on the Payment Date, pay the Benefit, net of all taxes withheld pursuant to Section 4, to the Eligible Officer (or to his or her duly designated beneficiaries or to his or her estate, if the Eligible Officer shall have died prior to the Payment Date); provided, however , that no benefits shall be paid or payable to an Eligible Officer (or to his or her beneficiaries or estate, if applicable) pursuant to this Plan if (a) his or her employment is terminated for cause, or (b) prior to the Payment Date, the Bank notifies the Eligible Officer (or his or her beneficiary or the legal representatives of his or her estate) that the Bank is aware of facts that would have justified the Eligible Officer’s termination for cause, or (c) the Eligible Officer shall have acted in disregard of the provisions of Section 6 hereof.

§6. Actions Affecting Policy. An Eligible Officer shall not (a) except in connection with the termination of his or her employment by the Bank and in conjunction with the payment of Benefits hereunder, cancel, surrender or otherwise take any action that would cause any Policy insuring his or her life to lapse; (b) in the case of a Variable Policy insuring his or her life, make investment elections other than those approved in advance by the Bank; or (c) take any action with respect to any Policy insuring his or her life that would (i) change the manner in which dividends payable pursuant to the Policy are applied, or (ii) otherwise adversely affect the projected cash surrender value of the Policy. The foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the Eligible Officer from borrowing against the cash surrender value of any Policy insuring his or her life.

§7. Prohibited Payments. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Bank shall not be obligated to make, and no Eligible Officer shall have a right to receive, any payment, benefit or amount under this Plan which would violate any law, regulation or regulatory order applicable (directly or indirectly) to the Bank at the time such payment, benefit or amount is due, including, without limitation, Section 1828(k)(1) of Title 12 of the United States Code and any regulation or order thereunder of the FDIC. In such event, any payment, benefit or amount payable pursuant to this Plan (but for the provisions of this Section 7) shall be due and payable within 30 days of the first date on which the Bank may legally make such payment. The Bank will use reasonable efforts to obtain the FDIC’s permission to make such payments.

§8. General Provisions. The following general provisions shall apply to the Plan:

 

  (a) The Plan and all actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut.


  (b) Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Bank or any Affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for Eligible Officers.

 

  (c) Adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any Eligible Officer any right to continued employment nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Bank or any Affiliate to terminate the employment of an Eligible Officer at any time.

 

  (d) Each Eligible Officer shall have the status of a general creditor of the Bank with respect to the benefits payable pursuant to this Plan, and no Eligible Officer shall have any claim against any specific asset or assets of the Bank (including any investment purchased or designated by the Bank as a source of funding for the Bank’s obligations hereunder) for the payment of such benefits.

 

  (e) The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for an Eligible Officer to designate one or more beneficiaries to whom any amounts payable in the event of such officer’s death are to be paid.

 

________

 

  oo00oo  

________

 

EXHIBIT 10.9

Amended and Restated People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan


PEOPLE’S BANK

AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

§1. Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to promote the mutual interests of the Bank and its shareholders by enabling key employees of the Bank, or of the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Bank, to participate in the Bank’s future growth. The Plan is designed to give those employees upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the successful conduct of the Bank’s business depends, additional incentives to perform in a superior manner. The Plan also provides a means through which the Bank can attract, motivate and retain people of experience and ability as employees.

§2. Definitions . For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Award” means a grant of any Non-Statutory Stock Option, Incentive Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Unit Award, or any combination of the foregoing, under the provisions of the Plan.

“Bank” means People’s Bank, a Connecticut state-chartered capital stock savings bank, and any successor thereto.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.

“Change of Control” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(a) hereof.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“Committee” means the Human Resources Committee referred to in Section 3 hereof.

“Disability” (and terms substantially equivalent thereto) means permanent and total disability as determined under procedures established by the Committee for purposes of the Plan.

“employment with the Bank” (and terms substantially equivalent thereto) means a subsisting employer-employee relationship between the Bank and the employee and includes employment with the Parent or any Subsidiary. Employment shall be deemed to cease, for purposes of the Plan, at such time as (a) the employee is no longer actively performing or no longer remains obligated to perform services for the Bank in exchange for which the Bank (or related employer) is obligated to pay compensation to such employee in the form of wages, or (b) in the case of an employee who is on leave for any reason whatsoever, on the termination date specified by the Bank (or related employer) in a written communication advising the employee that his or her employment is being terminated. An employee shall be treated as remaining obligated to perform services for the Bank within the


meaning of subsection (a) for the duration of any scheduled time off which has been approved by the employee’s manager and for which the employee is entitled to compensation pursuant to the Bank’s paid time off policy (as the same may be amended from time to time).

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute thereto.

“Fair Market Value” means as of a particular date:

(i) if the Stock is not then listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in Section 6 of the Exchange Act), and prices of trades in Stock are regularly reported by NASDAQ, the mean between the high and low selling prices for Stock on such date as reported by NASDAQ, or, if no high or low selling prices for Stock are reported by NASDAQ for such date, then the mean between the high and low selling prices for Stock reported by NASDAQ for the most recent day in respect of which both high and low selling prices are so reported; or

(ii) if the Stock is then listed or admitted to trading on one or more national securities exchanges, the mean between the high and low selling prices at which Stock is traded on the principal securities exchange on which the Stock is traded on such date or, if Stock is not traded on such exchange on that date, the mean between the high and low selling prices at which Stock was traded on such exchange on the most recent day on which Stock was so traded; or

(iii) if neither (i) nor (ii) is applicable, such amount as the Committee shall determine on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant.

“FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor agency thereto.

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option intended to be and designated as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

“NASDAQ” means the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System.

“Non-Employee Director” means a person who is a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the SEC or the FDIC, and an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m)(4) of the Code or any successor definition adopted by the Internal Revenue Service.


“Non-Statutory Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

“Option Agreement” or “Stock Option Agreement” means the written agreement between the Bank and a Participant confirming the Stock Option and setting forth the terms and conditions upon which it may be exercised, as described in Section 7(b) hereof.

“Option Price” means the price per share of Stock to be paid for the shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to an Option Agreement

“Parent” means People’s Mutual Holdings, a Connecticut state-chartered mutual holding company.

“Participant” means an eligible employee (as described in Section 5 hereof) who accepts an Award for a Stock Option, a Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Performance Units, or any one or more of the foregoing (as described in Sections 7,8,9 and 10 hereof).

“Performance Goals” means the objective criteria established by the Committee from time to time in accordance with Section 11 hereof and upon which the performance of a Participant during a Performance Period is to be measured for purposes of determining the extent to which an Award has been earned.

“Performance Period” means the measuring period for determining whether Awards have been earned.

“Performance Unit Agreement” means the written agreement between the Bank and a Participant confirming the Performance Unit Award and setting forth the terms and conditions of such Award.

“Performance Unit Award” means an Award under Section 10 hereof.

“Plan” means the People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as hereinafter amended from time to time.

“Predecessor Plan” means the People’s Bank 1988 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

“Restricted Stock Agreement” means the written agreement between the Bank and a Participant confirming the Restricted Stock Award and setting forth the terms and conditions of such restrictions.

“Restricted Stock” means an Award under Section 9 hereof.

“Restriction Period” means the period determined by the Committee during which restrictions shall be applicable to Restricted Stock.


“Retirement” (and terms substantially equivalent thereto) means the termination of an employee’s employment at or after age 65.

“SAR Agreement” means the written agreement between the Bank and a Participant confirming the grant of Stock Appreciation Rights not granted in connection with Stock Options, and setting forth the terms and conditions upon which it may be exercised, as described in Section 8(b) hereof.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency thereto.

“Stock” means the Common Stock of the Bank, having no par value.

“Stock Appreciation Right” means a right granted under Section 8 hereof.

“Stock Option” or “Option” means an option granted under Section 7 hereof.

“Subsidiary” means any corporation in which the Bank owns, directly or indirectly through one or more other Subsidiaries, at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock.

“termination for Cause” (and terms substantially equivalent thereto) means a termination of employment by reason of an employee’s act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, insubordination, or an intentional or grossly negligent act detrimental to the interests of the Bank, or of its Parent or any Subsidiary.

§3. Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or such other committee of the Board that is designated and empowered to perform the functions of the Committee, and in either case, composed of not fewer than two Non-Employee Directors of the Bank. In particular, the Committee shall have the authority, subject to the terms of the Plan, to select the officers and other key employees to whom Awards may from time to time be granted, to determine whether and to what extent Incentive Stock Options, Non-Statutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, or Performance Unit Awards, or any combination thereof are to be granted, and to determine the terms and conditions of all such grants. The Committee shall supervise and administer the Plan and shall have plenary powers and authority to adopt, amend and rescind such rules and regulations and establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for the administration of the Plan and the Awards, including rules with respect to limiting the use of shares of Common Stock of the Bank in full or part payment of the Option Price of Stock Options and in full or part payment of any applicable withholding taxes, and generally to conduct and administer the Plan and to make all determinations in connection therewith as may be necessary or advisable. Any questions of interpretation of the Plan, any Awards issued under it, or any such rules and regulations, shall be determined by the Committee, and such determinations shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons. The Committee may delegate some or all of its


authority under the Plan as the Committee deems appropriate; provided, however, that no such delegation may be made that would (i) cause Awards under the Plan to cease to be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or (ii) cause any Award to cease to qualify for exemption from the deduction limitations under Section 162(m) of the Code.

§4. Types of Awards . The Committee shall have full and complete authority, in its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to grant Awards consisting of any one or a combination of Incentive Stock Options (as provided in Section 7 hereof); Non-Statutory Stock Options (as provided in Section 7 hereof); Stock Appreciation Rights (as provided in Section 8 hereof); Restricted Stock (as provided in Section 9 hereof); and Performance Units (as provided in Section 10 hereof).

§5. Eligibility . Officers and other key employees of the Bank, its Parent and any Subsidiaries (but excluding members of the Committee and any person who serves only as a director of the Bank and/or any one more of its Parent and any Subsidiaries) are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. The employees who shall receive Awards under the Plan shall be selected from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion, from among those eligible, and the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the size and form of each Award to be granted to each such employee selected.

§6. Stock Subject to Plan . The total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for distribution pursuant to Awards under the Plan, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13 hereof, shall be the sum of (a) four million (4,000,000) shares, plus (b) that number of shares as would (but for the provisions of the following sentence) be or from time to time become available for distribution pursuant to awards under the Predecessor Plan. Shares that are reserved and available for distribution pursuant to Awards under the Plan by reason of clause (b) of the foregoing sentence shall cease to be reserved or available for distribution as awards under the Predecessor Plan. Shares reserved and available for distribution pursuant to Awards under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or issued shares reacquired by the Bank and currently or hereafter held as treasury shares, as the Committee may from time to time determine. Shares attributable to any Award made under the Plan in the form of a Stock Option or Restricted Stock shall be unavailable for future grants so long as the Award remains outstanding, or following the exercise or deemed exercise of any Award made in the form of a Stock Option or the vesting of any Award made in the form of Restricted Stock, to the extent of such exercise, deemed exercise, or vesting (as the case may be). If any Award made in the form of a Stock Option remains unexercised in whole or in part at the expiration thereof or is terminated unexercised in whole or in part, or if any Award made in the form of Restricted Stock is forfeited in whole or in part prior to the vesting of such Award, then in each case the shares attributable to such Award shall be available for future grants under the Plan to the extent such Award was not exercised or was forfeited (as the case may be). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Stock Appreciation Right granted in conjunction with a Stock Option is exercised, such Stock Option shall be deemed to have been exercised for purposes of determining whether the shares attributable to such Stock Option shall be available for future grants under the Plan. The maximum number of shares that may be made the subject of all Awards to any


Participant in any calendar year in the form of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, or any combination thereof, is 100,000 shares. The maximum number of shares that may be made the subject of all Awards to any Participant in any calendar year in the form of Restricted Stock is 30,000 shares.

§7. Stock Options . The Committee may, from time to time, grant Stock Options, alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The two types of Stock Options that may be granted are Incentive Stock Options and Non-Statutory Stock Options, which may be granted by the Committee to eligible employees (as described in Section 5 hereof) severally or together (in each case, with or without Stock Appreciation Rights). If any Stock Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall constitute a Non-Statutory Stock Option as provided in this Section 7. Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions, and may contain such additional terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem desirable.

(a) Grant Date. The grant of a Stock Option shall occur on the date the Committee, by resolution, (i) selects an eligible employee as grantee, (ii) determines the number of Stock Options granted to such employee, and (iii) specifies the terms and conditions of the Option Agreement. In no event may the Committee grant a Stock Option later than 10 years after the earlier of (x) the initial date of adoption of the Plan, and (y) the date the Plan is initially approved by the shareholders of the Bank.

(b) Option Agreement. Each Stock Option shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement, and the terms and provisions of each Option Agreement may differ. Each Option Agreement shall indicate on its face whether it is an agreement for Incentive Stock Options or Non-Statutory Stock Options. If Stock Appreciation Rights are granted in connection with the grant of Stock Options, the Option Agreement shall also evidence the grant of the related Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Interpretation. Notwithstanding any terms of the Plan to the contrary, no term of the Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted, amended or altered to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code.

(d) Price. The Option Price for each share of Stock purchasable under a Stock Option shall be an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of each share of the Stock on the date of grant, or such higher price as the Committee shall determine on or prior to such date; however, the Option Price per share of Stock to an eligible employee who owns Stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Bank shall be an amount not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

(e) Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Stock Option is granted; however, no Incentive Stock Option granted to an


eligible employee who owns Stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Bank shall be exercisable more than 5 years after the date the Stock Option is granted.

(f) Exercisability. Stock Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that except as provided in Sections 7(i), 12,13,14 and 16 hereof and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, no Stock Option shall be exercisable prior to the first anniversary date of the date of grant of such Stock Option. If the Committee provides that any Stock Option is exercisable only in installments, the Committee may at any time waive such installment exercise provisions, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Committee may determine,

(g) Method of Exercise. Subject to the provisions of this Section 7, Stock Options may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time during the Option term by the Participant’s giving written notice of exercise to the Bank specifying the number of shares to be purchased. If a Participant wishes to exercise an Incentive Stock Option or to sell shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option in a manner or within a time period that would make the Incentive Stock Option a Non-Statutory Stock Option, the Participant shall specifically notify the Bank of that fact in such notice or when such transaction occurs. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price by cash, certified or bank check, or such other form of payment as may be lawful consideration for capital stock and as the Bank may accept. With the consent of the Committee, payment in full or in part may also be made in the form of Stock already owned by the Participant or Restricted Stock (based on the Fair Market Value of such Stock on the date the Stock Option is exercised), the share certificates for which shall be endorsed in blank or accompanied by duly executed stock powers with signatures guaranteed by a broker-dealer firm that is a member of a national securities exchange or a commercial bank or trust company (unless such signature guaranty is waived by the Bank). The Committee may determine whether any restrictions shall be applicable to any shares received if payment of the Option Price for a Stock Option is made, in whole or in part, in the form of Restricted Stock, and, if any restrictions are so imposed, the terms of such restrictions. With the consent of the Committee, a Participant may elect to pay the exercise price for a Stock Option by authorizing a broker to sell shares of Stock (or a sufficient portion of the shares of Stock) acquired by the Participant upon exercise of the Option and to remit to the Bank a sufficient portion of the sale proceeds to pay the exercise price for the Stock Option and satisfy all tax withholding obligations resulting from such exercise. The Bank shall have the authority to delay the issuance of any shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options until full payment therefor has been made, which includes the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations related thereto.


(h) Transferability, Assignability. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, Stock Options shall not be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant for his or her individual account; or, in the event of his or her legal incapacity, by his or her legal representative; or, in the event of his or her Disability, by the Participant or his or her legal representative (as the case may be).

(i) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent required for “incentive stock option” status under Section 422 of the Code, the Committee is authorized to limit the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Stock (determined as of the date of grant) with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year under the Plan and any other stock option plan of any subsidiary or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code). The Committee is authorized to provide at grant that, to the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code, if an employee’s employment with the Bank is terminated by reason of death, Disability or Retirement and the portion of any Incentive Stock Option that is otherwise exercisable during the post-termination period specified in Section 14 hereof applied without regard to this Section 7, is greater than the portion of such Option that is exercisable as an “incentive stock option” during such post-termination period under Section 422, such post-termination period shall automatically be extended (but not beyond the original option term) to the extent necessary to permit the Participant to exercise such Incentive Stock Option (either as an Incentive Stock Option or, if exercised after the expiration periods that apply for the purposes of Section 422, as a Non-Statutory Stock Option).

§8. Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee may, from time to time and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, grant Stock Appreciation Rights in connection with all or any part of a Stock Option granted under this Plan or in a separate Award. The grant of a Stock Appreciation Right shall occur on the date the Committee, by resolution, (i) selects an eligible employee or grantee, (ii) determines the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to such employee, and (iii) specifies the terms and conditions of the Award. In no event may the Committee grant a Stock Appreciation Right later than 10 years after the earlier of (x) the initial date of adoption of the Plan, and (y) the date the Plan is initially approved by the shareholders of the Bank.

(a) Granted in Connection with Options. The following provisions apply to all Stock Appreciation Rights that are granted in connection with Stock Options:

(i) Grant and Exercise. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in conjunction with all or part of any Stock Option granted under the Plan, In the case of a Non-Statutory Stock Option, such rights may be granted either at or after the time of grant of such Stock Option. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such rights may be granted only at the time of grant of such Stock Option. A Stock Appreciation Right, or the applicable


portion thereof granted with respect to a Stock Option, shall terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the related Stock Option. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, a Stock Appreciation Right granted with respect to less than the full number of shares the subject of a related Stock Option shall not be reduced until the number of shares the subject of an exercise or termination of the related Stock Option exceeds the number of shares that are not the subject of the Stock Appreciation Right. A Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by a Participant by his or her surrendering the applicable portion of the related Stock Option in accordance with procedures established by the Committee. Upon such exercise and surrender, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount determined in the manner prescribed in Section 8(a)(ii) hereof. Stock Options which have been so surrendered shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the related Stock Appreciation Rights have been exercised.

(ii) Terms and Conditions. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash or shares of Stock (or any combination of both), as determined by the Committee in its discretion, equal in value to the excess of (x) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the exercise date, over (y) the Option Price specified in the related Stock Option, multiplied by the number of shares in respect of which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised. The Committee may determine the form of payment. A Stock Appreciation Right may only be exercised when the Fair Market Value of Stock exceeds the Option Price specified in the related Stock Option. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be transferable only when and to the extent that the underlying Stock Option would be transferable under the Plan. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Stock Option or part thereof to which such Stock Appreciation Right is related shall be deemed to have been exercised for the purpose of the limitation set forth in Section 6 hereof on the number of shares issued under the Stock Appreciation Right at the time of exercise, based on the value of the Stock Appreciation Right at the time of exercise. Upon the termination of the Participant’s employment for any reason, he or she may exercise any Stock Appreciation Rights held by him or her on the same terms and conditions as the related Option.

(b) Not Granted in Connection with Options. All Stock Appreciation Rights that are not granted in connection with Stock Options shall be evidenced by a SAR Agreement, and the terms and provisions of each SAR Agreement may differ. In addition, the following provisions apply to all Stock Appreciation Rights that are not granted in connection with Stock Options:


(i) Term. The term of each Stock Appreciation Right shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable more than 10 years after it is granted.

(ii) Exercisability. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee. If the Committee provides that any Stock Appreciation Right Award is exercisable only in installments, the Committee may at any time waive any such installment exercise provisions, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Committee may determine. Subject to such terms and conditions, Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time during their term by the Participant’s giving written notice of exercise to the Bank specifying the number of Stock Appreciation Rights to be exercised. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right in accordance with its terms, a Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash or shares of Stock (or any combination of both), as determined by the Committee in its discretion, equal in value to (x) the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the exercise date, over (y) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right, multiplied by the number of shares of Stock in respect of which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised. The Committee may determine the form of payment. Any shares of Stock issued upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise.

(iii) Transferability; Assignability. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, Stock Appreciation Right shall not be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant for his or her individual account, or, in the event of his or her legal incapacity, by his or her legal representative; or, in the event of his or her Disability, by the Participant or his or her legal representative (as the case may be).

§9. Restricted Stock Awards . The Committee may, from time to time, grant Restricted Stock Awards under the Plan, subject to the following terms and conditions and such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its discretion, may establish.

(a) Administration. Shares of Restricted Stock may be issued either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall select the officers and key employees to whom and the date or dates upon which grants of Restricted Stock will be made, the number of shares to be awarded, the time or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture, the events or conditions of forfeiture, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine. The Committee may, before or at the time of grant, designate


certain Awards of Restricted Stock as “Performance-Based Awards”, in which case the Committee shall condition the grant of such Performance-Based Restricted Stock upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals established by the Committee in writing, no later than the 90th day of the Performance Period to which the Performance Goals shall apply. Performance Periods shall not be shorter than one year. Other terms, conditions and restrictions of such Awards shall be set forth in an agreement or agreements between the Bank and the Participant. The provisions of Restricted Stock Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient. Each Restricted Stock Award shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement.

(b) Certificates. Each Participant receiving a Restricted Stock Award shall be issued a certificate representing such shares of Restricted Stock. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Participant. The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Bank until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Restricted Stock Award, the Participant shall have delivered to the Bank upon receipt of such Award, a duly executed stock power, endorsed in blank, with signatures guaranteed by a broker-dealer firm that is a member of a national securities exchange or a commercial bank or trust company (unless such guaranty is waived by the Bank), relating to the Stock made the subject of such Restricted Stock Award.

(c) Terms and Conditions. Each grant of a Restricted Stock Award shall be subject to the following terms and conditions, in addition to such other terms and conditions as the Committee may determine:

(i) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Agreement, during the period determined by the Committee (the “Restriction Period”), except as otherwise provided by the Committee, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber any shares of Restricted Stock. The Committee may provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions, in whole or in part, based on service, performance and such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine.

(ii) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9(c)(ii) and Section 9(c)(i), the Participant shall have, with respect to his or her shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a shareholder of the Bank, including the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any cash dividends. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, cash dividends shall be automatically deferred and reinvested in additional Restricted Stock and dividends payable in Stock shall be paid in the form of shares of Restricted Stock.


(d) Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award. Restricted Stock Awards may be designated as Performance-Based by the Committee before or at the time of grant based upon the Committee’s determination that (i) the recipient is or may be a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code in the fiscal year in which the Bank would expect to be able to claim a tax deduction with respect to such Award, and (ii) the Committee wishes the Restricted Stock Award to qualify for the exemption from the limitation on deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

(e) Book-Entry Shares. In the event the Committee authorizes the issuance pursuant to this Plan of shares of Restricted Stock in book-entry (uncertificated) form, all references herein to the delivery of stock certificates shall be inapplicable. The Bank’s transfer agent shall keep appropriate records indicating the number of shares of Restricted Stock owned by each person to whom shares are issued pursuant to this Plan, the restrictions applicable to such shares of Restricted Stock and the duration thereof, and other relevant information. Upon the lapse of all restrictions applicable to shares of Restricted Stock, the transfer agent shall effect delivery of such shares by adjusting its records to reflect the lapse of such restrictions, and by notifying the Participant in whose name such shares were issued that such restrictions have lapsed.

§10. Performance Unit Awards . The Committee shall, from time to time, in its discretion, set Performance Goals and grant Awards to eligible employees (as defined in Section 5 hereof) in the form of Performance Units, provided that the Performance Goals are established in writing, no later than the 90th day of the Performance Period to which the Performance Goals shall apply. The extent to which an Award has been earned shall be determined following completion of the applicable Performance Period, based upon the attainment of the Performance Goals set with respect to that Award. Performance Periods shall not be shorter than one year.

(a) Administration. Performance Units may be awarded either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall select the officers and key employees to whom and the time or times at which Performance Units shall be awarded and any other terms and conditions of the Award. The Committee shall determine the nature, duration, and starting date of the Performance Period and shall determine the performance objectives to be used in valuing Performance Units and determining the extent to which Performance Units have been earned. The provisions of Performance Units Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient, and Performance Goals may vary among Participants and groups of Participants.

(b) Performance Period. Except as provided in Section 10(c)(iii) hereof, a Participant shall be entitled to payment of Performance Units pursuant to Section 10 hereof only if the Participant is employed with the Bank for a period of time to be determined by the Committee, but such period of time in no event shall be less than one year from the date of grant of the Award. Performance Periods may


overlap and Participants may simultaneously participate with respect to Performance Unit Awards that are subject to different performance factors and criteria.

(c) Terms and Conditions. Performance Unit Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions, in addition to any other terms and conditions the Committee may determine:

(i) Not more than 90 days after the commencement of the Performance Period, the Committee shall establish such performance targets and indicators as shall enable the Committee to calculate the percentage of a Performance Unit to be paid to a Participant based upon the extent to which such Performance Unit has been earned. The Committee shall determine the value for each Performance Unit based upon the Bank’s audited financial statements for the year immediately preceding the year during which the Performance Units are to be paid out. Payment of the value of the Performance Units shall be made in cash or whole shares of Stock, including Restricted Stock, or any combination thereof, and in a lump sum or in annual installments, as the Committee may determine. The Committee may adjust the performance targets and indicators and measurements applicable to Performance Unit Awards to take into account changes in law, accounting and tax rules and to make such adjustments as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Performance Unit Award Agreement, except as otherwise provided by the Committee, Performance Unit Awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or disposed of.

(iii) Based on such factors or criteria as the Committee may determine, the Committee may shorten the Performance Period or declare any Performance Units immediately payable in such amounts as the Committee may determine whenever it decides in its absolute discretion that such action is in the interests of the Bank and equitable to the Participants, or in the event of hardship or other special circumstances of a Participant whose employment is terminated (other than for Cause).

(iv) Each Performance Unit Award shall be confirmed by and be subject to the terms of a Performance Unit Award Agreement.

(v) The maximum amount, including the Fair Market Value of any Stock, that may be paid to any Participant in any calendar year with respect to Performance Unit Awards is $2 million.


§11. Performance Goals . Performance Goal(s) applicable to a Performance Period shall identify one or more business criteria to be monitored during the Performance Period. Such business criteria shall be established on a Bank-specific basis or in comparison with peer group performance based on one or more of the following: earnings before interest and taxes, net earnings, earnings per share, return on equity, return on assets, stock price appreciation and total return to stockholders. The Committee shall determine the level(s) of performance that must be achieved with respect to each criterion that is identified in a Performance Goal in order for a Performance Goal to be treated as attained in whole or in part. The Committee may base Performance Goal(s) on one or more of the foregoing business criteria. If Performance Goal(s) are based on more than one business criterion, the Committee may determine to make a grant of an Award upon attainment of the Performance Goal(s) relating to any one or more of the criteria. The Committee may not adjust Performance Goals or Performance Periods established for any Award to the extent such adjustment would increase the amount of the Award; however, the Committee shall retain the discretion to decrease Awards. The Committee shall certify in writing before payment of the amounts payable under the Restricted Stock Awards and Performance Unit Awards that the Performance Goals and any other material terms were in fact satisfied. Certification by the Committee is not required for amounts payable that are attributable solely to the increase in the value of Stock.

§12. Change of Control . In the event of a Change of Control of the Bank (as defined in Section 12(a) hereof), notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Plan or in any agreements evidencing the grant of Awards, (i) any Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding on the date a Change of Control is deemed to have occurred shall immediately become fully exercisable; (ii) the restrictions applicable to any Restricted Stock shall lapse and such Restricted Stock shall immediately become fully vested; and (iii) any outstanding Performance Unit Awards shall be vested and paid out in accordance with the time ratio set forth in Section 14(f) hereof. All outstanding Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and Restricted Stock shall be redeemable for cash, unless otherwise determined by the Committee on or after the date of grant, with the value of shares of Stock being deemed equivalent to their Fair Market Value determined as of the date specified in Section 12(b) hereof, as of the date of such Change of Control, or as of such other date as the Committee may determine prior to the date of such Change of Control.

(a) Definition. A Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred at any time that a person (as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than the Bank or its Parent or any Subsidiary becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly of securities of the Bank representing a majority of the total voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding voting securities.

(b) Valuation Date. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control of the Bank, the valuation date to be used in determining the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock shall be the date immediately preceding the date upon which such Change of Control shall have occurred.


§ 13. Reorganizations and Recapitalizations of the Bank . Unless the Committee, in its discretion, shall otherwise provide to the contrary in any agreement, the following terms apply to adjustments, reorganizations, recapitalizations, and other changes in the structure of the Bank:

(a) The existence of the Plan and Awards granted thereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Bank or its shareholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the Bank’s capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Bank, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

(b) The shares with respect to which Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (or both) may be granted hereunder are shares of Stock as currently constituted, but if, and whenever, prior to the delivery by the Bank of all of the shares of Stock that are the subject of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (or both) granted pursuant to the Plan, the Bank shall effect a subdivision or combination of shares or other capital adjustment, the payment of a stock dividend or other increase or reduction in the number of shares of Stock outstanding without receiving consideration therefor in money, services or property, the number of shares of Stock available under the Plan and the number of shares of Stock with respect to which Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (or both) granted hereunder may thereafter be exercised shall (i) in the event of an increase in the number of shares of Stock, be proportionately increased, and the Option Price payable per share shall be proportionately reduced; and (ii) in the event of a reduction in the number of shares of Stock, be proportionately reduced, and the Option Price payable per share shall be proportionately increased.

(c) If the Bank is reorganized, or merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or if the Bank sells or otherwise disposes of substantially all of its assets to another corporation, or if 20% or more of all classes of outstanding capital stock of the Bank ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors is acquired by another corporation in exchange for stock or other securities of such other corporation and while unexercised Options remain outstanding under the Plan, subject to the provisions of Section 12 hereof, the Committee may authorize an agreement between the Bank and such other corporation providing that there shall be substituted for the shares subject to the unexercised portions of such outstanding Options an appropriate number of shares, if any, of each class of stock or other securities of the reorganized, merged, consolidated or acquiring corporation that were distributed or issued to the shareholders of the Bank in respect of their shares of Stock; and in the case of any merger or consolidation in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation, or any sale or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank to another corporation, or the acquisition of 20% or more of all classes of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors by another corporation


and in exchange for stock or other securities of such other corporation, the Committee may accelerate unmatured installments of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (or both).

§ 14. Termination of Employment . Subject to the provisions of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10, the following terms shall apply to Awards with respect to a Participant’s termination of employment.

(a) Termination by Death. If a Participant’s employment terminates by reason of his or her death, any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or for such period following the Participant’s death as may be specified in the applicable Option Agreement or SAR Agreement, whichever period is shorter.

(b) Termination by Reason of Disability. If a Participant’s employment terminates by reason of his or her Disability, any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or for such period following termination of employment by reason of the Participant’s Disability as may be specified in the applicable Option Agreement or SAR Agreement, whichever period is shorter. The period during which the Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised following termination by reason of Disability pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not be affected by the subsequent death of the Participant. In the event of termination of employment by reason of Disability, if an Incentive Stock Option is exercised after the expiration of the exercise periods that apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option shall thereafter be treated as a Non-Statutory Stock Option.

(c) Termination by Reason of Retirement. If a Participant’s employment terminates by reason of Retirement, any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such Retirement or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or for such period following termination of employment by reason of the Participant’s Retirement as may be specified in the applicable Option Agreement or SAR Agreement, whichever period is shorter. The period during which the Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised following termination by reason of Retirement pursuant to this subsection (c) shall not be affected by the subsequent death of the Participant. In the event of termination of employment by reason of Retirement, if an Incentive Stock Option is exercised after the expiration of the exercise periods that apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option will thereafter be treated as a Non-Statutory Stock Option.


(d) Other Termination. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if a Participant’s employment terminates for any reason other than death, Disability, or Retirement, each Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Right shall immediately terminate, except that such Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right, to the extent then exercisable, may be exercised for the lesser of 3 months or the balance of its term if the Participant’s employment is terminated for reasons other than for Cause by the Bank, or its Parent or a Subsidiary (whichever is then the Participant’s employer).

(e) Effect of Termination of Employment on Restricted Stock Awards. Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and Section 9(c)(i) hereof, upon termination of a Participant’s employment for any reason during the Restriction Period, all shares of Restricted Stock still subject to restriction shall be forfeited by the Participant. In the event of hardship or other special circumstances affecting a Participant whose employment is involuntarily terminated (other than for Cause), the Committee may waive in whole or in part any or all remaining restrictions with respect to such Participant’s shares of Restricted Stock.

(f) Effect of Termination of Employment on Performance Unit Awards. Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 10(c)(iii) hereof, Performance Units shall have no value if the Participant is not an employee of the Bank at the end of the Performance Period for which the Performance Unit was granted. In the event of the death, Disability, Retirement, or termination of the Participant’s employment for reasons other than Cause, the Committee may, at its discretion, direct prorated payments based upon (x) the number of full calendar months between the date of grant of the Award and the date of termination of employment, divided by, (y) the total number of months in the Performance Period.

§15. Withholding Taxes . No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income for federal income tax purposes of a Participant with respect to any Award under the Plan, such Participant shall pay to the Bank, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Bank regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Bank, withholding obligations may be settled with Stock, including Stock that is part of the Award giving rise to the withholding requirement. Such Stock shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date when taxes otherwise would be withheld in cash. The obligations of the Bank under the Plan may be conditioned on such payment or arrangements, and the Bank, its Parent and any Subsidiary shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Participant. Until such taxes have been paid or arrangements satisfactory to the Bank for their payment have been made, no share certificates shall be issued or cash shall be paid with respect to an Award.


§16. Amendments and Termination . The Board may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made that would impair the rights of a Participant under a Stock Option, a Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, or an agreement for a Restricted Stock Award or Performance Unit Award theretofore granted, without such Participant’s consent or which, without the approval of the Bank’s shareholders, would:

(a) except as expressly provided in the Plan, increase the total number of shares reserved for the purpose of the Plan;

(b) except as expressly provided in the Plan, decrease the Option Price of any Stock Option to less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant;

(c) change the class of employees eligible to participate in the Plan; or

(d) extend the maximum option period with respect to Incentive Stock Options under Section 7(e) or the maximum exercise period under Section 7(f) hereof.

The Committee may amend the terms of any Stock Option or other Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment shall impair the rights of a Participant without such Participant’s consent. The Committee may also substitute new Stock Options for previously granted Stock Options, including previously granted Stock Options having higher Option Prices. Subject to the provisions set forth in this Section 16, the Board shall have authority to amend the Plan to take into account changes in law and tax and accounting rules, to make Awards comply as “performance-based compensation” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code, to comply with rules exempting certain transactions under the Plan from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and to take into account other developments.

§17. Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective and Awards may be granted thereunder, immediately upon its adoption by the Board. If, however, the Plan shall not have received approval by the holders of a majority of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Bank within 12 months after its adoption by the Board, the Plan and all Awards thereunder shall be terminated and shall be of no further effect.

§18. General Provisions . The following general provisions shall apply to the Plan:

(a) The Plan and all Awards granted and all actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut.


(b) Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Bank, its Parent or any Subsidiary from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for its employees.

(c) Adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Bank, its Parent or any Subsidiary, to terminate the employment of any of its employees at any time.

(d) The reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock at the time of any dividend payment shall only be permissible if sufficient shares of Stock are available under Section 6 hereof for such reinvestment (taking into account then outstanding Stock Options and other Awards).

(e) The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for a Participant to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts payable in the event of such Participant’s death are to be paid.

---ooOOOoo---

EXHIBIT 10.13

People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan


THE PEOPLE’S BANK

CAP EXCESS PLAN

WHEREAS, People’s Bank (the “Bank”) a Connecticut chartered capital stock savings bank, has maintained a Supplemental Retirement Plan (the “SRP”) the initial purpose of which was to provide unfunded benefits to eligible employees who were Participants in the People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan (the “ERP”) and whose benefits were affected by limitations imposed pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and applicable regulations thereunder; and

WHEREAS, the SRP was amended and restated in its entirety to provide for certain changes in eligibility for participation in the SRP and expanded retirement and death benefits provided under the SRP; and

WHEREAS, the Bank has retained the power to further amend the SRP from time to time in accordance with Section 12 of the SRP as amended and restated; and

WHEREAS, the Bank has determined further to amend the SRP so as to take the form of two separate plans: one of such plans to be known as “The People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan”, and the other of such plans to be known as “The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan” (the “Enhanced Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the purpose of The People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan is similar to the initial purpose of the SRP; and

WHEREAS, the purpose of the Enhanced Plan is to continue to provide unfunded enhanced retirement and death benefits to a select group of management and highly paid employees of the Bank who have attained age fifty (50) or older and former employees entitled to benefits under the SRP and to provide for accelerated vesting of such benefits upon a Change in Control of the Bank or its parent company, People’s Mutual Holdings, a mutual holding company organized pursuant to the Banking Law of Connecticut (the “Parent”), or entry into an Agreement by either, consummation of which would result in a Change in Control.

NOW, THEREFORE, the SRP is hereby amended and restated in the form of two separate plans effective as of the first day of January, 1997, and the terms of one of such plans, The People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan (the “Plan”) are as follows:


1. Purpose of the Plan

The purpose of the Plan is to establish a written document which sets forth the program for providing unfunded retirement benefits for a select group of management and highly compensated employees of the Bank who are Participants under the ERP and whose benefits payable thereunder may be limited by various limitations imposed by the Code and applicable regulations.

 

2. Definitions

Unless specifically provided otherwise, the terms used in this document shall have the same meaning as defined in the ERP. Further, the following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this document.

 

  (a) “Actuary” shall mean the actuary or actuarial firm retained by the Bank to perform actuarial valuations under the Enhanced Plan or such other actuary who may pursuant to any provisions of the Trust Agreement be selected by the Trustee or the Advisory Committee.

 

  (b) “Advisory Committee” shall mean the Advisory Committee provided for by the provisions of Section 13 hereof.

 

  (c) “Beneficiary” shall mean any person entitled to receive benefits under this Plan as a result of a Participant’s death.

 

  (d) “CEO” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank or such officer or other person as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank as of the Effective Date.

 

  (e) “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (i)

The Board of Directors of the Bank or its Parent shall approve (A) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) of the Bank or the Parent with any other corporation other than (1) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) which would result in the voting stock (as described in paragraph (ii) of this subsection) of the Bank or its Parent outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting stock of the surviving entity) more than eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting stock of the Bank or its Parent (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger-or consolidation or (2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Bank or its Parent (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined

 

2


 

in paragraph (ii) of this subsection) acquires more than twenty percent (20%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or its Parent, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Bank or its Parent, or (C) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Bank;

 

  (ii) Any person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), corporation, or other entity (other than the Bank, its Parent, or any benefit plan, including, but not limited to, any employee stock ownership plan, sponsored by the Bank, its Parent, or any subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Bank or its Parent ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire such securities); or

 

  (iii) During any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire board of directors of the Bank or its Parent, and any new director (excluding a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Bank or its Parent to effect a transaction described in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this subsection) whose election by the board or nomination for election by the shareholders of the Bank or its Parent was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

 

  (f) “Committee” shall mean the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank, or such other committee of such Board as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Human Resources Committee as of the Effective Date.

 

  (g) “Credit Rating Reduction” shall mean the first issuance of a rating of long term deposits with Bank of less than either (i) “Baa3” by Moody’s Investment Service, Inc., or (ii) “BBB” by Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group.

 

  (h) “Effective Date” shall mean the first day of January, 1997.

 

3


  (i) A Participant’s “ERP Benefit” shall mean such Participant’s vested Accrued Annual Benefit in the Single Life Form calculated pursuant to Article V of the ERP, including the value of the Participant’s benefit assigned under a qualified domestic relations order described in Code Section 414(p), if applicable, provided, however, that there shall be excluded the amount of the pension supplement provided by provisions added to the ERP by Post-Erisa Amendment No. 12 thereto.

 

  (j) “Full Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Actuary calculates based on the best information available (including, when necessary, estimates and forecasts) to him to be equal to the present value of the total amount of all vested and unpaid Plan benefits under this Plan of all Participants (and their Beneficiaries) and all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants and all vested and unpaid benefits under the Enhanced Plan (exclusive of any benefits under the SRP in pay status prior to January 1,1995, and not at the time of reference payable from the Trust) as of the valuation requirement date. For purposes of this (j), the “valuation requirement date” refers to the date of an actual Change in Control or the date which is reasonably selected during a Potential Change in Control Period by the Bank or the Trustee under the terms of the Trust as a likely date for an actual Change in Control to occur or, if such calculation is not on or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period, any date which is reasonable and convenient. Calculations and recalculations of the Full Funding Amount (as described in Section 7 of this Plan) shall assume that each Participant terminated employment as of the valuation requirement date of such calculation or recalculation. Present values and liabilities under the Plan shall be determined in a manner consistent with the assumptions applied in annual valuations of the ERP for purposes of funding requirements under the Act, or if the ERP is no longer being so valued annually (by reason of its termination or otherwise), such assumptions which the CEO determines on the basis of advice from the Actuary would be so applied if the ERP were to be so valued. In computing the Full Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount calculated by the Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses, including reasonable expenses of the Advisory Committee (if then existing), in administering or terminating the Trust and distributing benefits including expenses of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have - a higher degree of probability than extremely remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank.

 

  (k)

The Bank shall be considered “Insolvent” for purposes of this Plan if (i) the Bank is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Bank is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) the Bank is determined to be insolvent by the Banking Commissioner, Federal

 

4


 

Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Bank or any other federal or state authority having the power to act as or appoint a receiver or similar officer in the event it finds the Bank is insolvent.

 

  (l) “Interim Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Actuary calculates based on the best information available (including, when necessary, estimates and forecasts) to him to be equal to the present value of the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of (i) all Participants who are as of the Interim Valuation Requirement Date requiring such calculation either (A) no longer employees of the Bank or (B) attained age sixty-three (63) and three hundred twenty-five (325) days and Beneficiaries of such Participants and (ii) all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants. The benefits of any Participant (and his Beneficiary) described in clause (i)(B) of the last preceding sentence shall be determined on the basis of the Actuary’s best estimate of such Participant’s benefit at the later of (1) age sixty-five (65) or earlier date of termination of employment with the Bank indicated by such Participant or (2) such Interim Valuation Requirement Date. Present values and liabilities under the Plans shall be determined in a manner consistent with the assumptions applied in annual valuations of the ERP for purposes of the funding requirements under the Act, or if the ERP is no longer being so valued annually (by reason of its termination or otherwise), such assumptions which the CEO determines on the basis of advice from the Actuary would be so applied if the ERP were to be so valued. Also, in computing the Interim Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount estimated by Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering the Trust and distributing benefits for the sixty months following the relevant Interim Valuation Requirement Date, including reasonable expenses of the Advisory Committee (if then in existence) and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank. For purposes of this (l) and of subsection (j) of this Section 2, the present values of the benefits of all Participants and Beneficiaries shall equal the sum of the present values of the benefits of each Participant (and his Beneficiary) and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant.

 

  (m) “Interim Valuation Requirement Date” means the last date of each fiscal year of the Bank and each date of a Credit Rating Reduction.

 

  (n) “Participant” shall mean an Employee who meets the eligibility requirements of Section 3.

 

  (o) The “Plan” shall mean the People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan as set forth herein as such plan may be amended from time to time.

 

5


  (p) “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred under this Plan if (1) the Bank or Parent enters into any agreement the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control, or (2) the CEO declared in writing that, or the Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent adopts a resolution to the effect that, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

 

  (q) “Potential Change in Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date that a Potential Change in Control occurs and ending upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the date of a Change in Control, or (ii) the date it is determined under the provisions of the Trust Agreement the Potential Change in Control Period has ended without the occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

  (r) “Trust” shall mean the Trust established and maintained pursuant to the terms of subsection (a) of Section 7 hereof.

 

  (s) “Trustee” shall mean the entity then acting as Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

 

  (t) “Trust Agreement” shall mean the trust agreement described in subsection (a) of Section 8 hereof.

 

3. Eligibility

 

  (a) Each Employee who was a participant in The People’s Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan on the day before the Effective Date shall be a Participant hereunder as of the Effective Date, provided he continues to be employed by the Bank on such date.

 

  (b) Each other Employee who is such on or after the Effective Date, shall become a Participant as of the date he first becomes a Member in the ERP and meets both the following requirements:

 

  (i) has a salary grade of ten (10) or higher; and

 

  (ii) is limited by any of the requirements of the Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 of the Code included in the ERP for purposes of complying with the applicable requirements of the Code.

 

  (c) Any Employee who becomes a Participant hereunder shall remain such until he is no longer an Employee and is no longer entitled to a benefit hereunder.

 

6


4. Vesting

A Participant shall be vested in his Plan Benefit as of the date on which he becomes vested under the ERP. In the event a Participant’s Credited Service is terminated prior to his being so vested, his benefits under this Plan shall be forfeited (except in the case of his death to the extent provided pursuant to the provisions of Section 6); provided that, in the event of his rehire and his subsequently becoming vested, his Plan Benefit shall be reinstated and he shall become vested therein.

 

5. Plan Benefit

Any Participant who is such on or after the Effective Date and who is an Employee as of that date shall be entitled to receive under the Plan a supplemental benefit (the “Plan Benefit”). The Plan Benefit shall be a monthly amount payable in the Single Life Form or other form in effect under the ERP equal to the excess of A. over B. where:

 

  A. is equal to the monthly benefit such Participant would have received (for each month under the ERP) if the applicable limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 or both of the Code and regulations thereunder had not been included therein; and

 

  B. is equal to the monthly amount of the Participant’s ERP Benefit.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5 or of Section 6, in the event of a Credit Rating Reduction, the balance of any benefits payable under this Plan to any Participant no longer employed by the Bank at the time of such Credit Rating Reduction or to any Beneficiary of any then deceased Participant shall be paid in a lump sum equal to the lump sum present value of benefit payments pursuant to subsection (b) hereof or Section 6 (as the case may be); provided that, unless otherwise determined by the Bank, no such benefits shall be so paid in any year in an amount which would exceed any dollar limitation applicable to compensation including payments pursuant to the Plan paid by the Bank to such Participant or Beneficiary on deductibility of compensation for purposes of computing the Bank’s Federal income tax liability. Such lump sum present value shall be determined on the basis of the 1983 GAM Mortality Tables and an annual interest rate of one percent (1%) plus the average of the yields reported by the Federal Reserve Board in the Wall Street Journal during the second month preceding such date of payment on 10 year U.S. Treasury notes, adjusted for constant maturity, provided no such payment shall be in excess of the accrued liability of the Bank with respect to such benefits, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Upon such payment to a Participant (except to the extent provided in the next sentence), all liability of the Bank or any person or of the Plan to any Participant shall terminate, and the rights of any and all Beneficiaries hereunder shall be subject to loss by payment to a Participant or prior Beneficiary pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5. To the extent that as a result of

 

7


the limitations of this Section 5 an amount equal to the entire lump sum present value cannot be distributed to a Participant, the balance of such sum (with interest computed at such annual rate) shall be distributed to such Participant or Beneficiary as rapidly as allowable without violation of such limitation, and in the event of the death of a Participant prior to such full payment, the balance of such lump sum shall be distributed to his Beneficiary.

 

6. Death Benefits

 

  (a) In the event of the death of a Participant after termination of his Credited Service and while his Plan Benefits are in pay status or after his Normal Retirement Date, payment of death benefits under this Plan shall depend on whether benefits under the ERP are payable to such Participant’s Surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary. If no such benefits are payable under the ERP, no death benefits shall be payable hereunder. If such death benefits are payable under the ERP, then benefits shall be payable hereunder (for the same duration and with the same frequency as such ERP death benefits) equal in the amount of the excess of the amount such ERP death benefits would have been had the applicable limits imposed by Sections 40l(a)(17) or 415 or both of the Code and regulations thereunder not been included in the ERP over the amount of the actual amount of such ERP death benefits.

 

  (b) In the event of the death of a Participant after termination of his Credited Service, but prior to commencement of payment of his Plan Benefits and prior to his Normal Retirement Date, no death benefits shall be payable hereunder unless death benefits are payable to his Surviving Spouse under the ERP. If death benefits are so payable under the ERP, then benefits shall be payable hereunder (for the same duration and with the same frequency as such ERP death benefits) equal in the amount of the excess of the amount such ERP death benefits would have been had the applicable limits imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 or both of the Code and regulations thereunder not been included in the ERP over the amount of the actual amount of such ERP death benefits.

 

  (c) In the event of the death of a Participant prior to termination of his Credited Service, a death benefit shall be payable under this Plan to his Surviving Spouse or his other Beneficiary only if a Surviving Spouse benefit is payable under the ERP. In such event, if such Surviving Spouse Benefits are payable under the ERP, then benefits shall be payable hereunder (for the same duration and with the same frequency as such ERP death benefits) equal in the amount of the excess of the amount such ERP death benefits would have been had the applicable limits imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 or both of the Code and regulations thereunder not been included in the ERP over the amount of the actual amount of such ERP death benefits.

 

8


  (d) Any death benefit hereunder shall be payable to one or more Beneficiaries designated by such Participant on a form authorized by the Committee, signed by such Participant and filed with the Bank. A Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than a Surviving Spouse even if the only death benefits paid under the ERP are paid as a result of such Participant being survived by a Surviving Spouse. In the absence of any designation of a Beneficiary other than a Surviving Spouse or beneficiary under the ERP, death benefits hereunder shall be paid to the same person or persons entitled to contemporaneous payments under the ERP.

 

  (e) Except as provided in this Section 6, no benefits under this Plan shall be payable to a Participant’s Beneficiary after such Participant’s death.

 

7. Trust; Change In Control; Credit Rating Reduction

 

  (a) The Bank has or will within ninety (90) days after the effective date hereof enter into a Trust Agreement with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company as Trustee establishing the Trust. The Trust is intended to provide for the funding of the Bank’s obligation to provide benefits under the Plan and the Enhanced Plan to the extent provided pursuant to the provisions of (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7. The substantial form of such Trust Agreement has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank on August 15,1996. In the event of Insolvency of the Bank, assets held under the Trust shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Bank under federal and state law as set forth in the Trust Agreement. In the event of such Insolvency, any and all such assets will be available to satisfy the claims of general creditors of the Bank even if all Plan Benefits have not otherwise been provided for and even if all Plan Benefits of Employees who have terminated their Credited Service have not been fully provided for. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit Participants or Beneficiaries from asserting claims for Plan Benefits as general creditors of the Bank. The Bank may cause, subject to and in accordance with, the terms of the Trust Agreement, Plan Benefits to be provided from the assets of the Trust, the general assets of the Bank, or a combination thereof as the Bank may determine to be in the Bank’s best interests. No person eligible for, or entitled to, Plan Benefits hereunder shall have any property, equitable or security rights in any specific assets of the Bank or held as part of the Trust. The obligation to pay all Plan Benefits shall be treated as an item of indebtedness by the Bank to the Participant or Beneficiary, and except as otherwise paid from the Trust, such payments shall be made from the general assets of the Bank. All amounts as may be required to be withheld by any applicable federal, state or local law shall be withheld and remitted as required by any such law and payments made to the Participant or any Beneficiary shall be the net amount after withholding.

 

9


  (b) The Bank, in the sole discretion of the CEO, may at any time, or from time to time, make deposits (in addition to those required pursuant to subsections (c) and (d) of this Section 7), of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal of the Trust, such additions to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in the agreement setting forth the terms of the Trust. Neither the Trustee nor any Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

 

  (c) Upon a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, the Bank shall, as soon as possible, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days following such Potential Change in Control or Change in Control, make a contribution to the Trust of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee equal in value to the Full Funding Amount. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount shall be recalculated in the event such Potential Change in Control Period extends beyond the required valuation date used in the first or other last subsequent computation made as a result of such Potential Change in Control Period. In the event that the Trustee later determines that provision made in determining the Full Funding Amount for expenses was not adequate, the Bank shall make additional deposits to provide for such expenses as determined by the Trustee from time to time.

 

  (d) (i)            No more than thirty (30) days after the date of a Credit Rating Reduction, the Bank shall:

 

  A. Cause the Actuary to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of a date reasonably selected by the Actuary which shall be no more than thirty (30) days prior to such Interim Valuation Requirement Date and deliver to the Trustee the Actuary’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

 

  B. Pay to the Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of a date selected by the Bank (no more than ten (10) days prior to the date of such payment) would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

 

  (ii) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year, the Bank shall:

 

  A. Cause the Actuary to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to the Trustee the Actuary’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

 

10


  B. Pay to the Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such last day would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

 

  (iii) Any Actuary’s certification delivered pursuant to this subsection (d) may rely on Trustee’s estimate of expenses to be included in the computation of such Interim Funding Amount.

 

8. Nonassignability

The Plan is designed to provide payment of Plan Benefits solely for the support of the Participant and, to the extent of any death benefits, such Participant’s beneficiary. No person eligible for or entitled to a Plan Benefit payable hereunder shall have any right, power or authority to assign, sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber, whether by voluntary action or by operation of law, the right to receive such Plan Benefit payment.

 

9. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee may delegate its administrative authority to officers or other employees of the Bank, provided that no such delegate shall determine his own benefits hereunder. The Committee shall have complete and discretionary authority to determine eligibility and the amount of benefits payable under the Plan and to otherwise construe, interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan and its determinations shall be conclusive on the Bank, its employees and any other person claiming any benefit under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, any determination made by the Committee upon or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period shall be binding only if accepted by the Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant; and to the extent not so accepted, such determination of the Committee shall be of no effect and given no weight and such Participant or Beneficiary shall have his rights determined in accordance with the procedures of any of the provisions of the Trust Agreement, and the Bank shall pay to the Trustee any funds necessary to provide such benefits as so determined.

 

10. Claims Procedure

 

  (a)

The Committee from time to time may, and upon reasonable written request from a Participant or after his death a Beneficiary shall, provide information to each Participant, or if applicable, such Participant’s beneficiary, as to the amount of benefits to which such person is entitled. If a claimant disagrees with the Committee’s computation, such person shall file with the Committee, in writing and sent by registered or certified mail, such claim for benefit or additional benefits. If no claim is received by the Committee within the later of thirty (30) days after the Participant retires or otherwise terminates service with the Bank or

 

11


 

sixty (60) days after such claimant receives written notification of benefits from the Committee, no such claim shall be permitted and the Committee’s computation will be final. In the event any such claim is filed, the Committee shall exercise its best efforts to act upon such claim within sixty (60) days after its receipt. If such claim is denied, in whole or in part, the Committee shall give notice in writing, by mail, of such denial to the claimant, setting forth (i) the specific reasons for such denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) advice to the effect that the claimant may request a full review of such claim by filing with the Committee, within sixty (60) days after such notice has been mailed, a request for such review. In the event such request is submitted, the Committee shall review the claim within sixty (60) days and the claimant shall be given written notice of the result of such review. Such notice shall include specific reason for the decision and shall be final.

 

  (b) During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a Participant or Beneficiary at his election may determine at any time not to follow or to cease following the procedures set forth in this Section 10, and to assert and enforce any claims under the Plan without regard to the provisions of this Section 10, including enforcing any remedies in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

 

11. Amendment and Termination

 

  (a) The Committee may amend the Plan from time to time; provided, however, that no such amendment shall have the effect of reducing any vested benefit under the Plan.

 

  (b) Further, no Participant who was a participant in the SRP as of the day before the Effective Date shall receive a Plan Benefit which, when added to the plan benefit to which he is entitled under the Enhanced Plan is of lesser actuarial value than the Plan Benefits such Participant would have received under the SRP had the SRP Plan not been amended as of the Effective Date based on the lesser of his Final Average Salary as of the earlier of the date of termination of his Credited Service or the Effective Date or her or his actual Final Average Salary.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 11, an amendment to subsection (c) of Section 7 hereof or the definitions of Change in Control, Potential Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Period or eliminating or reducing the rights or authority of the Advisory Committee provided by Section 13 hereof may be made only in the event it is approved by the vote then required for amendment to Change in Control provision pursuant to Section 14 of the Trust

 

12


 

Agreement and an amendment to reduce the funding requirements pursuant to Section 7(d) or changing the definition of Interim Funding Amount or Interim Valuation Requirement Date may be made only in the event it is approved by the vote of sixty-five percent (65%) of all Participants not employed by the Bank at the time of such vote.

 

  (d) The Bank reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time with the approval of all Participants. Further, the Bank may cease all further benefit accruals. However, except as may be required pursuant to any applicable federal, state or local law, or as approved in writing by all Participants and Beneficiaries of deceased Participants with unpaid Plan Benefits, any Plan Benefit then accrued shall remain payable in accordance with the terms of the PIan to the extent then accrued, and the Bank’s obligations under Section 7 and the Trust Agreement shall remain in full force and effect with respect to all Plan Benefits accrued as of such date.

 

12. Construction

 

  (a) The Plan shall be administered in accordance with the laws of Connecticut, to the extent applicable, and not preempted by any other applicable federal law.

 

  (b) Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to confer upon any person any legal right to be continued as an employee of the Bank. The Bank expressly reserves the right to discharge any employee whenever the interest of the Bank in its sole judgment may so require without any liability on the part of the Bank. The Bank shall be the Plan Administrator of the Plan.

 

  (c) It is intended that the Plan be and remain a bona fide deferred compensation .plan for purposes of Part 359 of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as defined by me provisions of FDIC Reg § 359. l(d) and the terms of the Plan shall be so construed in the event of any ambiguity.

 

  (d) The benefits payable under the Plan shall not be limited by the provisions of any other agreement entered into by the Bank and-any Participant prior to the Effective Date relating to payments in the event of Change in Control; but benefits under such other agreement may, if any such other agreement so provides, be reduced as a result of benefits payable under the Plan.

 

  (e) The provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns, and references to the Bank herein shall include its successors and assigns. References to Parent shall include its successors and assigns.

 

13


  (f) Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, pronouns of one gender or number may refer to subjects or objects of a different gender or number.

 

13. Advisory Committee

 

  (a) During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a majority of Plan Voters at any time, and from time to time, may appoint an Advisory Committee to monitor and represent the interests of the Plan Voters and the Beneficiary of any deceased Participant with respect to the Plan, the Enhanced Plan and the Trust. The Advisory Committee shall be composed of one to three individuals, some or all of whom may (but none of whom shall be required to) be Plan Voters. The Advisory Committee shall act by majority vote unless it unanimously agrees otherwise and shall otherwise adopt its own procedures which may include authorizing one member thereof to act for the Advisory Committee. Any member of the Advisory Committee may resign by giving written notice to the other members thereof, or, if he is the sole member, to a majority or all of the then Plan Voters. Any member may be removed by action of a majority of Plan Voters, and additional members, including replacement of any resigned, removed or deceased member may be designated by action of a majority of Plan Voters. All actions by any Participant shall be in a writing signed by such Participant. A Participant may sign a single writing effectuating removal and replacement. For purposes of this Section 13, the term “Plan Voters” shall mean each individual who is a Participant in this Plan or a participant in the Enhanced Plan (as determined in accordance with the provisions of the Enhanced Plan) exclusive of any such person whose benefits are not included in the computation of the Full Funding Amount; and each such individual shall for purposes of this Section 13 have one vote even if he is a Participant in both such plans, but excluding (a) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Plan Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (b) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Plan Voter prior to the beginning thereof.

 

  (b)

The purpose of the Advisory Committee shall be to disseminate information concerning the Plan, the Enhanced Plan and the Trust to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voters, to gather information and data concerning, and otherwise investigate, inquiries, controversies, or disputes deemed reasonable by the Advisory Committee and raised by any Participant or any such Beneficiary, to discuss such matters with the CEO of the Bank or members of the Board, or of the Human Resources Committee of the Board, the Actuary or the Trustee, and to take any action authorized under the Trust Agreement with respect to any such inquiries, controversy or dispute which it, in its discretion; deems reasonable to protect the legitimate interest of any Participant or Beneficiary, and monitor and report to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voters with respect to

 

14


 

litigation or arbitration proceedings under the Plan. The Advisory Committee may (but shall not be required to) negotiate on behalf of any Plan Voter or Beneficiary of a deceased Plan Voter; provided, however, that in no event shall the Advisory Committee be deemed authorized to institute any legal or arbitration proceedings hereunder or enter into any agreement purporting to settle or limit the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan or in or to the Trust or its assets. Nothing herein shall prohibit a Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant individually or with others (whether or not as a class action) from instituting legal or arbitration proceedings to enforce his own rights under the Plan while the Advisory Committee is negotiating pursuant to the provisions of this Section whether or not such Participant or Beneficiary is a member of the Advisory Committee.

 

  (c) Without request or demand the Advisory Committee shall be entitled to all reports, information, and data to which the Bank is entitled (without request or demand) under the Trust Agreement and any other reports, information, or data received by the Bank from the Trustee or the Actuary. The Bank shall give the following written notices to the Advisory Committee (which the Advisory Committee may waive if deemed in the best interest of Plan Voters): (i) twenty (20) days prior to the payment of any benefits or other sums from the Trust, other than monthly benefit payments and Trustee fees and expenses in operations of the Plan or the Enhanced Plan, the amount to be so paid, the computation thereof, and the amount of any benefits under the Plan or the Enhanced Plan and Trustee fees and expenses to be paid from the Bank’s general assets; (ii) no later than five (5) days after making any contribution to the Trust, the amount of such contribution and the Actuary’s certification and detailed computations on the basis of which the determination of such amount was made; (iii) any amendments proposed to be made to the Trust Agreement twenty (20) days prior to the Bank’s requesting from Participants a Qualified Vote or a Super Qualified Vote (as those terms are defined therein); (iv) within five (5) days after any substitution of.Trust assets by the Bank; (v) at least twenty (20) days before any change in investment policy is made by the Committee or other authorized body under the Trust Agreement; and (vi) twenty (20) days after the close of each calendar quarter, a report of all contributions to and payments from, the Trust Fund during such quarter. The Advisory Committee, or a person designated by it, may vote on behalf of any Participant who so authorizes it or a delegate chosen by it to vote on behalf of such Participant pursuant to any provision of the Trust Agreement. Acquiescence or inaction by the Advisory Committee shall not be deemed to be approval or consent and in any event shall in no way bind or limit the rights of Participants or Beneficiaries of deceased Participants.

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank, acting by its undersigned officer, duly authorized, hereby executes the Plan to be effective as herein provided.

 

PEOPLE’S BANK
By:  

LOGO

 

16

EXHIBIT 10.14

People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan


THE PEOPLE’S BANK

ENHANCED SENIOR PENSION PLAN

WHEREAS, People’s Bank (the “Bank”) a Connecticut chartered capital stock savings bank, has maintained a Supplemental Retirement Plan (the “SRP”) the initial purpose of which was to provide unfunded benefits to eligible employees who are Participants in the People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan (the “ERP”) and whose benefits under the ERP were affected by limitations imposed pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and applicable regulations thereunder; and

WHEREAS, the SRP was amended and restated in its entirety to provide for certain changes in eligibility for participation in the SRP and expanded retirement and death benefits provided under the SRP; and

WHEREAS, the Bank has retained the power to amend the SRP from time to time in accordance with Section 12 of the SRP as amended and restated; and

WHEREAS, the Bank has determined further to amend the SRP so as to take the form of two separate plans: one of such plans to be known as “The People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan”,and the other of such plans to be known as “The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan”; and

WHEREAS, the purpose of The People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan (the “Cap Plan”) is similar to the initial purpose of the SRP; and

WHEREAS, the purpose of The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan is to continue to provide enhanced retirement and death benefits to a select group of management and highly paid employees of the Bank who have attained age fifty (50) or older and former employees entitled to benefits under the SRP and to provide for accelerated vesting of such benefits upon a Change in Control of the Bank or its parent company, People’s Mutual Holdings, a mutual holding company organized pursuant to the Banking Law of Connecticut (the “Parent”), or entry into an agreement by either, consummation of which would result in a Change in Control.

NOW, THEREFORE, the SRP is hereby amended and restated in the form of two separate plans effective as of the first day of January, 1997 and the terms of one such plan, The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan (the “Plan”), are as follows:


1. Purpose of the Plan

The purpose of the Plan is to provide enhanced unfunded supplemental retirement benefits for a select group of management and highly compensated senior employees of the Bank.

 

2. Definitions

Unless specifically provided otherwise, the terms used in this document shall have the same meaning as defined in the ERP. Further, the following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this document.

 

  (a) “Actuary” shall mean the actuary or actuarial firm retained by the Bank under the Plan to perform actuarial valuations hereunder or such other actuary who may pursuant to any provisions of the Trust Agreement be selected by the Trustee or the Advisory Committee.

 

  (b) “Advisory Committee” shall mean the Advisory Committee provided for by the provisions of Section 13 hereof.

 

  (c) “Beneficiary” shall mean any person entitled to receive benefits under this Plan as a result of a Participant’s death.

 

  (d) A Participant’s “Cap Plan Benefit” shall mean such Participant’s vested monthly benefit expressed in the Single Life Form under the provisions of the Cap Plan.

 

  (e) “CEO” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank or such officer or other person as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank as of the Effective Date.

 

  (f) “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (i)

The Board of Directors of the Bank or its Parent shall approve (A) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) of the Bank or the Parent with any other corporation other than (1) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) which would result in the voting stock (as described in paragraph (ii) of this subsection) of the Bank or its Parent outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting stock of the surviving entity) more than eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting stock of the Bank or its Parent (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Bank or its Parent (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined

 

2


 

in paragraph (ii) of this subsection) acquires more than twenty percent (20%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or its Parent, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Bank or its Parent, or (C) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Bank;

 

  (ii) Any person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), corporation, or other entity (other than the Bank, its Parent, or any benefit plan, including, but not limited to, any employee stock ownership plan, sponsored by the Bank, its Parent, or any subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Bank or its Parent ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire such securities); or

 

  (iii) During any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire board of directors of the Bank or its Parent, and any new director (excluding a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Bank or its Parent to effect a transaction described in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this subsection) whose election by the board or nomination for election by the shareholders of the Bank or its Parent was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

 

  (g) “Change in Control Agreement” shall mean any agreement the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

  (h) “Committee” shall mean the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank, or such other committee of such Board as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Human Resources Committee as of the Effective Date.

 

  (i) “ Credit Rating Reduction” shall mean the first issuance of a rating of long term deposits with Bank of less than either (i) “Baa3” by Moody’s Investment Service, Inc., or (ii) “BBB” by Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group.

 

3


  (j) “Effective Date” shall mean the first day of January, 1997.

 

  (k) A Participant’s “ERP Benefit” shall mean such Participant’s vested Accrued Annual Benefit in the Single Life Form calculated pursuant to Article V of the ERP, including the value of the Participant’s benefit assigned under a qualified domestic relations order described in Code Section 414(p), if applicable, provided, however, that there shall be excluded the amount of the pension supplement provided by provisions added to the ERP by Post-Erisa Amendment No. 12 thereto.

 

  (1) “Full Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Actuary calculates based on the best information available (including, when necessary, estimates and forecasts) to him to be equal to the present value of the total amount of all vested and unpaid benefits of all Participants (and their Beneficiaries) and all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants under this Plan and all vested and unpaid benefits under the Cap Plan as of the valuation requirement date except those which, pursuant to the provisions of Section 5(c), are not payable from the Trust. For purposes of this (1), the “valuation requirement date” refers to the date of an actual Change in Control or the date which is reasonably selected during a Potential Change in Control Period by the Bank or the Trustee under the terms of the Trust as a likely date for an actual Change in Control to occur or, if such calculation is not on or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period, any date which is reasonable and convenient. In computing such vested benefits and such present value during a Potential Change in Control Period or after a Change in Control, there shall be included any Plan Benefits which would become vested by reason of any Change in Control or entry by Parent or Bank into a Change in Control Agreement. Calculations and recalculations of the Full Funding Amount (as described in Section 7 of this Plan) shall assume that each Participant terminated employment as of the valuation requirement date of such calculation or recalculation. Present values and liabilities under the Plan shall be determined in -a manner consistent with the assumptions applied in annual valuations of the ERP for purposes of funding requirements under the Act or if the ERP is no longer being so valued annually (by reason of its termination or otherwise), such assumptions which the CEO determines on the basis of advice from the Actuary would be so applied if the ERP were to be so valued. In computing the Full Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount calculated by the Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering and terminating the Trust and distributing benefits including any reasonable expenses of the Advisory Committee (if then existing), and any expenses of litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than extremely remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank.

 

4


  (m) The Bank shall be considered “Insolvent” for purposes of this Plan if (i) the Bank is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Bank is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) the Bank is determined to be insolvent by the Banking Commissioner, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Bank or any other federal or state authority having the power to act as or appoint a receiver or similar officer in the event it finds the Bank is insolvent.

 

  (n) “Interim Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Actuary calculates based on the best information available (including, when necessary, estimates and forecasts) to him to be equal to the present value of the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of all (i) Participants who are as of the Interim Valuation Requirement Date requiring such calculation either (A) no longer employees of the Bank or (B) attained age sixty-three (63) and three hundred twenty-five (325) days and Beneficiaries of such Participants and (ii) all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants. The benefits of any Participant (and his Beneficiary) described in clause (i)(B) of the last preceding sentence shall be determined on the basis of the Actuary’s best estimate of such Participant’s benefit at the later of (1) age sixty-five (65) or earlier date of termination of employment with the Bank indicated by such Participant or (2) such Interim Valuation Requirement Date. Present values and liabilities under the Plans shall be determined in a manner consistent with the assumptions applied in annual valuations of the ERP for purposes of the funding requirements under the Act or if the ERP is no longer being so valued annually (by reason of its termination or otherwise), such assumptions which the CEO determines on the basis of advice from the Actuary would be so applied if the ERP were to be so valued. Also, in computing the Interim Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount estimated by the Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering the Trust and distributing benefits for the sixty months following the relevant Interim Valuation Requirement Date, including reasonable expenses of the Advisory Committee (if then in existence) and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank. For purposes of this (n) and of subsection (1) of this Section 2, the present values of the benefits of all Participants and Beneficiaries shall equal the sum of the present values of the benefits of each Participant (and his Beneficiary) and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant.

 

  (o) “Interim Valuation Requirement Date” means the last date of each fiscal year of the Bank and the date of any Credit Rating Reduction.

 

5


  (p) “Other Pension Benefits” shall mean any benefits the Participant is entitled to receive or has received from any defined benefit plan as defined in Code Section 414(j) which met the qualification requirements of 401(a) of the Code, and is maintained by any former employer of the Participant, other than the predecessor to People’s Bank which maintained the ERP. Such benefits shall exclude benefits payable pursuant to any plan which the Committee or its delegee finds has been funded primarily by contributions of the Participant, provided that such benefits did not accrue under a plan maintained by the Bank or any corporate predecessor of the Bank. Any such benefit shall be converted to a monthly benefit payable in the form of a single life annuity payable at age sixty-five (65) (unless such benefit is actually paid in such form) using the actuarial factors of the former employer’s plan or, if unavailable, the actuarial factors of the ERP and if applicable, shall include the value of the Participant’s benefit assigned under any qualified domestic relations order described in Code Section 414(p).

 

  (q) “Parent” shall mean People’s Mutual Holdings, a mutual holding company organized pursuant to the Banking Law of Connecticut, or its corporate successor or assigns; and the determination of whether any corporation or other entity is a successor or assign of People’s Mutual Holdings for purposes of this Agreement shall be made by the CEO or, in the event there is no then acting CEO, by the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

  (r) “Participant” shall mean an Employee who meets the eligibility requirements of Section 3.

 

  (s) The “Plan” shall mean the People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan as set forth herein as such plan may be amended from time to time.

 

  (t) “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred under this Plan if (1) the Bank or Parent enters into a Change in Control Agreement, or (2) the CEO declares in writing that, or the Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent adopts a resolution to the effect that, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

 

  (u) “Potential Change in Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date that a Potential Change in Control occurs and ending upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the date of a Change in Control, or (ii) the date it is determined under the provisions of the Trust Agreement the Potential Change in Control Period has ended without the occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

  (v)

A Participant’s “Target Amount” shall mean one-twelfth of the excess if any, of (a) fifty percent (50%) of such Participant’s Final Average Salary computed as hereinafter provided over (b) the monthly amount of the Participant’s Other Pension Benefits. If such Participant has completed less than 15 Years of Credited

 

6


 

Service the Target Amount shall be reduced at the rate of 1/15 for each Year of Credited Service less than 15 years, giving credit for each day which elapses during the period from the commencement of such Participant’s Credited Service to the date of reference. A Participant’s Final Average Salary shall be computed by disregarding any dollar limitation thereon as required by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

 

  (w) “Trust” shall mean the Trust established and maintained pursuant to the terms of subsection (a) of Section 7 hereof.

 

  (x) “Trustee” shall mean the entity then acting as Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

 

  (y) “Trust Agreement” shall mean the trust agreement described in subsection (a) of Section 7 hereof.

 

3. Eligibility

 

  (a) Each Employee and each former Employee who was a participant in The People’s Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan on the day before the Effective Date shall be a Participant hereunder as of the Effective Date.

 

  (b) Each other Employee who is such on or after the Effective Date, shall become a Participant as of the date he meets the following requirements:

 

  (i) has a salary grade of ten (10) or higher; and

 

  (ii) has attained age fifty (50) or older.

 

  (c) Any Employee who becomes a Participant hereunder shall remain such until he is no longer an Employee and is no longer entitled to a benefit hereunder.

 

4. Vesting

A Participant shall become fully vested in his Plan Benefit, as such term is defined in Section 5, upon the later of (i) the attainment of age fifty-five (55) or (ii) the completion of 5 Years of Vesting Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing a Participant shall become fully vested upon attainment of his Normal Retirement Date. Except as otherwise provided by the provisions of Section 7 relating to vesting in the event of a Change in Control or entry by the Bank or Parent into a Change in Control Agreement, in the event a Participant’s Credited Service is terminated prior to his being so vested, his benefits under this Plan shall be forfeited (except in the case of his death to the extent provided pursuant to the provisions of Section 6); provided that, in the event of his rehire and his subsequently becoming vested, his Plan Benefit shall be reinstated and he shall become vested therein.

 

7


5. Plan Benefit

 

  (a) A Participant who is vested under Section 4 or Section 7 on or after the Effective Date and who is an Employee as of that date shall be entitled to receive under the Plan a supplemental benefit (the “Plan Benefit”). Subject to the provisions of subsections (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 5, the Plan Benefit shall be a monthly amount payable in the Single Life Form equal to the excess of (i) over (ii) where:

 

  (i) is equal to such Participant’s Target Amount, and

 

  (ii) is equal to the sum of A. plus B. below, where

 

  A. is equal to the monthly amount of such Participant’s ERP Benefit; and

 

  B. is equal to the monthly amount of such Participant’s Cap Plan Benefit.

 

  (b) Benefit payments shall commence at the same time as payments of the Participant’s benefits commence pursuant to the provisions of Article VI or Article VII (as the case may be) of the ERP. Benefit payments hereunder shall be payable in the Single Life Form or such other form of payment in which the payment of such benefits are paid to such Participant pursuant to the provisions of the ERP. In the event payment of a Participant’s Plan Benefit is payable otherwise than in the Single Life Form commencing on his Normal Retirement Date, the amount of his benefit payments shall be actuarially adjusted by the same percentage reductions as are applied pursuant to the provisions of the ERP. In the event any Participant becomes entitled to benefits under this Plan without having any vested benefits under the ERP, benefit payments hereunder shall be in the Single Life Form commencing on the first day of the month following the later of such Participant’s fifty-fifth (55th) birthday or termination of Credited Service, and the amount of such payments shall be actuarially reduced by the same proportions as they would be had they been payable under the ERP.

 

  (c)

Any Benefits under the SRP in pay status prior to January 1, 1995 shall be unaffected by this Section 5 and shall continue to be payable in accordance with the provisions of the SRP as applicable to such benefits prior to January 1, 1995 and not payable from the Trust; provided, however, that the CEO may (but shall not be required to) either or both (i) cause such benefits to be playable from the assets of the Trust or (ii) direct that the present value of the balance of such Participant’s

 

8


 

unpaid benefits be calculated and that such amount be paid to such Participant in a lump sum instead of in accordance with such prior provisions. Such lump sum present value shall be determined on the basis of the 1983 GAM Mortality Tables and an annual interest rate of one percent (1%) plus the average of the yields reported by the Federal Reserve Board in the Wall Street Journal during the second month preceding such date of payment on 10 year U.S. Treasury notes, adjusted for constant maturity, provided no such payment shall be in excess of the accrued liability of the Bank with respect to such benefits, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5 or of Section 6, in the event of a Credit Rating Reduction, the balance of any benefits payable hereunder to any Participant no longer employed by the Bank at the time of such Credit Rating Reduction or any Beneficiary of any then deceased Participant shall be paid in a lump sum equal to the lump sum present value of payments pursuant to subsection (b) hereof or Section 6 (as the case may be); provided that, unless otherwise determined by the Bank, no such benefits shall be so paid in any year in an amount which would exceed any dollar limitation applicable to compensation including payments pursuant to the Plan paid by the Bank to such Participant or Beneficiary on deductibility of compensation for purposes of computing the Bank’s Federal income tax liability. Such lump sum present value shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of the second sentence of subsection (c) of this Section 5. Upon such payment to a Participant, (except to the extent provided in the next sentence), all liability of the Bank or any person or of the Plan to any Participant shall terminate, and the rights of any and all Beneficiaries hereunder shall be subject to loss by payment to a Participant or prior Beneficiary pursuant to the provisions of this subsection (d). To the extent that as a result of the limitations of this subsection (d) an amount equal to the entire lump sum present value can not be distributed to a Participant, the balance of such sum (with interest computed at the annual rate used to compute such lump sum) shall be distributed to such Participant or Beneficiary as rapidly as allowable without violation of such limitation, and in the event of the death of a Participant prior to such full payment, the balance of such lump sum shall be distributed to his Beneficiary.

 

6. Death Benefits

 

  (a)

In the event of the death of a Participant after termination of this Credited Service and while his Plan Benefits are in pay status or after his Normal Retirement Date, payment of death benefits under this Plan shall depend on whether benefits under the ERP are payable to such Participant’s Surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary. If no such benefits are payable under the ERP, no death benefits shall be payable hereunder. If such death benefits are payable under the ERP then death benefits shall be payable hereunder (for the same duration and with the same frequency as such ERP death benefits) equal in the amount of the excess of the amount such

 

9


 

ERP death benefits would have been had the ERP benefit in the Single Life Form been equal to the sum of the actual ERP benefit in the Single Life Form plus the Plan Benefit hereunder in the Single Life Form over the actual amount of the death benefits under the ERP.

 

  (b) In the event of the death of a Participant after termination of Credited Service, but prior to commencement of payment of his Plan Benefits and prior to his Normal Retirement Date, no death benefits shall be payable hereunder unless death benefits are payable to his Surviving Spouse under the ERP. If such death benefits are payable under the ERP, then benefits shall be payable hereunder (for the same duration and with the same frequency as such ERP death benefits) equal in the amount of the excess of the amount such ERP death-benefits would have been had the ERP benefit in the Single Life Form been equal to the sum of the actual ERP benefit in the Single Life Form plus the Plan Benefit hereunder in the Single Life Form over the actual amount of the death benefits under the ERP.

 

  (c) In the event of the death of a Participant prior to termination of his Credited Service, a death benefit shall be payable under this Plan to his Surviving Spouse or his other Beneficiary only if a Surviving Spouse benefit is payable under the ERP. In such event, if such Surviving Spouse Benefits are payable under the ERP, then benefits shall be payable hereunder (for the same duration and with the same frequency as such ERP death benefits) equal in the amount of the excess of the amount such ERP death benefits would have been had the ERP benefit in the Single Life Form been equal to the sum of the actual ERP benefit in the Single Life Form plus the Plan Benefit hereunder in the Single Life Form over the actual amount of the death benefits under the ERP.

 

  (d) Any death benefit hereunder shall be payable to one or more Beneficiaries designated by such Participant on a form authorized by the Committee, signed by such Participant and filed with the Bank. A Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than a Surviving Spouse even if the only death benefits paid under the ERP are paid as a result of such Participant being survived by a Surviving Spouse. In the absence of any designation of a Beneficiary other than a Surviving Spouse or beneficiary under the ERP, death benefits hereunder shall be paid to the same person or persons entitled to contemporaneous payments under the ERP.

 

  (e) Except as provided in this Section 6, no benefits shall be payable under this Plan after a Participant’s death.

 

7. Trust; Change in Control; Credit Rating Reduction

 

  (a)

The Bank has or will within ninety (90) days after the effective date hereof enter into a Trust Agreement with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company as the Trustee

 

10


 

establishing the Trust. The Trust is intended to provide for the funding of the Bank’s obligation to provide benefits under the Plan and the Cap Plan to the extent provided pursuant to the provisions of (b), (c) and (e) of this Section 7. The substantial form of such Trust Agreement has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank on August 15,1996. In the event of Insolvency of the Bank, assets held under the Trust shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Bank under federal and state law as set forth in the Trust Agreement. In the event of such Insolvency, any and all such assets will be available to satisfy the claims of general creditors of the Bank even if all Plan Benefits have not otherwise been provided for and even if all Plan Benefits of Employees who have terminated their Credited Service have not been fully provided for. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit Participants or Beneficiaries from asserting claims for Plan Benefits as general creditors of the Bank. The Bank may cause, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms of the Trust Agreement, Plan Benefits to be provided from the assets of the Trust, the general assets of the Bank, or a combination thereof, as the Bank may determine to be in the Bank’s best interests. No person eligible for, or entitled to, Plan Benefits hereunder shall have any property, equitable or security rights in any specific assets of the Bank or held as part of the Trust. The obligation to pay all Plan Benefits shall be treated as an item of indebtedness by the Bank to the Participant or Beneficiary, and except as otherwise paid from the Trust, such payments shall be made from the general assets of the Bank. All amounts as may be required to be withheld by any applicable federal, state or local law shall be withheld and remitted as required by any such law and payments made to the Participant or any Beneficiary shall be the net amount after withholding.

 

  (b) The Bank, in the sole discretion of the CEO, may at any time, or from time to time, make deposits (in addition to those required pursuant to subsections (c) and (e) of this Section 7), of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal of the Trust, such additions to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in the agreement setting forth the terms of the Trust. Neither the Trustee nor any Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

 

  (c)

Upon a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, the Bank shall, as soon as possible, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days following such Potential Change in Control or Change in Control, make a contribution to the Trust of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee equal in value to the Full Funding Amount. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount shall be recalculated in the event such Potential Change in Control Period extends beyond the required valuation date used in the first or other last subsequent computation made as a result of such Potential Change in Control Period. In the event that the Trustee later determines that provision made in determining the Full

 

11


 

Funding Amount for expenses was not adequate, the Bank shall make additional deposits to provide for such expenses as determined by the Trustee from time to time.

 

  (d) Upon entry by Bank or Parent into a Change in Control Agreement or upon a Change in Control, all Plan Benefits of Participants not previously vested shall become fully vested subject to the following provisions of this subsection (d). In the event of a Change in Control, determination of such Participant’s vested benefits will be made in accordance with Section 4 as if such Change had not occurred if such Participant remains in Credited Service at least three years after such Change in Control. In the event of entry into a Change in Control Agreement which does not result in a Change in Control occurring, determination of a Participant’s vested interest shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4, without reference to such Change in Control Agreement unless such Participant terminates his Credited Service before the earliest of: (a) termination of such Change in Control Agreement by its terms or by agreement of the parties thereto; (b) announcement by Bank or Parent is of its determination, whether or not legally justified, that such Change in Control Agreement is terminated or that even if such Change in Control Agreement is not terminated it has determined not to proceed to consummate such Change in Control Agreement; or (c) announcement by any other party to such Change in Control Agreement of its determination, whether or not legally justified, that such Change in Control Agreement is terminated or that it has determined not to proceed to consummate such Change in Control Agreement.

 

  (e) (i)        No more than thirty (30) days after the date of a Credit Rating Reduction, the Bank shall:

 

  A. Cause the Actuary to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of a date reasonably selected by the Actuary which shall be no more than thirty (30) days prior to such Interim Valuation Requirement Date and deliver to the Trustee the Actuary’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

 

  B. Pay to the Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of a date selected by the Bank (no more than ten (10) days prior to the date of such payment) would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

 

  (ii) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Bank, the Bank shall:

 

12


  A. Cause the Actuary to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to the Trustee the Actuary’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

 

  B. Pay to the Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such last day would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

 

  (iii) Any Actuary’s certification delivered pursuant to this subsection (e) may rely on the Trustee’s estimate of expenses to be included in the computation of such Interim Funding Amount.

 

8. Nonassignabilitv

The Plan is designed to provide payment of Plan Benefits solely for the support of the Participant and, to the extent of any death benefits, such Participant’s beneficiary. No person eligible for or entitled to a Plan Benefit payable hereunder shall have any right, power or authority to assign, sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber, whether by voluntary action or by operation of law, the right to receive such Plan Benefit payment.

 

9. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee may delegate its administrative authority to officers or other employees of the Bank, provided that no such delegate shall determine his own benefits hereunder. The Committee shall have complete and discretionary authority to determine eligibility, the amount of benefits payable under the Plan and to otherwise construe, interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan and its determinations shall be conclusive on the Bank, its employees and any other person claiming any benefit under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, any determination made by the Committee upon or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period shall be binding only if accepted by the Participant or Beneficiary and, to the extent not so accepted, such determination of the Committee shall be of no effect and given no weight and such Participant or Beneficiary shall have his rights determined in accordance with the procedures of any of the provisions of the Trust Agreement, and the Bank shall pay to the Trustee any funds necessary to provide such benefits as so determined.

 

10. Claims Procedure

 

  (a)

The Committee from time to time may, and upon reasonable written request from a Participant or after his death a Beneficiary shall, provide information to each Participant, or if applicable, such Participant’s Beneficiary, as to the amount of benefits to which such person is entitled. If a claimant disagrees with the

 

13


 

Committee’s computation, such person shall file with the Committee, in writing and sent by registered or certified mail, such claim for benefit or additional benefits. If no claim is received by the Committee within the later of thirty (30) days after the Participant retires or otherwise terminates service with the Bank or sixty (60) days after such claimant receives written notification of benefits from the Committee, no such claim shall be permitted and the Committee’s computation will be final. In the event any such claim is filed, the Committee shall exercise its best efforts to act upon such claim within sixty (60) days after its receipt. If such claim is denied, in whole or in part, the Committee shall give notice in writing, by mail, of such denial to the claimant, setting forth (i) the specific reasons for such denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) advice to the effect that the claimant may request a full review of such claim by filing with the Committee, within sixty (60) days after such notice has been mailed, a request for such review. In the event such request is submitted, the Committee shall review the claim within sixty (60) days and the claimant shall be given written notice of the result of such review. Such notice shall include specific reason for the decision and shall be final.

 

  (b) During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a Participant or Beneficiary at his election may determine at any time not to follow or to cease following the procedures set forth in this Section 10, and to assert and enforce any claims under the Plan without regard to the provisions of this Section 10, including enforcing any remedies in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

 

11. Amendment and Termination

 

  (a) The Committee may amend the Plan from time to time; provided, however, that no such amendment shall have the effect of reducing any vested benefit under the Plan.

 

  (b) Further, no Participant who was a participant in the SRP as of the day before the Effective Date shall receive a Plan Benefit which, when added to the plan benefit to which he is entitled under Cap Plan is of lesser actuarial value than the Plan Benefits such Participant would have received under the SRP had the SRP Plan not been amended as of the Effective Date based on the lesser of his Final Average Salary as of the earlier of the date of termination of his Credited Service or the Effective Date or her or his actual Final Average Salary.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 11, an amendment to subsection (c) or subsection (d) of Section 7 hereof or the definitions of Change

 

14


 

in Control, Potential Change in Control, Potential Change in Control Period or Change in Control Agreement or eliminating or reducing the rights or authority of the Advisory Committee provided by Section 13 hereof may be made only in the event it is approved by the vote then required for amendment to the Change in Control provision pursuant to Section 14 of the Trust Agreement and an amendment to reduce the funding requirements pursuant to Section 7(e) or changing the definition of Interim Funding Amount or Interim Valuation Requirement Date may be made only in the event it is approved by the vote of sixty-five percent (65 %) of all Participants not employed by the Bank at the time of such vote; and

 

  (d) The Bank reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time with the approval of all Participants. Further, the Bank may cease all further benefit accruals. However, except as may be required pursuant to any applicable federal, state or local law, or as approved in writing by all Participants and Beneficiaries of deceased Participants with unpaid Plan Benefits, any Plan Benefit then accrued shall remain payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the extent then accrued, and the Bank’s obligations under Section 7 and the Trust Agreement shall remain in full force and effect with respect to all Plan Benefits accrued as of such date.

 

12. Construction

 

  (a) The Plan shall be administered in accordance with the laws of Connecticut, to the extent applicable, and not preempted by any other applicable federal law.

 

  (b) Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to confer upon any person any legal right to be continued as an employee of the Bank. The Bank expressly reserves the right to discharge any employee whenever the interest of the Bank in its sole judgment may so require without any liability on the part of the Bank. The Bank shall be the Plan Administrator of the Plan.

 

  (c) It is intended that the Plan be and remain a bona fide deferred compensation plan for purposes of Part 359 of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as defined by the provisions of FDIC Reg § 359. l(d) and the terms of the Plan shall be so construed in the event of any ambiguity.

 

  (d) The benefits payable under the Plan shall not be limited by the provisions of any other agreement entered into by the Bank and any Participant prior to the Effective Date relating to payments in the event of Change in Control; but benefits under any such other agreement may, if such other agreement so provides, be reduced as a result of benefits payable under the Plan.

 

15


  (e) The provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns, and references to the Bank herein shall include its successors and assigns. References to Parent shall include its successors and assigns.

 

  (f) Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, pronouns of one gender or number may refer to subjects or objects of a different gender or number.

 

13. Advisory Committee

 

  (a) During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a majority of Plan Voters at any time, and from time to time, may appoint an Advisory Committee to monitor and represent the interests of the Plan Voters and the Beneficiary of any deceased Participant with respect to the Plan, the Cap Plan and the Trust. The Advisory Committee shall be composed of one to three individuals, some or all of whom may (but none of whom shall be required to) be Plan Voters. The Advisory Committee shall act by majority vote unless it unanimously agrees otherwise and shall otherwise adopt its own procedures which may include authorizing one member thereof to act for the Advisory Committee. Any member of the Advisory Committee may resign by giving written notice to the other members thereof, or, if he is the sole member, to a majority or all of the then Plan Voters. Any member may be removed by action of a majority of Plan Voters, and additional members, including replacement of any resigned, removed or deceased member may be designated by action of a majority of Plan Voters. All actions by any Participant shall be in a writing signed by such Participant. A Participant may sign a single writing effectuating removal and replacement. For purposes of this Section 13, the term “Plan Voters” shall mean each individual who was employed at the Bank after the Effective Date and who is a Participant in either this Plan or a participant in the Cap Plan (as determined in accordance with the provisions of the Cap Plan) exclusive of any Participant whose benefits are not included in the computation of Full Funding Amount; and each such individual shall for purposes of this Section 13 have one vote even if he is a Participant in both such plans, but excluding (a) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Plan Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (b) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Plan Voter prior to the beginning thereof.

 

  (b)

The purpose of the Advisory Committee shall be to disseminate information concerning the Plan, the Cap Plan and the Trust to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voters, to gather information and data concerning, and otherwise investigate, inquiries, controversies, or disputes deemed reasonable by the Advisory Committee and raised by any Participant or any such Beneficiary, to

 

16


 

discuss such matters with the CEO of the Bank or members of the Board, or of the Human Resources Committee of the Board, the Actuary or the Trustee, and to take any action authorized under the Trust Agreement with respect to any such inquiries, controversy or dispute which it, in its discretion, deems reasonable to protect the legitimate interest of any Participant or Beneficiary, and monitor and report to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voter with respect to litigation or arbitration proceedings under the Plan. The Advisory Committee may (but shall not be required to) negotiate on behalf of any Plan Voter or Beneficiary of a deceased Plan Voter; provided, however, that in no event shall the Advisory Committee be deemed authorized to institute any legal or arbitration proceedings hereunder or enter into any agreement purporting to settle or limit the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan or in or to the Trust or its assets. Nothing herein shall prohibit a Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant individually or with others (whether or not as a class action) from instituting legal or arbitration proceedings to enforce his own rights under the Plan while the Advisory Committee is negotiating pursuant to the provisions of this Section whether or not such Participant or Beneficiary is a member of the Advisory Committee.

 

  (c)

Without request or demand the Advisory Committee shall be entitled to all reports, information, and data to which the Bank is entitled (without request or demand) under the Trust Agreement and any other reports, information, or data received by the Bank from the Trustee or the Actuary. The Bank shall give the following written notices to the Advisory Committee (which the Advisory Committee may waive if deemed in the best interest of Plan Voters): (i) twenty (20) days prior to the payment of any benefits or other sums from the Trust other than monthly benefit payments and Trustee’s fees and expenses in the operations of the Plan or the Cap Plan, the amount to be so paid, the computation thereof, and the amount of any benefits under the Plan and under the Cap Plan and Trustee’s fees and expenses to be paid from the Bank’s general assets; (ii) no later than five (5) days after making any contribution to the Trust, the amount of such contribution and the Actuary’s certification and detailed computations on the basis of which the determination of such amount was made; (iii) any amendments proposed to be made to the Trust Agreement twenty (20) days prior to the Bank’s requesting from Participants a Qualified Vote or a Super Qualified Vote (as those terms are defined therein); (iv) within five (5) days after any substitution of Trust assets by the Bank; (v) at least twenty (20) days before any change in investment policy is made by the Committee or other authorized body under the Trust Agreement; and (vi) twenty (20) days after the close of each calendar quarter, a report of all contributions to and payments from, the Trust Fund during such quarter. The Advisory Committee, or a person designated by it, may vote on behalf of any Participant who so authorizes it or a delegate chosen by it to vote on behalf of such Participant pursuant to any provision of the Trust Agreement. Acquiescence or inaction by the

 

17


 

Advisory Committee shall not be deemed to be approval or consent and in any event shall in no way bind or limit the rights of Participants or Beneficiaries of deceased Participants.

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank, acting by its undersigned officer, duly authorized, hereby executes the Plan to be effective as herein provided.

 

PEOPLE’S BANK
By:  

LOGO

EXHIBIT 10.14(a)

Amendment One to The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan


AMENDMENT ONE

THE PEOPLE’S BANK ENHANCED SENIOR PENSION PLAN

WHEREAS, People’s Bank (the “Bank”), a Connecticut chartered capital stock savings bank, established the People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan (the “Plan”) as of the first day of January 1997 as a partial continuation of the previously established People’s Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Plan is intended to supplement benefits payable under the People’s Bank Employees Retirement Plan (the “ERP”) to a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Bank who satisfy the eligibility requirements of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Bank deems it desirable to clarify the provisions applicable to benefits under the Plan for those Participants whose Plan benefits may commence prior to the time payment of ERP benefits is allowed to commence pursuant to the terms of the ERP which will also likely be prior to the time an irrevocable election as to the form in which such Participant’s ERP benefits will be payable; and

WHEREAS, the Bank has retained the power to amend the Plan at any time and from time to time pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended effective as of April 1, 1998 as follows:

1. Section 5(b) is amended as follows:

The present provisions of such Section 5(b) shall become Paragraph (i) thereof by inserting immediately before the first word thereof “(i)”; and the following paragraph which shall become Paragraph (ii) of such Section 5(b) is hereby added to such Section 5(b):

“(ii) In the event the Participant terminates his Credited Service with a vested benefit hereunder and with vested benefits under the ERP prior to the tune benefit payments may commence under the ERP, payment of his Plan Benefits shall commence on the first day of the month following the later of such termination or his fifty-fifth birthday. Such benefits shall be payable on the basis of the form of benefit payment in which he represents he presently intends having his ERP benefit paid. The amount of Plan Benefits shall be actuarially reduced in accordance with the provisions of the ERP which would be applicable to ERP benefit payments if payment of ERP benefits were allowed to and did commence pursuant to the provisions of the ERP. Upon commencement of payment of his ERP benefits, the


amount computed under clause (a)(ii)A. of this Section 5 shall be the amount such payments would be if such intended form were the form in which his ERP benefits are payable regardless of the form in which his ERP benefits are actually payable.”

2. Subsection 6(a) of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

“(a)     (i)    In the event of the death of a Participant (other than one described in paragraph 5(b)(ii) hereof) after termination of his Credited Service and while his Plan Benefits are in pay status or after his Normal Retirement Date, payment of death benefits under this Plan shall depend on whether benefits under the ERP are payable to such Participant’s Surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary. If no such benefits are payable under the ERP, no death benefits shall be payable hereunder. If such death benefits are payable under the ERP, then death benefits shall be payable hereunder (for the same duration and with the same frequency as such ERP death benefits) equal in the amount of the excess of the amount such ERP death benefits would have been had the ERP benefit in the Single Life Form been equal to the sum of the actual ERP benefit in the Single Life Form plus the Plan Benefit hereunder in the Single Life Form over the actual amount of the death benefits under the ERP.

(ii) In the event of the death of a Participant described in Paragraph 5(b)(ii) hereof, the benefit, if any, paid under this Plan after such death shall be the monthly payments determined in accordance with the amount and form of benefit in effect for his Plan Benefits pursuant to the provisions of said Paragraph (b)(ii).”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank, acting by its undersigned officer, duly authorized, hereby executes this Amendment as of April 1, 1998.

 

PEOPLE’S BANK
By:  

 

Its:  

EXHIBIT 10.15

Non-Qualified Pension Trust Agreement, dated as of March 18,1997, between People’s

Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York


NON-QUALIFIED PENSION TRUST AGREEMENT

TRUST AGREEMENT made to be effective as of the 18th day of March, 1997, by and between PEOPLE’S BANK, a Connecticut chartered capital stock savings bank, (“Company”) and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York (“Trustee”);

WHEREAS, Company has adopted nonqualified deferred compensation plans specified by name in Section 2 O hereof;

WHEREAS, Company has incurred or expects to incur liability under the terms of such plans with respect to the individuals participating in such plans;

WHEREAS, Company wishes to establish a trust (hereinafter called the “Trust”) and to contribute to the Trust assets that shall be held therein, subject to the claims of Company’s creditors in the event of Company’s Insolvency, as hereinafter defined, until paid to plan participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in such plans;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of Company to make contributions to the Trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of its liabilities under such plans;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that each plan shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and to the extent applicable, existence of, and contributions to, the Trust shall not affect the status of any of such plans, to the extent any of them otherwise qualifies, as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; (“ERISA”) and


WHEREAS, it is intended that each of such plans be and remain a bona fide deferred compensation plan for purposes of Part 359 of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as defined by the provisions of FDIC Reg § 359. l(d).

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree, that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:

Section 1. Establishment of Trust .

A. Company hereby deposits with Trustee in trust the cash and/or property shown on Appendix A, which shall become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.

B. The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable. Nevertheless this Agreement shall be subject to amendment; provided, however, that no such amendment shall become effective unless it is made in conformance with the procedures and the limitations specified in Section 14 of this Agreement, All contributions made hereunder shall be irrevocable, and shall not be returnable or payable to Company except (i) as provided by the provisions of Section 5 relating to Company’s being Insolvent, (ii) as set forth in Section 6 B providing for payment to Company of amounts in excess of 125% of the Full Funding Amount, (iii) as provided by the provisions of Section 6 C providing for the return of contributions made as the result of a Potential Change in Control, (iv) upon termination of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of Section 14, or (v) as otherwise specifically provided for hereunder.

 

2


C. The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement which become applicable in the event of Insolvency of Company, Company shall pay all income taxes payable with respect to income and gains of the Trust.

D. The principal of the Trust and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of Company and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of plan Participants and their Beneficiaries and general creditors of Company as hereinafter set forth except as Trust assets may be paid to Company pursuant to specific provisions of this Agreement. Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust regardless of allocation to Accounts. Any rights of any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plans and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries against Company. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of Company’s general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 2 J herein.

Section 2. Definitions . Unless the context clearly otherwise requires, as used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the references and meanings set forth in this Section 2.

A. “Actuary” shall mean the actuary or actuarial firm retained under the People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan to perform actuarial valuations under said Plan or such other actuary who may pursuant to any provisions hereof be selected by Trustee.

B. “Annual Valuation Date” shall mean December 31 of any year during which any Plan benefits are in pay status or a Credit Rating Reduction is in effect; provided that in the

 

3


event Bank changes its fiscal year, Bank may change the date of subsequent Annual Valuation Dates, but in no event shall more than twelve months elapse without an Annual Valuation Date other than by reason.of there being neither Plan benefits in pay status nor a Credit Rating Reduction in effect.

C. “Beneficiary” shall mean with respect to any Plan any person who is entitled to benefits accrued to a deceased Participant pursuant to the terms of such Plan or who would be so entitled in the event of the death of a Participant.

D. “CEO” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer of Company or such officer or other person as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of Company as of the effective date of this Trust Agreement.

E. “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(i) The Board of Directors of Company or Parent, shall approve (A) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) of Company or Parent with any other corporation other than (1) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) which would result in the voting stock (as described in paragraph (ii) of this subsection) of Company or Parent outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting stock of the surviving entity) more than 80% of the combined voting power of the voting stock of Company or Parent (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of Company or Parent (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined in paragraph (ii) of this subsection) acquires more than 20 percent of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Company or

 

4


Parent, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Company or Parent, or. (C) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Company;

(ii) Any person (as such term is defined in Section 3 (a)(9) and Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, corporation, or other entity (other than Company, Parent, or any benefit plan, including, but not limited to, any employee stock ownership plan, sponsored by Company, Parent, or any subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Company or Parent ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire such securities); or

(iii) During any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire Board of Directors of Company or Parent, and any new director (excluding a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with Company or Parent to effect a transaction described in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this subsection) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the shareholders of Company or Parent was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (“Incumbent Board”), shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

 

5


F. “Committee” shall be the Advisory Committee designated pursuant to the provisions of The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan and the People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan providing for designation during a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control by certain Participants thereunder of a committee to carry out functions described in such Plan.

G. “Credit Rating Reduction” shall mean the first issuance of a rating of long term deposits with Bank of less than either (i) “Baa3” by Moody’s Investment Service, Inc., or (ii) “BBB” by Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group.

H. “Eligible Voters” shall mean (i) Participants who have vested and unpaid benefits under either or both The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan and the People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan and (ii) Beneficiaries of deceased Participants who have vested and unpaid benefits under either or both such Plans; but excluding (A) after a Change in Control any person who was not an Eligible Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (B) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not an Eligible Voter prior to the beginning thereof; provided, however, that in the event there is more than one such Beneficiary with, respect to any individual deceased Participant, such Beneficiaries shall have a single vote which shall be cast as determined by a majority in interests of all Beneficiaries of such deceased Participant. A Participant or Beneficiary shall be limited to one vote even if he has vested and unpaid benefits under both such Plans.

I. “Full Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Actuary calculates based on the best information available (including, when necessary, estimates and forecasts) to

 

6


him, to be equal to the present value of the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of all Participants (and their Beneficiaries) and Beneficiaries of deceased Participants as of the valuation requirement date. For purposes of this I., the “valuation requirement date” refers to the date of an actual Change in Control or the date which is reasonably selected during a Potential Change in Control Period by Company or Trustee as a likely date for an actual Change in Control to occur or, if such calculation is not on or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period any date which is reasonable and convenient. In computing such vested benefits and such present value during a Potential Change in Control Period or after a Change in Control, there shall be included any benefits which become vested by reason of such Change in Control or entry into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control. Calculations and recalculations of the Full Funding Amount (as described in Section 3 B of this Agreement) shall assume that each Participant terminated employment as of the valuation requirement date of such calculation or recalculation. Present values and liabilities under the Plans shall be determined in a manner consistent with the assumptions applied in annual valuations of The People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan or any successor plan (the “ERP”) for purposes of funding requirements under ERISA (or any amendment thereof or statutory successor thereto) or if the ERP is no longer being so valued annually (by reason of its termination or otherwise), such assumptions which the CEO determines on the basis of advice from the Actuary would be so applied if the ERP were to be so valued. In computing the Full Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount calculated by Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering and terminating the Trust and distributing benefits, including reasonable expenses of the Committee and of any litigation or other

 

7


assertion of claims which Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than extremely remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which Trustee may institute or assert against Company.

J. Company shall be considered “Insolvent” and Company shall be deemed subject to insolvency for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) Company is determined to be insolvent by the Banking Commissioner, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Bank, or any other federal or state authority having the power to act as or to appoint a receiver or similar officer in the event it finds Company is insolvent.

K. “Interim Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Actuary, calculates based on the best information available (including, when necessary, estimates and forecasts) to him to be equal to the present value of the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of (i) all Participants who are as of the Interim Valuation Requirement Date requiring such calculation either (A) no longer employees of Company or (B) attained age sixty-three (63) and three hundred twenty-five (325) days and Beneficiaries of such Participants and (ii) all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants entitled to benefits under any Plan as a result of such deceased Participant’s death. The benefits of any Participant (and his Beneficiary) described in clause (i)(B) of the last preceding sentence shall be determined on the basis of the Actuary’s best estimate of such Participant’s benefit at the later of (1) age sixty-five (65) or earlier date of termination of employment with Company indicated by such Participant or (2) such Interim Valuation Requirement Date. Present values and liabilities under the Plans shall be determined

 

8


in a manner consistent with the assumptions applied in annual valuations of The People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan or any successor plan (the ERP) for purposes of funding requirements under ERISA (or any amendment thereof or statutory successor thereto) or if the ERP is no longer being valued annually (by reason of its termination or otherwise), such assumptions which the CEO determines on the basis of advice from the Actuary would be so applied if the ERP were to be so valued. Also, in computing the Interim Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount estimated by Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering the Trust and distributing benefits for the sixty months following the relevant Interim Valuation Requirement Date, including reasonable expenses of the Committee (if then in existence) and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which Trustee may institute or assert against Company, For purposes of this K and of subsection I of this Section 2, the present values of the benefits of all Participants and Beneficiaries shall equal the sum of the present values of the benefits of each Participant (and his Beneficiary) and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant.

L. “Interim Valuation Requirement Date” shall mean the last date of each fiscal year of Company and the date of any Credit Rating Reduction.

M. “Parent” shall mean People’s Mutual Holdings, a mutual holding company organized pursuant to the Banking Law of Connecticut, or its corporate successor or assigns; and the determination of whether any corporation or other entity is a successor or assign of People’s Mutual Holdings for purposes of this Agreement shall be made by the CEO or, in the event there is no then acting CEO, by the Board of Directors of Company.

 

9


N. “Participant” shall mean, with respect to any Plan, any employee of Company who is covered by and has an accrued and unpaid benefit under such Plan and any former employee of Company who was employed after the Effective Date who has not received her or his full vested benefit under any such Plan and any other former employee of Company with respect to whose benefits contributions hereunder have been made by Bank pursuant to the provisions of any Plan and who has not yet received her or his full vested benefit under any such Plan.

0. “Plans” shall mean the following plans providing benefits for certain employees of Company and its affiliates and any other similar plans Company determines in its discretion to fund all or in part pursuant to this Agreement and the term “Plan” shall refer to each of them; the plans initially included in the definition of “Plans” are known as “ The People’s Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan” and “The People’s Bank Cap Excess Plan”.

P. A “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred under this Agreement if (i) Company or Parent enters into any agreement the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control, or (ii) the CEO declares in writing that, or the Board of Directors of Company or Parent adopts a resolution to the effect that, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

Q. “Potential Change in Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date that a Potential Change in Control occurs and ending upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the date of a Change in Control, or (ii) the date such Potential Change in Control Period ends in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 F.

 

10


R. “Qualified Vote” shall mean the Vote of at least sixty-five (65%) percent of the total number of Eligible Voters provided, however, that: (i) for purposes of Subsection F of Section 3, a Qualified Vote shall further require a sixty-five (65%) percent Vote of Eligible Voters who were in the employ of Bank at or sixty days prior to the date on which such Potential Change in Control Period commenced; (ii) for purposes of Subsection B of Section 9, a Qualified Vote shall consist of either (A) at any time the Vote of 65% of all Eligible Voters not in the employ of Company at the time of such Vote or (B) if, during a Potential Change in Control Period, the Vote described in (i) of this proviso; and (iii) for purposes of clauses (ii), (iv) and (v) of Subsection B of Section 14, a Qualified Vote shall further require a sixty-five (65%) Vote of all Eligible Voters not in the employ of Company at the time of such Vote.

S. “Super Qualified Vote” shall mean the Vote of at least eighty-five (85%) percent of the total number of Eligible Voters and for purposes of the provisions of Section 14, a Super Qualified Vote shall further require the Vote of eighty-five (85%) percent of all Eligible Voters not in the employ of Company at the time of such Vote.

T. The “Trust” shall refer to the trust created under this Agreement.

U. “Vote” shall mean and include a vote in person or by proxy or execution of a written consent signed by a Participant or Beneficiary authorizing or approving any action (including one or more amendments of this Trust Agreement) .

V. The “Trust Fund” shall mean all of the assets of whatever nature held by Trustee under the terms of this Trust Agreement.

W. Gender. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, pronouns of one gender or number may refer to subjects or objects of a different gender or number.

 

11


Section 3. Funding of the Trust .

A. Company, in the sole discretion of the CEO, may at any time, or from time to time, make deposits (in addition to those required pursuant to Subsections B and C of this Section 3) of cash or other property acceptable to Trustee in trust with Trustee to augment the principal of the Trust. Such additions shall be held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. The CEO may designate that some or all of such discretionary contribution be used for accrued or future Trustee fees and other costs and expenses of maintaining the Trust. Neither Trustee nor any Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

B. Upon a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, as soon as the amount described in this B can be actuarially determined, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days following such Change in Control or Potential Change in Control, Company shall (i) cause the Actuary to compute the Full Funding Amount, (ii) deliver to Trustee the Acturary’s certificate (which may rely on Trustee’s calculations of administrative expenses) and (iii) make a contribution to the Trust of cash or other property acceptable to Trustee equal to an amount which when added to the total value of the Trust Fund would equal the Full Funding Amount. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount shall be recalculated in the event such Potential Change in Control Period extends beyond the required valuation date used in the first or other last subsequent computation made as a result of such Potential Change in Control Period. In the event that Trustee later determines that provision made in determining the Full Funding Amount for expenses was not adequate, Company shall make additional deposits to provide for such expenses as determined by Trustee from time to time.

 

12


C.(i) No more than thirty (30) days after any date of a Credit Rating Reduction, Company shall:

(A) Cause the Actuary to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of a date reasonably selected by the Actuary which shall be no more than thirty (30) days prior to such Interim Valuation Requirement Date and deliver to Trustee the Actuary’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

(B) Pay to Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of a date selected by Company (no more than ten (10) days prior to the date of such payment) would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

(ii) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of Company, Company shall:

(A) Cause the Actuary to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to Trustee the Actuary’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

(B) Pay to Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such day would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

(iii) Any Actuary’s certification delivered pursuant to this Subsection C. may rely on Trustee’s estimate of expenses to be included in the computation of such Interim Funding Amount.

D. Trustee shall have the duty, obligation and authority to enforce Company’s obligation to contribute to the Trust pursuant to subsection B or C of this Section 3 provided Trustee has been notified as set forth in accordance with subsection E of this Section 3, as the case may be, of the circumstances giving rise to such obligation. In all events, the amount of such

 

13


contribution shall be determined by Company or the Actuary as determined pursuant to Section 4, and except as provided under Section 4, Trustee shall be under no duty to determine whether the amount of any contribution has been correctly computed under the terms of the Plans.

E. The Board of Directors of Company or the CEO shall notify Trustee in writing of each occurrence of either a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control or of a Credit Rating Reduction. All such notices shall be provided promptly and in any event not later than five (5) calendar days following the occurrence of such event.

F. A Potential Change in Control Period shall be deemed ended upon a declaration of such by the CEO or the Board of Directors and agreement therewith by a Qualified Vote. The determination as to the end of a Potential Change in Control Period shall result in the rights and obligations of the parties hereto reverting to their pre-Potential Change in Control requirements; provided, however, that no Trust assets shall be returned to Company except as specifically provided by the provisions of Section  5 or Section 6 of this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Subsection F shall relieve any person of any of its obligations under this Agreement upon a Change in Control or a subsequent Potential Change in Control.

Section 4. Payments to Plan Participants and Their Beneficiaries .

A. Whenever payment of a benefit is due to commence under a Plan to a Participant or Beneficiary and whenever there is a change in the amount of such benefit payment or in the amount of withholding taxes, Company or such party as it shall designate in writing to Trustee shall deliver to Trustee a schedule or schedules (a “Payment Schedule”) that indicates (i) the amounts payable and applicable withholding taxes in respect of each Participant and Beneficiary, or that provides a formula or other instructions acceptable to Trustee for determining

 

14


the amounts so payable, (ii) the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for or available under the Plans), and (iii) the time of commencement for payment of such amounts. Each Payment Schedule shall be accompanied by (1) a certification or other statement acceptable to Trustee from the Actuary to the effect that the amount payable (before provision for withholding taxes) has been computed by or under supervision of the Actuary and on the basis of the information regarding such Participant’s age, service, compensation and other relevant facts provided by Company to the Actuary and that such amount represents the amount or amounts payable to such Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan; and (2) a statement by Company in form satisfactory to Trustee that the amount shown as withholding tax has been correctly computed by Company and will be forwarded to the taxing authorities accompanied by appropriate documentation for crediting to the account of such Participant or Beneficiary with such taxing authority. Except as otherwise provided herein, Trustee shall pay an amount equal to the amount so indicated as withholding taxes to Company and the net amounts so indicated as payments due to each such Participant and Beneficiary in accordance with such Payment Schedule. Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Plans or, except as provided in Subsection C hereof, the accuracy of any such amounts indicated on the Payment Schedule. In the event of any changes in law that might require Trustee to have or assume any responsibility for withholding taxes notwithstanding the provisions of this sentence, Company at the request of Trustee shall take any and all actions (including amendment of this Agreement) which under any then prevailing legal requirements would reduce or eliminate such responsibility of Trustee for withholding taxes.

 

15


B. The entitlement of a Participant or Beneficiary to benefits under the Plans shall be determined by Company or such party as it shall designate under the Plans, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plans. Except as provided in Subsection C hereof, under no circumstances shall Trustee have any duty to determine any person’s payment rights or other entitlements under the Plans or the accuracy of any such amounts indicated on the Payment Schedule.

C. In the event any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant claims that Company or its designee has not determined the benefit payable to him and that more than thirty (30) days have elapsed since the date such benefit should have been paid under the terms of a Plan or that any such benefit has not been correctly computed, Trustee may, on the basis of information supplied to it by such Participant or Beneficiary and Company, cause such benefit (and (i) in the case of benefits of a Participant not then in Company’s employ and after a Credit Rating Reduction, the Interim Funding Amount or, (ii) if during a Potential Change in Control Period or after a Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount) to be determined by the Actuary or an actuary selected by it. In the event Trustee does so, it shall inform both Company and such Participant or Beneficiary and make payment of such benefits if both such parties agree and Company so directs and funds are so available as a result of additional Company contributions hereunder or otherwise; and if they fail so to agree, Trustee may bring an action of interpleader or take similar court action or, at the direction of such Participant or Beneficiary, submit the matter to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Section 15 E. In the event Trustee does not cause such benefit to be determined by an actuary, such Participant or Beneficiary or Company may institute court action or, to the extent permitted in the provisions of Subsection E of Section

 

16


15, submit such matter to arbitration. The present values of any additional benefits as determined by the Actuary or another actuary selected by Trustee or determined in any proceedings pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4C (including any determination pursuant to the provisions of Subsection 15E), shall be included in computing additional contribution required pursuant to Section 3B or 3C as the case may be.

D. Company may make payment of benefits directly to Plan Participants or their Beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Plans. Company shall notify Trustee of its decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable to Participants or their Beneficiaries.

Section 5. Trustee Responsibility Regarding Payments to Trust Beneficiary When Company Is Insolvent .

A. Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries if the Company is Insolvent.

B. At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in Section 1 D hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of Company under federal and state law as set forth below.

(i) The Board of Directors of Company and the CEO shall have the duty to inform Trustee in writing that Company is Insolvent. If a person claiming to be a creditor of Company alleges in writing to Trustee that Company has become Insolvent, Trustee shall determine whether Company is Insolvent and, pending such determination, Trustee shall discontinue payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.

 

17


(ii) Unless Trustee has actual knowledge that Company is Insolvent, or has received notice from Company, the Board of Directors of Company or its CEO or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that Company is Insolvent, Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether Company is Insolvent. Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning Company’s solvency as may be furnished to Trustee and that provides Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning Company’s solvency.

(iii) If at any time Trustee has determined that Company is Insolvent, Trustee shall discontinue payments to Participants and Beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of Company’s general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of Participants or their Beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of Company with respect to benefits due under the Plans or otherwise.

(iv) Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries in accordance with Section 4 of this Trust Agreement only after Trustee has determined that Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

C. Provided that there are sufficient assets, if Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 5 B hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Participants and Beneficiaries for the period of such discontinuance as provided for in accordance with Payment Schedules pursuant to Section 4 A delivered prior to such payment described in this sentence less the aggregate amount of any payments which Company certifies to Trustee have been made to Participants or Beneficiaries by Company or any other person in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

 

18


Section 6. Payments to Company .

A. Except as specifically provided in Section 4, Section 5 or Section 14 or Subsections B or C of this Section 6, or otherwise specifically provided for under this Agreement, Company shall have no right or power to direct Trustee to return to Company or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payment of benefits have been made to Participants and Beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plans.

B. Company may at any time cause the Full Funding Amount to be calculated and an Actuary’s certification thereof to be delivered to Trustee. In the event that the value of the Trust Fund exceeds an amount equal to 125 % of the Full Funding Amount as last calculated as of a date which is not more than three months prior to the date of notice next described, Company acting by its CEO shall have the right at any time except upon or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period by notice given to Trustee to withdraw an amount from the Trust Fund equal to the entire amount by which the value of the Trust Fund as of the date of such request or any other date which is within two business days of such request exceeds 125% of the Full Funding Amount as so calculated. A copy of such notice shall be hand delivered or given by Express Mail or overnight courier service to each Participant and to each Beneficiary of any deceased Participant and such giving of such notice shall be certified to Trustee by a Senior Officer of Company. Trustee shall distribute the amount so requested by Company to Company no earlier than fifteen (15) days and no later than thirty (30) days after Company gives such notice to Trustee.

 

19


C. In the event that at any time after Company has contributed funds as a result of a Potential Change in Control and no Change in Control has occurred and such time is not during a Potential Change in Control Period, Company acting by its CEO shall have the right to withdraw from the Trust Fund pursuant to this Paragraph C an amount determined by it not in excess of the lesser of (i) the amount contributed by Company as a result of the Potential Change in Control resulting in such contribution or (ii) the excess of the amount in the Trust Fund over the Interim Funding Amount set forth in the most recent actuarial certification delivered to Trustee pursuant to any provision hereof. Company shall exercise its rights pursuant to this Subsection C by delivery of written exercise to Trustee setting forth the amount contributed by it as a result of such and all subsequent Potential Change(s) in Control, and the amount it wishes to withdraw as a result of such exercise. Trustee shall distribute the amount so requested by Company to Company no earlier than fifteen (15) days and no later than thirty (30) days after Company gives such notice to Trustee.

Section 7. Investment Authority .

A. Subject to any guidelines provided for in Paragraph B of this Section 7, Trustee may invest and reinvest in and acquire by purchase, exchange or otherwise property of any character whatsoever, foreign or domestic, or interests or participations therein, including by way of illustration and not of limitation: real property, mortgages, bonds, notes, debentures, certificates of deposit, options, puts, calls, warrants, futures contracts (and options thereon), partnerships, common and preferred stocks, and shares or interests in investment trusts, mutual funds or common trust funds, without regard to the proportion any such property or similar property held may bear to the entire amount held and without any obligation to diversify, whether

 

20


or not the same is of the kind in which fiduciaries are authorized by law or any rule of court to invest funds. Without limitation, Trustee may invest assets of the Trust in (i) any investment company [(including any investment company or companies for which Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or an affiliated company acts as the investment advisor (“Special Investment Companies”) or, any insurance contract or contracts issued by an insurance company or companies (including life insurance contracts issued by Chubb Life Insurance Company of America which involve the use of Chubb Series Trust (“Special Insurance Contracts”))] or (ii) any investment contracts issued by an insurance company or bank (including Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or an affiliated company) or any common trust fund maintained by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or an affiliated company, in each case as Trustee may determine provided that Trustee may in its sole discretion keep such portion of the Trust in cash or cash balances for such reasonable periods as may from time to time be deemed advisable pending investment or in order to meet contemplated payments of benefits. In the case of a Special Investment Company, Company acknowledges that Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or an affiliated agency will be compensated by such Special Investment Company for its services as such investment advisor. In the case of a Special Insurance Contract, the Company acknowledges that (i) Chubb Life Insurance Company of America will allocate to a separate account assets in respect of such contract; (ii) such separate account will be invested in Chubb Series Trust, a registered investment company which, in turn, will retain Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York as a custodian and investment advisor; and (iii) Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York will be compensated by Chubb Series Trust for its services as such custodian and investment advisor. Trustee shall allocate the assets in respect of such contracts

 

21


among the portfolios maintained by Chubb Series Trust (but always in accordance with any guidelines established in accordance with B of this Section 7 and communicated to Trustee from time to time). Company recognizes that the selection by Trustee of such portfolios or the allocation by Trustee of assets of the Trust among Special Investment Companies may affect the compensation of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York and/or its affiliates as custodian or investment advisor. In addition to such compensation, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, shall be entitled to such compensation hereunder as may be provided pursuant to Section 11 hereof. Company specifically waives any rule of undivided loyalty in respect of any investment in a Special Investment Company or a Special Insurance Contract, including in respect of such retention of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York and the payment of all such compensation.

B. Company’s Human Resources Committee or its Pension and 401(k) Review Committee shall formulate and communicate from time to time investment guidelines and objectives for the Trust Fund. Trustee shall comply with such guidelines and select investments within such guidelines as it believes to be most consistent or nearly consistent with such objectives. Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to the development or appropriateness of such guidelines or objectives. Company may determine to allocate such duties to one or more other committees of Company or its Board of Directors or persons other than its Human Resources Committee or its Pension and 401(k) Review Committee. Company shall give written notice of any such change to Trustee who shall from and after receipt of such notice follow any guidelines and objectives set by such other committee or person(s); but until any such other committee or other person(s) communicates any changes in such guidelines or objectives, Trustee

 

22


shall comply with such guidelines and seek to implement the objectives in place immediately prior to such change in allocation of such duties. No such change in allocation of duties pursuant to this Subsection B shall be deemed an amendment to this Agreement.

C. In addition to any powers conferred by law, Trustee is authorized to exercise from time to time in its sole discretion the following powers in respect of any property, real or personal, of the Trust, it being intended that these powers be construed in the broadest possible manner:

(i) Power to sell at public or private sale for cash or upon credit or partly for cash and partly upon credit and upon such terms and conditions as it shall deem proper. No purchaser shall be bound to see to or be liable for the application of the proceeds of any such sale.

(ii) Power to exchange any securities or property held by it for other securities or property, or partly for such securities or property and partly for cash, and to exercise conversion, subscription, option and similar rights with respect to any securities held by it, and to make payments in connection therewith.

(iii) Power to vote in person or by proxy at corporate or other meetings and to participate in or consent to any voting trust, reorganization, dissolution, merger or other action affecting any securities in its possession or the issuers thereof, and to make payments in connection therewith.

(iv) Power to improve any real property.

(v) Power to lease any real property for such periods and upon such terms as it shall deem proper, and to execute and deliver leases containing such covenants,

 

23


including covenants of renewal, as may be desirable to effect any such leasing, and to partition or divide in such manner as it shall deem proper any real property owned jointly or in common with others.

(vi) Power to compromise and adjust all debts or claims due to or made against it.

(vii) Power to make distributions in cash or in specific property, real or personal, or an undivided interest therein, or partly in cash and partly in such property.

(viii) Power to borrow or raise moneys at any time and from time to time for the purposes of the Trust upon such terms and conditions as may be deemed desirable or proper, and for any sum so borrowed to issue its promissory note as Trustee and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all or any part of the Trust; and no person loaning money to the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the money loaned or to inquire into the validity, expediency or propriety of any such borrowing.

(ix) Power to loan any securities at any time held by it to brokers or dealers upon such security as may be deemed advisable, and during the terms of any such loan to permit the loaned securities to be transferred into the name of and voted by the borrower or others.

(x) In the acquisition, disposition and management of investments for or under the trust, power to acquire and hold any securities or other property even though Trustee in its individual or any other capacity, shall have invested or may thereafter invest its or their own or other funds in the same securities or related property or related securities or other property the interest, principal or other avails of which may be payable at different rates or different times or

 

24


may have a different rank or priority; and to acquire and hold any securities or other property even though in connection therewith Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may receive compensation reasonably and customarily due in the course of its or their regular activities.

(xi) Power to grant, purchase, sell, exercise, permit to expire, permit to be held in escrow, and otherwise to acquire; dispose of, hold and generally deal in any manner with and in all forms of options in any combination.

(xii) Power to acquire, hold or dispose of property in unregistered form, or in its name without designation of fiduciary capacity, or in the name of its nominee, to deposit any property with any custodian, or in a depository, clearing corporation or any central system for handling of investments, or any nominee thereof.

(xiii) Power to employ from time to time counsel and suitable agents, including custodians, accountants, brokers and appraisers, including any affiliate of Trustee, and to pay them reasonable expenses and compensation out of the Trust.

(xiv) Power to do all acts which it may deem necessary or proper and to exercise any and all powers of Trustee under this Trust Agreement under such terms and conditions as it may deem to be for the best interest of the Trust.

D. In no event may Trustee invest in securities (including stock or rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by Company or Parent, other than a de minimis amount held in common investment vehicles in which Trustee invests. All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by Trustee or the person designated by Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with plan Participants.

 

25


E. Company shall have the right at anytime, and from time to time in its discretion, to substitute assets (acceptable to Trustee under standards which would be applicable if such assets were offered as an additional contribution) of equal fair market value for any asset held by the Trust. In exercising such rights, Company shall be acting in a nonfiduciary capacity.

Section 8. Disposition of Income .

During the term of this Trust, all net income of the Trust shall be accumulated and reinvested.

Section 9. Accounting by Trustee .

A. Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between Company and Trustee. On a monthly or quarterly basis (as requested by Company) and within fifteen (15) days after the removal or resignation of Trustee, Trustee shall deliver to Company and to the Committee, if any, a written account of its administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be. Company may approve such account by an instrument in writing delivered to Trustee. In the absence of Company’s filing with Trustee objections to any such account within ninety (90) days after its receipt, Company shall be deemed to have so approved such account.

 

26


In such case, or upon the written approval by Company of any such account, Trustee shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be discharged from all liability to Company and Plan participants and their beneficiaries for its acts or failures to act described by such account. The foregoing, however, shall not preclude Trustee from having its account settled by a court of competent jurisdiction.

B. During any Period of a Potential Change in Control and after any Change in Control upon a Qualified Vote, the Committee shall exercise the authority, powers, duties and functions described below in this Section 9 B. The Committee shall have and exercise the authority, powers, duties, and functions of Company pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9 and from the date which is seven days after Trustee receives written notice of such Qualified Vote from Company. From and after such seventh day any action or failure to act of the Committee under this Section 9 shall be equivalent to that which such action or failure to act of Company would be had such Qualified Vote not occurred.

C. (i) Company shall, no later that two business days after it is informed of the establishment of the Committee, inform Trustee in writing of such establishment and the name of any member or members thereof. Thereafter, Company shall, within two (2) business days of being notified of any change in the identity of the members of the Committee, inform Trustee in writing of such change. The Committee may, by a writing signed by a majority of its members and delivered to Trustee, designate one or more persons to act hereunder on its behalf, and Trustee may rely thereon until such notice is superseded. Upon receipt of notice to Trustee from Company and a majority of the members of the Committee as last comprised that the Committee has ceased to exist, Trustee shall conclusively presume that there is no Committee then in existence and may so administer the Trust and distribute or apply its assets.

 

27


(ii) Trustee shall promptly furnish the Committee with any and all reports, data, and other information relating to the Trust, its receipts, disbursements, and administration (including, but not limited to, any disputes or claims and any litigation or arbitration proceedings or settlement discussions and negotiations) as the Committee may request. In the event the Committee requests more frequent accountings than Company, Trustee shall furnish Committee with such more frequent accountings. Further, without the requirement of any request by the Committee and within the time frames specified below (which may be waived or modified by the Committee), Trustee shall furnish to the Committee:

(A) Copies of any and all reports, data or other information furnished by Trustee to Company within two (2) business days of its being so furnished;

(B) Notice of the amount of any contribution made by Company pursuant to Section 3 B and copies of all documentation furnished by Company to Trustee in connection with such contribution, including but not limited to, the Actuary’s certification and any transmittal letter, and any notice by Trustee to Company requesting further contributions within two (2) business days of receipt of any such contribution or documentation;

(C) Any action taken by Trustee pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 D to enforce Company’s duty to make a contribution to the Trust within two (2) business days of such action;

 

28


(D) Copies of all requests for payment and all Payment Schedules described in Section 4 A within two (2) business days of Trustee’s receipt thereof;

(E) A report of the amount and payee of each disbursement of funds pursuant to Section 4 A, within two (2) business days of such disbursement;

(F) Within five (5) business days of receipt of any written claim described in Section 4 C, or any actuarial determination described therein, copies of such claim or determination, and within two (2) business days of any payment or institution of action or proceedings described therein, a statement as to the amount and payee of such payment or summarizing such action and copies of any complaint or other documents filed to commence any such action or proceedings;

(G) Copies of any statement by Company of its intention to make, or its having made, a direct payment described in Section 4 D within two (2) business days of receipt of such notification;

(H) Copies of any notification or allegation described in Section 5 B(i) within two (2) business days of receipt of such notification or allegation;

(I) Written notice of any determination by Trustee pursuant to Section 5 B (iii) or 5 B(iv) within two (2) business days of making such determination;

(J) Copies of any certification given by Company to Trustee and described in Section 5 C within five (5) business days of receipt of such certification;

(K) Copies of any change in investment guidelines given pursuant to Section 7 B within five (5) days of receipt by Trustee thereof;

 

29


(L) A statement describing any substitution of assets by Company pursuant to the terms of Section 7 E within five (5) business days of effectuation of such substitution;

For purposes of this Section 9 C requirements of within two (2) business days shall be deemed satisfied if such copies are transmitted by telefacsimilie or hand delivered to each member of the Committee by 5:00 P.M. on the next business day; provided, however, that if any member has not supplied Trustee with a telefacsimilie number and has a business address which is more than 100 miles from Trustee’s principal office in New York City, then such requirement shall be deemed satisfied if such information is deposited at or prior to such time with the U.S. Postal Service or private courier service under conditions under which such service guarantees delivery of such information by close of business on the business day next following such deposit.

(iii) The Committee may request that Trustee retain as the Actuary an actuary chosen by the Committee, and Trustee shall do so.

Section 10. Responsibility of Trustee .

A. (i) Unless a matter is raised in writing by the Committee, a Participant or a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant or by a governmental authority or as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, Trustee shall have no duty to make an independent investigation as to any matters relating to me Plans, and shall be entitled to rely on the determinations of the Company as to all such matters. Notwithstanding the foregoing Trustee may make independent investigation in its discretion.

(ii) Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by Company which is contemplated by, and inconformity with, the terms of the Plans or this Trust Agreement. Except as otherwise provided

 

30


in this Trust Agreement, Trustee may act upon any instruction, whether written, oral, telephonic, cable or telex, which purports to have come from Company or its designees or from the Committee, or any Participant or Beneficiary, without responsibility for errors in delivery, transmission or receipt and without obligation to satisfy itself that such instruction is given in good faith. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence are for the benefit and protection of Trustee and shall not be construed to bestow upon any person any right or authority such person would not have in the absence of the provisions of the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence.

(iv) Trustee is authorized, but not required, to take any action it believes appropriate if it is unable in due time to obtain instructions from Company or if such action is determined by it to be required by law or practice.

B. Company hereby indemnifies Trustee against losses, liabilities, claims, costs and expenses in connection with the administration of the Trust, unless resulting from the negligence or misconduct of Trustee. To the extent Company fails to make any payment on account of an indemnity provided in this Section 10, in a reasonably timely manner, Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust. If Trustee undertakes or defends any litigation arising in connection with this Trust, Company agrees to indemnify Trustee against Trustee’s costs, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily liable for such payments. If Company does not pay such costs, expenses and liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust.

C. Without limiting the authorities granted under Section 7, Trustee may employ and consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for Company generally or with

 

31


respect to this Trust or any Plan) with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder and may employ agents, including accountants and other professionals, to assist it in performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

D. Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on Trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

E. Notwithstanding any powers granted to Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

Section 11. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.

Trustee’s compensation shall be as agreed in writing from time to time by Company and Trustee. Subject to the provisions hereof which become effective in the event of Company’s Insolvency, (1) Company shall pay Trustee’s fees and expenses and all administrative expenses and (2) if not so paid within a reasonable time, such fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund, but Trustee shall recover such amounts from Company.

 

32


Section 12. Resignation and Removal of Trustee .

A. Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to Company, which shall be effective ninety (90) days after receipt of such notice unless Company and Trustee agree otherwise; and unless such resignation occurs during a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, Company shall designate a successor Trustee meeting the requirements of Section 13 below.

B. Trustee may be removed by Company on thirty (30) days’ written notice or upon shorter notice accepted by Trustee and a successor Trustee appointed by Company; provided, however that during a Potential Change in Control Period, Trustee may not be removed by Company without a Super Qualified Vote , and upon or after a Change in Control, Trustee may be removed only by a Super Qualified Vote.

C. If Trustee resigns during a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, Trustee shall select a successor Trustee meeting the qualifications set forth in Section 13 below.

D. If within a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, Trustee resigns without appointing a successor Trustee before or contemporaneous with or within five (5) days after such resignation or declines to name a successor Trustee or Trustee is removed, a successor Trustee meeting the description set forth in the provisions of Section 13 A hereof shall be (i) if, during a Potential Change in Control Period, designated by Company with approval by a Super Qualified Vote; and (ii) if, after a Change in Control, solely by a Super Qualified Vote.

 

33


E. Upon resignation or removal of Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, all assets of the Trust shall subsequently be transferred to the successor Trustee. Such transfer shall commence immediately upon such resignation or removal and in any event shall be completed within ten (10) days after the effective date of such resignation or removal or, if later the appointment and acceptance of a successor Trustee, unless Company extends the time limit; provided that Trustee shall not be required to effect such transfer.

F. If Trustee resigns or is removed and a successor shall not have been appointed (including execution of an acceptance) by the effective date of Trustee’s resignation or removal under Paragraph C or D of this Section 12, Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. All expenses of Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.

Section 13. Requirements of Successor Trustee .

A. If Trustee resigns or is removed in accordance with Section 12 hereof a successor may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 12 and such successor shall be a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under state law, but in no event shall such Trustee be Company or any affiliate of either Company or Parent. The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the successor Trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by Company or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer of such rights, powers and assets.

 

34


B. The successor Trustee shall not be required unless requested by Company, the Committee or a Qualified Vote to examine the records and acts of any prior Trustee. Such successor Trustee may retain or dispose of existing Trust assets, subject to the provisions of Section 7 hereof. The successor Trustee shall not be responsible for and Company shall indemnify and defend the successor Trustee from any claim or liability resulting from any action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any other past event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor Trustee; provided that the Successor Trustee may pursue any claim or cause of action provided Company or Eligible Voters by a Qualified Vote direct such successor so to do and indemnify such Successor with sufficient funds as determined by such Successor who may use Trust assets to so indemnify itself; and Company shall pay amounts necessary to provide such indemnification whether such action is directed by Company or by Eligible Voters.

Section 14. Amendment or Termination .

A. Subject to the limitations of Subsection B hereof, except during either a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, this Agreement may be amended, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, by the action specifically authorized or approved by the Board of Directors of Company, with the consent of the Trustee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and set forth in a written instrument executed by or on behalf of Company and Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plans or shall make the Trust revocable.

B. Subject to the current provisions of Section 5 hereof and the rights of Company’s creditors pursuant thereto, no amendment of this Agreement described in this B may be made without a Qualified Vote and no amendment to the provisions providing for or permitting

 

35


termination of the Trust shall be made without a Super Qualified Vote. An amendment described in this B is any amendment which would have the effect of (i) eliminating or reducing Company’s and or any other employer’s obligation to make contributions to the Trust Fund in the event of either a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control as set forth in this Agreement as originally executed (or amended as allowed pursuant to this Section 14 B), (ii) except to the extent currently permitted under this Agreement, permitting the use of the assets of the Trust Fund for any purpose other than providing benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries and defraying the reasonable expenses of the Plans and Trust as currently contemplated hereunder, (iii) changing the current definitions of Potential Change in Control, Potential Change in Control Period and Change in Control or altering the current provisions of this Section 14, (iv) eliminating or reducing any of the authority or rights or circumstances of existence of the Committee pursuant to the current provisions of Section 9 C or (v) decreasing the obligation of Company to make contributions to the Trust Fund to provide benefits to Participants no longer employed by Company or the Beneficiaries of any such Beneficiaries.

C. Upon or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period, this Agreement may be amended only by action of the Trustee and Super Qualified Vote.

D. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section (relating to irrevocability) the Trust established pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by action of the Board of Directors of the Company after the first to occur of (a) satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plans with respect to all Participants and their Beneficiaries or (b) the twenty-first anniversary of the death of the last survivor of the Participants or Beneficiaries who are in being on the date of this Agreement; provided that prior to any termination pursuant to clause (a) becoming effective there

 

36


is issued a written certification by and from the Trustee that it is not aware of any unsatisfied liabilities under any of the Plans and a certification by the CEO or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and a letter from the Actuary in which each respectively states that to his best knowledge and belief all liabilities have been satisfied with respect to all Participants in the Plans and their Beneficiaries and that there are no unsatisfied liabilities (other than claims which can no longer be the subject of legal action and claims which Trustee agrees are de minimis or extremely remote and lacking in merit and for which Company indemnifies Trustee).

E. For purposes of this Agreement, the commutation of any benefit payable to a Participant or a Beneficiary or to a living Participant and one or more Beneficiaries shall be deemed provided for if (i) the CEO or his delegate states in writing that such commutation has occurred in accordance with provisions of the Plan providing such benefit, (ii) the Actuary delivers to Trustee his opinion that the lump sum to be provided is the actuarial equivalent of the benefit or benefits commuted computed in accordance with either or a combination of (A) provisions of the relevant Plan or Plans and (B) actuarial methods and assumptions the Actuary deems reasonable and appropriate or more favorable to the payee than reasonable and appropriate. Any such payment made to a Participant shall terminate all rights of his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.

F. Subject to the provisions of subsections D and G of this Section 14, the Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Participants and their Beneficiaries are no longer entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plans. Upon termination of the Trust any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to Company. The powers and duties of the Trustee shall continue as long as any part of the Trust Fund remains in its possession.

 

37


G. Upon a Super Qualified Vote, Company may terminate this Trust prior to the time all benefit payments under the Plans have been made upon written notice to Trustee. All assets in the Trust at termination shall be returned to Company unless the Company otherwise directs Trustee.

Section 15. Miscellaneous .

A. Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law or which would cause the Trust to any extent to fail or cease to be a grantor trust as described in Section 1C hereof shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

B. The Plans shall be administered by the Company or persons other than Trustee and designated by Company or others in accordance with the Plans or other procedures and the Trustee shall be under no duty whatsoever in respect of the administration of the Plans.

C. Benefits payable to plan Participants and their Beneficiaries under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned either at law or in equity, alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process. In the event by virtue of any statute, regulation, judicial action, or administrative action or other determination or action legally binding on Trustee, the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary to present or future payment from Trustee may be exercised by any judgment creditor, spouse or former spouse, assignee, trustee in bankruptcy or other third party, such person holding such rights shall not be an Eligible Voter and shall not deemed a Participant or Beneficiary for purposes of communication hereunder or for purposes of determining the number of votes for a Qualified Vote or Super Qualified Vote.

 

38


D. This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut.

E. At the request, (i) prior to a Change in Control and not during a Potential Change in Control Period, of Trustee or any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant or Company and (ii) after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period, any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (but not Company or Trustee), any dispute controversy or claim arising out of this Agreement or out of any Plan and giving rise to a claim for payment from Trustee under this Agreement to such Participant or Beneficiary shall be settled by arbitration in New York, New York in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association; and judgment upon the award rendered by the Arbitrator(s) may be entered in any Court having jurisdiction thereof.

F. Company shall deliver to Trustee within ten days after execution hereof and within ten days of any change in facts set forth in the last preceding relevant certificate delivered pursuant to this F. and whenever reasonably requested by Trustee its Certificate signed by an appropriate officer specifying the names of its Human Resource Committee, its Pension and 401(k) Administrative Committee and any other persons reasonably requested by Trustee and the specimen signature of anyone authorized to act for either such committee or persons .

G. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit, of Company and its successors and any assignee of substantially all of its assets and Trustee, and its successors and any assignee of substantially all of its corporate trust operations. References to Company and Trustee shall include such of their respective successors and assigns.

 

39


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Trustee have executed this instrument this      day of                      , 1997.

 

ATTEST:   PEOPLE’S BANK

LOGO

 

By:

 

LOGO

Title:

 

Corporate Secretary

 

Title:

 

President

(Corporate Seal)    
ATTEST:  

MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST

COMPANY of NEW YORK

LOGO

 

By:

 

LOGO

Title:

   

Title:

 

Associate

(Corporate Seal)    

 

40

EXHIBIT 10.16

Amended and Restated People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan


AMENDED AND RESTATED

PEOPLE’S BANK SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN

People’s Bank (the Bank), a Connecticut chartered capital stock savings bank, hereby amends and restates the People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to its power so to do set forth in Section 7(b) of the Plan effective as of March 31,1998.

1. Preliminary Background . The Plan was established and is maintained to enable designated Employees of the Bank who, as a result of Internal Revenue Code restrictions and corresponding provisions of the People’s Bank Employee Savings Plan (now called People’s Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan and referred to herein as the “401(k) Plan”), were not able to enjoy the full benefits of the 401 (k) Plan expressed as a percentage of their compensation as were most of the Participants. At the time of the initial establishment of the Plan, all such restrictions were set forth in Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code, but since that time, additional restrictions have been imposed by Sections 402(g) and 401(a)(17) of the Code. All such benefits are to be provided on an unfunded basis.

2. Definitions . Unless the context clearly otherwise requires, as used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the references and meanings set forth in this Section 2 and capitalized terms defined in the 401(k) Plan and not defined in this Section 2 shall have the same meanings as set forth in the 401(k) Plan.

 

  (a) “Annual Valuation Date” shall mean December 31 of any year during which any Plan benefits are in pay status or a Credit Rating Reduction is in effect; provided that in the event the Bank changes its fiscal year, the Bank may change the date of subsequent Annual Valuation Dates, but in no event shall more than twelve months elapse without an Annual Valuation Date other than by reason of there being neither Plan benefits in pay status nor a Credit Rating Reduction in effect.

 

  (b) “Beneficiary” shall mean any person who is entitled to benefits accrued to a deceased Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan or who would be so entitled in the event of the death of a Participant.

 

  (c) “CEO” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank or such officer or other person as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank as of March 31, 1998.

 

  (d) “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:


  (i) The Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent, shall approve (A) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) of the Bank or Parent with any other corporation other than (1) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) which would result in the voting stock (as described in paragraph (ii) of this subsection) of the Bank or Parent outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting stock of the surviving entity) more than 80% of the combined voting power of the voting stock of the Bank or Parent (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Bank or Parent (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined in paragraph (ii) of this subsection) acquires more than 20 percent of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or Parent, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Bank or Parent, or (C) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Bank;

 

  (ii) Any person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), corporation, or other entity (other than the Bank, Parent, or any benefit plan, including, but not limited to, any employee stock ownership plan, sponsored by the Bank, Parent, or any subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or Parent ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire such securities); or

 

  (iii)

During any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent, and any new director (excluding a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Bank or Parent to effect a transaction described in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this subsection) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the shareholders of the Bank or Parent was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the

 

2


 

beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (“Incumbent Board”), shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

 

  (e) “Committee” shall mean the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank, or such other committee of such Board as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Human Resources Committee as of the Effective Date.

 

  (f) “Credit Rating Reduction” shall mean the first issuance of a rating of long term deposits with Bank of less than either (i) “Baa3” by Moody’s Investment Service, Inc., or (ii) “BBB” by Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group.

 

  (g) “Eligible Voters” shall mean (i) Participants employed by the Bank after May 1, 1998 who have unpaid benefits under the Plan and (ii) Beneficiaries of such deceased Participants who have unpaid benefits under the Plan; but excluding (A) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Participant or a Beneficiary sixty-five (65) days prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (B) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Participant or Beneficiary prior to the beginning thereof; provided, however, that in the event there is more than one such Beneficiary with respect to any individual deceased Participant, such Beneficiaries shall have a single vote which shall be cast as determined by a majority in interests of all Beneficiaries of such deceased Participant.

 

  (h) The “401(k) Plan” shall refer to The People’s Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan as adopted by the Bank and as amended through the date hereof and as amended from time to time hereafter.

 

  (i)

“Full Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Recordkeeper calculates based on the best information available to it, to be equal to the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of all Participants employees of the Bank after May 1, 1998 (and their Beneficiaries) and Beneficiaries of any such deceased Participants as of the valuation requirement date. For purposes of this (i), the “valuation requirement date” refers to (1) the date of an actual Change in Control or (2) the date which is reasonably selected during a Potential Change in Control Period by the Bank or the Trustee, or (3) if such calculation is not on or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period any date which is reasonable and convenient. Calculations and recalculations of the Full Funding Amount

 

3


 

(as described in Section 8 of this Agreement) shall assume that each Participant terminated employment as of the valuation requirement date of such calculation or recalculation. In computing the Full Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount calculated by the Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering and terminating the Trust and distributing benefits, including reasonable expenses of the Committee and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than extremely remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank.

 

  (j) The Bank shall be considered “Insolvent” and the Bank shall be deemed subject to insolvency for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) the Bank is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Bank is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) the Bank is determined to be insolvent by the Banking Commissioner, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Bank, or any other federal or state authority having the power to act as or to appoint a receiver or similar officer in the event it finds the Bank is insolvent.

 

  (k) “Interim Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Recordkeeper calculates based on the best information available to him to be equal to the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of (i) all Participants who are employees of the Bank after May 1, 1998, and who as of the Interim Valuation Requirement Date requiring such calculation either (A) are no longer employees of the Bank or (B) have attained age sixty-three (63) and three hundred twenty-five (325) days and (ii) all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants entitled to benefits under the Plan as a result of such deceased Participants’ death. In computing the Interim Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount estimated by the Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering the Trust and distributing benefits for the sixty (60) months following the relevant Interim Valuation Requirement Date, including reasonable expenses of the Committee (if then in existence) and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank.

 

  (l) “Interim Valuation Requirement Date” shall mean the last date of each fiscal year of the Bank and the date of any Credit Rating Reduction.

 

4


  (m) “Parent” shall mean People’s Mutual Holdings, a mutual holding company organized pursuant to the Banking Law of Connecticut, or its corporate successor or assigns; and the determination of whether any corporation or other entity is a successor or assign of People’s Mutual Holdings for purposes of this Agreement shall be made by the CEO or, in the event there is no then acting CEO, by the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

  (n) “Participant” shall mean, any employee of the Bank who is covered by the Plan and any former employee of the Bank for whom amounts have been credited pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and who has not yet received her or his full vested benefit hereunder.

 

  (o) The “Plan” shall mean People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan as amended through the date hereof and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter.

 

  (p) A “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred under this Agreement if (i) the Bank or Parent enters into any agreement the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control, or (ii) the CEO declares in writing that, or the Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent adopts a resolution to the effect that, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

 

  (q) “Potential Change in Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date that a Potential Change in Control occurs and ending upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the date of a Change in Control, or (ii) the date such Potential Change in Control Period ends in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

 

  (r) “Qualified Vote” shall mean the Vote of at least sixty-five (65%) percent of the total number of Eligible Voters.

 

  (s) “Recordkeeper” shall mean Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company acting pursuant to the Service Agreement, or such other individual or entity as the Bank may retain consistent with the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement to maintain records of Participant Accounts pursuant to the terms of the Plan or any other person as the Trustee may select to make computations pursuant to any provision of the Trust Agreement.

 

  (t) “Restrictions” shall refer to any and all of the following provisions of the Code, the 401(k) Plan and the People’s Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan (the “ERP”);

 

5


  (i) Section 415 of the Code and the provisions of the 401(k) Plan in particular, without limitation Sections 5.5, 5.7 and 5.8 thereof, combined with the Restrictions of Article XII of the ERP;

 

  (ii) Section 402(g) of the Code and the provisions of the 401(k) Plan reflecting said Section 402(g);

 

  (iii) Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and the provisions of the 401(k) Plan reflecting said Section 401(a)(17).

References to Sections of the Code, Sections of the 401(k) Plan and Articles of the ERP shall include any successor provisions thereto as the Code, the 401(k) Plan, or the ERP may be amended from time to time.

 

  (u) “Service Agreement” shall mean the agreement entered into between the Bank and Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company effective as of October 3, 1994 entitled “PEOPLE’S BANK SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN Service Agreement” as such agreement may have been and may hereafter be amended, restated or replaced by a superseding agreement between the parties thereto.

 

  (v) “Super Qualified Vote” shall mean the Vote of at least eighty-five (85%) percent of the total number of Eligible Voters.

 

  (w) “Trust” shall mean the Trust established and maintained pursuant to the terms of subsection (a) of Section 8 hereof.

 

  (x) “Trustee” shall mean the entity then acting as Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

 

  (y) “Vote” shall mean and include a vote in person or by proxy or execution of a written consent signed by a Participant or Beneficiary authorizing or approving any action (including one or more amendments of this Trust Agreement).

 

  (z) “Trust Agreement” shall mean the trust agreement described in subsection (a) of Section 8 hereof.

 

  (aa) Pronouns. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, pronouns of one gender or number may refer to subjects or objects of a different gender or number.

 

6


3. Participation .

 

  (a) Eligibility and Election to Defer .

Any Employee of the Bank who

 

  (i) is a participant under the 401(k) Plan,

 

  (ii) has a salary grade of 10 or higher or was a Participant on or before January 1, 1991, and

 

  (iii) the Bank determines may be adversely affected by any one or more of the Restrictions.

may elect on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the 401(k) Plan to defer payments of salary and bonus under this Plan. The determination described in (iii) of this (a) and under Subsection (c) of this Section 3 shall be made on the basis of such Employee’s election under the 401(k) Plan or a statement by such Employee of the amount she or he would contribute to the 401(k) Plan but for the effects of any or all of the Restrictions.

 

  (b) The total amounts deferred under this Plan and under the 401(k) Plan with respect to any Participant shall not exceed the maximum amounts which would be permitted under the provisions of the 401(k) Plan but for the Restrictions.

 

  (c) Such percentages shall be deducted from the salary or bonus otherwise payable to such Employee in accordance with the procedures employed by the Bank with respect to the 401(k) Plan subject to such modifications as the Bank may reasonably impose. Further, the Bank shall credit under this Plan an amount of Bank Contributions equal to the excess of (i) that which Bank Contributions under the 401(k) Plan with respect to such Participant would be if all such Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions and Bank Contributions made under the 401(k) Plan or hereunder were made under the 401(k) Plan and there were no limitations under the 401(k) Plan as provided by the Restrictions over (ii) the actual amount of such contributions.

4. Employee’s Credits . All Salary Reduction and Bank Contributions made pursuant to an election by a Participant under the 401(k) Plan shall be deposited to the Participant’s accounts under the 401(k) Plan up to the maximum amount permitted under the 401(k) Plan. Any Salary Reduction Contributions and Bank Contributions made by or credited to a Participant in any Plan Year in excess of the limitations prescribed by the Restrictions shall be credited by the

 

7


Bank to the account of the Participant making such contributions or on behalf of whom such Bank Contributions are made. To the extent practicable, such amounts shall be credited as of the date upon which the Salary Reduction Contribution or Bank Contribution hereunder is based would be invested by the Trustee under the 401(k) Plan.

5. Hypothetical Investment . To the extent practicable under procedures available to the Bank, all amounts credited to a Participant’s account hereunder shall be increased or decreased in accordance with such Participant’s investment election under the 401(k) Plan to reflect the value such amount would have if actually so invested as such elections change from time to time. In the event such Participant has different elections under the 401(k) Plan with respect to a balance accumulated as of a certain time on the one hand and contributions received thereafter on the other, to the extent practicable under procedures available to the Bank, such Participant’s hypothetical account shall be deemed to be invested (a) with respect to the balance as of the date of the accumulation described in this sentence in accordance with the investment instructions for such accumulated balance and (b) with respect to amounts credited to his account hereunder after such date in the same way as contributions after such date are invested: Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Participant has any loan balances outstanding with respect to his account under the 401(k) Plan, the amount of such loans shall not be taken into account in determining the proportions in which his account under this Plan is deemed to be invested.

6. Death Benefits . In the event the death of a Participant whether during or after termination of her or his Credited Service, prior to payment of such Participant’s full account balance benefit in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 7, the unpaid amount shall be paid to such Participant’s Beneficiary designated in a form provided by, and filed with, the Committee. If no such form has been filed, such benefits shall be payable to such Participant’s spouse and if no spouse is then living, to the legal representative of such Participant’s estate. All benefits payable pursuant to this Paragraph 6 hereunder shall be payable in accordance with Paragraph 7.

7. Method of Payment . A Participant’s benefit shall be distributed to such Participant, or in the event of such Participant’s death whether during or after termination of her or his Credited Service, to her or his Beneficiary determined in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 6 as follows. The Participant’s account balance shall be determined as of the end of the month preceding his last full month of Credited Service. An amount equal to ten percent of such account balance shall be distributed in twelve equal monthly installments on the first day of each of the first twelve months following such termination of Credited Service. As of the first day of the thirteenth month following such termination, the full balance of such Participant’s account shall be distributed to such Participant or in the event of her or his death, to her or his Beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, all benefits payable under this Plan to or with respect to a Participant whose Credited Service is or has been terminated prior to January 1, 1995, shall be payable in accordance with Plan provisions in effect as of December 31, 1993.

 

8


8. Trust; Change in Control; Credit Rating Reduction .

 

  (a) The Bank has or will within one hundred twenty (120) days after the effective date hereof enter into a Trust Agreement with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company as the Trustee establishing the Trust. The Trust is intended to provide for the funding of the Bank’s obligation to provide benefits under the Plan to the extent provided pursuant to the provisions of (b), (c) and (e) of this Section 8. The substantial overall terms of such Trust Agreement have been approved by the Human Resources Committee on March 30, 1998. In the event of Insolvency of the Bank, assets held under the Trust shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Bank under federal and state law as set forth in the Trust Agreement. In the event of such Insolvency, any and all such assets will be available to satisfy the claims of general creditors of the Bank even if all benefits under the Plan have not otherwise been provided for and even if all such benefits of Employees who have terminated their Credited Service have not been fully provided for. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit Participants or Beneficiaries from asserting claims for Plan benefits as general creditors of the Bank. The Bank may cause, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms of the Trust Agreement, Plan benefits to be provided from the assets of the Trust, the general assets of the Bank, or a combination thereof, as the Bank may determine to be in the Bank’s best interests. No person eligible for, or entitled to, Plan benefits hereunder shall have any property, equitable or security rights in any specific assets of the Bank or held as part of the Trust. The Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Bank to make benefit payments in the future. It is intended that this Plan be unfunded for federal income tax purposes and Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. The obligation to pay all Plan benefits shall be treated as an item of indebtedness by the Bank to the Participant or Beneficiary, and except as otherwise paid from the Trust, such payments shall be made from the general assets of the Bank. All amounts as may be required to be withheld by any applicable federal, state or local law shall be withheld and remitted as required by any such law and payments made to the Participant or any Beneficiary shall be the net amount after withholding.

 

  (b)

The Bank, in the sole discretion of the CEO, may at any time, or from time to time, make deposits (in addition to those required pursuant to subsections (c) and (d) of this Section 8), of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal of the Trust, such additions to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in the agreement setting forth the terms of the Trust. Neither the

 

9


 

Trustee nor any Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

 

  (c) Upon a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, the Bank shall, as soon as possible, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days following such Potential Change in Control or Change in Control, make a contribution to the Trust of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee which when added to the total value of the Trust Fund would equal the Full Funding Amount. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount shall be recalculated in the event such Potential Change in Control Period extends beyond the required valuation date used in the first or other last subsequent computation made as a result of such Potential Change in Control Period. In the event that the Trustee later determines that provision made in determining the Full Funding Amount for expenses was not adequate, the Bank shall make additional deposits to provide for such expenses as determined by the Trustee from time to time.

 

  (d)    (i)     No more than thirty (30) days after the date of a Credit Rating Reduction, the Bank shall:

 

  (a) Cause the Recordkeeper to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of a date reasonably selected by the Recordkeeper which shall be no more than thirty (30) days prior to such Interim Valuation Requirement Date and deliver to the Trustee the Recordkeeper’s certification or other written statement satisfactory to the Trustee of such Interim Funding Amount; and

 

  (b) Pay to the Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of a date selected by the Bank (no more than ten (10) days prior to the date of such payment) would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

 

  (ii) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Bank, the Bank shall:

 

  (a) Cause the Recordkeeper to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to the Trustee the Recordkeeper’s certification or other written statement satisfactory to the Trustee of such Interim Funding Amount; and

 

10


  (b) Pay to the Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such last day would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

9. Nonassignability .

The Plan is designed to provide payment of benefits solely for the support of the Participant and, to the extent of any death benefits, such Participant’s beneficiary. No person eligible for or entitled to a benefit payable hereunder shall have any right, power or authority to anticipate, assign, sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber, whether by voluntary action or by operation of law, the right to receive such benefit payment nor shall such right otherwise be subject to encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary.

10. Administration .

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee may delegate its administrative authority to officers or other employees of the Bank, provided that no such delegate shall determine his own benefits hereunder. The Committee shall have complete and discretionary authority to determine eligibility, the amount of benefits payable under the Plan and to otherwise construe, interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan and its determinations shall be conclusive on the Bank, its employees and any other person claiming any benefit under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10, any determination made by the Committee upon or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period shall be binding only if accepted by the Participant or Beneficiary and, to the extent not so accepted, such determination of the Committee shall be of no effect and given no weight and such Participant or Beneficiary shall have his rights determined in accordance with the procedures of any of the provisions of the Trust Agreement, and the Bank shall pay to the Trustee any funds necessary to provide such benefits as so determined.

11. Claims Procedure .

 

  (a)

The Committee from time to time may, and upon reasonable written request from a Participant or after his death a Beneficiary shall, provide information to each Participant, or if applicable, such Participant’s Beneficiary, as to the amount of benefits to which such person is entitled. If a claimant disagrees with the Committee’s computation, such person shall file with the Committee, in writing and sent by registered or certified mail, such claim for benefit or additional benefits. If no claim is received by the Committee within the later of thirty (30) days after the Participant retires or otherwise terminates service with the Bank or sixty (60) days after such claimant receives written notification of benefits from the Committee, no such claim shall be permitted and the Committee’s computation will be final. In the event any such claim is filed, the Committee shall exercise its

 

11


 

best efforts to act upon such claim within sixty (60) days after its receipt. If such claim is denied, in whole or in part, the Committee shall give notice in writing, by mail, of such denial to the claimant, setting forth (i) the specific reasons for such denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) advice to the effect that the claimant may request a full review of such claim by filing with the Committee, within sixty (60) days after such notice has been mailed, a request for such review. In the event such request is submitted, the Committee shall review the claim within sixty (60) days and the claimant shall be given written notice of the result of such review. Such notice shall include specific reason for the decision and shall be final.

 

  (b) During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a Participant or Beneficiary at his election may determine at any time not to follow or to cease following the procedures set forth in this Section 11, and to assert and enforce any claims under the Plan without regard to the provisions of this Section 11, including enforcing any remedies in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

12. Amendment and Termination .

 

  (a) The Committee may amend the Plan from time to time; provided, however, that no such amendment shall have the effect of reducing any vested benefit under the Plan.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 12, (i) an amendment to subsection (c) of Section 8 hereof, or to the definitions of Change in Control, Potential Change in Control, Potential Change in Control Period or Change in Control Agreement, or eliminating or reducing the rights or authority of the Advisory Committee provided by Section 14 hereof may be made only in the event it is approved by a Qualified Vote and (ii) an amendment to reduce the funding requirements pursuant to Section 8(d) or changing the definition of Interim Funding Amount or Interim Valuation Requirement Date may be made only in the event it is approved by the vote of sixty-five percent (65 %) of all Participants who are employed by the Bank after May 1, 1998, and not employed by the Bank at the time of such vote; and

 

  (c) The Bank reserves the right to terminate the Plan or to cease benefit accruals under the Plan at any time. However, except as may be required pursuant to any applicable federal, state or local law, any Plan benefit then accrued and vested shall remain payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the extent then accrued.

 

12


13. Construction .

 

  (a) The Plan shall be administered in accordance with the laws of Connecticut, to the extent applicable, and not preempted by any other applicable federal law.

 

  (b) Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to confer upon any person any legal right to be continued as an employee of the Bank. The Bank expressly reserves the right to discharge any employee whenever the interest of the Bank in its sole judgment may so require without any liability on the part of the Bank. The Bank shall be the Plan Administrator of the Plan.

 

  (c) It is intended that the Plan be and remain a bona fide deferred compensation plan for purposes of Part 359 of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as defined by the provisions of FDIC Reg § 359.1(d) and the terms of the Plan shall be so construed in the event of any ambiguity.

 

  (d) The benefits payable under the Plan shall not be limited by the provisions of any other agreement entered into by the Bank and any Participant prior to the Effective Date relating to payments in the event of Change in Control; but benefits under any such other agreement may, if such other agreement so provides, be reduced as a result of benefits payable under the Plan.

 

  (e) The provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns, and references to the Bank herein shall include its successors and assigns. References to Parent shall include its successors and assigns.

 

  (f) Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, pronouns of one gender or number may refer to subjects or objects of a different gender or number.

14. Advisory Committee .

 

  (a)

During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a majority of Plan Voters at any time, and from time to time, may appoint an Advisory Committee to monitor and represent the interests of the Plan Voters and the Beneficiary of any deceased Participant with respect to the Plan, and the Trust. The Advisory Committee shall be composed of one to three individuals, some or all of whom may (but none of whom shall be required to) be Plan Voters. The Advisory Committee shall act by majority vote unless it unanimously agrees otherwise and shall otherwise adopt its own procedures which may include authorizing one member thereof to act for the Advisory Committee. Any member of the Advisory

 

13


 

Committee may resign by giving written notice to the other members thereof, or, if he is the sole member, to a majority or all of the then Plan Voters. Any member may be removed by action of a majority of Plan Voters, and additional members, including replacement of any resigned, removed or deceased member may be designated by action of a majority of Plan Voters. All actions by any Participant shall be in a writing signed by such Participant. A Participant may sign a single writing effectuating removal and replacement. For purposes of this Section 14, the term “Plan Voters” shall mean each individual who is an employee of the Bank after May 1, 1998 and who is a Participant in this Plan; but excluding (a) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Plan Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (b) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Plan Voter prior to the beginning thereof. For purposes of this Section 14, the term “Plan Voter” shall mean at anytime all individuals who were employed at the Bank after the Effective Date and who are Participants exclusive of (i) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Plan Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (ii) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Plan Voter prior to the beginning thereof.

 

  (b)

The purpose of the Advisory Committee shall be to disseminate information concerning the Plan, and the Trust to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voters, to gather information and data concerning, and otherwise investigate, inquiries, controversies, or disputes deemed reasonable by the Advisory Committee and raised by any Participant or any such Beneficiary, to discuss such matters with the CEO of the Bank or members of the Board, or of the Human Resources Committee of the Board, the Actuary or the Trustee, and to take any action authorized under the Trust Agreement with respect to any such inquiries, controversy or dispute which it, in its discretion, deems reasonable to protect the legitimate interest of any Participant or Beneficiary, and monitor and report to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan. Voter with respect to litigation or arbitration proceedings under the Plan. The Advisory Committee may (but shall not be required to) negotiate on behalf of any Plan Voter or Beneficiary of a deceased Plan Voter; provided, however, that in no event shall the Advisory Committee be deemed authorized to institute any legal or arbitration proceedings hereunder or enter into any agreement purporting to settle or limit the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan or in or to the Trust or its assets. Nothing herein shall prohibit a Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant individually or with others

 

14


 

(whether or not as a class action) from instituting legal or arbitration proceedings to enforce his own rights under the Plan while the Advisory Committee is negotiating pursuant to the provisions of this Section whether or not such Participant or Beneficiary is a member of the Advisory Committee.

 

  (c)

Without request or demand, the Advisory Committee shall be entitled to all reports, information, and data to which the Bank is entitled (without request or demand) under the Trust Agreement and any other reports, information, or data received by the Bank from the Trustee or the Actuary. The Bank shall give the following written notices to the Advisory Committee (which the Advisory Committee may waive if deemed in the best interest of Plan Voters): (i) twenty (20) days prior to the payment of any benefits or other sums from the Trust other than Trustee’s fees and expenses in the operations of the Plan, the amount to be so paid, the computation thereof, and the amount of any benefits under the Plan and Trustee’s fees and expenses to be paid from the Bank’s general assets; (ii) no later man five (5) days after making any contribution to the Trust, the amount of such contribution and the Recordkeeper’s certification and detailed computations on the basis of which the determination of such amount was made; (iii) any amendments proposed to be made to the Trust Agreement twenty (20) days prior to the Bank’s requesting from Participants a Qualified Vote or a Super Qualified Vote; (iv) within five (5) days after any substitution of Trust assets by the Bank; (v) at least twenty (20) days before any change in investment policy is made by the Committee or other authorized body under the Trust Agreement; (vi) twenty (20) days after the close of each calendar quarter, a report of all contributions to and payments from, the Trust Fund during such quarter; (vii) five (5) days prior to any change of Recordkeeper, the name and address of the proposed new Recordkeeper and a brief description of its relevant experience and controlling shareholders, and the reasons for such change; (viii) five (5) days prior to any change n the Service Agreement, a full description of, or a copy of such changes; (ix) within five (5) days of any change in any member of the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or of any individual to whom it delegates any authority with respect to the Plan or any change in authority previously so delegated to an individual, the name of any new member of the Committee, the name of any person no longer serving as such a member, the name of any additional person to whom such authority has been granted, the name of any person from whom such authority has been taken and a description of any change in any such authority granted to any person; and (x) within five (5) days of any change in the 401(k) Review Committee, the name of any new person and the name of any person no longer serving as such a member. The Advisory

 

15


 

Committee, or a person designated by it, may vote on behalf of any Participant who so authorizes it or a delegate chosen by it to vote on behalf of such Participant pursuant to any provision of the Trust Agreement. Acquiescence or inaction by the Advisory Committee shall not be deemed to be approval or consent and in any event shall in no way bind or limit the rights of Participants or Beneficiaries of deceased Participants.

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank, acting by its undersigned officer, duly authorized, hereby executes the Plan to be effective as herein provided.

 

PEOPLE’S BANK
By:  

LOGO

 

17

EXHIBIT 10.16(a)

First Amendment to Amended and Restated People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

PEOPLE’S BANK SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN

WHEREAS, People’s Bank (the “Bank”), a Connecticut chartered capital stock savings bank, maintains the People’s Bank Supplemental Employee Savings Plan, which was amended and restated in its entirety as of March 31, 1998 (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Plan is intended to supplement benefits payable under the People’s Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan (the “ESP”) to a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Bank who satisfy the eligibility requirements of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Bank has determined to provide for investment adjustments to Plan participant account balances from the date final distribution has been made from such participant’s ESP accounts and to clarify the payment dates for monthly benefit payments under the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Bank has retained the power to amend the Plan at any time and from time to time pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12(a) of the Plan as amended and restated.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended effective as of December 31, 2000 as follows:

1. Section 5. of the Plan is amended by adding to the end thereof the following:

For any Participant or beneficiary entitled to benefit payments under Section 7 hereof on or after December 31, 2000, any unpaid balance that remains credited to such Participant’s Plan account after final distribution has been made of such Participant’s 401(k) Plan account shall be deemed to be invested in accordance with the investment experience of the People’s Bank Stable Value Fund (or any fund which the Committee determines has replaced such fund under the terms of the 401(k) Plan).

2. Sections 6 and 7 of the Plan are hereby amended to change the word “Paragraph” to the word “Section” each time it appears.

3. The third sentence of Section 7 of the Plan is amended by substituting the following in place of the phrase “on the first day”:

“on the first payroll payment date”


4. The fourth sentence of Section 7 is amended to read as follows:

“On the first payroll payment date of the thirteenth month following such termination, the full balance of such Participant’s account (determined as of the most recent available valuation date under the 401(k) Plan preceding such payment date) shall be distributed to such Participant or in the event of her or his death, to her or his Beneficiary.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank, acting by its undersigned officer, duly authorized, hereby executes this Amendment as of December 31, 2000.

 

PEOPLE’S BANK
By:  

 

Its:  

 

2

EXHIBIT 10.16(b)

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan


SECOND AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

PEOPLE’S BANK SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN

WHEREAS, People’s Bank (the “Bank”), a Connecticut chartered capital stock savings bank, maintains the People’s Bank Supplemental Employee Savings Plan, which was amended and restated in its entirety as of March 31,1998 (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Plan is intended to supplement benefits payable under the People’s Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan (the “ESP”) to a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Bank who satisfy the eligibility requirements of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Bank has changed its salary grade designations, and the new designations equivalent to grade 10 and above are grade 65O and above; and

WHEREAS, the Bank has determined to increase the maximum Salary deferral percentage permitted under the 401(k) Employee Savings Plan from 15% per pay period to 20% per pay period, effective for payroll periods after January 1, 2005, and in order to assure that such increase would not constitute a material modification of the Plan for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury guidance or regulations issued thereunder, has determined to continue to limit the maximum percentage of Salary deferrals permitted under the SSP to 15% per pay period; and

WHEREAS, the Bank has retained the power to amend the Plan at any time and from time to time pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12(a) of the Plan as amended and restated.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended as follows, effective for payroll payment dates (including dates on which bonuses are paid) on or after January 1, 2005:

 

  1. Clause (ii) in the first sentence of Subsection 3(a) of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

“(ii) has a salary grade of 65O or higher or the equivalent thereof or who was a Participant on or before January 1,1991, and”

 

  2. The first sentence of Subsection 3(a) of the Plan is further amended by inserting between the words “bonus” and “under” the following:

“(not in excess of 15%)”.

 

  3. Subsection 3(b) of the Plan is amended by substituting a semi-colon (“;”) in place of the period (“.”) at the end thereof and adding thereafter the following:

“subject to the 15% limit on salary and bonus deferrals set forth in Subsection 3(a) hereof.”


  4. Clause (i) of the last sentence of Subsection 3(c) of the Plan is amended by inserting between the words “hereunder” and “were” the following:

“(subject to the 15% limit on salary and bonus deferrals set forth in Subsection 3(a) hereof)”.

 

  5. The second sentence of Section 4. of the Plan is amended by substituting a semi-colon (“;”) in place of the period (“.”) at the end thereof and adding thereafter the following:

“subject to the 15% limit on salary and bonus deferrals set forth in Subsection 3(a) hereof.”

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank, acting by its undersigned officer, duly authorized, hereby executes this amendment to be effective as herein provided

 

PEOPLE’S BANK
By:  

LOGO

Its:   President and CEO
Date:   January 14, 2005

 

3

EXHIBIT 10.17

People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan Non-Qualified Trust Agreement, dated as of

July 23,1998, between People’s Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company

of New York


PEOPLE’S BANK SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN

NON-QUALIFIED TRUST AGREEMENT

This Agreement made as of July 23, 1998, by and between People’s Bank (“Company”) and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (“Trustee”).

WHEREAS Company has adopted the People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan (the “Plan”);

WHEREAS Company has incurred or expects to incur liability under the terms of such Plan with respect to the individuals participating in such Plan;

WHEREAS Company wishes to establish a trust (the “Trust”) and to contribute to the Trust assets that shall be held therein, subject to the claims of Company’s creditors in the event of Company’s Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to Plan participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plan;

WHEREAS it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”);

WHEREAS it is the intention of Company to make contributions to the Trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of its liabilities under the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:

Section 1. Establishment of Trust .

A. Company hereby deposits with Trustee in trust the cash and/or property shown on Appendix A, which shall become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.

B. The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable, Nevertheless this Agreement shall be subject to amendment; provided, however, that no such amendment shall become effective unless it is made in conformance with the procedures and the limitations specified in Section 15 of this Agreement. All contributions made hereunder shall be irrevocable, and shall not be returnable or payable to Company except (i) as provided by the provisions of Section 5 relating to Company’s being Insolvent, (ii) as set forth in Section 6 B providing for payment to Company of amounts in excess of 125 % of the Full Funding Amount, (iii) as provided by the provisions of Section 6 C providing for the return of contributions made as the result of a Potential Change in Control, (iv) upon termination of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of Section 15, or (v) as otherwise specifically provided for hereunder.


C. The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement which become applicable in the event of Insolvency of Company, Company shall pay all income taxes payable with respect to income and gains of the Trust.

D. The principal of the Trust and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of Company and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries and general creditors of Company as hereinafter set forth except as Trust assets may be paid to Company pursuant to specific provisions of this Agreement. Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust regardless of allocation to accounts. Any rights of any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries against Company. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of Company’s general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 2 K hereof.

E. It is intended that each of such plans be and remain a bona fide deferred compensation plan for purposes of Part 359 of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as defined by the provisions of FDIC Reg § 359.l(d).

Section 2. Definitions . Unless the context clearly otherwise requires, as used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the references and meanings set forth in this Section 2.

A. “Annual Valuation Date” shall mean December 31 of any year during which any Plan benefits are in pay status or a Credit Rating Reduction is in effect; provided that in the event Company changes its fiscal year, Company may change the date of subsequent Annual Valuation Dates, but in no event shall more than twelve months elapse without an Annual Valuation Date other than by reason of there being neither Plan benefits in pay status nor a Credit Rating Reduction in effect.

B. “Beneficiary” shall mean with respect to any Plan any person who is entitled to benefits accrued to a deceased Participant pursuant to the terms of such Plan or who would be so entitled in the event of the death of a Participant.

C. “CEO” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer of Company or such officer or other person as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of Company as of the effective date of this Trust Agreement.

D. “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

 

2


(i) The Board of Directors of Company or Parent, shall approve (A) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) of Company or Parent with any other corporation other than (1) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) which would result in the voting stock (as described in paragraph (ii) of this subsection) of Company or Parent outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting stock of the surviving entity) more than 80 % of the combined voting power of the voting stock of Company or Parent (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of Company or Parent (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined in paragraph (ii) of this subsection) acquires more than 20 percent of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Company or Parent, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Company or Parent, or (C) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Company;

(ii) Any person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), corporation, or other entity (other than Company, Parent, or any benefit plan, including, but not limited to, any employee stock ownership plan, sponsored by Company, Parent, or any subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Company or Parent ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire such securities); or

(iii) During any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire Board of Directors of Company or Parent, and any new director (excluding a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with Company or Parent to effect a transaction described in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this subsection) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the shareholders of Company or Parent was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (“Incumbent Board”), shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

E. “Committee” shall be the Advisory Committee designated pursuant to the provisions of the Plan providing for designation during a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control by certain participants thereunder of a committee to carry out functions described in the Plan.

F. “Company Stock” shall mean shares of stock issued by Company.

 

3


G. “Credit Rating Reduction” shall mean the first issuance of a rating of long term deposits with Bank of less than either (i) “Baa3” by Moody’s Investment Service, Inc., or (ii) “BBB” by Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group.

H. “Eligible Voters” shall mean (i) Participants who have vested and unpaid benefits under the Plan and (ii) Beneficiaries of deceased Participants who have vested and unpaid benefits under the Plan; but excluding (A) after a Change in Control any person who was not an Eligible Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (B) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not an Eligible Voter prior to the beginning thereof; provided, however, that in the event there is more than one such Beneficiary with respect to any individual deceased Participant, such Beneficiaries shall have a single vote which shall be cast as determined by a majority in interests of all Beneficiaries of such deceased Participant.

I. The “401k Plan” shall refer to The People’s Bank 401k Employee Savings Plan as adopted by Company and as amended through the date hereof and as amended from time to time hereafter.

J. “Full Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Recordkeeper calculates based on the best information available to it, to be equal to the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of all Participants (and their Beneficiaries) and Beneficiaries of deceased Participants as of the valuation requirement date. For purposes of this I., the “valuation requirement date” refers to (i) the date of an actual Change in Control or (ii) the date which is reasonably selected during a Potential Change in Control Period by Company or Trustee, or (iii) if such calculation is not on or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period any date which is reasonable and convenient. Calculations and recalculations of the Full Funding Amount (as described in Section 3 B of this Agreement) shall assume that each Participant terminated employment as of the valuation requirement date of such calculation or recalculation. In computing the Full Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount calculated by Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering and terminating the Trust and distributing benefits, including reasonable expenses of the Committee and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than extremely remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which Trustee may institute or assert against Company.

K. Company shall be considered “Insolvent” and Company shall be deemed subject to insolvency for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) Company is determined to be insolvent by the Banking Commissioner, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Bank, or any other federal or state authority having the power to act as or to appoint a receiver or similar officer in the event it finds Company is insolvent.

 

4


L. “Interim Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Recordkeeper calculates based on the best information available to him to be equal to the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of (i) all Participants who as of the Interim Valuation Requirement Date requiring such calculation either (A) are no longer employees of Company or (B) have attained age sixty-three (63) and three hundred twenty-five (325) days and (ii) all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants entitled to benefits under any Plan as a result of such deceased Participants’ death. In computing the Interim Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount estimated by Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering the Trust and distributing benefits for the sixty (60) months following the relevant Interim Valuation Requirement Date, including reasonable expenses of the Committee (if then in existence) and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which Trustee may institute or assert against Company.

M. “Interim Valuation Requirement Date” shall mean the last date of each fiscal year of Company and the date of any Credit Rating Reduction and any date selected by Company pursuant to Section 6C hereof.

N. “Parent” shall mean People’s Mutual Holdings, a mutual holding company organized pursuant to the Banking Law of Connecticut, or its corporate successor or assigns; and the determination of whether any corporation or other entity is a successor or assign of People’s Mutual Holdings for purposes of this Agreement shall be made by the CEO or, in the event there is no then acting CEO, by the Board of Directors of Company.

0. “Participant” shall mean, with respect to the Plan, any employee of Company in Company’s employ after May 1, 1998 who is covered by and has an accrued and unpaid benefit under such Plan and any former employee of Company who was in Company’s employ after May 1, 1998 who has not received her or his full vested benefit under the Plan.

P. The “Plan” shall mean People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan as amended through the date hereof and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter.

Q. A “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred under this Agreement if (i) Company or Parent enters into any agreement the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control, or (ii) the CEO declares in writing that, or the Board of Directors of Company or Parent adopts a resolution to the effect that, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

R. “Potential Change in Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date that a Potential Change in Control occurs and ending upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the date of a Change in Control, or (ii) the date such Potential Change in Control Period ends in accordance with the provisions Subsection F of Section 3.

 

5


S. “Qualified Vote” shall mean the Vote of at least sixty-five (65%) percent of the total number of Eligible Voters provided, however, that: (i) for purposes of Subsection F of Section 3, a Qualified Vote shall further require a sixty-five (65%) percent Vote of Eligible Voters who were in the employ of Company at or sixty days prior to the date on which such Potential Change in Control Period commenced; (ii) for purposes of Subsection B of Section 9, a Qualified Vote shall consist of either (A) at any time the Vote of 65 % of all Eligible Voters not in the employ of Company at the time of such Vote or (B) if, during a Potential Change in Control Period, the Vote described in (i) of this proviso; and (iii) for purposes of clauses (ii), (iv) and (v) of Subsection B of Section 15, a Qualified Vote shall further require a sixty-five (65%) Vote of all Eligible Voters not in the employ of Company at the time of such Vote.

T. “Recordkeeper” shall mean Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company acting pursuant to the Service Agreement, or such other individual or entity as Company may retain consistent with the terms of this Trust Agreement to maintain records of Participant Accounts pursuant to the terms of the Plan or any other person as Trustee may select to make computations pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

U. “Service Agreement” shall mean the agreement entered into between Company and Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company effective as of October 3, 1994 entitled “PEOPLE’S BANK SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN Service Agreement” as such agreement may have been and may hereafter be amended restated or replaced by a superseding agreement between the parties thereto.

V. “Super Qualified Vote” shall mean the Vote of at least eighty-five (85%) percent of the total number of Eligible Voters and for purposes of the provisions of Section 15, a Super Qualified Vote shall further require the Vote of eighty-five (85%) percent of all Eligible Voters not in the employ of Company at the time of such Vote.

W. The “Trust” shall refer to the trust created under this Agreement.

X. The “Trust Fund” shall mean all of the assets of whatever nature held by Trustee under the terms of this Trust Agreement.

Y. “Vote” shall mean and include a vote in person or by proxy or execution of a written consent signed by a Participant or Beneficiary authorizing or approving any action (including one or more amendments of this Trust Agreement).

Z. Pronouns. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, pronouns of one gender or number may refer to subjects or objects of a different gender or number.

 

6


Section 3. Funding of the Trust .

A. Company, in the sole discretion of the CEO, may at any time, or from time to time, make deposits (in addition to those required pursuant to Subsections B and C of this Section 3) of cash or other property acceptable to Trustee in trust with Trustee to augment the principal of the Trust. Such additions shall be held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. The CEO may designate that some or all of such discretionary contribution be used for accrued or future Trustee fees and other costs and expenses of maintaining the Trust. Neither Trustee nor any Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits described in this subsection A.

B. Upon a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, as soon as the amount described in this B can be determined, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days following such Change in Control or Potential Change in Control, Company shall (i) cause the Recordkeeper to compute the Full Funding Amount, (ii) deliver to Trustee the Recordkeeper’s certificate (which may rely on Trustee’s calculations of administrative expenses) and (iii) make a contribution to the Trust of cash or other property acceptable to Trustee equal to an amount which when added to the total value of the Trust Fund would equal the Full Funding Amount. During a Potential Change in Control Period, the Full Funding Amount shall be recalculated monthly and Company shall make any additional contributions necessary to cause the value of the Trust Fund to equal the Full Funding Amount. In the event that Trustee later determines that provision made in determining the Full Funding Amount for expenses was not adequate, Company shall make additional deposits to provide for such expenses as determined by Trustee from time to time.

C.(i) No more than thirty (30) days after any date of a Credit Rating Reduction, Company shall:

(A) Cause the Recordkeeper to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of a date reasonably selected by the Recordkeeper which shall be no more than thirty (30) days prior to such Interim Valuation Requirement Date and deliver to Trustee the Recordkeeper’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

(B) Pay to Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of a date selected by Company (no more than ten (10) days prior to the date of such payment) results in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

(ii) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of Company, Company shall:

(A) Cause the Recordkeeper to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to Trustee the Recordkeeper’s certification of such Interim Funding Amount; and

 

7


(B) Pay to Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such day results in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

(iii) Any Recordkeeper’s certification delivered pursuant to this Subsection C. may rely on Trustee’s estimate of expenses to be included in the computation of such Interim Funding Amount.

D. Trustee shall have the duty, obligation and authority to enforce Company’s obligation to contribute to the Trust pursuant to subsection B or C of this Section 3, as the case may be, provided Trustee has been notified as set forth in accordance with subsection E of this Section 3 of the circumstances giving rise to such obligation. In all events, the amount of such contribution shall be determined by the Recordkeeper pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3, and except as provided under Section 4, Trustee shall be under no duty to determine whether the amount of any contribution has been correctly computed under the terms of the Plan.

E. The Board of Directors of Company or the CEO shall notify Trustee in writing of each occurrence of either a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control or of a Credit Rating Reduction. All such notices shall be provided promptly and in any event not later than five (5) calendar days following the occurrence of such event.

F. A Potential Change in Control Period shall be deemed ended upon a declaration of such by the CEO or Company’s Board of Directors and agreement therewith by a Qualified Vote. The determination as to the end of a Potential Change in Control Period shall result in the rights and obligations of the parties hereto reverting to their pre-Potential Change in Control requirements; provided, however, that no Trust assets shall be returned to Company except as specifically provided by the provisions of Section 5 or Section 6 of this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Subsection F shall relieve any person of any of its obligations under this Agreement upon a Change in Control or a subsequent Potential Change in Control.

Section 4. Payments to Plan Participants and Their Beneficiaries .

A. Whenever payment of a benefit is due to commence under the Plan to a Participant or Beneficiary and whenever there is a change in the amount of such benefit payment or in the amount of withholding taxes, Company or such party as it shall designate in writing to Trustee shall deliver to Trustee a schedule or schedules (a “Payment Schedule”) that indicates (i) the amounts payable and applicable withholding taxes in respect of each Participant and Beneficiary, or that provides a formula or other instructions acceptable to Trustee for determining the amounts so payable, (ii) the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for or available under the Plan), and (iii) the time of commencement for payment of such amounts. Each Payment Schedule shall be accompanied by (1) a certification or other statement acceptable to Trustee from the Recordkeeper to the effect that the amount payable (before provision for withholding taxes) has been computed by the Recordkeeper and on the basis of the information

 

8


regarding such Participant’s elections under the 401k Plan and other relevant factors provided by Company to the Recordkeeper and that on such basis such amount represents the amount or amounts payable to such Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan; and (2) a statement by Company in form satisfactory to Trustee that the amount shown as withholding tax has been correctly computed by Company and will be forwarded to the taxing authorities accompanied by appropriate documentation for crediting to the account of such Participant or Beneficiary with such taxing authority. Except as otherwise provided herein, Trustee shall pay an amount equal to the amount so indicated as withholding taxes to Company and the net amounts so indicated as payments due to each such Participant and Beneficiary in accordance with such Payment Schedule. Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Plan or, except as provided in Subsection C hereof, the accuracy of any such amounts indicated on the Payment Schedule. In the event of any changes in law that might require Trustee to have or assume any responsibility for withholding taxes notwithstanding the provisions of this sentence, Company at the request of Trustee shall take any and all actions (including amendment of this Agreement) which under any then prevailing legal requirements would reduce or eliminate such responsibility of Trustee for withholding taxes.

B. The entitlement of a Participant or Beneficiary to benefits under the Plan shall be determined by Company or such party as it shall designate under the Plan, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plan. Except as provided in Subsection C hereof, under no circumstances shall Trustee have any duty to determine any person’s payment rights or other entitlements under the Plan or the accuracy of any such amounts indicated on the Payment Schedule.

C. In the event any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant claims that Company or its designee has not determined the benefit payable to him and that more than thirty (30) days have elapsed since the date such benefit should have been paid under the terms of a Plan or that any such benefit has not been correctly computed, Trustee may, on the basis of information supplied to it by such Participant or Beneficiary and Company, cause such benefit (and (i) in the case of benefits of a Participant not then in Company’s employ and after a Credit Rating Reduction, the Interim Funding Amount or, (ii) if during a Potential Change in Control Period or after a Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount) to be determined by the Recordkeeper or a recordkeeper selected by it. In the event Trustee does so, it shall inform both Company and such Participant or Beneficiary and make payment of such benefits if both such parties agree and Company so directs and funds are so available as a result of additional Company contributions hereunder or otherwise; and if they fail so to agree, Trustee may bring an action of interpleader or take similar court action or, at the direction of such Participant or Beneficiary, submit the matter to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Section 16 hereof. In the event Trustee does not cause such benefit to be so determined, or having done so, does not institute any such court action or submit the matter to arbitration, such Participant or Beneficiary or Company may institute court action or, to the extent permitted in the provisions of Subsection F of Section 16, submit such matter to arbitration. The amount of any additional benefits as

 

9


determined by the Recordkeeper or determined in any proceedings pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4C (including any determination pursuant to the provisions of Subsection 16F), shall be included in computing additional contributions required pursuant to Section 3B or 3C as the case may be.

D. Company may make payment of benefits directly to Plan Participants or their Beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Plan. Company shall notify Trustee of its decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable to Participants or their Beneficiaries.

Section 5. Trustee Responsibility Regarding Payments to Participants When Company Is Insolvent .

A. Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries if Company is Insolvent.

B. At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in Section 1 D hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of Company under federal and state law as set forth below.

(i) The Board of Directors of Company and the CEO shall have the duty to inform Trustee in writing that Company is Insolvent. If a person claiming to be a creditor of Company alleges in writing to Trustee that Company has become Insolvent, Trustee shall determine whether Company is Insolvent and, pending such determination, Trustee shall discontinue payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.

(ii) Unless Trustee has actual knowledge that Company is Insolvent, or has received notice from Company, the Board of Directors of Company or the CEO or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that Company is Insolvent, Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether Company is Insolvent. Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning Company’s solvency as may be furnished to Trustee and that provides Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning Company’s solvency. Trustee may, however, at any time inquire in writing of the CEO as to whether Company is Insolvent, and unless Trustee receives written confirmation from such CEO within ten (10) days, that Company is not Insolvent, Trustee shall be deemed to have actual notice that Company is Insolvent and shall act accordingly.

(iii) If at any time Trustee has determined that Company is Insolvent, Trustee shall discontinue payments to Participants and Beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of Company’s general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of Participants or their Beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of Company with respect to benefits due under the Plan or otherwise.

 

10


(iv) Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries in accordance with Section 4 of this Trust Agreement only after Trustee has determined that Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

C. Provided that there are sufficient assets, if Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 5 B hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Participants and Beneficiaries for the period of such discontinuance as provided for in accordance with Payment Schedules pursuant to Section 4 A delivered prior to such payment described in this sentence less the aggregate amount of any payments which Company certifies to Trustee have been made to Participants or Beneficiaries by Company or any other person in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

Section 6. Payments to Company .

A. Except as specifically provided in Section 4, Section 5 or Section 15 or Subsections B or C of this Section 6, or otherwise specifically provided for under this Agreement, Company shall have no right or power to direct Trustee to return to Company or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payment of benefits have been made to Participants and Beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

B. Company may at any time cause the Full Funding Amount to be calculated and the Recordkeeper’s certification thereof to be delivered to Trustee. Company acting by its CEO shall have the right at any time except upon or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period by notice given to Trustee to withdraw an amount from the Trust Fund equal to the entire amount by which the value of the Trust Fund as of the date of such request or any other date which is within two business days of such request exceeds 125 % of the Full Funding Amount as calculated as of any date which is less than 62 days prior to the date such notice is given. A copy of such notice shall be hand delivered or given by Express Mail or overnight courier service to each Participant and to each Beneficiary of any deceased Participant and such giving of such notice shall be certified to Trustee by a senior officer of Company. Trustee shall distribute the amount so requested by Company to Company no earlier than fifteen (15) days and no later than thirty (30) days after Company gives such notice to Trustee.

C. In the event that at any time after Company has contributed funds as a result of a Potential Change in Control and no Change in Control has occurred and such time is not during a Potential Change in Control Period, Company acting by its CEO shall have the right to withdraw from the Trust Fund pursuant to this Paragraph C an amount determined by it not in excess of the lesser of (i) the total of all amounts contributed by Company as a result of the Potential Change in Control resulting in such contribution or (ii) the excess of the amount in the Trust Fund over the Interim Funding Amount as computed by the Recordkeeper as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to delivery of the notice described in the next sentence set forth

 

11


in the Recordkeeper’s certification most recently delivered to Trustee pursuant to any provision hereof. Company shall exercise its rights pursuant to this Subsection C by delivery of written instrument exercising such rights to Trustee setting forth the amount contributed by it as a result of such and all subsequent Potential Change(s) in Control, and the amount it wishes to withdraw as a result of such exercise. Trustee shall distribute the amount described in the first sentence of this C and so requested by Company to Company no earlier than fifteen (15) days and no later than thirty (30) days after Company gives such notice to Trustee.

To facilitate exercise of its rights pursuant to this Section 6 C, Company may cause the Interim Funding Amount to be calculated by the Recordkeeper as of a date reasonably selected by Company which will allow it to exercise such rights and such date shall be an Interim Valuation Date.

Section 7. Investments .

A. Subject to any directions by Company provided pursuant to the provisions of paragraph B, and any guidelines provided pursuant to the provisions of paragraph C of this Section 7, Trustee may invest and reinvest in and acquire by purchase, exchange or otherwise property of any character whatsoever, foreign or domestic, or interests or participation therein, including by way of illustration and not of limitation: real property, mortgages, bonds, notes, debentures, certificates of deposit, debt obligations, notes, options, puts, calls, warrants, future contracts (and options thereon), partnerships, common and preferred stocks, and shares or interests in investment trusts, mutual funds or common trust funds, all without regard to the proportion any such property or similar property held may bear to the entire amount held and without any obligation to diversify, whether or not the same is of the kind in which fiduciaries are authorized by law or any rule of court to invest funds, it being contemplated that Trustee will utilize to the extent that it determines to be advisable the investment strategies available to it. Without limitation, Trustee may invest assets of the Trust in (i) any investment company [(including any investment company or companies for which Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or an affiliated company acts as the investment advisor or performs custody or any other services (“Special Investment Companies”) or, any insurance contract or contracts issued by an insurance company or companies (including life insurance contracts issued by Chubb Life Insurance Company of America which involve the use of Chubb Series Trust (“Special Insurance Contracts”))] or (ii) any investment contracts issued by an insurance company or bank (including Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or an affiliated company) or any common trust fund maintained by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or an affiliated company, in each case as Trustee may determine provided that Trustee may in its sole discretion keep such portion of the Trust in cash or cash balances for such reasonable periods as may from time to time be deemed advisable pending investment or in order to meet contemplated payments. In the case of a Special Investment Company, Company acknowledges that Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or an affiliated agency will be compensated by such Special Investment Company for any services it performs for such Special Investment Company without diminution or charging the same against commissions or compensation of Trustee. In the case of a Special Insurance

 

12


Contract, Company acknowledges that (i) Chubb Life Insurance Company of America will allocate to a separate account assets in respect of such contract; (ii) such separate account will be invested in Chubb Series Trust, a registered investment company which, in turn, will retain Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York as the investment advisor and to perform custody and other services; and (iii) Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York will be compensated by Chubb Series Trust for such services, without diminution or charging the same against commissions or compensation of Trustee. Trustee shall allocate the assets in respect of such contracts among the portfolios maintained by Chubb Series Trust (but always not in violation of directions given by Company in accordance with Subsection B of this Section 7 and in accordance with any guidelines established in accordance with C of this Section 7 and communicated to Trustee from time to time). Company recognizes that the selection by Trustee of such portfolios or the allocation by Trustee of assets of the Trust among Special Investment Companies may affect the compensation of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York and/or its affiliates as custodian or investment advisor. In addition to such compensation, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, shall be entitled to such compensation hereunder as may be provided pursuant to Section 10 hereof. It is Company’s intention to waive any rule of undivided loyalty in respect of any trust investment, including, but not by way of limitation, any investment in a Special Investment Company or a Special Insurance Contract (including in respect of such retention of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York and the payment of all such compensation).

B. (i) Company may, but is not required to, direct the investment and reinvestment of all or any part of the Trust Fund in any Special Investment Fund or other mutual fund or pooled fund in which Trustee is willing to invest or in any other assets which Trustee is willing to administer; provided, however, that such directions shall be no more frequent than monthly.

(ii) Further, it is anticipated that Trustee at the direction of Company will within ninety (90) days of receipt of the initial corpus of the Trust invest up to forty-one (41%) per-cent thereof (as directed by Company) in a portfolio of equity securities of up to six designated thrift institutions. As long as Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or any corporate successor thereto is serving as Trustee, (i) the allocable portion of the Trust Fund so invested may not be increased, (ii) the number of such individual issues shall not be increased, and (iii) the proportions of individual issues thereof will not be changed (except by market fluctuations and corporate actions of the respective issuers). Company may direct Trustee to sell all or any portion of such portfolio.

(iii) Trustee shall exercise all reasonable efforts to comply with any directions given by Company pursuant to this Subsection 7B and any directions with respect to the sale or other disposition of any such asset and Trustee shall be relieved from all liability and responsibility (a) for the investment of all or any portion of the Trust Fund to the extent such investment is made in accordance with such directions, (b) for the retention of any investments previously made pursuant to such directions with respect to which Company has given no

 

13


instruction for sale or disposition, and (c) for any delay in executing a direction as to any such investment, sale or disposition, unless such delay is the result of negligence or misconduct. Directions as to voting any securities held by Trustee in accordance with the directions of Company, as well as directions as to exercising any rights with respect thereto, (including, but not limited to, responding to tender offers) shall be made by Company, and Trustee’s sole responsibility shall be to carry out any such directions. Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility for determining whether investment directions given by Company are in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

C. To the extent Company does not specifically direct investments pursuant to Subsection B of this Section 7, Company shall formulate and communicate from time to time investment guidelines and objectives for the Trust Fund. Trustee shall comply with such guidelines and select investments within such guidelines as it believes to be most consistent or nearly consistent with such objectives. Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to (i) the development or appropriateness of such guidelines or objectives or (ii) the carrying out of such guidelines or objectives unless any failure to do so is the result of negligence or misconduct.

D. Company’s powers, rights and authority pursuant to Subsections B and C of this Section 7 shall be exercisable by its Human Resource’s Committee or its Pension and 401(k) Review Committee or any one or more individuals or entities (such as an investment advisor) authorized by either such Committee to act for it. Company may determine to allocate such duties to one or more other committees or one or more designees of committees of Company or its Board of Directors or persons other than its Human Resources Committee or its Pension and 401(k) Review Committee. Company shall give written notice of any such change to Trustee who shall from and after receipt of such notice follow any guidelines and objectives set by such other committee or person(s) in accordance with the terms of Subsections B and C of this Section 7; but until any such other committee or other person(s) communicates any changes in such guidelines or objectives, Trustee shall comply with such guidelines and seek to implement the objectives in place immediately prior to such change in allocation of such duties. No such change in allocation of duties pursuant to this Subsection D shall be deemed an amendment to this Agreement.

E. In addition to any powers conferred by law, Trustee is authorized to exercise from time to time in its sole discretion the following powers in respect of any property, real or personal, of the Trust, it being intended that these powers be construed in the broadest possible manner:

(i) Power to sell at public or private sale for cash or upon credit or partly for cash and partly upon credit and upon such terms and conditions as it shall deem proper. No purchaser shall be bound to see to or be liable for the application of the proceeds of any such sale.

 

14


(ii) Power to exchange any securities or property held by it for other securities or property, or partly for such securities or property and partly for cash, and to exercise conversion, subscription, option and similar rights with respect to any securities held by it, and to make payments in connection therewith.

(iii) Power to vote in person or by proxy at corporate or other meetings and to participate in or consent to any voting trust, reorganization, dissolution, merger or other action affecting any securities in its possession or the issuers thereof, and to make payments in connection therewith.

(iv) Power to improve any real property.

(v) Power to lease any real property for such periods and upon such terms as it shall deem proper, and to execute and deliver leases containing such covenants, including covenants of renewal, as may be desirable to effect any such leasing, and to partition or divide in such manner as it shall deem proper any real property owned jointly or in common with others.

(vi) Power to compromise and adjust all debts or claims due to or made against it.

(vii) Power to make distributions in cash or in specific property, real or personal, or an undivided interest therein, or partly in cash and partly in such property.

(viii) Power to borrow or raise moneys at any time and from time to time for the purposes of the Trust upon such terms and conditions as may be deemed desirable or proper, and for any sum so borrowed to issue its promissory note as Trustee and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all or any part of the Trust; and no person loaning money to Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the money loaned or to inquire into the validity, expediency or propriety of any such borrowing.

(ix) Power to loan any securities at any time held by it to brokers or dealers upon such security as may be deemed advisable, and during the terms of any such loan to permit the loaned securities to be transferred into the name of and voted by the borrower or others.

(x) In the acquisition, disposition and management of investments for or under the trust, power to acquire and hold any securities or other property even though Trustee in its individual or any other capacity, shall have invested or may thereafter invest its or their own or other funds in the same securities or related property or related securities or other property the interest, principal or other avails of which may be payable at different rates or different times or may have a different rank or priority; and to acquire and hold any securities or other property even though in connection therewith Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may receive compensation reasonably and customarily due in the course of its or their regular activities.

 

15


(xi) Power to grant, purchase, sell, exercise, permit to expire, permit to be held in escrow, and otherwise to acquire, dispose of, hold and generally deal in any manner with and in all forms of options in any combination.

(xii) Power to acquire, hold or dispose of property in unregistered form, or in its name without designation of fiduciary capacity, or in the name of its nominee, to deposit any property with any custodian, or in a depository, clearing corporation or any central system for handling of investments, or any nominee thereof.

(xiii) Power to employ from time to time counsel and suitable agents, including custodians, accountants, brokers and appraisers, including any affiliate of Trustee, and to pay them reasonable expenses and compensation out of the Trust.

(xiv) Power to do all acts which it may deem necessary or proper and to exercise any and all powers of Trustee under this Trust Agreement under such terms and conditions as it may deem to be for the best interest of the Trust.

F. In no event may Trustee invest in securities (including stock or rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by Company or Parent, other than a de minimis amount held in common investment vehicles in which Trustee invests.

G. All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by Trustee or the person designated by Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with Plan Participants.

H. Company shall have the right at anytime, and from time to time in its discretion, to substitute assets (acceptable to Trustee under standards which would be applicable if such assets were offered as an additional contribution) of equal fair market value for any asset held by the Trust. In exercising such rights, Company shall be acting in a nonfiduciary capacity.

Section 8. Disposition of Income .

During the term of the Trust, all income received by the Trust shall be accumulated and reinvested.

Section 9. Records and Accounting; Role of the Committee .

A. Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between Company and Trustee, On a monthly or quarterly basis

 

16


(as requested by Company) and within fifteen (15) days after the removal or resignation of Trustee, Trustee shall deliver to Company and to the Committee if any a written account of its administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be. Company may approve such account by an instrument in writing delivered to Trustee. In the absence of Company’s filing with Trustee objections to any such account within ninety (90) days after its receipt, Company shall be deemed to have so approved such account. In such case, or upon the written approval by Company of any such account, Trustee shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be discharged from all liability to Company and Plan Participants and their beneficiaries for its acts or failures to act described by such account. The foregoing, however, shall not preclude Trustee from having its account settled by a court of competent jurisdiction.

B. During any Period of a Potential Change in Control and after any Change in Control upon a Qualified Vote, the Committee shall exercise the authority, powers, duties and functions described below in this Section 9 B. The Committee shall have and exercise the authority, powers, duties, and functions of Company pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9 and from the date which is seven (7) days after Trustee receives written notice of such Qualified Vote from Company. From and after such seventh day any action or failure to act of the Committee under this Section 9 shall be equivalent to that which such action or failure to act of Company would be had such Qualified Vote not occurred.

C. (i) Company shall, no later than two (2) business days after it is informed of the establishment of the Committee, inform Trustee in writing of such establishment and the name of any member or members thereof. Thereafter, Company shall, within two (2) business days of being notified of any change in the identity of the members of the Committee, inform Trustee in writing of such change. The Committee may, by a writing signed by a majority of its members and delivered to Trustee, designate one or more persons to act hereunder on its behalf, and Trustee may rely thereon until such notice is superseded. Upon receipt of notice to Trustee from Company and a majority of the members of the Committee as last comprised that the Committee has ceased to exist, Trustee shall conclusively presume that there is no Committee then in existence and may so administer the Trust and distribute or apply its assets.

(ii) Trustee shall promptly furnish the Committee with any and all reports, data, and other information relating to the Trust, its receipts, disbursements, and administration (including, but not limited to, any disputes or claims and any litigation or arbitration proceedings or settlement discussions and negotiations) as the Committee may request. In the event the Committee requests more frequent accountings than Company, Trustee shall furnish the Committee with such more frequent accountings. Further, without the requirement of any request by the Committee and within the time frames specified below (which may be waived or modified by the Committee), Trustee shall furnish to the Committee:

 

17


(A) Copies of any and all reports, data or other information furnished by Trustee to Company within two (2) business days of its being so furnished;

(B) Notice of the amount of any contribution made by Company pursuant to Section 3 B and copies of all documentation furnished by Company to Trustee in connection with such contribution, including but not limited to, the Recordkeeper’s certification and any transmittal letter, and any notice by Trustee to Company requesting further contributions within two (2) business days of receipt of any such contribution or documentation;

(C) Any action taken by Trustee pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 D to enforce Company’s duty to make a contribution to the Trust within two (2) business days of such action;

(D) Copies of all requests for payment and all Payment Schedules described in Section 4 A within two (2) business days of Trustee’s receipt thereof;

(E) A report of the amount and payee of each disbursement of funds pursuant to Section 4 A, within two (2) business days of such disbursement;

(F) Within five (5) business days of receipt of any written claim described in Section 4 C, or any benefit determination described therein, copies of such claim or determination, and within two (2) business days of any payment or institution of action or proceedings described therein, a statement as to the amount and payee of such payment or summarizing such action and copies of any complaint or other documents filed to commence any such action or proceedings;

(G) Copies of any statement by Company of its intention to make, or its having made, a direct payment described in Section 4 D within two (2) business days of receipt of such notification;

(H) Copies of any notification or allegation described in Section 5 B(i) within two (2) business days of receipt of such notification or allegation;

(I) Written notice of any determination by Trustee pursuant to Section 5 B (iii) or 5 B(iv) within two (2) business days of making such determination;

(J) Copies of any certification given by Company to Trustee and described in Section 5 C within five (5) business days of receipt of such certification;

 

18


(K) Copies of any changes in the Service Agreement within two business days of receipt thereof.

For purposes of this Section 9C requirements of within two (2) business days shall be deemed satisfied if such copies are transmitted by telefacsimile or hand delivered to each member of the Committee by 5:00 P.M. on the next business day; provided, however, that if any member has not supplied Trustee with a telefacsimile number and has a business address which is more than 100 miles from Trustee’s principal office in New York City, then such requirement shall be deemed satisfied if such information is deposited at or prior to such time with the U.S. Postal Service or private courier service under conditions under which such service guarantees delivery of such information by close of business on the business day next following such deposit.

(iii) In the event Trustee and the Recordkeeper are not the same entity, the Committee may request that Trustee retain as the Recordkeeper a firm with extensive experience in 401k plan recordkeeping chosen by the Committee, and Trustee shall do so.

Section 10. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee .

Trustee’s compensation shall be as agreed in writing from time to time by Company and Trustee. Subject to the provisions hereof which become effective in the event of Company’s Insolvency, (1) Company shall pay Trustee’s fees and expenses and all administrative expenses and (2) if not so paid within a reasonable time, such fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund, but Trustee shall recover such amounts from Company.

Section 11. Duties of Trustee .

A. (i) Unless a matter is raised in writing by Company, the Committee, a Participant or a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant or by a governmental authority or as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, Trustee shall have no duty to make an independent investigation as to any matters relating to the Plan, and shall be entitled to rely on the determinations of Company as to all such matters. Notwithstanding the foregoing Trustee may make independent investigation in its discretion.

(ii) Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by Company which is contemplated by, and in conformity with, the terms of the Plan or this Trust Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in this Trust Agreement, Trustee may act upon any instruction, whether written, oral, telephonic, cable or telex, which purports to have come from Company or its designees or from the Committee, or any Participant or Beneficiary, without responsibility for errors in delivery, transmission or receipt and without obligation to satisfy itself that such instruction is given in good faith. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence are for the benefit and protection of Trustee and shall not be construed to bestow upon any person any right or authority such person would not have in the absence of the provisions of the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence.

 

19


(iv) Trustee is authorized, but not required, to take any action it believes appropriate if it is unable in due time to obtain instructions from Company or if such action is determined by it to be required by law or practice.

B. Except as provided by the terms of Sections 3, 4, and 7, Trustee shall have no responsibility for the administration of the Plan (including, but not limited to, the determination of Plan participation rights of employees of Company, the determination of benefits of Participants and Beneficiaries and the maintenance of individual accounts). In no event shall Trustee be responsible for any act or omission of Company or the Committee. Trustee shall be under no duty to question or review the investment guidelines, objectives and restrictions established by Company, or the specific investment directions given by Company for any investment, and shall further have no duty to make suggestions in connection therewith. Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach, which arises from Company’s exercise or non-exercise of rights under this Trust Agreement, or from any direction of Company. Trustee shall incur no liability on account of investing the assets of the Trust in accordance with investment directions of Company.

C. Without limiting the authorities granted under Section 7, Trustee may employ and consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for Company generally or with respect to this Trust or any Plan) with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder and may employ agents, including accountants and other professionals, to assist it in performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

D. Notwithstanding any powers granted to Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

E. Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

Section 12. Indemnification .

Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Trustee from and against any losses, damages, liabilities, claims, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which

 

20


Trustee may incur by reason of this Trust Agreement, (including, without limitation, by reason of Trustee’s making benefit payments pursuant to fraudulent or unauthorized instructions) excepting only losses, damages, liabilities, claims, costs or expenses arising from Trustee’s negligence or misconduct. A waiver by Trustee of any signature guarantee requirement relating to the investments held hereunder shall not be construed as negligence or misconduct on the part of Trustee. The provisions of this Section 12 shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement. Trustee hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Company and the Plan, as applicable, from and against any losses, damages, liabilities, claims, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which Company and the Plan, as applicable, may incur by reason of this Trust Agreement arising from Trustee’s negligence or misconduct.

Section 13. Resignation and Removal of Trustee .

A. Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to Company, which shall be effective ninety (90) days after receipt of such notice unless Company and the Committee (if any) and Trustee agree otherwise; and unless such resignation occurs during a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, Company shall designate a successor Trustee meeting the requirements of Section 14 below.

B. Trustee may be removed by Company on thirty (30) days’ written notice or upon shorter notice accepted by Trustee and a successor Trustee appointed by Company; provided, however that during a Potential Change in Control Period, Trustee may not be removed by Company without a Super Qualified Vote, and upon or after a Change in Control, Trustee may be removed only by a Super Qualified Vote.

C. A successor Trustee meeting the description set forth in the provisions of Section 14 A hereof shall be (i) if, during a Potential Change in Control Period, designated by Company with approval by a Super Qualified Vote; and (ii) if, after a Change in Control, solely by a Super Qualified Vote.

D. Upon resignation or removal of Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, all assets of the Trust shall subsequently be transferred to the successor Trustee. Such transfer shall commence immediately upon such resignation or removal and in any event shall be completed within ten (10) days after the effective date of such resignation or removal or, if later the appointment and acceptance of a successor Trustee, unless Company (or during a period of Potential Change in Control or after an actual Change in Control, the Committee, or if none, the Participants and Beneficiaries by a Qualified Vote) extends the time limit.

E. If Trustee resigns or is removed and a successor shall not have been appointed (including execution of an acceptance) by the effective date of Trustee’s resignation or removal, Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. All expenses of Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.

 

21


Section 14. Requirements of and Investment by Successor Trustee .

A. If Trustee resigns or is removed in accordance with Section 13 hereof a successor may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 13 and such successor shall be granted corporate trustee powers under state law, but in no event shall such Trustee be Company or any affiliate of either Company or Parent. The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the successor Trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by Company or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer of such rights, powers and assets.

B. The successor Trustee shall not be required unless requested by Company, the Committee or a Qualified Vote to examine the records and acts of any prior Trustee. The successor Trustee shall not be responsible for and Company shall indemnify and defend the successor Trustee from any claim or liability resulting from any action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any other past event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor Trustee; provided that the Successor Trustee may pursue any claim or cause of action provided Company or by a Qualified Vote direct such successor so to do and indemnify such Successor with sufficient funds as determined by such Successor who may use Trust assets to so indemnify itself; and Company shall pay amounts necessary to provide such indemnification whether such action is directed by Company or by such Qualified Vote.

Section 15. Amendment; Termination .

A. Subject to the limitations of Subsection B hereof, except during either a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, this Agreement may be amended, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, by the action specifically authorized or approved by the Board of Directors of Company, with the consent of Trustee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and set forth in a written instrument executed by or on behalf of Company and Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plan or shall make the Trust revocable.

B. Subject to the current provisions of Section  5 hereof and the rights of Company’s creditors pursuant thereto, no amendment of this Agreement described in this B may be made without a Qualified Vote and no amendment to the provisions providing for or permitting termination of the Trust shall be made without a Super Qualified Vote. An amendment described in this B is any amendment which would have the effect of (i) eliminating or reducing Company’s obligation to make contributions to the Trust Fund in the event of either a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control as set forth in this Agreement as originally executed (or amended as allowed pursuant to this Section 15 B), (ii) except to the extent currently permitted under this Agreement, permitting the use of the assets of the Trust Fund for any purpose other than providing benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries and defraying the reasonable expenses of the

 

22


Plan and Trust as currently contemplated hereunder, (iii) changing the current definitions of Potential Change in Control, Potential Change in Control Period and Change in Control or altering the current provisions of this Section 15, (iv) eliminating or reducing any of the authority or rights or circumstances of existence of the Committee pursuant to the current provisions of Section 9 or (v) decreasing the obligation of Company to make contributions to the Trust Fund with respect to benefits to Participants no longer employed by Company or the Beneficiaries of any such Participants,

C. Upon or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period, this Agreement may be amended only by action of Trustee and Super Qualified Vote.

D. The Trust established pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated by action of the Board of Directors of Company after the first to occur of (i) satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan with respect to all Participants and their Beneficiaries or (ii) the twenty-first anniversary of the death of the last survivor of the Participants or Beneficiaries who are in being on the date of this Agreement; provided that prior to any termination pursuant to clause (i) becoming effective there is issued a written certification by and from Trustee that it is not aware of any unsatisfied liabilities under any of the Plan and a certification by the CEO or the Chief Financial Officer of Company and a letter from the Recordkeeper in which each respectively states that to his best knowledge and belief all liabilities have been satisfied with respect to all Participants in the Plan and their Beneficiaries and that there are no unsatisfied liabilities (other than claims which can no longer be the subject of legal action and claims which Trustee agrees are de minimis or extremely remote and lacking in merit and for which Company indemnifies Trustee).

E. Subject to the provisions of subsections D and F of this Section 15, the Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Participants and their Beneficiaries are no longer entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Upon termination of the Trust any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to Company. The powers and duties of Trustee shall continue as long as any part of the Trust Fund remains in its possession.

F. Upon a Super Qualified Vote, Company may terminate this Trust prior to the time all benefit payments under the Plan have been made upon written notice to Trustee.

G All assets in the Trust at termination shall be returned to Company unless Company otherwise directs Trustee.

Section 16. Miscellaneous .

A. Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law or which would cause the Trust to any extent to fail or cease to be a grantor trust as described in Section 1C hereof shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

 

23


B. The Plan shall be administered by Company or persons other than Trustee and designated by Company or others in accordance with the Plan or other procedures and Trustee shall be under no duty whatsoever in respect of the administration of the Plan.

C. Benefits which may become payable to Participants and Beneficiaries under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned either at law or in equity, alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process. In the event by virtue of any statute, regulation, judicial action, or administrative action or other determination or action legally binding on Trustee, the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary to present or future payment from Trustee may be exercised by any judgment creditor, spouse or former spouse, assignee, trustee in bankruptcy or other third party, such person holding such rights shall not be deemed a Participant or Beneficiary for purposes of communication hereunder or for purposes of determining the number of votes for a Qualified Vote or Super Qualified Vote.

D. In any question of interpretation or other matter of doubt, Trustee, Company or the Committee may rely upon the opinion of counsel for Company or any other attorney at law designated by Company with the approval of Trustee. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the United States and, to the extent permitted by such laws, by the laws of the State of Connecticut.

E. In case it becomes impossible for Company, the Committee or Trustee to perform any act under this Trust Agreement, that act shall be performed which in the judgment of Company (or if during a Potential Change in Control Period or after an actual change in control and the Committee is then acting, the Committee) will most nearly carry out the intent and purpose of the Plan and Trust. All parties to this Agreement or any way interested in the Trust shall be bound by any acts performed under such condition.

F. At the request, (i) prior to a Change in Control and not during a Potential Change in Control Period, of Trustee or any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant or Company and (ii) after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period, any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (but not Company or Trustee), any dispute controversy or claim arising out of this Agreement or out of any Plan and giving rise to a claim for payment from Trustee under this Agreement to such Participant or Beneficiary shall be settled by arbitration in New York, New York in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association; and judgment upon the award rendered by the Arbitrator(s) may be entered in any Court having jurisdiction thereof.

G. Company shall give Trustee a copy of any changes to the Service Agreement within two (2) days of such changes becoming effective.

 

24


H. Company shall deliver to Trustee within ten days after execution hereof and within ten days of any change in facts set forth in the last preceding relevant certificate delivered pursuant to this H. and whenever reasonably requested by Trustee its Certificate signed by an appropriate officer specifying the names of its Human Resource Committee, its Pension and 401(k) Review Committee and any other persons reasonably requested by Trustee and the specimen signature of anyone authorized to act for either such committee or persons.

I. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit, of Company and its successors and any assignee of substantially all of its assets and Trustee, and its successors and any assignee of substantially all of its corporate trust operations. References to Company and Trustee shall include such of their respective successors and assigns.

J. This Trust Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each fully executed counterpart shall be deemed an original.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, People’s Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized officers and their corporate seals affixed hereunto, all as of the date and year first above written.

 

    PEOPLE’S BANK

LOGO

    By:  

LOGO

Witness     Title:   President
   

MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST

COMPANY OF NEW YORK

LOGO

    By:  

LOGO

Witness     Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

LOUISE R. MILLIGAN

ASSOCIATE

     

 

25

EXHIBIT 10.19

People’s Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors


PEOPLE’S BANK

AMENDED AND RESTATED

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR DIRECTORS

1. Purpose of the Plan .

The purpose of the Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the “Plan”) is to provide a procedure whereby a member of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of People’s Bank or its successor or assigns (the “Bank”) may defer the payment of all or a specified part of the fees payable to him or her for services as a director of the Bank (including fees payable for services as a member of the Executive Committee or other committee of such Board). For purposes of this Plan, the term “Director” means any member of the Board other than (i) an employee of the Bank or any corporation or other entity in which the Bank or People’s Mutual Holdings, a mutual holding company organized pursuant to the Banking Law of Connecticut or its successor or assigns (the “Parent”) owns directly or indirectly through one or more other such entities at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock (ii) or an honorary, advisory or emeritus member of the Board.

2. Election to Defer .

A Director may elect, on or before December 31 of any year, to defer payment of all or a specified part of all fees payable to him for services as a Director during the calendar year following such election and during succeeding calendar years until the earlier of the date on which such Director (i) ceases to be a Director or (ii) terminates his election to defer payment of fees in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 6 hereof. Any person who shall become a Director during any calendar year, and who was not a Director on the preceding December 31, may elect, before his term as a Director begins, to defer payment of all or a specified part of such fees for the remainder of such calendar year and for succeeding calendar years. Any such election shall be made by written notice given to the Committee.


3. Director’s Credits .

All deferred fees shall be held as part of the general funds of the Bank, but the amounts so deferred shall be credited by the Bank as an item of its indebtedness to the Director deferring such fee. On the first day of each quarter, there shall be added to such indebtedness calculated on the basis of the balance of such indebtedness on the first day of each month of the preceding quarter, interest at the prime rate of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (i.e., the rate of interest charged by that bank for loans to its most creditworthy customers) in effect on the first day of each such month. Each Director shall be fully vested at all times in the deferred fees and interest credited to him under the terms of this Plan.

4. Payment of Deferred Amounts

(a) The aggregate amount of deferred fees, together with interest accrued thereon, credited to a Director hereunder shall be paid in a lump sum or, if such Director elects, in substantially equal annual or quarterly installments over a period of years specified by such Director, subject to approval by the Committee. Such election must be made by written notice given to the Committee upon the Director first electing to defer payment of fees hereunder or, after having terminated such election to defer, again electing to defer payment of fees hereunder. Except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of this subparagraph (a), the first installment (or the lump sum payment) shall be paid promptly on or following the date on which the Director ceases to be a Director or such later date as the Director may elect, subject to approval by the Committee. Any such election of such a later date shall be made at the same time and in the same

 

2


manner as the installment payment election provided for hereunder. Such first installment (or lump sum payment) shall be based on the total indebtedness, including interest through the date of the first payment. Any subsequent installments shall be paid promptly at the beginning of each such succeeding calendar year or quarter as the case may be until the entire amount shall have been paid. During the period of any deferral, the balance of the funds owed to such former Director shall be credited with interest in accordance with the provisions set forth in paragraph 3 as they would be applicable to a Director who continued to serve as Director. All interest accrued during a calendar year or quarter as the case may be during which an election to receive benefits in installments is in effect shall be added to the installment payable for the next subsequent year or quarter as the case may be. The Committee may, in its discretion, determine to defer payment or commencement of payment of amounts credited under this Plan to a former Director until such former Director ceases to receive compensation (other than pursuant to this Plan or any other retirement or deferred compensation plan) for service in any capacity to the Bank, its Parent or any other entity described in paragraph 1 of this Plan.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Committee may in its complete discretion permit a Director to elect to change the written election on file with the Bank as to the period over which payment is to be made, the payment commencement date, or both. Any such election to change shall be made in writing and given to the Committee at such time as the Committee may require, provided, however, that in no event may a Director elect to receive or commence to receive payment prior to the date on which the Director ceases to be a Director. In the event a Director ceases to be a Director within the two year period following the date such Director has changed an election as to installment payments or a payment date or both, such change in election shall be null and void, and the amount to which such Director is entitled hereunder shall be paid in accordance with such Director’s initial election.

 

3


(c) In the event of a Change in Control as defined in subparagraph (d) hereof, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the aggregate amount of deferred fees, together with interest accrued thereon, credited to each Director hereunder as of the date of such Change in Control shall be paid to such Director in a lump sum. Such payment shall be made as soon as practicable after such Change in Control but in no event later than five (5) business days thereafter.

(d) For purposes of this Plan, the term “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(i) The Board or the Parent shall approve (A) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) of the Bank or the Parent with any other corporation other than (1) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) which would result in the voting stock (as described in paragraph (ii) of this subparagraph) of the Bank or its Parent outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting stock of the surviving entity) more than 80% percent of the combined voting power of the voting stock of the Bank (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Bank or its Parent (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined in paragraph (ii) of this subparagraph) acquires more than 20% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or its Parent, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Bank or its Parent, or (C) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Bank.

 

4


(ii) Any person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), corporation, or other entity (other than the Bank, its Parent, or any benefit plan, including, but not limited to, any employee stock ownership plan, sponsored by the Bank, its Parent, or any subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Bank or its Parent ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire such securities); or

(iii) During any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire board of directors of the Bank or its Parent, and any new director (excluding a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Bank or its Parent to effect a transaction described in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this subparagraph) whose election by the board or nomination for election by the stockholders of the Bank or its Parent was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

 

5


5. Payment in Event of Director’s Death .

(a) In the event of the death of a Director or former Director prior to commencement of payment to such Director under the terms of this Plan, an amount equal to the total indebtedness owed to such Director hereunder shall be paid in (i) a lump sum, or, (ii) if the Director so elects, in substantially equal annual or quarterly installments over a period of years specified by such Director, subject to approval by the Committee, to such Director’s beneficiary determined in accordance with subparagraph (b) of this paragraph 5 as soon as practicable following such Director’s death. Such amount shall include interest accrued hereunder to the date of payment. The election provided for in this subparagraph (a) shall be made in writing and given to the Committee at the same time as the payment election is given pursuant to paragraph 4 hereof, in such form as the Committee may require. In the event of the death of a former Director while receiving installment payments of the indebtedness owed to him under this Plan, such installments shall continue to be paid to such Director’s beneficiary determined in accordance with subparagraph (b) of this paragraph 5 for the remainder of the payment period. During any period of installment payments, interest shall be credited in the manner provided in subparagraph (b) of Paragraph 4 hereof.

(b) Each Director may, at any time, designate one or more beneficiaries to receive the amounts owed to him in the event of his death prior to all of such amounts being paid to him. Such designation of beneficiary shall become effective when received by the President or the Treasurer of the Bank or any other employee of the Bank to whom the President or Treasurer delegates such authority. Such designation shall be on a form provided by or otherwise approved by the Committee. In the event of the death of a Director either prior to designating a

 

6


beneficiary pursuant to this subparagraph (b) or concurrent with or after the death of such beneficiary, or in the event of such beneficiary’s death before he is paid all of the indebtedness owed to him as a result of the Director’s death, including interest computed to the date of such beneficiary’s death, such amounts shall be paid to the estate of the later to die of the Director or his beneficiary provided that in the event in the designation of his beneficiary the Director specified any survival period, no amounts shall be paid to such beneficiary’s estate unless he or she survives such survival period; and further provided that in the event the Director provides for a contingent beneficiary, and such contingent beneficiary is surviving at the time, of the later of the death of the Director or the expiration of any survival period, but the primary beneficiary is not then living, such amounts shall be paid to such contingent beneficiary. A Director may designate a trust as a beneficiary.

6. Termination of Election .

A Director may terminate his election to defer payment of fees by written notice given to the Committee. Any termination shall become effective as of the date on which notice of termination is given with respect to fees payable for future services as a Director. Amounts credited in favor of such Director prior to the effective date of termination shall not be affected thereby and shall be paid only in accordance with paragraph 4 or, if applicable, paragraph 5 above, and shall be credited with interest in accordance with paragraph 3 above.

7. Nonassignability .

The Plan is designed to provide payment of the indebtedness owed hereunder solely to the Director and, in the event of the Director’s death, such Director’s beneficiary. No rights to receive payments of the indebtedness owed hereunder shall be subject in any manner to

 

7


anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by voluntary action or operation of law. No such benefit prior to the receipt thereof pursuant to the provisions to this Plan shall be in any manner subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any Director or his beneficiary.

8. Amendment, Modification and Termination

(a) Subject to the terms of subparagraph (b) of this paragraph, the Board at any time may terminate or in any respect amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that no such termination, amendment or modification shall (i) reduce the amounts credited to any Director or former Director without his or her consent or, (ii) alter any election already in effect as of April 17,1997, with respect to a Director or former Director for services rendered prior to such date without his or her consent. Upon termination of the Plan, the total amounts credited to each Director shall be paid in accordance with the terms of paragraph 4. hereof.

(b) Any amendment to or modification of the terms of subparagraph (c) or (d) of paragraph 4. hereof shall become effective only with approval of 65% of the Directors, former Directors and beneficiaries of deceased Directors or former Directors who are credited with amounts under this Plan or to whom outstanding indebtedness is owed under the terms of this Plan; provided, however, that in the event there is more than one such beneficiary with respect to any individual deceased Director or former Director, such beneficiaries shall have a single vote which shall be cast as determined by a majority in interest of all beneficiaries of such deceased Director or former Director.

 

8


9. Miscellaneous .

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Human Resources Committee of the Board, and all references in this Plan to “Committee” shall refer to such Human Resources Committee. The decision of such Committee with respect to any questions arising as to the interpretation of this Plan, including the severability of any and all of the provisions thereof, shall be final, conclusive and binding. The Committee may, in its discretion, allocate responsibilities hereunder among one or more of its members and may delegate responsibilities to any person or persons selected by it. No member of the Committee shall participate in any exercise of discretion or authority under this Plan by the Committee with respect to the determination of or payment of amounts credited hereunder to or for such member.

(b) This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut, to the extent not preempted by federal law.

(c) It is intended that the Plan be and remain a bona fide deferred compensation plan for purposes of Part 359 of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) Rules as defined by provisions of FDIC Rule §359. l(d) and the terms of the Plan shall be so construed in the event of any ambiguity.

(d) No promise hereunder shall be secured by any specific assets of the Bank, nor shall any assets of the Bank be designated as attributable or allocated to the satisfaction of such promises. Directors and beneficiaries shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Bank. Any and all amounts payable under this Plan shall be paid from the general assets of the Bank.

(e) No amounts owed hereunder shall be deemed a deposit, checking or savings account.

 

9

EXHIBIT 10.21

The Norwich Savings Society Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan


THE NORWICH SAVINGS SOCIETY

NON-QUALIFIED

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Benefit Concepts, Inc.


THE NORWICH SAVINGS SOCIETY

NON-QUALIFIED

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section 1:    Purpose of Plan    1
Section 2:    Definitions    1
Section 3:    Eligibility    2
Section 4:    Election of Contribution Credit    2
Section 5:    Investment of Contribution Credit    3
Section 6:    Form and Timing of Benefit Payments    3
Section 7:    Vesting    4
Section 8 :    Funding    4
Section 9:    Plan Administration    5
Section 10:    Plan Amendment and Termination    5
Section 11:    Assignment    6
Section 12:    Hardship Distributions    6
Section 13:    Miscellaneous    7
Section 14:    Construction    8
Execution Page    8


THE NORWICH SAVINGS SOCIETY

NON-QUALIFIED

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

WHEREAS, The Norwich Savings Society (herein referred to as “Employer”) heretofore established the The Norwich Savings Society Thrift Plan for the benefit of employees of Employer; and

WHEREAS, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (herein referred to as “ERISA”) and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (herein referred to as the “Code”) require that certain limits be set on the benefits which may be accrued under the terms of a tax-qualified defined contribution retirement plan; and

WHEREAS, Norwich Financial Corp. (herein referred to as “Parent”) is the parent holding company of Employer; and

WHEREAS, Parent and Employer wish to establish the Norwich Savings Society Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (herein referred to the “Plan”), the purpose of which is to provide members of Parent and Employers Boards of Directors, as well as a select group of officers and highly compensated employees of Employer, with the opportunity to elect to defer a portion of their current Compensation pursuant to an agreement executed pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of July 1, 1995, Employer hereby adopts the Plan as follows:

Section 1: Purpose of the Plan

The Plan is established and maintained for purposes of providing unfunded non-qualified deferred Compensation for members of Parent’s and Employer’s Boards of Directors, as well as a select group of officers and highly compensated employees of Employer.

Section 2: Definitions

As used herein, terms which are defined in the Retirement Programs shall have the meanings therein defined. In addition, the following terms shall have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

(a) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of either Parent or Employer or both, as the context requires.

 

Page 1 of 8


(b) “Compensation” shall, in the case of employees of Employer, mean total Compensation, including bonuses, reportable in a Participant’s Internal Revenue Service Form W-2, plus amounts not includible in taxable income by virtue of a salary reduction agreement entered into by the Participant pursuant to Sections 125 and/or 402 of the Code. In the case of a member of the Board of Directors of Parent or Employer, such term shall mean total Compensation, including all Directors fees, payable to such member during a calendar year.

(c) “Contribution” shall mean the amounts, if any, determined and credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

(d) “Participant” shall mean participant as defined Section 3 hereof.

(e) “Plan Administrator” shall mean the person or persons appointed by the Board of Directors of Employer to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 9 hereof.

Section 3: Eligibility

Each member of the Board of Directors, and each employee of Employer designated in Appendix A attached hereto, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

Section 4: Election of Contribution Credit

(a) Within the thirty (30) day period prior to the beginning of each calendar year, each eligible Participant shall elect what percentage, if any, of his or her total Compensation such Participant desires to have credited to his or her Plan accounts for such calendar year. Such amounts shall be credited as soon as administratively feasible following the date such Participant would have otherwise received such Compensation but for such election.

(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) hereof, in the calendar year during which a member of the Board of Directors or an executive of Employer is first eligible to participate hereunder, the Participant may make such election within the first two weeks next following the date such Participant first became eligible to participate hereunder, provided such election shall apply only to Compensation earned subsequent to the date such election is made. Such election shall apply with respect to Compensation earned during the remainder of the calendar year in which such election is made.

 

Page 2 of 8


(c) Once an election is made pursuant to the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) hereof, the Participant shall not increase of decrease such election for the remainder of the calendar year to which such election relates, provided that a Participant may revoke such election with respect to amounts which he or she has not yet earned as of the date of revocation in connection with the occurrence of an approved financial hardship with respect to which a Participant has requested accelerated distribution of his Plan interests pursuant to Section 12 hereof. If a Participant revokes an election pursuant to this subsection (c), such Participant may not again elect to participate in the Plan as of a date prior to the first day of the calendar year next following the date he or she ceased to participate in the Plan as a result of such revocation.

Section 5: Investment of Contribution Credit

(a) Employer shall credit to each Participant’s Contribution Credit account investment income equal to the earnings or losses attributable to funds held under the terms of any trust, custodial account or escrow, the purpose of which is to provide Employer with a source of funds to satisfy its obligation respect to the benefits promised under the terms of the Plan.

(b) Subject in all respects to rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator, a Participant may elect to direct the investment of his or her Contribution Credits among any investment funds held under the terms of any trust, custodial account or escrow arrangement Employer may establish for purposes of creating a source of funds to satisfy its obligation with respect to benefits promised under the terms of the Plan. In such event, the Participant’s Plan interests shall be separately accounted for by investment fund and shall, at any time, equal his or her Contribution Credits, plus earnings and losses thereon calculated based on the performance of such investment funds.

Section 6: Form and Timing of Benefit Payments

(a) Payment of Plan benefits shall be made in ten (10) annual installments commencing upon Participant’s attainment of age sixty-five, or in the case of a Participant who is an employee of Employer, such earlier date as the Participant terminates employment with Employer, and each anniversary of such date thereafter, based on a pro-rated portion of the Participant’s account determined as of the last day of the month immediately preceding such anniversary date, and provided that the tenth payment shall equal the entire amount remaining to the credit of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may petition the Plan Administrator to receive his

 

Page 3 of 8


entire Plan interest in the form of a single lump sum payment. Any decision to honor such petition shall be made by the Board of Directors or its delegate, in its sole and absolute discretion.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) hereof, a Participant shall be afforded the opportunity, at the time of his or her first election to defer Compensation under the terms of the Plan, to designate a payment commencement date other than the date specified in subsection (a) hereof. Such designation shall be irrevocable, and shall apply to such Participant’s first election, and all subsequent elections to defer Compensation under the terms of the Plan.

(c) A death benefit shall be payable on behalf of a Participant who dies prior to receiving his entire Plan interests, and shall be paid to the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by such Participant on a form provided by the Plan Administrator. In the event that such Participant has not furnished the Plan Administrator with such form, the death benefit, if any, shall be payable to such Participant’s estate. Such death benefit shall be paid on an installment basis in the manner descried in subsection (a) hereof, and shall commence as soon as administratively feasible following the date of Participant’s death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s beneficiary may petition the Plan Administrator to receive his or her entire Plan interest in the form of a single lump sum payment. Any decision to honor such petition shall be made by the Board of Directors or its delegate, in it’s sole and absolute discretion.

Section 7: Vesting

A Participant shall have a non-forfeitable right to his or her Contribution Credit account, as adjusted for earnings and losses.

Section 8: Funding

All benefits provided under the terms of the Plan shall be paid from the general assets of Parent or Employer, as the case may be, provided that such payments shall be reduced by payments made to a Participant or his or her beneficiary from any trust or special or separate fund established by Employer for such purpose. It is the Employer’s intent to establish, and deposit quarterly funds attributable to Participant elections into, an irrevocable “rabbi” trust, the corpus of which shall continue to be subject to the rights of the general creditors of Parent and Employer. In no event, however, shall Parent or Employer be required to establish such trust or special or separate fund, and nothing herein contained shall be construed to result in such

 

Page 4 of 8


requirement. To the extent that any Participant or his or her Beneficiary shall acquire a right to payment hereunder, such right shall be no greater than that of an unsecured general creditors of Parent or Employer, as the case may be.

Section 9: Plan Administration

(a) The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretionary authority to determine eligibility, to construe the Plan, and to review claims for benefit payment under the terms of the Plan and such determinations, constructions and reviews shall be binding and conclusive with respect to all parties hereto.

(b) The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to delegate to any agent or to any subcommittee his or her authority to perform any act hereunder, including without limitation those matters involving the exercise of discretionary authority provided that such delegation shall at all times be subject to revocation by the Plan Administrator.

(c) The Plan Administrator (or any member of a committee or subcommittee appointed by the Plan Administrator) shall in no event be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by him or her or on his or her behalf in his or her capacity as the Plan Administrator and Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless against all costs and expense, such Plan Administrator (or any such member of a committee or subcommittee appointed by the Plan Administrator).

(d) The Plan Administrator (or any member of a committee or subcommittee appointed by the Plan Administrator) shall in no event be personally liable by reason of a mistake of judgement made in good faith, and Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless against all costs and expense, such Plan Administrator (or any member of a committee or subcommittee appointed by the Plan Administrator), and each officer, employee, or director of Employer to whom any duty or power has been delegated relating to Plan administration, or of management or control of assets related to the administration of the Plan unless arising out of such individual’s own fraud or bad faith.

(e) Plan expenses shall be borne by Employer, with no part charged against any Participant’s Contribution Credit or earnings thereon.

Section 10: Plan Amendment or Termination

Parent and Employer expect to continue the Plan indefinitely but reserve the right to amend or terminate the Plan with respect to either organizations sponsorship, each in its sole and

 

Page 5 of 8


exclusive discretion, at any time provided that such amendment or termination shall not affect the rights or interests of any Participant or his or her beneficiary which are accrued prior to the date of such amendment or termination without the express written consent of such Participant or Beneficiary. In the event of Plan termination, all rights of all Participants and their beneficiaries to amounts attributable to the Plan shall be fully vested.

Section 11: Assignment

No interest of any person or entity in, or right to receive a benefit under, the Plan shall be subject in any manner to sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment, garnishment, or other alienation or encumbrance of any kind; nor may such interest or right to receive a benefit be taken, either voluntarily or involuntarily, for the satisfaction of the debts of, or other obligations or claims against, such person or entity, including claims for alimony, support, separate maintenance and claims in bankruptcy proceedings.

Section 12: Hardship Distributions

(a) A Participant may request an in-service withdrawal of all or a portion of his or her Contribution Credit attributable to Compensation deferral elections, plus earnings thereon, in the event of an unforeseeable emergency which results in a financial hardship to such Participant or his or her dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code). Such request must be submitted to the Plan Administrator.

(b) Any amounts paid with respect to a Participant’s financial hardship request shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy such financial hardship, and then only to the extent that such hardship may not be relieved through:

 

  (i) reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise;

 

  (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets to the extent that such liquidation would not itself result in a severe financial hardship; or

 

  (iii) by cessation of deferrals under the Plan.

(c) For purposes of this Section 12, severe unforeseen financial hardship shall include financial hardship resulting from sudden and unexpected illness of the Participant or his or her dependent, loss of Participant’s property due to casualty or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances

 

Page 6 of 8


arising out of events over which the Participant had no control. In no event shall the purchase of a residence or the educational expenses of the Participant or a dependent of Participant be determined to be an unforeseeable financial hardship.

(d) The Plan Administrator shall have the sole, absolute and final discretion to determine the existence of a qualifying financial hardship, and the availability to a qualifying Participant of an in-service withdrawal of Plan interests with respect to such financial hardship.

Section 13: Miscellaneous

(a) Neither the Plan nor any action taken by Parent or Employer or the Plan Administrator hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant a right to employment by Parent or Employer, or as in any way diminishing Parent’s or Employer’s right to discharge such Participant from its employ.

(b) Nothing contained herein shall constitute a guaranty by Parent or Employer or any other entity or person that the assets of Parent or Employer will be sufficient to pay any benefit hereunder.

(c) If any Participant or Beneficiary entitled to payment under the Plan is deemed by Employer to be incapable of personally receiving and giving a valid receipt for such payment, then, unless and until claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian or other legal representative of such person, Employer may provide for such payment or any part thereof to be made to any other person or institution then contributing toward or providing for the care and maintenance of such person. Any such payment shall be a payment for the account of such person and a complete discharge of any liability of Employer and the Plan therefor.

(d) Each Participant shall keep Employer informed of his current address and the current address of his or her spouse. Employer shall not be obligated to search for the whereabouts of any person. If the location of a Participant is not made known to Employer within three years after the date on which payment of the Participant’s Plan benefit may first be made, payment may be made as though the Participant had died at the end of such three-year period. If, within one additional year after such three-year period has elapsed, or within three years after the actual death of a Participant, Employer is unable to locate any Beneficiary of the Participant, Employer shall have no further obligation to pay any benefit hereunder to such Participant or Beneficiary or any other person and such benefit shall be irrevocably forfeited.

 

Page 7 of 8


(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, neither Parent nor Employer nor any individual acting as an employee or agent of Parent or Employer shall be liable to any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary or any other person for any claim, loss liability or expense incurred in connection with the Plan and Parent and Employer shall indemnify any individual acting as such against any such claim, loss or expense including reasonable attorney fees.

(f) In circumstances in which the Board of Directors of Employer must make a determination with respect to the disposition of a Plan benefit on behalf of a Participant who is a member of the Board of Directors of Parent or Employer, such Participant shall not participate in that determination.

(g) Parent or Employer may withhold from any benefit payable hereunder all applicable federal, state and local taxes associated with such payment.

(h) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8 hereof, it is the intent of Employer that the Plan be unfunded for purposes of ERISA and the Code, and the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.

Section 14: Construction

The Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance with laws of the State of Connecticut to the extent not preempted by federal law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent and Employer have caused this Plan to be adopted this 27 day of June, 1995.

 

WITNESSES   NORWICH FINANCIAL CORP.
   

LOGO

  By:  

LOGO

LOGO

  Title:   Vice President & Corporate Secretary
WITNESSES   THE NORWICH SAVINGS SOCIETY

LOGO

  By:  

LOGO

LOGO

  Title:   Senior Vice President & Corporate Secretary

 

Page 8 of 8


THE NORWICH SAVINGS SOCIETY

NON-QUALIFIED

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

APPENDIX A

as of July 1, 1995

Pursuant to Section 1 of the The Norwich Savings Society Executive Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, the following select group of officers and highly compensated employees of Employer are eligible to participate in the Plan effective individually as of the date herein specified:

 

    

Employee

       

Participation Date

1.    Daniel R. Dennis. Jr.       July 1, 1995
2.    Michael J. Hartl       July 1, 1995
3.               
4.               
5.               
6.               
7.               
8.               

EXHIBIT 10.22

The Norwich Savings Society Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Trust Agreement,

dated June 27, 1995 between

The Norwich Savings Society and Sachem Trust National Association


THE NORWICH SAVINGS SOCIETY

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION

TRUST AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 27th day of June, 1995 by and between The Norwich Savings Society and Sachem Trust National Association (herein referred to as “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, Norwich Financial Corp. and The Norwich Savings Society (herein referred to either separately or collectively as the context requires, as “Bank”) have adopted The Norwich Savings Society Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan and, in the case of The Norwich Savings Society, The Norwich Savings Society Executive Non-Qualified Pension Restoration Plan (herein referred to both individually and collectively, as the context requires, as the “Plan” or “Plans”); and

WHEREAS, Bank has incurred or expects to incur liability under the terms of such Plan with respect to the individuals participating in such Plans; and

WHEREAS, Bank wishes to establish a trust (herein referred to as the “Trust”) and to contribute to the Trust assets that shall be held therein, subject to the claims of creditors in the event of Bank’s Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to the Plan’s participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plan; and

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded Plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of Bank to make contributions to the Trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of its liabilities under the Plan;

NOW THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust, and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:

Section 1 : Establishment of Trust

(a) Bank hereby deposits with Trustee in trust $ N/A which shall become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.

 

Page 1 of 7


(b) The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable.

(c) The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which Bank is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly.

(d) The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon, shall be held separate and apart from other funds of Bank and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan participants and general creditors as herein set forth. Plan Participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Plan and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Plan participants and their beneficiaries against Bank. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of Bank’s general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 3(a) herein.

(e) Bank, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in Trust with Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. Neither Trustee nor any Plan participant or beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

Section 2 : Payments to Participants and Beneficiaries

(a) Bank shall deliver to Trustee a schedule (the “Payment Schedule”) that indicates the amounts payable in respect to each Plan Participant (and his or her beneficiaries) that provides a formula or other instructions acceptable to Trustee for determining the amounts so payable, the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for or available under the Plan), and the time of commencement for payment of such amounts. Except as otherwise provided herein, Trustee shall make payments to the Plan participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with such Payment Schedule. Trustee shall make provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities or determine that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid by Bank.

(b) The entitlement of a Plan participant or his or her beneficiaries to benefits under the Plan shall be determined by Bank or such party as it shall designate under the Plan, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plan.

(c) Bank may make payment of benefits directly to Plan participants or their beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Plan. Bank shall notify Trustee of its decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable to

 

Page 2 of 7


participants or their beneficiaries. In addition, if the principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon, are not sufficient to make payments of benefits in accordance with the terms of the Plan, Bank shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due. Trustee shall notify Bank where principal and earnings are not sufficient.

Section 3 : Trustee Responsibility Regarding Payments to Trust Beneficiary when Bank is Insolvent

(a) Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Plan participants and their beneficiaries if Bank is Insolvent. Bank shall be considered “Insolvent” for purposes of this Trust Agreement if either Bank (i) is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) is subject to a pending liquidation proceeding under relevant state or federal laws.

(b) At all times during the continuance of the Trust, as provided in Section l(d) hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of Bank under federal and state law as set forth below:

(1) The Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of Bank shall have the duty to inform Trustee in writing of Bank’s Insolvency. If a person claiming to be a creditor of Bank alleges in writing to Trustee that Bank has become Insolvent, Trustee shall determine whether Bank is Insolvent and, pending such determination, Trustee shall discontinue payment of benefits to Plan participants or their beneficiaries. In determining whether or not Bank is Insolvent, Trustee shall be fully protected and entitled to rely on the determination of an independent certified public accountant retained by Trustee for purposes of such determination.

(2) Unless Trustee has actual knowledge of Bank’s Insolvency, or has received notice from Bank or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that Bank is Insolvent, Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether Bank is Insolvent. Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning Bank’s solvency as may be furnished to Trustee and that provides Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning Bank’s solvency.

(3) If at any time Trustee has determined that Bank is Insolvent, Trustee shall discontinue payment to Plan Participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of Bank’s general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of Plan participants or their beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of Bank with respect to benefits due under the Plan or otherwise.

(4) Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Plan participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2 of this Trust Agreement only after Trustee has determined that Bank is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

 

Page 3 of 7


(c) Provided that there are sufficient assets, if Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Plan participants or their beneficiaries under the terms of the Plan for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to Plan participants or their beneficiaries by Bank in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

Section 4 : Payments to Bank

Except as provided in Section 3 hereof, after the Trust has become irrevocable, Bank shall have no right or power to direct Trustee to return to Bank or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payments of benefits have been made to Plan participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

Section 5 : Investment Authority

All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by Trustee or the person designated by Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with Plan participants, provided that if the Plan so provides, the Trustee may take into consideration participant investment direction in accordance with rules established by Bank.

Section 6 : Disposition of Income

During the term of this Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.

Section 7 : Trustee Accounting

Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between Bank and Trustee. Within 30 days following the close of each calendar year and within 30 days after the removal or resignation of Trustee, Trustee shall deliver to Bank a written account of its administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be.

 

Page 4 of 7


Section 8 : Responsibility of Trustee

(a) Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims, provided, however, that Trustee shall incur no liability of any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by Bank which is contemplated by, and in conformity to, the terms of the Plan or this Trust and is given in writing by Bank. In the event of a dispute between Bank and a party, Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.

(b) If Trustee undertakes or defends any litigation arising in connection with this Trust, Bank agrees to indemnify Trustee against Trustee’s costs, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily liable for such payments. If Bank does not pay such costs, expenses and liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust.

(c) Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for Bank generally) with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

(d) Trustee may hire agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors, financial consultants or other professionals to assist in the performance of any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

(e) Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on Trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

(f) Notwithstanding any powers granted to Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of Section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

Section 9 : Compensation and Expenses of Trustee

Bank shall pay all administrative and Trustee’s fees and expenses. If not so paid, the fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust.

 

Page 5 of 7


Section 10 : Resignation and Removal of Trustee

(a) Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to Bank, which shall be effective 30 days after receipt of such notice unless Bank and Trustee agree otherwise.

(b) Trustee may be removed by Bank on 30 days notice or upon shorter notice accepted by Trustee.

(c) Upon resignation or removal of Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor Trustee. The transfer shall be completed within 30 days after receipt of notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless Bank extends the time limit.

(d) If Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed in accordance with Section 11 hereof, by the effective date of resignation or removal under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section. If no such appointment has been made, Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. All expenses of Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.

Section 11 : Appointment of Successor

If Trustee resigns or is removed in accordance with Section 10(a) or (b) hereof, Bank may appoint any third party, such as a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under state law, as a successor to replace Trustee upon resignation or removal. The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by Bank or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer.

Section 12 : Amendment or Termination

(a) This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed by Trustee and Bank.

(b) The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Plan participants and their beneficiaries are no longer entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Upon termination of the Trust any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to Bank.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plan or shall make the Trust revocable after it has become irrevocable in accordance with Section l(b) hereof.

 

Page 6 of 7


Section 13 : Miscellaneous

(a) Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

(b) Benefits payable to Plan participants and their beneficiaries under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

(c) This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut.

Section 14 : Effective Date

The effective date of this Trust Agreement shall be the 1st day of July, 1995 or, if later, the date of adoption hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Trust Agreement this 27 day of June, 1995.

 

WITNESSES   THE NORWICH SAVINGS SOCIETY

LOGO

  By:  

LOGO

LOGO

  Its:   Senior Vice President & Corporate Secretary
WITNESSES   NORWICH FINANCIAL CORP.

LOGO

   

LOGO

  By:  

LOGO

  Its:   Vice President & Corporate Secretary
  SACHEM TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   

LOGO

  By:  

LOGO

LOGO

  Its:   President

 

Page 7 of 7

EXHIBIT 10.23

Amendment and Restatement of Deferred Compensation Agreements (undated) between

The Norwich Savings Society and Jeremiah J. Lowney, Jr.


AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENTS

THIS AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENTS (hereinafter the “Agreement”) is made this      day of              , 1998, by and between The Norwich Savings Society, a Connecticut stock savings bank (hereinafter the “Bank”) and Jeremiah J. Lowney, of the Town of Lebanon, County of New London and State of Connecticut (hereinafter the “Director”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Director entered into a Deferred Compensation Agreement dated December 11, 1987 and amended effective April 18, 1989 (hereinafter the “1987 Deferred Compensation Agreement”) pursuant to which the Director deferred the receipt of certain compensation payable to him by the Bank from 1987 through 1990 and another Deferred Compensation Agreement dated December 27, 1990 (hereinafter the “1990 Deferred Compensation Agreement”) pursuant to which the Director deferred the receipt of certain compensation payable to him by the Bank from 1991 through June 30, 1995; and

WHEREAS, under the terms of the 1987 Deferred Compensation Agreement, the amounts deferred thereunder were credited to a bookkeeping account maintained by the Bank on behalf of the Director and invested in a life insurance policy with respect to which the Bank is the owner and beneficiary; and


WHEREAS, under the terms of the 1990 Deferred Compensation Agreement, the amounts deferred thereunder were credited to a bookkeeping account maintained by the Bank on behalf of the Director and deemed to earn interest at an annual rate of eleven percent; and

WHEREAS, in contemplation of the merger of the Bank and its parent, Norwich Financial Corp., a Delaware corporation, with and into People’s Bank, a Connecticut stock savings bank, the Bank authorized by resolution adopted on September 3, 1997 the amendment and restatement of the 1987 Deferred Compensation Agreement and the 1990 Deferred Compensation Agreement in the form of a consolidated Deferred Compensation Agreement pursuant to which: (i) the amounts payable under each of the 1987 Deferred Compensation Agreement and the 1990 Deferred Compensation Agreement would be stated on an aggregate basis; (ii) the date of payment of such aggregate amounts in installments over a ten-year term would be stated; and (iii) the determination of the amounts payable with respect to the 1990 Deferred Compensation Agreement would be made by crediting interest to the account maintained thereunder at a rate of eleven percent through September 3, 1997 and at a rate of eight and one-half percent thereafter; and

WHEREAS, the Director and the Bank desire to so amend and restate the 1987 Deferred Compensation Agreement and the 1990 Deferred Compensation Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants set forth herein, the parties hereto agree to amend and restate the 1987 Deferred Compensation Agreement and the 1990 Deferred Compensation Agreement effective September 3, 1997 in the form of the following Agreement.

 

-2-


1. PAYMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION . The Bank shall pay the following amounts on the following dates to the Director or, in the event of his death, to his beneficiary:

 

Date of Payment

   Amount of Payment

July 1, 2001

   $ 20,334

July 1, 2002

   $ 36,834

July 1, 2003

   $ 36,834

July 1, 2004

   $ 36,834

July 1, 2005

   $ 36,834

July 1, 2006

   $ 36,834

July 1, 2007

   $ 36,834

July 1, 2008

   $ 36,834

July 1, 2009

   $ 36,834

July 1, 2010

   $ 36,834

July 1, 2011

   $ 16,500

2. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION . The Director has notified the Bank by means of Exhibit A hereto of the person or persons entitled to receive payment of the amounts provided

 

-3-


in Section 1 of this Agreement in the event of the Director’s death. Such beneficiary designation may be changed by the Director at any time, by notice in writing to the Bank, without the consent of any other person. A beneficiary designation hereunder shall have no effect on the amount or form of payments under this Agreement and shall affect only the identity of the person to whom payments are made.

3. FUNDING . Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be “unfunded,” as that term is used in Sections 201(2), 30l(a)(3), 401(a)(1) and 4021(b)(6) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), with respect to unfunded plans maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees. Accordingly, the Bank shall not be required to segregate or earmark any of its assets for the benefit of the Director or his beneficiary(ies), and each such person shall have only a contractual right against the Bank for amounts payable hereunder. The rights and interests of the Director or his beneficiary(ies) shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or encumbrance by the Director or any person claiming under or through the Director, nor shall they be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the Director or anyone else prior to payment other than the claims of the creditors of the Bank to the assets of the Bank.

4. MISCELLANEOUS .

(a) The Bank and the Director acknowledge that this Agreement supersedes the 1987 Deferred Compensation Agreement and the 1990 Deferred Compensation Agreement, which are

 

-4-


amended and restated in their entirety as this Agreement. Except for the 1987 Deferred Compensation Agreement and the 1990 Deferred Compensation Agreement, this Agreement shall not supersede any other contract, whether oral or written, between the Bank and the Director, nor shall it affect or impair the rights and obligations of the Bank and the Director, respectively, thereunder. Nothing contained herein shall impose any obligation on the Bank to continue the employment or service of the Director.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Director, his designees, heirs and legal representatives and upon the Bank and any successor to the Bank, including any successor arising in the event of the merger or consolidation of the Bank with or into any other entity, or the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank.

(c) This Agreement shall be executed in duplicate, and each executed copy of this Agreement shall be deemed an original.

(d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

(e) This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

 

-5-


(f) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  The Norwich Savings Society

LOGO

  By  

LOGO

Witness   Its   President and Chief Executive Officer

LOGO

   

LOGO

Witness     Jeremiah J. Lowney

 

-6-


EXHIBIT A

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

In accordance with the provisions of Section 2 of the Agreement to which this Exhibit A is attached, I hereby designate the person(s) named below, if living at the time of my death, to receive the undistributed amounts payable to me under the Agreement:

 

Primary

Beneficiary(ies)

  V IRGINIA W. L OWNEY
 

 

If more than one person is designated as Primary Beneficiary, the undistributed amount payable to me under the Agreement shall be paid in equal shares to those so designated. If no Primary Beneficiary survives me, the following persons, if living at the time of my death, shall receive in equal shares the undistributed amounts payable to me under the Agreement:

 

Contingent

Beneficiary(ies)

  Lowney Irrevocable Trust
  7 Robert Las xxx, CPA xxx

Dated at Norwich, Conn, this 18 day of Feb, 1998.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

(Witness)   Jeremiah J. Lowney

 

-7-

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

People’s Bank:

We consent to the use of our report dated March 3, 2006, except for Note 20, which is dated October 30, 2006, with respect to the consolidated statements of condition of People’s Bank and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, and of our report dated March 3, 2006 with respect to management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 and the effectiveness of internal control over financing reporting as of December 31, 2005, which reports are included in the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the Registration Statement.

LOGO

 

Stamford, Connecticut

January 30, 2007

Exhibit 23.2

 


RP ® FINANCIAL , LC .


Financial Services Industry Consultants

January 30, 2007

 

Board of Trustees

People’s Mutual Holdings

and

Board of Directors

People’s Bank

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

Members of the Boards:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Form AC Application for Conversion, and any amendments thereto to be filed with Office of Thrift Supervision, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Appraisal Report and any Appraisal Report Updates in such filings including the prospectus of People’s United Financial, Inc. and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

Sincerely,

LOGO

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

 

 


Washington Headquarters   
Rosslyn Center    Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1700 North Moore Street, Suite 2210    Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22209    Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com    E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 99.2

IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 202 OF REGULATION S-T, THIS PRO FORMA VALUATION UPDATE REPORT

HAS BEEN FILED IN PAPER PURSUANT TO A CONTINUING HARDSHIP EXEMPTION.

 

 

PRO FORMA VALUATION UPDATE REPORT

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR

PEOPLE’S BANK

Bridgeport, Connecticut

January 18, 2007

RP ® Financial, LC.

1700 North Moore Street

Suite 2210

Arlington, Virginia 22209


LOGO

January 18, 2007

Board of Trustees

People’s Mutual Holdings

and

Board of Directors

People’s Bank

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

Members of the Boards of Directors:

We have completed and hereby provide an updated appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued by People’s United Financial, Inc., Bridgeport, Connecticut (“People’s United” or the “Company”), in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion of People’s Mutual Holdings (the “MHC”) and People’s Bank (“People’s” or the “Bank”). People’s United is a Delaware corporation being formed for the purpose of effectuating the conversion and offering. The MHC currently has a majority ownership interest in, and its principal asset consists of, approximately 57.7% of the shares of common stock of the Bank. The remaining 42.3% of the Bank’s common stock is owned by public shareholders. In 1988, the Bank reorganized into MHC form and converted to a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank. Effective August 18, 2006, the Bank converted to a federal savings bank regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). Upon completing the mutual-to-stock conversion and stock offering (the “second-step” conversion), the Company will be 100% owned by public shareholders, the publicly-held shares of the Bank will be exchanged for shares in the Company at a ratio that retains their ownership interest (before taking into account the shares to be contributed to a foundation immediately following the close of the offering), the MHC assets will be consolidated with the Company and the MHC will cease to exist.

It is our understanding that People’s United will offer its stock, representing the majority ownership interest held by the MHC, in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory requirements governing mutual-to-stock conversions. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale in a syndicated offering to the public at large. In addition, in connection with and immediately following the conversion, the Company will contribute up to $60 million to the newly-established charitable foundation, The People’s Community Foundation (“Foundation”), inclusive of 2.0 million newly-issued shares of common stock with a value of $40 million and $20 million in cash.

 

Washington Headquarters  

Rosslyn Center

  Telephone: (703) 528-1700

1700 North Moore Street, Suite 2210

  Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22209

  Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com

  E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 2

 

This updated appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations 563b.7 and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). Our Original Appraisal report, dated October 16, 2006 (the “Original Appraisal”), is incorporated herein by reference. As in the preparation of our Original Appraisal, we believe the data and information used herein is reliable; however, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

This appraisal is based on People’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and draft prospectus, and additional information furnished to us by People’s and its independent auditor, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents, are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by People’s, or its independent auditor, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents, nor did we independently value the individual assets or liabilities or portfolios of assets or liabilities of the Bank or the Company. The valuation considers the Bank and the Company only as going concerns and should not be considered as an indication of liquidation or control value.

Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for the Bank and the Company, and for all financial institutions and their holding companies. Changes in the local, state and national economy, the federal legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of financial institution stocks as a whole or the value of the Company’s stock alone. It is our understanding that there are no current plans for selling control of the Company following completion of the second-step conversion offering. Although the Company’s post-conversion strategies include seeking acquisition opportunities, it is our understanding that there are no discussions currently ensuing nor have potential targets been approached. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.

The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which the Company’s common stock, immediately upon completion of the second-step conversion offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge and a similar understanding of relevant facts.

This updated appraisal reflects the following noteworthy items: (1) a review of recent developments in People’s financial condition and operating results, including financial data through December 31, 2006; (2) an updated comparison of People’s financial condition and operating results versus the Peer Group companies identified in the Original Appraisal; and (3) a review of stock market conditions since the date of the Original Appraisal.


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 3

 

Plan of Conversion

The Board of Trustees of the MHC and the Board of Directors of the Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion on September 19, 2006, and amended and restated the Plan of Conversion on October 26, 2006. Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, the Bank will reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure and the Company will undertake a second-step conversion. In the second-step conversion, the Company will sell shares of common stock in an offering that will represent the ownership interest in the Bank currently owned by the MHC. The Company will also issue shares of its common stock to the public shareholders of the Bank pursuant to an exchange ratio that will result in the public shareholders owning the same aggregate percentage of the newly issued shares of common stock in the Company as owned in the Bank immediately prior to the conversion and offering (before taking into account the shares to be contributed to the Foundation immediately following the close of the conversion offering).

RP ® Financial, LC.

RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. For its appraisal services, RP Financial is being compensated on a fixed fee basis for the Original Appraisal and for any subsequent updates, and such fees are payable regardless of the valuation conclusion or the completion of the conversion offering transaction. We believe that we are independent of the Company, the Bank, the MHC and the other parties engaged by the Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.

Discussion of Relevant Considerations

1. Financial Results

Table 1 presents the Bank’s summary balance sheet details as of September 30, 2006 as set forth in the Original Appraisal and updated financial information as of December 31, 2006.

People’s assets increased by $74.9 million or 0.7% from September 30, 2006 to December 31, 2006. Asset growth consisted of loans and cash and cash equivalents, while the securities portfolio continued to decline. Residential mortgage loans, commercial business loans and consumer loans all contributed to the Bank’s loan growth during the fourth quarter, which was partially offset by a reduction in commercial real estate loans. Loans receivable increased from $9.1 billion or 85.9% of assets at September 30, 2006 to $9.3 billion or 87.0% of assets at December 31, 2006. The Bank sold additional securities in the fourth quarter, resulting in the balance of securities declining from $201.9 million or 1.9% of assets at September 30, 2006 to


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 4

 

$77.5 million or 0.7% of assets at December 31, 2006. In total, the Bank’s ratio of cash and investments as a percent of assets, declined from $737.3 million or 6.9% of assets at September 30, 2006 to $646.2 million or 6.0% of assets at December 31, 2006. Goodwill and intangibles decreased from $105.3 million or 1.0% of assets at September 30, 2006 to $105.0 million or 1.0% of assets at December 31, 2006, reflecting amortization of intangibles during the quarter.

Table 1

People’s Bank

Recent Balance Sheet Data

 

     At September 30, 2006     At December 31, 2006  
     Amount    Assets     Amount    Assets  
     (in millions)    (%)     (in millions)    (%)  

Total assets

   $ 10,612.1    100.0 %   $ 10,687.0    100.0 %

Cash and cash equivalents

     535.4    5.0       568.7    5.3  

Securities

     201.9    1.9       77.5    0.7  

Loans receivable, net

     9,110.9    85.9       9,297.7    87.0  

Goodwill and intangibles

     105.3    1.0       105.0    1.0  

Deposits

     8,978.6    84.6       9,082.6    85.0  

Borrowings

     13.6    0.1       4.1    0.0  

Subordinated notes

     108.8    1.0       65.3    0.6  

Equity

     1,351.4    12.7       1,339.6    12.5  

Sources: People’s prospectus, audited and unaudited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.

Updated credit quality measures remained favorable and reflected little change compared to the Original Appraisal. Non-performing assets equaled $22.7 million or 0.21% of assets at December 31, 2006, versus $22.9 million or 0.22% of assets at September 30, 2006. Non-performing loans increased from $20.8 million at September 30, 2006 to $22.6 million at December 31, 2006, which was offset by a decrease in the balance of real estate owned and repossessed assets from $2.1 million at September 30, 2006 to $0.1 million at December 31, 2006. The increase in non-performing loans was mostly due to an increase in non-performing commercial business loans, which increased $8.9 million from September 30, 2006 to December 31, 2006. A commercial business loan totaling $10.6 million was classified as non-performing during the quarter ended December 31, 2006. Somewhat offsetting the increase in non-performing commercial business loans were reduced balances of non-performing commercial real estate and residential mortgage loans, which decreased by $6.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively, during the quarter ended December 31, 2006. The reduction in the non-performing commercial real estate loan balance was supported by the repayment of one loan totaling $5.5 million.

 


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 5

 

Deposit growth funded asset growth as well as the pay down of borrowings and subordinated notes. Deposits increased from $9.0 billion or 84.6% of assets at September 30, 2006 to $9.1 billion or 85.0% of assets at December 31, 2006. Borrowings held by the Bank at December 31, 2006 consisted of $4.1 million of Federal funds purchased, versus a balance of $13.6 million at September 30, 2006. The balance of subordinated notes decreased from $108.8 million at September 30, 2006 to $65.3 million at December 31, 2006, as $43.5 million of subordinated notes with a rate of 7.20% matured on December 1, 2006.

People’s equity declined by $12 million during the quarter ended December 31, 2006, as the increase in retained earnings was more than offset by an increase in the accumulated other comprehensive loss. The accumulated other comprehensive loss increased from $7.1 million at September 30, 2006 to $47.9 million at December 31, 2006, with approximately $40 million of the increase resulting from the adoption of SFAS No. 158 addressing the accounting for pension plans. The accounting adjustment to equity for SFAS No. 158 was a one time adjustment. Going forward, the Bank’s pension plan expense is expected to be lower as the result of the adoption of SFAS No. 158. The Bank maintained total equity of $1.3 billion or 12.5% of assets at December 31, 2006, versus $1.4 billion or 12.7% of assets at September 30, 2006.

Table 2 presents the Bank’s summary income statement details for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 as set forth in the Original Appraisal and updated financial information for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Updated earnings for the Bank were higher, as reported earnings equaled 1.10% and 1.15% of average assets for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006, respectively. Higher net interest income, lower loan loss provisions and lower operating expenses accounted for most of the increase in the Bank’s updated earnings, while, to a lesser extent, other operating income and a tax benefit also contributed to the Bank’s higher earnings for the most recent twelve month period. The improvement in the Bank’s updated earnings was somewhat offset by the elimination of branch sale gains and slight reductions in gains from the sale of residential loans and income from discontinued operations.

An increase in the interest income ratio accounted for the Bank’s higher net interest income ratio during the most recent twelve month period, as funds realized from the sale of the investment portfolio were deployed into higher yielding loans. The Bank’s asset-sensitive position further contributed to the increase in the interest income ratio. A higher interest expense ratio was also reflected in the Bank’s updated earnings, as higher short-term interest rates pushed deposit rates higher. Overall, the Bank’s net interest income to average assets ratio increased from 3.48% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 to 3.55% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006.

The Bank’s updated operating expense ratio was slightly lower, decreasing from 3.23% of average assets for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 to 3.22% of average assets for the year ended December 31, 2006. The slight decrease in the Bank’s updated operating expense ratio was supported by a $5.0 million reduction in operating expense, with


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 6

 

most of the reduction consisting of a $2.7 million liability restructuring charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2005. Overall, People’s higher net interest income ratio and lower operating expense ratio resulted in a slightly higher updated expense coverage ratio (net interest income divided by operating expenses) of 1.10 times, versus a comparable ratio of 1.08 times recorded for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006.

Table 2

People’s Bank

Recent Income Statement Data

 

     12 Months Ended
September 30, 2006
    12 Months Ended
December 31, 2006
 
     Amount     Avg. Assets     Amount     Avg. Assets  
     ($Mil.)     (%)     ($Mil.)     (%)  

Interest income

   $ 565.3     5.18 %   $ 582.1     5.40 %

Interest expense

     (185.7 )   (1.70 )     (199.7 )   (1.85 )
                            

Net interest income

   $ 379.6     3.48 %     382.4     3.55 %

Provision for losses

     (7.3 )   (0.07 )     (3.4 )   (0.03 )
                            

Net interest income after provision

   $ 372.3     3.41 %   $ 379.0     3.52 %

Other operating income

   $ 171.0     1.57 %   $ 172.6     1.60 %

Operating expense

     (351.9 )   (3.23 )     (346.9 )   (3.22 )
                            

Net operating income

   $ 191.4     1.76 %   $ 204.7     1.90 %

Non-Operating Income

        

Net gain on sale of residential loans

   $ 2.4     0.02 %   $ 2.0     0.02 %

Net security losses

     (27.2 )   (0.25 )     (27.2 )   (0.25 )

Gain on sale of branches

     8.1     0.07       0.0     0.00  
                            

Net non-operating income

   $ (16.7 )   (0.15 )%   $ (25.2 )   (0.23 )%

Net income before tax

   $ 174.7     1.60 %   $ 179.5     1.67 %

Income taxes

     (57.4 )   (0.53 )     (57.8 )   (0.54 )
                            

Income from continuing operations

   $ 117.3     1.08 %   $ 121.7     1.13 %

Discontinued Operations

        

Income from discontinued operations(1)

   $ 2.6     0.02 %   $ 2.3     0.02 %
                            

Net income

   $ 119.9     1.10 %   $ 124.0     1.15 %

(1) Net of taxes.

Sources: People’s prospectus, audited and unaudited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 7

 

Other operating income was slightly higher in the Bank’s updated earnings, increasing from 1.57% of average assets for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 to 1.60% of average assets for the year ended December 31, 2006. A $1.2 million increase in bank-owned life insurance income accounted for most of the increase in other operating income. When factoring other operating income into core earnings, the Bank’s updated efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of goodwill amortization, as a percent of the sum of net interest income and non-interest operating income) was also slightly more favorable, equaling 62.33% for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 63.76% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006.

The net loss from non-operating income and losses increased from 0.15% of average assets for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 to 0.23% of average assets for the year ended December 31, 2006. The elimination of an $8.1 million gain on the sale of branches, which was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2005, accounted for the increase in the non-operating loss. Other components of non-operating income and losses remained consistent in the Bank’s updated earnings, consisting of $27.2 million of securities losses resulting from the balance sheet restructuring and $2.0 million of gains on the sale of residential mortgage loans. As set forth in the Original Appraisal, non-operating items are not considered to be part of the Bank’s core earnings.

Loan loss provisions decreased from $7.3 million or 0.07% of average assets for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 to $3.4 million or 0.03% of average assets for the year ended December 31, 2006. Lower net charge-offs and a continuation of favorable credit quality measures supported the reduction in loan loss provisions established.

The Bank recorded a $2.4 million tax benefit related to certain prior year tax matters in the fourth quarter of 2006, which reduced the Bank’s effective tax rate from 32.86% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 to 32.20% for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Income from discontinued operations, which consists of recoveries on previously charged-off credit card accounts that were not included in the sale of the Bank’s credit card operations in 2004, decreased from $2.6 million for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006 to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Income from discontinued operations equaled 0.02% of average assets for both periods shown in Table 2.

2. Peer Group Financial Comparisons

Table 3 presents the financial characteristics for People’s, the Peer Group and all publicly-traded thrifts and banks. The Bank’s and the Peer Group’s ratios are based on financial results through December 31, 2006, or the most recent data available for the Peer Group companies. In general, the comparative balance sheet ratios for the Bank and the Peer Group did not vary significantly from the ratios exhibited in the Original Appraisal. Consistent with the Original Appraisal, the Bank’s updated interest-earning asset composition reflected a lower concentration of cash and investments and higher concentration of loans than maintained by the Peer Group. Overall, the Bank’s level of interest-earning assets comprising total assets remained


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 8

RP ® Financial, LC.

Table 3

Peer Group Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

Comparable Institutions Analysis

As of December 31, 2006

 

   

Company Name

 

Cash & Equiv/
Assets

 

Inv. Sec./
Assets

 

Net Loans/
Assets

 

Deposits/
Assets

 

Borrowings/
Assets

 

Equity/
Assets

 

Tangible
E/A

  Last Twelve Months - Growth  

IEA/

Assets

 

IBL/

Assets

 

Leverage

Ratio(1)

 

Risk-Based

Capital Ratio(1)

Ticker

                  Assets     Loans   Deposits   Equity        
        (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)     (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)

PBCT

  People’s Bank   5.32   0.73   87.00   84.99   0.65   12.53   11.55   (2.25 )   9.41   0.00   3.96   93.05   85.64   12.00   16.20
 

At December 31, 2006

                             

All Publicly Traded Thrifts (No MHCs)

                             

Average

  3.34   19.84   71.45   66.96   21.31   10.41   9.32   7.51     10.43   8.55   11.95   94.63   88.27   9.23   15.22

Median

  3.30   16.82   73.79   68.50   20.81   9.24   8.08   4.43     7.92   5.94   4.22   93.91   89.31   8.22   13.39

All Publicly Traded Banks

                             

Average

  4.59   19.17   70.23   75.79   13.10   9.53   8.05   13.48     17.01   13.76   18.92   93.99   88.89   9.41   13.36

Median

  4.57   17.04   72.27   77.39   11.81   8.94   7.56   9.40     12.45   9.59   9.66   93.88   89.20   9.01   12.50

Peer Group

                             

Average

  3.98   18.64   69.97   69.86   17.79   11.12   8.17   5.95     10.30   5.77   6.56   92.59   87.65   8.79   13.55

Median

  2.77   20.17   68.52   69.09   17.34   9.55   7.80   8.11     10.84   7.04   5.76   93.27   89.11   8.24   12.53

ABCW

  Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc.   2.69   8.75   84.84   71.93   19.52   7.38   6.97   6.59     9.39   6.96   4.89   96.28   91.45   7.99   10.53

CYN

  City National Corporation   3.60   22.52   67.82   81.36   7.30   9.98   8.10   1.30     11.40   -1.85   2.90   93.94   88.66   8.45   14.36

CBSH

  Commerce Bancshares, Inc.   7.58   22.96   64.84   77.11   11.98   9.47   NA   9.68     12.06   8.23   7.79   95.38   89.09   9.47   12.85

CFR

  Cullen/Frost Bankers, Inc.   13.54   23.95   55.54   79.59   9.68   9.63   7.50   13.30     14.17   11.92   25.05   93.03   89.27   9.40   14.65

FNFG

  First Niagara Financial Group, Inc.   1.56   15.03   70.05   69.67   11.48   17.27   8.70   -0.35     9.54   4.36   0.21   86.64   81.15   7.92   12.65

MAFB

  MAF Bancorp, Inc.   3.94   18.54   69.21   59.98   29.15   9.24   5.89   11.75     10.89   12.15   9.65   91.69   89.13   7.34   11.20

NAL

  NewAlliance Bancshares, Inc.   2.68   34.54   52.28   53.46   26.66   18.81   12.68   9.62     16.87   2.81   -1.41   89.50   80.12   13.61   23.91

PFB

  PFF Bancorp, Inc.   1.34   7.92   88.44   68.50   22.18   8.40   8.37   17.42     18.05   9.89   13.27   97.70   90.68   8.31   10.90

PFS

  Provident Financial Services, Inc.   2.28   21.80   64.17   67.76   13.90   17.40   10.81   -5.69     2.10   -0.46   -6.05   88.25   81.66   11.59   17.04

TCB

  TCF Financial Corporation   2.28   12.94   78.56   67.57   23.45   7.21   6.20   12.25     10.78   9.06   6.63   93.78   91.02   6.27   11.12

VLY

  Valley National Bancorp   3.39   23.26   66.85   68.48   22.97   7.66   NA   -0.33     2.52   -0.96   1.90   93.50   91.45   8.17   12.40

WBS

  Webster Financial Corporation   2.85   11.48   77.00   72.87   15.15   10.98   6.46   -4.14     5.83   7.11   13.94   91.33   88.02   6.91   11.01

 


(1) For OTS regulated thrift holding companies reflects subsidiary capital ratios and for bank holding companies reflects holding company consolidated ratios.

Sources: SNL Financial, LC., People’s prospectus and RP Financial calculations.

 


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 9

 

comparable to the Peer Group’s average ratio, based on updated ratios of 93.05% and 92.59%, respectively.

The updated mix of deposits and borrowings maintained by People’s and the Peer Group also did not change significantly from the Original Appraisal. People’s funding composition continued to reflect a higher concentration of deposits and a lower concentration of borrowings, relative to the comparable Peer Group measures. Consistent with the Original Appraisal, the Bank’s interest-bearing liabilities to assets ratio of 85.64% was slightly below the comparable Peer Group ratio of 87.65%.

Overall, People’s updated interest-earning assets-to-interest-bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) ratio equaled 108.65%, which remained slightly above the comparable Peer Group ratio of 105.64%. As discussed in the Original Appraisal, the additional capital realized from stock proceeds will increase People’s IEA/IBL ratio, as the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets will be lower due to the increase in capital realized from the offering and the net proceeds realized from the offering will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.

Updated growth rates for People’s and the Peer Group are based on annual growth for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, or the most recent data available for the Peer Group companies. Consistent with the Original Appraisal, updated growth rates reflected a higher asset and deposit growth rates for the Peer Group. People’s reported a 2.25% decrease in assets and no change in deposits, versus comparable average asset and deposit growth rates of 5.95% and 5.77% for the Peer Group. As noted in the Original Appraisal, People’s asset and deposit growth measures reflect the implementation of strategies to restructure the balance sheet through utilizing proceeds realized from the sale of investment securities to fund the pay down of borrowings and loan growth and to limit rate competition paid for deposits. Asset growth for the Peer Group continued to be primarily funded by deposit growth, which reflected an updated growth rate of 5.77%. The Bank’s updated loan growth rate of 9.41% remained slightly below the Peer Group’s loan growth rate of 10.30%. In contrast to the Original Appraisal, the Peer Group’s equity growth rate of 6.56% exceeded the Bank’s equity growth rate of 3.96%. The Bank’s equity growth was slowed by the adoption of SFAS 158 in the fourth quarter of 2006, which resulted in a $40 million reduction in the Bank’s equity.

Table 4 displays comparative operating results for People’s and the Peer Group, based on their earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 (or the latest data available). Updated earnings for the Bank and the Peer Group equaled 1.15% and 1.24% of average assets, respectively, which were slightly higher and slightly lower in comparison to their respective returns reflected in the Original Appraisal. A lower level of operating expenses and higher net gains continued to primarily account for the Peer Group’s higher return, which continued to partially offset by the Bank’s higher ratios for net interest income and non-interest operating income.


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 10

 

RP ® Financial, LC.

Table 4

Income as a Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

Comparative Institution Analysis

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2006 or Latest Date Available

 

          Income Statement Ratios (% of Average Assets)           Last Twelve
Months
     

Ticker

 

Company Name

  Net
Income
    Int.
Income
    Int.
Expense
    Net Int.
Income
    Ln Loss
Prov.
    Nonint.
Income
    G&A
Expense
    Gain/
Loss
    Intang.
Amort.
    NI
Before
Taxes
    Inc.
Taxes
    Extra-
Ord.
Items
    Tax
Rate
    Efficiency
Ratio(2)
    Yield
on
IEA
    Cost
of
IBL
    Yield/Cost
Spread
    Assets/
Employee
        (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil.)

PBCT

  People’s Bank (1)   1.15 %   5.40 %   1.85 %   3.55 %   0.03 %   1.60 %   3.21 %   (0.23 )%   0.01 %   1.67 %   0.54 %   0.02 %   32.20 %   62.33 %   5.90 %   2.15 %   3.75 %   $ 4,022

All Publicly Traded Thrifts
(No MHCs)

   

                             

Average

  0.63 %   5.71 %   2.86 %   2.85 %   0.13 %   0.74 %   2.56 %   0.09 %   0.03 %   0.96 %   0.33 %   0.00 %   34.81 %   71.31 %   5.94 %   3.12 %   2.82 %   $ 5,970

Median

  0.66 %   5.67 %   2.89 %   2.78 %   0.08 %   0.54 %   2.41 %   0.15 %   0.00 %   0.98 %   0.33 %   0.00 %   33.47 %   72.59 %   5.89 %   3.17 %   2.72 %     4,489

All Publicly Traded Banks

                                   

Average

  1.07 %   6.29 %   2.63 %   3.65 %   0.18 %   1.07 %   3.01 %   0.08 %   0.03 %   1.58 %   0.51 %   0.01 %   32.17 %   63.77 %   6.60 %   3.02 %   3.57 %   $ 4,419

Median

  1.09 %   6.15 %   2.65 %   3.50 %   0.14 %   0.85 %   2.87 %   0.23 %   0.01 %   1.55 %   0.49 %   0.00 %   31.40 %   65.98 %   6.48 %   3.04 %   3.44 %     3,802

Peer Group

                                   

Average

  1.24 %   5.63 %   2.30 %   3.33 %   0.08 %   1.38 %   2.72 %   0.01 %   0.04 %   1.87 %   0.63 %   0.00 %   33.17 %   57.75 %   6.17 %   3.00 %   3.17 %   $ 4,855

Median

  1.24 %   5.71 %   2.28 %   3.15 %   0.08 %   1.21 %   2.49 %   0.02 %   0.02 %   1.76 %   0.66 %   0.00 %   32.78 %   57.11 %   6.23 %   2.90 %   3.33 %     5,143

ABCW

  Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc.   1.00 %   6.14 %   3.02 %   3.12 %   0.14 %   1.21 %   2.55 %   0.08 %   0.00 %   1.72 %   0.70 %   0.00 %   40.71 %   58.89 %   6.44 %   NA     NA     $ 5,169

CYN

  City National Corporation   1.62 %   5.49 %   1.29 %   4.20 %   0.00 %   1.58 %   3.13 %   0.00 %   0.04 %   2.61 %   0.96 %   0.00 %   36.85 %   54.15 %   6.07 %   2.66 %   3.41 %     5,520

CBSH

  Commerce Bancshares, Inc.   1.54 %   5.85 %   2.24 %   3.61 %   0.18 %   2.45 %   3.68 %   0.07 %   0.00 %   2.27 %   0.73 %   0.00 %   32.09 %   60.73 %   6.32 %   2.63 %   3.69 %     3,125

CFR

  Cullen/Frost Bankers, Inc.   1.68 %   5.74 %   1.71 %   4.03 %   0.12 %   2.10 %   3.48 %   0.01 %   0.05 %   2.49 %   0.81 %   0.00 %   32.36 %   56.77 %   6.62 %   2.83 %   3.79 %     3,249

FNFG

  First Niagara Financial Grp, Inc.   1.17 %   5.08 %   1.97 %   3.11 %   0.10 %   1.33 %   2.43 %   0.04 %   0.15 %   1.79 %   0.62 %   0.00 %   34.53 %   54.73 %   5.90 %   2.65 %   3.25 %     4,132

MAFB

  MAF Bancorp, Inc.   0.93 %   5.17 %   2.79 %   2.38 %   0.04 %   0.71 %   1.71 %   0.11 %   0.04 %   1.41 %   0.49 %   0.00 %   34.41 %   55.34 %   5.65 %   3.32 %   2.33 %     5,116

NAL

  NewAlliance Bancshares, Inc.   0.73 %   4.64 %   2.10 %   2.54 %   0.00 %   0.73 %   2.01 %   (0.03 )%   0.14 %   1.09 %   0.36 %   0.00 %   33.20 %   61.47 %   5.20 %   2.90 %   2.30 %     6,975

PFB

  PFF Bancorp, Inc.   1.30 %   7.06 %   2.85 %   4.21 %   0.19 %   0.55 %   2.33 %   0.03 %   0.00 %   2.27 %   0.97 %   0.00 %   42.64 %   48.95 %   7.28 %   3.43 %   3.85 %     6,275

PFS

  Provident Financial Serv, Inc.   0.93 %   4.73 %   1.87 %   2.86 %   0.02 %   0.51 %   2.02 %   0.00     0.00 %   1.33 %   0.40 %   0.00 %   30.31 %   59.94 %   5.39 %   2.55 %   2.84 %     6,522

TCB

  TCF Financial Corporation   1.87 %   6.19 %   2.32 %   3.87 %   0.08 %   3.54 %   4.69 %   0.07 %   0.01 %   2.70 %   0.83 %   0.00 %   30.65 %   63.29 %   6.76 %   3.17 %   3.59 %     1,922

VLY

  Valley National Bancorp   1.33 %   5.75 %   2.57 %   3.18 %   0.08 %   0.59 %   2.04 %   0.01 %   0.00 %   1.66 %   0.32 %   0.00 %   19.59 %   54.11 %   6.21 %   3.37 %   2.84 %     5,055

WBS

  Webster Financial Corporation   0.75 %   5.68 %   2.83 %   2.85 %   0.06 %   1.20 %   2.56 %   -0.27 %   0.08 %   1.08 %   0.33 %   0.00 %   30.70 %   63.21 %   6.25 %   3.48 %   2.77 %     5,197

(1) People’s Bank data for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006.
(2) Calculated as operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income.

Sources: SNL Financial, LC., People’s prospectus and RP Financial calculations.


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 11

 

In terms of core earnings strength, updated expense coverage ratios posted by People’s and the Peer Group equaled 1.10x and 1.21x, respectively. The Peer Group’s higher expense coverage ratio was realized through maintenance of a lower level of operating expenses (2.76% of average assets including intangibles amortization versus 3.22% for the Bank), which was only partially offset by the Bank’s higher net interest income ratio (3.55% of average assets versus 3.33% for the Peer Group). People’s higher net interest income ratio continued to reflect a lower interest expense ratio (1.85% of average assets versus 2.30% for the Peer Group), while the Peer Group continued to maintain a higher interest income ratio (5.63% of average assets versus 5.40% for the Bank).

Non-interest operating income remained a more significant contributor to the Bank’s earnings, as such income amounted to 1.60% and 1.38% of the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s average assets, respectively. Accordingly, taking non-interest operating income into account in assessing People’s core earnings strength relative to the Peer Group’s, the Bank’s updated efficiency ratio of 62.33% remained less favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 57.75%.

Loan loss provisions were a slightly larger factor in the Peer Group’s updated earnings, as the result of the lower loan loss provisions established by the Bank. Loan loss provisions established by the Bank and the Peer Group equaled 0.03% and 0.08% of average assets, respectively.

Net gains remained a larger source of earnings for the Peer Group, as the Bank continued to record a net loss from the sale of securities. The Peer Group recorded net gains equal to 0.01% of average assets, while the Bank’s net loss equaled 0.23% of average assets. As set forth in the Original Appraisal, typically, such gains and losses are discounted in valuation analyses as they tend to have a relatively high degree of volatility, and thus are not considered part of core operations. If gains are attributable to secondary market loan sales on a regular basis, then such gains may warrant some consideration as a core profitability, depending on the prevailing market environment. However, loan sale gains are typically viewed as a more volatile source of income than income generated through the net interest margin and non-interest operating income, and are given lesser consideration in developing core earnings for valuation purposes. In this appraisal, for both People’s and the Peer Group, we have considered earnings and profitability before and after such net gains and losses.

Income from discontinued operations, which is included as part of extraordinary items, continued to add 0.02% to the Bank’s after-tax return on average assets. Also consistent with the Original Appraisal, extraordinary items were not a factor in the Peer Group’s updated earnings.

Taxes continued to have a fairly comparable impact on updated earnings, as People’s and the Peer Group posted updated effective tax rates of 32.20% and 33.17%, respectively.


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 12

 

Updated credit quality measures remained fairly comparable for the Bank and the Peer Group. As shown in Table 5, the Bank’s ratios of non-performing loans/loans and non-performing assets and accruing loans more than 90 days past due/assets of 0.24% and 0.21%, respectively, were slightly lower than the comparable average Peer Group ratios of 0.29% and 0.28%. The Bank’s reserve coverage ratios of 327.43% for non-performing loans and 0.79% for loans were below the comparable Peer Group ratios of 388.65% and 0.99%. Net loan charge-offs remained lower for the Bank, as net loan charge-offs posted by the Bank and Peer Group equaled 0.05% and 0.11% of their respective loan balances.

3. Stock Market Conditions

Since the date of the Original Appraisal, the performance of the broader stock market has generally been positive. The Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) closed above 12000 heading into late-October 2006, with optimism about corporate earnings, the Federal Reserve’s decision to hold rates steady and lower oil prices sustaining the rally. Despite a slight pullback at the end of October, the 3.4% gain in DJIA for October was the best monthly gain since November 2005. Stocks continued to edge lower at the beginning of November, but then rebounded strongly in mid-November. Favorable inflation data reflected in wholesale and consumer prices for October, merger news and upbeat comments by the Federal Reserve about interest rates were factors that contributed to rally in the broader market. Stocks traded in a narrow range ahead of the holiday shopping season in late-November. After posting a big one day loss in late-November on concerns about retail sales, lower oil prices, merger news and favorable economic reports provided a boost to stocks in early-December. The DJIA traded to record highs in mid- and late-December, as stocks benefited from some robust economic reports and investors betting on a strong finish for the year. Lower oil prices helped to sustain the positive trend in stocks at the start of 2007, which was followed by a mild pullback due to weakness in technology stocks. On January 18, 2007, the DJIA closed at 12567.93 or 4.9% higher since the date of the Original Appraisal and the NASDAQ closed at 2443.21 or 3.4% higher since the date of the Original Appraisal.

Since the date of the Original Appraisal, the stock market for thrift and bank issues has been mixed. After faltering briefly in mid-October 2006 on some disappointing third quarter earnings reports, thrift and bank stocks followed the broader market higher heading into late-October. Thrift and bank stocks sold off with the broader market at the end of October and into early-November, as economic data showing slower growth raised concerns for some investors. Strength in the broader market supported a rebound in thrift and bank stocks ahead of the national elections. Favorable inflation data boosted thrift and bank stocks along with the broader market in mid-November, while weaker than expected housing data pressured thrift and bank stocks lower heading into late-November. Merger news, including Bank of New York’s announced merger with Mellon Financial Corp., sparked gains in thrift and bank stocks in early-December. Thrift and bank stocks traded in a narrow range through mid-December, as the Federal Reserve left interest rates unchanged as expected. An upbeat report on home sales helped thrift and bank stocks participate in the broader market rally in late-December. Thrift and bank stocks traded lower at the start of 2007, as a favorable employment report for December reduced expectations of the Federal Reserve cutting interest rates. Mixed fourth quarter earnings


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 13

RP ® Financial, LC.

Table 5

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of December 31, 2006 or Most Recent Data Available

 

           

REO/

Assets

   

NPAs + 90+/

Assets

   

NPLs/

Loans

   

Reserves/

Loans

   

Reserves/

NPLs

   

Reserves/

NPAs + 90 +

   

LTM Net

Chargeoffs

   

NCOs/

Loans

 

Ticker

  

Company Name

                
          (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  
PBCT    People’s Bank                 
   As of December 31, 2006    0.00 %   0.21 %   0.24 %   0.79 %   327.43 %   325.99 %   $ 4,400     0.05 %
All Publicly Traded Thrifts (No MHCs)                 
Average    0.09 %   0.55 %   0.56 %   0.89 %   255.18 %   224.57 %   $ 23,263     0.13 %
Median       0.02 %   0.29 %   0.36 %   0.81 %   180.81 %   140.83 %   $ 748     0.05 %
All Publicly Traded Banks                 
Average    0.06 %   0.45 %   0.47 %   1.19 %   324.41 %   273.26 %   $ 51,468     0.16 %
Median       0.02 %   0.34 %   0.32 %   1.15 %   267.23 %   207.97 %   $ 846     0.10 %
Peer Group                 
Average    0.05 %   0.28 %   0.29 %   0.99 %   388.65 %   318.96 %   $ 7,614     0.11 %
Median       0.02 %   0.25 %   0.28 %   0.99 %   321.84 %   341.28 %   $ 8,494     0.11 %
ABCW    Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc.    0.10 %   0.50 %   0.48 %   0.48 %   101.39 %   81.72 %   $ 10,169     0.28 %
CYN    City National Corporation    0.00 %   0.13 %   0.19 %   1.59 %   847.03 %   845.81 %     (7,842 )   -0.08 %
CBSH    Commerce Bancshares, Inc.    0.01 %   0.25 %   0.17 %   1.32 %   788.42 %   341.28 %     26,054     0.28 %
CFR    Cullen/Frost Bankers, Inc.    0.04 %   0.37 %   0.46 %   1.31 %   285.13 %   199.59 %     10,709     0.17 %
FNFG    First Niagara Financial Grp, Inc.    0.01 %   0.22 %   0.30 %   1.28 %   424.36 %   408.64 %     7,248     0.13 %
MAFB    MAF Bancorp, Inc.    0.03 %   0.46 %   0.61 %   0.51 %   83.32 %   77.21 %     4,277     0.05 %
NAL    NewAlliance Bancshares, Inc.    0.00 %   0.15 %   0.28 %   1.00 %   358.55 %   351.40 %     21     0.00 %
PFB    PFF Bancorp, Inc.    0.19 %   0.20 %   0.01 %   0.97 %   NM     436.88 %     2,388     0.06 %
PFS    Provident Financial Serv, Inc.    0.01 %   0.12 %   0.17 %   0.86 %   505.21 %   444.40 %     1,744     0.05 %
TCB    TCF Financial Corporation    0.19 %   0.45 %   0.24 %   0.53 %   218.83 %   92.69 %     10,503     0.10 %
VLY    Valley National Bancorp    0.01 %   0.26 %   0.33 %   0.90 %   274.25 %   228.90 %     9,740     0.12 %
WBS    Webster Financial Corporation    0.02 %   NA     NA     1.11 %   NA     NA       16,362     0.12 %

Sources: SNL Financial, LC., People’s prospectus and RP Financial calculations.


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 14

 

reports provided for a choppy trading market for thrift and bank issues in mid-January 2007. On January 18, 2007, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 1,781.6, an increase of 0.9% since the date of the Original Appraisal. On January 18, 2007, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded banks closed at 652.7, an increase of 2.0% since the date of the Original Appraisal.

Consistent with the performance of the SNL index measures for all publicly-traded thrifts and banks, the average market capitalizations for the Peer Group, all publicly-traded thrifts and all publicly-traded banks were slightly higher since the date of the Original Appraisal. The average P/E multiples for the Peer Group and all publicly-traded thrifts were also generally up slightly since the date of the Original Appraisal, while the average P/E multiples for all publicly-traded banks were slightly lower since the date of the Original Appraisal. Decreases were reflected in the updated average P/B ratios for the Peer Group, all publicly-traded thrifts and all publicly-traded banks, with the most significant drop-off reflected in the all publicly-traded bank averages. Overall, the Peer Group’s updated P/E multiples were in the range of P/E multiples indicated for the all publicly-traded averages for thrifts and banks, while the Peer Group’s updated P/B ratios were above the averages for both all publicly-traded thrifts and banks. Since the date of the Original Appraisal, seven out of the twelve Peer Group companies were trading at lower prices as of January 18, 2007. A comparative pricing analysis of the Peer Group, all publicly-traded thrifts and all publicly-traded banks is shown in the following table, based on market prices as of the Original Appraisal date and the date of this update.

Pricing Characteristics

 

     At Oct. 16,
2006
    At Jan. 18,
2007
    %
Change
 

Peer Group

      

Price/Earnings (x)

     17.24x       17.53x     1.68 %

Price/Core Earnings (x)

     17.22       17.22     0.00  

Price/Book (%)

     211.79 %     209.12 %   (1.26 )

Price/Tangible Book (%)

     283.30       269.15     (4.99 )

Price/Assets (%)

     20.57       20.21     (1.75 )

Avg. Mkt. Capitalization ($Mil)

   $ 2,187.20     $ 2,214.20     1.23  

All Publicly-Traded Thrifts

      

Price/Earnings (x)

     18.09x       18.27x     1.00 %

Price/Core Earnings (x)

     18.51       18.81     1.62  

Price/Book (%)

     146.55 %     139.71 %   (4.67 )

Price/Tangible Book (%)

     171.41       163.83     (4.42 )

Price/Assets (%)

     14.30       14.36     0.42  

Avg. Mkt. Capitalization ($Mil)

   $ 824.80     $ 838.40     1.65  


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 15

 

Pricing Characteristics (continued)

 

     At Oct. 16,
2006
    At Jan. 18,
2007
    %
Change
 

All Publicly-Traded Banks

      

Price/Earnings (x)

     17.52x       17.05x     (2.68 )%

Price/Core Earnings (x)

     17.61       17.23     (2.16 )

Price/Book (%)

     201.68 %     187.80 %   (6.88 )

Price/Tangible Book (%)

     251.09       231.22     (7.91 )

Price/Assets (%)

     17.91       17.30     (3.41 )

Avg. Mkt. Capitalization ($Mil)

   $ 3,274.90     $ 3,306.80     0.97  

Sources: SNL Financial and RP Financial calculations. Reflects averages.

As set forth in the Original Appraisal, the “new issue” market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned issues like the Peer Group companies in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.

As shown in Table 6, one standard conversion offering, three second-step conversion offerings and four mutual holding company offerings were completed during the past three months. The pro forma price/tangible book ratio of the standard conversion equaled 81.0% at closing and the average pro forma price/tangible book ratio of the recent mutual holding company offerings equaled 78.8% on a fully-converted basis at closing.

Three second-step offerings were completed within the past three months, which are considered to be more relevant for purposes of People’s pro forma pricing. Citizens Community Bancorp of Wisconsin completed its second-step offering on November 1, 2006, raising $52.9 million in gross proceeds, which was at the top of the super range. Citizens Community’s closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio equaled 103.1%. Westfield Financial of Massachusetts completed its second-step offering on January 4, 2007, raising $184.0 million in gross proceeds, which was at the maximum of the offering range. Westfield Financial’s closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio equaled 111.2%. Osage Bancshares, Inc. of Oklahoma completed its second-step offering on January 18, 2007, raising $25.1 million in gross proceeds which was at the midpoint of the offering range. Osage Bancshares’ closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio equaled 103.0%.

As set forth in the Original Appraisal, second-step conversions tend to be priced (and trade in the aftermarket) at higher P/B and P/TB ratios than standard conversions. We believe investors take into consideration the generally more leveraged pro forma balance sheets


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 16

RP ® Financial, LC.

Table 6

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

Recent Conversions Completed (Last Three Months)

 

              Pre-Conversion Data           Contribution
to
    Insider Purchases  
            Financial
Info.
    Asset
Quality
    Offering Information     Charitable
Found.
    % Off Incl. Fdn.        

Institutional Information

                                                        Benefit Plans        

Institution

  Conver.
Date
 

Ticker

  Assets   Equity/
Assets
    NPAs/
Assets
    Res.
Cov.
    Gross
Proc.
  %
Offered
    % of
Mid.
    Exp./
Proc.
    Form   % of
Offering
    ESOP     Recog.
Plans
    Stk
Option
    Mgmt.&
Dirs.
 
            ($Mil)   (%)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil.)   (%)     (%)     (%)         (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)(2)  

Standard Conversions

                               

Hampden Bancorp, Inc., MA*

  1/17/07   HBNK-NASDAQ   $ 483   6.73 %   1.01 %   81 %   $ 75.7   100 %   132 %   2.4 %   S   5.0 %   8.0 %   4.0 %   10.0 %   2.2 %

Averages - Standard Conversions:

    $ 483   6.73 %   1.01 %   81 %   $ 75.7   100 %   132 %   2.4 %   N.A.   N.A.     8.0 %   4.0 %   10.0 %   2.2 %

Medians - Standard Conversions:

    $ 483   6.73 %   1.01 %   81 %   $ 75.7   100 %   132 %   2.4 %   N.A.   N.A.     8.0 %   4.0 %   10.0 %   2.2 %

Second Step Conversions

                               

Osage Bancshares, Inc., OK

  1/18/07   OSBK-NASDAQ   $ 117   11.31 %   0.08 %   1751 %   $ 25.1   70 %   100 %   3.2 %   N.A.   N.A.     8.0 %   2.9 %   7.2 %   2.8 %

Westfield Financial, Inc., MA*

  1/4/07   WFD-AMEX   $ 837   13.97 %   0.08 %   757 %   $ 184.0   58 %   115 %   1.6 %   N.A.   N.A.     4.0 %   3.4 %   8.5 %   0.6 %

Citizens Comm Bncp, Inc. of WI

  11/1/06   CZWI-NASDAQ   $ 267   11.25 %   0.44 %   69 %   $ 52.9   74 %   132 %   2.6 %   N.A.   N.A.     6.5 %   3.2 %   8.1 %   1.1 %

Averages - Second Step Conversions:

      $ 407   12.18 %   0.20 %   859 %   $ 87.3   67 %   116 %   2.5 %   N.A.   N.A.     6.2 %   3.2 %   7.9 %   1.5 %

Medians -Second Step Conversions:

    $ 267   11.31 %   0.08 %   757 %   $ 52.9   70 %   115 %   2.6 %   N.A.   N.A.     6.5 %   3.2 %   8.1 %   1.1 %

Mutual Holding Company Conversions

                           

Polonia Bancorp, PA

  1/16/07   PBCP-OTCBB   $ 167   7.11 %   0.15 %   298 %   $ 14.9   45 %   132 %   5.7 %   N.A.   N.A.     8.7 %   4.4 %   10.9 %   10.8 %

MSB Financial Corp., NJ*

  1/5/07   MSBF-NASDAQ   $ 276   7.12 %   0.66 %   51 %   $ 25.3   45 %   132 %   3.2 %   N.A.   N.A.     8.0 %   4.4 %   10.9 %   5.2 %

MainStreet Financial Corp., MI*

  12/27/06   MSFN-OTCBB   $ 115   5.31 %   1.00 %   49 %   $ 3.6   47 %   95 %   18.6 %   N.A.   N.A.     8.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   9.2 %

Ben Franklin Financial, Inc., IL*

  10/19/06   BFFI-OTCBB   $ 110   7.56 %   0.37 %   124 %   $ 8.9   45 %   132 %   7.8 %   N.A.   N.A.     8.7 %   4.4 %   10.9 %   9.6 %

Averages - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:

  $ 167   6.78 %   0.55 %   131 %   $ 13.2   46 %   123 %   8.8 %   NA   NA     8.4 %   3.3 %   8.2 %   8.7 %

Medians - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:

  $ 141   7.12 %   0.52 %   87 %   $ 11.9   45 %   132 %   6.7 %   NA   NA     8.4 %   4.4 %   10.9 %   9.4 %

Averages - All Conversions:

      $ 297   8.80 %   0.47 %   398 %   $ 48.8   60 %   121 %   5.6 %   NA   NA     7.5 %   3.3 %   8.3 %   5.2 %

Medians - All Conversions:

      $ 217   7.34 %   0.41 %   103 %   $ 25.2   52 %   132 %   3.2 %   NA   NA     8.0 %   3.7 %   9.2 %   4.0 %

 

            Pro Forma Data         Post-IPO Pricing Trends  
                  Pricing
Ratios(3)
    Financial
Charac.
        Closing Price:  

Institution

 

Conver.
Date

  Ticker  

Initial

Dividend

Yield

    P/TB     Core
P/E
  P/A     Core
ROA
    TE/A     Core
ROE
    IPO
Price
  First
Trading
Day
  %
Change
    After
First
Week(4)
  %
Change
    After
First
Month(5)
  %
Change
    Thru
1/18/07
  %
Change
 
            (%)     (%)     (x)   (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($)   ($)   (%)     ($)   (%)     ($)   (%)     ($)   (%)  

Standard Conversions

                                   

Hampden Bancorp, Inc., MA*

  1/17/07   HBNK-NASDAQ   0.00 %   81.0 %   46.9x   14.5 %   0.3 %   17.9 %   1.7 %   $ 10.00   $ 12.82   28.2 %   $ 12.70   27.0 %   $ 12.70   27.0 %   $ 12.70   27.0 %

Averages - Standard Conversions:

      0.00 %   81.0 %   46.9x   14.5 %   0.3 %   17.9 %   1.7 %   $ 10.00   $ 12.82   28.2 %   $ 12.70   27.0 %   $ 12.70   27.0 %   $ 12.70   27.0 %

Medians - Standard Conversions:

    0.00 %   81.0 %   46.9x   14.5 %   0.3 %   17.9 %   1.7 %   $ 10.00   $ 12.82   28.2 %   $ 12.70   27.0 %   $ 12.70   27.0 %   $ 12.70   27.0 %

Second Step Conversions

                                   

Osage Bancshares, Inc., OK

  1/18/07   OSBK-NASDAQ   3.81 %   103.0 %   34.2x   25.9 %   0.8 %   25.1 %   3.0 %   $ 10.00   $ 9.95   -0.5 %   $ 9.95   -0.5 %   $ 9.95   -0.5 %   $ 9.95   -0.5 %

Westfield Financial, Inc., MA*

  1/4/07   WFD-AMEX   1.80 %   111.2 %   34.0x   31.7 %   0.9 %   28.5 %   3.3 %   $ 10.00   $ 10.70   7.0 %   $ 10.75   7.5 %   $ 10.88   8.8 %   $ 10.88   8.8 %

Citizens Comm Bncp, Inc. of WI

  11/1/06   CZWI-NASDAQ   1.00 %   103.1 %   54.2x   22.7 %   0.4 %   22.0 %   1.7 %   $ 10.00   $ 9.75   -2.5 %   $ 9.90   -1.0 %   $ 9.67   -3.3 %   $ 9.71   -2.9 %

Averages - Second Step Conversions:

  2.20 %   105.7 %   40.8x   26.8 %   0.7 %   25.2 %   2.7 %   $ 10.00   $ 10.13   1.3 %   $ 10.20   2.0 %   $ 10.17   1.7 %   $ 10.18   1.8 %

Medians - Second Step Conversions:

  1.80 %   103.1 %   34.2x   25.9 %   0.8 %   25.1 %   3.0 %   $ 10.00   $ 9.95   -0.5 %   $ 9.95   -0.5 %   $ 9.95   -0.5 %   $ 9.95   -0.5 %

Mutual Holding Company Conversions

                               

Polonia Bancorp, PA

  1/16/07   PBCP-OTCBB   0.00 %   82.8 %   45.7x   16.9 %   0.3 %   13.3 %   2.0 %   $ 10.00   $ 10.10   1.0 %   $ 10.15   1.5 %   $ 10.15   1.5 %   $ 10.15   1.5 %

MSB Financial Corp., NJ*

  1/5/07   MSBF-NASDAQ   0.00 %   83.3 %   33.0x   17.4 %   0.5 %   13.8 %   3.3 %   $ 10.00   $ 12.30   23.0 %   $ 12.10   21.0 %   $ 12.10   21.0 %   $ 12.10   21.0 %

MainStreet Financial Corp., MI*

  12/27/06   MSFN-OTCBB   0.00 %   69.1 %   NM   6.4 %   -0.2 %   6.6 %   -2.9 %   $ 10.00   $ 11.00   10.0 %   $ 11.00   10.0 %   $ 9.50   -5.0 %   $ 9.50   -5.0 %

Ben Franklin Financial, Inc., IL*

  10/19/06   BFFI-OTCBB   0.00 %   80.0 %   45.4x   15.7 %   0.2 %   13.1 %   1.8 %   $ 10.00   $ 10.70   7.0 %   $ 10.57   5.7 %   $ 10.65   6.5 %   $ 10.90   9.0 %

Averages - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:

  0.00 %   78.8 %   41.4x   14.1 %   0.2 %   11.7 %   1.0 %   $ 10.00   $ 11.03   10.3 %   $ 10.96   9.6 %   $ 10.60   6.0 %   $ 10.66   6.6 %

Medians - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:

  0.00 %   81.4 %   45.4x   16.3 %   0.3 %   13.2 %   1.9 %   $ 10.00   $ 10.85   8.5 %   $ 10.79   7.9 %   $ 10.40   4.0 %   $ 10.53   5.3 %

Averages - All Conversions:

  0.83 %   89.2 %   41.9x   18.9 %   0.4 %   17.5 %   1.7 %   $ 10.00   $ 10.92   9.2 %   $ 10.89   8.9 %   $ 10.70   7.0 %   $ 10.74   7.4 %

Medians - All Conversions:

    0.00 %   83.0 %   45.4x   17.1 %   0.4 %   15.9 %   1.9 %   $ 10.00   $ 10.70   7.0 %   $ 10.66   6.6 %   $ 10.40   4.0 %   $ 10.52   5.2 %

Note: * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD =RP Financial did the Conversion Business Plan. “NT” - Not Traded; “NA” - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.

 

(1) Non-OTS regulated thrift.
(2) As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.
(3) Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.
(4) Latest price if offering is less than one week old.
(5) Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.
(6) Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.
(7) Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.
(8) Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.
(9) Former credit union.

January 18, 2007


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 17

 

of thrifts pursuing second-step conversions, their track records as public companies prior to conversion, and their generally higher pro forma ROE measures relative to standard conversions in pricing their common stocks. Additionally, the higher P/TB ratio in a second-step conversion offering is facilitated by the lower percentage of stock sold in the public offering in comparison to a standard conversion offering in which 100% of the stock is sold. Based on closing market prices as of January 18, 2007, Citizens Community’s stock price was 2.9% below its second-step offering price, Westfield Financial’s stock price was 8.8% above its second-step offering price and Osage Bancshares’ stock price was 0.5% below its second-step offering price.

Shown in Table 7 are the current pricing ratios of the four recent conversions that are publicly-traded on NASDAQ or an exchange and are fully-converted companies. Based on closing market prices as of January 18, 2007, the average P/TB ratio of the recent publicly-traded conversions equaled 106.57%

As set forth in the Original Appraisal, RP Financial’s analysis of stock market conditions also considered recent trading activity in People’s stock. As of January 18, 2007, the Bank’s stock price was $44.38 per share, indicating an implied market valuation of $6.3 billion.

Summary of Adjustments

In the Original Appraisal, we made the following adjustments to People’s pro forma value based upon our comparative analysis to the Peer Group:

 

Key Valuation Parameters

  

Previous Valuation
Adjustment

Financial Condition

   Slight Upward

Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

   No Adjustment

Asset Growth

   No Adjustment

Primary Market Area

   No Adjustment

Dividends

   No Adjustment

Liquidity of the Shares

   Slight Upward

Marketing of the Issue

   No Adjustment

Management

   No Adjustment

Effect of Government Regulations and Regulatory Reform

   No Adjustment

The factors concerning the valuation parameters of primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, management and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform did not change since the Original Appraisal. Accordingly, those parameters were not discussed further in this update.

In terms of financial condition, the slight upward valuation adjustment applied for the Bank’s financial condition in the Original Appraisal remained appropriate. The slight upward


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 18

RP ® Financial, LC.

Table 7

Market Pricing Comparatives

Market Prices as of January 18, 2007

 

   

Price/

Share(1)

 

Market

Value

  Per Share
Data
                                  Key Financial Data (6)
       

LTM

Core

EPS(2)

 

BV/

Share

      Dividends (4)           Last Twelve Months
            Pricing Ratios (3)  

Amount/

Share

 

Yield

 

Payout

Ratio(5)

 

Total

Assets

 

Equity/

Assets

  Reported   Core

Financial Institution

          P/
CORE
  P/E   P/TB   P/B   P/A             ROAA   ROAE   ROAA   ROAE
    ($)   ($Mil)   ($)   ($)   (x)   (x)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($)   (%)   (%)   ($Mil)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)

All Publicly Traded Thrifts (No MHCs) (7)

                                   

Average

  $ 20.38   $ 838.4   $ 1.15   $ 15.00   18.81   18.27   163.83   139.71   14.36   $ 0.45   2.23   35.92   $ 6,453   10.48   0.63   6.80   0.65   6.96

Median

    17.00     121.9     0.96     13.55   16.11   15.84   144.78   131.62   13.07     0.40   2.28   39.58     846   9.29   0.68   6.89   0.69   7.47

All Publicly Traded Banks (7)

                                   

Average

  $ 25.70   $ 3,396.7   $ 1.58   $ 14.10   17.23   17.05   231.22   187.80   17.30   $ 0.55   2.04   29.61   $ 19,374   9.47   1.07   12.04   1.07   12.09

Median

    22.74     206.8     1.41     12.45   16.17   16.03   221.20   179.90   16.74     0.50   2.13   30.91     1,173   8.93   1.08   12.26   1.09   12.20

Converted Last Three Months (No MHC)

                                   

Average

  $ 10.81   $ 138.31   $ 0.24   $ 10.45   35.92   35.92   106.57   104.15   25.17   $ 0.17   1.63   39.21   $ 502   23.99   0.59   2.38   0.60   2.40

Median

    10.42     85.04     0.25     10.23   35.92   35.92   102.65   102.65   23.90     0.14   1.34   55.56     431   24.76   0.58   2.34   0.58   2.35

Converted Last 3 Months (No MHC)(8)

                                   

CZWI Citizens Comm. Bncorp, Inc. of WI

  $ 9.71   $ 69.11   $ 0.18   $ 10.74   NM   NM   100.10   90.41   22.06   $ 0.10   1.03   55.56   $ 313   24.40   0.41   1.68   0.41   1.68

HBNK Hampden Bancorp, Inc. of MA

    12.70     100.97     0.21     12.35   NM   NM   102.83   102.83   18.41     0.00   0.00   0.00     548   17.91   0.29   1.62   0.30   1.70

WFD New Westfield Fin., Inc. of MA

    10.88     347.33     0.29     9.00   37.52   37.52   120.89   120.89   34.47     0.18   1.65   62.07     1,008   28.52   0.92   3.22   0.92   3.22

OSBK Osage Bancshares, Inc. of OK

    9.95     35.82     0.29     9.71   34.31   34.31   102.47   102.47   25.74     0.38   3.82   NM     139   25.12   0.75   2.99   0.75   2.99

 


(1) Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2) EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing twelve month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax effected basis.
(3) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to estimated core earnings.
(4) Indicated twelve month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(5) Indicated dividend as a percent of trailing twelve month estimated core earnings.
(6) ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing twelve month earnings and average equity and assets balances.
(7) Excludes from averages those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
(8) Pro forma estimates reflecting offering closing data.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial pro forma calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 19

 

adjustment for the Bank’s financial condition continued to be supported by positive adjustments applied for the Bank’s asset/liability composition, balance sheet liquidity, funding composition and capital position, all of which were considered on a pro forma basis. No adjustment remained appropriate for the Bank’s updated asset growth, as the Bank’s greater pro forma leverage capacity continued to be negated by the Peer Group’s stronger historical growth and the execution risk associated with the Bank’s post-conversion growth strategies, in which the Bank will seek to leverage pro forma capital through a combination of organic growth and complementary acquisitions. No adjustment remained appropriate for earnings, as positive earnings adjustments for the Bank’s pro forma interest rate risk and earnings growth potential continued to be negated by the Bank’s lower pro forma ROE.

The general markets for thrift and bank stocks were slightly higher since the date of the Original Appraisal, as indicated by the increases recorded in the SNL Indices for all publicly-traded thrifts and banks. Similarly, the average market capitalizations for the Peer Group, all publicly-traded thrifts and all publicly-traded banks were up slightly from the Original Appraisal date. Comparatively, the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group, all publicly-traded thrift and all publicly-traded banks were lower compared to the Original Appraisal date, while little change was reflected in their respective updated P/E multiples. Recent conversion activity generally indicated a healthy market for thrift offerings, with most offerings closing above the midpoint of the offering range. Three second-step conversion offerings were completed during the past three months, but were significantly smaller offerings compared to the size of People’s offering.

People’s stock was up 8.7% since the date of the Original Appraisal and, on the strength of improvement in core earnings components, the Bank’s earnings for the year ended December 31, 2006 were higher compared to earnings for the twelve months ended September 30, 2006, which was the period utilized in the Original Appraisal.

Overall, taking into account the foregoing factors, RP Financial concluded that as of January 18, 2007, the aggregate pro forma value of People’s conversion stock, taking into account the dilutive impact of the stock contribution to the Foundation, equaled $5.630 billion at the midpoint, an increase in value of 7.4% from the midpoint value set forth in the Original Appraisal. The midpoint and resulting valuation range is based on the sale of a 57.70% ownership interest to the public and the Foundation contribution, which provides for a $3.225 billion public offering. The 57.70% ownership interest was based on the Bank’s shares outstanding as of September 30, 2006, which is consistent with the date of the pro forma data in the Bank’s prospectus. As of December 31 2006, the MHC’s ownership interest equaled 57.69%.

Valuation Approaches

In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the regulatory agencies, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing People’s to-be-issued stock — price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 20

 

(“P/A”) approaches — all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the conversion proceeds.

In evaluating the emphasis that should be given to the valuation approaches, we anticipate that People’s stock will be viewed by the investment community with more emphasis on the price/earnings ratio than is typical of converting thrifts (which are viewed more from a price/tangible book ratio perspective), given the large size of the Company’s offering, the expectation that there will be high institutional ownership in the Company’s stock on a post-offering basis and that the nation’s largest publicly-traded thrifts and banks typically trade within a relatively narrow range of price/earnings ratios and a relatively broad range of price/tangible book value ratios. These characteristics reinforce that the price/earnings multiple is the primary driver of value for large publicly-traded thrifts and banks. This dynamic is evident in the Peer Group’s pricing ratios, as there was significantly less variance in the price/earnings ratios for the Peer Group companies compared to the range of price/tangible book ratios exhibited by the Peer Group companies With the exception of NewAlliance Bancshares price/earnings multiple of 31.90 times, the price/earnings ratios of the Peer Group ranged from 13.48 times to 19.92 times based on closing prices as of January 18, 2007 and reported trailing twelve month earnings. Comparatively, the Peer Group’s price/tangible book ratios ranged from 193.56% to 398.51% based on closing prices as of January 18, 2007.

The more highly leveraged position of the Peer Group results in one other major consideration in reaching a valuation conclusion. Specifically, the price/tangible book value ratio is less sensitive to changes in value than the earnings multiple. In other words, as the value changes over the course of the range, the price/tangible book value discount changes only to a limited degree, while the price/earnings premium changes rather sharply. Accordingly, given the expectation that the Bank’s stock will primarily trade off of the pro forma P/E multiple and the Bank’s pro forma tangible capital ratio will be over 3.5 times the Peer Group’s ratio, the Bank’s pro forma price/tangible book ratios will necessarily warrant a relatively steep discount due to the resulting premium reflected in the Bank’s pro forma price/earnings multiple.

In computing the pro forma impact of the offering and the related pricing ratios, the changes to the valuation parameters utilized in the Original Appraisal reflected updated market data and the Bank’s financial data through December 31, 2006. The appraisal update also continued to consider the potential uses of proceeds outlined in the prospectus, including possible acquisitions as a means to leverage capital.

Consistent with the Original Appraisal, this updated appraisal continues to be based primarily on fundamental analysis techniques applied to the Peer Group, including the P/E approach, the P/B approach and the P/A approach. Also consistent with the Original Appraisal, this updated appraisal incorporates a “technical” analysis of recently completed conversions, including principally the P/B approach which (as discussed in the Original Appraisal) is the most meaningful pricing ratio as the pro forma P/E ratios reflect an assumed reinvestment rate and do not yet reflect the actual use of proceeds.


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 21

 

RP Financial also considered the trading price of People’s stock, which had a closing price of $44.38 per share as of January 18, 2007, an increase of 8.7% from its closing price as of October 16, 2006, that implied a pro forma market capitalization for People’s of approximately $6.3 billion.

The Bank has adopted Statement of Position (“SOP” 93-6) which causes earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding shares owned by an ESOP where there is not a commitment to release such shares. For the purpose of preparing the pro forma pricing tables and exhibits, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering including shares purchased by the ESOP as outstanding to capture the full dilutive impact of such stock to the Bank’s shareholders. However, we have considered the impact of the Bank’s adoption of SOP 93-6 in the determination of People’s pro forma market value.

1. P/E Approach . In applying the P/E approach, RP Financial’s valuation conclusions considered both reported earnings and a recurring or “core” earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one time non-operating and extraordinary items, plus the estimated after tax earnings benefit from reinvestment of net stock proceeds. Income from continuing operations, which excludes $2.3 million of income from discontinued operations, equaled $121.7 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006. In deriving People’s estimated core earnings for purposes of the valuation, adjustments made to income from continuing operations included elimination of securities losses equal to $27.2 million, elimination of gains on sale of residential loans equal to $2.0 million and elimination of a tax benefit equal to $2.4 million. As shown below, on a tax-effected basis, assuming an effective marginal tax rate of 34.0%, the Bank’s core earnings were calculated at $135.9 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2006 (Note: see Exhibit 2 for the adjustments applied to the Peer Group’s earnings in the calculation of core earnings). Accordingly, the Bank’s updated core earnings have increased from the $128.3 million utilized in the Original Appraisal, an increase of 5.9%. This increase was a significant factor in the updated valuation conclusion herein.

 

    

Year Ended

12/31/06
Amount

 
     (in millions)  

Income from continuing operations

   $ 121.7  

Add back: Net securities losses (1)

     17.9  

Deduct: Net gain on sale of loans (1)

     (1.3 )

Deduct: Tax benefit related to prior year tax matters

     (2.4 )
        

Core earnings estimate

   $ 135.9  

(1) Tax effected at 34.0%.

Based on People’s reported and estimated core earnings, incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Company’s reported and core P/E multiples at the updated midpoint value of $5.630 billion equaled 29.48 times and 27.75 times, respectively. The Company’s updated reported and core P/E multiples indicate premiums of


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 22

 

68.17% and 61.15% relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core P/E multiples of 17.53 times and 17.22 times, respectively (versus premiums of 66.36% and 59.23% relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core P/E multiples as indicated in the Original Appraisal). The Company’s updated reported and core P/E multiples indicate premiums of 84.71% and 74.20% relative to the Peer Group’s median reported and core P/E multiples of 15.96 times and 15.93 times, respectively (versus premiums of 87.21% and 75.88% relative to the Peer Group’s median reported and core P/E multiples as indicated in the Original Appraisal). The Company’s pro forma P/E ratios based on reported earnings at the minimum and the super maximum are 26.49 times and 34.96 times, respectively, and based on core earnings at the minimum and the super maximum are 24.86 times and 33.10 times, respectively. The Company’s implied conversion pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group’s pricing ratios are indicated in Table 8, and the pro forma calculations are detailed in Exhibits 3 and 4.

2. P/B Approach. The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Company’s pro forma book value. In applying the P/B approach, we considered both reported book value and tangible book value. The Bank’s pre-conversion equity of $1,339.6 million and pre-conversion tangible equity of $1,234.6 million were adjusted to include $8.5 million of equity held at the MHC level which will be consolidated with the Bank’s equity as the result of the conversion. Based on the $5.630 billion updated midpoint value, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 135.87% and 139.37%, respectively. In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios indicated for the Peer Group of 209.12% and 269.15%, respectively, People’s updated ratios were discounted by 35.03% on a P/B basis and 48.22% on a P/TB basis (versus discounts of 37.54% and 52.04% relative to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios as indicated in the Original Appraisal). In comparison to the median P/B and P/TB ratios indicated for the Peer Group of 205.31% and 250.45%, respectively, People’s updated ratios were discounted by 33.82% on a P/B basis and 44.35% on a P/TB basis (versus discounts of 37.21% and 46.89% relative to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios as indicated in the Original Appraisal). The Company’s pro forma P/B ratios at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 128.53% and 147.49%, respectively. The Company’s pro forma P/TB ratios at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 132.28% and 150.60%, respectively. RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable in light of the valuation adjustments referenced earlier, the comparatively lower pro forma return on equity resulting from the Company’s significantly higher pro forma capital position and the resulting pricing ratios under the earnings and assets approaches.

In addition to the fundamental analysis applied to the Peer Group, RP Financial utilized a technical analysis of recent second-step conversion offerings. As indicated in the Original Appraisal, the pricing characteristics of recent second-step conversion offerings are not the primary determinate of value. Consistent with the Original Appraisal, particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the conversion funds (i.e., external funds versus deposit withdrawals). The three recently completed second-step conversion offerings had an average closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio of 105.7%. In comparison, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 139.4% at the updated midpoint value reflects an implied premium of 31.9% relative to

 


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 23

RP ® Financial, LC.

Table 8

Peer Group Market Pricing Table

Market Prices as of January 18, 2007

 

                Per Share Data (2)                                

Ticker

 

Company Name

 

Price/

Share

 

Market

Value (1)

 

LTM

Core

EPS

 

LTM

EPS

 

BV/

Share

 

TBV/

Share

  Pricing Ratios (3)   Dividends (4)
                P/CORE  

P/E

 

P/TB

 

P/B

 

P/A

 

Annual

Div.

 

Yield

 

Payout

Ratio

                             
        ($)   ($Mil)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   (x)   (x)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($)   (%)   (%)
PBCT   People’s Bank                            
Supermaximum   $ 20.00   $ 7,432.1   $ 0.60   $ 0.57   $ 13.56   $ 13.28   33.10   34.96   150.60   147.49   51.66   $ 0.40   2.00   69.91
Maximum     20.00     6,467.9     0.66     0.62     14.10     13.78   30.38   32.18   145.14   141.84   46.51     0.44   2.20   77.22
Midpoint     20.00     5,629.5     0.72     0.68     14.72     14.35   27.75   29.48   139.37   135.87   41.73     0.52   2.60   82.56
                                                                       
Minimum     20.00     4,791.1     0.80     0.75     15.56     15.12   24.86   26.49   132.28   128.53   36.64     0.60   3.00   84.78
All Publicly Traded Thrifts (No MHCs) (6)                          
Average   $ 20.38   $ 838.4   $ 1.15   $ 1.13   $ 15.00   $ 13.19   18.81   18.27   163.83   139.71   14.36   $ 0.45   2.23   35.92
Median     17.00     121.9     0.96     0.96     13.55     11.75   16.11   15.84   144.78   131.62   13.07     0.40   2.28   39.58
All Publicly Traded Banks (6)                            
Average   $ 25.70   $ 3,306.8   $ 1.58   $ 1.59   $ 14.10   $ 11.50   17.23   17.05   231.22   187.80   17.30   $ 0.55   2.04   29.22
Median     22.74     206.8     1.41     1.41     12.45     10.19   16.17   16.03   221.20   179.90   16.74     0.50   2.13   30.68
Peer Group                            
Average   $ 35.60   $ 2,214.2   $ 2.25   $ 2.21   $ 18.78   $ 13.62   17.22   17.53   269.15   209.12   20.21   $ 0.86   2.46   40.29
Median     31.08     2,262.6     2.09     2.11     15.90     14.77   15.93   15.96   250.45   205.31   20.89     0.89   2.32   37.01
Peer Group Detail                            
ABCW   Anchor BnCrp Wisconsin Inc.     28.76     626.4     1.97     1.96     15.18     14.26   14.60   14.67   201.68   192.89   13.98     0.68   2.36   33.67
CYN   City National Corporation     69.35     3,300.4     4.70     4.69     30.61     24.34   14.76   14.79   284.92   237.01   22.60     1.64   2.36   34.97
CBSH   Commerce Bancshares, Inc.     48.42     3,387.1     2.98     3.09     20.62     18.94   16.25   15.67   255.65   241.14   22.23     0.93   1.93   30.20
CFR   Cullen/Frost Bankers, Inc.     54.92     3,278.7     3.38     3.38     20.08     15.28   16.25   16.25   359.42   296.70   26.33     1.36   2.48   39.05
FNFG   First Niagara Fin. Grp, Inc.     14.67     1,624.6     0.85     0.87     12.97     5.92   17.26   16.86   247.80   113.11   19.54     0.48   3.27   52.87
MAFB   MAF Bancorp, Inc.     43.78     1,438.6     3.06     3.06     32.28     19.84   14.31   14.31   220.67   139.52   12.53     1.00   2.28   32.68
NAL   NewAlliance Bancshares, Inc.     15.95     1,814.6     0.52     0.50     12.36     7.74   30.67   31.90   206.07   131.71   24.27     0.24   1.50   47.00
PFB   PFF Bancorp, Inc.     33.40     822.0     2.21     2.24     15.85     15.80   15.11   14.91   211.39   217.73   17.70     0.68   2.04   30.36
PFS   Provident Financial Serv, Inc.     17.73     1,140.2     0.89     0.89     15.94     9.16   19.92   19.92   193.56   112.50   19.35     0.40   2.26   43.82
TCB   TCF Financial Corporation     26.70     3,495.9     1.93     1.98     7.88     6.70   13.83   13.48   398.51   358.87   24.44     0.92   3.45   34.85
VLY   Valley National Bancorp     25.41     2,931.2     1.41     1.40     8.23     6.40   18.02   18.15   397.03   314.48   23.65     0.86   3.38   61.04
WBS   Webster Financial Corp.     48.09     2,710.5     3.08     2.47     33.30     19.00   15.61   19.47   253.11   153.79   15.85     1.08   2.25   42.91

 

          Key Financial Data (5)          
                   

Tang.

Equity/

Assets

   Last Twelve Months          

Ticker

  

Company Name

  

Total

Assets

  

Equity/

Assets

      Reported    Core   

Exchg.

Ratio

  

Offering

Size

               ROAA    ROAE    ROAA    ROAE      
          ($Mil)    (%)    (%)    (%)    (%)    (%)    (%)         ($Mil.)
PBCT    People’s Bank                           
Supermaximum    $ 14,386    35.02    34.55    1.48    4.22    1.56    4.46    2.6003    $ 4,265
Maximum      13,908    32.79    32.28    1.45    4.41    1.53    4.67    2.2611    $ 3,709
Midpoint      13,491    30.72    30.17    1.42    4.61    1.50    4.89    1.9662    $ 3,225
                                                   
Minimum      13,075    28.51    27.93    1.38    4.85    1.47    5.17    1.6712    $ 2,741
All Publicly Traded Thrifts (No MHCs) (6)                        
Average       $ 6,453    10.48    9.35    0.63    6.80    0.65    6.96      
Median         846    9.29    8.16    0.68    6.89    0.69    7.47      
All Publicly Traded Banks (6)                           
Average       $ 19,374    9.47    8.06    1.07    12.04    1.07    12.09      
Median         1,173    8.93    7.57    1.08    12.26    1.09    12.20      
Peer Group                           
Average       $ 10,576    11.12    8.17    1.24    13.06    1.25    13.13      
Median         11,556    9.55    7.80    1.24    14.30    1.22    14.24      
Peer Group Detail                           
ABCW    Anchor BnCrp Wisconsin Inc.      4,482    7.38    6.97    1.00    13.29    1.01    13.34      
CYN    City National Corporation      14,617    9.98    8.10    1.62    16.33    1.62    16.35      
CBSH    Commerce Bancshares, Inc.      15,230    9.47    NA    1.54    15.96    1.49    15.41      
CFR    Cullen/Frost Bankers, Inc.      11,647    9.63    7.50    1.68    18.74    1.68    18.74      
FNFG    First Niagara Fin. Grp, Inc.      8,012    17.27    8.70    1.17    6.87    1.15    6.73      
MAFB    MAF Bancorp, Inc.      11,465    9.24    5.89    0.93    9.97    0.93    9.97      
NAL    NewAlliance Bancshares, Inc.      7,199    18.81    12.68    0.73    3.72    0.76    3.90      
PFB    PFF Bancorp, Inc.      4,644    8.40    8.37    1.30    15.30    1.29    15.13      
PFS    Provident Financial Serv, Inc.      5,824    17.40    10.81    0.93    5.22    0.93    5.22      
TCB    TCF Financial Corporation      14,297    7.21    6.20    1.87    26.27    1.83    25.66      
VLY    Valley National Bancorp      12,395    7.66    NA    1.33    17.24    1.34    17.35      
WBS    Webster Financial Corp.      17,097    10.98    6.46    0.75    7.79    0.93    9.70      

(1) Market value includes offering shares, exchange shares issued to existing non-MHC stockholders of PBCT and shares issued to the Foundation.
(2) People’s per share information is pro forma December 31, 2006 adjusted to reflect the impact of the conversion and offerings. Peer group information is as of or for the 12 months ended December 31, 2006 or the latest date available. Core EPS is based on actual trailing twelve month data, adjusted to omit the impact of non-operating items on a tax effected basis and is shown on a pro forma basis where appropriate.
(3) P/E = price to LTM earnings; P/B = price to book value; P/TB = price to tangible book value; P/CORE = price to LTM core earnings; P/A = price to assets.
(4) Indicated twelve month cash dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared. People’s dividend yield and payout ratios based on a share price of $20.00 and pro forma LTM EPS.
(5) People’s information is pro forma December 31, 2006. People’s ROAA and ROAE are calculated using pro forma LTM EPS and LTM core EPS divided by pro forma ending December 31, 2006 assets and equity. Peer Group ROAA and ROAE are calculated based on LTM EPS and LTM core EPS dividend by average assets and average equity for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, or the latest data available.
(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC calculations.

 


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 24

 

the average closing pro forma P/TB ratio of the recent second-step offerings. In comparison to the current trading average P/TB ratio of 107.8% for the recent second-step conversion offerings, the Company’s P/TB ratio at the updated midpoint value reflects an implied premium of 29.3%. The comparability of the Bank’s pro forma pricing to the recent second-step conversions is considered to be somewhat diminished by the significantly larger size of the Bank’s offering.

As set forth in the Original Appraisal, the average pro forma price/tangible book ratio of the five second-step conversion offerings completed with over $1 billion assets equaled 141.1% (see Table 9). The average price/tangible book ratio was influenced by simultaneous acquisitions that were completed in connection with three of the second-step offerings, which resulted in comparatively higher price/tangible book ratios due to the goodwill that was created in those respective acquisitions. The median pro forma price/tangible book ratio of the five second-step conversions with over $1 billion in assets equaled 124.8% at closing. On average, the prices of the five second-step conversion offering increased 11.0% after one week of trading as fully-converted companies. In comparison, the Company’s price/tangible book ratio at the updated midpoint value reflects a discount of 1.2% and a premium of 11.7% relative to the respective average and median closing price/tangible book ratios of the five second-step conversion that were completed with over $1 billion in assets.

3. P/A Approach . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio computed herein. At the $5.630 billion updated midpoint value, People’s pro forma P/A ratio equaled 41.73%. In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/A ratio of 20.21%, People’s P/A ratio indicated a premium of 106.48% (versus a premium of 92.61% relative to the Peer Group’s P/A ratio as indicated in the Original Appraisal). In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 20.89%, People’s P/A ratio indicated a premium of 99.76% (versus a premium of 83.68% relative to the Peer Group’s P/A ratio as indicated in the Original Appraisal). The Company’s P/A ratios at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 36.64% and 51.66%, respectively.

Valuation Conclusion

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of January 18, 2007, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares of the Company to be issued and outstanding at the end of the second-step conversion offering and contribution to the Foundation – including (1) newly-issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in the Bank, (2) exchange shares issued to existing public shareholders of the Bank and (3) the shares of common stock to be contributed to the Foundation – was $5,629,507,860 at the midpoint, equal to 281,475,393 shares at a per share value of $20.00. The resulting range of value and pro forma shares, all based on $20.00 per share and 2.0 million shares issued to the Foundation, are as follows:

 


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 25

RP ® Financial, LC.

Table 9

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

Second-Step Conversions Over $1 Billion in Assets

 

Institutional Information

   Pre-Conversion Data     Offering Information     Contribution to  
                    Financial Info.     Asset Quality                            Char. Found.  
    

ST.

  

Conversion

Date

  

Ticker

  

Assets

  

Equity/

Assets

   

NPAs/

Assets

   

Res.

Cov.

   

Gross

Proc.

  

%

Offered

   

% of

Mid.

    Exp./    

Form

  

% of

Offering

 

Institution

                            Proc.       
                    ($Mil)    (%)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil.)    (%)     (%)     (%)          (%)  
Second Step Conversions                                 
Hudson City Bancorp, Inc.*    NJ    6/7/05    HCBK-NASDAQ    $ 21,131    7.50 %   0.11 %   126 %   $ 3,929.8    66 %   92 %   3.2 %   N.A    N.A  
Partners Trust Fin. Group, Inc.*(7)    NY    7/15/04    PRTR-NASDAQ    $ 3,628    11.01 %   0.59 %   264 %   $ 148.8    54 %   85 %   3.6 %   N.A    N.A  
Provident Bancorp, Inc.* (7)    NY    1/15/04    PBCP-NASDAQ    $ 1,544    10.25 %   0.28 %   236 %   $ 195.7    56 %   132 %   1.7 %   C/S    4.0 %
Bank Mutual Corporation*    WI    10/30/03    BKMU-NASDAQ    $ 2,865    11.25 %   0.24 %   186 %   $ 410.6    52 %   132 %   1.5 %   NA    NA  
First Niagara Fin Grp, Inc.*(7)    NY    1/21/03    FNFG-NASDAQ    $ 3,291    10.02 %   0.42 %   102 %   $ 410.0    58 %   100 %   4.0 %   NA    NA  
        Averages - Second Step Conversions:    $ 6,492    10.01 %   0.33 %   183 %   $ 1,019.0    57 %   108 %   2.8 %   N.A.    N.A.  
        Medians - Second Step Conversions:    $ 3,291    10.25 %   0.28 %   186 %   $ 410.0    56 %   100 %   3.2 %   N.A.    N.A.  

 

Institutional Information

  Insider Purchases           Pro Forma Data          Post-IPO Pricing Trends  
                                           Pricing Ratios(3)     Financial Charac.          Closing Price:  
                   Benefit Plans          

Initial

Dividend

Yield

                                           

First

Trading

Day

        

After

First

Week(4)

        

After

First

Month(5)

      
     ST.   

Conversion

Date

  

Ticker

 

ESOP

   

Recog.

Plans

   

Mgmt.&

Dirs.

     

P/TB

   

Core

P/E

  

P/A

   

Core

ROA

   

TE/A

   

Core

ROE

   

IPO

Price

     

%

Change

      

%

Change

      

%

Change

 

Institution

                                               
                   (%)     (%)     (%)(2)     (%)     (%)     (x)    (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($)    ($)    (%)     ($)    (%)     ($)    (%)  

Second Step Conversions

                                               

Hudson City Bancorp, Inc.*

   NJ    6/7/05    HCBK-NASDAQ   4.0 %   8.0 %   0.4 %   2.40 %   121.5 %   21.2x    24.4 %   1.2 %   20.1 %   5.7 %   $ 10.00    $ 10.96    9.6 %   $ 11.08    10.8 %   $ 11.59    15.9 %

Partners Trust Fin. Group, Inc.*(7)

   NY    7/15/04    PRTR-NASDAQ   8.0 %   4.0 %   0.7 %   2.50 %   188.9 %   17.2x    12.7 %   0.7 %   6.7 %   11.0 %   $ 10.00    $ 9.99    -0.1 %   $ 9.98    -0.2 %   $ 9.81    -1.9 %

Provident Bancorp, Inc.* (7)

   NY    1/15/04    PBCP-NASDAQ   5.0 %   4.0 %   1.6 %   1.40 %   150.0 %   34.6x    23.0 %   0.7 %   15.4 %   4.3 %   $ 10.00    $ 11.50    15.0 %   $ 11.15    11.5 %   $ 11.51    15.1 %

Bank Mutual Corporation*

   WI    10/30/03    BKMU-NASDAQ   0.0 %   4.0 %   0.2 %   1.20 %   120.5 %   29.1x    24.2 %   0.8 %   20.1 %   3.8 %   $ 10.00    $ 11.78    17.8 %   $ 11.85    18.5 %   $ 11.54    15.4 %

First Niagara Fin Grp, Inc.*(7)

   NY    1/21/03    FNFG-NASDAQ   5.0 %   4.0 %   0.3 %   1.76 %   124.8 %   19.5x    19.4 %   1.0 %   15.5 %   6.4 %   $ 10.00    $ 11.27    12.7 %   $ 11.45    14.5 %   $ 11.18    11.8 %

Averages - Second Step Conversions:

  4.4 %   4.8 %   0.6 %   1.85 %   141.1 %   24.3x    20.7 %   0.9 %   15.6 %   6.3 %   $ 10.00    $ 11.10    11.0 %   $ 11.10    11.0 %   $ 11.13    11.3 %

Medians - Second Step Conversions:

  5.0 %   4.0 %   0.4 %   1.76 %   124.8 %   21.2x    23.0 %   0.8 %   15.5 %   5.7 %   $ 10.00    $ 11.27    12.7 %   $ 11.15    11.5 %   $ 11.51    15.1 %

Note: * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; “NT” - Not Traded; “NA” - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.

 

(1) Non-OTS regulated thrift.
(2) As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.
(3) Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.
(4) Latest price if offering is less than one week old.
(5) Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.
(6) Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.
(7) Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.
(8) Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.
(9) Former credit union.

 


Board of Directors

January 18, 2007

Page 26

 

$4,791,081,680, or 239,554,084 shares, at the minimum; $6,467,934,040, or 323,396,702 shares, at the maximum; and $7,432,124,140, or 371,606,207 shares, at the super maximum (also known as “maximum, as adjusted”).

Based on this valuation and taking into account the ownership interest represented by the shares owned by the MHC and the shares contributed to the Foundation, the midpoint of the offering range is $3,225,000,000, equal to 161,250,000 shares at $20.00 per share. The resulting offering range and offering shares, all based on $20.00 per share, are as follows: $2,741,250,000, or 137,062,500 shares, at the minimum; $3,708,750,000, or 185,437,500 shares, at the maximum; and $4,265,062,500, or 213,253,125 shares, at the super maximum. In addition, 2.0 million shares will be contributed to the Foundation at each point in the range. The comparative pro forma valuation ratios relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 8, and the valuation assumptions are detailed in Exhibit 3. The pro forma calculations for the range are detailed in Exhibit 4.

Establishment of the Exchange Ratio

OTS regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, the minority stockholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares in the fully converted company. The Board of Directors of People’s has independently determined the exchange ratio, which has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in the Company, before taking into account the impact of the share contribution to the Foundation. The exchange ratio to be received by the existing minority shareholders of the Bank will be determined at the end of the offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the subscription and syndicated offerings and the final appraisal. Based on the valuation conclusion herein, the resulting offering value and the $20.00 per share offering price, the indicated exchange ratio at the midpoint is 1.9662 shares of the Company for every one public share of the Bank. Furthermore, based on the offering range of value, the indicated exchange ratio is 1.6712 at the minimum, 2.2611 at the maximum and 2.6003 at the super maximum. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued Company shares for the shares held in the Bank by the public stockholders or on the proposed exchange ratio.

Respectfully submitted,

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

 

William E. Pommerening

Chief Executive Officer and

    Managing Director

 

Ronald S. Riggins

President and

Managing Director

 

Gregory E. Dunn

Senior Vice President

 

 

[IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 202 OF REGULATION S-T, THE EXHIBITS TO THIS VALUATION UPDATE REPORT HAVE BEEN FILED IN PAPER PURSUANT TO A CONTINUING HARDSHIP EXEMPTION.]